Skip to main content

Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats


HP 


m¥Mi 


■HHBHH 

HgHBHP 


Mm 


m 


IfljjflflBI 


few 


For  Reference 

Not  to  be  taken  from  this  room 


Northeastern  University 


Catalogs  of 

COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS 

EVENING  COURSES  OF  COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 


LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 
LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


HUNTINGTON  SCHOOL  FOR  BOYS 


Northeastern  University 

Day  Division 


College  of 


LIBERAL  ARTS 


1940-1941 


BOSTON,  MASSACHUSETTS 

January,  1940 


The  Northeastern  University  Corporation 


Robert  Gray  Dodge 
Chairman 

Frank  Lincoln  Richardson 
Vice-Chairman 

Carl  Stephens  Ell 
President  of  the  University 

Galen  David  Light 

Secretary  and  Treasurer 


Charles  Francis  Adams 

Wilman  Edward  Adams 

Roger  Amory 

Earl  D.  Babst 

Robert  Baldwin 

Arthur  Atwood  Ballantine 

George  Louis  Barnes 

Thomas  Prince  Beal 

Farwell  Gregg  Bemis 

Paul  Codman  Cabot 

Winthrop  L.  Carter 

Walter  Channing 

William  Converse  Chick 

Everett  Avery  Churchill 

Paul  Foster  Clark 

Sears  B.  Condit 

Albert  Morton  Creighton 

Ernest  Blaney  Dane 

William  James  Davidson 

James  Dean 

Henry  Sturgis  Dennison 

Paul  Augustus  Draper 

Charles  Francis  Eaton 

Lindsay  Ellms 

Josfph  Buell  Ely 

Frederic  FIarold  Fay 

Allan  Forbes 

Edward  J.  Frost 

Franklin  Wile  Ganse 

George  Peabody  Gardner,  Jr. 

Harvey  Dow  Gibson 

Merrill  Griswold 

Henry  Ingraham  Harriman 

Chandler  Hovey 
Howard  Munson  Hubbard 

Sinclair 


Maynard  Hutchinson 
Arthur  Stoddard  Johnson 

Halfdan  Lee 

Edward  Abbott  MacMaster 

John  Russell  Macomber 

Joseph  Patrick  Manning 

Harold  Francis  Mason 

Hugh  Dean  McLellan 

Irving  Edwin  Moultrop 

Clarence  Lucian  Newton 

Olaf  Olsen 

Augustin  Hamilton  Parker,  Jr. 

George  Edwin  Pierce 

Roger  Pierce 

Matthew  Porosky 

Frederick  Sanford  Pratt 

Harry  Wendell  Prout 

Sidney  Rabinovhz 

Stuart  Craig  Rand 

James  Lorin  Richards 

Charles  Milton  Rogerson 

Robert  Billings  Rltgg 

Leverett  Salstontall 

Frank  Palmer  Speare 

Russell  Henry  Stafford 

Francis  Robert  Carnegie  Steele 

Charles  Stetson 

Earl  Place  Stevenson 

Robert  Treat  Paine  Storer 

Frank  Horace  Stuart 

Edward  Watson  Supple 

John  Edwin  Toulmin 

Bayard  Tuckerman,  Jr. 

Eliot  Wadsworth 
Edwin  Sibley   Webster 
Weeks 


t5o 


Northeastern  University 

DAY  DIVISION 
COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Conducted  on  the  Co-operative  Plan 
Catalogue  for  1940-1941 


TABLE  OP  CONTENTS 

Pages 

The  Corporation Frontispiece 

Calendar  for  the  College  Year  1940-1941 4-5 

Administrative  and  Instructional  Staff 6-9 

Purpose  of  Northeastern  University 12-14 

Co-operative  Plan  of  Education 16-21 

General  Information 22-28 

Buildings  and  Facilities 29-35 

Student  Activities 36-45 

Aims  and  Methods  of  the  College 46-47 

Admission  Requirements  and  Freshman  Programs 48-53 

Graduation  Requirements 54 

Curricula  and  Courses  of  Instruction 55-108 

Laboratory  Equipment 109-114 

Index 115-117 


Freshman  Calendar,  1940-1941 


SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

3          4        5 

6 

7 

1 

8 

9 

IO   11    12 

13 

14 

2 

3 

4      5      6 

7 

8 

15 

16 

17   18    19 

20 

21 

9 

IO 

11    12   13 

14 

15 

22 

23 

24  25   26 

27 

28 

16 

17 

18    19  20 

21 

22 

29 

30 

OCTOBER 

23 
30 

24 
31 

25  26  27 

APRIL 

28 

29 

8 

M 

T         W          T 

F 

s 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

12      3 

4 

5 

12      3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8      9   IO 

11 

12 

6 

7 

8      9   IO 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15  16   17 

18 

19 

13 

14 

15   16   17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

20 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29  30  31 

NOVEMBER 

27 

28 

29  30 

MAY 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5      6      7 

8 

9 

4 

5 

6      7      8 

9 

IO 

10 

11 

12   13   14 

15 

16 

11 

12 

13    14   15 

16 

17 

17 

18 

19  29  21 

22 

23 

18 

19 

20  21   22 

23 

24 

24 

25 

26  27     28 

DECEMBER 

29 

30 

25 

26 

27     28     29 
JUNE 

30 

31 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

8 
1 

8 

15 

M 

2 

9 

16 

T         W         T 

3      4      5 
IO   11    12 
17   18   19 

F 

6 
13 
20 

8 

7 
14 
21 

1 

8 
15 
22 

2 

9 

16 

23 

3      4       5 
10     11     12 
17     18     19 
24     25     26 

6 
13 
20 
27 

7 
14 
21 
28 

22 

23 

24     25     26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

29 

30 

31 

JULY 

JANUARY 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

12      3 

4 

5 

1      2 

3 

4 

6 

7 

8       9     10 

11 

12 

5 

6 

7      8     9 

IO 

11 

13 

14 

15     16     17 

18 

19 

12 

13 

14   15   16 

17 

18 

20 

21 

22     23     24 

25 

26 

19 

20 

21  22  23 

24 

25 

27 

28 

29     30     31 

26 

27 

28  29   30 

31 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

1 

3 

4 

5      6       7 

8 

9 

2 

3 

4      5      6 

7 

8 

10 

11 

12     13     14 

15 

16 

9 

IO 

11    12   13 

14 

15 

17 

18 

19     20     21 

22 

23 

16 

17 

18   19  20 

21 

22 

24 

25 

26     27     28 

29 

30 

23 

24 

25  26  27 

28 

31 

Days  on  which  college  exercises  are  held  are  indicated  thus:  1»  2>  3. 
Sundays,  holidays,  and  vacations  are  indicated  thus:  1,  2i  3- 


Upperclass  Calendar,  1940-1941 


SEPTEMBER 

8  M  T  W  T  P  8 

©  ©  ©  ©  ©  ©  © 

©  9  10  11  12  13  14 

©  16  17  18  19  20  21 

©  23  24  25  26  27  28 

©  30 


OCTOBER 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

12       3 

4 

5 

© 

7 

8       9     10 

11 

@ 

© 

14 

15     16     17 

18 

19 

© 

21 

22     23     24 

25 

26 

© 

28 

29     30     31 
NOVEMBER 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

1  2 
©456789 
©  11  12  13  14  15  16 
©  18  19  20  21  22  23 
©   25  26  27     ©  29   30 

DECEMBER 

8         M         T         W         T  F  8 

©234567 
©  9  lO  11  12  13  14 
©    16   17   18    19  20  21 

@  23  24  ©  26  27  28 
©  30  31 

JANUARY 

8    M    T    W    T    F    8 

©234 
©  6  7  8  9  lO  11 
©  13  14  15  16  17  18 
©  20  21  22  23  24  25 

©     27     28     29     30     31 

FEBRUARY 

8        M         T        W         T         F  8 

1 

©  3  4  5  6  7  8 

©  10  11  12  13  14  15 

©  17  18  19  20  21  © 

©  24  25  26  27  28 


MARCH 

8         M         T         W         T 


© 

3 

4       5       6 

7 

8 

© 

10 

11     12     13 

14 

15 

© 

17 

18     19     20 

21 

22 

© 

24 

25     26     27 

28 

29 

© 

31 

APRIL 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

12       3 

4 

5 

© 

7 

8      9   19 

11 

12 

© 

14 

15    16   17 

18 

19 

© 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

© 

28 

29  30 

MAY 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

3 

© 

5 

6      7      8 

9 

lO 

© 

12 

13    14   15 

16 

17 

© 

19 

20  21   22 

23 

24 

© 

26 

27  28   29 

JUNE 

© 

31 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

© 

2 

3      4      5 

6 

7 

© 

9 

lO   11    12 

13 

14 

© 

© 

©     ©     © 

® 

® 

@ 

© 

®     ©     © 

@ 

© 

© 

© 

JULY 


8        M 


©       ©        ©  ©  © 

©       ©       ©        ©       ©  ©  © 

©       ©       ©        ©       ©  ®  © 

@       ®       ©        ©       ©  ©  @ 
©       @       ©        ©       ® 

AUGUST 

8        M         T        W         T  F  8 

©  © 

©       ©       ©        ©       ©  ©  ® 

@       ©       ©        ©       ©  ©  © 

©       @       ©        @       ®  ©  @ 

©       ®       ©        @       ©  ©  ® 

@ 


Days  on  which  Division  A  students  are  in  college  are  indicated  thus:  1,  2>  3- 
Days  on  which  Division  B  students  are  in  college  are  indicated  thus:  -l»  »»  *>• 
Sundays,  holidays,  and  summer  periods  are  indicated  thus:  ®i  @i  ©• 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Calendar  for  the  College  Year,  1940-1941 

1940 
August       28     Wednesday.    Entrance  condition  examinations. 

September     2     Monday.    Labor  Day.  (College  exercises  omitted.) 

September  5  Thursday.  Registration  and  opening  of  college  for 
freshmen.  Students  failing  to  register  promptly  on 
September  5  will  be  charged  a  late  registration  fee 
of  five  dollars  ($5). 

September  9  Monday.  Opening  of  college  for  Division  A  upper- 
classmen.  Co-operative  work  period  begins  for 
Division  B  upperclassmen. 

October  12  Saturday.  Columbus  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

November  18  Monday.  Opening  of  college  for  Division  B  upper- 
classmen. Co-operative  work  period  begins  for 
Division  A  upperclassmen. 

November  27  Wednesday.  College  exercises  omitted  after  1:00 
p.m. 

November  28  Thursday.  Thanksgiving  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

December    24     Tuesday.    College  exercises  omitted  after  1:00  p.m. 

December  25  Wednesday.  Christmas  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

December    23  \ , ,        .       r     r     . 
January        4  f  Vacatlon  for  freshmen. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


1941 
January         1     Wednesday.    New  Year's  Day.     (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

January  27  Monday.  Second  semester  begins  for  freshmen 
and  Division  A  upperclassmen.  Co-operative 
work  period  begins  for  Division  B  upperclassmen. 

February  22  Saturday.  Washington's  Birthday.  (College  exer- 
cises omitted.) 

April  5     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  Division  A  upper- 

classmen. 

April  7     Monday.     Second  semester  begins  for  Division  B 

upperclassmen.    Co-operative  work  period  begins 
for  Division  A  upperclassmen. 

May  24     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  freshmen. 

May  30     Friday.       Memorial     Day.       (College     exercises 

omitted.) 

June  14     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  Division  B  upper- 

classmen. 

June  15     Sunday.    Baccalaureate  Sermon. 

June  16     Monday.     Commencement. 

June  17     Tuesday.     Bunker  Hill  Day.       (College  exercises 

omitted.) 

July  4     Friday.       Independence     Day.       (College     exer- 

cises omitted.) 

September     1     Monday.   Labor  Day.   (College  exercises  omitted.) 

September  4  Thursday.  Registration  and  opening  of  college  for 
freshmen.  Students  failing  to  register  promptly 
on  September  5  will  be  charged  a  late  registration 
fee  of  five  dollars  ($5). 

September     8     Monday.    Opening  of  college  year  1941-1942. 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


faculty 

Executive  Council 


Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D.  President  of  the  University 

Office  186  West  Building  Res  21  Beaumont  Ave.,  Newtonville 

Frank  Palmer  Speare,  M.H.,  LL.D.       -  President  Emeritus 

Res  90  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Boston 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D.  Vice  President  of  the  University 

Office  138  West  Building  Res.  48  Long  Ave.,  Belmont 

Galen  David  Light,  A.B.  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  University 

Office  115  West  Building  Res.  3  Preble  Gardens  Rd.,  Belmont 

Administrative  Officers 

Wilfred  Stanley  Lake,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D  Dean  of  the  College 

Office  452  East  Building  Res.  69  Columbus  St.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Harold  Wesley  Melvin,  A.B.,  M.A.  Dean  of  Students 

Office  256  West  Building  Res.  44  Houston  Ave.,  Milton 

Winthrop  Eliot  Nightingale,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Director  of  Co-operative  Work 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  136  Dickerman  Rd.,  Newton  Highlands 

Edward  Snow  Parsons,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Director  of  Student  Activities 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  19  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

John  Butler  Pugsley,  A.B.  Registrar 

Office  254  West  Building  Res.  23  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

Milton  John  Schlagenhauf,  A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.  Director  of  Admissions 

Office  150  West  Building  Res.  96  Blakely  Rd.,  Medford 

Telephone:  Mystic  6148-M 
William  Crombie  White,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Executive  Secretary 

Office  153  West  Building  Res.  30  Summit  Rd.,  Wellesley 

Myra  Edna  White  Librarian 

Library,  East  Building  Res.  118  Hemenway  St.,  Boston 

Henry  Arthur  Kontoff,  M.D.  College  Physician 

Office  479  Beacon  Street,  Boston  Res.  Overlook  Park,  Newton  Centre 


instructing  Staff 


Professors 

Charles  Frederick  Barnason,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Modern  Languages  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  463  East  Building  Res.  122  Downer  Ave.,  Hingham 

Robert  Bruce,  B.C.S.,  M.C.S.  Professor  of  Accounting 

Office  350  East  Building  Res.  53  Harley  Ave.,  Everett 

Joseph  Arthur  Coolidge,  S.B.,  M.A.  Professor  of  Physics 

Office  246  West  Building  Res.  20  Martin  St.,  Cambridge 

Stanley  Goddard  Estes,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D 

Professor  of  Psychology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  256  West  Building  Res.  60  Pinckney  St.,  Boston 

Charles  William  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Sociology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  357  West  Building  Res.  83  Franklin  St.,  South  Braintree 

Wilfred  Stanley  Lake,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  452  East  Building  Res.  69  Columbus  St.,  Newton  Highlands 

Harold  Wesley  Melvin,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Professor  of  English  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  256  West  Building  Res.  44  Houston  Ave.,  Milton 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERIA  L    A?RVT  S 


Carl  Frederick  Muckenhoupt,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Physics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  246  West  Building  Res.  332  Winchester  St.,  Newton  Highlands 

John  Butler  Pugsley,  A.B.  Professor  of  Geology 

Office  254  West  Building  Res.  23  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

Joseph  Spear,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  325  West  Building  Res.  31  Matchett  St.,  Brighton 

Samuel  Abbott  Smith  Strahan,  S.B.  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Office  400(B)  West  Building 

Res.  242  South  Huntington  Ave.,  Jamaica  Plain 
Arthur  Andrew  Vernon,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  425  West  Building  Res.  30  Erie  Ave.,  Newton  Highlands 

Associate  Professors 

Roger  Stanton  Hamilton,  A.B.,  M.A.  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

Office  363  East  Building  Res.  1367  Walnut  St.,  Newton  Highlands 

Frederick  William  Holmes,  A.B.,  M.A.  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Office  453  East  Building  Res.  43  Lincoln  St.,  Dedham 

Stanley  Demetrius  Miroyiannis,    S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Biology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  209  South  Building  Res.  8  Cumberland  St.,  Boston 

Norris  Whitfield  Potter,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Government  and  Acting  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  363  East  Building  Res.  34  Medfield  St.,  Boston 

Assistant  Professors 

Elmer  Ellsworth  Haskins,  S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Office  325  West  Building  Res.  213  Jackson  St.,  Newton  Ctr. 

Carl  David  Johnson,  A.B.,  M.A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

Office  246  West  Building  Res.  24  Lunt  St.,  Norfolk  Downs 

Everett  Carter  Marston,  A.B.,  M.A.  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

Office  453  East  Building  Res.  40  Hereward  Road,  Newton  Ctr. 

Waldemar  Stanwood  McGuire,    S.B.,  M.A.      Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Office  425  West  Building  Res.  33  Samoset  Ave.,  Quincy 

John  Christie  Morgan,  S.B.  Assistant  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  24  Walker  St.,  Newton ville 

Rudolf  Oscar  Oberg,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  37  Walker  St.,  Atlantic 

Gerald  Russell  Tatton,    S.B.,  M.B.A. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  61  Almont  St.,  Medford 

John  Wills  Tuthill,    S.B.,  M.B.A.       Assistant  Professor  of  Banking  and  Finance 

Office  350  East  Building  Res.  1A  Gibson  Ter.,  Cambridge 

George  Baker  Welch,  S.B.,  Ph.D.  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

Office  246  West  Building  Res.  876  Watertown  St.,  West  Newton 

Instructors 

William  Thomas  Cloney,  Jr.,  A.B.  Instructor  in  English 

Office  352  West  Building  Res.  30  Lantern  Lane,  Milton 

Edward  Marks  Cook,  A.B.  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

Office  325  West  Building  Res.  64  Highland  Ave.,  Arlington 

Louis  Cooperstein,  A.B.,  M.A.  Instructor  in  Modern  Languages 

Office  463  East  Building  Res.  31]Howland  St.,  Roxbury 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Frank  Edward  Duddy,  A.B.,  S.T.B.,  Ed.M.,  Ph.D.  Lecturer  in  Sociology 

Office  357  West  Building  Res.  112  Upland  Rd.,  Cambridge 

James  William  Dunn,  A.B. 

Instructor  in  Physical  Education  and  Head  Coach  of  Football  and  Basketball 


Office  355  West  Building 
Herbert  Wendell  Gallagher,  S.B. 

Office  355  West  Building 
Laurence  B.  Heilprin,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Office  325  West  Building 
Paul  Albert  Hilli,  A.B. 

Office  246  West  Building 
William  Carl  Hultgren 

Gymnasium  Office,  East  Building 


Res.  12  Mason  Rd.,  Watertown 

Head  Coach  of  Hockey  and  Baseball 

Res.  164  Cabot  St.,  Newton 

Instructor  in  Mathematics 

Res.  14  Sacramento  St.,  Cambridge 

Instructor  in  Physics 

Res.  201C  Holden  Green,  Cambridge 

Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

Res.  80  Woodside  Rd.,  Winchester 


Reginald  Gage  Lacount,  S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

Office  325  West  Building  Res.  11  Cleveland  Rd.,  Wellesley 

Thomas  Bryan  Larson,  A.B.,  M.A.  Instructor  in  Government 

Office  363  East  Building  Res.  35  Goodrich  Road,  Jamaica  Plain 


Robert  Everett  Laveaga,  B.P.Ed.,  Ed.M. 

Gymnasium  Office,  East  Building 
William  Fay  Luder,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Office  425  West  Building 
Donald  Hershey  MacKenzie,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 

Office  355  West  Building 
Rudolph  Magnus  Morris,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 

Office  153  West  Building 
Franklin  Norvish,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Office  453  East  Building 
Ellis  Merton  Purinton 

Office  253  West  Building 
Paul  Everett  Reynolds,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Office  453  East  Building 
Charles  Arthur  Sewell,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Office  325  West  Building 
Calvin  Wesley  Tenney,  A.B. 

Office  463  East  Building 
Alfred  James  Thomson,  B.S. 

Office  100  South  Building 


Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

Res.  91  Cross  St.,  Belmont 

Instructor  in  Chemistry 

Res.  51  Symmes  St.,  Roslindale 

Instructor  in  Chemistry 

Res.  34  Exeter  St.,  Wollaston 

Instructor  in  Education 

Res.  66  Myrtle  St.,  Boston 

Instructor  in  English 

73  Upland  Rd.,  Brockton 

Instructor  in  Co-ordination 

Res.  7  Clark  Ave.,  Beverly 

Instructor  in  English 

Res.  15  Linden  St.,  Framingham 

Instructor  in  Mathematics 

Res.  316  Huntington  Ave.,  Boston 

Instructor  in  Modern  Languages 

Res.  98  Hemenway  St.,  Boston 

Instructor  in  Biology 

Res.  20  Pierce  Place,  Canton 


Graduate  Assistants 


Adam  Martin  Cook,  S.B. 

Office  246  West  Building 
Laurent  Oscar  Dubois,  S.B. 

Office  425  West  Building 
Mario  Giella,  S.B. 

Office  425  West  Building 
Lyman  Albert  Keith,  S.B. 

Office  351  East  Building 
Harold  Thomas  Regan,  S.B. 

Office  452  East  Building 


Graduate  Assistant  in  Physics 

Res.  440  Summer  St.,  Lynn 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Res.  1200  Great  Plain  Ave.,  Needham 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Res.  52  Hull  St.,  Boston 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Business  Administration 

Res.  339  Lakeside  Drive,  Bridgewater 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Economics 

Res.  84  Pemberton  St.,  Cambridge 


Office  and  Secretarial  Staff 


Florence  Elsie  Avellar 

Secretary  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  University — 116W 
Mabel  Ellen  Bean 

Secretary  to  the  Purchasing  Agent — 117W 


70  Fenway,  Boston 
61  Quint  Ave.,  Allston 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


38  Lakewood  Rd.,  Newton  Hlds. 

23  Brimmer  St.,  Boston 

30  Freeman  Place,  Needham 


100  Linden  St.,  Allston 

254  Clifton  St.,  Maiden 

14  Holden  Rd.,  Belmont 

42  Brush  Hill  Rd.,  Milton 

15  Wenham  St.,  Jamaica  Plain 


Marjorie  Elizabeth  Bunker 

Publicity  Office— 352W 
Virginia  Cushing  Darling 

General  Offices  of  the  University — 115W 
Thelma  Gertrude  Dunn 

Bookkeeper,  Treasurer's  Office — 1 15(A) W 
Daisy  Milne  Everett  1095  Highland  Avenue,  Needham  Heights 

Assistant  Treasurer — 115 (A)W 
Ruth  Phillips  Fiott  173  Marianna  St.,  East  Lynn 

Admissions  Office — 151 W 
Mildred  Curtis  Garfield  2142  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Auburndale 

Secretary  to  the  President — 152W 
Edna  Jane  Garrabrant  8  Maynard  St.,  Arlington 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Co-operative  Work — 25 3W 
Elsie  Hinckley  Hunt 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Admissions — 150W 
Barbara  Knight 

Secretary  to  the  Dean — 452  E 
Helen  Louise  Kolderup 

Cashier,  Treasurer's  Office — 115W 
Florence  Maskell 

Co-operative  Work  Office— -25 3W 
Dorothy  Brett  Mason 

Registrar's  Office— 254W 
Dorothy  Milne  Murray  204  Fair  Oak  Park,  Needham 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Student  Activities — 355W 
Alyce  Ann  Nichols  507  Chestnut  St.,  Needham 

Bookkeeper,  Treasurer's  Office — 115W 
Myrl  Alberta  Orcutt  99  Hemingway  St.,  Winchester 

Admissions  Office— 15 1W 
Caroline  Frances  Pettingell  1654  Massachusetts  Ave.,  Cambridge 

Bookkeeper,  Registrar's  Office — 254W 
Marjorie  Graffte  Prout 

Office  of  the  President— 152W 
Madelyn  Edythe  Ralph 

Secretary  to  the  Executive  Secretary — J53W 
Gretchen  Douglass  Randall 

Registrar's  Office— 254W 
Jessie  Paine  Rhodes 

Secretary  to  the  Registrar — 254^ 
Priscilla  Speare 

Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  Students — 256W 
Ruby  Kathleen  Sweetland 

Student  Activities  Office — 355W 
Jeanette  Thayer 

Co-operative  Work  Office— 253W 
Mary  Dixon  Turner 

Student  Union  Office— 357W 
Grace  Liscom  Watkins 

Assistant  Librarian — Library,  East  Building 
Margaret  Mary  Weir 

Admissions  Office— 151W 
Cynthia  Worth 

Assistant  Librarian — Library,  East  Building 
Louise  Worthen 

Admissions  Office— 150W 


1179  Boylston  St.,  Boston 

11  Coolidge  Rd.,  East  Lynn 

48  Milk  St.,  Newburyport 

2  Perkins  Sq.,  Jamaica  Plain 

69  Pelham  St.,  Newton  Ctr. 

139  College  Ave.,  Somerville 

4  Hamilton  Rd.,  Waltham 

163  Forest  St.,  Melrose 

76  Glendale  St.,  Dorchester 

41  Stewart  St.,  Quincy 

82  Thorndike  St.,  Brookline 

127  Youle  St.,  Melrose 


10  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Convocation  Lecturers 

THORNTON  W.  BURGESS 

Author 

"Learning  from  the  Wild" 

J.  ANTON  DE  HAAS 

Professor  of  International  Relationships,  Harvard  University 

"Where  Do  We  Go  From  Here?" 

LLOYD  C.  DOUGLAS 

Author,  Lecturer 
"Experiences  of  an  Author" 

H.  V.  KALTENBORN 

Author,  News  Commentator 

"Kaltenborn  Edits  the  News" 

JAMES  M.  LANDIS 

Dean,  Harvard  University  Law  School 

"The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission" 

HENRY  CABOT  LODGE,  JR. 

United  States  Senator  from  Massachusetts 
"The  National  Outlook" 

HARRY  A.  OVERSTREET 

Head,  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Psychology 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York 

"Ten  Ways  to  Reach  Wrong  Conclusions" 

G.  BROMLEY  OXNAM 

Bishop,  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 

"A  Date  with  the  World" 

J.  EDGAR  PARK 

President,  Wheaton  College 

"The  Secret  of  Success" 

JAMES  H.  POWERS 

Of  the  Boston  Globe  Editorial  Staff 

"The  Engineer  in  the  New  World" 

HARLOW  SHAPLEY 

Astronomer,  Lecturer 

"What  Makes  the  Stars  Shine" 

RALPH  W.  SOCKMAN 

Minister,  Christ  Church,  New  York  City 

"The  New  Patriotism" 

ALLEN  A.  STOCKDALE 

Editor,  Clergyman,  Lecturer 

"The  Future  of  America" 

MAURICE  J.  TOBIN 
Mayor  of  Boston 
"City  Government" 

EDWARD  A.  WEEKS,  JR. 
Editor,  The  Atlantic  Monthly 
"An  Editor  Faces  an  Angry  World" 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  11 


Chapel  "Treachers 

DR.  CHARLES  N.  ARBUCKLE 
Minister,  First  Baptist  Church,  Newton 

DR.  RICHARD  H.  BENNETT 
Minister,  Payson  Park  Church,  Belmont 

DR.  EDWIN  PRINCE  BOOTH 
Professor  of  Church  History,  Boston  University  School  of  Theology 

REVEREND  ROBERT  WOOD  COE 
Minister,  Leyden  Congregational  Church,  Brookline 

DR.  FRANK  E.  DUDDY 
Minister,  North  Congregational  Church,  Cambridge 

RABBI  LOUIS  M.  EPSTEIN 
Rabbi,  Temple  Kehillath  Israel 

DR.  NEWTON  C.  FETTER 
Minister  to  Baptist  Students  in  Greater  Boston 

DR.  C.  LESLIE  GLENN 
Minister,  Christ  Church,  Cambridge 

REVEREND  WILLIAM  H.  GYSAN 
Minister  to  Unitarian  Students  in  Greater  Boston 

DR.  CHARLES  W.  HAVICE 
Executive  Secretary,  Northeastern  Student  Union 

DR.  ARTHUR  L.  KINSOLVING 
Minister,  Trinity  Church,  Boston 

REVEREND  CARL  H.  KOPF 
Minister,  Mount  Vernon  Church,  Boston 

DR.  ASHLEY  D.  LEAVITT 
Minister,  Harvard  Congregational  Church,  Brookline 

DR.  ELMER  A.  LESLIE 
Professor  of  Hebrew  and  Old  Testament  Literature,  Boston  University 

DR.  BOYNTON  MERRILL 
Minister,  Second  Church,  Newton 

REVEREND  SAMUEL  H.  MILLER 
Minister,  Old  Cambridge  Baptist  Church,  Cambridge 

DR.  PHILLIPS  E.  OSGOOD 
Minister,  Emmanuel  Church,  Boston 

FATHER  THOMAS  R.  REYNOLDS 
Priest,  St.  Matthew's  Church,  Dorchester 

THE  RT.  REVEREND  HENRY  KNOX  SHERRILL 
Bishop,  Episcopal  Church 

DR.  FRANCIS  L.  STRICKLAND 
Professor  of  the  History  and  Psychology  of  Religion,  Boston  University 

DR.  G.  CAMPBELL  WADSWORTH 
Minister,  Church  of  the  Covenant,  Boston 


12  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

V^ortheastern  University 

General  Statement 

NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  is  incorporated  as  a  philan- 
thropic institution  under  the  General  Laws  of  Massachu- 
setts. The  State  Legislature,  by  special  enactment,  has  given 
the  University  general  degree  granting  powers. 

The  Corporation  of  Northeastern  University  consists  of  men 
who  occupy  responsible  positions  in  business  and  the  professions. 
This  Corporation  elects  from  its  membership  a  Board  of  Trustees 
in  whom  the  control  of  the  institution  is  vested.  The  Board  of 
Trustees  has  four  standing  committees:  (a)  an  Executive  Commit- 
tee which  serves  as  an  Ad  Interim  Committee  between  the  regular 
meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  has  general  supervision  of 
the  financial  and  educational  policies  of  the  University;  (b)  a 
Committee  on  Housing  which  has  general  supervision  over  the 
buildings  and  equipment  of  the  University;  (c)  a  Committee  on 
Funds  and  Investments  which  has  the  responsibility  of  administer- 
ing the  funds  of  the  University;  (d)  a  Development  Committee 
which  is  concerned  with  furthering  the  development  plans  of  the 
University. 

Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University,  from  the  outset,  had 
as  its  dominant  purpose  the  discovery  of  human  and  social  needs 
and  the  meeting  of  these  needs  in  distinctive  and  highly  service- 
able ways.  While  subscribing  to  the  most  progressive  educational 
thought  and  practice,  the  University  has  not  duplicated  the  pro- 
grams of  other  institutions  but  has  sought  "to  bring  education 
more  directly  into  the  service  of  human  needs." 

With  respect  to  program,  Northeastern  has  limited  itself: 

— To  offering,  in  its  several  schools,  basic  curricula  from  which 

non-essentials  have  been  eliminated; 
— To  effective  teaching; 
— To  advising  and  guiding  students; 
— To  giving  students  the  chance  to  build  well-rounded  personalities 

through  a  balanced  program  of  extra-curricular  activities. 

The  Northeastern  Plan  of  Education  is  especially  designed  for 
the  student  who  must  earn  while  he  learns.  In  the  main,  it  con- 
sists of  two  definite  types  of  education. 

— Co-operative  Education  by  Day, 
— Adult  Education  by  Night. 

The  plan  has  been  developed  in  such  a  way  that  experience  in 
jobs  with  pay  is  utilized  to  help  boys  of  limited  financial  resources 
secure  an  education  and  at  the  same  time  gain  the  maximum 
educational  benefit  from  their  practical  experience.    So  far  as  the 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  13 

New  England  States  are  concerned,  Northeastern  University  is 
the  only  institution  whose  day  colleges,  other  than  the  School  of 
Law,  are  conducted  under  the  Co-operative  Plan. 

The  several  schools  and  programs  of  the  University  are  operated 
either  under  the  name  "Northeastern  University"  or  by  its 
affiliated  schools  —  the  Lincoln  Schools  and  The  Huntington 
Day  School  for  Boys.  The  following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the 
principal  types  of  educational  opportunities  offered. 

1.  In  the  field  of  Co-operative  Education  there  are  three  day 

colleges  —  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  the  College  of 
Engineering,  and  the  College  of  Business  Administration. 
All  of  these  colleges  offer  five-year  curricula.  The  College 
of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  usual  fields  of  the  arts 
and  the  sciences  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts 
and  Bachelor  of  Science.  The  College  of  Engineering,  one 
of  the  largest  engineering  colleges  in  the  United  States,  has 
curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air-Condi- 
tioning,  and  Aeronautical  options),  Electrical,  Chemical, 
and  Industrial  Engineering.  The  College  of  Business 
Administration  has  curricula  in  Accounting,  Banking  and 
Finance,  Marketing  and  Advertising,  Journalism,  Public 
Administration,  and  Industrial  Administration.  The 
College  of  Engineering  and  the  College  of  Business  Admin- 
istration confer  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with 
specification  indicating  the  field  of  specialization.  The 
Co-operative  Plan  under  which  all  of  these  day  colleges 
operate  enables  the  student  to  alternate  regular  periods  of 
classroom  instruction  with  supervised  employment  in  an 
industrial  or  commercial  position,  thus  combining  theory 
and  practice  in  an  exceedingly  effective  manner.  Apart 
from  the  educational  advantages  of  the  Co-operative  Plan 
is  the  opportunity  for  self-support  while  the  student  is 
pursuing  his  studies  at  Northeastern  University.  During 
the  co-operative  periods,  students  not  only  gain  experience 
but  are  also  paid  for  their  services.  Approximately  three 
hundred  business  and  industrial  concerns  co-operate  with 
Northeastern  University  in  making  this  program  effective. 

2.  The  School  of  Law  conducts  both  a  day  and  an  evening 

undergraduate  program  which  prepares  for  admission  to 
the  bar  and  for  the  practice  of  the  law  and  leads  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws.  It  also  conducts  a  graduate 
program  in  the  evening  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Laws. 

3.  The  Adult  Education  Program  has  been  developed  in  the 

evening  work  of  the  School  of  Law  as  indicated  above,  in 
the  School  of  Business,  and  in  the  Evening  Division  of  the 


14  N  O  R  T  HEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

College  of  Liberal  Arts.  The  School  of  Business  has 
curricula  in  Management  —  with  Industrial  and  Merchan- 
dising majors,  Accounting,  Law  and  Business  Management, 
and  Engineering  and  Management.  The  School  awards 
the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree  with 
specification  and  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science 
degree  in  Law  and  Business  Management.  The  Evening 
Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  an  evening 
program  the  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half  of  the  re- 
quirements for  the  A.B.  or  B.S.  degree,  providing  a  general 
education  and  preparation  for  admission  to  the  School  of 
Law.  The  title  of  Associate  in  Arts  is  conferred  upon 
those  who  complete  this  program. 

4.  In  order  that  larger  groups  of  men  and  women  might  be 

served  through  its  evening  schools,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity operates  divisions  of  the  School  of  Law  and  the  School 
of  Business  in  co-operation  with  the  Young  Men's  Chris- 
tian Association  in  Worcester  and  Springfield  and  of  the 
School  of  Business  in  co-operation  with  the  Providence 
Young  Men's  Christian  Association.  With  the  establish- 
ment of  the  divisions  thorough-going  methods  of  super- 
vision were  instituted  and  have  been  consistently  followed 
and  improved,  with  the  result  that  the  divisional  work  is 
conducted  upon  a  highly  efficient  basis. 

5.  The  Adult  Education  Program   has   also   been  developed 

through  the  Lincoln  Schools,  which  are  affiliated  with  and 
conducted  by  Northeastern  University.  The  classes  in 
these  schools  are  held  at  convenient  evening  hours.  The 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offers  curricula  upon  a  college 
level  in  various  phases  of  engineering  leading  to  the  title 
of  Associate  in  Engineering;  whereas  the  Lincoln  Prepara- 
tory School,  accredited  by  the  New  England  College 
Entrance  Certificate  Board,  prepares  students  for  ad- 
mission to  college  and  offers  other  standard  high  school 
programs. 

6.  The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys,  also  affiliated  with 

and  conducted  by  Northeastern  University,  is  the  out- 
growth of  a  demand  in  the  city  of  Boston  for  an  urban 
preparatory  school  with  high  educational  standards  which 
would  furnish  thorough  preparation  for  admission  to  the 
leading  colleges  and  universities.  While  easily  accessible 
to  the  various  sections  of  Boston  and  to  the  suburbs,  it 
has  the  facilities  of  a  country  day  school  and  offers  a 
country  day  school  program.  This  School  is  one  of  the 
leading  preparatory  schools  of  the  country. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


15 


D\(grtheastern  University  and 

^Affiliated  Schools 

Statistical  Summary 

1938-1939 

Administrative 

Officers  and 

Faculty 

Students 

I.      General  Administration 

8 

II.     Northeastern  University 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Engineering                          > 

103 

2112 

College  of  Business  Administration    J 

School  of  Law 

50* 

1461* 

School  of  Business 

105* 

1550* 

Evening  Division,  College  of 

Liberal  Arts 

A** 

33** 

III.    Schools  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by 

Northeastern  University 

Lincoln  Technical  Institute 

38 

532 

Lincoln  Preparatory  School 

19 

437 

Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys 

Regular  Term 

16 

171 

Summer  Term 

10 

146 

Total 

353 

6442 

Less  Duplicates 

42 

403 

311 

6039 

*These  figures  include  the  administrative  officers,  faculties,  and 

students 

of  the  Divisions  of  the  University  in  Worcester,  Springfield,  and  Provi- 

dence. 

**The  Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  admitted  stu- 

dents for  the  first  time  in  September  1938. 

16  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

cShe  Co-operative  Tlaru 

How  It  Works 

THE  co-operative  plan  works  in  the  following  manner.  Upper- 
classmen  are  divided  into  two  nearly  equal  groups,  one  of 
which  is  called  Division  A  and  the  other  Division  B.  Each 
man  is  assigned  a  job  with  some  business  or  industrial  concern. 
So  far  as  possible  each  man  in  one  Division  is  paired  with  a  man 
in  the  other  Division,  so  that  the  two,  by  taking  turns,  may  occupy 
one  job  throughout  the  entire  year.  In  September  the  Division  A 
student  returns  to  the  University  for  ten  weeks  of  classroom  work. 
At  the  end  of  that  time  he  goes  out  to  work  ten  weeks  with  a  co- 
operating firm.  His  place  at  the  University  is  then  taken  by  his 
alternate,  the  corresponding  Division  B  student.  When  ten  weeks 
more  have  passed,  the  Division  A  man  returns  to  college,  and  the 
Division  B  man  returns  to  the  co-operative  job.  The  alternation 
of  work  and  classroom  study  continues  throughout  the  year  so 
that  an  upperclassman  has  annually  twenty  weeks  at  college, 
twenty-six  weeks  at  co-operative  work,  and  six  weeks  of  vacation. 


Faculty  Co-ordinators 

Students  are  assigned  to  a  co-ordinator,  who  interviews  them 
periodically  during  their  freshman  year  for  the  purpose  of  de- 
termining their  background,  abilities,  temperaments,  and  apti- 
tudes. During  these  interviews  the  co-ordinator  discusses  various 
fields  of  activity  and  answers  such  questions  as  the  students  may 
have  in  regard  to  the  many  phases  of  business  and  industry. 
Each  student  is  studied  in  the  light  of  his  physical  condition, 
scholastic  ability,  and  other  factors  affecting  his  probable  success 
in  vocational  life.  These  interviews  culminate  in  an  agreement 
between  the  student  and  his  co-ordinator  regarding  the  field  of 
co-operative  work  in  which  the  student  is  to  be  placed.  During 
his  upperclass  years  the  student  continues  to  have  frequent  con- 
ferences with  his  co-ordinator  regarding  vocational  adjustments 
and  personal  problems.  In  this  way  the  progress  of  every  student 
is  observed  and  co-ordinated  with  his  college  work  to  the  end 
that  he  may  obtain  maximum  values  from  his  training  at  North- 
eastern. 

Placement 

The  co-ordinator  visits  co-operative  firms  and  arranges  with 
them  for  the  employment  of  the  students  under  his  charge.  The 
range  of  opportunities  available  to  Northeastern  students  is  wide, 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  17 

including  practically  all  phases  of  industrial  life.  As  a  general 
rule,  sophomores  are  placed  upon  routine  and  laborious  jobs 
through  which  they  may  prove  their  fitness  for  more  responsible 
work.  The  jobs  upon  which  Northeastern  students  are  employed 
are  in  no  sense  protected  opportunities.  They  are  regular  jobs 
under  actual  business  conditions  and  are  held  in  competition  with 
other  sources  of  supply.  The  only  special  privilege  accorded 
Northeastern  students  is  that  of  attending  college  on  the  co- 
operative plan.  The  University  expects  every  student  to  stand 
on  his  own  feet  while  he  is  on  co-operative  work,  and  advance- 
ment to  the  more  responsible  jobs  is  based  entirely  upon  merit. 


Supervision  and  Guidance 

While  the  University  does  not  adopt  a  paternal  attitude  toward 
co-operative  work,  it  nevertheless  assumes  certain  responsibilities 
toward  students  and  co-operating  firms.  Co-ordinators  visit  each 
job  in  order  that  the  employer  may  report  upon  the  student's 
achievement  and  that  necessary  adjustments  may  be  made.  Co- 
ordinators supervise  the  assignment  of  students  to  various  jobs 
and  in  conjunction  with  employers  arrange  for  promotions  and 
training  schedules.  Problems  that  arise  on  co-operative  work  are 
adjusted  by  common  agreement  of  co-ordinator,  student,  and  em- 
ployer. In  the  event  of  special  difficulties  or  dissatisfaction,  the 
case  may  be  adjusted  by  the  Committee  on  Co-operative  work, 
which  comprises  several  members  of  the  faculty. 

Through  a  series  of  co-operative  work  reports  prepared  during 
their  working  periods,  students  are  led  to  analyze  their  jobs  and  to 
develop  a  thoughtful  and  investigative  attitude  toward  their 
working  environment.  A  most  important  phase  of  co-operative 
work  is  the  opportunity  afforded  for  guidance  by  the  frank  dis- 
cussion of  actual  problems  encountered  on  the  job.  The  intimate 
contact  between  co-ordinator  and  student  is  of  great  worth  in 
helping  the  student  to  get  the  most  value  from  each  co-operative 
work  assignment.  While  the  University  endeavors  to  provide 
every  possible  opportunity  for  its  students,  it  expects  them  at  the 
same  time  to  take  the  initiative  and  to  assume  the  responsibility 
involved  in  their  individual  development.  To  every  student  are 
available  the  counsel  and  guidance  of  the  faculty,  and  every 
resource  at  its  disposal.  But  the  faculty  does  not  coerce  students 
who  are  uninterested  or  unwilling  to  think  for  themselves. 

The  co-operative  plan  is  thus  designed  specifically  to  provide 
actual  working  conditions  which  shall  afford  the  student  practical 
experience,  give  meaning  to  his  program  of  study,  and  train  him 
in  reliability,  efficiency,  and  team  work. 


18 NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Correlation  of  Theory  and  Practice 

Co-operating  companies  employ  the  students  in  the  various 
departments  of  their  establishments.  The  training  is  thorough. 
To  derive  the  greatest  value  from  his  co-operative  work  the  student 
is  advised  to  continue  in  the  employ  of  his  co-operating  firm  for 
at  least  one  year  after  graduation,  since  certain  types  of  work  which 
would  afford  him  valuable  experience  cannot  be  made  available 
to  him  while  he  is  alternating  between  work  and  study.  Statistics 
compiled  over  a  period  of  many  years  show  that  on  the  average 
about  fifty  per  cent  of  each  graduating  class  do  remain  with  their 
co-operating  employers  after  graduation. 


Co-operative  Work  Reports 

The  values  to  be  derived  from  the  practical  experiences  are 
further  enhanced  by  required  report  writing.  These  co-operative 
work  reports  are  written  during  the  working  periods  by  all  co- 
operative students.  A  complete  job  analysis  is  required  as  the 
first  report  written  on  any  new  co-operative  work  assignment. 
Subjects  of  other  reports  are  selected  by  the  student  after  con- 
ference with  his  Co-ordinator  of  Co-operative  Work,  by  whom 
they  must  be  approved.  The  reports  are  designed  to  encourage 
observation  and  investigation  on  the  part  of  the  students  and  to 
help  them  to  appreciate  more  fully  the  extent  and  value  of  their 
experience.  These  reports  are  carefully  read  by  the  Co-ordinator 
and  are  discussed  with  the  student  during  the  following  college 
period.  Exceptionally  valuable  results  are  obtained  from  these 
reports.  The  value  derived  must  necessarily  be  directly  propor- 
tional to  the  conscientious  and  intelligent  concentration  of  effort 
by  the  student  upon  this  phase  of  the  work. 


Co-operative  Work  Records 

Complete  and  detailed  records  are  kept  of  the  co-operative 
work  of  each  student.  They  are  based  upon  reports  made  by  the 
employer  at  the  end  of  each  working  period;  upon  occasional 
personal  interviews  between  the  employer  and  the  Co-ordinator; 
and  upon  various  evidences  of  the  student's  attitude  toward  all 
the  phases  of  his  co-operative  work.  It  is  not  possible  for  the 
student  to  secure  a  degree  unless  this  part  of  the  curriculum  is 
completed  satisfactorily.  These  records  of  practical  experience 
serve  as  a  valuable  future  reference  for  the  Alumni  Placement 
Division  of  the  Department. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  19 

Positions  Available 

Because  of  uncertainties  of  business  conditions,  as  well  as  other 
reasons  beyond  its  control,  the  University  cannot  and  does  not 
guarantee  to  place  students.  Although  the  University  in  no  way 
discriminates  among  students  of  various  races  and  religions,  con- 
siderable difficulty  has  been  experienced  in  placing  at  co-operative 
work  the  members  of  certain  racial  groups  and  students  who  are 
physically  handicapped.  However,  past  experience  has  demon- 
strated that  students  who  are  willing  and  capable  of  adapting 
themselves  to  existing  conditions  are  almost  never  without  em- 
ployment except  in  periods  of  severe  industrial  depression. 

Earnings 

The  rates  of  pay  for  students  tend  to  be  low  because  students 
are  given  the  privilege  of  attending  college  on  the  Co-operative 
Plan  and  because  effort  is  made  to  provide  the  student  with  the 
opportunity  of  being  transferred,  at  reasonable  intervals,  from 
one  department  to  another  of  the  co-operating  company.  It 
should  be  understood  that  the  primary  purpose  of  the  Co-opera- 
tive Plan  is  training. 

The  minimum  rates  of  pay  will  be  governed  to  a  very  large 
extent  by  prevailing  wages-and-hours  laws.  To  assist  the  student 
in  budgeting  his  expenses,  however,  the  following  scale  of  wages 
may  be  considered  as  minimum  rates  received  by  students  in  times 
of  normal  business. 

$12  per  week  for  second  year  students 

$14  per  week  for  third  year  students 

$16  per  week  for  fourth  and  fifth  year  students 

Statistical  records  show  that  the  pay  actually  received  by 
students  averages  appreciably  above  these  figures. 

Location  of  Work 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  to  assign  students  to  co-opera- 
tive work  within  commuting  distance  of  their  homes.  This  is  not 
always  possible,  however,  and  at  times  it  may  be  necessary  for 
students  to  live  away  from  home  in  order  to  obtain  satisfactory 
and  desirable  co-operative  work  assignments. 

Types  of  Co-operative  Work 

Insofar  as  possible  students  are  placed  at  co-operative  work 
in  that  general  field  for  which  they  express  preference,  provided 
that  aptitude,  physical  ability,  temperament,  and  other  personal 


20  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

qualities  appear  to  fit  them  for  this  field.  Usually  students  are 
placed  first  in  the  lower  ranks  of  an  organization  where  they  may 
learn  the  fundamental  requirements  of  the  business. 

For  example,  a  student  interested  in  manufacturing  might  be 
started  as  an  operative  on  some  machine  in  the  plant.  As  his 
progress  and  other  conditions  warranted  he  would  be  transferred 
to  other  types  of  work  such  as  shipping,  inspecting,  cost  finding, 
adjusting  complaints,  or  bookkeeping,  and  so  on,  so  that  in  the 
course  of  his  four  years  co-operative  training  he  would  have 
the  opportunity  to  acquire  a  substantial  background  in  at  least 
some  of  the  functions  of  factory  administration.  This  progressive 
type  of  training  is  more  readily  obtained  in  the  employ  of  one 
company.  A  change  of  company  each  year  provides  more  a 
change  of  environment  than  a  progression  of  experiences. 

Engineering  firms,  manufacturing  companies,  public  utilities, 
and  many  other  types  of  enterprises  are  employing  Northeastern 
students.  In  some  cases  definite  training  schedules  have  been 
established  so  as  to  permit  the  student  one  full  year  in  each  of 
several  important  departments. 


Typical  Co-operative  Training  Schedules 

These  schedules  are  arranged  with  the  basic  idea  of  giving  the 
student  a  comprehensive  training  through  the  several  different  de- 
partments, but  must  of  necessity  be  varied  in  accordance  with  the 
needs  of  those  departments. 

BOSTON  &.  MAINE  RAILROAD  CO. 
One  Year  —  Erecting  Shop 
One  Year  —  Machine  Shop 

One  Year  —  General  work  in  Machine  Shop  and  Erecting  Shop 
One  Year  —  Mechanical  Engineer's  Dept. 

BOSTON  EDISON  COMPANY 
The  schedule  of  the  Boston  Edison  Company  is  divided  into  the  following 
general  classifications.    Very  few  co-operating  students  obtain  experience  in  all 
branches,  but  students  progress  from  year  to  year  in  the  respective  branches 
as  conditions  require. 

Standardizing 

(a)  Testing  and  standardizing  of  electrical  instruments 

(b)  Miscellaneous  standardization 

(c)  Repairs  on  electrical  instruments 

(d)  Laboratory  high  voltage  tests 

Steam  Practice 

(a)  Turbine,  engine  and  boiler  tests 

(b)  Instrument  tests  and  repairs 

(c)  Miscellaneous  tests 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  21 


Electrical  Testing 

(a)  Testing  and  repairing  of  electrical  instruments  in  power  stations  and 

sub-stations 

(b)  Cable  tests 

(c)  High  voltage  tests  on  apparatus  and  in  the  field 

(d)  Checking  up  construction  work 

(e)  Miscellaneous  electrical  tests 

Chemical  Engineering 

(a)  Fuel  analysis 

(b)  Miscellaneous   tests   and   analysis   of  oils,   water   paints,   and   other 

materials 

Photography 
Office  Work 

HUNT-SPILLER  MANUFACTURING  CORPORATION 

One  Year     General  laboratory  and  plant  work,  including  preparation  of 
samples 
Pyrometry 
Use  and  care  of  Metallurgical  apparatus 

One  Year     Complete  analysis  of  coal,  coke,  limestone,  sand,  iron,  soil,  etc. 

One  Year     Keeping  of  general  metallurgical  records,  filing,  and  making  of 
reports 

One  Year     Analysis  for  combined,  graphitic,  and  total  carbon  with  a  com- 
plete knowledge  of  a  carbon  combustion  apparatus 

PEPPERELL  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 
One  Year  Stock  Records 

One  Year  Production  Analysis 

One  Year  Inventory  Control 


22  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Qeneral  ^nformatioru 

Tuition 

THE  tuition  for  all  curricula  in  the  Day  Division  is  $250  per 
year,  or  $125  per  term.    Certain  fees  and  deposits  are  also 
required  as  specified  in  the  following  paragraphs.     A  com- 
plete statement  of  tuition  and  fee  payments  is  given  on  page  26. 
Students  who  carry   academic  loads   of  greater  or  less  than 
normal  amount  may  pay  their  tuition  on  a  semester  hour  basis. 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 
All  students  are  charged  a  general  library  and  materials  fee  of 
fourteen  dollars  *($14)  each  year.    This  fee  is  payable  at  the  time 
of  registration  and  is  included  in  the  schedule  of  payments  on 
page  26. 

Student  Activities  Fee 

Each  student  in  the  Day  Division  is  charged  a  student  activities 
fee  of  sixteen  dollars  ($16).  This  fee  is  payable  at  the  time  of 
registration  and  is  included  in  the  schedule  of  payments  on  page 
26.  This  fee  supports  in  part  certain  student  activities,  and  in- 
cludes membership  in  the  Northeastern  University  Athletic  Associa- 
tion, The  Northeastern  Student  Union  and  subscription  to  The 
Northeastern  News,  the  college  paper. 

The  services  of  a  physician  are  also  available  for  all  students 
under  this  fee.  Minor  ailments  are  treated  by  the  college  health 
officers  without  additional  charge.  If  the  student  shows  signs  of 
more  serious  illness,  he  is  immediately  advised  to  consult  a 
specialist  or  return  to  his  home,  where  he  can  get  further  treatment. 

i 
Chemical  Laboratory  Deposit 
(Applies  only  to  students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work) 

All  students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work  are  required  to 
make  a  deposit  from  which  deductions  are  made  for  breakage, 
chemicals,  and  destruction  of  apparatus  in  the  laboratory.  Any 
unused  portion  of  this  deposit  will  be  returned  to  the  student  at 
the  end  of  the  college  year.  If  the  charge  for  such  breakage, 
chemicals,  or  destruction  of  apparatus  is  more  than  the  sum 
deposited,  the  student  will  be  charged  the  additional  amount. 

Freshmen  make  a  chemical  laboratory  deposit  of  ten  dollars 
with  their  first  tuition  payment  at  the  beginning  of  the  year; 
upperclassmen  make  a  chemical  laboratory  deposit  of  ten  dollars 
($10)  at  the  beginning  of  each  term. 

*This  fee  is  twelve  dollars  ($12)  for  students  who  were  enrolled  in  the  Day 
Division  prior  to  January  1,  1940. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  23 


Schedule  of  Payments  for  Freshmen 

Date  Due  Amount 

"September  5,  1940  Tuition  $125.00 

Fees  30.00 


$155.00 
February  3,  1941  Tuition  $125.00 


Schedule  of  Payments  for  Upperclassmen 


Division  A 

♦September  9,  1940 

Tuition 
Fees 

Tuition 

♦♦$125.00 
28.00 

♦January  27,  1941 

$153.00 
$125.00 

Division  B 

♦November  18,  1940 

Tuition 
Fees 

Tuition 

♦♦$125.00 
28.00 

♦April  7,  1941 

$153.00 
$125.00 

There  will  be  a  $2.00  deferred  payment  fee  added  to  all  bills 
which  are  not  paid  by  the  Saturday  following  the  date  on  which 
payments  fall  due.  When  further  extensions  of  time  are  given 
on  payments  which  have  been  previously  deferred,  an  additional 
$2.00  fee  will  be  charged  for  each  extension. 

Failure  to  make  the  required  payments  on  time,  or  to  arrange 
for  such  payments,  is  considered  sufficient  cause  to  bar  the  student 
from  classes  or  suspend  him  from  co-operative  work  until  the 
matter  has  been  adjusted  with  the  Director  of  School  Adminis- 
tration. 


Graduation  Fee 

A  fee  often  dollars  ($10)  covering  graduation  is  required  by  the 
University  of  all  candidates  for  a  degree.  This  fee  must  be  paid 
before  the  end  of  the  seventh  week  of  the  second  term  in  the 
senior  year. 

Payments 

All  payments  should  be  made  at  the  treasurer's  office.  Checks 
should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University. 

♦Students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work  pay  a  deposit  of  $10.00  additional. 
♦♦This  tuition  payment  is  $100  instead  of  $125  for  all  upperclassmen  enrolled 
in  the  College  prior  to  September  1,  1938. 


24  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Refunds 

The  University  assumes  the  obligation  of  carrying  the  student 
throughout  the  year.  Instruction  and  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided on  a  yearly  basis;  therefore,  no  refunds  are  granted  except 
when  students  are  compelled  to  withdraw  on  account  of  personal 
illness. 

Expenses 

The  following  tables,  compiled  from  expense  returns  submitted 
by  the  student  body,  give  an  idea  of  freshman  expenditures  under 
ordinary  conditions. 

Estimated  College  Expenses  for  a  Freshman 

Application  Fee $     5. 

Tuition 250. 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 14. 

Chemical  Laboratory  Deposit 10. 

Student  Activities  Fee 16. 

Books  and  Supplies 35. 

$330. 

(Engineering  students  should  add  approximately  $25  for  drawing 
instruments  and  equipment.) 

Estimated  Living  Expenses  Per  Week  for  a  Freshman 
Residing  Away  from  Home 

Room  Rent $  3.75 

Board 7.00 

Laundry 1.00 

Incidentals 2.00 

$13.75 

The  figures  given  above  are  approximate  and  may  not  exactly 
apply  to  any  one  student;  however,  they  will  be  found  to  repre- 
sent fairly  well  the  expense  of  a  freshman  who  lives  comfortably 
but  without  extravagance. 

Textbooks  and  Supplies 

The  Northeastern  University  Bookstore,  located  in  the  Base- 
ment of  the  West  Building,  is  a  department  of  the  University  and 
is  operated  for  the  convenience  of  the  student  body.  All  books 
and  supplies  which  are  required  by  the  students  for  their  work 
in  the  University  may  be  purchased  at  the  Bookstore. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  25 

A  Northeastern  Bookstore  Discount  Card  will  be  issued  to 
every  Day  Division  student  at  the  time  of  registration  and  will 
entitle  him  to  a  ten  per  cent  discount  on  all  Day  Division  text- 
books which  he  purchases  for  his  own  use  while  in  school. 

The  ten  per  cent  discount  will  not  apply  on  equipment,  supplies 
or  novelties.  It  will  be  the  policy  of  the  bookstore,  however,  to 
stock  these  materials  and  to  sell  them  at  the  lowest  possible  prices. 


Part-Time  Work 

Students  who  find  it  necessary  to  accept  part-time  jobs  while 
attending  college  may  obtain  such  work  through  the  Director  of 
Co-operative  Work. 

No  student  is  justified  in  assuming  that  the  University  will  take 
care  of  his  expenses  or  guarantee  to  supply  him  with  work  suffi- 
cient to  meet  all  his  needs. 

A  student  should  have  available  a  reserve  fund  adequate  to 
provide  for  immediate  needs  and  unexpected  contingencies.  This 
should  ordinarily  amount  to  at  least  the  first  year's  tuition  plus 
the  student  activity  and  other  fees,  room  rent,  and  board  for 
several  weeks,  or  a  total  of  about  $500. 


Examinations 

Examinations  covering  the  work  of  the  term  are  usually  held 
at  the  close  of  each  term.  Exceptions  may  be  made  in  certain 
courses  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  instructor,  examinations  are 
not  necessary. 

Condition  examinations  will  be  given  in  all  subjects  during  the 
week  of  July  7,  1941,  for  Division  A  students,  and  the  week  of 
September  1,  1941,  for  Division  B  students.  Condition  examina- 
tions are  not  given  for  laboratory  courses. 

Special  examinations  may  be  arranged  for  only  by  vote  of  the 
Administrative  Committee,  and  for  all  such  examinations  the 
University  requires  the  payment  of  a  special  fee  of  five  dollars 
($5). 

Grades 
A  student's  grade  is  officially  recorded  by  letters,  as  follows: 

A     superior  attainment 

B      above  average  attainment 

C     average  attainment 

D     lowest  passing  grade,  poor  attainment  (the  faculty  will 

accept  only  a  limited  amount  of  grade  D  work  towards 

the  Bachelor's  degree) 


26  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

F      failure,  removable  by  condition  examination 
FF    complete  failure  (course  must  be  repeated  in  class) 
I       incomplete,  used  for  intermediate  grades  only  to  signify 
that  the  student  has  not  had  time  to  make  up  work  lost 
through  excusable  enforced  absence  from  class 
L      used  in  all  cases  of  the  removal  of  a  failure  by  condition 
examination  or  by  attendance  at  summer  term 

A  student  who  does  not  remove  a  condition  before  that  course 
is  again  scheduled,  a  year  later,  must  repeat  the  course.  A  condi- 
tion in  more  than  one  subject  may  involve  the  loss  of  assignment 
to  co-operative  work. 

The  responsibility  for  the  removal  of  a  condition  rests  with  the 
student,  who  is  required  to  ascertain  when  and  how  the  condition 
can  be  removed. 

Dean's  List 

A  Dean's  List,  issued  at  the  end  of  each  term,  contains  the 
names  of  upperclass  students  who  have  an  honor  grade  average 
in  all  subjects  during  the  preceding  period.  Freshman  who 
achieve  high  scholastic  standing  are  included  on  a  Freshman 
Honor  List,  which  is  published  at  the  end  of  each  grading  period. 
No  student  under  disciplinary  restrictions  is  eligible  for  either  of 
the  honor  lists. 

Report  Cards 

Freshman  reports  are  issued  at  the  end  of  each  grading  period; 
upperclass  reports,  at  the  end  of  each  term.  In  addition,  a  special 
report  on  review  subjects  pursued  during  the  summer  term  will  be 
issued  immediately  at  its  close.  Questions  relative  to  grades  are 
to  be  discussed  with  the  student's  faculty  adviser. 

Students  are  constantly  encouraged  to  maintain  an  acceptable 
quality  of  college  work.  Parents  and  students  are  always  wel- 
comed by  the  college  officers  and  faculty  advisers  for  conference 
upon  such  matters. 

Parents  or  guardians  will  be  notified  whenever  students  are 
advised  or  required  to  withdraw  from  the  University. 

Conduct 

It  is  assumed  that  students  come  to  the  University  for  a  serious 
purpose  and  that  they  will  cheerfully  conform  to  such  regulations 
as  may  from  time  to  time  be  made.  In  case  of  injury  to  any  building 
or  to  any  of  the  furniture,  apparatus,  or  other  property  of  the 
University,  the  damage  will  be  charged  to  the  student  or  students 
known  to  be  immediately  concerned;  but  if  the  persons  who 
caused  the  damage  are  unknown,  the  cost  for  repairs  may  be 
assessed  equally  upon  all  the  students  of  the  University. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  27 

Students  are  expected  to  observe  the  accepted  rules  of  decorum, 
to  obey  the  regulations  of  the  University,  and  to  pay  due  respect 
to  its  officers.  Conduct  inconsistent  with  the  general  good  order 
of  the  University  or  persistent  neglect  of  work  may  be  followed 
by  dismissal;  if  the  offense  be  a  less  serious  one,  the  student  may 
be  placed  upon  probation.  The  student  so  placed  upon  pro- 
bation may  be  dismissed  if  guilty  of  any  further  offense. 

It  is  desired  to  administer  the  discipline  of  the  University  so  as 
to  maintain  a  high  standard  of  integrity  and  a  scrupulous  regard 
for  truth.  The  attempt  of  any  student  to  present  as  his  own  any 
work  which  he  has  not  performed,  or  to  pass  any  examination 
by  improper  means,  is  regarded  as  a  most  serious  offense  and 
renders  the  offender  liable  to  immediate  expulsion.  The  aiding 
and  abetting  of  a  student  in  any  dishonesty  is  also  held  to  be  a 
grave  breach  of  discipline. 

Scholastic  Year  for  Seniors 

Seniors  of  either  division  who  are  candidates  for  a  degree  in 
the  current  year  must  have  completed  all  academic  work,  class 
assignments,  theses,  regular  and  special  examinations,  before 
twelve  o'clock  noon  of  the  Saturday  next  following  the  close  of 
recitations  for  seniors. 

Attendance 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  all  exercises  in  the  subjects  they 
are  studying  unless  excused  in  advance.  Exercises  are  held  and 
students  are  expected  to  devote  themselves  to  the  work  of  the 
University  between  9:00  a.m.  and  5:00  p.m.,  except  for  a  lunch 
period,  on  every  week  day  except  Saturday.  Saturday  classes  are 
held  only  between  9:00  a.m.  and  1:00  p.m. 

No  cuts  are  allowed.  A  careful  record  of  each  student's  attend- 
ance upon  class  exercises  is  kept.  Absence  from  regularly  sched- 
uled exercises  in  any  subject  will  seriously  affect  the  standing  of 
the  student.  It  may  cause  the  removal  of  the  subject  or  subjects 
from  his  schedule.  If  he  presents  a  reasonable  excuse  for  the 
absence,  however,  he  may  be  allowed  to  make  up  the  time  lost 
and  be  given  credit  for  the  work;  but  he  must  complete  the  work 
at  such  time  and  in  such  manner  as  his  instructor  in  the  course 
may  designate. 

Laboratory  work  can  be  made  up  only  when  it  is  possible  to 
do  so  during  hours  of  regularly  scheduled  instruction. 

Absences  from  exercises  immediately  preceding  or  following  a 
recess  are  especially  serious  and  entail  severe  penalties. 

Attendance  at  all  mass  meetings  of  the  student  body  is  com- 
pulsory. Exceptions  to  this  rule  are  made  only  when  the  student 
has  received  permission  from  the  Director  of  Student  Activities 
previous  to  the  meeting  from  which  he  desires  to  be  absent. 


28  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Housing  Regulations 

The  University  endeavors  to  exercise  due  consideration  and 
care  for  the  student's  welfare  while  he  is  in  residence.  This 
necessitates  the  adoption  of  the  rules  and  regulations  presented 
herewith. 

1.  Assignments  will  be  made  when  the  student  registers. 

2.  Students  may  inspect  rooms  before  accepting  an  assignment; 
after  reaching  a  decision  students  must  notify  the  office  of  the 
Director  of  School  Administration,  254W. 

3.  Students  who  accept  room  assignments  must  retain  them 
for  the  period  of  their  residence,  unless  given  permission  by  the 
Director  of  School  Administration  to  change. 

4.  Students  are  not  permitted  to  live  in  unsupervised  quarters. 
Under  no  conditions  are  groups  of  students  permitted  to  lease 
apartments. 

5.  Students  are  not  permitted  to  engage  rooms  without  the  prior 
approval  of  the  University.  Those  violating  this  rule  will  be 
required  to  give  up  such  rooms  immediately  and  will  be  assigned 
by  the  University  to  approved  quarters. 

6.  Violation  of  any  of  the  above  rules  is  considered  a  breach 
of  discipline  and  will  be  dealt  with  accordingly. 

Residence 

It  has  been  found  to  be  much  more  satisfactory  for  the  student 
to  live  within  easy  access  of  Boston,  especially  during  periods  in 
college,  than  to  live  out  twenty-five  or  thirty  miles.  The  saving 
of  time  and  effort  more  than  offsets  any  increased  expense. 
Residence  in  Boston  is  advisable,  as  it  gives  the  student  oppor- 
tunity to  use  the  college  facilities  outside  of  class  hours  and  to 
confer  more  easily  with  his  instructors  about  his  college  work. 

Dormitories 

At  present  the  University  does  not  maintain  dormitories.  Pro- 
vision, however,  is  made  for  students  to  secure  rooms  in  the 
vicinity.  Many  freshmen  prefer  to  take  room  and  board  at  the 
fraternity  houses,  which  are  all  supervised  by  the  University 
through  faculty  advisers.  For  information  relative  to  such 
housing  write  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

Rooms  in  the  dormitory  of  the  Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of 
the  Boston  Y.M.C.A.  may  be  secured  only  through  the  Housing 
Department  of  the  Y.M.C.A.  The  applicant  must  present  him- 
self in  person  to  a  representative  of  the  Department  before  assign- 
ment will  be  made. 

Applicants  desiring  to  room  in  the  Association  dormitory  are 
advised  to  write  the  Housing  Department  of  the  Huntington 
Avenue  Branch,  316  Huntington  Avenue.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  29 

^Buildings  and  facilities 

Boston — A  Great  Educational  Center 

THE  fact  that  Northeastern  University  is  in  Boston  broadens 
the  educational  and  cultural  opportunities  of  its  students. 
Few  other  cities  in  the  country  are  so  rich  in  the  finest 
elements  of  American  life.  Many  of  its  historic  buildings,  such 
as  the  Old  State  House,  Faneuil  Hall,  and  the  Old  North  Church, 
have  become  museums  for  the  preservation  of  old  documents, 
paintings,  and  other  collections  representative  of  early  Colonial 
life.  The  Boston  Public  Library  and  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts, 
both  within  a  few  blocks  of  the  University  Buildings,  are  widely 
noted  for  their  treasures  of  literature  and  art.  Even  nearer  to 
the  University  is  Symphony  Flail,  home  of  the  world-famous 
Boston  Symphony  Orchestra.  And  the  many  churches  within 
Greater  Boston  not  only  afford  the  opportunity  of  hearing  dis- 
tinguished preachers  but  through  their  student  clubs  and  young 
people's  societies  make  possible  for  students  a  fine  type  of  social 
and  intellectual  life. 

Location  of  University  Buildings 

The  Day  Division  of  Northeastern  University  is  housed  in 
three  buildings  located  on  Huntington  Avenue,  Boston,  just 
beyond  Massachusetts  Avenue  and  opposite  the  historic  Boston 
Opera  House.  The  main  administrative  offices  of  the  University 
are  located  in  the  West  Building,  a  four-story  brick  structure  added 
to  the  physical  plant  of  Northeastern  in  1938. 

Transportation 

The  chief  railroad  centers  of  Boston  are  the  North  and  South 
Stations.  From  the  North  Station  board  a  car  going  to  Park 
Street,  at  which  junction  transfer  to  any  Huntington  Avenue  car. 
At  South  Station  board  a  Cambridge  subway  train  for  Park  Street 
Under.  There  change  to  a  Huntington  Avenue  car  and  alight 
at  the  West  Building  of  Northeastern  University. 

West  Building 

The  West  Building  contains  over  100,000  square  feet  of  floor 
space  for  administrative  and  instructional  purposes.  In  the  base- 
ment are  the  Mechanical  Engineering  offices,  laboratories,  and 
machine  shops;  the  University  Bookstore;  the  Husky  Hut,  where 
light  refreshments  are  sold;  several  classrooms;  and  a  large  drafting 
room  used  chiefly  by  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 
Ample  area  is  also  provided  in  the  basement  for  a  student  check 
room,  lockers,  and  various  storage  rooms  and  vaults. 


30  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

On  the  first  floor  are  located  the  President's  office,  the  General 
Offices  of  the  Secretary-Treasurer,  and  the  offices  of  the  Vice- 
President  of  the  University.  A  large  public  reception  room  adjoins 
the  main  lobby,  and  several  small  classrooms  are  located  in  both 
wings  of  the  building.  This  floor  was  given  to  the  University  in 
memory  of  Lieutenant  Stafford  Leighton  Brown  by  his  mother. 

The  Department  of  Physics  has  a  suite  of  offices,  laboratories, 
and  research  areas  in  the  south  wing  of  the  second  floor.  A  large 
lecture  hall  with  raised  seats  accommodating  over  three  hundred 
people  occupies  the  central  area  of  the  second  floor.  This  room 
is  fully  equipped  for  both  lantern  slide  and  motion  picture  pro- 
jection, and  is  provided  with  up-to-date  motor  driven  ventilating 
equipment.  The  room  is  fitted  with  a  lecture  demonstration  desk 
having  all  necessary  accessories  including  gas,  water,  various 
types  of  electricity,  and  hoods  for  the  removal  of  gases.  A  fully 
stocked  preparation  room  adjoins  this  lecture  hall.  The  offices  of 
the  Director  of  School  Administration,  the  Director  of  Co- 
operative Work,  and  the  Dean  of  Students,  a  large  number  of 
small  classrooms,  and  several  conference  rooms  complete  the 
layout  of  the  second  floor. 

Student  lounging  and  recreation  rooms  sponsored  by  the 
Northeastern  Student  Union  occupy  the  Huntington  Avenue  side 
of  the  third  floor,  together  with  the  offices  of  the  Department  of 
Student  Activities.  This  floor  also  contains  a  small  University 
Chapel,  a  lecture  hall  similar  to  that  on  the  second  floor  but 
slightly  smaller,  and  a  number  of  large  classrooms  equipped  with 
special  tables  for  freshman  drawing  classes. 

A  group  of  large,  fully  equipped  laboratories  for  Inorganic 
Chemistry  and  Qualitative  Analysis,  Physical  Chemistry  and 
Quantitative  Analysis,  and  Organic  Chemistry  occupy  the  prin- 
cipal areas  of  the  fourth  floor.  The  Chemistry  Department  has 
its  offices  and  a  large  lecture  hall  equipped  especially  for  courses 
in  chemistry  adjoining  these  laboratories.  A  number  of  research 
areas  for  special  purposes,  a  large  central  stockroom,  a  dark  room, 
and  several  balance  rooms  complete  the  chemistry  suite.  Three 
large  drafting  rooms  having  blackboards  especially  equipped  with 
sliding  T-squares,  an  Art  Room,  and  the  offices  of  the  Drawing 
Department,  are  also  found  on  the  fourth  floor. 

In  the  penthouse  on  the  roof  there  are  a  faculty-alumni  lounge, 
a  radio  laboratory,  and  an  astronomy  laboratory. 

South  Building 

The  South  Building  of  Northeastern  University  comprises  a 
basement  and  two  stories.  The  Department  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering occupies  the  entire  basement  with  its  offices,  Dynamo 
Laboratories,  High  Tension  Laboratory,  Electrical  Measurements 
Laboratory,  Instrument  Room,  and  research  areas. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


31 


MAP  SHOWING  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  AND  VICINITY 


32 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Key  to  Map 

Northeastern  University  and  Vicinity 

1. 

East  Building 

2. 

South  Building 

3. 

West  Building 

4. 

Symphony  Hall 

5. 

Horticultural  Hall 

6. 

Christian  Science  Church 

7. 

New  England  Conservatory  of  Music 

8. 

Boston  Opera  House 

9. 

Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts 

10. 

Mechanics  Exhibition  Hall 

11. 

Back  Bay  Station 

12. 

Trinity  Place 

13. 

Boston  Public  Library 

14. 

Trinity  Church 

15. 

Museum  of  Natural  History 

16. 

Boston  Public  Garden 

17. 

Boston  Common 

18. 

South  Station 

19. 

North  Station 

20. 

State  House 

21. 

U.  S.  Customs  House 

22. 

Rowes  Wharf 

COLLEGE   OF   LIBERAL    ARTS  33 

On  the  first  floor  are  located  the  Departments  of  Civil  and  of 
Industrial  Engineering.  A  Hydraulics  and  Sanitary  Engineering 
Laboratory,  a  Methods  Engineering  Laboratory,  a  Civil  Engineer- 
ing drafting  room,  and  several  classrooms  complete  the  layout 
of  this  floor.  A  large  lecture  room,  several  classrooms,  the  Chem- 
ical Engineering  Unit  Operations  Laboratory,  the  Chemical 
Engineering  Department  Offices,  and  the  Biology  Laboratory  are 
located  on  the  second  floor. 


East  Building 

The  East  Building  of  Northeastern  University  is  the  educational 
wing  of  the  Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of  the  Boston  Y.M.C.A. 
On  its  second  floor  are  located  the  library,  a  branch  library  and 
reading  room,  and  several  classrooms.  The  third  floor  contains 
the  office  of  the  Dean  of  Business  Administration,  several  de- 
partmental offices,  a  laboratory  for  statistical  work,  and  additional 
classrooms.  On  the  fourth  floor  are  located  the  office  of  the 
Dean  of  Liberal  Arts,  the  Department  of  English,  the  Department 
of  Modern  Languages,  several  large  lecture  rooms,  and  a  Student 
Union  Reading  Room. 

Jacob  P.  Bates  Hall,  located  in  the  East  Building,  has  a  seating 
capacity  of  400.  The  hall  is  equipped  with  a  motion  picture 
machine  and  has  a  large  stage  suitable  for  entertainments  of 
various  kinds. 

Bates  Hall  is  an  important  center  for  various  student  activities. 
Here  the  band  and  the  orchestra  have  their  rehearsals,  the  glee 
club  gives  its  entertainments,  and  some  of  the  dramatic  work  is 
presented.  Numerous  student  socials  and  small  group  dinners 
frequently  are  held  here. 

Natatorium 

The  swimming  pool,  75  feet  long  by  25  feet  wide,  is  supplied 
with  filtered  water  and  is  heated  to  the  proper  temperature  by  an 
elaborate  system  of  pipes.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  of  its  kind  in 
New  England. 

Gymnasium 

This  structure,  the  funds  for  which  were  provided  by  the 
relatives  of  the  late  Samuel  Johnson,  is  known  as  the  Samuel 
Johnson  Memorial  Gymnasium.  The  gymnasium  provides  the 
following  facilities:  three  gymnasiums,  a  twelve-lap  running  track, 
two  large  exercise  rooms,  boxing  and  wrestling  rooms,  handball 
and  squash  courts,  bowling  alleys,  showers,  steam  baths,  massage 
rooms,  and  electric  cabinet  baths. 


34  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Lecture  Assembly  Halls 

Through  special  arrangement,  Jordan  Hall,  Symphony  Hall, 
and  the  Boston  Opera  House  are  made  available  for  assembly 
purposes.  These  halls  provide  ample  space  for  student  activity 
assemblies  and  for  special  lectures  by  noted  men.  All  the  students 
in  college  at  any  period  assemble  for  one  hour  each  week  through- 
out the  college  year.  More  than  half  of  the  assembly  sessions  are 
devoted  to  interests  and  activities  developed  by  the  students 
themselves.  The  other  assembly  periods  are  devoted  to  special 
lectures,  sometimes  under  the  direction  of  the  student  body  and 
sometimes  under  the  direction  of  the  faculty.  The  special  lectures 
are  devoted  to  those  elements  of  life  which  count  most  in  the 
development  of  a  man's  viewpoint  and  his  character. 


Equipment  for  Physical  Training 

Northeastern  has  exceptional  facilities  for  all-round  physical 
training.  The  gymnasium  is  one  of  the  most  complete  in  New 
England.  Adjoining  the  West  Building  is  a  large  field  equipped  for 
athletics.  Here  are  two  tennis  courts,  an  outdoor  gymnasium,  a 
rifle  range,  a  baseball  cage,  jumping  pits,  and  a  track  with  a  100- 
yard  straightaway. 


Huntington  Field 

Northeastern  University  owns  and  operates  a  large  athletic  field 
a  short  distance  from  the  University.  This  field,  known  as  the 
Huntington  Field,  provides  ample  facilities  for  track,  baseball, 
football,  and  other  outdoor  sports.  A  bus  service  maintained 
between  the  field  and  the  University  makes  it  possible  for  students 
to  get  back  and  forth  with  a  minimum  loss  of  time.  A  new  and 
commodious  field  house  has  recently  been  erected  at  the  field  as 
well  as  ten  sections  of  stadium  seats  capable  of  seating  2,000 
spectators. 


Design  and  Drafting  Rooms 

The  University  possesses  large,  light,  and  well-equipped  drawing 
rooms  for  the  carrying  on  of  the  designing  and  drafting  which 
form  so  important  a  part  of  engineering  work.  These  rooms  are 
supplied  with  lockers  containing  the  drawing  supplies,  files  con- 
taining blue  prints,  and  photographs  of  machines  and  structures 
that  represent  the  best  practice.  Drafting  room  blackboards  are 
equipped  with  traveling  straight  edge  devices  which  facilitate 
speed  and  accuracy  in  blackboard  demonstrations. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  35 

Libraries 

The  library  service  of  Northeastern  University  comprises  the 
following  units: 

1.  The  Main  Library,  located  on  the  second  floor  of  the  East 
Building,  includes  three  reading  rooms  in  which  are  available  all 
of  the  general  reference  books,  many  of  the  professional  and 
scientific  volumes,  and  all  of  the  periodicals  (approximately  100) 
to  which  the  University  subscribes.  This  library  is  under  the 
direction  of  a  librarian  and  two  assistants,  all  of  whom  have  had 
special  training  for  the  work.    Main  library  hours  are  as  follows: 


9:00    A.M. 

to    10:00  P.M. 

Daily 

2:00    P.M. 

to      9:00  P.M. 

Sundays 

12:00    M 

to      9:00  P.M. 

Holidays 

2.  The  Branch  Library,  also  located  on  the  second  floor  of  the 
East  Building,  houses  most  of  the  books  on  engineering  and  man- 
agement with  the  exception  of  those  in  the  field  of  chemical 
engineering,  which,  for  greater  convenience  of  students  in  this 
department,  are  kept  in  the  Main  Library.  The  Branch  Library 
is  in  charge  of  a  corps  of  student  assistants  and  is  open  from 
8:45  a.m.  to  5:15  p.m.  daily  except  Sundays.  Students  have  access 
directly  to  the  shelves  which  contain  books  on  reserve  for  par- 
ticular courses  as  well  as  general  reference  works. 

3.  A  general  reading  room  and  library  is  maintained  by  the 
Northeastern  Student  Union  in  Room  356,  West  Building.  The 
books  located  here  are  chiefly  non-technical  works  dealing  with 
contemporary  affairs,  religious  problems,  international  relations, 
travel,  etc.,  among  which  students  may  browse  during  periods  of 
relaxation.  A  few  of  the  literary  and  religious  periodicals  are  also 
available  in  this  room. 


Boston  Public  Library 

All  members  of  the  University,  whether  resident  or  non- 
resident students,  have  the  privilege  of  taking  books  from  the 
Boston  Public  Library  and  of  using  the  library  for  general  reference 
and  study.  Inasmuch  as  this  is  one  of  the  best  in  the  country, 
it  presents  unusual  opportunities  to  the  students.  Within  a  few 
minutes'  walk  from  the  University,  it  enables  students  to  have 
unlimited  reference  at  any  time  to  books  and  periodicals  bearing 
upon  their  studies. 


36  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Student  ^Activities 


NORTHEASTERN  University  regards  student  activities  as 
an  integral  part  of  its  educational  program.  One  of  the 
main  departments  of  the  University  is  charged  with  the 
responsibility  of  co-ordinating  the  various  types  of  activities  and 
of  administering  the  social,  musical,  literary,  and  athletic  organi- 
zations in  such  a  way  as  to  enable  each  to  contribute  in  a  whole- 
some, worth-while  manner  to  student  life  at  Northeastern.  Every 
student  is  encouraged  to  participate  in  such  activities  as  may 
appeal  to  him,  although  a  standard  of  scholarship  which  is  in- 
compatible with  excessive  devotion  to  such  pursuits  is  required  of 
all  students. 

Members  of  the  faculty  also  are  interested  in  the  informal 
aspects  of  the  college  program.  Teaching  loads  are  kept  suf- 
ficiently low  so  that  the  instructional  staff  may  have  ample 
opportunity  to  mingle  with  students  outside  of  the  classroom  in 
social  activities  and  on  the  athletic  field.  In  fact,  some  member 
of  the  faculty  is  appointed  to  serve  as  adviser  for  each  student 
activity.  His  function  is  not  to  dictate  how  the  organization  shall 
be  run,  but  to  encourage  the  students  in  their  extra-curricula 
endeavors  and  to  give  them  the  benefit  of  his  mature  point  of 
view  in  solving  the  problems  that  inevitably  arise. 

One  of  the  outstanding  contributions  of  the  co-operative  plan 
in  the  field  of  higher  education  has  been  its  capacity  to  develop 
in  students  those  powers  of  social  understanding  that  are  so 
essential  to  success  in  professional  life.  At  Northeastern  the 
program  of  student  activities  is  made  to  contribute  to  this  end 
in  a  very  real  way.  It  is  a  conscious  aim  of  the  student  activities 
advisers  to  develop  among  their  advisees  those  qualities  of  per- 
sonality and  character  which  will  enhance  their  usefulness  as 
future  professional  men  and  citizens.  Students  have  splendid 
opportunities  to  develop  administrative  and  executive  ability  as 
leaders  of  undergraduate  organizations.  No  academic  credit  is 
awarded  for  any  student  activity.  This  has  been  no  deterrent, 
however,  to  student  participation  in  extra-curricula  activities,  for 
a  recent  survey  of  the  undergraduate  body  showed  that  over  90% 
of  the  enrollment  were  engaged  in  one  or  more  forms  of  student 
activity. 

Athletic  Association 

All  students  in  the  Day  Division  are  members  of  the  North- 
eastern University  Athletic  Association.  Policies  of  the  asso- 
ciation are  passed  upon  by  a  Faculty  Committee  on  Student 
Activities  appointed  by  the  vice-president  in  charge  of  the  Day 
Division.    This  committee  decides  what  students  are  eligible  to 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  37 

participate  in  athletics,  what  the  various  sports  schedules  shall 
be,  and  what  students  may  be  excused  from  classes  to  represent 
the  University  on  athletic  trips. 

The  actual  administration  of  the  athletic  program  is  in  the 
hands  of  a  second  committee,  known  as  the  General  Athletic 
Committee,  which  consists  of  the  Director  of  Student  Activities, 
the  captains  and  managers  of  all  varsity  teams,  and  the  coaches 
as  ex  officio  members. 

The  University  maintains  both  varsity  and  freshman  teams  in 
basketball,  baseball,  football,  hockey,  and  track.  Intercollegiate 
games  and  meets  are  arranged  with  the  leading  colleges  in  the 
East.  In  addition  to  intercollegiate  athletics  the  athletic  associa- 
tion conducts  an  intramural  program  in  various  sports. 


Tennis  Club 

The  Northeastern  University  Tennis  Club  is  open  to  all  under- 
graduates. The  Department  of  Student  Activities  appoints  a 
faculty  adviser  who  assists  the  members  in  conducting  an  intra- 
mural tennis  tournament.  Excellent  facilities  for  tennis  are 
afforded  on  the  courts  adjacent  to  the  East  Building  of  the  Uni- 
versity. In  the  early  spring  members  of  the  Tennis  Club  have 
access  to  the  gymnasium  for  indoor  practice. 

Mass  Meeting 

The  hour  from  12:00  to  1:00  on  Wednesdays  throughout  the 
year  is  set  aside  for  mass  meetings.  Attendance  is  compulsory. 
Arrangements  are  made  to  bring  before  the  student  body  some  of 
the  ablest  and  foremost  thinkers  of  the  day.  A  list  of  speakers 
for  the  year  will  be  found  on  page  1 1  of  this  catalogue.  When 
the  mass  meeting  hour  is  not  occupied  by  a  University  lecturer, 
class  meetings,  concerts,  or  athletic  rallies  are  held  instead.  Such 
gatherings  are  under  the  direction  of  the  Department  of  Student 
Activities. 

"The  News" 

A  college  newspaper,  the  Northeastern  News,  is  published  each 
week  throughout  the  college  year  by  a  staff  selected  from  the 
student  body.  The  copy  is  prepared,  edited,  and  published  by  the 
students  themselves  with  the  counsel  of  a  faculty  adviser.  Op- 
portunity is  afforded  for  the  students  to  express  their  opinions 
on  subjects  relating  to  study,  co-operative  work,  social  events,  or 
topics  of  the  day.  Positions  on  the  News  staff  and  promotions 
are  attained  by  competitive  work.  The  paper  is  in  part  supported 
by  advertising,  both  national  and  local,  and  in  part  by  a  portion 
of  the  student  activities  fee.    The  Northeastern  News  is  a  member 


38  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

of  the  Eastern  Intercollegiate  Newspaper  Association,  and  sends 
one  of  its  editors  to  the  annual  convention  of  this  association 
each  year.  Copies  of  the  News  are  mailed  to  upperclassmen  when 
they  are  at  co-operative  work  and  to  freshmen  after  the  close 
of  their  college  year. 

"The  Cauldron" 

The  senior  class  publishes  annually  a  college  year  book,  The 
Cauldron.  It  is  ready  for  distribution  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
second  semester  and  contains  a  complete  review  of  the  college 
year  with  class  histories,  pictures  of  all  seniors,  of  the  faculty, 
and  of  undergraduate  groups,  as  well  as  a  miscellany  of  snapshots 
and  drawings  contributed  by  students. 


The  Handbook 

Each  fall  the  Northeastern  Student  Union  issues  a  conven- 
iently sized  student  Handbook,  which  is  sold  to  students  at  a 
nominal  price.  The  book  contains  information  about  the  various 
college  clubs,  athletic  programs,  fraternities,  rules  governing 
freshmen,  lockers,  publications,  and  so  on.  The  Handbook  also 
includes  a  diary  for  the  college  year  in  which  it  is  issued. 

Student  Council 

Student  government  of  the  Day  Division  at  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity is  vested  in  the  Student  Council,  composed  of  elected  rep- 
resentatives from  the  various  classes.  The  Council  is  the  authority 
on  all  matters  relating  to  student  policies  not  definitely  connected 
with  classroom  procedure.  It  has  jurisdiction,  subject  to  faculty 
approval,  over  all  such  matters  as  customs,  privileges,  campus 
regulations,  etc.  and  meets  regularly  to  consider  and  act  upon 
issues  referred  to  it  for  decision.  The  Dean  of  Students  serves  as 
faculty  adviser  to  the  Student  Council. 

Honor  Societies 

Three  honorary  societies  are  chartered  by  the  University  in  its 
Day  Division: 

The  Senate,  in  the  College  of  Engineering. 

The  Sigma  Society,  in  the  College  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Academy,  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 

Election  to  the  college  honorary  fraternity  is  founded  primarily 
upon  scholarship,  but  before  a  man  is  privileged  to  wear  the 
honorary  society  insignia  he  must  give  evidence  of  an  integrity  of 
character  and  an  interest  in  the  extra-curricula  life  of  the  Uni- 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  39 

versity  as  well  as  an  acceptable  personality.  The  Societies  have 
memberships  consisting  of  the  outstanding  men  in  the  Day  Divi- 
sion. Election  to  the  honorary  society  is  the  highest  honor  that 
can  be  conferred  upon  an  undergraduate. 

Fraternities 

There  are  at  present  ten  local  Greek  letter  fraternities  chartered 
by  Northeastern  University.  Each  fraternity  is  provided  with  a 
faculty  adviser  who  is  responsible  for  the  proper  administration 
of  the  fraternity  house  under  the  rules  and  regulations  established 
by  the  faculty.  The  list  of  fraternities  in  the  order  of  their  estab- 
lishment is  as  follows: 

1.  Alpha  Kappa  Sigma  6.  Phi  Beta  Alpha 

2.  Beta  Gamma  Epsilon  7.  Phi  Gamma  Pi 

3.  Eta  Tau  Nu  8.  Sigma  Phi  Alpha 

4.  Nu  Epsilon  Zeta  9.  Kappa  Zeta  Phi 

5.  Sigma  Kappa  Psi  10.  Gamma  Phi  Kappa 

Elected  representatives  from  each  fraternity  make  up  an  Inter- 
Fraternity  Council,  a  body  which  has  preliminary  jurisdiction  over 
fraternity  regulations.  Its  rulings  are  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Faculty  Committee  on  Student  Activities. 

Professional  Societies  and  Clubs 

To  assist  in  the  promotion  of  social,  cultural,  and  intellectual 
advancement  through  informal  channels,  a  number  of  professional 
societies  and  clubs  are  sponsored. 

Accounting  —  Law  Club 

All  students  interested  in  accounting  and  law  are  invited  to 
join  this  stimulating  club.  Problems  and  cases  involving  the 
interrelations  of  accounting  and  law  are  presented  and  discussed 
at  club  meetings.  Although  upperclassmen  usually  present  prob- 
lems arising  out  of  thesis  or  co-operative  work,  speakers  from  the 
professional  world  come  to  the  meetings  to  present  papers  and 
lead  the  student  discussion. 

Banking  Club 

The  purpose  of  this  organization  is  to  increase  among  its  mem- 
bers the  knowledge  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  banking.  Any 
student  of  Northeastern  University,  while  enrolled  in  any  of  the 
banking  courses  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration,  is 
eligible  to  active  membership  in  this  club.  Meetings  are  held  each 
ten  week  period  at  which  banking  executives  from  Greater  Boston 
are  invited  to  discuss  current  issues  in  the  field  of  banking. 


40  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

National  Engineering  Societies 

Students  in  the  several  professional  curricula  of  the  College  of 
Engineering  operate  Northeastern  University  Sections  of  the 
appropriate  national  engineering  societies.  Chief  among  these 
are  the  following: 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 

Boston  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers 

American  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management 

American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers 

Members  of  the  engineering  faculty  who  hold  membership  in 
the  parent  organizations  serve  as  advisers  to  these  student  groups. 
Meetings  are  held  regularly,  usually  at  night  so  that  students  from 
both  Divisions  may  attend,  and  practicing  engineers  are  invited 
to  address  the  Section.  Occasionally  appropriate  motion  pictures 
are  shown,  or  the  group  visits  some  current  engineering  project  in 
the  vicinity  of  Boston.  The  College  of  Engineering  encourages 
these  student  sections  of  the  technical  societies  in  the  belief  that 
they  provide  a  wholesome  medium  for  social  intercourse  as  well 
as  a  worth-while  introduction  to  professional  life. 


Affiliated  Engineering  Societies  of  New  England 

Membership  in  the  student  sections  of  the  Boston  Society  of 
Civil  Engineers,  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers, 
or  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  also  includes 
membership  and  privileges  of  the  Affiliated  Engineering  Societies 
of  New  England.  This  organization  is  an  affiliation  of  all  the 
major  technical  societies  of  Boston  and  vicinity  and  provides  very 
valuable  lectures,  smokers,  and  informal  meetings  with  the  out- 
standing men  engaged  in  engineering  work  in  Boston  and  vicinity. 


International  Relations  Club 

The  International  Relations  Club  was  founded  in  1932  for  the 
purpose  of  studying  and  discussing  those  current  national  and 
international  events  and  issues  which  vitally  concern  our  American 
life  and  institutions. 

It  is  the  intention  of  the  club  to  deal  with  all  questions  in  an 
impartial  and  broadminded  manner,  and  to  take  an  intelligent 
and  effective  part  in  promoting  international  understanding  and 
harmony.  The  club  maintains  contacts  with  similar  organizations 
in  other  colleges. 

Membership  is  not  open  to  freshmen,  and  only  to  those  upper- 
classmen  who  maintain  good  scholarship. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  41 

Astronomy  Club 

Membership  in  the  Astronomy  Club  is  open  to  all  students  in 
the  College  of  Engineering  who  maintain  satisfactory  scholastic 
standing.  The  club  has  access  to  machine  shops  for  the  con- 
struction of  telescopes  and  other  instruments.  It  also  has  quarters 
in  the  penthouse  on  the  fifth  floor  of  the  West  Building.  Meetings 
are  held  twice  a  month  for  the  purpose  of  making  astronomical 
observations  and  carrying  on  appropriate  discussions. 

Debating  Society 

The  purpose  of  the  Debating  Society,  formed  in  1936,  is  "to 
foster  and  promote  an  interest  and  facility  in  formal  argumenta- 
tion; to  develop  an  impartial,  unbiased,  and  intellectual  considera- 
tion of  questions  and  issues  of  current  interest;  and  to  sponsor 
intercollegiate  relationships  and  competition  in  the  debating  field." 
Membership  is  open  to  all  students  of  the  Day  Division. 

Radio  Club 

One  of  the  most  popular  undergraduate  activities  is  the  North- 
eastern University  Radio  Club.  Members  are  provided  oppor- 
tunity for  code  practice  and  are  encouraged  to  obtain  their 
amateur  licenses.  The  Club  owns  and  operates  station  W1KBN, 
a  short  wave  transmitter,  located  in  the  Radio  Laboratory  in  the 
penthouse  of  the  West  Building.  Meetings  are  held  about  once 
a  month  for  the  discussion  of  technical  matters.  Practicing 
radio  engineers  are  frequently  invited  to  address  the  Club  at 
evening  meetings,  when  students  in  both  divisions  may  attend. 

Dramatic  Club 

Students  interested  in  dramatics  have  an  opportunity  to  culti- 
vate this  art  under  faculty  coaches  who  co-operate  with  the 
Dramatic  Club  in  the  production  of  several  pieces  in  the  course  of 
each  college  year.  Frequently  the  Northeastern  Dramatic  and 
Glee  Clubs  collaborate  with  those  of  Simmons  College  in  light 
operas  such  as  those  of  Gilbert  and  Sullivan. 


Rifle  Club 

Organized  a  number  of  years  ago,  the  Rifle  Club  was  so  success- 
ful that  in  1933  riflery  was  recognized  as  a  minor  sport.  Members 
of  the  club  are  given  instruction  in  the  art  of  rifle  shooting.  Those 
students  who  excel  in  intra-mural  competition  are  selected  for 
the  team  representing  the  University  in  intercollegiate  contests. 
Practice  sessions  are  held  twice  a  week  in  the  University  rifle 
range.    Membership  is  open  to  all  students. 


42  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Musical  Clubs 

The  Department  of  Student  Activities  sponsors  the  following 
musical  clubs:  an  orchestra,  a  band,  a  glee  club,  a  banjo  club,  and 
a  dance  orchestra,  for  which  all  students  with  musical  ability  are 
eligible.  Membership  in  the  various  musical  clubs  is  attained  by 
competitive  effort. 

Each  organization  has  a  faculty  adviser  and  each  elects  a 
representative  to  the  Musical  Clubs  Council.  The  purpose  of 
this  council  is  to  co-ordinate  the  various  musical  activities  of  the 
Day  Division.  At  the  annual  Musical  Clubs  Banquet,  held  early 
in  the  spring,  charms  are  awarded  to  the  leaders  and  managers  of 
the  several  clubs  and  to  members  who  have  played  over  a  period 
of  three  full  years. 

The  various  musical  clubs,  in  conjunction  with  the  Dramatic 
Club,  combine  in  an  annual  mid-winter  entertainment  and  partici- 
pate in  occasional  outside  public  engagements  throughout  the 
college  year. 

Camera  Club 

The  Camera  Club  welcomes  all  men  interested  in  photography. 
Weekly  discussions  and  special  evening  lectures  by  guest  artists 
are  part  of  the  yearly  program.  Field  trips,  monthly  photo  con- 
tests and  a  general  exhibition  add  to  the  interest  and  progressive 
work  of  this  organization. 

Mathematics  Society 

The  Mathematics  Society  encourages  the  study  of  topics  of 
mathematical  interest  which  are  either  outside  or  beyond  the 
scope  of  the  regular  mathematics  courses.  Membership  is  re- 
stricted to  those  men  who  have  completed  one  and  one-half 
years  of  study  in  mathematics  and  have  an  average  grade  of  not 
less  than  "C"  in  mathematics  courses  up  through  differential 
calculus.  The  club  meets  once  every  five  weeks  in  the  evening. 
Although  membership  is  limited  to  upperclassmen,  any  student 
is  always  welcome  to  any  meeting,  and  freshmen  especially  inter- 
ested in  mathematics  are  always  welcome. 

The  final  program  of  the  year  is  devoted  to  a  dinner  meeting 
for  which  some  prominent  outside  speaker  is  procured. 


Class  Organization  and  Activity 

Each  of  the  Classes  in  the  Day  Division  elects  its  officers  and 
carries  on  activities  as  a  class.  Dances  are  sponsored  by  the 
classes  at  regular  periods  throughout  the  year.  One  of  the  high 
lights  of  the  social  program  is  the  Junior  Promenade,  held  each 
spring  at  one  of  the  Boston  hotels. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  43 

Seniors  plan  a  whole  week  of  activities  just  prior  to  Commence- 
ment in  June. 

Freshmen  are  required  to  wear  the  red  and  black  cap  distributed 
through  the  Department  of  Student  Activities  in  order  that  they 
may  be  readily  distinguishable  to  each  other  and  to  upperclass- 
men. 

The  Northeastern  Student  Union 

The  purpose  of  the  Northeastern  Student  Union  is  to  carry 
out  the  work  of  a  Christian  association  within  the  University. 
It  endeavors  to  deepen  the  spiritual  lives  of  Northeastern  men 
through  the  building  of  Christian  character,  to  create  and  pro- 
mote a  strong  and  effective  Northeastern  University  spirit  in  and 
through  a  unified  student  body,  to  promote  sociability,  and  to 
emphasize  certain  ethical,  social,  civic,  intellectual,  economic, 
physical,  vocational,  and  avocational  values. 

All  students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  activities  of 
the  Union,  no  matter  what  their  religious  faith,  as  the  work  of 
the  Union  is  entirely  non-sectarian.  A  good  moral  character  is 
the  only  requirement  for  eligibility  to  membership.  It  is  hoped 
that  as  many  students  as  can  will  participate  in  this  ideal  extra- 
curricula  work. 

The  Union  conducts  a  weekly  Chapel  Service  in  the  little  chapel 
in  the  West  Building,  to  which  all  faculty  members  and  students 
are  invited.  The  service,  which  is  non-sectarian  and  voluntary, 
is  held  on  Thursday  mornings  from  8:40  to  8:55  o'clock.  Many 
eminent  preachers  of  Greater  Boston  are  engaged  to  deliver  brief 
addresses. 

Awards  and  Prizes 
Public  Speaking  Contest 

Each  spring  the  University  conducts  a  Public  Speaking  Contest 
for  which  all  students  in  the  Day  Division  are  eligible.  Prizes  of 
fifty,  twenty-five,  fifteen,  and  ten  dollars  respectively  are  awarded 
to  the  four  ablest  speakers  at  a  general  mass  meeting  of  the  student 
body. 

Speeches  are  original  in  nature  and  about  ten  minutes  in  length. 
The  judges  base  their  decision  on  appropriateness  of  subject, 
content,  and  delivery.  Preliminary  contests  are  held  during  the 
winter  in  each  division. 

Alcott  Award 

In  1934  the  William  Jefferson  Alcott,  Jr.  Memorial  Fund  was 
established  by  the  faculty  and  other  friends  to  perpetuate  the 
memory  of  Professor  Alcott  who  was  a  member  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematics  in  Northeastern  University  from  1924  until 
his  death  in  1933. 


44  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Each  year  the  income  from  this  fund  is  used  for  a  suitable 
award  to  the  Northeastern  University  Day  Division  student  who 
has  made  some  outstanding  academic  achievement  during  the 
preceding  year.  The  recipient  of  the  award  is  chosen  by  a  com- 
mittee elected  by  the  faculty. 

Alumni  Association 

The  alumni  of  the  Day  Division  are  organized  to  promote  the 
welfare  of  Northeastern  University,  to  establish  a  mutually  bene- 
ficial relationship  between  the  University  and  its  alumni,  and  to 
perpetuate  the  spirit  of  fellowship  among  members  of  the  Alumni 
Association. 

Among  the  events  sponsored  by  the  Alumni  Association  are 
the  annual  meeting  and  reunion;  the  annual  alumni-varsity 
basketball  game;  and  class  reunions.  The  Association  also  awards 
a  track  trophy  each  year  and  contributes  to  the  Alumni  Student 
Loan  Fund. 

The  work  of  the  General  Alumni  Association  is  supplemented 
by  the  activities  of  regional  alumni  clubs.  The  local  clubs  meet 
periodically  in  their  respective  centers  to  discuss  matters  pertain- 
ing to  the  University  and  its  alumni.  Meetings  are  also  held  in 
conjunction  with  the  visits  of  Northeastern's  athletic  teams  to 
the  various  club  centers. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


45 


Officers  of  the  cAlumni  cAssociatioru 


President 
Lindsay  Ellms  '23 

Vice  President 
George  A.  Mallion  '20 

Secretary 
Earl  H.  Thomson  '25 

Treasurer 
Willis  P.  Burbank  '31 

Executive  Committee 

Farnham  W.  Smith  '24  Raymon  D.  Tellier  '28 

John  W.  Greenleaf,  Jr.  '30  George  Davenport  '28 

James  W.  Daniels  '25 

Alumni  Executive  Secretary 
Rudolf  O.  Oberg  '26 


Alumni  Council  Representatives 


1913-1920  John  R.  McLeish 
Harry  J.  Freeman 
Perry  F.  Zwisler 
1921 — Roger  E.  Spear 
1922 — Richard  B.  Brown 
1923 — Thomas  A.  Stevens 
1924 — Farnham  W.  Smith 
1925 — Rene  G.  Maurette 
1926 — Earl  L.  Moulton 
1927 — Rudolph  A.  Lofgren 
1928 — William  E.  R.  Sullivan 


1929 — Harold  L.  Burton 
1930 — Dexter  W.  Lovell 

Alexander  G.  MacGregor 
1931 — Donald  H.  MacKenzie 
1932 — Sidney  A.  Standing 
1934 — J.  Lloyd  Hayden 
1935 — Hartwell  G.  Howe 
1936 — Frederic  S.  Bacon,  Jr. 
1937 — John  F.  Shea 
1938 — Chesley  F.  Garland 


46  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


THE  COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 
<$kims  and  o!Methods 

THE  Northeastern  University  College  of  Liberal  Arts  aims  to 
instruct  men  in  the  art  of  living  and  to  lay  down  a  systematic 
foundation  of  knowledge  upon  which,  as  graduates,  they 
may  continue  with  more  specialized  training,  either  by  formal 
graduate  study  or  by  independent  learning  and  experience. 

Liberal  as  this  program  is,  however,  it  develops  for  the  student 
genuinely  practical  values.  The  student  is  encouraged  from  the 
beginning  of  his  freshman  year  to  consider  the  problem  of  his 
future  vocation,  to  select  courses  having  the  most  useful  bearing 
on  his  intended  life-work,  and  to  take  advantage  of  opportunities 
for  practical  experience  in  his  chosen  field. 

Through  the  Northeastern  plan  of  co-operative  education  for 
upperclassmen,  the  student  makes  early  contact  with  actual 
working  conditions  and  profits  by  the  wholesome  experience  of 
earning  at  least  part  of  the  money  to  defray  his  own  college 
expenses.  Viewed  as  a  whole,  then,  his  college  years  surround 
him  not  with  an  artificial  atmosphere  of  cloistered  scholarship 
but  with  an  environment  very  close  to  that  which  he  will  enter 
after  graduation.  Having  completed  his  course,  if  he  has  made 
good  use  of  his  opportunities,  he  will  be  mentally  capable  and, 
what  is  no  less  important,  readily  employable. 


The  Elective  System 

So  that  each  student  may  plan  a  college  program  to  suit  his  own 
interests  and  aptitudes  and  to  prepare  him  for  the  work  he  intends 
to  take  up  after  graduation,  a  wide  range  of  elective  courses  is 
offered.  This  does  not  mean  that  students  are  free  to  select 
courses  indiscriminately.  A  definite  series  of  basic  courses  in  each 
program  of  instruction  is  required  by  the  faculty,  in  order  that 
every  student  may  be  insured  a  proper  foundation  in  his  major 
field.  These  required  courses  are  largely  concentrated  in  the  first 
two  years  of  the  curriculum. 

Throughout  the  college  course  the  problem  of  the  student's 
vocational  future  is  emphasized  by  the  adviser.  Together  the 
adviser  and  student  consider  possible  careers  open  to  the  student. 
If  the  latter  expects  to  pursue  graduate  or  professional  studies,  he 
is  guided  in  a  choice  of  courses  which  will  best  prepare  him  for 
his  advanced  work.  If  the  student  must  begin  to  earn  his  liveli- 
hood immediately  after  graduation,  the  various  fields  open  to 
him  are  carefully  considered  in  the  light  of  his  ability  and  in- 
clination. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  47 

Students  who  plan  to  enter  professional  schools  are  urged  to 
familiarize  themselves  with  the  requirements  for  admission  to  the 
particular  schools  in  which  they  are  interested. 

Those  students  who  wish  to  enter  business  directly  after  gradua- 
tion from  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  may  take  courses  offered  in 
the  Northeastern  University  College  of  Business  Administration 
for  which  they  have  the  necessary  prerequisites,  provided  they 
fulfill  all  the  curricular  requirements  of  the  College  of  Liberal 
Arts  in  regard  to  freshman  courses,  language  courses,  and  major 
and  minor  fields. 


48  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


^Admission  ^Requirements  and 
freshman  Programs 

Applicants  for  admission  to  the  freshman  class  without  restric- 
tions must  qualify  by  one  of  the  following  methods: 

1.  Graduation  from  an  approved  course  of  study  in  an  accred- 
ited secondary  school,  including  prescribed  subjects  listed  below. 

2.  Completion  of  fifteen  acceptable  secondary  school  units  with 
a  degree  of  proficiency  satisfactory  to  the  Department  of  Admis- 
sions. 

3.  Examinations. 

(Certificate  of  entrance  examinations  passed  for  admission 
to  recognized  colleges  and  technical  schools  may  be  accepted.) 

Prescribed  Subjects  for  Admission 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  courses  leading  either  to  the 
A.B.  or  to  the  S.B.  degree.  According  to  the  degree  which  he 
expects  to  receive,  the  student  will  present  for  admission  one  or 
the  other  of  the  groups  of  prescribed  subjects  listed  below. 


A.B.  Curriculum 

S.B.  Curriculum 

Units 

Units 

English                                     3 

English 

3 

Foreign  Language                   3 

fMathematics 

2  or  3 

(Ancient  or  Modern) 

Natural  Science 

1 

Social  Studies                          2 

*Electives 

8  or  9 

*Electives                                 7 

Total  15  Total  15 

A  unit  is  a  credit  given  to  an  acceptable  secondary  school 
course  which  meets  at  least  four  times  a  week  for  periods  of  not 
less  than  forty  minutes  each  throughout  the  school  year. 

Entrance  examinations  are  not  required  of  students  whose 
transcripts  of  record  are  acceptable,  but  the  Committee  on  Ad- 
mission reserves  the  right  to  require  a  candidate  to  present  him- 
self for  examination  in  any  subjects  that  it  may  deem  necessary 
because  of  some  weakness  in  his  secondary  school  record. 

*Not  less  than  four  of  the  "electives"  must  be  in  one  or  more  of  the  following 
academic  branches:  Languages,  Natural  Science,  Mathematics,  Social  Sciences, 
History. 

fStudents  expecting  to  major  in  chemistry,  mathematics,  or  physics  must 
offer  3  units. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  49 

Other  Requirements 
These  formal  requirements  are  necessary  and  desirable  in  that 
they  tend  to  provide  all  entering  students  with  a  common  ground 
upon  which  the  first  year  of  the  college  curriculum  can  be  based. 
But  academic  credits  alone  are  not  an  adequate  indication  of  a 
student's  ability  to  profit  by  a  college  education.  Consequently 
the  Department  of  Admissions  takes  into  consideration,  along 
with  the  formal  requirements  stated  above,  many  other  factors 
regarding  candidates  for  the  freshman  class.  A  student's  interests 
and  aptitudes  in  so  far  as  they  can  be  determined,  his  capacity  for 
hard  work,  his  attitude  toward  his  classmates  and  teachers  in 
high  school,  his  physical  stamina,  and  most  important  of  all  — 
his  character,  all  these  considerations  are  carefully  weighed.  In 
this  way  the  University  seeks  to  select  for  its  student  body  those 
who  not  only  meet  the  academic  admission  requirements  but  who 
also  give  promise  of  acquitting  themselves  creditably  in  the  rigor- 
ous program  of  training  afforded  by  the  co-operative  plan  and  of 
later  becoming  useful  members  of  society. 

Personal  Interview 
Candidates  for  admission  should  communicate  with  the  Director 
of  Admissions,  who  will  advise  them  frankly  on  the  basis  of  past 
experience.  A  personal  interview  is  always  preferred  to  corre- 
spondence, and  parents  are  urged  to  accompany  their  sons  when- 
ever this  is  possible.  Effective  guidance  depends  in  large  measure 
upon  a  complete  knowledge  of  a  candidate's  background  and 
problems.  Parents  invariably  are  able  to  contribute  much  in- 
formation that  aids  the  admissions  officer  in  arriving  at  a  decision. 
In  general,  a  student  is  likely  to  be  more  successful  in  his  college 
work  if  he  does  not  enroll  under  the  age  of  seventeen. 


Application  for  Admission 

Each  applicant  for  admission  is  required  to  fill  out  an  applica- 
tion blank  whereon  he  states  his  previous  education,  as  well  as 
the  names  of  persons  to  whom  reference  may  be  made  in  regard 
to  his  character  and  previous  training. 

An  application  fee  of  five  dollars  ($5)  is  required  when  the 
application  is  filed.    This  fee  is  non-returnable. 

The  last  page  of  this  catalog  is  in  the  form  of  an  application 
blank.  It  should  be  filled  out  in  ink  and  forwarded  with  the 
required  five  dollar  fee  to  Director  of  Admissions,  Northeastern 
University,  Boston,  Mass.  Checks  should  be  made  out  to  North- 
eastern University. 

Candidates  are  urged  to  visit  the  office  of  Admissions  for 
personal  interview  if  it  is  possible  for  them  to  do  so  before  sub- 


50  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

mitting  their  applications.  Office  hours  of  the  Department  are 
from  9:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m.  daily;  Saturdays  to  12:00  m.  The 
Director  of  Admissions  will  interview  applicants  on  Wednesday 
evenings  but  by  appointment  only. 

Upon  receipt  of  the  application,  properly  filled  out,  the  College 
at  once  looks  up  the  applicant's  references  and  secondary  school 
records.  When  replies  have  been  received  to  the  various  inquiries, 
the  applicant  is  informed  as  to  his  eligibility  for  admission. 

Applications  should  be  filed  not  later  than  May  first,  thus 
allowing  ample  time  for  the  investigation  of  the  applicant's 
secondary  school  records  before  he  enrolls  in  the  College. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  place  any  entering  student 
upon  a  period  of  trial.  Whether  he  shall  be  removed  from  trial 
at  the  end  of  this  time  or  requested  to  withdraw  will  be  deter- 
mined by  the  character  of  the  work  he  has  accomplished  and  his 
conduct  during  this  trial  period. 


Trustee  Scholarships 
Each  year  Northeastern  University  grants  in  the  College  of 
Liberal  Arts  a  limited  number  of  full  tuition  scholarships  to 
entering  freshmen  who  have  demonstrated,  throughout  their 
preparatory  or  high  school  course,  superior  scholarship.  For 
additional  information  relative  to  these  scholarships,  communi- 
cate with  the  Director  of  Admissions. 


Registration 

Eligibility  for  admission  does  not  constitute  registration.  Fresh- 
men register  at  the  University  on  September  5,  1940.  No  student 
is  considered  to  have  met  the  requirements  for  admission  until  he 
has  successfully  passed  the  required  physical  examination. 


Advanced  Standing 

Students  transferring  from  approved  colleges  will  be  admitted 
to  advanced  standing  provided  their  records  warrant  it.  Whenever 
a  student  enters  with  advanced  standing  and  later  proves  to  have 
had  inadequate  preparation  in  any  of  his  prerequisite  subjects, 
the  Faculty  reserves  the  right  to  require  the  student  to  make  up 
such  deficiencies. 

Applicants  seeking  advanced  standing  should  arrange  to  have 
transcripts  of  their  previous  college  records  forwarded  with  their 
initial  inquiry.  Students  admitted  to  advanced  standing  are  not 
eligible  for  placement  at  co-operative  work  until  they  have  com- 
pleted a  full  year  of  academic  work  at  the  University. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  51 

Entrance  Condition  Examinations  in  Boston 

Students  who  are  deficient  in  required  units  for  admission  may 
remove  these  deficiencies  by  examination.  Such  examinations 
are  held  at  the  University  unless  special  arrangements  are  made 
with  the  Department  of  Admissions  to  administer  them  elsewhere. 

Students  are  advised  to  take  such  examinations  on  the  earliest 
possible  date  in  order  that  any  deficiencies  which  they  fail  to  clear 
may  be  made  up  in  time  to  permit  registration  with  the  desired 
class  and  division. 

The  time  of  examinations  is  as  follows: 

10:00  A.M.  to   12:00  M. 
1:00  P.M.  to     3:00  P.M. 

During  the  current  year  examinations  will  be  given  on  the  fol- 
lowing days:  June  5,  1940;  August  28,  1940.  All  other  examina- 
tions will  be  given  by  special  assignment. 

Freshman  Orientation  Period 

In  order  that  freshmen  may  be  ready  to  pursue  their  academic 
work  with  greater  composure  and  be  somewhat  acclimated 
preceding  the  beginning  of  scholastic  work,  three  or  four  days 
prior  to  the  first  term  are  devoted  to  a  freshman  orientation 
period.  During  this  time  freshmen  are  advised  as  to  choice  of 
program,  and  assisted  in  every  way  possible  in  order  that  they 
may  be  prepared  to  begin  serious  study  and  work  on  the  first  day 
of  the  college  term.  All  freshmen  are  required  to  attend  all  exer- 
cises at  the  University  scheduled  during  the  orientation  period. 

An  optional  feature  of  the  orientation  program  is  the  freshman 
camp  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  Student  Union.  The 
camp  is  planned  particularly  for  out-of-town  students,  although 
commuters  are  welcomed.  It  aims  at  providing  a  stimulating  and 
wholesome  environment  under  vacation  conditions  in  which  the 
new  men  may  become  acquainted  with  one  another  and  with 
members  of  the  faculty.  The  camp  site  on  Lake  Massapoag  in  the 
northern  part  of  Massachusetts  is  admirably  equipped  for  this 
purpose,  having  ample  facilities  for  baseball,  basketball,  tennis, 
boating,  and  swimming.  The  cost  of  the  two  days  at  camp  is 
nominal  and  most  freshmen  avail  themselves  of  this  opportunity 
for  recreation  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  college  year. 

Physical  Examination 
All  freshmen  receive  a  thorough  physical  examination  at  the 
University  during  the  orientation  period.  All  students  are 
expected  to  report  promptly  at  the  appointed  time  for  examina- 
tion. Those  who  fail  to  appear  at  the  appointed  time  will  be 
charged  a  special  examination  fee  of  two  dollars  ($2). 


52  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Freshman  Counsellors 
At  the  time  of  his  matriculation  each  freshman  is  assigned  to  a 
personal  counsellor,  a  member  of  the  faculty,  who  serves  as  an 
interested  and  friendly  counsellor  during  the  perplexing  period  of 
transition  from  school  to  college.  A  personal  record  card  is 
prepared  for  each  student,  containing  certain  pertinent  data  from 
his  preparatory  school  record,  the  report  of  his  physical  examina- 
tion at  Northeastern,  his  scores  on  psychological  tests,  the  results 
of  placement  examinations,  and  any  special  notes  which  may  be 
of  significance  in  counselling  work.  The  aim  of  the  freshman 
counselling  system  is  primarily  to  assist  students  in  making  an 
effective  start  upon  their  programs  and  secondarily  to  acquire  for 
the  later  use  of  guidance  officers  a  fund  of  significant  informa- 
tion relative  to  every  freshman.  Counselling  is  under  the  direction 
of  a  Dean  of  Students,  assisted  by  a  clinical  psychologist,  who 
handles  the  diagnosis  and  remedial  treatment  of  problem  cases. 


Individual  Attention  to  Freshmen 

Not  only  is  attention  given  to  the  problems  of  the  student  in 
connection  with  his  studies,  but  also  the  service  is  extended  to 
include  help  upon  any  problem  in  which  advice  is  needed  and 
desired,  the  aim  being  to  guide  the  student  to  the  fullest  possible 
personal  development. 

The  college  record  of  each  student  is  carefully  analyzed  in  the 
light  of  what  could  reasonably  be  expected  of  him,  considering 
his  previous  school  record,  his  score  on  the  psychological  test, 
and  the  other  factors  in  his  situation.  If  he  is  not  doing  his  best 
work,  an  investigation  is  made  to  determine  and  eliminate  the 
causes.  If  he  is  doing  as  well  as  could  be  expected  or  better,  he  is 
encouraged  to  continue  to  do  so.  In  other  words,  each  student  is 
held  to  the  most  effective  work  possible,  through  advice,  encourage- 
ment, and  assistance. 


Outline  of  Freshman  Courses 
The  first  year  is  a  period  of  full  time  study  during  which  the 
student  must  demonstrate  his  fitness  for  the  program  which  he 
has  elected.  Students  who  are  unsuccessful  in  the  basic  courses 
of  the  freshman  year  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  with  their 
advanced  program,  but  will  be  advised  to  change  their  goal  and 
type  of  training.  In  some  instances  this  will  mean  change  to 
another  curriculum  at  Northeastern;  in  others,  transfer  to  another 
institution.  The  freshman  courses  are  so  arranged  as  to  permit  change 
of  objective  at  the  end  of  the  first  year  with  a  minimum  loss  of  time. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


53 


freshman  ^Programs 

1.     For  Liberal  Arts  students  majoring  in  English,   Economics-Sociology,  or 
taking  the  Pre-Legal  program. 


Course 


No. 
H  1 
Gv  1 
P  LA 

E  LA 

G  1.F3, 
orF5 

Ps  1-A         Orientation 

PE  3-4  Physical  Training . 


S.H.     No. 


History  of  Civilization. .  4 

American  Government.  3 
Survey  of  Physical 

Science 4 

English  1 3 

German  or  French 3 


H2 

Gv2 

P2-A 

E2-A 

G  2,  F  4, 
or  F  6 


.—      PE2 


Course 


S.H. 


History  of  Civilization  4 

American  Government  3 
Survey  of  Physical 

Science 4 

English  1 3 

German  or  French  ....  3 

Hygiene .  .  .  .  1 


PE  3-4  Physical  Training. 


17 


18 


2.  For  Liberal  Arts  students  majoring  in  Biology,  Chemistry,  and  Mathematics- 
Physics. 


Ml,  M3  Algebra,  Trigonometry.    5  M  4 

P  1  Physics   1 3  P2 

Ch  1  General  Chemistry 4  Ch  2 

E  1-A  English  1 3  EM 

G  1,  F  3,  German  or  French 3  G  2,  F  4, 

or  F  5  or  F  6 

Ps  1-A  Orientation —  PE  2 

PE  3-4  Physical  Training —  PE  3-4 


Analytic  Geometry ....   5 

Physics  1 3 

Inorganic  Chemistry.  .  .   4 

English  1 3 

German  or  French  ....   3 

Hygiene 1 

Physical  Training — 


18 


19 


54  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


l^equirements  for  Qraduatioru 

The  following  requirements  must  be  fulfilled  by  all  candidates 
for  the  A.B.  or  S.B.  degree: 

1.  To  be  graduated,  a  student  must  have  completed  a  total  of  not 
less  than  125  semester  hours  of  academic  work  with  a  degree  of 
proficiency  acceptable  to  the  faculty.  (One  semester  hour 
comprises  three  clock  hours  of  work  per  week  over  a  period  of 
from  fifteen  to  eighteen  weeks.)  Usually  this  represents  one 
hour  of  recitation  or  lecture  and  two  hours  of  outside  prepara- 
tion. In  laboratory  work,  however,  a  larger  part  of  the  time 
is  given  to  class  work. 

College  attendance  over  a  five-year  period  is  normally  needed 
to  fulfill  this  requirement,  although  the  work  may  be  com- 
pleted in  four  years  by  students  who  elect  full-time  study  in- 
stead of  the  co-operative  plan  for  one  or  more  upperclass  years. 
Students  who  undertake  co-operative  work  assignments  must 
also  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Department  of  Co-operative 
Work  before  they  become  eligible  for  their  degrees. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is 
eligible  to  receive  the  A.B.  or  the  S.B.  degree  until  he  has 
completed  at  least  one  academic  year  at  Northeastern  im- 
mediately preceding  his  graduation. 

2.  At  least  30  semester  hours  must  be  completed  in  a  major  field 
of  concentration.  Certain  courses  are  required  in  each  field 
of  concentration. 

3.  From  12  to  16  semester  hours  must  be  completed  in  each  of 
two  other  fields  which  are  called  the  minor  fields. 

4.  All  candidates  for  the  A.B.  degree  must  offer  at  least  three 
units  of  foreign  language  for  admission  and  complete  at  least 
two  full  year  courses  in  foreign  languages  in  their  college 
programs. 

5.  All  candidates  for  the  S.B.  degree  must  complete  at  least  two 
full  year  courses  in  foreign  language  in  their  college  programs. 

6.  Candidates  who  have  achieved  distinctly  superior  attainment 
in  their  academic  work  will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon 
special  vote  of  the  faculty  a  limited  number  of  this  group  may 
be  graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest  honor.  Stu- 
dents must  have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least 
two  years  before  they  may  become  eligible  for  graduation  with 
honor,  with  high  honor,  or  with  highest  honor. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


55 


Curricula  Requirements  in  Liberal  Arts 

The  following  fields  of  study  are  approved  as  fields  of  concentra- 
tion, or  major  fields,  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts:  biology, 
chemistry,  economics-sociology,  English,  English  (journalism 
option),  and  mathematics-physics.  Required  courses  for  students 
majoring  in  these  fields  are  listed  below. 

Biology 
Courses  in        General  Zoology,   General  Botany,   Invertebrate 
biology:  Zoology,  Vertebrate  Zoology,  Animal  Histology, 

Physiology,  Vertebrate  Embryology,  History  of 
Biology,  Histological  Technique,  and  Genetics. 

Courses  in  fifteen  semester  hours  in  chemistry  and  six  sem- 
other  fields:     ester  hours  in  physics. 

Chemistry 
Courses  in        Qualitative  Analysis,   Qualitative  Analysis  Lab- 
chemistry:  oratory,     Quantitative     Analysis,     Quantitative 

Analysis  Laboratory,  Organic  Chemistry,  Organic 
Chemistry  Laboratory,  Physical  Chemistry, 
Colloidal  Chemistry,  Advanced  Chemistry.  (N.B. 
Thesis  work  is  strongly  recommended  for  all 
qualified  students.) 

Courses  in  twelve  semester  hours  in  physics  and  six  semester 
other  fields:     hours  in  mathematics. 

Economics-Sociology 
Courses  in        Economic  Principles,  Economic  Problems,  Labor 
economics:         Problems,     International     Economic     Relations, 
Business  Cycles,  and  Economic  Systems. 

Courses  in  Introduction  to  Sociology,  Principles  of  Sociology, 
sociology:  Social  Problems,  Criminology,  The  Family,  Social 

Ethics. 

Courses  in  sixteen  semester  hours  in  English,  psychology  and 
other  fields:     government. 

English 
Courses  in        English  Literature,  American   Literature,    Shake- 
English:  speare,  18th  and  19th  Century  Prose,  Drama  be- 

fore Shakespeare,  Chaucer,  19th  Century  Poetry, 
Creative  Writing,  Great  European  Writers,  and 
Comparative  Drama  or  History  of  the  Novel. 

Courses  in        sixteen  semester  hours  in  the  social  sciences. 

OTHER   FIELDS: 


56  NO  RTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

English']  ournalism 
Courses  in        English  Literature,    American   Literature,  Shake- 
English:  speare,  18th  and  19th  Century  Prose,  Comparative 

Drama  or  History  of  the  Novel,  Journalism  I  and 

Journalism  II,  Creative  Writing. 

Courses  in        sixteen  semester  hours  in  the  social  sciences. 

OTHER   FIELDS: 

Mathematics-Physics 
Courses  in        Differential  Calculus,  Integral  Calculus,  Differen- 
mathematics:    tial   Equations,    Advanced   Calculus,    Theory   of 
Equations,  and  History  of  Mathematics. 

Courses  in        Physics   II,   Physics   Laboratory,   Optics,   Sound, 
physics:  and  Modern  Physics. 

Courses  in        ten  semester  hours  in  non-science  fields. 

OTHER   FIELDS: 

Students  may  elect  their  minor  fields  of  study  after  consultation 
with  their  faculty  advisers.  The  following  subjects  are  available 
as  minors:  biology,  education,  French,  German,  history  and 
government,  physical  education,  and  psychology.  Any  of  the 
major  fields  listed  above  may  also  be  chosen  as  minors.  Students 
in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  may  also  elect  a  limited  number  of 
courses  from  among  those  offered  in  other  colleges  of  the  Day 
Division  such  as  advertising,  contracts,  marketing,  industrial 
management,  public  administration,  finance,  accounting,  and 
similar  subjects.  For  a  complete  statement  of  admission  require- 
ments and  freshman  programs  see  pages  48  to  53  of  this  catalog. 

Pre- Legal  Curricula 

Effective  September  1,  1938,  by  a  ruling  of  the  Supreme  Judicial 
Court  of  Massachusetts,  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  examination 
for  admission  to  the  Bar  an  applicant  must  have  completed  certain 
general  educational  requirements  before  beginning  his  legal 
education.  Briefly,  this  general  education  must  comprise  gradua- 
tion from  a  four-year  high  school  and  the  completion  of  not  less 
than  half  of  the  work  accepted  for  the  Bachelor's  degree  in  a 
college  approved  by  the  Board  of  Bar  Examiners. 

Two  separate  programs  of  pre-legal  study,  both  of  which  meet 
one-half  of  the  semester  hour  requirements  for  the  Bachelor's 
degree,  are  offered  by  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 

One  of  these  curricula  is  designed  for  young  men  who  are  able 
to  give  their  full  time  to  college  life  for  the  two-year  period  neces- 
sary to  complete  the  pre-legal  requirements.  It  comprises  one 
year  of  thirty-five  weeks  and  a  second  year  of  thirty  weeks  and  is 
specifically   adapted   to   the   needs   of  full-time   students.     The 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  57 

academic  work  is  articulated  directly  with  that  of  the  secondary 
schools  from  which  these  young  men  have  recently  been  graduated. 
It  is  paralleled  by  a  wholesome  program  of  athletics  and  social 
activities  which  contribute  much  to  the  development  of  young 
college  men. 

The  other  pre-legal  curriculum  is  built  around  the  needs  of 
mature  employed  men  and  women  who  can  give  only  part  time 
to  college  work.  While  this  evening  course  of  study  meets  the 
same  academic  standards  and  includes  the  same  number  of 
semester  hour  credits  as  that  offered  in  the  day,  less  emphasis  is 
given  to  student  activities  and  the  courses  of  instruction  are  chosen 
to  meet  the  needs  of  adult  students.  Class  attendance  three 
nights  a  week,  forty  weeks  each  year,  for  three  years  is  needed  to 
cover  the  curriculum  requirements. 

Both  day  and  evening  curricula  lay  much  emphasis  upon  the 
social  sciences,  English,  and  history,  because  of  the  value  of 
thorough  grounding  in  these  fields  for  the  prospective  student 
of  law. 

On  the  pages  which  follow  are  given  the  synopses  of  courses 
offered  in  the  several  curricula  of  the  College.  Courses  offered 
in  the  first  semester  bear  odd  numbers,  and  those  offered  in  the 
second  semester  bear  even  numbers. 

The  term  pre-requisite  indicates  a  course  that  must  be  passed 
by  a  student  before  he  will  be  permitted  to  register  for  an  advanced 
course. 

Freshman  courses  extend  over  a  full  semester  of  18  weeks. 
Upperclass  courses  are  uniformly  10  weeks  in  length  each  term. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  any  course  in 
which  there  is  insufficient  enrolment. 

Unless  otherwise  noted  all  courses  meet  for  three  class  periods 
each  week. 

biology 

Professor  Miroyiannis;  Mr.  Thomson  and  Assistants 

B  1     General  Zoology 
An   introductory   course   dealing   with   the   basic   principles   of 
zoology.    A  survey  of  the  main  types  of  animals;  their  classifica- 
tion,  structure,   life   history,   distribution,    and  economic   value. 
The  laboratory  work  illustrates  the  lectures. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  3  lab.) 

B  2     General  Botany 
An  introductory  course  dealing  with  the  basic  principles  of  botany. 
A  general  survey  of  the  more  important  plant  types  throughout 


58  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

the  vegetable  kingdom;  their  classification,  structure,  life  history, 
distribution,  and  economic  value.  The  fundamentals  of  plant 
physiology   are   stressed.     The   laboratory   work   illustrates   the 

lectures. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl.,  3  lab.) 


B  3  Invertebrate  Zoology 
This  course  deals  with  the  comparative  development  and  structure 
of  the  organic  systems  of  invertebrate  animals  as  represented  by 
the  following  phyla:  Protozoa,  Porifera,  Coelenterata,  Ctenophora, 
Platythelminthes,  Nemathelminthes,  Trochelminthes,  and  Mol- 
luscoidea;  their  biological  and  ecological  relationships.  The 
laboratory  work  consists  of  detailed  dissection  of  representative 
types. 

Pre-requisite:  B  1  2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl,  3  lab.) 


B  4  Invertebrate  Zoology 
Continues  and  presupposes  course  B  3.  In  this  part  of  the  course, 
the  lectures  deal  with  the  comparative  development  and  structure 
of  the  various  organ  systems  of  invertebrate  animals  as  represented 
by  the  following  invertebrate  phyla:  Coelhelminthes,  Mollusca, 
Arthropoda,  and  Echinodermata;  their  biological  and  ecological 
relationships.  The  laboratory  work  consists  of  detailed  dissection 
of  representative  types. 

Pre-requisite:  B  1  2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl,  3  lab.) 


B  5     Vertebrate  Zoology 
This  course  deals  with  the  comparative  anatomy  of  the  integu- 
ment; the  skeletal,  muscular,  digestive  and  respiratory  systems  of 
the  principal  classes  of  vertebrates.     The  laboratory  work  con- 
sists of  detailed  dissection  of  representative  types. 

Pre-requisite:  B  1  2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl,  3  lab.) 


B  6  Vertebrate  Zoology 
Continues  and  presupposes  course  B  5.  In  this  part  of  the  course, 
the  lectures  deal  with  the  comparative  anatomy  of  the  vascular, 
excretory,  reproductive  and  nervous  systems  together  with  the 
organs  of  special  sense  of  the  principal  classes  of  vertebrates. 
The  laboratory  work  consists  of  detailed  dissection  of  representa- 
tive types. 

Pre-requisite:  B  1  2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl,  3  lab.) 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  59 

B  7     Animal  Physiology 

This  course  deals  with  the  functions  of  vertebrates  with  particular 
emphasis  on  mammalian  and  human  physiology.  Demonstra- 
tions are  given  from  time  to  time  and  are  arranged  to  correspond 
as  closely  as  possible  with  the  lecture  work. 

Pre-requisite:  B  1,  B  5,  B  6  2  semester  hour  credits 

B  8    Genetics 

This  course  deals  with  the  laws  of  variation  and  inheritance;  their 
application  to  man  and  to  domestic  animals  and  plants. 

Pre-requisite:  B  1,  B  2  ,  2  semester  hour  credits 

B  9     Animal  Histology 
The  lectures  deal  with  the  normal  microscopic  anatomy  of  the 
cell;  histogenesis;  and  the  fundamental  tissues  of  various  inverte- 
brates and  vertebrates.    The  laboratory  work  illustrates  the  lectures 
by  means  of  microscopic  preparations. 

Pre-requisite:  B  1,  B  5,  B  6  2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl.,  2  lab.) 

B  10  Animal  Histology 
Continues  and  presupposes  course  B  9.  In  this  part  of  the  course 
a  detailed  study  is  made  of  the  normal  microscopic  anatomy  of 
the  organs  of  the  lower  and  higher  vertebrates.  The  laboratory 
work  illustrates  the  lectures  by  means  of  microscopic  preparations. 
Pre-requisite:  B  1,  B  5,  B  6  2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl.,  2  lab.) 


B  11  Vertebrate  Embryology 
The  lectures  deal  with  the  general  embryology  and  the  early  stages 
of  development  of  Amphioxus  and  of  theTeleost,  frog,  chick,  and 
pig.  The  laboratory  work  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  embryos  in 
toto  and  in  sections  of  the  early  stages  of  the  frog  and  of  the  chick . 
Pre-requisite:  B  1,  B  5,  B  6  2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl.,  2  lab.) 


B  12     Vertebrate  Embryology 

Continues  and  presupposes  course  B  11.  In  this  part  of  the 
course  the  lectures  deal  with  the  later  stages  of  development  of 
the  chick  and  the  pig,  and  comparisons  with  the  frog.  The 
laboratory  work  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  embryos  in  toto  and  in 
sections  of  the  later  stages  of  development  of  organs  and  organ 
systems  in  the  chick  and  the  pig. 

Pre-requisite:  B  1,  B  5,  B  6  2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl,  2  lab.) 


60  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

B  13     Mammalian  Anatomy 
An  advanced  laboratory  course  in  the  dissection  of  a  mammal. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (I  cl,  6  lab.) 

B  14    Mammalian  Anatomy 

Continuation  of  course  B  13. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (I  cl,  6  lab.) 

B  15    Histological  Technique 

This  course  is  designed  to  present  the  fundamentals  of  histological 
technique.  Lectures  deal  with  the  various  methods  of  fixation, 
clearing,  hardening,  embedding,  section  cutting,  and  staining  of 
various  vertebrate,  invertebrate,  and  plant  tissues.  Emphasis  is 
laid  upon  the  laboratory  work,  which  consists  of  preparing 
histological  slides. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (I  cl.,  4  lab.) 

B  16     Histological  Technique 

Continuation  of  course  B  15. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (I  cl.,  4  lab.) 


B  17    History  of  Biology 

A  course  treating  the  development  of  biological  sciences  from 
the  earliest  times  to  the  present,  and  tracing  the  history  of  bio- 
logical investigations. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Chemistry 


Professors  Vernon,  Strahan,  McGuire;  Dr.  Luder; 
Messrs.  MacKenzie,  Giella,  and  Dubois 

C/i  1  Inorganic  Chemistry 
A  course  designed  for  those  who  have  had  chemistry  before 
entering  college.  The  fundamental  ideas  of  matter  and  energy; 
the  properties  of  gases,  liquids,  and  solids;  molecular  weights, 
equations;  atomic  structure;  classification  of  the  elements;  ionic 
reactions;  and  the  chemistry  of  the  non-metals  are  among  the 
topics  covered. 

4  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  3  lab.) 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  61 

Ch  2  Inorganic  Chemistry 
A  continuation  of  Ch  1  Inorganic  Chemistry.  Modern  ideas 
covering  the  theory  of  solutions  of  electrolytes  are  discussed.  The 
chemistry  of  the  metals  is  covered  thoroughly,  and  time  is  devoted 
to  an  introduction  to  organic  chemistry.  The  latter  part  of  the 
course  is  given  to  qualitative  analysis  with  particular  emphasis 

on  the  laboratory  work.  4  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  3  lab.) 

Ch  3     Inorganic  Chemistry 
A  course  intended  for  those  who  have  not  had  chemistry  in  high 
school.    The  content  is  similar  to  that  of  Ch  1,  but  the  treatment 
is  such  that  no  prior  knowledge  of  chemistry  is  necessary. 

4  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  3  lab.) 

Ch  4     Inorganic  Chemistry 

A  continuation  of  Ch  3.  4  semester  hour  credits  (3  cL,  3  lab.) 

Ch  9    Qualitative  Analysis 
A  study  of  various  fundamental  qualitative  laws  and  principles 
as  applied  to  the  separation  of  ions.     Mass  law  action,  ionic 
equilibrium,    and    oxidation-reduction    are    among    the    topics 

covered.  3  semester  hour  credits  {4  cl.) 

Ch  1 1     Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory 
Laboratory   work   on   detection   of  anions    and   cations.     The 
experiments  are  designed  to  amplify  the  class  work  and  give 
experience  in  the  analysis  of  unknown  substances. 

23^  semester  hour  credits  (11  lab.) 


Ch  12     Quantitative  Analysis 

Each  of  the  major  operations,  such  as  weighing,  measuring  of 
volumes,  titration,  filtration,  ignition,  and  combustion,  is  con- 
sidered from  the  standpoint  of  the  theoretical  principles  involved, 
and  with  due  consideration  of  the  manipulative  technique 
necessary.  2  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl.) 


Ch  13     Quantitative  Analysis 
A  continuation  of  Ch  12.     Advanced  gravimetric  analysis  and 
systematic    mineral    procedures    are    studied    together    with    the 
common  technical  methods.  2  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl.) 


62  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Ch  14     Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory 
Acidimetry    and    alkalimetry,    and   oxidation    and   precipitation 
methods  as  used  in  volumetric  work  comprise  the  first  part  of  the 
laboratory  work.    This  is  followed  by  simple  gravimetric  analysis. 

1  x/2  semester  hour  credits  (7  lab.) 


Ch  15     Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory 

A  continuation  of  Ch  14.  Advanced  gravimetric,  electrolytic, 
combustion,  and  optical  methods  are  used.  In  the  latter  half  of 
the  course  actual  industrial  technical  methods  are  used. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (9  lab.) 


Ch  31     Organic  Chemistry  1 
A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  the  aliphatic  organic  com- 
pounds.   The  resemblance  of  classes  is  stressed,  and  emphasis  is 
placed  on  genetic  charts.    The  industrial  significance  of  the  sub- 
ject is  discussed  to  show  the  practical  nature  of  organic  chemistry. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl.) 


Ch  32     Organic  Chemistry  11 

A  continuation  of  Ch  31,  dealing  with  the  preparation  and 
characteristic  reactions  of  the  aromatic  organic  compounds. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  polymerization,  diazotization,  dyes, 
and  the  use  of  catalysts,  nitration,  and  sulfonation. 

A  few  of  the  more  important  heterocyclic  compounds  are  studied. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl.) 

Ch  33     Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  1 
Preparations    and    reactions    designed    to    teach   the    laboratory 
technique  involved  in  organic  chemistry.    The  method  of  keeping 
notes  in  the  work  performed  and  reactions  involved  is  stressed. 

1  semester  hour  credit  (5  lab.) 


Ch  34  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  11 
This  is  a  continuation  of  Ch  33.  The  preparations  in  this  course 
serve  to  acquaint  the  student  with  such  types  of  chemical  reactions 
as  sulfonation,  the  Grignard  reaction,  the  Perkins  reaction, 
Skraup's  synthesis,  the  Friedel-Crafts'  reaction,  and  the  prepara- 
tion of  dyes. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  63 

Ch  35    Organic  Chemistry  111 

A  continuation  of  Ch  32,  this  course  includes  a  study  of  the 
preparation  and  reactions  of  heterocyclic  and  alicyclic  com- 
pounds. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (3  cL) 

Ch  40    Physical  Chemistry  1 

This  course  begins  with  a  short  resume  of  the  field  of  physical 
chemistry  and  its  relationship  to  the  other  courses  in  chemistry 
and  chemical  engineering.  Atomic  and  molecular  weights,  and 
the  properties  of  gases,  liquids,  solids,  ionized,  non-ionized,  and 
colloidal  solutions  are  then  taken  up. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  4  lab.) 

Ch  41    Physical  Chemistry  11 
A  continuation  of  Ch  40,  this  course  includes  a  consideration  of 
the  following  topics:  rates  of  reaction,  homogeneous  and  hetero- 
geneous equilibrium,  and  thermochemistry. 

3H  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.,  4  lab.) 

Ch  42     Physical  Chemistry  111 

A  continuation  of  Ch  41  including  electrical  conductance, 
electrolytic  equilibrium,  electrolysis,  photochemistry,  and  atomic 
structure. 

3>Y%  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl,  4  lab.) 

Ch  48     Colloidal  Chemistry 
A  study  of  the  preparation  and  properties  of  suspensoids,  emul- 
soids,  emulsions,  and  gels. 

2 3-4  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  2  lab.) 

Ch  51     Sources  of  Information 
This  course  is  intended  to  acquaint  the  chemical  student  with  the 
constantly  increasing  volume  of  scientific  literature  pertaining  to 
the  field  of  chemistry. 

After  a  brief  outline  of  the  entire  field  of  scientific  literature  and 
a  description  of  various  methods  of  library  procedure,  the  various 
available  sources  of  scientific  information  are  investigated.  A 
series  of  individual  library  problems,  in  which  the  student  is 
required  to  apply  the  information  obtained  in  the  classroom, 
forms  a  very  important  part  of  the  course. 

1  semester  hour  credit  (1  cl.) 


64  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Ch  52     History  of  Chemistry 

A  study  of  the  development  of  scientific  theories  and  contributions 

of  workers  in  the  field  of  chemistry.    Elective  for  students  majoring 

in  chemistry. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl.) 

Ch  63     Advanced  Chemistry 
A  survey  of  the  most  recent  developments  in  physical  chemistry 
and  inorganic  chemistry. 

2%  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

Ch  64    Advanced  Chemistry 
A  survey  of  the  most  recent  developments  in  organic  chemistry 
theory  and  practice. 

2l/2  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

Ch  65    Thesis 
Original  experimental  work  carried  out  under  the  direction  of 
some  member  of  the  chemistry  department  staff.     Elective  for 
qualified  students  majoring  in  chemistry. 

Pre-requisite:  Ch  42  3  semester  hour  credits  (9  lab.) 

Ch  66    Thesis 
A  continuation  of  Ch  65. 

Pre-requisite:  Ch  42  4  semester  hour  credits  (12  lab.) 


Co-ordination^ 

Professors  Nightingale,  Everett,  and  Morgan;  Mr.  Purinton 

C  11  Vocational  Conference 
This  course  is  designed  to  bring  about  analytical  thinking  and 
systematic  planning  of  the  "after-graduation-employment"  prob- 
lem. It  is  conducted  as  an  open  discussion  class  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Co-operative  Work.  Each  Co-ordinator  has  in  class 
those  students  whom  he  has  placed  and  supervised  on  co-opera- 
tive work.  Each  student  analyzes  and  applies  to  himself  as  the 
"product"  the  fundamental  principles  of  merchandizing.  Prom- 
inent men  who  are  leaders  in  the  fields  of  employment  counselling, 
business,  or  engineering  present  the  employers'  viewpoints.  Thus 
the  graduating  seniors  are  brought  face  to  face  during  the  year 
with  one  of  the  most  important  and  perplexing  problems  of  life, 
namely,  how  to  "sell  their  services,"  thereby  aiming  to  bring  a 
co-ordinated  training  of  theory  and  practice  to  a  logical  conclusion. 

}/2  semester  hour  credit  (2  cl.) 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  65 

C  12     Vocational  Conference 

This  course  is  the  sequel  to  C  11  and  consists  of  the  practical 
application  of  the  techniques  of  job-getting  which  have  been 
analyzed  and  discussed  in  that  course.  It  is  conducted  on  a 
conference  rather  than  on  a  class  basis,  the  major  portion  of  the 
time  being  devoted  to  the  planning  and  writing  of  letters  to  and 
securing  interviews  with  prospective  employers.  It  is  intended 
that  this  course  shall  culminate  in  the  attainment  by  each  student 
of  his  after-graduation  job. 

J^  semester  hour  credit  (2  cl.) 

Economics 

Dean  Lake;  Professors  Hamilton  and  Tuthill;  Mr.  Regan 

Ec  3     Economic  Principles 

A  thorough  grounding  in  the  fundamental  principles  and  laws  of 
economics  is  the  aim  of  this  basic  course.  The  main  topics  in- 
clude the  nature  and  organization  of  production,  the  nature  and 
importance  of  wants,  the  relation  of  money  and  prices,  the  process 
of  exchange,  and  the  nature  of  international  trade. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  4  Economic  Principles 
A  continuation  of  Ec  3.  A  careful  analysis  is  made  of  the  deter- 
mination of  price  under  conditions  of  competition  and  monopoly, 
and  of  the  distribution  of  wealth  and  income  in  the  form  of  wages, 
economic  rent,  interest,  and  profits.  The  elements  of  insurance 
are  discussed  in  connection  with  profits. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  5  Economic  Problems 
In  this  course  the  application  of  economic  principles  to  some 
of  the  major  economic  problems  of  modern  society  is  emphasized. 
The  problems  studied  include  consumption,  protective  tariffs  and 
subsidies,  labor  problems  such  as  unemployment  and  labor 
unions,  and  the  business  cycle. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  6  Economic  Problems 
A  continuation  of  Ec  5.  Among  the  problems  considered  are  the 
following:  price  stabilization,  the  agricultural  problem,  the  re- 
lation of  government  to  business  including  control  of  monop- 
olies and  public  utilities,  insurance,  public  finance,  and  proposals 
for  the  remodeling  and  improving  of  the  economic  system. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


66  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Ec  7  Money  and  Banking 
This  course,  amplifying  the  more  general  treatment  of  money 
and  credit  in  Ec  3  and  Ec  4,  considers  the  problems  of  monetary 
and  banking  control  with  particular  emphasis  upon  the  policies 
of  the  Federal  Reserve  System.  Current  developments  are  care- 
fully considered. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  3,  Ec  4  2  semester  hour  credits 


Ec  11  Labor  Problems 
An  intensive  study  of  the  labor  problems  of  modern  industry  con- 
stitutes the  content  of  this  course.  Unemployment  and  other 
grievances  of  the  worker,  including  industrial  accident  and 
disease,  inadequate  wages,  long  hours,  undesirable  working  con- 
ditions, child  and  woman  labor,  etc.,  are  carefully  analyzed. 
Labor  unions,  representing  the  workers'  effort  to  solve  the  above 
problems,  receive  extended  attention  with  an  appraisal  of  their 
policies  and  accomplishments.  Employee  representation,  profit- 
sharing  plans  and  similar  devices  of  the  employer  to  meet  the 
same  problems  are  also  examined  critically.  The  attitude  of  our 
government  toward  these  problems  and  its  attempts  to  handle 
them  are  analyzed  carefully.  The  suggestions  of  other  groups  and 
agencies  in  respect  to  these  problems  will  be  treated,  e.g.  co- 
operative movement,  socialism. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  3,  Ec  4  2  semester  hour  credits 


Ec  12  Economic  Systems 
After  developing  various  criteria  for  evaluating  the  different 
economic  systems,  the  course  proceeds  to  a  comparative  analysis 
of  capitalism,  co-operation,  socialism,  communism,  and  fascism. 
The  problems  of  economic  planning  receive  particular  attention. 
Pre-requisite:  Ec  3,  Ec  4  2  semester  hour  credits 


Ec  13  Business  Cycles 
After  a  study  of  the  conditions  which  underlie  cyclical  fluctua- 
tions in  prices,  volume  of  trade,  physical  production,  and  employ- 
ment, a  careful  analysis  is  made  of  the  more  significant  theories 
of  the  business  cycle.  The  possibilities  of  controlling  such  fluctua- 
tions and  of  initiating  recovery  receive  extended  attention. 
Throughout  the  course  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  current  phase 
of  the  business  cycle  and  its  peculiar  problems. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  5,  Ec  6  2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  67 

Ec  14  International  Economic  Relations 
A  careful  examination  of  the  important  principles  of  international 
trade  and  finance  precedes  a  critical  survey  of  the  international 
commercial  policies  of  modern  nations,  with  special  reference  to 
the  United  States.  Such  broader  problems  as  the  international 
control  of  raw  materials,  exchange  restrictions,  international 
cartels  and  the  economic  activities  of  the  League  of  Nations  and 
other  international  organizations  are  considered. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  5,  Ec  6  2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  15     History  of  Economic  Thought 

A  critical  review  of  the  origin  and  development  of  economic 
thought.  After  a  brief  account  of  the  contributions  of  Plato  and 
Aristotle,  the  early  Christian  fathers,  and  the  writers  of  the 
Middle  Ages,  each  of  the  main  schools  of  economic  thought  is 
taken  up  in  turn:  the  Mercantilists,  the  Physiocrats,  the  Classical 
School,  the  Socialists,  the  Historical  School,  the  Austrian  School, 
and  that  of  Alfred  Marshall. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  5,  Ec  6  2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  16    Advanced  Economic  Theory 
The  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  more  complex  aspects 
of  economic  theory.     Particular  consideration  is  given  to  the 
major  modern  theoretical  problems. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  15  2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  17    Statistics 

This  course  is  intended  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of 
statistical  principles  and  methods  and  their  practical  application 
in  the  social  sciences.  A  study  is  made  of  the  nature,  sources, 
collection  and  organization  of  statistical  facts;  the  presentation  of 
such  facts  in  tabular  or  graphic  form,  the  various  averages, 
measures  of  dispersion,  and  the  construction  and  use  of  index 
numbers. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Ec  18  Statistics 
The  major  portion  of  this  continuation  of  Ec  17,  Statistics,  con- 
cerns the  analysis  of  time  series,  and  includes  the  methods  of 
obtaining  trends,  seasonal  indexes,  and  the  measurement  of 
cyclical  variation.  The  application  of  correlation  analysis  in 
the  field  of  social  science  is  given  extended  attention. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


68  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Education 

Professors  Estes  and  White;  Mr.  Morris 

Note:     In  addition  to  the  courses  listed  below,  Ps  5  and  Ps  6,  Educational 
Psychology,  may  also  be  counted  as  courses  in  education. 

Ed  I  History  of  Education 
Education  is  considered  as  the  means  by  which  nations  have 
attempted  to  realize  their  social  and  spiritual  ideals.  This  course 
traces  the  history  of  education  from  ancient  times  through  the 
Greek  and  Roman  periods,  the  Middle  Ages,  the  Renaissance  and 
Reformation,  down  to  John  Locke  and  the  Enlightenment.  The 
course  is  concerned  with  the  development  of  points  of  view  as 
well  as  with  the  details  of  organization  and  practice. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ed  2     History  of  Education 

Beginning  with  the  emotional  reaction  against  formalism  in  life 
as  exemplified  by  Rousseau,  this  course  takes  up  the  immediate 
background  of  modern  education  and  traces  the  development  of 
national  systems.  The  influence  of  such  men  as  Pestalozzi, 
Herbart,  Froebel,  Spencer,  Mann,  Barnard,  Dewey,  and  others  is 
studied  in  detail.  The  course  closes  with  a  consideration  of 
present  tendencies  in  education.  2  semester  hour  credits 

Ed  3    Educational  Organization  and  Administration 

A  study  of  the  principles  underlying  the  organization,  adminis- 
tration, and  supervision  of  public  schools  in  the  U.  S.  A.  The 
course  is  illustrated  with  suitable  problems  taken  from  actual 
practice.  It  should  be  of  special  interest  to  students  who  con- 
template teaching  as  a  vocation.  2  semester  hour  credits 

Ed  4  Educational  Measurements 
The  course  concerns  itself  with  current  problems  in  the  field  of 
educational  tests  and  measurements.  Most  of  the  lectures  are 
given  over  to  a  discussion  of  the  construction  and  use  of  new 
type  objective  tests,  with  particular  reference  to  the  field  of  second- 
ary education.  The  relative  merits  of  the  essay  and  the  objective 
examination  are  considered  in  connection  with  the  problem  of 
grades  and  grading  systems.  Enough  elementary  statistics  are 
included  to  enable  students  to  use  intelligently  the  results  of  test- 
ing. Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  importance  of  an  accurate 
interpretation  of  test  data  and  upon  the  futility  of  indiscriminate 
testing.  2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  69 

Ed  7    Comparative  Education 

A  discussion  of  the  educational  background  and  current  theories 
and  practices  of  England,  France,  and  Germany.  Emphasis  is 
laid  upon  the  bearing  of  European  education  on  American  prac- 
tice. Much  of  the  assigned  reading  is  in  current  periodical 
literature,  although  a  basic  text  is  also  used.  Lectures,  special 
reports,  and  class  discussions  comprise  the  media  by  which  the 
course  is  conducted. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ed  9    Educational  Sociology 

The  course  considers  the  relationship  between  education  and 
sociology.  Educational  objectives  are  set  up  from  the  findings  of 
sociological  research  and  the  traditional  curriculum  is  examined 
in  the  light  of  these  objectives  with  a  view  towards  its  recon- 
struction. A  critical  attitude  is  maintained  toward  philosophical 
implications  which  will  inevitably  arise  in  the  course. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ed  10  Educational  Philosophy 
A  study  of  the  relationship  between  the  science  of  education  and 
the  philosophy  of  education  is  followed  by  a  consideration  of 
philosophies  of  education  in  the  light  of  basic  theses  of  the  history 
of  philosophy.  Such  topics  as  evolutionism,  behaviorism,  prag- 
matism, instrumentalism,  and  progressive  education  are  viewed 
in  the  perspective  of  the  history  of  philosophy. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


English 


Dean  Melvin;  Professors  Holmes  and  Marston;  Dr.  Reynolds; 
Messrs.  Cloney,  and  Norvish 

E  l'A  English  1 
The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  help  the  student  attain  competence 
in  the  understanding  and  evaluating  of  modern  literature  and  in 
written  expression.  It  includes  a  review  of  the  structural  essen- 
tials of  the  English  language,  various  written  assignments,  and  the 
study  of  essays  and  informational  articles. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

E  2-A    English  1 
Continuing  the  general  purposes  of  E  1A,  this  course  proceeds 
to  a  study  of  the  special  problems  of  description  and  narration, 
and  to  a  critical  reading  of  poems,  short  stories,  and  plays. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


70  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

E  7    Creative  Writing 
For  students  interested  in  imaginative  writing.     Original  papers 
by  the  students  will  be  discussed  in  class  and  in  weekly  conference 
with  the  instructor.     The  principles  underlying  creative  writing 

will  be  carefully  studied. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  8    Creative  Writing 
Continued    practice    in    creative    writing    supplemented    by    an 
analysis  of  the  work  appearing  in  the  better  magazines.     The 
shorter  forms  will  be  emphasized. 

Pre'requisite:  E  7  2  semester  hour  credits 

E  9    Journalism  I 

The  newspaper  technique,  with  practice  in  re-writing.  The 
general  tasks  of  an  "inside"  man  and  the  functions  of  the  editorial 
department. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


E  10    Journalism  1 

The  problems  of  reporting  and  newswriting,  with  written  assign- 
ments in  all  types  of  spot  news  reporting. 

Pre-requisite:  E  9  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


E  11     Journalism  11 

Editing  the  news.    The  writing  of  editorials,  feature  articles,  and 
columns. 

Pre-requisite:  E  10  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

E  12    Journalism  11 
A  general  practice  course  in  newspaper  writing,  the  covering  of 
special  assignments,  and  editorial  problems. 

Pre-requisite:  E  11  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


E  13    Effective  Speaking 
This  course  offers  practical  training  in  the  preparation  and  presen- 
tation of  the  various  types  of  speeches.    The  instruction  is  planned 
to  eliminate  defects  of  voice,  posture,  and  delivery,  and  to  develop 
in  the  student  an  ability  to  speak  easily,  naturally,  and  forcefully. 

1  semester  hoar  credit  (2  cl.) 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  71 

E  14    Effective  Speaking 
Continued    practice    in    impromptu    and    extempore    speaking, 
organization   of  material,   consideration   of  the   audience,    and 
vocabulary  building,  form  the  basis  of  the  course. 

Pre-requisite:  E  13  I  semester  hour  credit 


E  15  Survey  of  English  Literature 
A  survey  of  English  literature  to  1800.  After  a  brief  study  of  the 
social  and  political  background  of  each  literary  period,  the  writing 
of  the  period  is  considered,  and  the  more  important  writers  are 
studied  and  read  in  detail.  The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  give 
the  student  an  appreciation  of  English  literature  as  a  whole,  and 
an  intimate  knowledge  of  its  major  figures. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl. ) 


E  16  Survey  of  English  Literature 
A  survey  of  English  literature  from  1800  to  the  present  century. 
The  outstanding  writers  are  read,  studied,  and  related  to  the 
general  background  of  nineteenth-century  England.  The  purpose 
of  the  course  is  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  the 
writers  who  contributed  most  to  the  formation  and  development 
of  modern  literature  in  England. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


E  17  English  Drama  Before  Shakespeare 
A  study  of  the  origins  and  growth  of  English  drama  from 
its  beginning  to  its  culmination  in  the  work  of  Shakespeare.  A 
discussion  of  the  morality  plays  will  be  followed  by  a  careful 
consideration  of  the  influence  of  Plautus,  Terence,  and  Seneca  on 
the  dramatists  of  the  age.  Plays  by  Lyly,  Peele,  Greene,  Kyd,  and 
Marlowe  will  be  read  as  a  background  for  Shakespearean  drama. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  18  Chaucer 
An  introduction  to  the  language  and  literature  of  Chaucer  and 
his  contemporaries,  with  special  attention  to  the  "Canterbury 
Tales."  The  course  includes  a  consideration  of  Chaucer's  in- 
fluence on  the  growth  of  the  language,  an  examination  of  the 
"roman  de  tiroir"  form,  and  a  survey  of  the  chief  types  of  Euro- 
pean popular  narrative  which  the  "Canterbury  Tales"  represents. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


72  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

E  19    Shakespeare 
The  Elizabethan  period,  sixteenth  century  London,  the  Shakes- 
pearean stage  and  audience,  and  the  actors'  companies  will  be 
discussed.    Shakespeare's  life  and  his  development  as  a  dramatist 
will  be  carefully  considered.    Five  plays  will  be  intensively  studied. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  20    Shakespeare 
Lectures  will  be  given  on  Shakespeare's  language,  the  text  of  the 
plays,    Shakespearean    criticism,    editors'    problems,    etc.      Four 
plays  will  be  intensively  studied.    The  sonnets  will  be  read  and 
discussed. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  21  "Nineteenth  Century  Poetry  I 
Background  forces  which  shaped  the  Romantic  period  will  be 
carefully  studied;  the  influence  of  German  idealists,  of  the  French 
Revolution,  and  of  the  natural  reaction  from  the  classicism  of 
Pope  and  Johnson  will  be  analyzed  and  evaluated.  Poetry  of 
Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron,  Keats,  and  Shelley  will  be  studied 
critically. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  22     Nineteenth  Centry  Poetry  11 
A  study  of  the  poetry  of  the  Victorian  era  with  emphasis  on  the 
writings  of  Browning  and  Tennyson.    The  influence  of  the  age 
on  its  poets  will  be  carefully  considered. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  23     Seventeenth  and  Eighteenth  Century  Prose 

A  study  of  the  important,  non-fiction  prose  works  of  Bacon, 
Browne,  Swift,  Addison,  Steele,  Johnson,  and  Boswell,  among 
others,  with  emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  the  literature  to  the 
age.  The  various  prose  styles  will  be  discussed.  A  written  paper 
will  be  required. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  24  Nineteenth  Century  Prose 
An  examination  of  significant  nineteenth  century  writers  as  to 
their  social,  political,  literary,  and  educational  ideas.  Lamb, 
Hazlitt,  Carlyle,  Macaulay,  Newman,  Ruskin,  Arnold,  Huxley, 
and  Stevenson  are  among  those  to  be  considered.  A  written 
paper  will  be  required. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  73 

E  25    American  Literature  to  1860 
A  survey  of  American  literature  from  colonial  times  to  the  triumph 
of  the  transcendental  movement  in  New  England.    The  work  of 
Bryant,  Irving,  Cooper,  Poe,  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Lowell,  Holmes, 
Longfellow,  and  Melville  will  be  emphasized. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  26    American  Literature  After  1860 
Continuing  E  25,  the  course  will  consider  the  rise  of  realism  after 
the  Civil  War,  the  development  of  American  humor,  the  appear- 
ance of  local  color  writers,  and  modern  trends  since  1900. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  27  History  of  the  English  Novel 
This  survey  will  trace  the  development  of  the  novel  from  the 
18th  century  to  the  beginning  of  the  Victorian  era.  It  will  deal 
with  the  maturing  of  the  novel  form  in  the  hands  of  Defoe, 
Richardson,  Fielding,  and  Smollett;  the  "Gothic  romances"  of 
Walpole  and  Lewis;  and  the  novel  of  manners  as  seen  in  Jane 
Austen. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  28    History  of  the  English  Novel 

This  course  will  deal  with  the  work  of  the  Great  Victorians, 
particularly  Thackeray,  Dickens,  Eliot,  Conrad,  and  Hardy.  A 
few  contemporary  novels  will  be  discussed.  The  student  will  be 
expected  to  read  widely  in  the  field. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  29     Great  European  Writers 
An  introduction  to  the  classics  of  Ancient  and  Medieval  literature. 
The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  acquaint  the  student  broadly  with 
our  literary  heritage  and  to  furnish  him  background  for  later 
studies  in  literature. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  30    Great  European  Writers 
A  survey  of  the  literature  of  Europe  from  the  Renaissance  to 
the  beginning  of  the  twentieth  century. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


74  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

E  31  Comparative  Drama 
Through  the  analysis  of  plays  of  various  origins,  this  course  shows 
the  development  of  essential  techniques  in  drama  from  period  to 
period,  and  demonstrates  how  a  general  type  of  drama  manifests 
special  characteristics  in  accordance  with  the  social  and  political 
backgrounds  against  which  it  is  set.  During  this  term  the  emphasis 
is  placed  on  the  classic  literature  of  the  Greek  and  Roman  theater. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  32     Comparative  Drama 
This  course,  a  continuation  of  the  study  begun  in  E  31,  deals  with 
the  representative  plays  of  the  Continent  since  1600. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  33     Modern  Literature  18954915 

Beginning  with  a  study  of  late  nineteenth-century  literature  in 
England  and  America,  the  course  considers  the  principal  literary 
developments  of  the  period  1895  to  1915.  New  forms  and  methods 
in  poetry,  the  novel,  the  short  way,  and  the  play  are  studied,  and 
are  illustrated  by  the  work  of  literary  groups  and  movements  and 
by  such  major  writers  as  Walt  Whitman  and  Henry  James. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  34  Post-war  Literature 
A  survey  of  contemporary  literature  in  England  and  America. 
Outstanding  writers  are  studied  in  detail.  Some  of  the  subjects 
discussed  are  recent  changes  in  form  and  technique;  literary 
experiments;  the  effect  on  literature  of  the  World  War,  and  of 
recent  social  changes.  During  the  course  each  student  writes  a 
paper  and  presents  a  class  report  on  a  contemporary  author. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Qeology 

Professor  Pugsley 

Gy  1  General  Geology 
A  study  of  earth  movements  and  various  terrestrial  applications 
of  solar  energy.  Lectures  on  fundamental  general  facts  as  to 
origin  and  movements  of  the  earth,  weathering,  work  of  winds, 
underground  and  surface  waters,  glaciers  and  the  glacial  period, 
lakes  and  swamps,  and  vulcanism. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  75 

Gy  2    General  Geology 

Course  Gy  1  is  continued  with  such  topics  as  mountain  forma- 
tion, oceans,  oceanic  life,  atmosphere  touching  upon  meteorology. 
A  considerable  portion  of  time  is  given  to  the  study  of  igneous, 
sedimentary  and  metamorphic  rocks,  supplemented  by  laboratory 
and  field  work. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Gy  5    Historical  Geology 
A  review  of  the  beginning  of  the  earth,  its  development  and 
historical  significance  of  rock  characters.     This  is  followed  by  a 
study  of  the  pre-Cambrian  Paleozoic   and  the  early  Paleozoic 
sub-era. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Gy  6    Historical  Geology 
Continuation  of  the  first  semester  taking  in  the  late  Paleozoic 
sub-era,  and  the  Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  periods,  and  continuing 
through  the  geologic  history  of  man. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


(government 

Professor  Bruce;  Messrs.  Larson  and  Keith 

Gv  1     American  Government  and  Politics 
The  study  of  our  National  Government  with  respect  to  its  organ- 
ization and  function;  its  powers  and  limitations  under  the  Con- 
stitution; its  legislative,  administrative,   and  judicial  machinery 
under  the  party  system  of  government  and  bureaucracy. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Gv  2  American  Government  and  Politics 
A  more  detailed  study  of  the  relationships  of  our  federal,  state,  and 
municipal  governments,  including  an  analysis  and  comparison  of 
the  various  state  governments  and  types  of  municipal  government 
with  respect  to  state  and  local  agencies  for  carrying  out  the  exec- 
utive, legislative,  and  judicial  functions  of  government  in  a 
democratic  country. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


76  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Gv  3  Comparative  Government 
The  older  governments  of  Europe,  those,  principally  of  Great 
Britain  and  France,  but  also  of  Switzerland  and  the  Scandanavian 
countries,  are  described  and  analyzed  in  this  course.  Institutions 
are  compared  in  these  various  states  with  reference  to  America 
and  the  newer  governments  of  Europe. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Gv  4  Comparative  Government 
A  study  of  the  newer  governments  of  Europe,  as  found  in  Ger- 
many, Italy,  and  the  Soviet  Union.  Democracy  and  dictatorship 
are  analyzed  as  different  modes  of  life  and  rule.  These  states  are 
compared  to  each  other,  to  the  older  governments  of  Europe, 
and  to  the  United  States. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Gv  5    American  Constitutional  Law 
After  a  careful  study  of  the  influences  affecting  the  framing  of  the 
Constitution,  attention  is  turned  to  the  leading  constitutional 
principles  of  the  American  government  as  developed  through 
judicial  interpretation. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Gv  6    American  Constitutional  Law 
A  continuation  of  Gv  5.    Primary  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
relation  of  constitutional  law  to  present  day  problems  with  partic- 
ular reference  to  such  items  as  "due  process  of  law"  and  "inter- 
state commerce." 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Gv  7    Origins  of  Political  Theory 
A  survey  of  political  philosophy  from  Plato  and  Aristotle  to 
Bentham.    The  nature,  origin,  forms,  and  ends  of  the  state  and 
government  are  covered. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Gv  8  Modern  Political  Theory 
A  critical  study  is  made  of  the  major  developments  in  political 
theory  since  Bentham,  with  special  reference  to  the  influence  of 
these  developments  upon  American  politics  and  political  institu- 
tions. Attention  is  paid  to  the  modern  conflict  between  the 
democratic  and  the  totalitarian  conceptions  of  the  state. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  77 

history 

Professor  Potter  and  Assistants 

H  1     History  of  Civilization 

This  is  primarily  a  background  course.  Introductory  lectures 
deal  with  primitive  society,  the  development  of  language  and 
writing,  and  the  early  contributions  of  Egypt  and  Asia.  More 
detail  is  given  to  the  structure  of  Greek  and  Roman  society,  the 
rise  of  the  Christian  Church,  the  barbarian  invasions  of  the 
Empire,  the  growth  of  Islam,  and  the  life  of  the  early  Middle  Ages. 

4  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

H  2  History  of  Civilization 
This  course  deals  with  the  growth  of  the  monarchies  in  Europe, 
the  medieval  Church,  the  art  and  literature  of  the  Renaissance 
and  Reformation,  the  economic  revolution,  the  Age  of  Reason 
in  France  and  England,  the  Old  Regime  and  the  Revolution  in 
France,  and  the  growth  of  science  and  industrialism. 
As  in  H  1,  the  emphasis  is  upon  the  cultural  rather  than  the 

political  history  of  Europe.  4  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl) 

H  5    Europe,  17894870 

This  course  aims  at  describing  and  interpreting  the  development 
of  European  states  from  the  French  Revolution  to  1870.  Major 
topics  include  the  Metternich  system,  the  emergence  of  French 
Republicanism,  and  the  unification  of  Italy  and  Germany.  Non- 
political  factors  receive  much  attention  throughout  the  course. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

H  6  Europe,  18704938 
The  international  relationships  which  precipitated  the  tragedy  of 
1914  are  considered.  The  rise  of  militarism  and  nationalism, 
secret  diplomacy,  propaganda  and  the  press,  the  "incidents" 
which  led  to  the  World  War,  the  conduct  of  the  war,  the  peace 
treaties,  and  the  rise  of  socialism  and  fascism  are  discussed  in 

this  course.  2  semester  hour  credits 

H  7    England  to  1688 
This  course  surveys  the  political,  social,  religious,  and  economic 
development  of  England  to  the  Revolution  of  1688.     Political 
history  receives  the  major  emphasis,  but  stress  is  placed  upon  the 
rise   of  the   English    institutions   which   represented   England's 

Outstanding  contribution  to  civilization.  2  semester  hour  credits 


78  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

H  8    England  since  1688 

A  continuation  of  H  7.  A  study  is  made  of  Queen  Anne's  Eng- 
land, the  policies  of  Walpole,  England's  part  in  European  politics, 
the  age  of  the  first  Reform  Bill,  English  imperialism,  and  Victorian 
society. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


H  9    The  United  States  to  1865 

This  course  is  an  interpretation  of  the  events  which  shaped  the 
American  nation  to  the  Civil  War.  Social  customs,  economic 
influences,  racial  contributions,  and  humanitarian  movements 
are  not  neglected,  though  the  political  history  is  stressed. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


H  10    The  United  States  Since  1865 

Major  attention  is  given  to  the  social,  economic,  and  political 
foundations  of  recent  history  in  this  survey  of  the  transition  of 
America  from  an  agricultural  to  an  urban  industrialized  society 
since  the  Civil  War.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  problems 
arising  with  the  emergence  of  America  as  a  world  power. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


H  11     Latin  American  History 

This  course  deals  with  the  European  background  of  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  colonization  in  the  New  World,  the  exploits  of  the 
conquistadores,  the  Indian  civilizations,  colonial  institutions,  and 
the  forces  which  gave  rise  to  the  revolutions  in  the  early  19th 
century. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


H  12     Latin  American  History 

This  course  continues  H  11,  and  describes  the  Wars  of  Inde- 
pendence and  the  rise  of  the  republics.  A  study  is  made  of  the 
international  relations  of  the  Latin  American  countries,  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  and  the  Pan-American  conferences. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  79 


c^fCathematics 


Professors  Spear  and  Haskins;  Dr.  Lacount;  Messrs.  Sewell, 
Dean  and  Cook 

M  1     College  Algebra 

The  study  of  algebra  is  scheduled  to  begin  with  the  solution  of 
the  quadratic  equation,  simultaneous  quadratics,  and  equations 
in  quadratic  form.  However,  a  rapid  but  thorough  review  of  the 
fundamentals  of  algebra  precedes  this.  The  solution  of  the  quad- 
ratic is  followed  by  a  detailed  study  of  the  theory  of  exponents. 
Then  follow  radicals,  series,  variation,  inequalities,  and  the 
elementary  principles  of  the  theory  of  equations.  Considerable 
time  is  given  to  plotting  and  the  use  of  graphs  in  the  solution  of 
equations.  The  elementary  theory  of  complex  numbers  is  also 
covered. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


M  3  Trigonometry 
This  is  a  complete  course  in  trigonometry  and  should  enable  the 
student  to  use  all  branches  of  elementary  trigonometry  in  the 
solution  of  triangles  as  well  as  in  the  more  advanced  courses 
where  the  knowledge  of  trigonometry  is  essential.  Some  of  the 
topics  covered  are  the  trigonometric  ratios;  inverse  functions; 
goniometry;  logarithms;  circular  measure;  laws  of  sines,  cosines, 
tangents,  half  angles;  solution  of  oblique  and  right  triangles; 
transformation  and  solution  of  trigonometric  and  logarithmic 
equations.  Considerable  practice  in  calculation  of  practical 
problems  enables  the  student  to  apply  his  trigonometry  to  prob- 
lems arising  in  practice  at  an  early  stage.  Additional  work, 
graphical  and  algebraic,  is  done  with  the  complex  number,  in- 
troducing De-Moivre's  theorem  and  the  exponential  form  of 
the  complex  number. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (2  cl.) 


M  4  Analytic  Geometry  and  Introduction  to  Calculus 
This  being  a  basic  course  in  preparation  for  any  further  study  of 
mathematics,  it  requires  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  funda- 
mentals of  algebra.  The  course  covers  cartesian  and  polar  co- 
ordinates; graphs;  the  equations  of  simpler  curves  derived  from 
their  geometric  properties;  thorough  study  of  straight  lines,  circles, 
and  conic  sections;  intersections  of  curves;  transformation  of 
axes;  plotting  and  solution  of  algebraic  equations  of  higher  order 
and  of  exponential,  trigonometric,   and  logarithmic  equations; 


80  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

loci  problems.  The  general  equation  of  the  second  degree  is 
thoroughly  analyzed  in  the  study  of  conic  sections.  Some  time  is 
devoted  to  curve  fitting  from  empirical  data. 
Explicit  and  implicit  functions,  dependent  and  independent 
variables,  some  theory  of  limits,  continuity  and  discontinuity  are 
given  special  attention  from  both  the  algebraic  and  the  geometric 
points  of  view.  Some  theorems  on  the  infinitesimal  are  intro- 
duced, and  a  study  is  made  of  infinity  and  zero  as  limits.  Relative 
rates  of  change,  both  average  and  instantaneous,  and  the  meaning 
of  the  slope  of  a  curve  follow.  The  differential  and  the  derivative 
as  applied  to  algebraic  functions  with  the  geometric  interpretation 
are  then  studied.  Tangents  to  curves  of  the  second  degree  follow 
here.  Simple  applications  with  interesting  practical  problems 
help  to  develop  the  interest  here  and  lay  a  solid  foundation  for  the 
study  of  the  calculus.  The  introduction  of  the  differential  at  the 
same  time  with  the  derivative  helps  considerably  to  bridge  the 
large  gap  which  usually  exists  when  the  student  passes  from  the 
study  of  the  elementary  analytic  geometry  to  the  infinitesimal 
of  calculus. 

5  semester  hour  credits  (5  cl.) 


M  5  Differential  Calculus 
The  differential  is  introduced  at  the  outset  of  the  course,  together 
with  the  derivative;  geometric  and  practical  illustrations  are  given 
of  both;  and  both  are  carried  along  throughout  the  course.  The 
work  consists  of  differentiation  of  algebraic,  trigonometric 
exponential,  and  logarithmic  functions,  both  explicit  and  im- 
plicit; slopes  of  curves;  maxima  and  minima  with  applied  prob- 
lems; partial  differentiation;  parametric  equations;  derivatives  of 
higher  order;  curvature;  evolutes  and  involutes;  points  of  inflec- 
tion; related  rates;  velocities,  acceleration;  indeterminate  forms; 
expansion  of  functions;  series.  Although  the  subject  matter 
deals  with  considerable  theory,  constant  sight  is  kept  of  the 
practical  application  of  the  theory.  The  geometric  interpretation 
of  every  new  subject  is  carefully  defined,  and  problems  are  con- 
tinually solved  dealing  in  practical  applications  of  the  theory  in 
geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics. 

Prerequisite:  M  4  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


M  6  Integral  Calculus 
This  course,  a  continuation  of  Calculus  M  5,  deals  with  integra- 
tion as  the  inverse  of  differentiation  as  well  as  the  limit  of  sum- 
mation. The  topics  covered  are  methods  of  integration;  use  of 
integral  tables;  definite  integrals;  double  and  triple  integrals;  areas 
in  rectangular  and  polar  co-ordinates;  center  of  gravity;  moment 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  81 

of  inertia;  length  of  curves;  volumes  of  solids;  areas  of  surfaces 
of  revolution;  volumes  by  triple  integration;  practical  problems 
in  work,  pressure,  etc.,  depending  on  the  differential  and  integral 
calculus  for  solution;  solution  of  simpler  differential  equations. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  7    Differential  Equations  I 

The  elementary  theory  of  differential  equations  and  the  method 
of  solution  of  certain  ordinary  differential  equations  are  offered 
here  as  a  general  course  in  mathematics.  Although  this  is  prin- 
cipally a  problem  course  in  solving  differential  equations,  prop- 
erties of  the  equations  and  of  their  solutions  are  deduced,  and 
applications  in  the  various  fields  of  scientific  work  are  analyzed. 
Pre-requisite:  M  6  2  x/2  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  8    Differential  Equations  U 

Special  cases  of  first  order  equations  are  considered,  and  a  fuller 
treatment  of  first  order  equations  of  higher  degree  leads  to  a  con- 
sideration of  envelopes,  special  loci,  and  particular  curves.  The 
general  second  order  linear  equation  is  studied,  and  the  several 
well-known  methods  of  attack  are  presented.  Solution  in  series 
form  of  equations  whose  primitives  are  not  made  up  of  classified 
functions  is  studied.  Elementary  partial  differential  equations  of 
the  fitst  and  second  orders,  leading  to  a  presentation  of  Fourier's 
Series,  conclude  the  course. 

Pre-requisite:  M  7  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  9    Higher  Algebra 

Complex  numbers  and  the  elementary  theory  of  vectors  start  this 
course.  It  continues  with  the  solution  of  equations  of  the  third 
and  fourth  degree,  Horner  and  Sturm  theorems,  the  solution  of 
higher  degree  equations  with  the  use  of  graphs.  Some  invariant 
forms  are  studied.  Then  follow  general  systems  of  equations  with 
the  complete  study  of  determinants,  and  some  of  the  elements  of 
matrices.  A  study  is  made  of  the  theory  of  elimination,  linear 
dependence,  and  linear  transformations.  If  time  permits,  a  study 
is  made  of  probability  and  related  subjects. 

Pre-requisite:  M  1,  M  3  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


M  10    Curve  Analysis 
This  course  deals  with  the  methods  of  approximation  of  roots; 
plotting;  empirical  equations;  and  alignment  charts. 

Pre-requisite:  M5  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl. ) 


82  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

M  11  Solid  Analytic  Geometry 
The  study  of  analytic  geometry  is  extended  here  into  three  di- 
mensions, mostly  with  rectangular  co-ordinates,  although  cylindri- 
cal and  spherical  co-ordinates  and  the  transformation  between 
the  three  systems  are  also  introduced.  The  equations  of  the  first 
and  second  degree  are  analyzed.  A  study  is  made  of  line  segments 
and  angles;  planes,  linear  equations  in  three  variables;  normal 
forms;  systems  of  planes  and  angles;  surfaces  in  general;  quadric 
surfaces.  Some  work  is  done  on  general  curves,  certain  special 
curves,  surfaces  of  revolution,  locus  problems,  and  homogeneous 
co-ordinates. 

Pre-requisite:  M  4  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  12     Modern  Geometry 

This  course  offers  a  brief  outline  of  the  history  of  geometry  through 
the  ages,  especially  the  19th  century;  analysis  of  geometry  of  the 
triangle  and  circle;  systems  of  co-ordinates,  linear  dependence, 
transformations;  principle  of  duality;  poles  and  polars;  harmonic 
division,  cross  ratios;  and  conical  projection.  Certain  special 
theorems  include  those  of  Desargues,  Pascal,  and  Brianchon. 
Pre-requisite:  M  4  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  13     Spherical  Trigonometry 

This  is  a  complete  course  in  the  study  of  spherical  trigonometry, 
solving  right  and  isosceles  spherical  triangles;  Napier's  rules;  laws 
of  sines,  cosines,  half-angles,  and  half-side  formulas;  Napier's 
analogies.  A  detailed  solution  of  oblique  spherical  triangles 
including  areas  follows.  Considerable  time  is  spent  on  the  celestial 
sphere  and  the  astronomical  triangle  and  on  navigation,  calcula- 
tion of  latitude  and  longitude,  bearing,  and  time. 

Pre-requisite:  M3  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  14    History  of  Mathematics 
In  this  course  a  survey  is  made  of  the  development  of  various 
branches  of  mathematics,  and  attention  is  given  to  the  lives  of 
men  who  have  made  outstanding  contributions  to  mathematical 
science. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


M  15    Advanced  Calculus 
No  student  should  choose  this  course  unless  he  is  thoroughly 
familiar  with  the  contents  of  courses  M  5  and  M  6.    The  subjects 
covered  are  continuity,  indeterminate  forms,  applications  of  partial 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  83 

differentiation,  vectors  and  differentiation  of  vectors,  the  complex 
variable,  differentiation  and  functions  of  the  complex  variable, 
differentiation  of  integrals,  envelopes. 

Pre-requisite:  M  6  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  16  Advanced  Calculus 
This  is  a  continuation  of  M  15.  The  course  starts  with  work  in 
differential  equations  and  problems  in  damped  vibration  and  the 
potential  function.  Other  topics  are  the  hyperbolic  function; 
expansion  in  infinite  series  including,  Fourier  series;  integration 
of  special  forms  with  definite,  multiple,  and  improper  integrals; 
probability  integral;  Gamma  function;  Beta  function;  Bessel's 
function;  line  integrals  and  applications. 

Pre-requisite:  M  15  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  17    Series 
Various  types  of  series  and  their  uses.     Study  of  limits,  infinite 
series,  tests  for  various  types  of  convergence;  divergence;  algebraic 
operations  with  series;  integration  and  differentiation;  applications 
and  use  of  special  series. 

Pre-requisite:  M  5,  M  6  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

M  18  Theory  of  Equations 
This  course  is  devoted  more  to  the  theory  and  analysis  of  equa- 
tions and  roots  than  to  actual  solutions.  The  properties  of 
polynomials  and  continuity  are  studied.  The  complex  number, 
algebraic  and  geometric  form,  is  reviewed.  The  solutions  of 
quadratic,  cubic,  and  quartic  equations  are  discussed  and  analyzed 
with  various  theorems  on  roots.  Proof  is  given  of  the  funda- 
mental theorems;  other  theorems  discussed  are  the  remainder 
theorem,  Horner's  and  Newton's  methods,  limits  of  roots,  Rolle's 
theorem,  Descarte's  rule,  Sturm's  theorem,  Budan's  theorem,  and 
De-Moivre's  theorem.  Transformations  are  studied  and  an 
analysis  is  made  of  rational,  irrational,  complex,  and  multiple 
roots.  Symmetric  functions  including  the  relation  of  roots  and 
coefficients  are  also  taken  up.  Some  work  is  done  with  discrimi- 
nants. The  course  closes  with  the  theory  of  least  squares  and 
curve  fitting.  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

^Philosophy 

Professor  Havice;  Dr.  Duddy  and  Assistants 

Ph  1     Introduction  to  Philosophy 
This  introductory  course  combines  the  historical  and  systematic 
approaches  to  the  subject.     The  historical  treatment  includes  a 


84  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

survey  of  the  chief  philosophers  and  the  development  of  basic 
philosophical  ideas.  The  systematic  treatment  presents  the 
several  types  of  philosophy,  such  as  realism,  materialism,  idealism, 
and  pluralism.  The  place  of  philosophy  is  considered  in  its 
relation  to  ethics,  religion,  and  natural  sciences.  The  course 
both  acquaints  the  student  with  facts  about  philosophy  and  trains 
him  to  think  philosophically.     - 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Ph  2     Problems  of  Philosophy 

The  chief  systems  of  thought  are  applied  to  what  may  be  termed 
the  persistent  problems  of  philosophy.  The  problems  are  to  be 
found  in  the  fields  of  epistemology,  teleology,  and  metaphysics. 
The  following  topics  suggest  representative  problems  which  will 
be  studied:  the  relation  between  mind  and  body,  the  nature  and 
extent  of  freedom  of  the  will,  the  validity  of  knowledge,  and  the 
bearing  which  the  more  recent  views  in  physics  and  psychology 
have  upon  related  philosophical  problems. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Ph  3     History  of  Philosophy 

Beginning  with  the  early  Greek  age  period,  the  course  traces  the 
development  of  philosophical  thought  through  the  patristic  and 
scholastic  periods.  A  study  is  made  of  the  transition  from 
medieval  to  modern  philosophy. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Ph  4     History  of  Philosophy 
The  first  half  of  the  course  is  a  study  of  the  period  from  Bacon 
to  Kant;  the  second  half  begins  with  the  time  of  Kant  and  ends 
with    a   consideration    of   present-day    philosophers    and    their 
systems  of  thought. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Ph  5  Philosophy  of  Religion 
Fundamental  questions  of  religious  belief  are  examined  in  the 
light  of  philosophy.  Modern  religions  are  compared  with  respect 
to  their  views  on  the  nature  of  the  Deity,  the  meaning  of  life,  and 
the  relationship  between  man  and  God.  Further  topics  for  study 
include  the  question  of  the  validity  of  mysticism  and  intuitive 
knowledge  of  religious  truth,  the  immortality  of  the  soul,  the 
meaning  of  the  supernatural,  the  presence  of  natural  evil,  and  the 
relation  of  morality  to  religion. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  85 

Students  may  take  Philosophy  of  Religion  without  having  had 
any  other  course  in  this  department,  although  there  is  an  advan- 
tage in  having  had  the  Introduction  to  Philosophy. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ph  6    Logic 

Formal  logic  is  subordinated  in  this  course  to  the  more  practical 
consideration  of  the  methods  of  critical  and  reflective  thought. 
Common  fallacies  in  logic  are  indicated,  and  the  student  is  given 
frequent  exercises  in  correct  reasoning.  Attention  is  given  to  the 
principles  of  induction,  deduction,  verification,  syllogism,  and 
assumption.  To  assist  the  student  to  think  clearly  and  correctly 
is  the  essential  purpose  of  this  modified  course  in  logic. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


e!Modern  Languages 

Professor  Barnason;  Messrs  Tenney  and  Cooperstein 

FRENCH 

F  1     Elementary  French 
A  beginner's  course  stressing  the  essentials  of  grammar,  practice 
in  pronunciation,  and  progressive  acquisition  of  basic  vocabulary 
and  current  idiomatic  expressions. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (5  cl.) 

F  2     Elementary  French 
A  continuation  of  F  1.    Most  of  the  time  is  devoted  to  the  reading 
of  simple  texts  with  oral  practice  based  on  the  material  read. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (5  cl.) 

F  3  Intermediate  French 
In  this  course  several  texts  of  average  difficulty  are  read  and 
studied.  The  work  includes  a  thorough  review  of  grammar,  oral 
practice  based  on  the  reading  matter,  memorizing  of  selected 
passages,  dictation,  study  of  idioms,  vocabulary  building,  and 
outside  reading. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (upperclass,  4  cl.) 

F  4    Intermediate  French 
A  continuation  of  F  3,  with  an  increasing  amount  of  both  class 
and  outside  reading. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (upperclass,  4  cl.) 


86  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

F  5    Advanced  French 
This  course  aims  to  develop  further  the  student's  ability  to  read 
and  speak  French  and  to  acquaint  him  with  representative  works 
of  modern  French  literature.    Some  of  the  texts  to  be  studied  will 
deal  with  French  geography,  history,  and  civilization. 

Pre-requisite:  F  4  3  semester  hour  credits  (upperclass,  4  cl.) 


F  6    Advanced  French 
A  continuation  of  F  5,    The  reading  is  mainly  from  writers  of  the 
second  half  of  the  19th  century. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (upperclass,  4  cl.) 


F  7    French  Classicism 

This  course  is  designed  to  furnish  a  comprehensive  survey  of  the 
background  and  development  of  French  literature  of  the  17th 
century  and  to  aid  the  student  in  a  critical  interpretation  of  the 
most  significant  works  of  the  period.  The  reading  is  mainly  from 
the  dramatic  works  of  Corneille,  Racine,  and  Moliere.  Collateral 
reading  and  reports. 

Pre-requisite:  F  6  2  semester  hour  credits 


F  8     French  Classicism 
A  continuation  of  F  7.     The  works  of  La  Fontaine,  Descartes, 
and  Pascal  receive  the  major  attention. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


F  9  French  Romanticism 
A  study  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  Romantic  move- 
ment in  French  literature.  The  readings  include  significant 
selections  from  the  novels  of  the  principal  writers  of  the  Romantic 
school,  as  well  as  some  of  the  more  important  Romantic  dramas. 
Pre-requisite:  F  6  2  semester  hour  credits 


F  10    French  Romanticism 
Continuing  F  9,  the  course  pursues  further  the  study  of  the 
Romantic  drama.    The  latter  part  of  the  term  is  devoted  to  the 
reading  of  selections  of  poetry  from  the  works  of  Lamartine,  Hugo, 
Musset,  and  others. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  87 

GERMAN 

G  1     Elementary  German 
A  beginner's  course  stressing  the  essentials  of  grammar,  practice 
in  pronunciation,  and  progressive  acquisition  of  basic  vocabulary 
and  current  idiomatic  expressions. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (upperclass,  5  cl.) 

G  2     Elementary  German 
A  continuation  of  G  1.    Most  of  the  time  is  devoted  to  the  reading 
of  simple  texts,  with  oral  practice  based  on  the  material  read. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (upperclass,  5  cl.) 

G  3     Intermediate  German 

In  this  course  several  texts  of  average  difficulty  are  read  and 
studied.  The  work  includes  a  thorough  review  of  grammar,  oral 
practice  based  on  the  reading  matter,  memorizing  of  selected 
passages,  dictation,  study  of  idioms,  vocabulary  building,  and 
outside  reading. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl. ) 

G  4     Intermediate  German 

A  continuation  of  G  3,  with  an  increasing  amount  of  both  class 
and  outside  reading. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

G  5    Advanced  German 
This  course  aims  to  develop  further  the  student's  ability  to  read 
and  speak  German  and  to  acquaint  him  with  representative  works 
of  modern  German  literature.     The  texts  to  be  studied  consist 
mainly  of  outstanding  German  "Novellen"  of  the  19th  century. 

Pre-requisite:  G  4  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

G  6    Advanced  German 
A  continuation  of  G  5.    The  reading  consists  chiefly  of  selections 
from  contemporary  German  writers  of  prose. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

G  7    The  Classical  Period  of  German  Literature 
This  course  aims  to  trace  the  development  of  German  literature 
during  the  second  half  of  the  18th  century,  beginning  with  the 
Storm  and  Stress  period.     The  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe,  and 
Schiller  will  receive  the  major  emphasis. 

Pre-requisite:  G  6  2  semester  hour  credits 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


G  8    The  Classical  Period  of  German  Literature 
A  continuation  of  G  7.    The  readings  will  consist  mainly  of  the 
later  works  of  Goethe  and  Schiller. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

G  9     German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 
This  course  will  consider  the  chief  tendencies  in  German  literature 
from  the  beginning  of  Romanticism  to  the  coming  of  Naturalism. 
Representative  works  of  the  principal  writers  of  the  period  will 
be  read  and  analyzed. 

Pre-requisite:  G  6  2  semester  hour  credits 

G  10     German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 

A  continuation  of  G  9.     Among  the  works  to  be  read  will  be 
some  of  the  outstanding  dramas  of  the  latter  half  of  the  century. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Thysical  Education^ 

Professors  Parsons  and  Tatton;  Dr.  Kontoff; 
Messrs.  Mackenzie,  Gallagher,  Kopp,  Laveaga,  Hultgren,  and 

Dunn 

PE  2     Hygiene 

One  class  hour  a  week  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  information 
closely  related  to  the  Physical  Training  work  and  to  personal  and 
mental  hygiene.  For  this  class  lecture,  each  student  is  assigned  at 
least  one  hour  of  outside  study  based  on  the  required  textbook. 
The  course  includes  enough  of  the  fundamentals  of  physiology 
and  anatomy  to  enable  the  student  to  understand  such  parts  of 
the  course  as  require  some  knowledge  of  these  subjects. 

1  semester  hour  credit 

PE  3-4    Physical  Training 
All  first  year  students  are  required  to  take  Physical  Training. 
Health,  strength,  and  vitality  do  not  come  by  chance,  but  by 
constant  attention  to  good  habits  of  living. 

The  work  in  the  course  includes  a  formal  calisthenic  program, 
special  exercise  classes  for  the  correction  of  postural  defects, 
participation  in  the  regular  athletic  program,  including  baseball, 
basketball,  hockey,  football,  track,  and  many  types  of  informal 
games.  All  members  of  the  class  are  also  required  to  learn  to 
swim. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  89 

Students  wishing  to  be  excused  trom  Physical  Training  because 
of  physical  defects  are  required  to  present  to  the  faculty  a  petition 
supported  by  a  physician's  certificate. 

PE  5  Principles  of  Physical  Education 
The  course  considers  the  place  of  physical  education  in  the 
educational  program  in  the  United  States.  The  development  of 
physical  education  programs  based  on  the  changes  in  society  from 
primitive  to  modern  times  is  discussed,  careful  attention  being 
given  to  the  needs  of  the  individual,  as  well  as  to  the  needs  of  the 
group.  Relationship  between  medical  service  and  the  physical 
education  department  is  considered,  and  methods  of  co-ordination 
between  these  two  important  departments  are  investigated.  The 
history  of  physical  education,  in  so  far  as  it  affects  the  modern 
program,  is  included  in  the  course.  Factors  such  as  economic, 
social  and  political  influences,  which  have  an  important  effect 
on  the  conduct  of  the  program,  are  also  considered.  School 
health  programs  are  discussed,  with  particular  emphasis  upon  the 
medical  and  physical  examinations  and  tests  and  the  procedures 
which  follow.  Diagnostic  and  remedial  techniques,  classroom 
hygiene,  and  principles  of  preventive  and  corrective  exercise  are 
discussed.  The  course  also  includes  a  consideration  of  the  proper 
place  occupied  by  interschool  and  intercollegiate  athletics  in  the 
physical  education  program. 

Required  of  all  students  electing  Physical  Education  as  a  minor 
field. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

PE  6     Play  and  Recreation 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  for  leadership 
of  leisure  time  activities.  It  considers  the  biological  and  socio- 
logical aspects  of  play  and  its  increasing  importance  in  modern  life. 
From  a  practical  point  of  view  the  course  deals  with  the  problems 
faced  by  the  director  of  leisure  time  activities  in  the  community, 
in  the  school,  or  on  the  playground.  The  course  should  be  of 
special  interest  to  students  who  contemplate  entering  social  work 
or  teaching. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


PE  7     History  of  Physical  Education 

To  provide  a  valuable  background  for  students  in  this  field,  this 
course  traces  the  whole  history  of  physical  education  from  the 
days  of  the  Greeks  and  the  Romans  up  to  the  present.  Attention 
is  given  to  a  number  of  special  systems  of  training  which  have 
been  developed  in  Europe. 


90  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

The  course  is  required  of  all  students  electing  Physical  Education 

as  a  minor  field. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

PE  8    Administration  of  Physical  Education 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  in  the  field  of 
physical  education  with  many  of  the  administrative  problems 
which  are  likely  to  arise  in  connection  with  his  work.  The  sub- 
ject matter  includes  a  consideration  of  the  objectives  of  the 
physical  education  program,  personnel  required,  and  various 
allied  subjects  such  as  gymnasia,  athletic  fields,  and  the  con- 
struction and  maintenance  of  these  units.  The  conduct  of  the 
athletic  program  including  requirements  for  equipment,  arrange- 
ments of  schedules,  coaching,  meets,  etc.,  is  also  included. 
Required  of  all  students  electing  Physical  Education  as  a  minor 
field. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

PE  9    Football 

This  course  is  designed  to  furnish  the  student  interested  in  foot- 
ball coaching  with  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  sport.  Careful 
consideration  is  given  to  the  fundamentals  in  discussing  the  plays 
of  each  position  in  the  line  and  backfield.  Various  well-known 
offensive  and  defensive  systems  are  discussed  for  the  purpose  of 
considering  their  general  merits,  as  well  as  adaptations  to  particular 
situations.  Training  and  conditioning,  rules  and  interpretation, 
and  officiating  are  given  proper  attention. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

PE  11  Track  and  Field  Events 
The  course  considers  the  care  and  training  of  track  athletes. 
Practice  schedules,  selection  of  material,  conduct  of  meets,  etc., 
are  discussed.  The  viewpoint  from  which  the  topics  are  treated 
is  that  of  the  student  of  coaching  technique.  In  connection  with 
this  course,  action  pictures  taken  from  actual  performances  by 
world  champions,  together  with  moving  pictures,  are  of  great 
value  in  demonstrating  the  style  and  technique  of  track  and 
field  events. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

PE  12  Basketball  and  Baseball 
Various  systems  in  use  throughout  the  country  are  compared 
and  contrasted.  Team  play,  offense,  defense,  signal  systems, 
training  and  conditioning,  rules,  and  officiating  are  among  the 
topics  studied.  The  student  in  this  course  should  acquire  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  all  phases  of  the  sports. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  91 


Thysics 


Professors  Muckenhoupt,  Welch,  Coolidge,  and,  Johnson; 
Messrs.  Hilli,  and  Cook 

P  l'A  Survey  of  the  Physical  Sciences 
The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  give  a  definite  conception  of  the 
physical  world  to  those  students  who  ordinarily  would  not  elect 
a  science  course  but  who  need  to  know  something  about  the 
contributions  and  the  place  of  the  physical  sciences  in  contem- 
porary civilization.  This  course  begins  with  a  study  of  the  universe 
and  solar  system.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  principles  of 
distance,  mass  and  weight,  and  the  simple  dynamics  of  bodies. 
The  earth  is  studied  from  the  viewpoint  of  its  geological,  meteor- 
ological, and  chemical  aspects,  these  main  fields  introducing  a 
non-mathematical  discussion  of  magnetism,  heat,  and  electricity. 

4  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


P  2-A  Survey  of  the  Physical  Sciences 
In  this  course,  which  continues  P  1-A,  the  phenomena  of  light 
are  taken  up.  Following  this,  consideration  is  given  to  spectro- 
scopy and  matter  structure,  the  periodic  table,  acids,  bases,  salts, 
and  organic  compounds.  The  course  concludes  with  a  discus- 
sion of  certain  aspects  of  physics  which  are  of  practical  importance 
in  the  household,  such  as  heating,  lighting,  refrigeration,  and 
electrical  appliances. 

4  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


P  1  Physics  1 
A  course  in  the  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  me- 
chanics of  physics.  Some  of  the  topics  covered  are  simple  har- 
monic motion,  uniformly  accelerated  motion,  friction,  work, 
energy,  power,  fluid  pressure,  angular  velocity,  centripetal  force, 
equilibrium  under  the  action  of  a  series  of  parallel  forces,  and 
equilibrium  under  the  action  of  concurrent  forces. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


P  2     Physics  I 
This  is  a  thorough  course  in  magnetism  and  electricity,  covering 
all  the  details  within  the  scope  of  standard  college  texts  on  these 
subjects.     All  lectures  are  illustrated  by  means  of  lantern  slides, 
motion  pictures,  and  special  apparatus. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


92  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

P  3     Physics  11 
A  course  in  the  study  of  wave  motion,  sound,  and  light.    Molec- 
ular mechanics  and  other  fundamental  principles  of  physics  are 
stressed  at  the  beginning. 

Pre-requisite:  M  1,  M  3,  P  2  2  semester  hour  credits 

P  4    Physics  U 
The  topics  studied  are  thermometry,  expansion  of  solids,  liquids 
and  gases,  calorimetry,  change  of  state  including  latent  heat  of 
fusion    and    vaporization    (sublimation),    triple    point    diagram, 
conduction  and  radiation,  and  the  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

P  5     Physics  Laboratory 

This  course  consists  of  experiments  in  mechanics,  light,  electricity, 
and  magnetism  performed  by  each  student,  supplementing  the 
lecture  and  classroom  work  of  courses  P  1,  P  2,  and  P  3.  The 
experiments  on  mechanics  include  the  use  of  the  vernier,  mi- 
crometers, and  spherometer;  the  calculation  of  true  weights;  the 
funicular  polygon;  gyroscopic  motion;  simple  harmonic  motion; 
and  the  determination  of  areas  by  means  of  the  planimeter.  Other 
experiments  in  this  course  include  plotting  the  magnetic  field 
about  a  bar  magnet  and  the  determination  of  the  pole  strength 
and  field  strength  of  the  magnet,  the  position  of  images  in  a  com- 
bination of  lenses,  and  one  experiment  on  electrostatics. 

1  semester  hour  credit  (2  lab.) 

P  6    Physics  Laboratory 

A  continuation  of  the  experiments  started  in  P  5,  including  ex- 
periments on  sound  and  heat.  Some  of  the  experiments  of  this 
course  concern  the  modulus  of  elasticity,  the  determination  of  the 
velocity  of  sound,  the  coefficient  of  cubical  expansion  of  mercury, 
the  air  thermometer,  the  determination  of  the  mechanical  equiva- 
lent of  heat,  the  study  of  the  maximum  and  minimum  ther- 
mometers, and  the  use  of  the  spectroscope  in  the  study  of  the 
bright  line  and  solar  spectra.  The  experiments  of  this  course 
supplement  the  class  work  of  courses  P  1,  P  2,  P  3,  and  P  4. 

1  semester  hour  credit  (2  lab.) 

P  9    Optics 
This  is  a  course  in  the  more  advanced  forms  of  geometrical  optics 
and  the  study  of  physical  optics. 

Pre-requisite:  P  3,  M  6  3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  2  lab.) 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  93 

P  10    Optics 

Continuing  P  9,  a  detailed  study  is  made  of  physical  optics  with 
considerable  time  spent  on  modern  spectroscopic  theory. 

Pre-requisite:  P  9  3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  2  lab.) 


P  13     Acoustics 
A  complete  mathematical  study  of  the  modes  of  vibration  of 
strings,    pipes,    membranes;    and    a    consideration    of   vibrating 
systems  in  general. 

Pre-requisite:  P  3,  M  6  3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  2  lab.) 


P  14    Acoustics 
A  course  in  the  application  of  the  principles  of  P  13  to  the  prob- 
lems of  speech,  audition,  sound,  filters,  musical  instruments,  and 
the  acoustics  of  auditoriums. 

Pre-requisite:  PI 3  3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl.,  2  lab.) 


P  15     Modern  Physics 

Consideration  is  given  to  molecular  relations,  and  then  to  atomic 
structure,  quantum  mechanics,  and  allied  subjects. 

Pre-requisite:  P  4,  M  7  3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  2  lab.) 


P  16    Modern  Physics 

Radioactivity,  artificial  transmutation,  nuclear  structure,  and  the 
devices  for  studying  these  phenomena  are  here  presented.  Some 
time  is  also  given  to  the  Stark,  Zeeman,  and  Raman  effects;  and 
to  X  radiation  and  cosmic  rays. 

Pre-requisite:  P  15  3  semester  hour  credits  (3  cl,  2  lab.) 


ME  20  Applied  Mechanics  (Statics) 
The  subjects  treated  are  collinear,  parallel,  concurrent,  and  non- 
concurrent  force  systems  in  a  plane  and  in  space;  the  determina- 
tion of  the  resultant  of  such  systems  by  both  algebraic  and  graph- 
ical means,  special  emphasis  being  placed  on  the  funicular  polygon 
method  for  coplanar  force  systems;  the  forces  required  to  produce 
equilibrium  in  such  systems;  first  moments;  and  problems  in- 
volving static  friction,  such  as  the  inclined  plane  and  the  wedge. 

Pre-requisite:  P  4  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl) 


94  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

ME  21  Applied  Mechanics  (Kinetics) 
The  subjects  treated  are  continuation  of  first  moments  as  applied 
to  varying  intensity  of  force  and  to  the  determination  of  centers 
of  gravity  of  areas  and  solids;  second  moments  and  the  applica- 
tion to  the  determination  of  moment  of  inertia  of  plane  and  solid 
figures,  radius  of  gyration,  polar  moment  of  inertia,  product  of 
inertia,  principal  axes;  uniform  motion,  uniformly  accelerated 
motion,  variable  accelerated  motion,  harmonic  motion;  simple 
pendulum,  rotation,  work,  energy,  momentum,  and  impact. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

ME  30    Thermodynamics 

In  this  introductory  course  in  the  fundamentals  of  thermo- 
dynamics the  following  subjects  are  discussed:  general  theory  of 
heat  and  matter;  first  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics; 
equations  of  state;  fundamental  equations  of  thermodynamics; 
laws  of  perfect  gases;  properties  of  vapors  including  development 
and  use  of  tables  and  charts;  thermodynamic  processes  of  gases, 
and  saturated  and  superheated  vapors;  and  the  general  equations 
for  the  flow  of  fluids. 

Pre-requisite:  P  4  3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

EL  13    Electrical  Measurements  1 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  theory 
of  precision  measure  as  applied  to  electrical  measurement  in 
particular.  Some  of  the  subjects  covered  are  theory  of  measure- 
ments, directly  and  indirectly  measured  quantities,  recording  of 
observations,  rules  of  significant  figures,  classification  of  error, 
law  of  error,  characteristics  of  error,  and  laws  of  average  deviation. 
Most  of  the  problems  studied  fall  in  the  following  two  general 
classifications:  (1)  Given  the  precision  measures  of  the  directly 
measured  quantities,  to  determine  the  precision  measure  of  the 
indirectly  measured  quantity  as  calculated  by  the  use  of  engineer- 
ing equations  which  apply  to  measurements  work.  (2)  Given  the 
prescribed  precision  to  be  obtained  in  the  indirectly  measured 
quantity,  to  determine  the  precision  measure  of  the  directly 
measured  components  which  enter  into  its  calculations. 
In  this  course  parts  and  theory  of  operation  of  resistance  devices, 
galvanometers,  ammeters,  and  voltmeters  are  discussed,  the 
treatment  of  other  instruments  being  taken  up  later  in  connection 
with  their  use.  This  is  followed  by  a  detailed  discussion  of  the 
methods  of  measuring  various  electrical  quantities:  resistance, 
resistivity,  conductance;  D.  C.  electromotive  force,  current, 
power,  and  energy.  This  part  of  the  work  involves  the  student's 
use  of  visual  indicating  devices. 

2}/2  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  95 

EL  14  Electrical  Measurements  11 
Resistance,  capacitance,  inductance,  magnetic  induction,  A.  C. 
power,  and  energy  are  treated  in  this  course,  with  a  detailed  dis- 
cussion of  the  methods  of  measuring  them.  This  phase  of  the 
subject  involves  the  use  of  both  visual  and  sound  indicating  de- 
vices, and  includes  some  work  on  the  uses  of  circuits  and  bridges 
designed  for  high  frequency  measurements  and  tube  constant 
determination.  The  student  is  given  a  thorough  discussion  of  the 
construction,  theory  of  operation,  method  of  use,  sources  of  error, 
etc.,  of  the  types  of  measuring  instruments  used  in  commercial 
work  and  in  the  standardizing  laboratory. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


EL  21     Electrophysics 

The  first  part  of  this  course  is  concerned  with  Faraday's  Rule  and 
the  extended  Ampere  Rule,  divergence  of  electrical  vectors, 
Poisson's  equation,  and  Maxwell's  field  equations  and  wave 
equations.  Study  is  then  made  of  molecular  activity,  and  various 
properties  of  and  measurements  on  electrons. 

Pre-requisite:  M  7  1  semester  hour  credit  (2  cl.) 


EL  22     Electrophysics 
Continuing  EL  21   the  topics  considered  are  photo-electricity, 
X-rays,  atomic  structure  and  the  spectrum,  vacuum  tubes,  radio- 
activity, and  the  modern  physics  of  matter  and  waves. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


EL  23  Electrical  Measurements  Laboratory 
This  course  consists  of  a  series  of  experiments  emphasizing  the 
principles  developed  in  courses  EL  13  and  EL  14.  The  student 
becomes  familiar  with  the  standard  apparatus  used  in  testing 
laboratories.  Particular  stress  is  laid  on  the  correct  use  of  the 
apparatus,  and  precision  discussions  are  required  throughout. 

The  general  experiments  cover  various  methods  of  measuring 
resistance,  resistivity,  conductivity,  electromotive  force,  current, 
inductance,  mutual  inductance,  capacitance,  hysteresis,  etc. 

Further  experiments  are  made  in  cable  testing,  magnetic  testing, 
wave  form  determination,  and  the  use  of  special  apparatus. 

Thorough  training  in  the  principles  of  precision  measure  and 
measurements  technique  is  also  given,  and  applied  to  each  experi- 
ment performed. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (3  lab.) 


96  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

EL  24    Advanced  Measurements  Laboratory 
This  course  concerns  the  use  of  laboratory  and  secondary  stand- 
ards and  precision  methods  as  applied  to  the  checking  of  resist- 
ances, and  the  calibration  of  indicating  and  integrating  instru- 
ments of  various  types. 

It  involves  the  use  of  the  potentiometer,  Weston  laboratory 
standard  instruments;  precision  model  Kelvin  Low  Resistance 
and  Carey-Foster  Bridges;  Westinghouse  portable  oscillograph, 
cathode  ray  oscillograph;  ordinary,  reflex,  and  logarithmic  vacuum 
tube  voltmeters;  Anderson  Bridge,  Edgerton  Stroboscope;  low, 
medium,  and  high  frequency  oscillators;  vacuum  tube  bridge; 
potential  phase  shifters  and  rotating  standard.  The  work  in- 
cludes testing  for  characteristics  and  investigation  of  the  action 
of  multi-electrode  tubes,  thyratron,  tungar  rectifier,  artificial 
telephone  line,  and  Piezo  oscillating  crystals. 

Precision  work  is  insisted  on  throughout.  The  student  is  trained 
to  develop  speed  and  quickness  of  manipulation,  but  never  at  the 
expense  of  quality  and  accuracy  of  the  work. 

2  semester  hour  credits  (3  lab.) 

Psychology 

Professor  Estes  and  Assistants 

Ps  1     Introduction  to  Differential  Psychology 
An  elementary  survey  of  the  psychology  of  individual  differences 
including  personality  differences,  together  with  a  presentation  of 
some  of  the  practical  applications  of  the  findings  of  differential 
psychology. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ps  2     General  Psychology 
An  introduction  to  general  experimental  psychology.    The  topics 
considered  include  learning,  thought,  memory,  perception,  and 
sensation. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

*Ps  5     Educational  Psychology 
Considers  the  applications  of  psychological  facts  and  principles 
to  educational  problems  and  practices. 

Prerequisite:  Ps  1  and  2  2  semester  hour  credits 

*Ps  6     Educational  Psychology 

Continuation  of  Ps  5.  2  semester  hour  credits 

*May  be  counted  for  credit  in  either  Psychology  or  Education. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  97 

Ps  7    Social  Psychology  of  Everyday  Life 
A  course  devoted  to  the  psychological  examination  of  some  of  the 
phenomena  observable  in  everyday  social  life.     These  include 
customs,  crazes,  fashions,  rumor,  propaganda,  crowds,  leadership, 
competition,  and  co-operation. 

Pre-requisite:  Ps  1  and  2  2  semester  hour  credits 

Ps  8    Social  Psychology,  Theory,  and  Methods 

A  survey  of  the  field  of  social  psychological  theory  and  an  exam- 
ination of  the  experimental  techniques  utilized  in  this  field  of 
psychology.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  attitudes  and  their 
measurement. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Ps  9     Psychology  of  Personality 
Presents  a  survey  of  historical  and  contemporary  theories  of  the 
nature  of  personality.     The  problems  of  the  generality  of  traits, 
the  consistency  of  expression,  and  the  relation  of  cultural  factors 
to  personality,  growth,  and  integration  will  be  discussed. 

Pre-requisite:  Ps  1  and  2  2  semester  hour  credits 


Ps  10    Abnormal  Psychology 
An  introduction  to  the  field  of  psychopathology.    The  psychology 
of  the  neuroses  and  the  minor  disturbances  of  everyday  life  are 
emphasized.     Interpretation  of  clinical  findings  in  the  light  of 
some  contemporary  schools  of  psychology  is  included. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Sociology 

Professor  Havice;  Dr.  Duddy  and  Assistants 

S  1  Introduction  to  Sociology 
In  presenting  a  survey  of  the  origins  and  sources  of  human  society, 
this  study  provides  orientation  for  the  courses  in  principles  and 
problems  which  follow.  The  several  theories  of  organic  evolution 
are  discussed.  The  antiquity  of  man  and  basic  anthropological 
data  are  considered.  The  racial  and  ethnic  groupings  of  man  are 
then  studied  in  the  light  of  biological,  geographical,  and  cultural 
factors. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


98  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

S  2  Principles  of  Sociology 
Facts  and  principles  basic  to  a  general  knowledge  of  the  field  of 
sociology  are  presented.  The  origins,  forms,  and  forces  of  human 
associations  are  discussed.  Consideration  is  given  the  several 
leading  schools  of  sociological  thought.  The  course  is  designed 
to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student  who  desires  only  an  elementary 
survey  of  the  subject,  as  well  as  the  student  who  plans  to  take 
advanced  courses  in  social  science. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  3     Social  Problems 

Attention  is  given  the  nature,  complex  causation,  and  inter- 
relatedness  of  social  problems  in  general.  Cultural  change  with 
its  attendant  lags,  as  well  as  other  social  forces  and  conflicts,  are 
studied.  While  sociological  theory  is  occasionally  introduced  to 
clarify  the  problem  at  hand,  the  course  is  essentially  practical  in 
character.  Such  problems  as  poverty  and  unemployment,  race 
antagonisms,  population  pressures,  and  the  broken  home  are 
considered.  Optional  field  trips  to  various  institutions  give 
concreteness  to  the  problems  studied. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  4  Social  Pathology 
Similar  to  the  course  in  Social  Problems  in  background  and 
approach,  this  study  deals  with  the  maladjustments  and  ills  of 
human  society.  Emphasis  is  given  those  pathological  conditions 
which  exist  in  relations  between  the  individual  and  the  group. 
Typical  subjects  presented  include  mental  defectiveness  and  dis- 
ease, alcoholism  and  drug  addiction,  suicide,  delinquency  and 
crime,  and  pathologies  of  domestic  relations.  The  field  trips 
arranged  for  this  course  add  to  the  practical  knowledge  of  the 
social  ills  which  are  studied. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  5  Criminology 
Delinquency  and  crime  are  defined  and  classified,  and  their  casual 
factors  indicated.  The  various  theories  as  to  what  makes  criminals 
are  dealt  with,  and  a  brief  history  of  crime  is  sketched.  Legal  and 
economic  aspects  of  crime  are  summarized,  but  the  study  is 
mainly  sociological.  Prevention  and  correction  of  criminal 
behavior  are  stressed.    Local  institutions  are  visited. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  99 

S  6     Penology 

Closely  related  to  the  course  in  Criminology,  this  subject  begins 
with  an  historical  treatment  of  the  punishment  of  criminals. 
Time  is  devoted  chiefly  to  an  understanding  of  modern  methods 
and  problems  of  dealing  with  offenders.  Field  trips  are  taken  to 
criminal  courts  and  penal  institutions. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  7  Principles  of  Social  Ethics 
To  clarify  the  meaning  of  morality  in  social  relations  is  the  aim 
of  this  study.  Right  and  wrong  conduct  is  analyzed  in  the  light 
of  the  highest  values  for  human  society.  Moral  laws  are  discussed, 
and  the  various  systems  of  ethics  are  evaluated.  Scientific  atti- 
tudes are  encouraged  in  order  that  one's  moral  judgments  may 
be  compatible  with  one's  best  reflective  thought. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  8  The  Family 
The  historical  development  of  the  family  is  first  traced,  after  which 
the  course  focuses  upon  the  modern  family.  The  monogamic 
family  is  contrasted  with  other  types,  and  such  unconventional 
forms  as  companionate  and  trial  marriages  are  evaluated.  Then 
follows  an  intensive  study  of  family  problems. 
A  constructive  program  is  presented  for  strengthening  the  family 
as  a  basic  unit  in  society. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  9    Problems  in  Social  Ethics 
Problems  arising  from  differences  in  moral  standards  found  in  the 
various  social  groups  will  be  examined.    The  question  of  ethical 
relativism  and  determinism  will  be  considered.    A  selected  number 
of  specific  problems  in  social  ethics  will  be  discussed. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  10  Social  Progress 
The  historical  development  of  the  theory  of  progress,  contem- 
porary concepts  of  social  progress,  the  agents  of  progress,  and  the 
phenomenon  of  regression  are  several  of  the  subjects  for  study. 
The  course  is  based  on  Hertzler's  Social  Progress,  supplemented 
with  lectures  and  collateral  readings. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


100  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

S  11  Social  Control 
The  methods  by  which  social  forces  are  controlled  provide  the 
fundamental  material  of  the  course.  External  and  internal 
types  of  control  of  the  social  organism  are  discussed.  The  use  of 
violence,  the  power  of  public  opinion,  and  the  application  of 
certain  principles  of  social  psychology  are  examined. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  12  Sociology  of  Religion 
Religious  beliefs,  practices,  and  institutions  are  examined  and 
evaluated  in  relation  to  their  effects  upon  society  at  large.  The 
great  religions  of  the  world  are  compared  in  the  light  of  their 
contributions  to  the  well-being  and  progress  of  mankind.  The 
social  creeds  of  the  several  leading  denominations  in  America  are 
discussed  with  respect  to  their  attitudes  towards  race,  industry, 
war,  and  other  social  problems.  The  influences  of  organized 
religion  upon  politics  and  educational  institutions  are  given 
attention.  2  semester  hour  credits 


S  13  Population  Problems 
Population  pressure,  contrasts  between  urban  and  rural  popula- 
tion, migration,  and  pertinent  types  of  social  mobility  are  studied 
in  this  course.  After  a  brief  survey  of  population  problems  in 
several  areas  of  Europe  and  the  Orient,  attention  is  then  given 
to  a  careful  analysis  of  population  conditions  in  the  United 
States.  The  many  factors  are  shown  which  intensify  the  prob- 
lem in  our  country  in  spite  of  its  wide  area.  What  principles  have 
superseded  those  of  Malthus?  What  immigration  policies  are 
most  sound  for  our  country  in  the  long  run?  What  methods  can 
be  adopted  which  will  relieve  the  population  pressure  in  our  great 
cities?    Such  questions  as  these  will  be  discussed. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  14  Urban  Sociology 
Upon  studying  the  complex  human  society  found  in  the  various 
cities  of  the  world,  this  course  then  turns  to  an  analysis  of  the 
modern  American  city.  Its  types,  social  values,  and  pathological 
elements  are  discussed.  Methods  of  city  planning  are  considered. 
The  belief  on  the  part  of  some  sociologists  that  democracy  is 
doomed  by  its  cities  is  examined  in  the  light  of  typical  problems 
of  urban  society. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  101 

Theses 
A  thesis  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  is  considered  to  be  an 
essay  involving  the  statement,  analysis,  and  solution  of  some 
problem  in  a  special  field.  Its  purpose  is  to  demonstrate  a  satis- 
factory degree  of  initiative  and  power  of  original  thought  and 
work  on  the  part  of  the  candidate.  A  mere  resume  of  existing 
knowledge  in  some  subject  is  not  acceptable.  This,  it  is  true, 
must  usually  be  made,  but  in  addition  thereto  the  student  must 
show  his  ability  to  deal  constructively  with  the  data  he  has 
collected  and  his  power  to  draw  significant  and  reliable  conclu- 
sions from  his  investigations.  The  completed  thesis  will  be 
examined  for  acceptance  or  rejection  from  the  technical  viewpoint 
by  the  Major  Departments  interested  and  then  forwarded  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Day  Division.  Final  approval  of  the  thesis  rests 
with  the  Dean.  When  it  is  accepted,  the  thesis  becomes  the 
property  of  the  college  and  is  not  so  be  printed,  published,  nor  in 
any  other  way  made  public  except  in  such  manner  as  the  Profes- 
sional Department  and  the  Dean  shall  jointly  approve. 

Theses  are  not  required  of  seniors  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 
To  certain  students  who  wish  to  do  so,  however,  the  privilege  of 
writing  a  thesis  may  be  granted  by  the  Faculty  Committee  on 
Theses  in  accordance  with  the  following  regulations: 

1.  To  be  eligible  to  write  a  thesis  a  student  must  have  attained 
a  scholastic  average  of  at  least  2.0  or  better  through  his  middler 
year  and  the  first  half  of  his  junior  year. 

2.  Students  who  have  met  this  minimum  requirement  may 
petition  for  the  privilege  of  substituting  a  thesis  for  formal  class- 
room work. 

3.  In  his  petition  the  student  must  state  the  subject  which  he 
proposes  to  investigate  and  give  a  brief  statement  of  the  purpose 
and  scope  of  the  proposed  thesis. 

4.  Petitions  for  the  privilege  of  writing  theses  must  be  submitted 
in  writing  to  the  head  of  the  student's  Major  Department  not 
later    than    the  middle  of  the  second  term  of  the  junior  year. 


102 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Courses  of  Instruction 

1940-1941 


Course 
Number 


B 
B 
B 
B 
B 
B 
B 
B  8 
B  9 
B  10 
B  11 
B  12 
B  13 
B  14 
B  15 
B  16 
B  17 


Ch 
Ch 
Ch 
Ch 
Ch 
Ch 


1 
2 
3 
4 
9 
11 


Ch  12 
Ch  13 
Ch  14 
Ch  15 
Ch  31 
Ch  32 
Ch  33 
Ch  34 
Ch  35 
Ch  37 
Ch  40 


Course 


BIOLOGY 

General  Zoology 

General  Botany 

Invertebrate  Zoology 

Invertebrate  Zoology 

Vertebrate  Zoology 

Vertebrate  Zoology 

Animal  Physiology 

Genetics 

Animal  Histology 

Animal  Histology 

Vertebrate  Embryology 

Vertebrate  Embryology 

Mammalian  Anatomy 

Mammalian  Anatomy 

Histological  Technique 

Histological  Technique 

History  of  Biology 

CHEMISTRY 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Qualitative  Analysis 

Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory .  . 

Quantitative  Analysis 

Quantitative  Analysis 

Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory . 
Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory . 

Organic  Chemistry  I 

Organic  Chemistry  II 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I .  . 
Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II . 

Organic  Chemistry  III 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  III . 
Physical  Chemistry  I 


Semester 
Hours 


4 

4 

4 

4 

3 

2V2 

2 

2 

VA 

2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
3 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


103 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 
Number 


Ch  41 
Ch  42 
Ch  48 
Ch  51 
Ch  52 
Ch  63 
Ch  64 
Ch  65 
Ch  66 


C  11 

C  12 

Ec  3 

Ec  4 

Ec  5 

Ec  6 

Ec  7 

Ec  11 

Ec  12 

Ec  13 

Ec  14 

Ec  15 

Ec  16 

Ec  17 

Ec  18 

Ed  1 

Ed  2 

Ed  3 

Ed  4 

Ed  7 

Ed  9 

Ed  10 


Course 


CHEMISTRY  (Continued) 

Physical  Chemistry  II 

Physical  Chemistry  III 

Colloidal  Chemistry 

Sources  of  Information 

History  of  Chemistry 

Advanced  Chemistry 

Advanced  Chemistry 

Thesis 

Thesis 


CO-ORDINATION 

Vocational  Conference 

Vocational  Conference 


ECONOMICS 

Economic  Principles 

Economic  Principles 

Economic  Problems 

Economic  Problems 

Money  and  Banking 

Labor  Problems 

Economic  Systems 

Business  Cycles 

International  Economic  Relations . 
History  of  Economic  Thought 

Advanced  Economic  Theory 

Statistics 

Statistics 


EDUCATION 

History  of  Education 

History  of  Education 

Educational  Organization  and  Admin- 
istration   

Educational  Measurements 

Comparative  Education 

Educational  Sociology 

Educational  Philosophy 


Semester 
Hours 


3^ 
3^ 

2y2 
1 

2 

llA 

lxA 

3 

4 


104 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 
Number 


1-A 

2-A 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 
25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 


Course 

ENGLISH 

English  I 

English  1 .' 

Creative  Writing 

Creative  Writing 

Journalism  I 

Journalism  I 

Journalism  II 

Journalism  II 

Effective  Speaking 

Effective  Speaking 

Survey  of  English  Literature 

Survey  of  English  Literature 

English  Drama  Before  Shakespeare .... 

Chaucer 

Shakespeare 

Shakespeare 

Nineteenth  Century  Poetry  I 

Nineteenth  Century  Poetry  II 

Seventeenth   and  Eighteenth  Century 

Prose 

Nineteenth  Century  Prose 

American  Literature  to  1860 

American  Literature  After  1860 

History  of  the  English  Novel 

History  of  the  English  Novel 

Great  European  Writers 

Great  European  Writers 

Comparative  Drama 

Comparative  Drama 

Modern  Literature  1895-1915 

Post-war  Literature 

FRENCH 

Elementary  French 

Elementary  French 

Intermediate  French 

Intermediate  French 

Advanced  French 

Advanced  French 

French  Classicism 

French  Classicism 

French  Romanticism 

French  Romanticism 


Semester 
Hours 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


105 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 


GEOLOGY 

General  Geology 

General  Geology 

Historical  Geology 

Historical  Geology 

GERMAN 

Elementary  German 

Elementary  German 

Intermediate  German 

Intermediate  German 

Advanced  German 

Advanced  German 

The  Classical  Period  of  German  Litera- 
ture   

The  Classical  Period  of  German  Litera- 
ture   

German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century 

German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century 


Semester 
Hours 


GOVERNMENT 

American  Government  and  Politics 
American  Government  and  Politics 

Comparative  Government 

Comparative  Government 

American  Constitutional  Law 

American  Constitutional  Law 

Origins  of  Political  Theory 

Modern  Political  Theory 

HISTORY 

History  of  Civilization 

History  of  Civilization 

Europe,  1789-1870 

Europe,  1870-1938 

England  to  1688 

England  Since  1688 

The  United  States  to  1865 

The  United  States  Since  1865 

Latin  American  History 

Latin  American  History 


106 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 
Number 


M  1 
M  3 

M  4 

M  5 
M  6 
M  7 
M  8 
M  9 
M  10 
M  11 
M  12 
M  13 
M  14 
M  15 
M  16 
M  17 
M  18 


Ph  1 


Ph 
Ph 
Ph 
Ph 
Ph 


PE  2 
PE  3-4 
PE  5 
PE  6 
PE  7 
PE  8 
PE  9 
PE  11 
PE  12 


Course 


MATHEMATICS 

College  Algebra 

Trigonometry 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Introduction  to 

Calculus 

Differential  Calculus 

Integral  Calculus 

Differential  Equations  I 

Differential  Equations  II 

Higher  Algebra 

Curve  Analysis 

Solid  Analytic  Geometry 

Modern  Geometry 

Spherical  Trigonometry 

History  of  Mathematics 

Advanced  Calculus 

Advanced  Calculus 

Series 

Theory  of  Equations 


PHILOSOPHY 

Introduction  to  Philosophy . 
Problems  of  Philosophy .... 

History  of  Philosophy 

History  of  Philosophy 

Philosophy  of  Religion 

Logic 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Hygiene 

Physical  Training 

Principles  of  Physical  Education 

Play  and  Recreation 

History  of  Physical  Education 

Administration  of  Physical  Education 

Football 

Track  and  Field  Events 

Basketball  and  Baseball 


Semester 
Hours 


5 
3 
3 

IV* 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 


107 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 
Number 


1-A 

2-A 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

9 

10 

13 

14 

15 

1,6 
ME  20 
ME  21 
ME  30 
EL  13 
EL  14 
EL  21 
EL  22 
EL  23 
EL  24 


Ps 

1 

Ps 

2 

Ps 

5 

Ps 

6 

Ps 

7 

Ps 

8 

Ps  9 

Ps 

10 

Course 


S  1 
S  2 
S  3 


PHYSICS 

Survey  of  the  Physical  Sciences 

Survey  of  the  Physical  Sciences 

Physics  I 

Physics  I 

Physics  II 

Physics  II 

Physics  Laboratory 

Physics  Laboratory 

Optics 

Optics 

Acoustics 

Acoustics 

Modern  Physics 

Modern  Physics 

Applied  Mechanics  (Statics) 

Applied  Mechanics  (Kinetics) 

Thermodynamics 

Electrical  Measurements  I 

Electrical  Measurements  II 

Electrophysics 

Electrophysics 

Electrical  Measurements  Laboratory . . 
Advanced  Measurements  Laboratory . 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Introduction  to  Differential  Psychology 

General  Psychology 

Educational  Psychology 

Educational  Psychology 

Social  Psychology  of  Everyday  Life .... 
Social  Psychology,  Theory  and  Methods 

Psychology  of  Personality 

Abnormal  Psychology 


SOCIOLOGY 

Introduction  to  Sociology . 
Principles  of  Sociology 
Social  Problems 


Semester 
Hours 


4 
4 
3 
3 
2 
2 
1 
1 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

W* 

2 

1 

2 

2 

2 


108 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 
Number 


9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 


Course 

SOCIOLOGY   (Continued) 

Social  Pathology 

Criminology . . . .' 

Penology 

Principles  of  Social  Ethics 

The  Family 

Problems  in  Social  Ethics 

Social  Progress 

Social  Control 

Sociology  of  Religion 

Population  Problems 

Urban  Sociology 


Semester 
Hours 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  109 

Laboratory  Equipment 

Chemistry  Laboratories  and  Equipment 

The  Hayden  Memorial  Laboratories 

The  Chemical  Laboratories,  located  on  the  fourth  floor  of  the 
West  Building  and  embodying  the  most  recent  developments  in 
materials  and  design,  were  given  to  the  University  by  the  Charles 
Hayden  Memorial  Fund.  The  laboratories  are  adequately 
equipped  for  undergraduate  instruction  in  the  major  branches  of 
chemistry  and  consist  of  the  following  units:  (1)  General  Chem- 
istry and  Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory,  (2)  Organic  Chemistry 
Laboratory,  (3)  Quantitative  Analysis  and  Physical  Chemistry 
Laboratory,  (4)  Research  Laboratories,  (5)  Dark  Room  for 
Photography,  and  (6)  Service  Rooms. 

General  Chemistry  and  Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory 

This  large  and  well-lighted  laboratory  is  fully  equipped  for  giving 
instruction  in  these  undergraduate  courses.  A  hydrogen  sulfide 
room,  a  well-equipped  balance  room,  a  coat  closet,  and  a  confer- 
ence room  are  a  part  of  this  unit. 

The  laboratory  tables  are  made  of  light  oak  and  have  alberene 
stone  tops.  The  usual  services  including  water,  gas,  A.C.  and 
D.C.  electricity,  and  steam  are  available  to  the  students.  The 
large  and  well-illuminated  fume  hoods  are  of  the  open  front 
construction  type  with  a  special  built-in  drying  cabinet  in  the 
base.  This  cabinet  is  so  constructed  that  a  draft  of  filtered  air  is 
drawn  in  through  screened  holes  at  the  base  and  then  passes  into 
the  fume  exhaust.  The  hoods  are  supplied  with  water,  gas,  steam, 
steam  cones,  110  V.  A.C,  115-230  V.  D.C,  and  also  variable 
D.C  supplied  by  a  battery  system. 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  adequately  equipped  for  undergraduate 
courses  in  preparation  of  organic  compounds  and  qualitative 
organic  analysis.  The  laboratory  furniture  is  made  of  light  oak 
with  alberene  stone  tops  and  so  arranged  that  each  student  has  a 
working  space  of  about  six  feet.  A  sink  and  steam  cone  are 
available  for  each  student  as  well  as  water,  steam,  gas,  and  elec- 
tricity. 

Eight  large  fume  hoods,  made  of  Sheldine  stone  with  leadclad 
steel  bases,  enable  the  student  to  work  in  a  clean  atmosphere. 
The  hoods  are  well  illuminated  and  contain  the  same  services  as 
the  assigned  table  units.  The  bases  of  the  hoods  serve  as  drying 
cabinets  and  are  well  insulated  to  make  working  conditions  at 
the  hood  more  comfortable. 


110  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

A  large  evaporator  unit  made  of  alberene  stone  with  ceramic 
baths,  stainless  steel  tops,  and  concentric  rings  facilitates  evapora- 
tion operations.  Provision  is  made  for  twenty-seven  simulta- 
neous evaporations,  arranged  in  three  tiers  of  nine  units.  The 
source  of  heat  is  steam.  A  special  overhead  glass  plate  provides 
for  the  draining  away  of  overhead  condensate  to  prevent  con- 
tamination of  the  solutions  being  evaporated. 

A  multiple-unit  organic  combustion  furnace,  an  ice  storage 
chamber,  an  ice  crusher,  cork  presses,  a  Fisher  micro-melting 
point  apparatus,  a  saccharimeter,  and  other  accessories  needed  in 
these  courses  are  available. 


Quantitative  Analysis  and  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

The  laboratory  tables  and  fume  hoods  are  similar  to  those  in 
the  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory.  Abundant  drying  cabinet 
space  is  available  in  the  hood  bases.  A  large  evaporator  unit, 
similar  to  that  in  the  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory,  and  a  sand 
bath  built  into  one  of  the  hoods  provide  ample  space  for  evapora- 
tions. A  large  Freas  drying  oven  is  available  for  the  drying  of 
analytical  samples.  The  balance  room  is  of  modern  design  and 
well  illuminated  by  indirect  lighting. 

A  small  laboratory,  adjacent  to  the  Quantitative  Analysis 
Laboratory,  is  used  for  technical  analyses  such  as  the  determina- 
tions of  coals,  vegetable  oils,  lubricating  oils,  gasolines,  dairy 
products,  textiles,  rubber,  and  other  industrial  materials. 

Some  of  the  equipment  available  for  this  type  of  work  includes 
the  following:  a  standard  A.S.T.M.  gasoline  distillation  apparatus, 
a  closed  cup  and  an  open  cup  flash  and  fire  point  apparatus,  a 
Conradson  carbon  residue  apparatus,  a  muffle  furnace,  an  Abbe 
refractometer,  a  three  objective  B.  <St  L.  microscope  with  an  oil- 
immersion  objective,  a  Kjeldahl  distillation  outfit,  a  combustion 
furnace  for  iron  and  steel  determinations,  rheostats,  voltmeters, 
ammeters,  etc.  This  technical  analysis  laboratory  has  a  fume 
hood  and  several  working  tables  with  all  the  necessary  services 
such  as  water,  gas,  steam,  vacuum,  110  V.  A.C.,  115-230  V.  D.C. 
and  several  variable  D.C.  circuits  supplied  from  a  series  of  bat- 
teries through  a  distribution  panel. 

A  special  laboratory  is  available  for  electrolytic  work  such  as 
potentiometric  determinations,  electrometric  titrations,  electrolytic 
analyses  of  metals,  etc.  For  this  work  the  equipment  includes  two 
L.  and  N.  student  potentiometers,  a  Wilkens-Anderson  electro- 
lytic machine,  and  all  the  accessories  necessary. 

The  electric  current  distribution  panel,  specially  designed  at  the 
University  and  constructed  by  the  Holtzer-Cabot  Company,  is 
located  in  this  electrolytic  laboratory.  The  current  available  for 
distribution  at  this  panel  is  variable  D.C.  (2-32  V.)  and  115-230 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  111 

V.  D.C.  A  built-in  tungar  charger  enables  the  batteries  to  be 
kept  fully  charged  at  all  times.  The  battery  system  is  located  in  a 
separate  battery  room  adjacent  to  the  electrolytic  laboratory. 

The  physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  contains  working  benches 
equipped  with  water,  gas,  and  electricity.  A  special  table  contain- 
ing a  thermostat  and  having  D.C.  and  A.C.  connections  is  used 
for  experiments  requiring  these  services.  Apparatus  is  available 
for  performing  experiments  on  the  properties  of  gases  and  liquids, 
thermochemical  measurements,  and  conductivity  of  solutions.  A 
supply  of  electrical  instruments  and  special  thermometers  enables 
a  wide  range  of  special  tests  to  be  made  as  directed. 

Research  Laboratories 

The  Chemistry  Department  has  three  research  laboratories 
equipped  with  A.C.  and  D.C,  water,  gas,  and  steam.  In  one 
laboratory  work  can  be  done  on  the  electrical  properties  of  solu- 
tions, solubility  effect,  and  other  physical  chemistry  phenomena. 
Another  laboratory  is  equipped  for  work  in  organic  chemistry, 
and  the  third  can  be  used  for  research  in  analytical  or  physical 
chemistry.  Electrical  instruments  and  glass  apparatus  of  various 
types  are  available  for  use  in  the  laboratories. 

Dark  Room  Equipment 

The  photographic  dark  room  is  equipped  with  all  the  common 
accessories  necessary  in  photography.  A  copying  camera  is 
available  and  is  especially  useful  in  the  making  of  lantern  slides 
for  instructional  purposes.  An  Ellwood  enlarger  taking  a  nega- 
tive as  large  as  5  x  7  inches,  siphon  print  washers,  and  several  safe 
lights  with  interchangeable  green,  amber,  and  red  filters  are 
available.  The  room  is  equipped  with  gas,  electricity,  water  and 
distilled  water.    A  large  light-proof  fan  gives  adequate  ventilation. 

Service  Rooms 

The  service  rooms  consist  of  the  following  units:  (1)  the  stock 
room  supplying  the  main  laboratories;  (2)  storage  rooms  on  the 
fourth  floor  for  the  operating  supply  of  chemicals  and  apparatus; 
(3)  storage  rooms  in  the  basement  for  the  main  supply  of  chemicals 
and  apparatus;  (4)  solution  room;  and  (5)  preparation  rooms 
adjacent  to  all  main  lecture  rooms. 

The  stock  room  is  centrally  located  to  feed  all  the  main  labora- 
tories. The  wall  tables,  adjacent  to  the  service  windows  leading 
into  each  laboratory,  are  stocked  with  the  materials  necessary  for 
the  servicing  of  those  laboratories.  The  still,  for  the  making  of 
distilled  water,  and  a  large  storage  tank  are  located  in  the  stock 
room.  The  water  is  piped  from  this  tank  into  the  various  lab- 
oratories, solution  room,  and  dark  room.  The  distilled  water 
outlets  are  tin-lined,  self-closing  bibcocks.  Aluminum  piping  is 
used  throughout. 


112  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

A  storage  room  for  alcohol  and  inflammable  solvents,  a  storage 
room  for  chemicals,  and  a  storage  room  for  apparatus  maintain 
an  adequate  supply  of  materials  for  this  stock  room.  These 
storage  rooms  are  all  connected  to  the  stock  room. 

The  solution  room  is  fully  equipped  with  a  laboratory  table,  a 
hood,  and  all  the  necessary  services  including  distilled  water. 
There  is  ample  shelf  room  for  maintaining  a  complete  supply  of 
chemicals  necessary  for  the  preparation  of  solutions  needed  in  the 
various  laboratory  courses. 

The  two  large  and  well-ventilated  storage  rooms  in  the  basement 
are  used  for  storing  the  main  bulk  of  chemical  and  apparatus 
supplies.  A  freight  elevator  makes  these  rooms  readily  available 
to  the  stock  room  on  the  fourth  floor. 

The  preparation  rooms  adjoining  lecture  halls  are  equipped 
with  working  tables,  hoods,  and  steel  storage  cabinets.  All 
materials  necessary  for  setting  up  of  lecture  demonstrations  are 
stored  in  these  rooms.  Tables  mounted  on  wheels  are  used  for 
carrying  the  set-up  demonstrations  into  the  lecture  room. 

Visual  Education  Equipment 

Classroom  instruction  is  made  more  effective  by  the  use  of 
motion  pictures  and  lantern  slides.  For  this  purpose  there  are 
available  projectors  for  16  mm.  and  35  mm.  films.  Complete 
sound  motion  picture  apparatus  is  also  available.  New  and 
powerful  Delineascopes  project  the  lantern  slides.  Stationary  as 
well  as  portable  day  light  screens  enable  students  to  take  notes 
while  viewing  the  pictures. 


Statistics  Laboratory 
Students  have  available  for  laboratory  work  in  statistics  all  the 
commonly  used  office  machines.  Principal  pieces  of  equipment 
include  duplicators,  typewriters,  hand  and  electric  calculators, 
and  both  hand  and  electric  adding  machines.  The  laboratory  is 
in  charge  of  a  graduate  assistant  whose  work  is  to  maintain  the 
equipment  in  excellent  condition  and  to  give  instruction  in  the 
use  of  the  various  machines. 


Biological  Laboratory 

The  Biological  Laboratory,  a  large,  well-lighted  room  containing 
six  dissecting  tables,  can  accommodate  thirty-six  students. 

General  equipment  includes  simple  and  compound  microscopes, 
binocular  dissecting  microscopes,  microscopical  stains,  staining 
solutions,  physiological  preparations,  reagents,  chemicals,  and 
glassware. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  113 

The  zoological  collection  is  especially  good.  It  includes  a  com- 
plete series  of  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  specimens  for  dissection 
and  also  various  demonstration  specimens.  Among  these  are 
complete  series  of  sponges,  corals,  flat  worms,  round  worms,  echi- 
noderms,  annelids,  mollusks,  arthropods,  insects,  and  chordates; 
a  set  to  demonstrate  the  general  survey  of  the  animal  kingdom;  a 
series  of  heart  models  of  different  types  of  vertebrates  and  human 
heart;  a  series  of  brain  models  of  the  most  important  vertebrate 
groups;  a  set  of  models  to  demonstrate  the  various  cell  types  from 
human  tissues;  a  set  of  models  to  demonstrate  the  principal  steps 
in  somatic  mitosis;  various  other  models  of  invertebrates  and 
vertebrates;  zoological  dissections  in  museum  jars;  skeletal  prep- 
arations of  the  most  important  vertebrate  groups;  and  a  complete 
series  of  Leuckhart  zoological  charts. 

The  histological  collection  consists  of  some  four  hundred 
mounted  microscopical  specimens  illustrating  various  forms  of 
invertebrate,  vertebrate,  and  plant  tissues,  while  the  botanical 
collection  includes  a  complete  series  of  both  preserved  and 
mounted  botanical  specimens. 

Physics  Laboratories 
General  Laboratory 

The  General  Laboratory  is  fully  equipped  with  large  working 
tables,  each  provided  with  gas,  alternating  current,  and  direct 
current.  Some  also  have  water  supplies  for  such  experiments  as 
require  a  constant  flow.  A  separate  balance  room,  a  spectrometer 
room,  a  photographic  room,  and  a  photometer  room  are  directly 
connected  with  this  laboratory.  A  large  amount  of  apparatus 
for  all  of  the  usual  physics  experiments  is  available  so  that  the 
students  may  work  alone  thus  gaining  confidence  in  laboratory 
technique.  The  students  work  in  groups  only  when  the  experi- 
ment requires  more  than  one  person  for  its  proper  operation. 

Advanced  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  designed  with  a  view  both  to  precision  and 
flexibility.  A  special  switchboard  provides  single  phase  and 
polyphase  alternating  current  and  a  variety  of  direct  current 
potentials  to  be  fed  around  to  various  working  points.  Two 
separate  research  rooms  and  a  workshop  with  lathe,  drill  press, 
grinder,  and  a  full  set  of  tools  complement  the  laboratory.  Typical 
of  the  equipment  available  are  a  General  Radio  impedance  bridge, 
high  frequency  bridge,  wave  analyzer,  cathode  ray  oscillograph, 
and  vacuum  tube  voltmeter,  together  with  standards  of  resistance, 
inductance,  and  capacity  manufactured  by  the  same  company. 
A  communications  type  radio  receiver,  and  a  large  number  of 
meters,  amplifiers,  discharge  tubes,  and  vacuum  tubes  are  avail- 
able for  electrical  work. 


114  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

In  the  field  of  light  there  are  spectrometers,  photometers,  photo- 
cells, a  Zeiss  ECE330  microscope,  polarizing  equipment,  pro- 
jectors, etc.  A  Central  Scientific  cathetometer  measuring  to 
0.05  mm.  over  a  97  cm.  length  is  used  for  precision  measurement 
of  large  objects.  Vacuum  pumps,  blower,  and  large  amounts  of 
auxiliary  apparatus  give  a  well  rounded  set  of  equipment  for  the 
Advanced  Laboratory  courses  and  for  research. 

Astronomy  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  in  the  penthouse  of  the  West  Building,  close 
to  a  platform  on  the  roof  which  gives  a  very  good  view  free  from 
obstructions.  Equipment  is  available  for  the  grinding  of  mirrors 
and  the  constructing  of  telescopes,  and  students  are  encouraged 
to  build  their  own  instruments.  The  Astronomy  Club  holds 
evening  meetings  in  the  laboratory  regularly  throughout  the  col- 
lege year.  The  Club  has  made  a  good  start  in  building  up  a 
library  in  its  special  field  for  the  use  of  its  membership. 

Radio  Laboratory 

This  is  also  in  the  penthouse  of  the  West  Building  and  is  a 
completely  shielded  room  high  up  from  the  street.  Three  masts 
support  three  horizontal  antennae  and  a  vertical  ultra  high 
frequency  doublet.  The  transmitters  operate  on  both  radio- 
telephone and  radiotelegraph  as  permitted  in  the  amateur  bands 
by  the  Federal  Communications  Commission.  The  maximum 
allowable  power  is  available  on  all  bands  except  the  ultra  high 
frequency  ones.  Full  controls  and  safety  devices  make  the  opera- 
tion simple  and  without  hazard  to  the  operators.  Facilities  are 
provided  for  research.  The  Radio  Club  uses  this  laboratory  and 
supplies  most  of  the  operators. 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  115 


(Judex 


Absences 27 

Academy 38-39 

Accounting-Law  Club 39 

Activities 36-45 

Administrative  Officers 6 

Admission  Requirements 48-52 

Advanced  Standing 50 

Aims  and  Methods 46 

Alcott  Award 43 

Alumni  Association 44-45 

Application  for  Admission 49-50 

Assistant  Professors 7 

Assistants 8 

Associate  Professors 7 

Astronomy  Club 41 

Astronomy  Laboratory  Equipment 114 

Athletic  Association 36-37 

Attendance 27 

Awards  and  Prizes 43-44 

Banking  Club 39 

Biological  Laboratory  Equipment 112-113 

Biology 57-60 

Books  and  Supplies 24-25 

Buildings  and  Equipment 29-35 

Calendar: 

Freshman 2 

Upperclass 3 

Calendar  for  College  Year,  1940-1941 4-5 

Camera  Club 42 

"Cauldron,"  College  Annual 38 

Chapel  Preachers 11 

Chemical  Laboratory  Deposit 22 

Chemical  Laboratory  Equipment 109-112 

Chemistry 60-64 

Class  Organization  and  Activity 42-43 

Condition  Examinations 51 

Co-operative  Plan 16-21 

Correlation  of  Theory  and  Practice 18 

Earnings 19 

Faculty  Coordinators 16 

How  It  Works 16 

Location  of  Work 19 

Placement  at  Work 16-17 

Positions  Available 19 

Records  of  Co-operative  Work 18 

Reports 18 

Supervision  and  Guidance 17 

Training  Schedules 20-21 

Types  of  Co-operative  Work 19-20 

Co-ordination 64-65 

Corporation Frontispiece 

Counsellors 52 

Courses  of  Instruction , 102-108 

Curricula  Requirements 55-56 

Dean's  List 26 


116  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Debating  Society 41 

Degrees 48 

Deposits,  Laboratory 22 

Design  and  Drafting  Rooms 34 

Discipline 26-27 

Dormitories 28 

Dramatic  Club 41 

East  Building 33 

Economics 65-67 

Education 68-69 

Elective  System,  College  of  Liberal  Arts 46-47 

English 69-74 

Entrance  Examinations  in  Boston 51 

Entrance  Requirements 48-53 

Equipment,  Laboratory 109-114 

Examinations 25 

Executive  Council 6 

Expenses 24 

Faculty 6-9 

Fees 22-24 

Fraternities 39 

French 85-86 

Freshman  Orientation  Period 51 

Freshman  Programs 53 

General  Information 22-28 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 22 

General  Officers 6 

Geology 74-75 

German 87-88 

Government 75-76 

Grades 25-26 

Graduation  Fee 23 

Graduation  with  Honors 54 

Gymnasium 33 

Handbook 38 

History 77-78 

Honor  Societies 38-39 

Housing  Regulations 28 

Instructing  Staff ' 6-8 

Instructors 7-8 

Inter-Fraternity  Council 39 

International  Relations  Club 40 

Laboratory  Deposits  and  Fees 22 

Lecture  Assembly  Halls 34 

Liberal  Arts,  College  of 46-101 

Libraries 35 

List  of  Courses  Offered \ 102-108 

Location  of  University 29 

Map  of  Vicinity 31 

Marks 25-26 

Mass  Meeting 37 

Mathematics 79-83 

Mathematics  Society 42 

Modern  Languages 85-88 

Musical  Clubs 42 

Natatorium 33 

"Northeastern  News" ' 37-38 

Northeastern  Student  Union 43 

Northeastern  University  Alumni  Association 44-45 

Orientation  Period,  Freshman 51 


COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS  117 


Part-Time  Work 25 

Payments 23 

Personal  Interview 49 

Philosophy 83-85 

Physical  Education 88-90 

Physical  Examination 51 

Physical  Training  Equipment 34 

Physics 91-96 

Physics  Laboratories  Equipment 113-114 

Plan  of  Co-operation 16-21 

Pre-Legal  Curricula 56-57 

Professional  Societies  and  Clubs 39-42 

Professors 6-7 

Programs  of  Study 53 

Provisional  Acceptance 50 

Psychology 96-97 

Public  Speaking  Contest 43 

Purpose  and  Program 12-14 

Radio  Club 41 

Radio  Laboratory  Equipment 114 

Refunds 24 

Registration 50 

Religious  Activities 43 

Report  Cards 26 

Requirements  for  Admission 48-52 

Requirements  for  Graduation 54 

Residence 28 

Rifle  Club 41 

Scholarships,  Trustee 50 

Scholastic  Year  for  Seniors 27 

Secretarial  Staff 8-9 

Sociology 97-100 

South  Building 30-33 

Statistical  Summary 15 

Statistics  Laboratory  Equipment 112 

Student  Activities 36-45 

Student  Activities  Fees 22 

Student  Council 38 

Student  Union 43 

Subjects  for  Entrance 48 

Subjects  of  Instruction 102-108 

Supplies 24-25 

Tennis  Club 37 

Theses 101 

Transportation 29 

Tuition 22 

University  Lecturers 10 

Visual  Education  Equipment 112 

West  Building 29-30 

Yearbook 38 


OFFICE  HOURS 

DEPARTMENT    OP   ADMISSIONS 

9  a.m.  to  4  p.m.  daily 
Saturday  12.00  n'n 

Wednesday  Evenings  by 
Appointment 


Northeastern  University 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 


Paste  a  Small 
Photo  or 
Snapshot 

in  This  Space 


APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION 

(A  non-returnable  fee  of  five  dollars  must  accompany  this  appli- 
cation.    Make  checks,  money  orders,  or  drafts  payable  to 
Northeastern  University) 

Boston,  Mass 19 

To  Director  of  Admissions: 

I  (Name  in  full) 

hereby  respectfully  apply  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  to 

major  in  the  field  checked: 

D  Biology  □  English 

□  Chemistry  □  Sociology  and  Economics 

d  Mathematics  and  Physics      □  Pre-Legal 

for  the  school  period  beginning 19 ...  . 


NOTE:  The  applicant  should  fill  out  the  following  form  (both  sides)  with  care. 

Residence Street 

Town  or  City 

State Tel 

Date  of  Birth Age 

Place  of  Birth 

Race Religion Nationality 

Graduate  of High  School,  Year 

Location  of  High  School 

Name  of  Principal 

Other  high  schools  you  have  attended 

Names  of  Principals 

If  not  a  graduate,  state  the  years  of  attendance  and  why  you  left 


Father's,  Mother's,  or  Guardian's  Name , 


Address 

Father's  work,  business  or  profession 

Names  and  addresses  of  two  other  persons,  to  whom  we  may  direct  in- 
quiries concerning  you. 


(over) 


Weight Height. . 

Have  you  any  physical  infirmities?    Explain,  if  any 


Defects  of  speech 

Defects  of  hearing 

Defects  of  sight 

Bodily  infirmities 

Is  your  general  health  good,  fair,  or  poor? 

Have  you  done  collegiate  work  elsewhere? 

//  so,  name  and  address  of  college  or  university 


Name  of  person  who  will  furnish  transcript  of  your  college  record , 


Do  you  expect  advance  credit  for  past  collegiate  work? . 


List  all  athletics  and  other  extra  curricula  high  school  activities  you 
have  engaged  in 


Names  and  addresses  of  all  past  employers  with  brief  description  of 
each  job,  length  of  employment,  and  wages  received: 


Date 

Milton  J.  Schlagenhauf,  Director  of  Admissions 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Mass. 

Dear  Sir: 

Please  send  me  additional  information  on  the  following  points: 


Name 

Street  and  Number. 

Town  or  City 

State 


3 


Northeastern  University 

Day  Division 


College  of 

ENGINEERING 

1940-1941 


BOSTON,  MASSACHUSETTS 
January,  1940 


Northeastern  University 

DAY  DIVISION 
COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Conducted  on  the  Co-operative  Plan 
Catalogue  for  1940-1941 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Pages 

The  Corporation Frontispiece 

Calendar  for  the  College  Year 2-5 

Administrative  and  Instructional  Staff 6-14 

Purpose  of  Northeastern  University 15-18 

Co-operative  Plan  of  Education 19-24 

General  Information 25-31 

Buildings  and  Facilities 32-38 

Student  Activities 39-48 

Admission  Requirements 49-53 

Graduation  Requirements 54 

Curricula  and  Courses  of  Instruction 55-113 

Laboratory  Equipment 1 14-133 

Index 134-136 


Freshman  Calendar,  1940-1941 


SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

s 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

3          4         5 

6 

7 

1 

8 

9 

IO   11    12 

13 

14 

2 

3 

4      5      6 

7 

8 

15 

16 

17   18    19 

20 

21 

9 

IO 

11    12    13 

14 

15 

22 

23 

24  25   26 

27 

28 

16 

17 

18    19  20 

21 

22 

29 

30 

OCTOBER 

23 
30 

24 

31 

25  26  27 

APRIL 

28 

29 

s 

M 

T         W          T 

F 

s 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

12      3 

4 

5 

12      3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8      O   IO 

11 

12 

6 

7 

8      9    IO 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15  16   17 

18 

19 

13 

14 

15    16   17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  23   24 

25 

26 

20 

21 

22   23  24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29  30  31 

NOVEMBER 

27 

28 

29   30 

MAY 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

1 

2 

3 

3 

4 

5      6      7 

8 

9 

4 

5 

6      7      8 

9 

IO 

10 

11 

12   13    14 

15 

16 

11 

12 

13    14   15 

16 

17 

17 

18 

19  20  21 

22 

23 

18 

19 

29  21    22 

23 

24 

24 

25 

26  27     28 

29 

30 

25 

26 

27     28     29 
JUNE 

30 

31 

DECEMBER 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

s 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

3       4       5 

6 

7 

1 

2 

3      4      5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10     11     12 

13 

14 

8 

O 

1©    11    12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17     18     19 

20 

21 

15 

16 

17    18    19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24     25     26 

27 

28 

22 

23 

24     25     26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

29 

30 

31 

JULY 

JANUARY 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

12       3 

4 

5 

1       2 

3 

4 

6 

7 

8       9     10 

11 

12 

5 

6 

7      8      9 

IO 

11 

13 

14 

15     16     17 

18 

19 

12 

13 

14   15   16 

17 

18 

20 

21 

22     23     24 

25 

26 

19 

20 

21   22  23 

24 

25 

27 

28 

29     30     31 

26 

27 

28  29   30 

31 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

8 

M 

T         W          T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

1 

3 

4 

5       6       7 

8 

9 

2 

3 

4      5      6 

7 

8 

10 

11 

12     13     14 

15 

16 

9 

IO 

11    12    13 

14 

15 

17 

18 

19     20     21 

22 

23 

16 

17 

18   19  20 

21 

22 

24 

25 

26     27     28 

29 

30 

23 

24 

25  26  27 

28 

31 

Days  on  which  college  exercises  are  held  are  indicated  thus:   J-j  /£}  «$. 
Sundays,  holidays,  and  vacations  are  indicated  thus:  L  2>  3- 


Upperclass  Calendar,  1940-1941 


SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

s 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

P 

8 

® 

© 

©        ©        © 

© 

© 

1 

© 

9 

10     11     12 

13 

14 

© 

3 

4       5       6 

7 

8 

© 

16 

17     18     19 

20 

21 

© 

10 

11     12     13 

14 

15 

(22) 

23 

24     25     26 

27 

28 

© 

17 

18     19     20 

21 

22 

© 

30 

OCTOBER 

© 
© 

24 
31 

25     26     27 
APRIL 

28 

29 

s 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

12       3 

4 

5 

12       3 

4 

5 

© 

7 

8       9     10 

11 

© 

© 

7 

8      9   IO 

11 

12 

@ 

14 

15     16     17 

18 

19 

© 

14 

15   16   17 

18 

19 

© 

21 

22     23     24 

25 

26 

© 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

© 

28 

29     30     31 
NOVEMBER 

© 

28 

29  30 

MAY 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

B 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

© 

5 

6      7      8 

9 

IO 

© 

4 

5      6       7 

8 

9 

© 

12 

13   14    15 

16 

17 

© 

11 

12     13     14 

15 

16 

© 

19 

20  21   22 

23 

24 

© 

18 

19  29  21 

22 

23 

© 

26 

27  28   29 

® 

31 

© 

25 

26  27     ©  2 

30 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

s 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

© 

2 

3      4      5 

6 

7 

© 

2 

3      4      5 

6 

7 

© 

9 

IO   11    12 

13 

14 

© 

9 

IO   11    12 

13 

14 

© 

© 

©     ©     © 

© 

© 

© 

16 

17   18    19 

20 

21 

© 

© 

©     ©     @ 

© 

@ 

© 

23 

24     ©  26 

27 

28 

© 

© 

© 

30 

31 

JULY 

JANUARY 

3 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

s 

s 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

©       ©        © 

© 

© 

©      2 

3 

4 

© 

© 

©        ©        © 

© 

© 

© 

6 

7      8      9 

IO 

11 

© 

© 

©        ©        © 

© 

© 

© 

13 

14    15    16 

17 

18 

© 

® 

©        ©       @ 

© 

© 

© 

20 

21   22   23 

24 

25 

© 

© 

©        ©        © 

@ 

27 

28     29      30 

31 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

© 

© 

1 

© 

© 

©        ©       © 

© 

© 

© 

3 

4       5      6 

7 

8 

© 

© 

©        ©       © 

© 

© 

© 

10 

11     12     13 

14 

15 

© 

© 

©        ©       © 

© 

© 

© 

17 

18     19     20 

21 

© 

© 

© 

©        ©       @ 

© 

© 

© 

24 

25     26     27 

28 

© 

Days  on  which  Division  A  students  are  in  college  are  indicated  thus:  1,  2>  3- 
Days  on  which  Division  B  students  are  in  college  are  indicated  thus:  -l»  — »»  «*• 
1  Sundays,  holidays,  and  summer  periods  are  indicated  thus:  (i),  (2)>  (£)• 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Calendar  for  the  College  Year,  1940-1941 

1940 
August       28     Wednesday.    Entrance  condition  examinations. 

September     2     Monday.    Labor  Day.  (College  exercises  omitted.) 

September  5  Thursday.  Registration  and  opening  of  college  for 
freshmen.  Students  failing  to  register  promptly  on 
September  5  will  be  charged  a  late  registration  fee 
of  five  dollars  ($5). 

September  9  Monday.  Opening  of  college  for  Division  A  upper- 
classmen.  Co-operative  work  period  begins  for 
Division  B  upperclassmen. 

October  12  Saturday.  Columbus  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

November  18  Monday.  Opening  of  college  for  Division  B  upper- 
classmen. Co-operative  work  period  begins  for 
Division  A  upperclassmen. 

November  27  Wednesday.  College  exercises  omitted  after  1:00 
p.m. 

November  28  Thursday.  Thanksgiving  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

December    24     Tuesday.    College  exercises  omitted  after  1:00  p.m. 

December  25  Wednesday.  Christmas  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

December    23  \ , ,        .       ,      .     . 
January        4  |  Vacatlon  r°r  freshmen. 


COLLEGE    OF   ENGINEERING 


1941 
January         1     Wednesday.    New  Year's  Day.     (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

January  27  Monday.  Second  semester  begins  for  freshmen 
and  Division  A  upperclassmen.  Co-operative 
work  period  begins  for  Division  B  upperclassmen. 

February  22  Saturday.  Washington's  Birthday.  (College  exer- 
cises omitted.) 

April  5     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  Division  A  upper- 

classmen. 

April  7     Monday.     Second  semester  begins  for  Division  B 

upperclassmen.    Co-operative  work  period  begins 
for  Division  A  upperclassmen. 

May  24     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  freshmen. 

May  30     Friday.       Memorial     Day.       (College     exercises 

omitted.) 

June  14     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  Division  B  upper- 

classmen. 

June  15     Sunday.    Baccalaureate  Sermon. 

June  16     Monday.     Commencement. 

June  17     Tuesday.     Bunker  Hill  Day.       (College  exercises 

omitted.) 

July  4     Friday.       Independence     Day.       (College     exer- 

cises omitted.) 

September     1     Monday.   Labor  Day.   (College  exercises  omitted.) 

September  4  Thursday.  Registration  and  opening  of  college  for 
freshmen.  Students  failing  to  register  promptly 
on  September  5  will  be  charged  a  late  registration 
fee  of  five  dollars  ($5). 

September     8     Monday.     Opening  of  college  year  1941-1942. 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


faculty 


The  Executive  Council 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D.              President  of  the  University 

Office  186  West  Building  Res.  21  Beaumont  Ave.,  Newtonville 

Frank  Palmer  Speare,  M.H.,  LL.D.  President  Emeritus 

Res.  90  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Boston 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D.  Vice  President  of  the  University 

Office  138  West  Building  Res.  48  Long  Ave.,  Belmont 

Galen  David  Light,  A.B.  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  University 

Office  115  West  Building  Res.  3  Preble  Gardens  Rd.,  Belmont 

Administrative  Officers 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D. 

Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineering 

Office  186  West  Building  Res.  21  Beaumont  Ave.,  Newtonville 

William  Crombie  White,  S.B.,  Ed.M.        Executive  Secretary  of  the  Day  Division 

and  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineering 

Office  153  West  Building  Res.  30  Summit  Rd.,  Wellesley 

Harold  Wesley  Melvin,  A.B.,  M.A.  Dean  of  Students 

Office  256  West  Building  Res.  44  Houston  Ave.,  Milton 

Winthrop  Eliot  Nightingale,  A.B.,  S.  B.,  Ed.M.     Director  of  Co-operative  Work 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  136  Dickerman  Rd.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Edward  Snow  Parsons,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Director  of  Student  Activities 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  19  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

John  Butler  Pugsley,  A.B.  Director  of  School  Administration 

Office  254  West  Building  Res.  23  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

Milton  John  Schlagenhauf,  A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.  Director  of  Admissions 

Office  150  West  Building  Res.  96  Blakely  Rd.,  Medford 

Telephone:  Mystic  6148-M 

Administrative  Staff 

William  Thomas  Cloney,  Jr.,  A.B.  Director  of  the  Publicity  Bureau 

Office  354  West  Building  Res.  30  Lantern  Lane,  Milton 

Albert  Ellsworth  Everett,  S.B.,  M.B.A.        Co-ordinator  of  Co-operative  Work 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  4  Crown  St.,  Auburndale 

George  Raymond  Fennell,  S.B.,  M.B.A.  Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

Office  150  West  Building  Res.  42  Fremont  Ave.,  Everett 

Telephone:  Everett  1172-W 
Mary  B.  Foor  Manager  of  Bookstore 

Office  41  West  Building  Res.  32  Milton  Rd.,  Brookline 

Charles  William  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Executive  Secretary,  Northeastern  Student  Union 

Office  357  West  Building  Res.  83  Franklin  St.,  So.  Braintree 

Henry  Arthur  Kontoff,  M.D.  College  Physician 

Office  479  Beacon  St.,  Boston  Res.  Overlook  Park,  Newton  Centre 

Donald  Hershey  MacKenzie,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Student  Activities 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  34  Exeter  St.,  Wollaston 

John  Christie  Morgan,  S.B.  Co-ordinator  of  Co-operative  Work 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  24  Walker  St.,  Newtonville 

Verner  Olof  Nelson  Co-ordinator  of  Co-operative  Work 

Office  105  South  Building  Res.  60  Birchcliff  Rd.,  East  Weymouth 

Rudolf  Oscar  Oberg,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Alumni  Secretary 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  37  Walker  St.,  Atlantic 

John  Kenneth  Stevenson,  B.C.S.  Purchasing  Agent 

Office  117  West  Building  Res.  101  Goden  St.,  Belmont 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING 


George  Wesley  Towle,  S.B.  Co-ordinator  of  Co-operative  Work 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  23  Hilltop  Ave.,  Lexington 

Myra  Edna  White  Librarian 

Library,  East  Building  Res.  118  Hemenvvay  St.,  Boston 


instructing  Staff 


Professors 

Chester  Packard  Baker,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  200  South  Building  Res.  31  Bow  Rd.,  Newton  Centre 

Robert  Bruce,  B.C.S.,  M.C.S.  Professor  of  Accounting 

Office  100  South  Building  Res.  53  Harley  Ave.,  Everett 

Joseph  Arthur  Coolidge,  S.B.,  M.A.  Professor  of  Physics 

Office  246  West  Building  Res.  20  Martin  St.,  Cambridge 

Carl  Stevens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D.  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Office  152  West  Building  Res.  21  Beaumont  Ave.,  Newtonville 

Stanley  Goddard  Estes,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Psychology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  256  West  Building  Res.  60  Pinckney  St.,  Boston 

Emil  Anton  Gramstorff,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  101  South  Building  Res.  19  Hilltop  Ave.,  Lexington 

Charles  William  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Sociology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  357  West  Building  Res.  83  Franklin  St.,  So.  Braintree 

Julian  Ernest  Jackson,  A.B.,  LL.B.,  M.B.A. 

Professor  of  Business  Law  and  Management 
Office  350  East  Building  Res.  187  WoodclifT  Rd.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Asa  Smallidge  Knowles,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  352  East  Building  Res.  41  Louise  Rd.,  Belmont 

Wilfred  Stanley  Lake,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D 

Professor  of  Economics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  452  East  Building  Res.  69  Columbus  St.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Harold  Wesley  Melvin,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Professor  of  English  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  256  West  Building  Res.  44  Houston  Ave.,  Milton 

Carl  Frederick  Muckenholipt,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Physics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  246  West  Building  Res.  332  Winchester  St.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Winthrop  Eliot  Nightingale,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  136  Dickerman  Rd.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Edward  Snow  Parsons,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  19  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

Roland  Guyer  Porter,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  12  South  Building  Res.  19  Woodbury  St.,  Beverly 

John  Butler  Pugsley,  A.B.  Professor  of  Geology 

Office  254  West  Building  Res.  23  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

Milton  John  Schlagenhauf,  A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.  Professor  of  Economics 

Office  150  West  Building  Res.  96  Blakely  Rd.,  Medford 

William  Lincoln  Smith,  S.B.,  Eng.  D.  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Office  1 1  South  Building  Res.  4  Academy  Lane,  Concord 

Joseph  Spear,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  325  West  Building  Res.  31  Matchett  St.,  Brighton 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Samuel  Abbott  Smith  Strahan,  S.B.  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Office  400(B)  West  Building  Res.  242  South  Huntington  Ave.,  Jamaica  Plain 
Eliot  Franklin  Tozer,  S.B. 

Professor  of  Drawing  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  451  West  Building  Res.  22  Devon  Ave.,  Beverly 

Arthur  Andrew  Vernon,  S.B.,  M.S.,  Ph.D 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  425  West  Building  .  Res.  30  Erie  Ave.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Joseph  William  Zeller,  S.B.,  M.E. 

Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
Office  75  West  Building  Res.  282  Concord  St.,  Framingham 

Associate  Professors 

Alfred  John  Ferretti,  S.B.,  M.S.     Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Office  75  West  Building  Res.  29  Coolidge  Rd.,  Lynn 

Frederick  William  Holmes,  A.B.,  M.A.  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Office  453  East  Building  Res.  43  Lincoln  St.,  Dedham 

Stanley  Demetrius  Miroyiannis,  S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Biology  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  209  South  Building  Res.  8  Cumberland  St.,  Boston 

Norris  Whitfield  Potter,  Jr. 
Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Government  and  Acting  Chairman  of  the  Department 

Office  363  East  Building  Res.  34  Medfield  St.,  Boston 

Henry  Edward  Richards,  S.B.,  M.S.     Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Office  14  South  Building  Res.  171  First  St.,  Melrose 

Frederick  Arlington  Stearns,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Office  75  West  Building  Res.  66  Florence  Ave.,  Melrose 

George  Wesley  Towle,  S.B.  Associate  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  23  Hilltop  Ave.,  Lexington 

William  Crombie  White,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Office  153  West  Building  Res.  30  Summit  Rd.,  Wellesley 

Assistant  Professors 

William  Thurlow  Alexander,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Office  100  South  Building  Res.  22  West  Highland  Ave.,  Melrose  Fllds. 

Wayland  Solon  Bailey,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Office  75  West  Building  Res.  Norwell 

Charles  Oscar  Baird,  Jr.,  S.B.  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Office  101  South  Building  Res.  17  Manning  Rd.,  Lynn 

Laurence  Fuller  Cleveland,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Office  13  South  Building  Res.  30  Churchill  St.,  Newtonville 

Albert  Ellsworth  Everett,  S.B.,  M.B.A.       Assistant  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  4  Crown  St.,  Auburndale 

Elmer  Ellsworth  Haskins,  S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Office  325  West  Building  Res.  213  Jackson  St.,  Newton  Centre 

Carl  David  Johnson,  A.B.,  M.A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

Office  246  West  Building  Res.  24  Lunt  St.,  Norfolk  Downs 

Everett  Carter  Marston,  A.B.,  M.A.  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

Office  453  East  Building  Res.  40  Hereward  Rd.,  Newton  Ctr. 

Waldemar  Stanwood  McGuire,  S.B.,  M.A.         Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Office  425  West  Building  Res.  33  Samoset  Ave.,  Quincy 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING 


George  Harris  Meserve,  Jr.,  S.B. 

Office  451  West  Building 
John  Christie  Morgan,  S.B. 

Office  253  West  Building 
Rudolf  Oscar  Oberg,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 

Office  253  West  Building 
Gerald  Russell  Tatton,  S.B.,  M. 

Office  355  West  Building 
Robert  Douglas  Thomson,  S.B. 

Office  352  East  Building 
George  Baker  Welch,  S.B.,  Ph.D. 

Office  246  West  Building 
Albert  Edward  Whittaker,  S.B., 


Office  75  West  Building 
Saverio  Zuffanti,  S.B.,  M.A. 
Office  425  West  Building 


Assistant  Professor  of  Drawing 

Res.  64  Magoun  Ave.,  Medford 

Assistant  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Res.  24  Walker  St.,  Newtonville 

Assistant  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Res.  37  Walker  St.,  Atlantic 

B.A.     Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Res.  61  Almont  St.,  Medford 

Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Res.  411  Broadway,  Lynn 

Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

Res.  876  Watertown  St.,  West  Newton 

Ed.M. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

Res.  Highland  Ave.,  Lynnfield  Ctr. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Res.  12S  Atlantic  St.,  Quincy 


Instructors 

Byard  Charles  Belyea,  S.B.  Instructor  in  Physics 

Office  246  West  Building  Res.  6  South  Washington  St.,  Whitman 

Bertram  Morris  Brown,  S.B.,  M.S.  Instructor  in  Chemistry 

Office  425  West  Building  Res.  30  Erie  Ave.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Reginald  Lawrence  Capon,  S.B.,  M.A.  Instructor  in  English 


Office  453  East  Building 
Peer  John  Cody,  S.B. 

Office  200  South  Building 
Wilfred  James  Combellack,  A.B., 

Office  325  West  Building 
Henry  Martin  Cruickshank,  S.B. 

Office  350  East  Building 
Otis  French  Cushman,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Office  451  West  Building 
Warren  Clifton  Dean,  A.B. 

Office  325  West  Building 
John  James  Devtne,  S.B.,  Sc.M. 

Office  101  South  Building 


Res.  58  Channing  Rd.,  Newton  Centre 

Instructor  in  Chemical  Engineering 

Res.  36A  Elm  St.,  Jamaica  Plain 

M.A.  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

Res.  11  Park  Drive,  Boston 

M.B.A.        Instructor  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Res.  338  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Boston 

Instructor  in  Drawing 

Res.  316  Huntington  Ave.,  Boston 

Instructor  in  Mathematics 

Res.  43  Symphony  Rd.,  Boston 

Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering 

Res.  27  Park  Drive,  Boston 


James  William  Dunn,  A.B 

Instructor  in  Physical  Education  and  Head  Coach  of  Eootball  and  Basketball 


Office  355  West  Building 
Martin  White  Essigmann,  S.B. 

Office  13  South  Building 
Herbert  Wendell  Gallagher,  S.B. 

Office  355  West  Building 
Laurence  B.  Heilprin,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Office  246  West  Building 
Paul  Albert  Hilli,  A.B. 

Office  246  West  Building 
Randall  Walrath  Hoffmann,  S.B. 

Office  453  East  Building 
William  Carl  Hultgren 

Gymnasium  Office,  East  Building 
Robert  S.  Hunting,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Office  363  East  Building 
Harold  Walter  Kopp,  S.B. 

Office  355  West  Building 


Res.  12  Mason  Rd.,  Watertown 

Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

Res.  27  Rock  St.,  Woburn 

Head  Coach  of  Hockey  and  Baseball 

Res.  164  Cabot  St.,  Newton 

Instructor  in  Physics 

Res.  14  Sacramento  St.,  Cambridge 

Instructor  in  Physics 

Res.  201 C  Holden  Green,  Cambridge 

Instructor  in  English 

Res.  1209  Boylston  St.,  Boston 

Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

Res.  80  Woodside  Rd.,  Winchester 

Instructor  in  English 

Res.  13  S.  Russell  St.,  Boston 

Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

Res.  11  Queensbury  St.,  Boston 


Reginald  Gage  Lacount,  S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

Office  325  West  Building  Res.  11  Cleveland  Rd.,  Wellesley 


10 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Thomas  Bryan  Larson,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Office  363  East  Building 


Robert  Everett  Laveaga,  B.P.Ed.,  Ed.M. 

Gymnasium  Office,  East  Building 
William  Fay  Luder,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Office  425  West  Building 
Donald  Hershey  MacKenzie,  S.B.,  Ed.M 

Office  355  West  Building 
Verner  Olof  Nelson 

O&ce  105  South  Building 
Franklin  Norvish,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Office  453  East  Building 
George  Everett  Pihl,  S.B. 

Office  14  South  Building 
Paul  Everett  Reynolds,  A.B.,  Ph.D. 

Office  453  East  Building 
Gustav  Rook,  S.B. 

Office  451  West  Building 
Albert  Edward  Sanderson,  Jr.,  B.C.E 

Office  451  West  Building 
Charles  Arthur  Sewell,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Office  325  West  Building 
Alfred  James  Thomson,  S.B. 

Office  100  South  Building 


Instructor  in  History  and  Government 
Res.  35  Goodrich  Road,  Jamaica  Plain 


Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

Res.  91  Cross  St.,  Belmont 

Instructor  in  Chemistry 

Res.  51  Symmes  St.,  Roslindale 

Instructor  in  Chemistry 

Res.  34  Exeter  St.,  Wollaston 

Instructor  in  Co-ordination 

Res.  60  Birchcliff  Rd.,  East  Weymouth 

Instructor  in  English 

Res.  73  Upland  Rd.,  Brockton 

Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

Res.  100  Carroll  Ave.,  Brockton 

Instructor  in  English 

Res.  15  Linden  St.,  Framingham 

Instructor  in  Drawing 

Res.  24  Pleasant  St.,  Dorchester 

Instructor  in  Drawing 

Res.  State  Rd.,  Way  land 

Instructor  in  Mathematics 

Res.  316  Huntington  Avenue,  Boston 

Instructor  in  Biology 


Res.  20  Pierce  Place,  Canton 
Thomas  Homkowycz  Wallace,  S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Instructor  in  Mathematics  and  Physics 

Office  325  West  Building  Res.  43  Brookdale  Rd.,  Brighton 

Chester  Henry  Wolowicz,  S.B.  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

Office  75  West  Building  Res.  139  West  9th  St.,  Boston 


Graduate  Assistants 


Robert  Williams  Cole,  S.B.,  M.S. 

Office  75  West  Building 
Adam  Martin  Cook,  S.B. 

Office  246  West  Building 
Laurent  Oscar  Dubois,  S.B. 

Office  425  West  Building 
Mario  Giella,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Office  425  West  Building 
Robert  Henry  Hansen,  S.B. 

Office  425  West  Building 
Francis  E.  Vinal,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Office  425  West  Building 


Graduate  Assistant  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

Res.  21  Lawrence  St.,  Maiden 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Physics 

Res.  440  Summer  St.,  Lynn 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Res.  1200  Great  Plain  Ave.,  Needham 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Res.  52  Hull  St.,  Boston 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Res.  17  Braman  St.,  Danvers 

Graduate  Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Res.  M.  I.  T.  Graduate  House,  Cambridge 


Faculty  Committees 
1.  General 


Carl  S. 

Asa  S.  Knowles 

Wilfred  S.  Lake 

Harold  W.  Melvin 

Winthrop  E.  Nightingale 


Ell,  Chairman 

Edward  S.  Parsons 

John  B.  Pugsley 

Milton  J.  Schlagenhauf 

William  C.  White 


2.  Executive 


Harold  W.  Melvin,  Chairman 
Asa  S.  Knowles 
Wilfred  S.  Lake 


Winthrop  E.  Nightingale 

Edward  S.  Parsons 

John  B.  Pugsley 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  11 

3.  Engineering  Research 
William  C.  White,  Chairman 
Chester  P.  Baker  Carl  F.  Muckenhoupt 

Emil  A.  Gramstorff  Roland  G.  Porter 

Asa  S.  Knowles  Arthur  A.  Vernon 

4.  Student  Activities 

Edward  S.  Parsons,  Chairman 
Roger  S.  Hamilton  Joseph  Spear 

Donald  H.  MacKenzie  Eliot  F.  Tozer 

5.  Day  Division  Council 

Carl  S.  Ell,  Chairman 

Chester  P.  Baker  Winthrop  E.  Nightingale 

Charles  F.  Barnason  Edward  S.  Parsons 

Stanley  G.  Estes  Roland  G.  Porter 

Emil  A.  Gramstorff  Norris  W.  Potter,  Jr. 

Charles  W.  Havice  John  B.  Pugsley 

Asa     S.     Knowles  Milton  J.  Schlagenhauf 

Wilfred  S.  Lake  Joseph  Spear 

Harold  W.  Melvin  Eliot  F.  Tozer 

Stanley  D.  Miroyiannis  Arthur  A.  Vernon 

Carl  F.  Muckenhoupt  William  C.  White 
Joseph  W.  Zeller 


Office  and  Secretarial  Staff 

Florence  Elsie  Avellar  70  Fenway,  Boston 

Secretary  to  the  Treasurer  of  the.  University — 1 1 6W 
Mabel  Ellen  Bean  61  Quint  Ave.,  Allston 

Secretary  to  the  Purchasing  Agent — J 1 7W 
Marjorie  Elizabeth  Bunker  38  Lakewood  Rd.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Publicity  Office— 352W 
Mary  C.  Combellack  11  Park  Drive,  Boston 

University  Press,  South  Building 
Constance  Adelia  Conant  22  Chatham  St.,  Cambridge 

General  Offices  of  the  University — 115W 
Helen  Muir  Coolbroth  11  Windsor  Rd.,  West  Somerville 

University  Press,  South  Building 
Virginia  Cushing  Darling  23  Brimmer  St.,  Boston 

General  Offices  of  the  University — 1 15W 
Myrtle  Corkish  Donohue  24  Peterborough  St.,  Boston 

Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  College  of  Business  Administration — 352E 
Thelma  Gertrude  Dunn  30  Freeman  Place,  Needham 

Bookkeeper,  Treasurer's  Office — 1 15(A) W 
Daisy  Milne  Everett  1095  Highland  Ave.,  Needham  Hts. 

Assistant  Treasurer — 1 15(A)  W 
Ruth  Phillips  Fiott  173  Marianna  St.,  East  Lynn 

Admissions  Office— 15 1W 
Mildred  Curtis  Garfield  2142  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Auburndale 

Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  Engineering — 152W 
Edna  Jane  Garrabrant  8  Maynard  St.,  Arlington 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Co-operative  Work — 253W 
Ruth  Gibson  14  Avon  Rd.,  Watertown 

Office— 153W 
Elsie  Hinckley  Hunt  100  Linden  St.,  Allston 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Admissions — 150W 


12 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


254  Clifton  St.,  Maiden 

14  Holden  Rd.,  Belmont 

42  Brush  Hill  Rd.,  Milton 


Barbara  Knight 

Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  College  of  Liberal  Arts 
Helen  Louise  Kolderup 

Cashier,  Treasurer's  Office — 115W 
Florence  Maskell 

Co-operative  Work  Office— 25 3W 
Dorothy  Brett  Mason  15  Wenham  St.,  Jamaica  Plain 

Registrar's  Office— 254W 
Dorothy  Milne  Murray  204  Fair  Oak  Park,  Needham 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Student  Activities — 355W 
Alyce  Ann  Nichols  507  Chestnut  Street,  Needham 

Bookkeeper,  Treasurer's  Office — 115W 
Myrl  Alberta  Orcutt  99  Hemingway  St.,  Winchester 

Admissions  Office — 151W 
Caroline  Francis  Pettingell  1654  Massachusetts  Ave.,  Cambridge 

Bookkeeper,  Registrar's  Office — 254W 
Marjorie  Graffte  Prout  1179  Boylston  St.,  Boston 

Office  of  the  Dean  of  Engineering — 152W 
Madelyn  Edythe  Ralph  11  Coolidge  Rd.,  East  Lynn 

Secretary  to  the  Assistant  Dean  of  Engineering — 153W 
Gretchen  Douglas  Randall 

Registrar's  Office— 254W 
Jessie  Paine  Rhodes 

Secretary  to  the  Registrar — 254W 
Priscilla  Speare 

Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  Students — 256W 
Ruby  Kathleen  Sweetland 

Student  Activities  Office — 355W 
Jeannette  Thayer 

Co-operative  Work  Office— 25 3W 
Mary  Dixon  Turner 

Student  Union  Office— 357W 
Grace  Liscom  Watkins 

Assistant  Librarian — Library,  East  Building 
Margaret  Mary  Weir 

Admissions  Office — 15 1W 
Cynthia  Wort 

Assistant  Librarian — Library,  East  Building 
Louise  Worthen 

Admissions  Office— 150W 


48  Milk  St.,  Newburyport 

2  Perkins  Sq.,  Jamaica  Plain 

69  Pelham  St.,  Newton  Ctr. 

139  College  Ave.,  Somerville 

4  Hamilton  Rd.,  Waltham 

163  Forest  St.,  Melrose 

76  Glendale  St.,  Dorchester 

41  Stewart  St.,  Quincy 

82  Thorndike  St.,  Brookline 

127  Youle  St.,  Melrose 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  13 


Convocation  Lecturers 

THORNTON  W.  BURGESS 

Author 

"Learning  from  the  Wild" 

J.  ANTON  DE  HAAS 

Professor  of  International  Relationships,  Harvard  University 

"Where  Do  We  Go  From  Here?" 

LLOYD  C.  DOUGLAS 

Author,  Lecturer 
"Experiences  of  an  Author" 

H.  V.  KALTENBORN 

Author,  News  Commentator 

"Kaltenborn  Edits  the  News" 

JAMES  M.  LANDIS 

Dean,  Harvard  University  Law  School 

"The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission" 

HENRY  CABOT  LODGE,  JR. 
United  States  Senator  from  Massachusetts 
"The  National  Outlook" 

HARRY  A.  OVERSTREET 

Head,  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Psychology 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York 

"Ten  Ways  to  Reach  Wrong  Conclusions" 

G.  BROMLEY  OXNAM 

Bishop,  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 

"A  Date  with  the  World" 

J.  EDGAR  PARK 

President,  Wheaton  College 

"The  Secret  of  Success" 

JAMES  H.  POWERS 

Of  the  Boston  Globe  Editorial  Staff 

"The  Engineer  in  the  New  World" 

HARLOW  SHAPLEY 

Astronomer,  Lecturer 

"What  Makes  the  Stars  Shine" 

RALPH  W.  SOCKMAN 
Minister,  Christ  Church,  New  York  City 

"The  New  Patriotism" 

ALLEN  A.  STOCKDALE 

Editor,  Clergyman,  Lecturer 

"The  Future  of  America" 

MAURICE  J.  TOBIN 
Mayor  of  Boston 
"City  Government" 

EDWARD  A.  WEEKS,  JR. 
Editor,  The  Atlantic  Monthly 
"An  Editor  Faces  an  Angry  World" 


14  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Chapel  "Treachers 

DR.  CHARLES  N.  ARBUCKLE 
Minister,  First  Baptist  Church,  Newton 

DR.  RICHARD  H.  BENNETT 
Minister,  Payson  Park  Church,  Belmont 

DR.  EDWIN  PRINCE  BOOTH 
Professor  of  Church  History,  Boston  University  School  of  Theology 

REVEREND  ROBERT  WOOD  COE 
Minister,  Leyden  Congregational  Church,  Brookline 

DR.  FRANK  E.  DUDDY 
Minister,  North  Congregational  Church,  Cambridge 

RABBI  LOUIS  M.  EPSTEIN 
Rabbi,  Temple  Kehillath  Israel 

DR.  NEWTON  C.  FETTER 
Minister  to  Baptist  Students  in  Greater  Boston 

DR.  C.  LESLIE  GLENN 
Minister,  Christ  Church,  Cambridge 

REVEREND  WILLIAM  H.  GYSAN 
Minister  to  Unitarian  Students  in  Greater  Boston 

DR.  CHARLES  W.  HAVICE 
Executive  Secretary,  Northeastern  Student  Union 

DR.  ARTHUR  L.  KINSOLVING 
Minister,  Trinity  Church,  Boston 

REVEREND  CARL  H.  KOPF 
Minister,  Mount  Vernon  Church,  Boston 

DR.  ASHLEY  D.  LEAVITT 
Minister,  Harvard  Congregational  Church,  Brookline 

DR.  ELMER  A.  LESLIE 
Professor  of  Hebrew  and  Old  Testament  Literature,  Boston  University 

DR.  BOYNTON  MERRILL 
Minister,  Second  Church,  Newton 

REVEREND  SAMUEL  H.  MILLER 
Minister,  Old  Cambridge  Baptist  Church,  Cambridge 

DR.  PHILLIPS  E.  OSGOOD 
Minister,  Emmanuel  Church,  Boston 

FATHER  THOMAS  R.  REYNOLDS 
Priest,  St.  Matthew's  Church,  Dorchester 

THE  RT.  REVEREND  HENRY  KNOX  SHERRILL 
Bishop,  Episcopal  Church 

DR.  FRANCIS  L.  STRICKLAND 
Professor  of  the  History  and  Psychology  of  Religion,  Boston  University 

DR.  G.  CAMPBELL  WADSWORTH 
Minister,  Church  of  the  Covenant,  Boston 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  15 

^Northeastern  University 

General  Statement 

NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  is  incorporated  as  a  philan- 
thropic institution  under  the  General  Laws  of  Massachu- 
setts. The  State  Legislature,  by  special  enactment,  has  given 
the  University  general  degree  granting  powers. 

The  Corporation  of  Northeastern  University  consists  of  men 
who  occupy  responsible  positions  in  business  and  the  professions. 
This  Corporation  elects  from  its  membership  a  Board  of  Trustees 
in  whom  the  control  of  the  institution  is  vested.  The  Board  of 
Trustees  has  four  standing  committees:  (a)  an  Executive  Commit- 
tee which  serves  as  an  Ad  Interim  Committee  between  the  regular 
meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  has  general  supervision  of 
the  financial  and  educational  policies  of  the  University;  (b)  a 
Committee  on  Housing  which  has  general  supervision  over  the 
buildings  and  equipment  of  the  University;  (c)  a  Committee  on 
Funds  and  Investments  which  has  the  responsibility  of  administer- 
ing the  funds  of  the  University;  (d)  a  Development  Committee 
which  is  concerned  with  furthering  the  development  plans  of  the 
University. 

Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University,  from  the  outset,  had 
as  its  dominant  purpose  the  discovery  of  human  and  social  needs 
and  the  meeting  of  these  needs  in  distinctive  and  highly  service- 
able ways.  While  subscribing  to  the  most  progressive  educational 
thought  and  practice,  the  University  has  not  duplicated  the  pro- 
grams of  other  institutions  but  has  sought  "to  bring  education 
more  directly  into  the  service  of  human  needs." 

With  respect  to  program,  Northeastern  has  limited  itself: 

— To  offering,  in  its  several  schools,  basic  curricula  from  which 

non-essentials  have  been  eliminated; 
— To  effective  teaching; 
— To  advising  and  guiding  students; 
— To  giving  students  the  chance  to  build  well-rounded  personalities 

through  a  balanced  program  of  extra-curricular  activities. 

The  Northeastern  Plan  of  Education  is  especially  designed  for 
the  student  who  must  earn  while  he  learns.  In  the  main,  it  con- 
sists of  two  definite  types  of  education. 

— Co-operative  Education  by  Day, 
— Adult  Education  by  Night. 

The  plan  has  been  developed  in  such  a  way  that  experience  in 
jobs  with  pay  is  utilized  to  help  boys  of  limited  financial  resources 
secure  an  education  and  at  the  same  time  gain  the  maximum 
educational  benefit  from  their  practical  experience.    So  far  as  the 


16  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

New  England  States  are  concerned,  Northeastern  University  is 
the  only  institution  whose  day  colleges,  other  than  the  School  of 
Law,  are  conducted  under  the  Co-operative  Plan. 

The  several  schools  and  programs  of  the  University  are  operated 
either  under  the  name  "Northeastern  University"  or  by  its 
affiliated  schools  —  the  Lincoln  Schools  and  The  Huntington 
Day  School  for  Boys.  The  following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the 
principal  types  of  educational  opportunities  offered. 

1.  In  the  field  of  Co-operative  Education  there  are  three  day 

colleges  —  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  the  College  of 
Engineering,  and  the  College  of  Business  Administration. 
All  of  these  colleges  offer  five-year  curricula.  The  College 
of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  usual  fields  of  the  arts 
and  the  sciences  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts 
and  Bachelor  of  Science.  The  College  of  Engineering,  one 
of  the  largest  engineering  colleges  in  the  United  States,  has 
curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air-Condi- 
tioning, and  Aeronautical  options),  Electrical,  Chemical, 
and  Industrial  Engineering.  The  College  of  Business 
Administration  has  curricula  in  Accounting,  Banking  and 
Finance,  Marketing  and  Advertising,  Journalism,  Public 
Administration,  and  Industrial  Administration.  The 
College  of  Engineering  and  the  College  of  Business  Admin- 
istration confer  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with 
specification  indicating  the  field  of  specialization.  The 
Co-operative  Plan  under  which  all  of  these  day  colleges 
operate  enables  the  student  to  alternate  regular  periods  of 
classroom  instruction  with  supervised  employment  in  an 
industrial  or  commercial  position,  thus  combining  theory 
and  practice  in  an  exceedingly  effective  manner.  Apart 
from  the  educational  advantages  of  the  Co-operative  Plan 
is  the  opportunity  for  self-support  while  the  student  is 
pursuing  his  studies  at  Northeastern  University.  During 
the  co-operative  periods,  students  not  only  gain  experience 
but  are  also  paid  for  their  services.  Approximately  three 
hundred  business  and  industrial  concerns  co-operate  with 
Northeastern  University  in  making  this  program  effective. 

2.  The  School  of  Law  conducts  both  a  day  and  an  evening 

undergraduate  program  which  prepares  for  admission  to 
the  bar  and  for  the  practice  of  the  law  and  leads  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws.  It  also  conducts  a  graduate 
program  in  the  evening  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Laws. 

3.  The  Adult  Education  Program  has  been  developed  in  the 

evening  work  of  the  School  of  Law  as  indicated  above,  in 
the  School  of  Business,  and  in  the  Evening  Division  of  the 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  17 

College  of  Liberal  Arts.  The  School  of  Business  has 
curricula  in  Management  —  with  Industrial  and  Merchan- 
dising majors,  Accounting,  Law  and  Business  Management, 
and  Engineering  and  Management.  The  School  awards 
the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree  with 
specification  and  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science 
degree  in  Law  and  Business  Management.  The  Evening 
Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  an  evening 
program  the  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half  of  the  re- 
quirements for  the  A.B.  or  B.S.  degree,  providing  a  general 
education  and  preparation  for  admission  to  the  School  of 
Law.  The  title  of  Associate  in  Arts  is  conferred  upon 
those  who  complete  this  program. 

4.  In  order  that  larger  groups  of  men  and  women  might  be 

served  through  its  evening  schools,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity operates  divisions  of  the  School  of  Law  and  the  School 
of  Business  in  co-operation  with  the  Young  Men's  Chris- 
tian Association  in  Worcester  and  Springfield  and  of  the 
School  of  Business  in  co-operation  with  the  Providence 
Young  Men's  Christian  Association.  With  the  establish- 
ment of  the  divisions  thorough-going  methods  of  super- 
vision were  instituted  and  have  been  consistently  followed 
and  improved,  with  the  result  that  the  divisional  work  is 
conducted  upon  a  highly  efficient  basis. 

5.  The  Adult  Education  Program   has   also   been  developed 

through  the  Lincoln  Schools,  which  are  affiliated  with  and 
conducted  by  Northeastern  University.  The  classes  in 
these  schools  are  held  at  convenient  evening  hours.  The 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offers  curricula  upon  a  college 
level  in  various  phases  of  engineering  leading  to  the  title 
of  Associate  in  Engineering;  whereas  the  Lincoln  Prepara- 
tory School,  accredited  by  the  New  England  College 
Entrance  Certificate  Board,  prepares  students  for  ad- 
mission to  college  and  offers  other  standard  high  school 
programs. 

6.  The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys,  also  affiliated  with 

and  conducted  by  Northeastern  University,  is  the  out- 
growth of  a  demand  in  the  city  of  Boston  for  an  urban 
preparatory  school  with  high  educational  standards  which 
would  furnish  thorough  preparation  for  admission  to  the 
leading  colleges  and  universities.  While  easily  accessible 
to  the  various  sections  of  Boston  and  to  the  suburbs,  it 
has  the  facilities  of  a  country  day  school  and  offers  a 
country  day  school  program.  This  School  is  one  of  the 
leading  preparatory  schools  of  the  country. 


18 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


U\[prtheastern  University  and 
^Affiliated  Schools 

Statistical  Summary 


19384939 


Administrative 
Officers  and 

Faculty  Students 


I.       General  Administration 


103  2112 

50*  1461* 

105*  1550* 

4**  33** 


II.  Northeastern  University 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 
College  of  Engineering  > 

College  of  Business  Administration    J 
School  of  Law 
School  of  Business 
Evening  Division,  College  of 
Liberal  Arts 

III.  Schools  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by 

Northeastern  University 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute 
Lincoln  Preparatory  School 
Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys 

Regular  Term 

Summer  Term 

Total 

Less  Duplicates 


*These  figures  include  the  administrative  officers,  faculties,  and  students 
of  the  Divisions  of  the  University  in  Worcester,  Springfield,  and  Provi- 
dence. 

**The  Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  admitted  stu- 
dents for  the  first  time  in  September  1938. 


38 
19 

532 
437 

16 

10 

171 
146 

353 

42 

6442 
403 

311 

6039 

COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  19 

c&he  Co-operative  <rPlaru 

How  It  Works 

THE  co-operative  plan  works  in  the  following  manner.  Upper- 
classmen  are  divided  into  two  nearly  equal  groups,  one  of 
which  is  called  Division  A  and  the  other  Division  B.  Each 
man  is  assigned  a  job  with  some  business  or  industrial  concern. 
So  far  as  possible  each  man  in  one  Division  is  paired  with  a  man 
in  the  other  Division,  so  that  the  two,  by  taking  turns,  may  occupy 
one  job  throughout  the  entire  year.  In  September  the  Division  A 
student  returns  to  the  University  for  ten  weeks  of  classroom  work. 
At  the  end  of  that  time  he  goes  out  to  work  ten  weeks  with  a  co- 
operating firm.  His  place  at  the  University  is  then  taken  by  his 
alternate,  the  corresponding  Division  B  student.  When  ten  weeks 
more  have  passed,  the  Division  A  man  returns  to  college,  and  the 
Division  B  man  returns  to  the  co-operative  job.  The  alternation 
of  work  and  classroom  study  continues  throughout  the  year  so 
that  an  upperclassman  has  annually  twenty  weeks  at  college, 
twenty-six  weeks  at  co-operative  work,  and  six  weeks  of  vacation. 


Faculty  Co-ordinators 

Students  are  assigned  to  a  co-ordinator,  who  interviews  them 
periodically  during  their  freshman  year  for  the  purpose  of  de- 
termining their  background,  abilities,  temperaments,  and  apti- 
tudes. During  these  interviews  the  co-ordinator  discusses  various 
fields  of  activity  and  answers  such  questions  as  the  students  may 
have  in  regard  to  the  many  phases  of  business  and  industry. 
Each  student  is  studied  in  the  light  of  his  physical  condition, 
scholastic  ability,  and  other  factors  affecting  his  probable  success 
in  vocational  life.  These  interviews  culminate  in  an  agreement 
between  the  student  and  his  co-ordinator  regarding  the  field  of 
co-operative  work  in  which  the  student  is  to  be  placed.  During 
his  upperclass  years  the  student  continues  to  have  frequent  con- 
ferences with  his  co-ordinator  regarding  vocational  adjustments 
and  personal  problems.  In  this  way  the  progress  of  every  student 
is  observed  and  co-ordinated  with  his  college  work  to  the  end 
that  he  may  obtain  maximum  values  from  his  training  at  North- 
eastern. 

Placement 

The  co-ordinator  visits  co-operative  firms  and  arranges  with 
them  for  the  employment  of  the  students  under  his  charge.  The 
range  of  opportunities  available  to  Northeastern  students  is  wide, 


20  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

including  practically  all  phases  of  industrial  life.  As  a  general 
rule,  sophomores  are  placed  upon  routine  and  laborious  jobs 
through  which  they  may  prove  their  fitness  for  more  responsible 
work.  The  jobs  upon  which  Northeastern  students  are  employed 
are  in  no  sense  protected  opportunities.  They  are  regular  jobs 
under  actual  business  conditions  and  are  held  in  competition  with 
other  sources  of  supply.  The  only  special  privilege  accorded 
Northeastern  students  is  that  of  attending  college  on  the  co- 
operative plan.  The  University  expects  every  student  to  stand 
on  his  own  feet  while  he  is  on  co-operative  work,  and  advance- 
ment to  the  more  responsible  jobs  is  based  entirely  upon  merit. 


Supervision  and  Guidance 

While  the  University  does  not  adopt  a  paternal  attitude  toward 
co-operative  work,  it  nevertheless  assumes  certain  responsibilities 
toward  students  and  co-operating  firms.  Co-ordinators  visit  each 
job  in  order  that  the  employer  may  report  upon  the  student's 
achievement  and  that  necessary  adjustments  may  be  made.  Co- 
ordinators supervise  the  assignment  of  students  to  various  jobs 
and  in  conjunction  with  employers  arrange  for  promotions  and 
training  schedules.  Problems  that  arise  on  co-operative  work  are 
adjusted  by  common  agreement  of  co-ordinator,  student,  and  em- 
ployer. In  the  event  of  special  difficulties  or  dissatisfaction,  the 
case  may  be  adjusted  by  the  Committee  on  Co-operative  work, 
which  comprises  several  members  of  the  faculty. 

Through  a  series  of  co-operative  work  reports  prepared  during 
their  working  periods,  students  are  led  to  analyze  their  jobs  and  to 
develop  a  thoughtful  and  investigative  attitude  toward  their 
working  environment.  A  most  important  phase  of  co-operative 
work  is  the  opportunity  afforded  for  guidance  by  the  frank  dis- 
cussion of  actual  problems  encountered  on  the  job.  The  intimate 
contact  between  co-ordinator  and  student  is  of  great  worth  in 
helping  the  student  to  get  the  most  value  from  each  co-operative 
work  assignment.  While  the  University  endeavors  to  provide 
every  possible  opportunity  for  its  students,  it  expects  them  at  the 
same  time  to  take  the  initiative  and  to  assume  the  responsibility 
involved  in  their  individual  development.  To  every  student  are 
available  the  counsel  and  guidance  of  the  faculty,  and  every 
resource  at  its  disposal.  But  the  faculty  does  not  coerce  students 
who  are  uninterested  or  unwilling  to  think  for  themselves. 

The  co-operative  plan  is  thus  designed  specifically  to  provide 
actual  working  conditions  which  shall  afford  the  student  practical 
experience,  give  meaning  to  his  program  of  study,  and  train  him 
in  reliability,  efficiency,  and  team  work. 


COLLEGE   OF    ENGINEERING  21 


Correlation  of  Theory  and  Practice 

Co-operating  companies  employ  the  students  in  the  various 
departments  of  their  establishments.  The  training  is  thorough. 
To  derive  the  greatest  value  from  his  co-operative  work  the  student 
is  advised  to  continue  in  the  employ  of  his  co-operating  firm  for 
at  least  one  year  after  graduation,  since  certain  types  of  work  which 
would  afford  him  valuable  experience  cannot  be  made  available 
to  him  while  he  is  alternating  between  work  and  study.  Statistics 
compiled  over  a  period  of  many  years  show  that  on  the  average 
about  fifty  per  cent  of  each  graduating  class  do  remain  with  their 
co-operating  employers  after  graduation. 


Co-operative  Work  Reports 

The  values  to  be  derived  from  the  practical  experiences  are 
further  enhanced  by  required  report  writing.  These  co-operative 
work  reports  are  written  during  the  working  periods  by  all  co- 
operative students.  A  complete  job  analysis  is  required  as  the 
first  report  written  on  any  new  co-operative  work  assignment. 
Subjects  of  other  reports  are  selected  by  the  student  after  con- 
ference with  his  Co-ordinator  of  Co-operative  Work,  by  whom 
they  must  be  approved.  The  reports  are  designed  to  encourage 
observation  and  investigation  on  the  part  of  the  students  and  to 
help  them  to  appreciate  more  fully  the  extent  and  value  of  their 
experience.  These  reports  are  carefully  read  by  the  Co-ordinator 
and  are  discussed  with  the  student  during  the  following  college 
period.  Exceptionally  valuable  results  are  obtained  from  these 
reports.  The  value  derived  must  necessarily  be  directly  propor- 
tional to  the  conscientious  and  intelligent  concentration  of  effort 
by  the  student  upon  this  phase  of  the  work. 


Co-operative  Work  Records 

Complete  and  detailed  records  are  kept  of  the  co-operative 
work  of  each  student.  They  are  based  upon  reports  made  by  the 
employer  at  the  end  of  each  working  period;  upon  occasional 
personal  interviews  between  the  employer  and  the  Co-ordinator; 
and  upon  various  evidences  of  the  student's  attitude  toward  all 
the  phases  of  his  co-operative  work.  It  is  not  possible  for  the 
student  to  secure  a  degree  unless  this  part  of  the  curriculum  is 
completed  satisfactorily.  These  records  of  practical  experience 
serve  as  a  valuable  future  reference  for  the  Alumni  Placement 
Division  of  the  Department. 


22  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Positions  Available 

Because  of  uncertainties  of  business  conditions,  as  well  as  other 
reasons  beyond  its  control,  the  University  cannot  and  does  not 
guarantee  to  place  students.  Although  the  University  in  no  way 
discriminates  among  students  of  various  races  and  religions,  con- 
siderable difficulty  has  been  experienced  in  placing  at  co-operative 
work  the  members  of  certain  racial  groups  and  students  who  are 
physically  handicapped.  However,  past  experience  has  demon- 
strated that  students  who  are  willing  and  capable  of  adapting 
themselves  to  existing  conditions  are  almost  never  without  em- 
ployment except  in  periods  of  severe  industrial  depression. 


Earnings 

The  rates  of  pay  for  students  tend  to  be  low  because  students 
are  given  the  privilege  of  attending  college  on  the  Co-operative 
Plan  and  because  effort  is  made  to  provide  the  student  with  the 
opportunity  of  being  transferred,  at  reasonable  intervals,  from 
one  department  to  another  of  the  co-operating  company.  It 
should  be  understood  that  the  primary  purpose  of  the  Co-opera- 
tive Plan  is  training. 

The  minimum  rates  of  pay  will  be  governed  to  a  very  large 
extent  by  prevailing  wages-and-hours  laws.  To  assist  the  student 
in  budgeting  his  expenses,  however,  the  following  scale  of  wages 
may  be  considered  as  minimum  rates  received  by  students  in  times 
of  normal  business. 

$12  per  week  for  second  year  students 

$14  per  week  for  third  year  students 

$16  per  week  for  fourth  and  fifth  year  students 

Statistical  records  show  that  the  pay  actually  received  by 
students  averages  appreciably  above  these  figures. 


Location  of  Work 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  to  assign  students  to  co-opera- 
tive work  within  commuting  distance  of  their  homes.  This  is  not 
always  possible,  however,  and  at  times  it  may  be  necessary  for 
students  to  live  away  from  home  in  order  to  obtain  satisfactory 
and  desirable  co-operative  work  assignments. 

Types  of  Co-operative  Work 

Insofar  as  possible  students  are  placed  at  co-operative  work 
in  that  general  field  for  which  they  express  preference,  provided 
that  aptitude,  physical  ability,  temperament,  and  other  personal 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  23 

qualities  appear  to  fit  them  for  this  field.  Usually  students  are 
placed  first  in  the  lower  ranks  of  an  organization  where  they  may 
learn  the  fundamental  requirements  of  the  business. 

For  example,  a  student  interested  in  manufacturing  might  be 
started  as  an  operative  on  some  machine  in  the  plant.  As  his 
progress  and  other  conditions  warranted  he  would  be  transferred 
to  other  types  of  work  such  as  shipping,  inspecting,  cost  finding, 
adjusting  complaints,  or  bookkeeping,  and  so  on,  so  that  in  the 
course  of  his  four  years  co-operative  training  he  would  have 
the  opportunity  to  acquire  a  substantial  background  in  at  least 
some  of  the  functions  of  factory  administration.  This  progressive 
type  of  training  is  more  readily  obtained  in  the  employ  of  one 
company.  A  change  of  company  each  year  provides  more  a 
change  of  environment  than  a  progression  of  experiences. 

Engineering  firms,  manufacturing  companies,  public  utilities, 
and  many  other  types  of  enterprises  are  employing  Northeastern 
students.  In  some  cases  definite  training  schedules  have  been 
established  so  as  to  permit  the  student  one  full  year  in  each  of 
several  important  departments. 


Typical  Co-operative  Training  Schedules 

These  schedules  are  arranged  with  the  basic  idea  of  giving  the 
student  a  comprehensive  training  through  the  several  different  de- 
partments, but  must  of  necessity  be  varied  in  accordance  with  the 
needs  of  those  departments. 

BOSTON  &  MAINE  RAILROAD  CO. 
One  Year  —  Erecting  Shop 
One  Year  —  Machine  Shop 

One  Year  —  General  work  in  Machine  Shop  and  Erecting  Shop 
One  Year  —  Mechanical  Engineer's  Dept. 

BOSTON  EDISON  COMPANY 
The  schedule  of  the  Boston  Edison  Company  is  divided  into  the  following 
general  classifications.     Very  few  co-operating  students  obtain  experience  in  all 
branches,  but  students  progress  from  year  to  year  in  the  respective  branches 
as  conditions  require. 

Standardizing 

(a)  Testing  and  standardizing  of  electrical  instruments 

(b)  Miscellaneous  standardization 

(c)  Repairs  on  electrical  instruments 

(d)  Laboratory  high  voltage  tests 

Steam  Practice 

(a)  Turbine,  engine  and  boiler  tests 

(b)  Instrument  tests  and  repairs 

(c)  Miscellaneous  tests 


24  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Electrical  Testing 

(a)  Testing  and  repairing  of  electrical  instruments  in  power  stations  and 

sub-stations 

(b)  Cable  tests 

(c)  High  voltage  tests  on  apparatus  and  in  the  field 

(d)  Checking  up  construction  work 

(e)  Miscellaneous  electrical  tests 

Chemical  Engineering 

(a)  Fuel  analysis 

(b)  Miscellaneous   tests   and    analysis   of  oils,    water   paints,    and   other 

materials 

Photography 
Office  Work 

HUNT-SPILLER  MANUFACTURING  CORPORATION 

One  Year     General  laboratory  and  plant  work,  including  preparation  of 
samples 
Pyrometry 
Use  and  care  of  Metallurgical  apparatus 

One  Year     Complete  analysis  of  coal,  coke,  limestone,  sand,  iron,  soil,  etc. 

One  Year     Keeping  of  general  metallurgical  records,  filing,  and  making  of 
reports 

One  Year     Analysis  for  combined,  graphitic,  and  total  carbon  with  a  com- 
plete knowledge  of  a  carbon  combustion  apparatus 

PEPPERELL  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 
One  Year  Stock  Records 

One  Year  Production  Analysis 

One  Year  Inventory  Control 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  25 

Qeneral  ^nformatioru 

Tuition 

THE  tuition  for  all  curricula  in  the  Day  Division  is  $250  per 
year,  or  $125  per  term.    Certain  fees  and  deposits  are  also 
required  as  specified  in  the  following  paragraphs.     A  com- 
plete statement  of  tuition  and  fee  payments  is  given  on  page  26. 
Students   who  carry   academic  loads   of  greater  or  less  than 
normal  amount  may  pay  their  tuition  on  a  semester  hour  basis. 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 
All  students  are  charged  a  general  library  and  materials  fee  of 
fourteen  dollars  *($14)  each  year.    This  fee  is  payable  at  the  time 
of  registration  and  is  included  in  the  schedule  of  payments  on 
page  26. 

Student  Activities  Fee 

Each  student  in  the  Day  Division  is  charged  a  student  activities 
fee  of  sixteen  dollars  ($16).  This  fee  is  payable  at  the  time  of 
registration  and  is  included  in  the  schedule  of  payments  on  page 
26.  This  fee  supports  in  part  certain  student  activities,  and  in- 
cludes membership  in  the  Northeastern  University  Athletic  Associa- 
tion, The  Northeastern  Student  Union  and  subscription  to  The 
Northeastern  News,  the  college  paper. 

The  services  of  a  physician  are  also  available  for  all  students 
under  this  fee.  Minor  ailments  are  treated  by  the  college  health 
officers  without  additional  charge.  If  the  student  shows  signs  of 
more  serious  illness,  he  is  immediately  advised  to  consult  a 
specialist  or  return  to  his  home,  where  he  can  get  further  treatment. 

Chemical  Laboratory  Deposit 
(Applies  only  to  students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work) 

All  students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work  are  required  to 
make  a  deposit  from  which  deductions  are  made  for  breakage, 
chemicals,  and  destruction  of  apparatus  in  the  laboratory.  Any 
unused  portion  of  this  deposit  will  be  returned  to  the  student  at 
the  end  of  the  college  year.  If  the  charge  for  such  breakage, 
chemicals,  or  destruction  of  apparatus  is  more  than  the  sum 
deposited,  the  student  will  be  charged  the  additional  amount. 

Freshmen  make  a  chemical  laboratory  deposit  of  ten  dollars 
with  their  first  tuition  payment  at  the  beginning  of  the  year; 
upperclassmen  make  a  chemical  laboratory  deposit  of  ten  dollars 
($10)  at  the  beginning  of  each  term. 

*This  fee  is  twelve  dollars  ($12)  for  students  who  were  enrolled  in  the  Day 
Division  prior  to  January  1,  1940. 


26  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Schedule  of  Payments  for  Freshmen 

Date  Due  Amount 

♦September  5,  1940  Tuition  $125.00 

Fees  30.00 


$155.00 
February  3,  1941  "Tuition  $125.00 


Schedule  of  Payments  for  Upperclassmen 


Division  A 

♦September  9,  1940 

Tuition 
Fees 

Tuition 

♦♦$125.00 
28.00 

♦January  27,  1941 

$153.00 
$125.00 

Division  B 

♦November  18,  1940 

Tuition 
Fees 

Tuition 

♦♦$125.00 
28.00 

♦April  7,  1941 

$153.00 
$125.00 

There  will  be  a  $2.00  deferred  payment  fee  added  to  all  bills 
which  are  not  paid  by  the  Saturday  following  the  date  on  which 
payments  fall  due.  When  further  extensions  of  time  are  given 
on  payments  which  have  been  previously  deferred,  an  additional 
$2.00  fee  will  be  charged  for  each  extension. 

Failure  to  make  the  required  payments  on  time,  or  to  arrange 
for  such  payments,  is  considered  sufficient  cause  to  bar  the  student 
from  classes  or  suspend  him  from  co-operative  work  until  the 
matter  has  been  adjusted  with  the  Director  of  School  Adminis- 
tration. 


Graduation  Fee 

A  fee  often  dollars  ($10)  covering  graduation  is  required  by  the 
University  of  all  candidates  for  a  degree.  This  fee  must  be  paid 
before  the  end  of  the  seventh  week  of  the  second  term  in  the 
senior  year. 

Payments 

All  payments  should  be  made  at  the  treasurer's  office.  Checks 
should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University. 

♦Students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work  pay  a  deposit  of  $10.00  additional. 
♦♦This  tuition  payment  is  $100  instead  of  $125  for  all  upperclassmen  enrolled 
in  the  College  prior  to  September  1,  1938. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  27 

Refunds 

The  University  assumes  the  obligation  of  carrying  the  student 
throughout  the  year.  Instruction  and  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided on  a  yearly  basis;  therefore,  no  refunds  are  granted  except 
when  students  are  compelled  to  withdraw  on  account  of  personal 
illness. 

Expenses 

The  following  tables,  compiled  from  expense  returns  submitted 
by  the  student  body,  give  an  idea  of  freshman  expenditures  under 
ordinary  conditions. 

Estimated  College  Expenses  for  a  Freshman 

Application  Fee $     5. 

Tuition 250. 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 14. 

Chemical  Laboratory  Deposit 10. 

Student  Activities  Fee 16. 

Books  and  Supplies 35. 

$330. 

(Engineering  students  should  add  approximately  $25  for  drawing 
instruments  and  equipment.) 

Estimated  Living  Expenses  Per  Week  for  a  Freshman 
Residing  Away  from  Home 

Room  Rent $  3.75 

Board 7.00 

Laundry 1 .00 

Incidentals 2.00 

$13.75 

The  figures  given  above  are  approximate  and  may  not  exactly 
apply  to  any  one  student;  however,  they  will  be  found  to  repre- 
sent fairly  well  the  expense  of  a  freshman  who  lives  comfortably 
but  without  extravagance. 

Textbooks  and  Supplies 

The  Northeastern  University  Bookstore,  located  in  the  Base- 
ment of  the  West  Building,  is  a  department  of  the  University  and 
is  operated  for  the  convenience  of  the  student  body.  All  books 
and  supplies  which  are  required  by  the  students  for  their  work 
in  the  University  may  be  purchased  at  the  Bookstore. 


28  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

A  Northeastern  Bookstore  Discount  Card  will  be  issued  to 
every  Day  Division  student  at  the  time  of  registration  and  will 
entitle  him  to  a  ten  per  cent  discount  on  all  Day  Division  text- 
books which  he  purchases  for  his  own  use  while  in  school. 

The  ten  per  cent  discount  will  not  apply  on  equipment,  supplies 
or  novelties.  It  will  be  the  policy  of  the  bookstore,  however,  to 
stock  these  materials  and  to  sell  them  at  the  lowest  possible  prices. 


Part-Time  Work 

Students  who  find  it  necessary  to  accept  part-time  jobs  while 
attending  college  may  obtain  such  work  through  the  Director  of 
Co-operative  Work. 

No  student  is  justified  in  assuming  that  the  University  will  take 
care  of  his  expenses  or  guarantee  to  supply  him  with  work  suffi- 
cient to  meet  all  his  needs. 

A  student  should  have  available  a  reserve  fund  adequate  to 
provide  for  immediate  needs  and  unexpected  contingencies.  This 
should  ordinarily  amount  to  at  least  the  first  year's  tuition  plus 
the  student  activity  and  other  fees,  room  rent,  and  board  for 
several  weeks,  or  a  total  of  about  $500. 


Examinations 

Examinations  covering  the  work  of  the  term  are  usually  held 
at  the  close  of  each  term.  Exceptions  may  be  made  in  certain 
courses  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  instructor,  examinations  are 
not  necessary. 

Condition  examinations  will  be  given  in  all  subjects  during  the 
week  of  July  7,  1941,  for  Division  A  students,  and  the  week  of 
September  1,  1941,  for  Division  B  students.  Condition  examina- 
tions are  not  given  for  laboratory  courses. 

Special  examinations  may  be  arranged  for  only  by  vote  of  the 
Administrative  Committee,  and  for  all  such  examinations  the 
University  requires  the  payment  of  a  special  fee  of  five  dollars 
($5). 

Grades 
A  student's  grade  is  officially  recorded  by  letters,  as  follows: 

A     superior  attainment 

B      above  average  attainment 

C     average  attainment 

D     lowest  passing  grade,  poor  attainment  (the  faculty  will 

accept  only  a  limited  amount  of  grade  D  work  towards 

the  Bachelor's  degree) 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  29 

F      failure,  removable  by  condition  examination 
FF    complete  failure  (course  must  be  repeated  in  class) 
I       incomplete,  used  for  intermediate  grades  only  to  signify 
that  the  student  has  not  had  time  to  make  up  work  lost 
through  excusable  enforced  absence  from  class 
L      used  in  all  cases  of  the  removal  of  a  failure  by  condition 
examination  or  by  attendance  at  summer  term 

A  student  who  does  not  remove  a  condition  before  that  course 
is  again  scheduled,  a  year  later,  must  repeat  the  course.  A  condi- 
tion in  more  than  one  subject  may  involve  the  loss  of  assignment 
to  co-operative  work. 

The  responsibility  for  the  removal  of  a  condition  rests  with  the 
student,  who  is  required  to  ascertain  when  and  how  the  condition 
can  be  removed. 

Dean's  List 

A  Dean's  List,  issued  at  the  end  of  each  term,  contains  the 
names  of  upperclass  students  who  have  an  honor  grade  average 
in  all  subjects  during  the  preceding  period.  Freshman  who 
achieve  high  scholastic  standing  are  included  on  a  Freshman 
Honor  List,  which  is  published  at  the  end  of  each  grading  period. 
No  student  under  disciplinary  restrictions  is  eligible  for  either  of 
the  honor  lists. 

Report  Cards 

Freshman  reports  are  issued  at  the  end  of  each  grading  period; 
upperclass  reports,  at  the  end  of  each  term.  In  addition,  a  special 
report  on  review  subjects  pursued  during  the  summer  term  will  be 
issued  immediately  at  its  close.  Questions  relative  to  grades  are 
to  be  discussed  with  the  student's  faculty  adviser. 

Students  are  constantly  encouraged  to  maintain  an  acceptable 
quality  of  college  work.  Parents  and  students  are  always  wel- 
comed by  the  college  officers  and  faculty  advisers  for  conference 
upon  such  matters. 

Parents  or  guardians  will  be  notified  whenever  students  are 
advised  or  required  to  withdraw  from  the  University. 

Conduct 

It  is  assumed  that  students  come  to  the  University  for  a  serious 
purpose  and  that  they  will  cheerfully  conform  to  such  regulations 
as  may  from  time  to  time  be  made.  In  case  of  injury  to  any  building 
or  to  any  of  the  furniture,  apparatus,  or  other  property  of  the 
University,  the  damage  will  be  charged  to  the  student  or  students 
known  to  be  immediately  concerned;  but  if  the  persons  who 
caused  the  damage  are  unknown,  the  cost  for  repairs  may  be 
assessed  equally  upon  all  the  students  of  the  University. 


30  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Students  are  expected  to  observe  the  accepted  rules  of  decorum, 
to  obey  the  regulations  of  the  University,  and  to  pay  due  respect 
to  its  officers.  Conduct  inconsistent  with  the  general  good  order 
of  the  University  or  persistent  neglect  of  work  may  be  followed 
by  dismissal;  if  the  offense  be  a  less  serious  one,  the  student  may 
be  placed  upon  probation.  The  student  so  placed  upon  pro- 
bation may  be  dismissed  if  guilty  of  any  further  offense. 

It  is  desired  to  administer  the  discipline  of  the  University  so  as 
to  maintain  a  high  standard  of  integrity  and  a  scrupulous  regard 
for  truth.  The  attempt  of  any  student  to  present  as  his  own  any 
work  which  he  has  not  performed,  or  to  pass  any  examination 
by  improper  means,  is  regarded  as  a  most  serious  offense  and 
renders  the  offender  liable  to  immediate  expulsion.  The  aiding 
and  abetting  of  a  student  in  any  dishonesty  is  also  held  to  be  a 
grave  breach  of  discipline. 

Scholastic  Year  for  Seniors 

Seniors  of  either  division  who  are  candidates  for  a  degree  in 
the  current  year  must  have  completed  all  academic  work,  class 
assignments,  theses,  regular  and  special  examinations,  before 
twelve  o'clock  noon  of  the  Saturday  next  following  the  close  of 
recitations  for  seniors. 

Attendance 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  all  exercises  in  the  subjects  they 
are  studying  unless  excused  in  advance.  Exercises  are  held  and 
students  are  expected  to  devote  themselves  to  the  work  of  the 
University  between  9:00  a.m.  and  5:00  p.m.,  except  for  a  lunch 
period,  on  every  week  day  except  Saturday.  Saturday  classes  are 
held  only  between  9:00  a.m.  and  1:00  p.m. 

No  cuts  are  allowed.  A  careful  record  of  each  student's  attend- 
ance  upon  class  exercises  is  kept.  Absence  from  regularly  sched- 
uled exercises  in  any  subject  will  seriously  affect  the  standing  of 
the  student.  It  may  cause  the  removal  of  the  subject  or  subjects 
from  his  schedule.  If  he  presents  a  reasonable  excuse  for  the 
absence,  however,  he  may  be  allowed  to  make  up  the  time  lost 
and  be  given  credit  for  the  work;  but  he  must  complete  the  work 
at  such  time  and  in  such  manner  as  his  instructor  in  the  course 
may  designate. 

Laboratory  work  can  be  made  up  only  when  it  is  possible  to 
do  so  during  hours  of  regularly  scheduled  instruction. 

Absences  from  exercises  immediately  preceding  or  following  a 
recess  are  especially  serious  and  entail  severe  penalties. 

Attendance  at  all  mass  meetings  of  the  student  body  is  com- 
pulsory. Exceptions  to  this  rule  are  made  only  when  the  student 
has  received  permission  from  the  Director  of  Student  Activities 
previous  to  the  meeting  from  which  he  desires  to  be  absent. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  31 

Housing  Regulations 

The  University  endeavors  to  exercise  due  consideration  and 
care  for  the  student's  welfare  while  he  is  in  residence.  This 
necessitates  the  adoption  of  the  rules  and  regulations  presented 
herewith. 

1.  Assignments  will  be  made  when  the  student  registers. 

2.  Students  may  inspect  rooms  before  accepting  an  assignment; 
after  reaching  a  decision  students  must  notify  the  office  of  the 
Director  of  School  Administration,  254W. 

3.  Students  who  accept  room  assignments  must  retain  them 
for  the  period  of  their  residence,  unless  given  permission  by  the 
Director  of  School  Administration  to  change. 

4.  Students  are  not  permitted  to  live  in  unsupervised  quarters. 
Under  no  conditions  are  groups  of  students  permitted  to  lease 
apartments. 

5.  Students  are  not  permitted  to  engage  rooms  without  the  prior 
approval  of  the  University.  Those  violating  this  rule  will  be 
required  to  give  up  such  rooms  immediately  and  will  be  assigned 
by  the  University  to  approved  quarters. 

6.  Violation  of  any  of  the  above  rules  is  considered  a  breach 
of  discipline  and  will  be  dealt  with  accordingly. 

Residence 

It  has  been  found  to  be  much  more  satisfactory  for  the  student 
to  live  within  easy  access  of  Boston,  especially  during  periods  in 
college,  than  to  live  out  twenty-five  or  thirty  miles.  The  saving 
of  time  and  effort  more  than  offsets  any  increased  expense. 
Residence  in  Boston  is  advisable,  as  it  gives  the  student  oppor- 
tunity to  use  the  college  facilities  outside  of  class  hours  and  to 
confer  more  easily  with  his  instructors  about  his  college  work. 

Dormitories 

At  present  the  University  does  not  maintain  dormitories.  Pro- 
vision, however,  is  made  for  students  to  secure  rooms  in  the 
vicinity.  Many  freshmen  prefer  to  take  room  and  board  at  the 
fraternity  houses,  which  are  all  supervised  by  the  University 
through  faculty  advisers.  For  information  relative  to  such 
housing  write  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

Rooms  in  the  dormitory  of  the  Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of 
the  Boston  Y.M.C.A.  may  be  secured  only  through  the  Housing 
Department  of  the  Y.M.C.A.  The  applicant  must  present  him- 
self in  person  to  a  representative  of  the  Department  before  assign- 
ment will  be  made. 

Applicants  desiring  to  room  in  the  Association  dormitory  are 
advised  to  write  the  Housing  Department  of  the  Huntington 
Avenue  Branch,  316  Huntington  Avenue.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 


32  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

buildings  and  facilities 

Boston — A  Great  Educational  Center 

THE  fact  that  Northeastern  University  is  in  Boston  broadens 
the  educational  and  cultural  opportunities  of  its  students. 
Few  other  cities  in  the  country  are  so  rich  in  the  finest 
elements  of  American  life.  Many  of  its  historic  buildings,  such 
as  the  Old  State  House,  Faneuil  Hall,  and  the  Old  North  Church, 
have  become  museums  for  the  preservation  of  old  documents, 
paintings,  and  other  collections  representative  of  early  Colonial 
life.  The  Boston  Public  Library  and  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts, 
both  within  a  few  blocks  of  the  University  Buildings,  are  widely 
noted  for  their  treasures  of  literature  and  art.  Even  nearer  to 
the  University  is  Symphony  Hall,  home  of  the  world-famous 
Boston  Symphony  Orchestra.  And  the  many  churches  within 
Greater  Boston  not  only  afford  the  opportunity  of  hearing  dis- 
tinguished preachers  but  through  their  student  clubs  and  young 
people's  societies  make  possible  for  students  a  fine  type  of  social 
and  intellectual  life. 

Location  of  University  Buildings 

The  Day  Division  of  Northeastern  University  is  housed  in 
three  buildings  located  on  Huntington  Avenue,  Boston,  just 
beyond  Massachusetts  Avenue  and  opposite  the  historic  Boston 
Opera  House.  The  main  administrative  offices  of  the  University 
are  located  in  the  West  Building,  a  four-story  brick  structure  added 
to  the  physical  plant  of  Northeastern  in  1938. 

Transportation 

The  chief  railroad  centers  of  Boston  are  the  North  and  South 
Stations.  From  the  North  Station  board  a  car  going  to  Park 
Street,  at  which  junction  transfer  to  any  Huntington  Avenue  car. 
At  South  Station  board  a  Cambridge  subway  train  for  Park  Street 
Under.  There  change  to  a  Huntington  Avenue  car  and  alight 
at  the  West  Building  of  Northeastern  University. 

West  Building 

The  West  Building  contains  over  100,000  square  feet  of  floor 
space  for  administrative  and  instructional  purposes.  In  the  base- 
ment are  the  Mechanical  Engineering  offices,  laboratories,  and 
machine  shops;  the  University  Bookstore;  the  Husky  Hut,  where 
light  refreshments  are  sold;  several  classrooms;  and  a  large  drafting 
room  used  chiefly  by  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 
Ample  area  is  also  provided  in  the  basement  for  a  student  check 
room,  lockers,  and  various  storage  rooms  and  vaults. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  33 

On  the  first  floor  are  located  the  President's  office,  the  General 
Offices  of  the  Secretary-Treasurer,  and  the  offices  of  the  Vice- 
President  of  the  University.  A  large  public  reception  room  adjoins 
the  main  lobby,  and  several  small  classrooms  are  located  in  both 
wings  of  the  building.  This  floor  was  given  to  the  University  in 
memory  of  Lieutenant  Stafford  Leighton  Brown  by  his  mother. 

The  Department  of  Physics  has  a  suite  of  offices,  laboratories, 
and  research  areas  in  the  south  wing  of  the  second  floor.  A  large 
lecture  hall  with  raised  seats  accommodating  over  three  hundred 
people  occupies  the  central  area  of  the  second  floor.  This  room 
is  fully  equipped  for  both  lantern  slide  and  motion  picture  pro- 
jection, and  is  provided  with  up-to-date  motor  driven  ventilating 
equipment.  The  room  is  fitted  with  a  lecture  demonstration  desk 
having  all  necessary  accessories  including  gas,  water,  various 
types  of  electricity,  and  hoods  for  the  removal  of  gases.  A  fully 
stocked  preparation  room  adjoins  this  lecture  hall.  The  offices  of 
the  Director  of  School  Administration,  the  Director  of  Co- 
operative Work,  and  the  Dean  of  Students,  a  large  number  of 
small  classrooms,  and  several  conference  rooms  complete  the 
layout  of  the  second  floor. 

Student  lounging  and  recreation  rooms  sponsored  by  the 
Northeastern  Student  Union  occupy  the  Huntington  Avenue  side 
of  the  third  floor,  together  with  the  offices  of  the  Department  of 
Student  Activities.  This  floor  also  contains  a  small  University 
Chapel,  a  lecture  hall  similar  to  that  on  the  second  floor  but 
slightly  smaller,  and  a  number  of  large  classrooms  equipped  with 
special  tables  for  freshman  drawing  classes. 

A  group  of  large,  fully  equipped  laboratories  for  Inorganic 
Chemistry  and  Qualitative  Analysis,  Physical  Chemistry  and 
Quantitative  Analysis,  and  Organic  Chemistry  occupy  the  prin- 
cipal areas  of  the  fourth  floor.  The  Chemistry  Department  has 
its  offices  and  a  large  lecture  hall  equipped  especially  for  courses 
in  chemistry  adjoining  these  laboratories.  A  number  of  research 
areas  for  special  purposes,  a  large  central  stockroom,  a  dark  room, 
and  several  balance  rooms  complete  the  chemistry  suite.  Three 
large  drafting  rooms  having  blackboards  especially  equipped  with 
sliding  T-squares,  an  Art  Room,  and  the  offices  of  the  Drawing 
Department,  are  also  found  on  the  fourth  floor. 

In  the  penthouse  on  the  roof  there  are  a  faculty-alumni  lounge, 
a  radio  laboratory,  and  an  astronomy  laboratory. 

South  Building 

The  South  Building  of  Northeastern  University  comprises  a 
basement  and  two  stories.  The  Department  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering occupies  the  entire  basement  with  its  offices,  Dynamo 
Laboratories,  High  Tension  Laboratory,  Electrical  Measurements 
Laboratory,  Instrument  Room,  and  research  areas. 


34 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


MAP  SHOWING  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  AND  VICINITY 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  35 


Key  to  Map 

Northeastern  University  and  Vicinity 

1. 

East  Building 

2. 

South  Building 

3. 

West  Building 

4. 

Symphony  Hall 

5. 

Horticultural  Hall 

6. 

Christian  Science  Church 

7. 

New  England  Conservatory  of  Music 

8. 

Boston  Opera  House 

9. 

Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts 

10. 

Mechanics  Exhibition  Hall 

11. 

Back  Bay  Station 

12. 

Trinity  Place 

13. 

Boston  Public  Library 

14. 

Trinity  Church 

15. 

Museum  of  Natural  History 

16. 

Boston  Public  Garden 

17. 

Boston  Common 

18. 

South  Station 

19. 

North  Station 

20. 

State  House 

21. 

U.  S.  Customs  House 

.   22. 

Rowes  Wharf 

36  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

On  the  first  floor  are  located  the  Departments  of  Civil  and  of 
Industrial  Engineering.  A  Hydraulics  and  Sanitary  Engineering 
Laboratory,  a  Methods  Engineering  Laboratory,  a  Civil  Engineer- 
ing drafting  room,  and  several  classrooms  complete  the  layout 
of  this  floor.  A  large  lecture  room,  several  classrooms,  the  Chem- 
ical Engineering  Unit  Operations  Laboratory,  the  Chemical 
Engineering  Department  Offices,  and  the  Biology  Laboratory  are 
located  on  the  second  floor. 


East  Building 

The  East  Building  of  Northeastern  University  is  the  educational 
wing  of  the  Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of  the  Boston  Y.M.C.A. 
On  its  second  floor  are  located  the  library,  a  branch  library  and 
reading  room,  and  several  classrooms.  The  third  floor  contains 
the  office  of  the  Dean  of  Business  Administration,  several  de- 
partmental offices,  a  laboratory  for  statistical  work,  and  additional 
classrooms.  On  the  fourth  floor  are  located  the  office  of  the 
Dean  of  Liberal  Arts,  the  Department  of  English,  the  Department 
of  Modern  Languages,  several  large  lecture  rooms,  and  a  Student 
Union  Reading  Room. 

Jacob  P.  Bates  Hall,  located  in  the  East  Building,  has  a  seating 
capacity  of  400.  The  hall  is  equipped  with  a  motion  picture 
machine  and  has  a  large  stage  suitable  for  entertainments  of 
various  kinds. 

Bates  Hall  is  an  important  center  for  various  student  activities. 
Here  the  band  and  the  orchestra  have  their  rehearsals,  the  glee 
club  gives  its  entertainments,  and  some  of  the  dramatic  work  is 
presented.  Numerous  student  socials  and  small  group  dinners 
frequently  are  held  here. 

Natatorium 

The  swimming  pool,  75  feet  long  by  25  feet  wide,  is  supplied 
with  filtered  water  and  is  heated  to  the  proper  temperature  by  an 
elaborate  system  of  pipes.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  of  its  kind  in 
New  England. 

Gymnasium 

This  structure,  the  funds  for  which  were  provided  by  the 
relatives  of  the  late  Samuel  Johnson,  is  known  as  the  Samuel 
Johnson  Memorial  Gymnasium.  The  gymnasium  provides  the 
following  facilities:  three  gymnasiums,  a  twelve-lap  running  track, 
two  large  exercise  rooms,  boxing  and  wrestling  rooms,  handball 
and  squash  courts,  bowling  alleys,  showers,  steam  baths,  massage 
rooms,  and  electric  cabinet  baths. 


COLLEGE    OF   ENGINEERING  37 

Lecture  Assembly  Halls 

Through  special  arrangement,  Jordan  Hall,  Symphony  Hall, 
and  the  Boston  Opera  House  are  made  available  for  assembly 
purposes.  These  halls  provide  ample  space  for  student  activity 
assemblies  and  for  special  lectures  by  noted  men.  All  the  students 
in  college  at  any  period  assemble  for  one  hour  each  week  through- 
out the  college  year.  More  than  half  of  the  assembly  sessions  are 
devoted  to  interests  and  activities  developed  by  the  students 
themselves.  The  other  assembly  periods  are  devoted  to  special 
lectures,  sometimes  under  the  direction  of  the  student  body  and 
sometimes  under  the  direction  of  the  faculty.  The  special  lectures 
are  devoted  to  those  elements  of  life  which  count  most  in  the 
development  of  a  man's  viewpoint  and  his  character. 


Equipment  for  Physical  Training 

Northeastern  has  exceptional  facilities  for  all-round  physical 
training.  The  gymnasium  is  one  of  the  most  complete  in  New 
England.  Adjoining  the  West  Building  is  a  large  field  equipped  for 
athletics.  Here  are  two  tennis  courts,  an  outdoor  gymnasium,  a 
rifle  range,  a  baseball  cage,  jumping  pits,  and  a  track  with  a  100- 
yard  straightaway. 


Huntington  Field 

Northeastern  University  owns  and  operates  a  large  athletic  field 
a  short  distance  from  the  University.  This  field,  known  as  the 
Huntington  Field,  provides  ample  facilities  for  track,  baseball, 
football,  and  other  outdoor  sports.  A  bus  service  maintained 
between  the  field  and  the  University  makes  it  possible  for  students 
to  get  back  and  forth  with  a  minimum  loss  of  time.  A  new  and 
commodious  field  house  has  recently  been  erected  at  the  field  as 
well  as  ten  sections  of  stadium  seats  capable  of  seating  2,000 
spectators. 


Design  and  Drafting  Rooms 

The  University  possesses  large,  light,  and  well-equipped  drawing 
rooms  for  the  carrying  on  of  the  designing  and  drafting  which 
form  so  important  a  part  of  engineering  work.  These  rooms  are 
supplied  with  lockers  containing  the  drawing  supplies,  files  con- 
taining blue  prints,  and  photographs  of  machines  and  structures 
that  represent  the  best  practice.  Drafting  room  blackboards  are 
equipped  with  traveling  straight  edge  devices  which  facilitate 
speed  and  accuracy  in  blackboard  demonstrations. 


38  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Libraries 

The  library  service  of  Northeastern  University  comprises  the 
following  units: 

1.  The  Main  Library,  located  on  the  second  floor  of  the  East 
Building,  includes  three  reading  rooms  in  which  are  available  all 
of  the  general  reference  books,  many  of  the  professional  and 
scientific  volumes,  and  all  of  the  periodicals  (approximately  100) 
to  which  the  University  subscribes.  This  library  is  under  the 
direction  of  a  librarian  and  two  assistants,  all  of  whom  have  had 
special  training  for  the  work.    Main  library  hours  are  as  follows: 


9:00 

A.M. 

to    10:00  P.M. 

Daily 

2:00 

P.M. 

to      9:00  P.M. 

Sundays 

12:00 

M 

to      9:00  P.M. 

Holidays 

2.  The  Branch  Library,  also  located  on  the  second  floor  of  the 
East  Building,  houses  most  of  the  books  on  engineering  and  man- 
agement with  the  exception  of  those  in  the  field  of  chemical 
engineering,  which,  for  greater  convenience  of  students  in  this 
department,  are  kept  in  the  Main  Library.  The  Branch  Library 
is  in  charge  of  a  corps  of  student  assistants  and  is  open  from 
8:45  a.m.  to  5:15  p.m.  daily  except  Sundays.  Students  have  access 
directly  to  the  shelves  which  contain  books  on  reserve  for  par- 
ticular courses  as  well  as  general  reference  works. 

3.  A  general  reading  room  and  library  is  maintained  by  the 
Northeastern  Student  Union  in  Room  356,  West  Building.  The 
books  located  here  are  chiefly  non-technical  works  dealing  with 
contemporary  affairs,  religious  problems,  international  relations, 
travel,  etc.,  among  which  students  may  browse  during  periods  of 
relaxation.  A  few  of  the  literary  and  religious  periodicals  are  also 
available  in  this  room. 


Boston  Public  Library 

All  members  of  the  University,  whether  resident  or  non- 
resident students,  have  the  privilege  of  taking  books  from  the 
Boston  Public  Library  and  of  using  the  library  for  general  reference 
and  study.  Inasmuch  as  this  is  one  of  the  best  in  the  country, 
it  presents  unusual  opportunities  to  the  students.  Within  a  few 
minutes'  walk  from  the  University,  it  enables  students  to  have 
unlimited  reference  at  any  time  to  books  and  periodicals  bearing 
upon  their  studies. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  39 


Student  ^Activities 


NORTHEASTERN  University  regards  student  activities  as 
an  integral  part  of  its  educational  program.  One  of  the 
main  departments  of  the  University  is  charged  with  the 
responsibility  of  co-ordinating  the  various  types  of  activities  and 
of  administering  the  social,  musical,  literary,  and  athletic  organi- 
zations in  such  a  way  as  to  enable  each  to  contribute  in  a  whole- 
some, worth-while  manner  to  student  life  at  Northeastern.  Every 
student  is  encouraged  to  participate  in  such  activities  as  may 
appeal  to  him,  although  a  standard  of  scholarship  which  is  in- 
compatible with  excessive  devotion  to  such  pursuits  is  required  of 
all  students. 

Members  of  the  faculty  also  are  interested  in  the  informal 
aspects  of  the  college  program.  Teaching  loads  are  kept  suf- 
ficiently low  so  that  the  instructional  staff  may  have  ample 
opportunity  to  mingle  with  students  outside  of  the  classroom  in 
social  activities  and  on  the  athletic  field.  In  fact,  some  member 
of  the  faculty  is  appointed  to  serve  as  adviser  for  each  student 
activity.  His  function  is  not  to  dictate  how  the  organization  shall 
be  run,  but  to  encourage  the  students  in  their  extra-curricula 
endeavors  and  to  give  them  the  benefit  of  his  mature  point  of 
view  in  solving  the  problems. that  inevitably  arise. 

One  of  the  outstanding  contributions  of  the  co-operative  plan 
in  the  field  of  higher  education  has  been  its  capacity  to  develop 
in  students  those  powers  of  social  understanding  that  are  so 
essential  to  success  in  professional  life.  At  Northeastern  the 
program  of  student  activities  is  made  to  contribute  to  this  end 
in  a  very  real  way.  It  is  a  conscious  aim  of  the  student  activities 
advisers  to  develop  among  their  advisees  those  qualities  of  per- 
sonality and  character  which  will  enhance  their  usefulness  as 
future  professional  men  and  citizens.  Students  have  splendid 
opportunities  to  develop  administrative  and  executive  ability  as 
leaders  of  undergraduate  organizations.  No  academic  credit  is 
awarded  for  any  student  activity.  This  has  been  no  deterrent, 
however,  to  student  participation  in  extra-curricula  activities,  for 
a  recent  survey  of  the  undergraduate  body  showed  that  over  90% 
of  the  enrollment  were  engaged  in  one  or  more  forms  of  student 
activity. 

Athletic  Association 

All  students  in  the  Day  Division  are  members  of  the  North- 
eastern University  Athletic  Association.  Policies  of  the  asso- 
ciation are  passed  upon  by  a  Faculty  Committee  on  Student 
Activities  appointed  by  the  vice-president  in  charge  of  the  Day 
Division.     This  committee  decides  what  students  are  eligible  to 


40  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

participate  in  athletics,  what  the  various  sports  schedules  shall 
be,  and  what  students  may  be  excused  from  classes  to  represent 
the  University  on  athletic  trips. 

The  actual  administration  of  the  athletic  program  is  in  the 
hands  of  a  second  committee,  known  as  the  General  Athletic 
Committee,  which  consists  of  the  Director  of  Student  Activities, 
the  captains  and  managers  of  all  varsity  teams,  and  the  coaches 
as  ex  officio  members. 

The  University  maintains  both  varsity  and  freshman  teams  in 
basketball,  baseball,  football,  hockey,  and  track.  Intercollegiate 
games  and  meets  are  arranged  with  the  leading  colleges  in  the 
East.  In  addition  to  intercollegiate  athletics  the  athletic  associa- 
tion conducts  an  intramural  program  in  various  sports. 


Tennis  Club 

The  Northeastern  University  Tennis  Club  is  open  to  all  under- 
graduates. The  Department  of  Student  Activities  appoints  a 
faculty  adviser  who  assists  the  members  in  conducting  an  intra- 
mural tennis  tournament.  Excellent  facilities  for  tennis  are 
afforded  on  the  courts  adjacent  to  the  East  Building  of  the  Uni- 
versity. In  the  early  spring  members  of  the  Tennis  Club  have 
access  to  the  gymnasium  for  indoor  practice. 

Mass  Meeting 

The  hour  from  12:00  to  1:00  on  Wednesdays  throughout  the 
year  is  set  aside  for  mass  meetings.  Attendance  is  compulsory. 
Arrangements  are  made  to  bring  before  the  student  body  some  of 
the  ablest  and  foremost  thinkers  of  the  day.  A  list  of  speakers 
for  the  year  will  be  found  on  page  13  of  this  catalogue.  When 
the  mass  meeting  hour  is  not  occupied  by  a  University  lecturer, 
class  meetings,  concerts,  or  athletic  rallies  are  held  instead.  Such 
gatherings  are  under  the  direction  of  the  Department  of  Student 
Activities. 

"The  News" 

A  college  newspaper,  the  Northeastern  News,  is  published  each 
week  throughout  the  college  year  by  a  staff  selected  from  the 
student  body.  The  copy  is  prepared,  edited,  and  published  by  the 
students  themselves  with  the  counsel  of  a  faculty  adviser.  Op- 
portunity is  afforded  for  the  students  to  express  their  opinions 
on  subjects  relating  to  study,  co-operative  work,  social  events,  or 
topics  of  the  day.  Positions  on  the  News  staff  and  promotions 
are  attained  by  competitive  work.  The  paper  is  in  part  supported 
by  advertising,  both  national  and  local,  and  in  part  by  a  portion 
of  the  student  activities  fee.    The  Northeastern  News  is  a  member 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  41 

of  the  Eastern  Intercollegiate  Newspaper  Association,  and  sends 
one  of  its  editors  to  the  annual  convention  of  this  association 
each  year.  Copies  of  the  News  are  mailed  to  upperclassmen  when 
they  are  at  co-operative  work  and  to  freshmen  after  the  close 
of  their  college  year. 

"The  Cauldron' 

The  senior  class  publishes  annually  a  college  year  book,  The 
Cauldron.  It  is  ready  for  distribution  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
second  semester  and  contains  a  complete  review  of  the  college 
year  with  class  histories,  pictures  of  all  seniors,  of  the  faculty, 
and  of  undergraduate  groups,  as  well  as  a  miscellany  of  snapshots 
and  drawings  contributed  by  students. 


The  Handbook 

Each  fall  the  Northeastern  Student  Union  issues  a  conven- 
iently sized  student  Handbook,  which  is  sold  to  students  at  a 
nominal  price.  The  book  contains  information  about  the  various 
college  clubs,  athletic  programs,  fraternities,  rules  governing 
freshmen,  lockers,  publications,  and  so  on.  The  Handbook  also 
includes  a  diary  for  the  college  year  in  which  it  is  issued. 

Student  Council 

Student  government  of  the  Day  Division  at  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity is  vested  in  the  Student  Council,  composed  of  elected  rep- 
resentatives from  the  various  classes.  The  Council  is  the  authority 
on  all  matters  relating  to  student  policies  not  definitely  connected 
with  classroom  procedure.  It  has  jurisdiction,  subject  to  faculty 
approval,  over  all  such  matters  as  customs,  privileges,  campus 
regulations,  etc.  and  meets  regularly  to  consider  and  act  upon 
issues  referred  to  it  for  decision.  The  Dean  of  Students  serves  as 
faculty  adviser  to  the  Student  Council. 

Honor  Societies 

Three  honorary  societies  are  chartered  by  the  University  in  its 
Day  Division: 

The  Senate,  in  the  College  of  Engineering. 

The  Sigma  Society,  in  the  College  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Academy,  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 

Election  to  the  college  honorary  fraternity  is  founded  primarily 
upon  scholarship,  but  before  a  man  is  privileged  to  wear  the 
honorary  society  insignia  he  must  give  evidence  of  an  integrity  of 
character  and  an  interest  in  the  extra-curricula  life  of  the  Uni- 


42  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

versity  as  well  as  an  acceptable  personality.  The  Societies  have 
memberships  consisting  of  the  outstanding  men  in  the  Day  Divi- 
sion. Election  to  the  honorary  society  is  the  highest  honor  that 
can  be  conferred  upon  an  undergraduate. 

Fraternities 

There  are  at  present  ten  local  Greek  letter  fraternities  chartered 
by  Northeastern  University.  Each  fraternity  is  provided  with  a 
faculty  adviser  who  is  responsible  for  the  proper  administration 
of  the  fraternity  house  under  the  rules  and  regulations  established 
by  the  faculty.  The  list  of  fraternities  in  the  order  of  their  estab- 
lishment is  as  follows: 

1.  Alpha  Kappa  Sigma  6.  Phi  Beta  Alpha 

2.  Beta  Gamma  Epsilon  7.  Phi  Gamma  Pi 

3.  Eta  Tau  Nu  8.  Sigma  Phi  Alpha 

4.  Nu  Epsilon  Zeta  9.  Kappa  Zeta  Phi 

5.  Sigma  Kappa  Psi  10.  Gamma  Phi  Kappa 

Elected  representatives  from  each  fraternity  make  up  an  Inter- 
Fraternity  Council,  a  body  which  has  preliminary  jurisdiction  over 
fraternity  regulations.  Its  rulings  are  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Faculty  Committee  on  Student  Activities. 

Professional  Societies  and  Clubs 

To  assist  in  the  promotion  of  social,  cultural,  and  intellectual 
advancement  through  informal  channels,  a  number  of  professional 
societies  and  clubs  are  sponsored. 

Accounting  —  Law  Club 

All  students  interested  in  accounting  and  law  are  invited  to 
join  this  stimulating  club.  Problems  and  cases  involving  the 
interrelations  of  accounting  and  law  are  presented  and  discussed 
at  club  meetings.  Although  upperclassmen  usually  present  prob- 
lems arising  out  of  thesis  or  co-operative  work,  speakers  from  the 
professional  world  come  to  the  meetings  to  present  papers  and 
lead  the  student  discussion. 

Banking  Club 

The  purpose  of  this  organization  is  to  increase  among  its  mem- 
bers the  knowledge  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  banking.  Any 
student  of  Northeastern  University,  while  enrolled  in  any  of  the 
banking  courses  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration,  is 
eligible  to  active  membership  in  this  club.  Meetings  are  held  each 
ten  week  period  at  which  banking  executives  from  Greater  Boston 
are  invited  to  discuss  current  issues  in  the  field  of  banking. 


COLLEGE   OF    ENGINEERING  43 

National  Engineering  Societies 

Students  in  the  several  professional  curricula  of  the  College  of 
Engineering  operate  Northeastern  University  Sections  of  the 
appropriate  national  engineering  societies.  Chief  among  these 
are  the  following: 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 

Boston  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers 

American  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management 

American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers 

Members  of  the  engineering  faculty  who  hold  membership  in 
the  parent  organizations  serve  as  advisers  to  these  student  groups. 
Meetings  are  held  regularly,  usually  at  night  so  that  students  from 
both  Divisions  may  attend,  and  practicing  engineers  are  invited 
to  address  the  Section.  Occasionally  appropriate  motion  pictures 
are  shown,  or  the  group  visits  some  current  engineering  project  in 
the  vicinity  of  Boston.  The  College  of  Engineering  encourages 
these  student  sections  of  the  technical  societies  in  the  belief  that 
they  provide  a  wholesome  medium  for  social  intercourse  as  well 
as  a  worth-while  introduction  to  professional  life. 


Affiliated  Engineering  Societies  of  New  England 

Membership  in  the  student  sections  of  the  Boston  Society  of 
Civil  Engineers,  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers, 
or  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  also  includes 
membership  and  privileges  of  the  Affiliated  Engineering  Societies 
of  New  England.  This  organization  is  an  affiliation  of  all  the 
major  technical  societies  of  Boston  and  vicinity  and  provides  very 
valuable  lectures,  smokers,  and  informal  meetings  with  the  out- 
standing men  engaged  in  engineering  work  in  Boston  and  vicinity. 


International  Relations  Club 

The  International  Relations  Club  was  founded  in  1932  for  the 
purpose  of  studying  and  discussing  those  current  national  and 
international  events  and  issues  which  vitally  concern  our  American 
life  and  institutions. 

It  is  the  intention  of  the  club  to  deal  with  all  questions  in  an 
impartial  and  broadminded  manner,  and  to  take  an  intelligent 
and  effective  part  in  promoting  international  understanding  and 
harmony.  The  club  maintains  contacts  with  similar  organizations 
in  other  colleges. 

Membership  is  not  open  to  freshmen,  and  only  to  those  upper- 
classmen  who  maintain  good  scholarship. 


44  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Astronomy  Club 

Membership  in  the  Astronomy  Club  is  open  to  all  students  in 
the  College  of  Engineering  who  maintain  satisfactory  scholastic 
standing.  The  club  has  access  to  machine  shops  for  the  con- 
struction of  telescopes  and  other  instruments.  It  also  has  quarters 
in  the  penthouse  on  the  fifth  floor  of  the  West  Building.  Meetings 
are  held  twice  a  month  for  the  purpose  of  making  astronomical 
observations  and  carrying  on  appropriate  discussions. 

Debating  Society 

The  purpose  of  the  Debating  Society,  formed  in  1936,  is  "to 
foster  and  promote  an  interest  and  facility  in  formal  argumenta- 
tion; to  develop  an  impartial,  unbiased,  and  intellectual  considera- 
tion of  questions  and  issues  of  current  interest;  and  to  sponsor 
intercollegiate  relationships  and  competition  in  the  debating  field." 
Membership  is  open  to  all  students  of  the  Day  Division. 

Radio  Club 

One  of  the  most  popular  undergraduate  activities  is  the  North- 
eastern University  Radio  Club.  Members  are  provided  oppor- 
tunity for  code  practice  and  are  encouraged  to  obtain  their 
amateur  licenses.  The  Club  owns  and  operates  station  W1KBN, 
a  short  wave  transmitter,  located  in  the  Radio  Laboratory  in  the 
penthouse  of  the  West  Building.  Meetings  are  held  about  once 
a  month  for  the  discussion  of  technical  matters.  Practicing 
radio  engineers  are  frequently  invited  to  address  the  Club  at 
evening  meetings,  when  students  in  both  divisions  may  attend. 

Dramatic  Club 

Students  interested  in  dramatics  have  an  opportunity  to  culti- 
vate this  art  under  faculty  coaches  who  co-operate  with  the 
Dramatic  Club  in  the  production  of  several  pieces  in  the  course  of 
each  college  year.  Frequently  the  Northeastern  Dramatic  and 
Glee  Clubs  collaborate  with  those  of  Simmons  College  in  light 
operas  such  as  those  of  Gilbert  and  Sullivan. 

Rifle  Club 

Organized  a  number  of  years  ago,  the  Rifle  Club  was  so  success- 
ful that  in  1933  riflery  was  recognized  as  a  minor  sport.  Members 
of  the  club  are  given  instruction  in  the  art  of  rifle  snooting.  Those 
students  who  excel  in  intra-mural  competition  are  selected  for 
the  team  representing  the  University  in  intercollegiate  contests. 
Practice  sessions  are  held  twice  a  week  in  the  University  rifle 
range.    Membership  is  open  to  all  students. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  45 

Musical  Clubs 

The  Department  of  Student  Activities  sponsors  the  following 
musical  clubs:  an  orchestra,  a  band,  a  glee  club,  a  banjo  club,  and 
a  dance  orchestra,  for  which  all  students  with  musical  ability  are 
eligible.  Membership  in  the  various  musical  clubs  is  attained  by 
competitive  effort. 

Each  organization  has  a  faculty  adviser  and  each  elects  a 
representative  to  the  Musical  Clubs  Council.  The  purpose  of 
this  council  is  to  co-ordinate  the  various  musical  activities  of  the 
Day  Division.  At  the  annual  Musical  Clubs  Banquet,  held  early 
in  the  spring,  charms  are  awarded  to  the  leaders  and  managers  of 
the  several  clubs  and  to  members  who  have  played  over  a  period 
of  three  full  years. 

The  various  musical  clubs,  in  conjunction  with  the  Dramatic 
Club,  combine  in  an  annual  mid-winter  entertainment  and  partici- 
pate in  occasional  outside  public  engagements  throughout  the 
college  year. 

Camera  Club 

The  Camera  Club  welcomes  all  men  interested  in  photography. 
Weekly  discussions  and  special  evening  lectures  by  guest  artists 
are  part  of  the  yearly  program.  Field  trips,  monthly  photo  con- 
tests and  a  general  exhibition  add  to  the  interest  and  progressive 
work  of  this  organization. 

Mathematics  Society 

The  Mathematics  Society  encourages  the  study  of  topics  of 
mathematical  interest  which  are  either  outside  or  beyond  the 
scope  of  the  regular  mathematics  courses.  Membership  is  re- 
stricted to  those  men  who  have  completed  one  and  one-half 
years  of  study  in  mathematics  and  have  an  average  grade  of  not 
less  than  "C"  in  mathematics  courses  up  through  differential 
calculus.  The  club  meets  once  every  five  weeks  in  the  evening. 
Although  membership  is  limited  to  upperclassmen,  any  student 
is  always  welcome  to  any  meeting,  and  freshmen  especially  inter- 
ested in  mathematics  are  always  welcome. 

The  final  program  of  the  year  is  devoted  to  a  dinner  meeting 
for  which  some  prominent  outside  speaker  is  procured. 


Class  Organization  and  Activity 

Each  of  the  Classes  in  the  Day  Division  elects  its  officers  and 
carries  on  activities  as  a  class.  Dances  are  sponsored  by  the 
classes  at  regular  periods  throughout  the  year.  One  of  the  high 
lights  of  the  social  program  is  the  Junior  Promenade,  held  each 
spring  at  one  of  the  Boston  hotels. 


46  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Seniors  plan  a  whole  week  of  activities  just  prior  to  Commence- 
ment in  June. 

Freshmen  are  required  to  wear  the  red  and  black  cap  distributed 
through  the  Department  of  Student  Activities  in  order  that  they 
may  be  readily  distinguishable  to  each  other  and  to  upperclass- 
men. 

The  Northeastern  Student  Union 

The  purpose  of  the  Northeastern  Student  Union  is  to  carry 
out  the  work  of  a  Christian  association  within  the  University. 
It  endeavors  to  deepen  the  spiritual  lives  of  Northeastern  men 
through  the  building  of  Christian  character,  to  create  and  pro- 
mote a  strong  and  effective  Northeastern  University  spirit  in  and 
through  a  unified  student  body,  to  promote  sociability,  and  to 
emphasize  certain  ethical,  social,  civic,  intellectual,  economic, 
physical,  vocational,  and  avocational  values. 

All  students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  activities  of 
the  Union,  no  matter  what  their  religious  faith,  as  the  work  of 
the  Union  is  entirely  non-sectarian.  A  good  moral  character  is 
the  only  requirement  for  eligibility  to  membership.  It  is  hoped 
that  as  many  students  as  can  will  participate  in  this  ideal  extra- 
curricula  work. 

The  Union  conducts  a  weekly  Chapel  Service  in  the  little  chapel 
in  the  West  Building,  to  which  all  faculty  members  and  students 
are  invited.  The  service,  which  is  non-sectarian  and  voluntary, 
is  held  on  Thursday  mornings  from  8:40  to  8:55  o'clock.  Many 
eminent  preachers  of  Greater  Boston  are  engaged  to  deliver  brief 
addresses. 

Awards  and  Prizes 
Public  Speaking  Contest 

Each  spring  the  University  conducts  a  Public  Speaking  Contest 
for  which  all  students  in  the  Day  Division  are  eligible.  Prizes  of 
fifty,  twenty-five,  fifteen,  and  ten  dollars  respectively  are  awarded 
to  the  four  ablest  speakers  at  a  general  mass  meeting  of  the  student 
body. 

Speeches  are  original  in  nature  and  about  ten  minutes  in  length. 
The  judges  base  their  decision  on  appropriateness  of  subject, 
content,  and  delivery.  Preliminary  contests  are  held  during  the 
winter  in  each  division. 

Alcott  Award 

In  1934  the  William  Jefferson  Alcott,  Jr.  Memorial  Fund  was 
established  by  the  faculty  and  other  friends  to  perpetuate  the 
memory  of  Professor  Alcott  who  was  a  member  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematics  in  Northeastern  University  from  1924  until 
his  death  in  1933. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  47 

Each  year  the  income  from  this  fund  is  used  for  a  suitable 
award  to  the  Northeastern  University  Day  Division  student  who 
has  made  some  outstanding  academic  achievement  during  the 
preceding  year.  The  recipient  of  the  award  is  chosen  by  a  com- 
mittee elected  by  the  faculty. 

Alumni  Association 

The  alumni  of  the  Day  Division  are  organized  to  promote  the 
welfare  of  Northeastern  University,  to  establish  a  mutually  bene- 
ficial relationship  between  the  University  and  its  alumni,  and  to 
perpetuate  the  spirit  of  fellowship  among  members  of  the  Alumni 
Association. 

Among  the  events  sponsored  by  the  Alumni  Association  are 
the  annual  meeting  and  reunion;  the  annual  alumni-varsity 
basketball  game;  and  class  reunions.  The  Association  also  awards 
a  track  trophy  each  year  and  contributes  to  the  Alumni  Student 
Loan  Fund. 

The  work  of  the  General  Alumni  Association  is  supplemented 
by  the  activities  of  regional  alumni  clubs.  The  local  clubs  meet 
periodically  in  their  respective  centers  to  discuss  matters  pertain- 
ing to  the  University  and  its  alumni.  Meetings  are  also  held  in 
conjunction  with  the  visits  of  Northeastern's  athletic  teams  to 
the  various  club  centers. 


48  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Officers  of  the  cAlumni  cAssociatioru 

President 
Lindsay  Ellms  '23 

Vice  President 
George  A.  Mallion  '20 

Secretary 
Earl  H.  Thomson  '25 

Treasurer 
Willis  P.  Burbank  '31 

Executive  Committee 

Farnham  W.  Smith  '24  Raymon  D.  Tellier  '28 

John  W.  Greenleaf,  Jr.  '30  George  Davenport  '28 

James  W.  Daniels  '25 

Alumni  Executive  Secretary 
Rudolf  O.  Oberg  '26 

Alumni  Council  Representatives 

1913-1920  John  R.  McLeish  1929— Harold  L.  Burton 

Harry  J.  Freeman  1930 — Dexter  W.  Lovell 
Perry  F.  Zwisler  Alexander  G.  MacGregor 

1921 — Roger  E.  Spear  1931 — Donald  H.  MacKenzie 

1922 — Richard  B.  Brown  1932 — Sidney  A.  Standing 

1923 — Thomas  A.  Stevens  1934 — J.  Lloyd  Hayden 

1924 — Farnham  W.  Smith  1935 — Hartwell  G.  Howe 

1925 — Rene  G.  Maurette  1936 — Frederic  S.  Bacon,  Jr. 

1926— Earl  L.  Moulton  1937— John  F.  Shea 

1927 — Rudolph  A.  Lofgren  1938 — Chesley  F.  Garland 
1928 — William  E.  R.  Sullivan 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  49 


cAdmission  ^Requirements 

APPLICANTS  for  admission  to  the  freshman  class  without 
restrictions  must  qualify  by  one  of  the  following  methods: 
1.  Graduation  from  an  approved  course  of  study  in  an 
accredited  secondary  school,  including  prescribed  subjects  listed 
below. 

2.  Completion  of  fifteen  acceptable  secondary  school  units  with 
a  degree  of  proficiency  satisfactory  to  the  Department  of  Ad- 
missions. 

3.  Examinations. 

(Certificate  of  entrance  examinations  passed  for  admission 
to  recognized  colleges  and  technical  schools  may  be  accepted.) 


Prescribed  Subjects  for  Admission 

Mathematics  3  units 

*Physics  or  Chemistry  1  unit 

History,  Social  Studies  and/or  Foreign  Language  2  units 

English  3  units 

**Electives  6  units 

Total  15  units 

A  unit  is  a  credit  given  to  an  acceptable  secondary  school 
course  which  meets  at  least  four  times  a  week  for  periods  of  not 
less  than  forty  minutes  each  throughout  the  school  year. 

Entrance  examinations  are  not  required  of  students  whose 
transcripts  of  record  are  acceptable,  but  the  Committee  on  Ad- 
mission reserves  the  right  to  require  a  candidate  to  present  him- 
self for  examination  in  any  subjects  that  it  may  deem  necessary 
because  of  some  weakness  in  his  secondary  school  record. 


Other  Requirements 

These  formal  requirements  are  necessary  and  desirable  in  that 
they  tend  to  provide  all  entering  students  with  a  common  ground 
upon  which  the  first  year  of  the  college  curriculum  can  be  based. 
But  academic  credits  alone  are  not  an  adequate  indication  of  a 
student's  ability  to  profit  by  a  college  education.  Consequently 
the  Department  of  Admissions  takes  into  consideration,  along 
with  the  formal  requirements  stated  above,  many  other  factors 
regarding  candidates  for  the  freshman  class.  A  student's  interests 
and  aptitudes  in  so  far  as  they  can  be  determined,  his  capacity  for 

*Physics  is  recommended. 

**Not  less  than  four  of  the  "electives"  must  be  in  one  or  more  of  the  following 
academic  branches:  Languages,  Natural  Science,  Mathematics,  Social  Sciences, 
History. 


50  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

hard  work,  his  attitude  toward  his  classmates  and  teachers  in 
high  school,  his  physical  stamina,  and,  most  important  of  all,  his 
character, — all  these  considerations  are  carefully  weighed.  In  this 
way  the  University  seeks  to  select  for  its  student  body  those  who 
not  only  meet  the  academic  admission  requirements  but  who  also 
give  promise  of  acquitting  themselves  creditably  in  the  rigorous 
program  of  training  afforded  by  the  co-operative  plan  and  of  later 
becoming  useful  members  of  society. 

Personal  Interview 

Candidates  for  admission  should  communicate  with  the  Director 
of  Admissions,  who  will  advise  them  frankly  on  the  basis  of  past 
experience.  A  personal  interview  is  always  preferred  to  corre- 
spondence, and  parents  are  urged  to  accompany  their  sons  when- 
ever this  is  possible.  Effective  guidance  depends  in  large  measure 
upon  a  complete  knowledge  of  a  candidate's  background  and 
problems.  Parents  invariably  are  able  to  contribute  much  in- 
formation that  aids  the  admissions  officer  in  arriving  at  a  decision. 
In  general,  a  student  is  likely  to  be  more  successful  in  his  college 
work  if  he  does  not  enroll  under  the  age  of  seventeen. 

Application  for  Admission 

Each  applicant  for  admission  is  required  to  fill  out  an  applica- 
tion blank  whereon  he  states  his  previous  education  as  well  as 
the  names  of  persons  to  whom  reference  may  be  made  in  regard 
to  his  character  and  previous  training. 

An  application  fee  of  five  dollars  ($5)  is  required  when  the 
application  is  filed.    This  fee  is  non-returnable. 

The  last  page  of  this  catalog  is  in  the  form  of  an  application 
blank.  It  should  be  filled  out  in  ink  and  forwarded  with  the 
required  five  dollar  fee  to  Director  of  Admissions,  Northeastern 
University,  Boston,  Mass.  Checks  should  be  made  out  to  North- 
eastern University. 

Candidates  are  urged  to  visit  the  office  of  Admissions  for 
personal  interview  if  it  is  possible  for  them  to  do  so  before  sub- 
mitting their  applications.  Office  hours  of  the  Department  are 
from  9:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m.  daily;  Saturdays  to  12:00  m.  The 
Director  of  Admissions  will  interview  applicants  on  Wednesday 
evenings  but  by  appointment  only. 

Upon  receipt  of  the  application,  properly  filled  out,  the  College 
at  once  looks  up  the  applicant's  references  and  secondary  school 
records.  When  replies  have  been  received  to  the  various  inquiries, 
the  applicant  is  informed  as  to  his  eligibility  for  admission. 

Applications  should  be  filed  not  later  than  May  1,  thus  allowing 
ample  time  for  the  investigation  of  the  applicant's  secondary 
school  records  before  he  enrolls  in  the  College. 


COLLEGE    OF   ENGINEERING  51 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  place  any  entering  student 
upon  a  period  of  trial.  Whether  he  shall  be  removed  from  trial 
at  the  end  of  this  time  or  requested  to  withdraw  will  be  deter- 
mined by  the  character  of  the  work  he  has  accomplished  and  his 
conduct  during  this  trial  period. 


Registration 

Eligibility  for  admission  does  not  constitute  registration.  Fresh- 
men register  at  the  University  on  September  5,  1940.  No  student 
is  considered  to  have  met  the  requirements  for  admission  until  he 
has  successfully  passed  the  required  physical  examination. 


Advanced  Standing 

Students  transferring  from  approved  colleges  will  be  admitted 
to  advanced  standing  provided  their  records  warrant  it.  Whenever 
a  student  enters  with  advanced  standing  and  later  proves  to  have 
had  inadequate  preparation  in  any  of  his  prerequisite  subjects, 
the  Faculty  reserves  the  right  to  require  the  student  to  make  up 
such  deficiencies. 

Applicants  seeking  advanced  standing  should  arrange  to  have 
transcripts  of  their  previous  college  records  forwarded  with  their 
initial  inquiry.  Students  admitted  to  advanced  standing  are  not 
eligible  for  placement  at  co-operative  work  until  they  have  com- 
pleted a  full  year  of  academic  work  at  the  University. 


Entrance  Condition  Examinations  in  Boston 

Students  who  are  deficient  in  required  units  for  admission  may 
remove  these  deficiencies  by  examination.  Such  examinations 
are  held  at  the  University  unless  special  arrangements  are  made 
with  the  Department  of  Admissions  to  administer  them  elsewhere. 

Students  are  advised  to  take  such  examinations  on  the  earliest 
possible  date  in  order  that  any  deficiencies  which  they  fail  to 
clear  may  be  made  up  in  time  to  permit  registration  with  the 
desired  class  and  division. 

The  time  of  examinations  is  as  follows: 

10:00  A.M.  to  12:00  M. 
1:00  P.M.  to     3:00  P.M. 

During  the  current  year  examinations  will  be  given  on  the  fol- 
lowing days:  June  5,  1940;  August  28,  1940.  All  other  examina- 
tions will  be  given  by  special  assignment. 


52  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Freshman  Orientation  Period 

In  order  that  freshmen  may  be  ready  to  pursue  their  academic 
work  with  greater  composure  and  be  somewhat  acclimated  before 
the  beginning  of  scholastic  work,  three  or  four  days  prior  to  the 
first  term  are  devoted  to  a  freshman  orientation  period.  During 
this  time  freshmen  are  advised  as  to  choice  of  program,  and  assisted 
in  every  way  possible  in  order  that  they  may  be  prepared  to  begin 
serious  study  and  work  on  the  first  day  of  the  college  term.  All 
freshmen  are  required  to  attend  all  exercises  at  the  University 
scheduled  during  the  orientation  period. 

An  optional  feature  of  the  orientation  program  is  the  freshman 
camp  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  Student  Union.  The 
camp  is  planned  particularly  for  out-of-town  students,  although 
commuters  are  welcomed.  It  aims  at  providing  a  stimulating  and 
wholesome  environment  under  vacation  conditions  in  which  the 
new  men  may  become  acquainted  with  one  another  and  with 
members  of  the  faculty.  The  camp  site  on  Lake  Massapoag,  in 
the  northern  part  of  Massachusetts,  is  admirably  equipped  for 
this  purpose,  having  ample  facilities  for  baseball,  basketball, 
tennis,  boating  and  swimming.  The  cost  of  the  two  days  at 
camp  is  nominal,  and  most  freshmen  avail  themselves  of  this 
opportunity  for  recreation  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  college 
year. 

Physical  Examination 

All  freshmen  receive  a  thorough  physical  examination  at  the 
University  during  the  orientation  period.  All  students  are 
expected  to  report  promptly  at  the  appointed  time  for  examina- 
tion. Those  who  fail  to  appear  at  the  appointed  time  will  be 
charged  a  special  examination  fee  of  two  dollars  ($2). 

Freshman  Counselors 

At  the  time  of  his  matriculation  each  freshman  is  assigned  to  a 
personal  counselor,  a  member  of  the  faculty,  who  serves  as  an 
interested  and  friendly  counselor  during  the  perplexing  period  of 
transition  from  school  to  college.  A  personal  record  card  is 
prepared  for  each  student,  containing  certain  pertinent  data  from 
his  preparatory  school  record,  the  report  of  his  physical  examina- 
tion at  Northeastern,  his  scores  on  psychological  tests,  the  results 
of  placement  examinations,  and  any  special  notes  which  may  be 
of  significance  in  counseling  work.  The  aim  of  the  freshman 
counseling  system  is  primarily  to  assist  students  in  making  an 
effective  start  upon  their  programs  and  secondarily  to  acquire 
for  the  later  use  of  guidance  officers  a  fund  of  significant  informa- 
tion relative  to  every  freshman.  Counseling  is  under  the  direction 
of  a  Dean  of  Students,  assisted  by  a  clinical  psychologist,  who 
handles  the  diagnosis  and  remedial  treatment  of  problem  cases. 


COLLEGE   OF    ENGINEERING  53 

Individual  Attention  to  Freshmen 

Not  only  is  attention  given  to  the  problems  of  the  student  in 
connection  with  his  studies,  but  also  the  service  is  extended  to 
include  help  upon  any  problem  in  which  advice  is  needed  and 
desired,  the  aim  being  to  guide  the  student  to  the  fullest  possible 
personal  development. 

The  college  record  of  each  student  is  carefully  analyzed  in  the 
light  of  what  could  reasonably  be  expected  of  him,  in  view  of 
his  previous  school  record,  his  score  on  the  psychological  test,  and 
the  other  factors  in  his  situation.  If  he  is  not  doing  his  best  work, 
an  investigation  is  made  to  determine  and  eliminate  the  causes. 
If  he  is  doing  as  well  as  could  be  expected  or  better,  he  is  en- 
couraged to  continue  to  do  so.  In  other  words,  each  student  is 
held  to  the  most  effective  work  possible,  through  advice,  encour- 
agement, and  assistance. 

First  Year  Common  to  All  Curricula 

All  engineering  students  carry  the  same  courses  of  study  through- 
out the  freshman  year,  during  which  they  are  given  an  oppor- 
tunity to  survey  the  various  fields  of  engineering.  Choice  of 
curriculum  can  then  be  made  more  intelligently  at  the  beginning 
of  the  sophomore  year.  Students  who  are  unsuccessful  in  the 
basic  courses  of  the  freshman  year  will  not  be  permitted  to  con- 
tinue with  an  engineering  program  but  will  be  advised  to  change 
their  goal  and  type  of  training. 


Trustee  Scholarships 

Each  year  Northeastern  University  grants  in  the  Day  Division 
twenty-five  (25)  full  tuition  scholarships  to  entering  freshmen 
who  have  demonstrated,  throughout  their  preparatory  or  high 
school  course,  superior  scholarship.  For  additional  information 
relative  to  these  scholarships,  communicate  with  the  Director 
of  Admissions. 

Henry  B.  Alvord  Memorial  Scholarship 
in  Civil  Engineering 

This  scholarship  was  established  in  memory  of  the  late  Henry 
B.  Alvord,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and  Chairman  of  the 
Department  for  eighteen  years.  The  award  is  made  annually  to  a 
young  man  graduating  from  an  accredited  secondary  school  who 
has  demonstrated  superior  academic  ability  and  is  likely  to  suc- 
ceed in  Civil  Engineering.  The  grant  of  $250  is  made  only  to 
an  entering  freshman  who  is  qualified  for  and  plans  to  study 
Civil  Engineering. 


54  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

l^equirements  for  Qraduatioru 

THE  College  of  Engineering  offers  five-year  curricula,  con- 
ducted on  the  co-operative  plan,  leading  to  the  following 
degrees: 
I      Bachelor  of  Science  in  Civil  Engineering 
II    *Bachelor  of  Science  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

III  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Electrical  Engineering 

IV  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemical  Engineering 
V      Bachelor  of  Science  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  must  complete  all  of  the  prescribed  work  of  the 
curriculum  in  which  they  seek  to  qualify,  together  with  ten  addi- 
tional semester  hours  of  credit  in  elective  subjects  of  a  liberal 
nature.  This  makes  a  minimum  of  147  semester  hours  required 
for  the  degree.  A  minimum  of  125  weeks  of  college  attendance  is 
needed  to  fulfill  this  requirement.  Students  who  undertake  co- 
operative work  assignments  must  also  meet  the  requirements  of 
the  Department  of  Co-operative  Work  before  they  become 
eligible  for  their  degrees. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is 
eligible  to  receive  the  S.B.  degree  until  he  has  completed  at  least 
one  academic  year  at  Northeastern  immediately  preceding  his 
graduation. 

Scholarship  Requirements 

Any  student  who  fails  to  show  a  satisfactory  standard  of 
general  efficiency  in  his  professional  field  may  be  required  to 
demonstrate  his  qualifications  for  the  degree  by  taking  such 
additional  work  as  the  faculty  may  prescribe.  If  he  is  clearly 
unable  to  meet  the  accepted  standard  of  attainment,  he  may  be 
required  to  withdraw  from  the  University. 

Graduation  With  Honor 
Candidates  who  have  achieved  distinctly  superior  attainment 
in  their  academic  work  will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon 
special  vote  of  the  faculty  a  limited  number  of  this  group  may  be 
graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest  honor.  Students  must 
have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least  two  years  before 
they  may  become  eligible  for  graduation  with  honor,  with  high 
honor,  or  with  highest  honor. 

Thesis  Option 
Theses  are  not  required  of  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  the  several  fields  of  engineering.  Students  who  show 
special  aptitude  for  thesis  work,  however,  may  be  permitted  to 
substitute  an  appropriate  thesis  for  equivalent  work  in  class. 
Such  permission  must  be  obtained  by  the  candidate  from  the  head 
of  his  professional  department. 

""Includes  options  in  Aeronautical  Engineering,  Air  Conditioning  Engineer- 
ing, and  Diesel  Engineering. 


COLLEGE    OF    ENGINEERING 


55 


ENGINEERING  CURRICULA 
AND  COURSES  OF  INSTRUCTION 

i  Qivil  Engineering 

Civil  Engineering  covers  such  a  broad  field  that  no  one  can 
become  expert  in  its  whole  extent.  It  includes  topographical 
engineering,  municipal  engineering,  railroad  engineering,  struc- 
tural engineering,  and  hydraulic  and  sanitary  engineering.  It 
covers  land  surveying,  the  building  of  railroads,  harbors,  docks, 
and  similar  structures;  the  construction  of  sewers,  waterworks, 
roads  and  streets;  the  design  and  construction  of  girders,  roofs, 
trusses,  bridges,  buildings,  walls,  foundations,  and  all  fixed  struc- 
tures. All  of  these  branches  of  engineering  rest,  however,  upon  a 
relatively  compact  body  of  principles,  and  in  the  theory  and  appli- 
cation of  these  principles  the  students  are  trained  in  the  classroom, 
in  the  field,  and  in  the  testing  laboratory.  The  curriculum  is  de- 
signed to  prepare  the  young  engineer  to  take  up  the  work  of  design 
and  construction  of  structures,  to  aid  in  the  location  and  con- 
struction of  railways  and  highways,  and  to  undertake  intelligently 
the  supervision  of  work  in  allied  fields  of  engineering  and  in 
general  contracting. 


The  following  table  sets  forth  the  pre-requisite  courses  of  this 
department,  together  with  the  advanced  courses  for  which  they 
are  pre-requisite.  Pre-requisite  courses  must  be  completed  before 
the  advanced  courses  based  upon  them  may  be  taken.  Advanced 
courses  are  tabulated  at  the  left,  their  pre-requisite  to  the  right. 


Advanced  Courses 

M  5       Differential  Calculus 
ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 
EL  5      Electrical  Machinery 


ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 
CI  7       Curves  and  Earthwork 


CI  15  Theory  of  Structures 
ME  23  Strength  of  Materials 
CI  20     Advanced  Surveying 


CI  23  Engineering  Structures 

CI  25  Concrete 

CI  29  Structural  Design 

CI  21  Sanitary  Engineering 


Pre-requisite  Courses 
Second  Year 

M  1       Algebra,  M  4  Analytic  Geom. 
P  1         Physics  I 
P  2         Physics  I 

Third  Year 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 
CI  4       Higher  Surveying 

Fourth  Year 

ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 
ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 
CI  4       Higher  Surveying 

Fifth  Year 

CI  16  Theory  of  Structures 
ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 
CI  16  Theory  of  Structures 
CI  12     Hydraulics 


56 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


I.  Civil  Engineering 

FIRST  TERM  SECOND  TERM 


Course 
No. 


Course 


Semester     Course 
Hours  No- 


Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


El        English  1 3 

M  1       Algebra 3 

M  3       Trigonometry 2 

D  1        Graphics  1 3 

PI         Physics  1 3 

Ch  1  or  Ch  3  General  Chemistry  4 

PE  3      Physical  Training 0 

Ps  1-A  Orientation 0 


18 


E  2  English  1 3 

M  4  Analytic  Geometry ....  5 

PE  2  Hygiene 1 

D  2  Graphics  II 3 

P  2  Physics  1 3 

Ch  2  or  Ch  4  Inorganic  Chemistry  4 

PE  4  Physical  Training 0 


19 


Second  Year 


M  5  Differential  Calculus ...  3 

P3  Physics  II 2 

P  5  Physics  Laboratory 1 

CI  3  Surveying  1 1]^ 

CI  5  Surveying  I.F&.P 1 

EL  5  Electrical  Machinery ..  .  4 

12^ 


M6 
P4 
P6 
CI  4 
CI  6 


Integral  Calculus 3 

Physics  II 2 

Physics  Laboratory ....  1 

Surveying  II 2,Y2 

Surveying  II,  F  &.  P. . .  .  1 


ME  20  Applied  Mechanics  , 


12^ 


Thirc 

ME  21  Applied  Mechanics ....  3 

ME  35  Heat  Engineering 2 

CI  7       Curves  and  Earthwork  I  2 

CI  9      Curves  &.  Earth.  I,  F&lP  1 

Ec  21     Economics 2 

CI  11     Hydraulics 1Y2 


Year 

ME  22  Strength  of  Materials. . .  3 

ME  36  Heat  Engineering 1% 

CI  8      Curves  and  Earthwork  II  2 

CI  10    Curves  &.  Earth.  II,  F&.P  1 

Ec  22     Economics 2 

CI  12    Hydraulics 2 

ny2 


Fourth  Year 


ME  23  Strength  of  Materials. .  .  2 

ME  69  Testing  Materials  Lab.  .  \Y2 

CI  15    Theory  Structures 3 

CI  3 1     Highway  Engineering. .  .  2 

S  1         Sociology 2 

Gy  1      Geology 2 

12^ 


CI  20    Advanced  Surveying. .  .  2 

ME  70  Testing  Materials  Lab..  1J^ 

CI  16    Theory  Structures 3 

CI  32    Highway  Engineering. . .  2 

S  2         Sociology 2 

Gy  2     Geology 2 

12^ 


C7 
CI  23 
CI  25 
CI  27 
CI  29 
IN  5 
CI  21 


Engineering  Conference 

Engineering  Structures . .  3 

Concrete 2 

Concrete  Design 1 

Structural  Design 2 

Industrial  Management  I  2 

Sanitary  Engineering  I .  .  2 


Fifth  Year 


12H 


C8 
CI  24 
CI  26 
CI  28 
CI  30 
IN  6 
CI  22 


Engineering  Conference       } 

Engineering  Structures  .  3 

Concrete 2 

Concrete  Design 1 

Structural  Design 2 

Industrial  Management  II  2 

Sanitary  Engineering  II .  2 


ny2 


NOTE:  In  addition  to  the  prescribed  program  shown  above,  each  student 
must  complete  at  least  ten  semester  hours  of  credit  in  electives  of  a  liberal 
character,  making  a  total  of  147  semester  hours  required  for  the  S.B.  degree. 
This  work  may  be  taken  in  an  extra  10-week  period  at  college  during  any  upper- 
class  year,  or  in  two  summer  terms. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  57 

SYNOPSES  OF  COURSES  OFFERED 

BY  THE 

DEPARTMENT  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Professors  Gramstorff,  and  Baird 
Messrs.  Devine  and  Sanderson 

Courses  offered  in  the  first  term  bear  odd  numbers;  those 
offered  in  the  second  term  bear  even  numbers. 


CI  3  Surveying  1 
The  course  is  divided  into  two  portions,  the  first  of  which  treats 
of  basic  principles  such  as  taping,  theory  of  the  transit  and  use  of 
the  transit,  theory  of  the  level,  care  of  the  level  and  use  of  the  level. 
The  second  portion  deals  with  closed  and  random  traverses, 
both  the  D.M.D.  and  the  co-ordinate  methods  being  used.  Particu- 
lar stress  is  laid  upon  having  the  student  use  the  methods  and 
procedures  as  outlined  by  the  Massachusetts  Land  Court. 

1  }/2  semester  hour  credits 

CI  4  Surveying  11 
The  course  consists  of  lectures  and  problem  work  in  plane  triangu- 
lation,  double  rodded  levels,  Coast  and  Geodetic  leveling.  The 
theory  of  the  stadia  and  plane  table  is  presented  with  their  appli- 
cations to  topographic  surveying.  The  theory  of  the  sextant  is 
also  presented  with  its  application  to  problems  in  hydrographic 
surveying. 

2x/%  semester  hour  credits 

CI  5     Surveying  1  F.  &  P. 

The  course  is  divided  into  two  equal  parts;  the  first  part  is  devoted 
entirely  to  field  work,  while  the  second  part  is  devoted  entirely  to 
office,  or  plotting  work. 

In  the  field  an  accurate  tape  and  transit  closed  traverse  is  run. 
The  angles  are  read  by  repetition.  The  distances  are  taped  and 
each  traverse  point  is  carefully  tied  in.  The  aim  is  to  obtain  data 
for  a  closed  traverse  equal  to  or  better  than  a  Class  A  survey  as  set 
forth  by  the  Massachusetts  Land  Court.  Physical  features  are 
located  from  this  traverse.  The  best  methods  and  procedures  of 
taking  field  notes  are  emphasized  at  all  times. 

In  the  drafting  room  the  student  is  required  to  compute  his 
closed  traverse  by  both  the  D.M.D.  and  rectangular  co-ordinate 
methods,  to  submit  an  original  drawing  showing  the  traverse  and 
physical  features,  and  to  trace  this  drawing  with  careful  attention 
to  such  details  as  lettering,  appearance,  and  title. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


58  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

CI  6     Surveying  II  F.  &  P. 
Like  course  number  CI  5,  this  course  is  divided  equally  into  two 
portions,  one  consisting  of  field  work,  the  other  of  drafting  room 
work. 

The  field  work  is  triangulation,  including  base  line  and  measure- 
ment of  angles  by  repetition  with  precise  transits  or  theodolite. 
A  complete  plane  table  map  is  drawn  locating  physical  features 
and  contours.  Some  of  the  more  elementary  plane  table  problems 
such  as  intersection,  resection,  and  three  point  problems  are  taken 
up.    Precise  and  Coast  and  Geodetic  leveling  are  also  considered. 

The  drafting  room  work  consists  of  the  preparation  of  a  topo- 
graphic map  based  on  computations  of  the  triangulation  systems, 
together  with  a  tracing  of  the  same;  also  the  solving  of  such 
problems  as  the  eccentric  and  the  three-point  problem  (analytic 

Solution).  1  semester  hour  credit 

CI  7  Curves  and  Earthwork  I 
The  principles  of  reconnaissance,  preliminary,  and  location  sur- 
veys, as  applied  to  highway  and  railroad  surveying,  are  used  as  an 
introduction  for  this  course.  These  are  followed  by  the  principles 
and  application  of  simple,  compound,  reversed,  and  vertical 
curves.  Throughout  the  course,  both  the  railroad  curve  and  the 
circular  arc  are  used.  Many  of  the  more  difficult  or  complex  prob- 
lems are  solved  by  the  use  of  rectangular  co-ordinates  giving  a 
continuation  of  the  co-ordinate  method  as  taught  in  Surveying  I. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

CI  8  Curves  and  Earthwork  II 
This  course  is  a  continuation  of  CI  7,  Curves  and  Earthwork.  The 
various  field  procedures  and  methods  of  computation  for  taking 
cross  sections  are  studied.  Both  the  average  end  area  method  of 
computing  volumes  and  the  prismoidal  formulae  are  taught.  The 
principles  and  methods  used  in  balancing  volumes  and  construct- 
ing and  solving  mass  diagrams  are  presented. 

The  spiral  or  transition  curve  as  applied  to  railroad  and  high- 
way location  is  taken  up.  In  the  latter  part  of  this  course  the 
fundamentals  of  railroad  track  problems  are  presented. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

CI  9  Curves  and  Earthwork  I  F.  &  P. 
A  reconnaissance  line  is  studied,  and  from  this  a  preliminary 
center  line  in  the  form  of  a  random  traverse  is  run.  From  this  pre- 
liminary line  all  the  physical  features  several  hundred  feet  each 
side  of  the  center  line  are  located.  A  map  is  then  prepared  show- 
ing these  data.  From  this  map  suitable  curves  are  computed  and 
the  location  of  the  center  line  thus  determined  is  staked  out  in  the 

field.  1  semester  hour  credit 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  59 

CI  10    Curves  and  Earthwork  II  F.  &  P. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  course  CI  9.  A  profile  of  the  center  line 
is  run  and  from  this  a  suitable  sub-grade  profile  of  this  line  is  ob- 
tained. Further  field  work  is  undertaken  to  obtain  a  complete  set 
of  cross  section  notes  for  the  whole  line,  and  special  emphasis  on 
field  notes  is  made  throughout  the  course. 

In  the  drafting  room  the  volumes  and  balanced  volumes  are 
computed.  From  these  a  mass  diagram  is  prepared  and  a  complete 
earthwork  solution  is  solved  by  use  of  the  mass  diagram  and  the 
profile. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


CI  11     Hydraulics 

The  course,  which  opens  with  the  laws  of  hydrostatics,  treats  of 
gases,  and  the  amount  and  points  of  application  of  the  center 
of  pressures  on  submerged  surfaces.  The  laws  of  hydrokinetics, 
including  those  of  the  flow  of  liquids  through  orifices,  short  tubes, 
weirs,  pipe  lines,  and  open  channels  are  studied  with  particular 
reference  to  Bernouilli's  theorem.  Many  demonstrations  are 
made  in  the  hydraulics  laboratory.  Other  topics  taken  up  are 
dimensional  analysis,  Reynold's  number,  and  Stoke's  Law. 

2x/i  semester  hour  credits 


CI  12     Hydraulics 

This  is  a  continuation  of  CI  11  in  which  the  principles  of  channel 
flow  are  taken  up.  The  topics  include  Chezy's  formula,  critical 
depth,  backwater,  and  hydraulic  jump.  The  course  concludes 
with  a  consideration  of  hydraulic  turbines,  reaction  turbines,  and 
pumps.    Laboratory  demonstrations  are  continued. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


CI  15  Theory  of  Structures 
The  course  comprises  lectures  and  recitation  work  in  the  study  of 
the  loads,  reactions,  shears,  and  moments  acting  upon  statically 
determinate  structures  of  various  kinds  such  as  roofs  and  bridges. 
A  complete  and  thorough  presentation  of  the  usual  methods  of 
determining  bar  stresses  in  simple  trusses  is  also  undertaken. 

All  of  the  foregoing  studies   are  covered  in  detail   by   both 
algebraic  and  graphic  methods. 

Following  a  discussion  of  roof  truss  types  and  loading,  the 
above  methods  are  applied  to  the  complete  analysis  of  a  roof  truss. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


60  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

CI  16     Theory  of  Structures 

A  complete  study  of  the  function  of  influence  lines  in  determining 
the  shears,  moments,  and  stresses  produced  in  various  types  of 
simple  structures  by  moving  load  systems  both  distributed  and 
concentrated.  Methods  of  providing  for  impact  stresses  in  struc- 
tures are  discussed  and  analyzed.  The  material  given  in  CI  15  and 
also  in  this  course  is  then  summarized  by  the  solution  of  problems 
determining  the  design  stresses  for  several  types  of  bridge  struc- 
tures. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

CI  20  Advanced  Surveying 
The  course  covers  the  theory  underlying  the  use  of  the  sextant 
and  transit  in  solving  astronomical  surveying  problems  in  azimuth 
and  time.  It  also  includes  aerial  surveying  and  map  projection. 
Computations  in  geodetic  triangulation  are  made  including  the 
conversion  or  geodetic  to  rectangular  co-ordinates. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

CI  21  Sanitary  Engineering  I 
The  course  is  designed  primarily  to  be  a  lecture  course  supple- 
mented by  problems  involving  the  following  items  of  water 
supply  engineering;  the  collection  and  assimilation  of  rainfall 
data;  the  methods  of  collection  and  storage  for  ground  water  or 
surface  waters;  the  preparation  of  a  dam  site  and  the  elements  of 
design  as  applied  to  masonry  and  earth  filled  dams;  methods  of 
distributing  water  for  domestic  use,  manufacturing,  and  for  fire 
fighting;  treatment  of  water  for  hardness;  treatments  of  water  to 
provide  a  palatable  and  safe  water  supply  free  from  contamina- 
tion. Consideration  is  given  also  to  present  day  activities  in  re- 
gard to  the  improvement  of  water  supply  apparatus  with  special 
emphasis  upon  costs  of  installation,  cost  of  apparatus,  and  total 
cost  as  applied  to  water  supply  engineering. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

CI  22  Sanitary  Engineering  II 
This  is  a  companion  course  to  CI  21,  Sanitary  Engineering  I.  It 
deals  with  the  collection  and  disposal  of  sewage  and  storm  water, 
including  the  following  items:  the  quantity  of  sewage  to  be  col- 
lected; the  sewerage  collection  systems  for  either  a  separate  or  a 
combined  system;  the  surveying  and  the  collection  of  data  in 
order  to  prepare  plans  for  the  design  and  the  construction  of  the 
collection  system;  and  a  thorough  discussion  of  the  modern 
methods  of  treating  the  sewage  and  the  operation  of  the  sewerage 
disposal  plants. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  61 

CI  23     Engineering  Structures 

The  work  begins  with  the  design  of  bridge  trusses  having  second- 
ary web  systems  (including  Baltimore  and  Petit  trusses)  and 
trusses  with  multiple  web  systems,  lateral  and  portal  bracing, 
transverse  bents,  viaduct  towers  and  cantilever  bridges. 

A  study  is  made  of  slope  and  deflection  with  emphasis  on  the 
methods  of  "Moment  Area"  and  "Elastic  Weights."  The  graphi- 
cal solution  of  deflections  as  illustrated  by  the  Williot-Mohr 
diagram  is  studied. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


CI  24  Engineering  Structures 
The  course  consists  of  the  study  of  rigid  frames  and  continuous 
beams.  All  the  customary  methods  are  discussed,  including  the 
Three  Moment  Equation,  Least  Work,  Slope  Deflection,  and 
Moment  Distribution.  The  solution  of  statically  indeterminate 
problems  in  continuous  beams  is  obtained  by  algebraic  and 
graphical  methods. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


CI  25     Concrete 

Concrete  as  a  material  of  construction  is  studied  in  detail,  and 
the  principles  of  reinforced  concrete  design  are  learned.  Compu- 
tations and  designs  are  made  of  rectangular  beams,  T  beams,  and 
girders. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


CI  26  Concrete 
This  course,  a  continuation  of  CI  25,  covers  the  design  of  rein- 
forced concrete  columns,  footings,  retaining  walls,  and  arches. 
It  also  includes  a  discussion  of  engineering  foundations.  The 
topics  taken  up  are  sub-surface  explorations,  pile  foundations 
(both  timber  and  concrete)  sheet  piles,  cofferdams,  open  and 
pneumatic  caissons,  pier  foundations  in  open  wells,  and  bridge 
piers. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


CI  27     Concrete  Design 
This  course  consists  of  the  detailing  and  making  of  complete 
working  drawings  of  the  elements  of  design  studied  in  CI  25,  as 
applied  to  the  design  of  a  reinforced  concrete  factory  building. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


62  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

CI  28     Concrete  Design 

The  design  of  the  typical  floor  system  of  the  building  referred  to 
in  CI  27  is  completed  and  drawn  up  together  with  similar  drawings 
of  typical  columns  and  footings. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


CI  29     Structural  Design 

The  course  comprises  a  series  of  practical  design  problems 
covering  elementary  members  and  combinations  thereof  under 
various  loading  conditions,  together  with  some  detailing. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


CI  30     Structural  Design 

The  application  of  the  principles  of  CI  29  extended  to  the  design 
of  complete  structures.  These  problems  are  selected  so  as  to  be 
comprehensive  in  scope,  covering  the  design  of  sections,  rivet 
spacing,  splices,  connections,  end  bearings,  bracing,  etc.  Selected 
parts  of  the  structure  are  detailed. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


CI  31     Highway  Engineering 

Beginning  with  a  consideration  of  the  various  types  of  highways: 
residential,  commercial,  interurban,  intersectional,  express,  etc., 
this  course  proceeds  to  a  discussion  of  highway  finance  and  ad- 
ministration, traffic  surveys,  highway  operation  and  traffic  control, 
design  of  highway  systems,  and  the  economic  justification  of  high- 
way improvement  and  extension.  Problems  of  gasoline  tax 
diversion  and  other  taxation  evils  bearing  upon  highway  develop- 
ment are  included  in  the  discussion. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


CI32  Highway  Engineering 
In  this  course  are  taken  up  the  location,  construction,  and  mainte- 
nance of  roads,  street  design,  and  drainage;  sidewalks;  pavement 
foundations;  and  the  construction,  cost  and  maintenance  of  the 
various  kinds  of  roads  and  pavements,  including  asphalt,  brick, 
stone-block,  wood-block,  macadam  (both  water  bound  and 
bituminous),  bituminous  concrete,  Portland  Cement  concrete, 
gravel  and  earth.  Special  consideration  is  given  to  the  modern 
concrete  road. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING 


63 


ii  (^Mechanical  Engineering 

The  program  of  instruction  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a 
broad  foundation  in  those  fundamental  subjects  which  form  the 
basis  for  all  professional  engineering  practice,  and  especially  to 
equip  the  young  engineer  with  a  knowledge  of  the  various  phases 
of  mechanical  engineering.  The  curriculum  embraces  instruction 
by  textbook,  lecture,  laboratory,  and  designing  room  practice,  and 
is  planned  definitely  to  develop  the  student's  initiative  and  instill 
accuracy.  Practically  all  courses  are  prescribed  for  the  first  four 
years,  but  in  the  senior  year,  students  may  specialize  to  a  limited 
degree  in  aeronautical  engineering,  air  conditioning  engineering, 
or  Diesel  engineering.  All  programs  lead  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 


The  following  table  sets  forth  the  pre-requisite  courses  of  the 
mechanical  engineering  curriculum,  together  with  the  advanced 
courses,  for  which  they  are  pre-requisite.  Pre-requisite  courses 
must  be  completed  before  the  advanced  courses  based  upon  them 
may  be  taken.  Advanced  courses  are  tabulated  at  the  left,  their 
pre-requisite  to  the  right. 


Advanced  Courses 

M  5       Differential  Calculus 
ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 
EL  5      Electrical  Machinery 


Pre-requisite  Courses 
Second  Year 

M  1     Algebra,  M  4  Analytic  Geometry 
P  1       Physics  I 
P  2       Physics  I 


ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 


Third  Year 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 


ME  23  Strength  of  Materials 
ME  24  Advanced  Mechanics 
ME  31  Heat  Engineering 


Fourth  Year 

ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 
ME  23  Strength  of  Materials 
ME  30  Heat  Engineering 


ME  51  Machine  Design 
ME  15  Industrial  Plants 

ME  44  Power  Plant  Engineering 

ME  73  Aircraft  Structures 

ME  37  Diesel  Engines 

ME  45  Air  Conditioning  Des.  I 


Fifth  Year 

ME  23  Strength  of  Materials 

ME  23  Strength  of  Materials 

ME  32  Heat  Engineering 

ME  29  Heat  Engineering 

ME  40  Aerodynamics 

ME  31  Heat  Engineering 

ME  42  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning 


64 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Course 
No. 


II.     Mechanical  Engineering 

FIRST  TERM  SECOND  TERM 

Semester     Course 
Course  Hours  No.  Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


El        English  1 3 

M  1       Algebra 3 

M  3       Trigonometry 2 

D  1        Graphics  1 3 

PI         Physics  1 3 

Ch  1  or  Ch  3  General  Chemistry     4 

PE  3      Physical  Training 0 

Ps  1-A  Orientation _0 

18 


E2  English  1 3 

M  4  Analytic  Geometry ....  5 

PE  2  Hygiene 1 

D  2  Graphics  II 3 

P2  Physics  1 3 

Ch  2  or  Ch  4  Inorganic  Chemistry  4 

PE  4  Physical  Training 0 


19 


Second  Year 


M  5  Differential  Calculus ...  3 

P  3  Physics  II 2 

P  5  Physics  Laboratory 1 

IN  3  Production  Processes  I  .  ~V/i 

EL  5  Electrical  Machinery ...  4 


M  6       Integral  Calculus 3 

P4         Physics  II 2 

P  6         Physics  Laboratory ....  1 

IN  4      Production  Processes  II.  1^ 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics ....  3 

D  4        Machine  Drawing 2 

123^ 


Third  Year 


ME  21  Applied  Mechanics.  ...  3 

ME  1     Mechanism 3 

ME  29  Heat  Engineering 2 

Ec  21     Economics 2 

CI  11     Hydraulics llA 


ME  22  Strength  of  Materials.. .     3 
EL  6      Electrical  Measurements     2J^ 

ME  30  Heat  Engineering 3 

Ec  22     Economics 2 

CI  12    Hydraulics _2_ 

ny2 


Fourth  Year 


ME  23  Strength  of  Materials. .  .  2 

IN  5       Industrial  Management  I  2 

ME  31  Heat  Engineering 2J^ 

ME  61  Mechanical  Eng.  Lab. .  .  2 

S  1         Sociology 2 

ME  27  Metallography 2 


ME  24  Advanced  Mechanics .  .  2 

IN  6      Industrial  Management  II  2 

ME  32  Heat  Engineering 2l/i 

ME  62  Mechanical  Eng.  Lab. . .  2 

S  2         Sociology 2 

ME  42  Heating  and  Air  Cond. 

or  ME  40  Aerodynamics .  2 

12M 


Fifth  Year 

C  7        Engineering  Conference 

V?, 

C  8        Engineering  Conference 

V* 

ME  51  Machine  Design 

3 

ME  52  Machine  Design 

3 

ME  63  Mechanical  Eng.  Lab. .  . 

m 

ME  44  Power  Plant  Eng 

IV?. 

IN  21     Contracts 

2 

IN  16    Personnel 

2 

Professional  Electives: .  . 

4H 

Professional  Electives: . . 

4H 

12^ 

ny2 

Electives: 

Electives: 

2 

ME  48  Air  Conditioning  Lab. 

2 

ME  45  Air  Cond.  Design  I .  .  .  . 

2Y?, 

ME  46  Air  Cond.  Design  II. . .  . 

■iy2 

ME  37  Diesel  Engines 

2 

ME  38  Diesel  Laboratory 

2 

ME  39  Engine  Dynamics 

2V?, 

ME  54  Diesel  Engine  Design. . . 

iy. 

ME  73  Aircraft  Structures 

2 

2 

ME  15  Industrial  Plants 

m 

ME  16  Industrial  Plants 

2H 

ME  76  Aircraft  Engine  Design. 

l¥i 

ME  34  Steam  Turbines 

l 

NOTE:  In  addition  to  the  prescribed  program  shown  above,  each  student 
must  complete  at  least  ten  semester  hours  of  credit  in  electives  of  a  liberal 
character,  making  a  total  of  147  semester  hours  required  for  the  S.  B.  degree. 
This  work  may  be  taken  in  an  extra  10-week  period  at  college  during  any  upper- 
class  year,  or  in  two  summer  terms. 


COLLEGE    OF    ENGINEERING  65 

SYNOPSES  OF  COURSES  OFFERED 

BY  THE 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors  Zeller,  Ferretti,  Stearns,   Bailey   and  Whittaker; 
Messrs.  Cole  and  Wolowicz 

Courses  offered  in  the  first  term  bear  odd  numbers;  those  offered 
in  the  second  term  bear  even  numbers. 


ME  2     Mechanism 

This  course  deals  mainly  with  a  mathematical  solution  of  prob- 
lems involving  angular  and  linear  velocities  and  gear  trains.  It 
embraces  a  careful  study  of  paths  of  mechanical  movements  and 
their  application  to  velocity  diagrams,  quick-return  mechanisms, 
and  cams.  The  theory  of  gear  tooth  outlines  is  also  investigated 
by  graphical  methods. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


ME  15     Industrial  Plants 

The  principles  involved  in  the  erection,  installation,  and  manage- 
ment of  an  industrial  plant  are  studied  in  this  course.  Various 
types  of  structures  are  described,  with  attention  to  such  details  as 
foundations,  walls,  columns,  floors,  windows,  and  so  forth;  and 
the  calculations  and  layout  for  a  typical  mill  are  discussed.  This 
material  is  followed  by  a  problem  on  the  calculation  and  layout 
of  a  machine  shop,  including  power  requirements  and  placement 
of  machines,  with  special  consideration  to  the  best  conditions  for 
maximum  production  and  the  most  effective  routing  of  a  given 
product. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


ME  16  Industrial  Plants 
This  course,  a  continuation  of  ME  15,  includes  a  problem  on  the 
heating  and  air-conditioning  of  a  building,  and  a  design  problem 
on  the  calculation  and  layout  of  a  power  plant.  Sizes  of  equipment, 
costs  of  power  generation,  and  various  operating  practices  are  dis- 
cussed and  worked  out.  The  later  problems  of  the  course  have  to 
do  with  the  layout  of  the  power  plant  previously  figured. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


66  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics  (Statics) 
The  subjects  treated  are  collinear,  parallel,  concurrent,  and  non- 
concurrent  force  systems  in  a  plane  and  in  space;  the  determination 
of  the  resultant  of  such  systems  by  both  algebraic  and  graphical 
means,  special  emphasis  being  placed  on  the  string  polygon 
method  for  coplanar  force  systems;  the  forces  required  to  produce 
equilibrium  in  such  systems;  first  moments;  and  problems  involv- 
ing static  friction,  such  as  the  inclined  plane  and  the  wedge. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

ME  21     Applied  Mechanics  (Kinetics) 

The  subjects  treated  are  continuation  of  first  moments  as  applied 
to  varying  intensity  of  force  and  to  the  determination  of  center  of 
gravities  of  areas  and  solids;  second  moments  and  the  application 
to  the  determination  of  moment  of  inertia  of  plane  and  solid 
figures,  radius  of  gyration,  polar  moment  of  inertia;  product  of 
inertia  principal  axes,  uniform  motion,  uniformly  accelerated 
motion,  variable  accelerated  motion,  harmonic  motion,  simple 
pendulum,  rotation,  plane  motion,  work,  energy,  momentum  and 
impact.  3  semester  hour  credits 

ME  22    Strength  of  Materials 

The  topics  covered  in  this  course  are  physical  properties  of 
materials,  stresses  in  thin  hollow  cylinders  and  spheres,  riveted 
connections  of  the  structural  and  continuous  plate  type,  welded 
connections,  and  beams,  covering  shearing  force  and  bending 
moment  with  stress  analysis  due  to  these  effects  and  the  design  of 
beams  for  both  conditions.  3  semester  hour  credits 

ME  23    Strength  of  Materials 

This  is  a  continuation  of  ME  22  covering  deflection  of  beams  by 
the  double  integration  method;  stresses  and  strains  in  shafting 
due  to  torsion,  angle  of  twist;  horsepower;  combined  axial  and 
bending  loads,  eccentric  loads;  compression  members  or  columns 
by  Euler's  column  formula,  and  by  those  of  the  Gordon-Rankine 
parabolic  and  straight  line  type.  2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  24  Advanced  Mechanics 
Advanced  problems  in  the  strength  of  materials  and  dynamics  are 
treated.  Among  the  subjects  under  discussion  are  non-symmetrical 
bending,  curved  bars,  flat  plates,  thick  hollow  cylinders,  dynami- 
cal stresses  in  machine  parts,  and  allied  subjects  leading  to  the 
more  advanced  applications  of  mechanics  in  machine  design,  the 
elastic  theory,  and  photoelasticity. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  67 

ME  27    Metallography 

The  course  in  metallography  is  intended  to  show  the  student  the 
relation  between  the  crystalline  structure  of  metals  and  their 
physical  properties. 

The  theory  of  crystallization  and  the  equilibrium  diagram  are 
studied.  Specimens  of  metal  of  known  composition  are  studied  by 
use  of  the  metallographic  microscope  and  their  physical  properties 
compared.  The  effect  of  heat  treatment  on  the  crystalline  struc- 
ture is  noted. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  29    Heat  Engineering 

The  course  is  largely  a  description  of  the  many  appliances  used  in 
modern  power  plants.  There  is  also  taken  up  a  discussion  of 
boilers  and  boiler  accessories,  ash  and  coal  handling  systems,  the 
various  types  of  engines  with  their  valve  gears  and  governing 
devices,  condensers,  feed-water  heaters,  pumps,  etc. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  30    Heat  Engineering 

In  this  introductory  course  in  the  fundamentals  of  thermody- 
namics the  following  subjects  are  discussed:  general  theory  of  heat 
and  matter;  first  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics;  equations  of 
state;  fundamental  equations  of  thermodynamics;  laws  of  perfect 
gases;  properties  of  vapors  including  development  and  use  of 
tables  and  charts;  thermodynamic  processes  of  gases,  and  saturated 
and  superheated  vapors;  and  the  general  equations  for  the  flow  of 
fluids. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

ME  31     Heat  Engineering 

The  principles  of  thermodynamics  are  applied,  in  this  course,  to 
various  engineering  problems.  The  fundamental  laws  governing 
flow  of  gases  and  vapors  through  nozzles  and  orifices;  the  theory 
of  vapor  engines,  including  a  discussion  of  the  Rankine,  the  re- 
heating, the  regenerative  and  the  binary  vapor  cycles;  the  efficien- 
cies and  power  calculations  for  actual  steam  engines;  and  the 
efficiencies  and  power  requirements  of  single  and  multi-staged  air 
compressors  are  the  major  subjects  treated. 

The  various  types  of  modern  internal  combustion  engines  are 
taken  up  in  detail,  including  the  latest  designs  of  automobile,  air- 
plane, and  Diesel  engines. 

Considerable  stress  is  placed  on  the  Diesel  engine;  and  the  ad- 
vantages of  the  high  speed,  medium  speed,  and  low  speed  types, 
two  cycle  and  four  cycle  designs,  solid  and  air  injection  Diesels 
in  their  respective  fields  are  discussed. 

2Yl  semester  hour  credits 


68  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

ME  32     Heat  Engineering 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  the  applications  of  the  principles 
of  thermodynamics  to  engineering  problems.  The  subjects  dis- 
cussed are  hot  air  and  internal  combustion  engines;  fuels  and 
combustion,  including  a  complete  heat  balance  of  a  boiler  plant; 
gas  and  vapor  mixtures;  and  the  principles  of  heat  transfer  as 
applied  to  steady  flow  conditions. 

2y<i  semester  hour  credits 


ME  33     Refrigeration 

A  discussion  is  given  of  the  history,  theory,  equipment,  and  appli- 
cations of  refrigeration.  The  properties  and  hazards  of  the  various 
refrigerants;  the  simple  and  compound  compression  cycle;  the 
absorption  system;  the  jet  or  vapor  system;  devices  for  improving 
theoretical  and  operating  performance  of  machines  are  among  the 
topics  considered. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  34  Steam  Turbines 
A  study  is  first  made  of  the  flow  of  steam  through  nozzles,  dynamic 
action  of  jets  on  moving  blades,  and  other  elements  in  the  design 
of  a  steam  turbine.  This  material  is  followed  by  a  consideration 
of  the  various  types  of  turbines,  their  governing  mechanisms, 
condensing  equipment,  and  other  constructional  details. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


ME  35    Heat  Engineering 
This  is  a  short  course  covering  the  elements  of  thermodynamics 
and  affording  a  general  discussion  of  modern  power  plant  equip- 
ment.   Many  typical  calculations  are  made  in  regard  to  apparatus. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


ME  36  Heat  Engineering 
A  continuation  of  ME  35,  together  with  experimental  work  in 
the  laboratory.  Topics  taken  up  in  class  include  steam  engine 
economy,  multi-valve  and  multi-expansion  engines,  steam  tur- 
bines, steam  condensing  equipment,  pumps,  and  internal  com- 
bustion engines. 

In  the  laboratory  experiments  are  performed  on  air  blowers, 
steam  engines,  water  wheels,  pumps,  and  internal  combustion 
engines. 

23^  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  69 

ME  37    Diesel  Engines 

Analysis  of  the  internal  engine  cycles  based  on  the  air  cycle  as 
well  as  the  analysis  with  variable  specific  heats.  The  different 
types  of  Diesel  engines  are  discussed  and  the  methods  of  fuel 
injection  are  studied  for  each  type.  2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  38    Diesel  Laboratory 

This  course  includes  a  series  of  experiments  on  various  apparatus 
used  in  modern  power  plants  using  Diesel  power  to  illustrate 
under  actual  conditions  the  principles  developed  in  ME  30  on 
thermodynamics.  The  students  here  apply  in  actual  tests  the 
knowledge  they  have  acquired  in  the  classroom,  and  make  com- 
plete reports  of  these  experiments  including  methods  of  testing 
and  calculations.  2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  39    Engine  Dynamics 

A  consideration  of  the  vibrations,  balancing,  critical  speeds,  and 
inertia  effects  of  high  speed  internal  combustion  engines. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  40    Aerodynamics 
The  course  comprises  a  study  of  the  fundamental  theory  of  aero- 
dynamics which  underlies   all  calculations  concerning  the  per- 
formance and  stability  of  airplanes  including  characteristics  of 
airfoils  and  elementary  propeller  theory.  2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  42     Heating  and  Air  Conditioning 

The  most  important  methods  of  heating  and  air  conditioning 
various  types  of  buildings  are  studied  in  this  course.  The  princi- 
ples of  heat  transfer  and  air  flow  are  reviewed,  and  the  application 
of  them  in  the  various  systems  is  brought  out  through  lectures  and 
problems.  2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  44  Power  Plant  Engineering 
This  course  consists  of  topics  and  problems  chosen  largely  from 
engineering  practice  selected  to  convey  to  the  engineering  students 
a  firm  grasp  of  fundamental  principles  and  engineering  methods 
of  attacking  and  analyzing  problems  in  power  plant,  not  only 
from  the  point  of  view  of  scientific  theory,  but  also  with  due  con- 
sideration of  the  limitations  imposed  by  practice  and  by  costs. 
Efficiency  and  operating  costs  of  different  types  of  plants  such  as 
steam,  hydro-electric,  and  Diesel  engines  are  also  carefully  studied 
to  determine  the  type  of  plant  best  suited  for  the  conditions  and 
location  involved.  iy2  semester  hour  credits 


70  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

ME  45  Air  Conditioning  Design  1 
A  particular  building  will  be  taken  as  a  class  problem  for  heating 
and  air  conditioning.  Various  systems  will  be  discussed  with 
their  application  to  the  building  in  question.  A  layout  of  piping 
and  duct  system  will  be  made  together  with  complete  calculations 
and  estimation  of  cost.  An .  investigation  and  study  of  existing 
plants  around  the  city  will  be  made  with  trips  to  these  plants 
whenever  possible  in  order  to  bring  out  the  practical  problems 
involved  in  the  design. 

2H  semester  hour  credits 

ME  46    Air  Conditioning  Design  11 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  ME  45,  and  will  be  an  applica- 
tion of  the  principles  brought  out  and  discussed  in  ME  42  on 
heating  and  air  conditioning. 

2  Yl  semester  hour  credits 

ME  48    Air  Conditioning  Laboratory 

This  course  consists  of  a  series  of  tests  on  various  types  of  air 
conditioning  and  heating  apparatus.  Among  the  pieces  of  ap- 
paratus tested  are  the  following:  air  blower;  unit  heater;  Carrier 
air  conditioner  provided  for  humidification  or  dehumidification; 
hot  air  furnace  equipped  with  oil  burner,  humidifier,  blower,  and 
air  filters;  and  also  automatic  controls  and  a  special  insulated 
constant  temperature  room  for  the  study  of  problems  in  heating 
and  air  conditioning. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  51     Machine  Design 

Further  practice  is  given  the  student  in  the  application  of  theo- 
retical principles  previously  studied,  and  at  the  same  time  he  be- 
comes familiar  with  the  many  practical  details  which  must  be 
considered  in  design  work.  The  problems  taken  up  in  the  early 
part  of  the  course  are  of  a  static  nature,  while  the  later  problems 
involve  dynamical  stresses.  The  problems  vary  from  year  to  year, 
but  the  following  are  typical  of  the  designs  taken  up:  hydraulic 
press,  arbor  press,  hydraulic  flanging  clamp,  crane,  air  compressor, 
punch  and  shear,  stone-crusher,  and  so  forth. 

In  each  design,  the  construction  details  are  carefully  considered, 
with  special  attention  to  methods  of  manufacture,  provision  for 
wear,  lubrication,  and  so  forth.  The  work  is  based  on  rational 
rather  than  empirical  methods,  the  student  being  required  to 
make  all  calculations  for  determining  the  sizes,  of  the  various 
parts  and  all  necessary  working  drawings. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  71 

ME  52    Machine  Design 

This  course  comprises  a  continuation  of  Machine  Design  ME  51 
with  special  reference  to  designs  involving  dynamical  stresses.  A 
thorough  discussion  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  lubrication 

forms  a  part  of  the  course.  3  semester  hour  credits 

ME  54    Diesel  Engine  Design 
This  course  consists  of  a  layout  problem  in  which  an  engine  is 
designed  to  develop  a  definite  horse  power  and  in  which  the  stresses 
in  the  various  parts  of  the  engine  are  analyzed. 

2x/2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  61     Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory 

This  course  comprises  a  preliminary  series  of  experiments  upon 
various  apparatus  used  in  modern  power  plants,  to  illustrate 
under  actual  conditions  the  principles  developed  in  Heat  Engi- 
neering ME  30.  These  exercises  are  a  preparation  for  more  com- 
plete tests  to  be  run  during  the  following  semester. 

The  knowledge  they  have  gained  in  the  classroom,  the  students 
here  apply  in  actual  tests,  and  make  a  complete  report  of  these 
experiments,  including  methods  of  testing  and  calculations.  The 
following  experiments  are  illustrative  of  the  type  of  work  taken 
up;  calibration  of  gages,  indicator  practice,  plain  slide  valve 
setting,  test  on  steam  calorimeters,  flow  of  steam  through  orifices, 
steam  injector  test,  weir  calibration,  and  tests  on  friction  of  drives. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  62     Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory 

This  course  consists  of  a  series  of  tests  on  various  types  of  power 
plant  equipment,  more  complete  than  those  made  in  ME  61. 
Among  the  pieces  of  apparatus  tested  are  the  following:  steam 
engine,  gasoline  engine,  air  compressor,  triplex  power  pump, 
steam  pulsometer,  rotary  power  pump,  Pelton  water  wheel, 
centrifugal  pumps,  Ford  gasoline  engine,  Warren  steam  pump, 
and  steam  turbine.  Experiments  are  also  made  in  flow  of  water 
measurements  and  flow  of  air. 

A  complete  report  is  made  on  each  test,  describing  the  machine 
tested,  explaining  how  the  test  is  made,  and  giving  the  results,  in 
accordance  with  the  A.S.M.E.  Power  Test  Codes. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  63    Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory 
This  is  a  continuation  of  course  ME  62,  to  which  it  is  generally 
similar.    Some  further  experiments  are  made  in  the  testing  of  ma- 
terials, such  as  compressive,  tensile,  torsion,  impact,  and  bending 


72  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

tests.  A  boiler  test  of  from  ten  to  twenty-four  hours'  duration  is 
made  to  determine  the  performance  and  efficiency  of  the  boilers 
in  the  power  plant;  and  oils  and  coals  are  tested  in  the  laboratory 
to  determine  their  characteristics  and  calorific  values. 

2)^  semester  hour  credits 

ME  69     Testing  Materials  Laboratory 

A  detailed  study  is  made  of  the  methods  of  manufacturing,  prop- 
erties, and  uses  of  materials  used  in  engineering  work,  such  as  iron, 
steel,  lime,  cement,  concrete,  brick,  wood,  and  stone.  Methods 
of  testing  and  strength  of  various  materials  used  by  the  engineer 
are  also  taken  up.  Each  student  is  required  to  prepare  a  paper  on 
some  subject  of  especial  importance  which  is  assigned  by  the 
instructor. 

The  work  of  this  course  is  carried  out  by  the  students,  working 
in  small  groups.  It  includes  tests  to  determine  the  elongation, 
reduction  of  areas,  modulus  of  elasticity,  yield  point,  and  ultimate 
compressive  strength  of  metals  such  as  steel,  cast  iron,  copper, 
and  brass;  compressive  tests  on  timber  and  concrete;  and  tests  to 
determine  the  deflection,  modulus  of  elasticity,  elastic  limit,  and 
ultimate  transverse  strength  of  steel  and  wooden  beams  subject. to 
transverse  load.  Torsion  and  impact  tests  are  carried  out  and 
their  results  correlated  with  those  of  the  tensile  tests. 

The  effect  of  various  mixes  and  curing  conditions  on  the  tensile 
and  transverse  strength  of  cement  and  mortar  are  studied.  Special 
problems  are  assigned  in  the  failure  of  metals  by  fatigue. 

1  }/2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  70    Testing  Materials  Laboratory 

A  continuation  of  course  ME  69.  1  y2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  73     Aircraft  Structures 
The  fundamental  analysis  of  the  forces,  reactions,  shears,  and 
moments  as  applied  to  aircraft  structures  is  the  object  of  this 
course.  2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  74    Aeronautical  Laboratory 
Experimental  work  in  connection  with  airplane  engines,  aero- 
nautical equipment,  and  wind  tunnel  performance. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ME  76    Aircraft  Engine  Design 
This  course  covers  the  design  of  an  airplane  engine  involving  the 
thermodynamic  principles  as  well  as  the  stresses  in  the  crankshaft, 
connecting  rods,  cylinders,  springs,  and  other  parts  of  the  engine. 

2Yi  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE    OF    ENGINEERING  73 


in  Electrical  Engineering 

Probably  none  of  the  branches  of  scientific  knowledge  has 
been  so  markedly  modified  during  the  past  decade  as  that  relating 
to  Electrical  Engineering,  nor  has  any  other  exerted  such  a  pro- 
found influence  upon  the  scientific  thought  of  the  period.  "A 
science,  like  a  plant,  grows  in  the  main  by  a  process  of  infinitesimal 
accretion.  Its  theory  is  built  like  a  cathedral  through  the  addition 
by  many  builders  of  many  different  elements,  and  this  is  pre- 
eminently true  of  electrical  theory."  It  is  absolutely  essential  that 
the  electrical  engineer  who  hopes  to  make  a  success  of  his  work 
should  be  able  to  grasp  readily  and  absorb  effectively  the  meaning 
and  content  of  the  many  scientific  memoirs  recording  the  results 
of  research  bearing  upon  and  directly  influencing  his  chosen 
branch  of  engineering. 

He  must  have  a  thorough  appreciation  of  physical  theory,  a 
clear  understanding  of  chemical  principles,  and  a  broad  working 
knowledge  of  mathematics.  It  is  essential  that  each  student 
planning  to  take  this  curriculum  should  realize  the  fundamental 
necessity  of  obtaining  a  solid  grounding  in  these  three  subjects 
upon  which  the  success  of  his  future  work  will  definitely  hinge. 


The  following  table  sets  forth  the  pre-requisite  courses  of  this 
department,  together  with  the  advanced  courses  for  which  they 
are  pre-requisite.  Pre-requisite  courses  must  be  completed  before 
the  advanced  courses  based  upon  them  may  be  taken.  Advanced 
courses  are  tabulated  at  the  left,  their  pre-requisite  to  the  right. 

Advanced  Courses  Pre-requisite  Courses 

Second  Year 
M  5       Differential  Calculus  M  1       Algebra,  M  4  Analytic  Geometry 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics  P  1  Physics  I 

EL  1      Electrical  Eng.  I  P  2         Physics  I 

Third  Year 
ME  22  Strength  of  Materials  ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 

EL  9      Electrical  Engineering  II  EL  2      Electrical  Engineering  I 

M  7       Differential  Equations  M  6       Integral  Calculus 

Fourth  Year 
EL  17    Electrical  Engineering  III  M  6       Integral  Calculus 

ME  23  Strength  of  Materials  ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 

EL  21    Electrophysics  M  7       Differential  Calculus 

Fifth  Year 
EL  25    Electrical  Engineering  IV  EL  18    Electrical  Engineering  III 

EL  29    Electrical  Engineering  V-A  EL  22    Electrophysics 


74 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Course 
No. 


111.     Electrical  Engineering 

FIRST  TERM  SECOND  TERM 

Semester     Course 
Course  Hours  No.  Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


El        English  1 3 

Ml       Algebra 3 

M  3       Trigonometry 2 

D  1        Graphics  1 3 

PI         Physics  1 3 

Ch  1  or  Ch  3  General  Chemistry  4 

PE  3      Physical  Training 0 

Ps  1-A  Orientation 0 


18 


E  2  English  1 3 

M  4  Analytic  Geometry ....  5 

PE  2  Hygiene 1 

D  2  Graphics  II 3 

P2  Physics  1 3 

Ch  2  or  Ch  4  Inorganic  Chemistry  4 

PE  4  Physical  Training 0 


19 


M  5  Differential  Calculus .  . 

P3  Physics  II 

P  7  Physics  Laboratory. . . . 

D  3  Engineering  Drawing. . 

IN  3  Production  Processes  I. 

EL  1  Electrical  Engineering  I . 


Second  Year 


3 

2 

2 

2 

2V2 

1 

12^ 


M  6       Integral  Calculus 3 

P4         Physics  II 2 

P  8         Physics  Laboratory ....  2 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics ....  3 

IN  4      Production  Processes  II.  1J^ 

EL  2      Electrical  Eng.  1 1 

ny2 


Third  Year 


EL  11 
EL  13 
Ec21 
CI  11 


ME  21  Applied  Mechanics .  .  . 
EL  9      Electrical  Eng.  II 

Electrical  Eng.  Lab. .  .  . 

Elec.  Measurements  I. . 

Economics 

Hydraulics 


3 

m 

1 

2H 
2 

ny2 


ME  22  Strength  of  Materials.. .  3 

EL  10    Electrical  Eng.  II 2 

EL  1 2    Electrical  Eng.  Lab 1 

EL  14    Elec.  Measurements  II..  2 

Ec  22    Economics 2 

M  7       Differential  Equations.  .  2J^ 

ny2 


Fourth  Year 


EL  17    Electrical  Eng.  Ill 2 

EL  19    Electrical  Testing  Lab. . .     2 
EL  23    Electrical  Meas.  Lab. ...     2 

ME  35  Heat  Engineering 2 

S  1         Sociology 2 

EL  21    Electrophysics 1 

ME  69  Testing  Materials  Lab.  .  *\Y2 

ny2 


EL  18    Electrical  Eng.  Ill 2 

EL  20    Electrical  Testing  Lab.  .  2 

EL  24    Adv.  Elec.  Meas.  Lab.  .  2 

ME  36  Heat  Engineering 2J^ 

S  2        Sociology 2 

EL  22    Electrophysics 2 


12^ 


C  7  Engineering  Conference       3^ 

EL  25  Electrical  Eng.  IV 3 

EL  27  Adv.  Elec.  Eng.  Lab. ...  2 

EL  29  Electrical  Eng.  V-A iy2 

EL  31  Elec.  Eng.  V-B iy2 

EL  33  Adv.  Exp.  Investigations  2 

ny2 


Fifth  Year 


C8 
EL  26 
EL  28 
EL  30 
EL  32 
EL  34 


Engineering  Conference       \^ 

Electrical  Eng.  IV 3 

Adv.  Elec.  Eng.  Lab.. . .  2 

Electrical  Eng.  V-A ....  2J^ 

Electrical  Eng.  V-B V/2 

Adv.  Exp.  Investigations  2 

12^ 


NOTE:  In  addition  to  the  prescribed  program  shown  above,  each  student 
must  complete  at  least  ten  semester  hours  of  credit  in  electives  of  a  liberal 
character,  making  a  total  of  147  semester  hours  required  for  the  S.B.  degree. 
This  work  may  be  taken  in  an  extra  10-week  period  at  college  during  any  upper- 
class  year,  or  in  two  summer  terms. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  75 

SYNOPSES  OF  COURSES  OFFERED 
BY  THE 
DEPARTMENT  OF  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors  Porter,  Smith,  Richards,  and  Cleveland; 
Messrs.  Essigmann  and  Pihl 

Courses  offered  in  the  first  term  bear  odd  numbers;  those 
offered  in  the  second  term  bear  even  numbers. 


EL  1     Electrical  Engineering  I 

This  course  deals  with  the  fundamental  principles  of  D.C.  ma- 
chines, motional  E.M.F.,  structural  parts  of  machines,  armature 
windings,  armature  reaction,  commutation,  subject  matter  which 
may  be  considered  common  to  both  generator  and  motor.  In  it 
also  are  considered  the  methods  of  field  excitation  and  the  charac- 
teristics of  the  shunt  wound  generator. 

1  semester  hour  credit 

EL  2    Electrical  Engineering  1 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  EL  1.  It  deals  with  the  character- 
istics of  the  series  and  compound-wound  generators,  and  the 
operating  principles  and  characteristics  of  D.C.  motors,  shunt, 
series  and  compound  both  cumulative  and  differential  together 
with  the  various  methods  of  speed  control. 

1  semester  hour  credit 

EL  5  Electrical  Machinery 
This  course  is  concerned  with  the  theory  and  application  of  the 
electrical  equipment  most  often  met  by  practicing  engineers.  De- 
scriptions of  the  parts  of  the  machines,  their  operating  character- 
istics and  of  their  special  fields  of  usefulness  are  extended  chiefly 
over  shunt,  series  and  compound  direct  current  motors  and  gener- 
ators, alternators,  transformers,  synchronous  and  induction 
motors.  Consideration  is  given  to  auxiliary  apparatus  insofar  as 
necessary  to  a  good  understanding  of  the  functioning  of  the 
machinery  as  a  whole. 

Tests  are  made  on  various  direct  and  alternating  current  ma- 
chines. The  object  is  to  give  the  students  facility  in  connecting 
and  operating  the  machines  as  well  as  to  observe  in  actual  practice 
the  characteristics  taken  up  in  the  lectures.  Outside  reports  are 
required  to  be  written  up  for  each  experiment. 

4  semester  hour  credits 


76  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

EL  6  Electrical  Measurements 
The  course  comprises  a  brief  study  of  measurements  in  general,  and 
precision  measure  as  applied  to  electrical  measurements  in  particu- 
lar. Resistance  devices,  galvanometers,  ammeters,  and  voltmeters 
are  next  discussed,  the  treatment  of  other  instruments  being  taken 
up  later  in  connection  with  their  use.  This  is  followed  by  a  de- 
tailed discussion  of  the  methods  of  measuring  various  electrical 
quantities:  resistance,  resistivity,  conductance;  D.C.  electromotive 
force,  current,  power,  and  energy;  inductance,  and  magnetic 
induction.  This  part  of  the  work  involves  the  students'  use  of 
both  visual  and  sound  indicating  devices.  Some  consideration 
is  given  to  the  principles  and  operation  of  vacuum  tubes.  Ap- 
propriate laboratory  experiments  are  included. 

2  Yl  semester  hour  credits 

EL  9  Electrical  Engineering  II 
A  study  of  electrostatic  fields,  force,  and  potential;  magnetic 
fields;  and  the  energy  content  of  each.  The  elementary  differential 
equations  of  circuits  containing  resistance,  inductance,  and 
capacity  combinations  are  solved.  Complex  algebra  as  applied 
to  the  study  of  sinusoidal  waves  concludes  the  course. 

1  Yl  semester  hour  credits 

EL  10    Electrical  Engineering  II 

A  study  of  single  phase  alternating  currents  and  circuits,  including 
series,  parallel,  and  series-parallel  combinations;  Kirchhoff's  laws; 
non-sinusoidal  waves;  power;  and  filters. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

EL  11     Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory 

This  is  a  laboratory  course  intended  to  develop  a  thorough  under- 
standing of  the  operating  characteristics  of  the  individual  machines 
studied  in  course  EL  1  and  EL  2,  including  work  and  experiments 
on  armature  and  field  resistance  measurement,  heat  runs,  con- 
nection of  D.C.  generators,  and  speed  variations  in  a  shunt 
motor.  As  it  is  also  the  purpose  of  this  course  to  inculcate  correct 
methods  of  work  and  preparation  of  preliminary  and  final  reports, 
no  definite  number  of  experiments  is  required,  but  the  utmost 
emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  quality  of  the  data  and  style  and 
content  of  the  completed  reports. 

1  semester  hour  credit 

EL  12     Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory 
This  course  continues  the  approach  outlined  in  EL  11  and  con- 
sists of  experiments  on  series  and  compound  motors,  stray  power 
testing  and  compound  generator  characteristics. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  77 

EL  13     Electrical  Measurements  1 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  theory  of 
precision  measure  as  applied  to  electrical  measurement  in  particu- 
lar. Some  of  the  subjects  covered  are  theory  of  measurements, 
directly  and  indirectly  measured  quantities,  recording  of  observa- 
tions, rules  of  significant  figures,  classification  of  error,  law  of 
error,  characteristics  of  error,  and  laws  of  average  deviation. 

Most  of  the  problems  studied  fall  in  the  following  two  general 
classifications:  (1)  Given  the  precision  measures  of  the  directly 
measured  quantities,  to  determine  the  precision  measure  of  the  in- 
directly measured  quantity  as  calculated  by  the  use  of  engineering 
equations  which  apply  to  measurements  work.  (2)  Given  the  pre- 
scribed precision  to  be  obtained  in  the  indirectly  measured  quan- 
tity, to  determine  the  precision  measure  of  the  directly  measured 
components  which  enter  into  its  calculation. 

In  this  course  parts  and  theory  of  operation  of  resistance  de- 
vices, galvanometers,  ammeters,  and  voltmeters  are  discussed,  the 
treatment  of  other  instruments  being  taken  up  later  in  connection 
with  their  use.  This  is  followed  by  a  detailed  discussion  of  the 
methods  of  measuring  various  electrical  quantities:  resistance, 
resistivity,  conductance;  D.C.  electromotive  force,  current,  power, 
and  energy.  This  part  of  the  work  involves  the  students'  use  of 
visual  indicating  devices. 

The  principles  taught  in  this  course  are  immediately  applied  in 
all  experiments  run  in  the  measurements  laboratory  and  so  far  as 
necessary  in  the  machine  testing  laboratory. 

2  Y^  semester  hour  credits 

EL  14    Electrical  Measurements  11 

Resistance,  capacitance,  inductance,  magnetic  induction,  A.C. 
power  and  energy  are  treated  in  this  course,  with  a  detailed  dis- 
cussion of  the  methods  of  measuring  them.  This  phase  of  the 
subject  involves  the  use  of  both  visual  and  sound  indicating 
devices,  and  includes  some  work  on  the  uses  of  circuits  and 
bridges  designed  for  high  frequency  measurements  and  tube  con- 
stant determination.  The  student  is  given  a  thorough  discussion 
of  the  construction,  theory  of  operation,  method  of  use,  sources 
of  error,  etc.,  of  the  types  of  measuring  instruments  used  in  com- 
mercial work  and  in  the  standardizing  laboratory. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

EL  17  Electrical  Engineering  111 
This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Electrical  Engineering  II.  It 
deals  principally  with  polyphase  circuits.  Both  balanced  and  un- 
balanced circuits  are  considered.  The  unbalanced  condition  is 
studied  both  by  use  of  Kirchhoffs  Laws  and  by  the  method  of 
symmetrical  phase  components. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


78  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

EL  18    Electrical  Engineering  111 

A  careful,  thorough,  and  detailed  study  of  the  construction, 
theory,  operating  characteristics,  and  testing  of  transformers  is 
the  aim  of  this  course.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  single 
phase  and  polyphase  transformers  used  for  power  purposes. 
Special  types  of  transformers  studied  include  the  constant  current 
transformer,  the  auto-transformer,  and  instrument  transformers. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


EL  19    Electrical  Testing  Laboratory 

This  course  consists  of  a  series  of  experiments  involving  the  testing 
of  machines.  Preliminary  reports  are  written  by  all  students  before 
the  tests  are  performed  in  the  laboratory.  Experiments  of  the 
following  type  are  used:  measurement  of  stray  load  loss  of  D.C. 
motor,  efficiency  of  machine  by  method  of  electrical  supply  of 
losses,  electrical  separation  of  losses,  measurement  of  losses  by 
retardation  method,  speed  control  of  direct  current  motors  by 
thyratrons. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

EL  20    Electrical  Testing  Laboratory 

This  is  a  continuation  of  EL  19  but  the  experiments  are  mostly 
on  alternating  current  circuits  and  transformers.  Typical  experi- 
ments are  studies  of  alternating  current  series  and  parallel  circuits, 
ratio  of  transformation  and  core  loss  measurements  for  trans- 
formers, determination  of  the  efficiency  and  voltage  regulation  of 
a  transformer,  transformer  heat  test,  tests  on  a  constant  current 
transformer. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

EL  21     Electrophysics 

The  first  part  of  this  course  is  concerned  with  Faraday's  Rule  and 
the  extended  Ampere  Rule,  divergence  of  electrical  vectors, 
Poisson's  equation,  and  Maxwell's  field  equations  and  wave 
equations.  Study  is  then  made  of  molecular  activity,  and  various 
properties  of  and  measurements  on  electrons. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


EL  22     Electrophysics 
Continuing  EL  21  the  topics  considered  are  photo-electricity, 
X-rays,  atomic  structure  and  the  spectrum,  vacuum  tubes,  radio- 
activity, and  the  modern  physics  of  matter  and  waves. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  79 

EL  23  Electrical  Measurements  Laboratory 
This  course  consists  of  a  series  of  experiments  emphasizing  the 
principles  developed  in  courses  EL  13  and  EL  14.  The  student  be- 
comes familiar  with  the  use  of  the  standard  apparatus  in  use  in 
testing  laboratories.  Particular  stress  is  laid  on  the  correct  use  of 
the  apparatus,  and  precision  discussions  are  required  throughout. 

The  general  experiments  cover  various  methods  of  measuring 
resistance,  resistivity,  conductivity,  electromotive  force,  current, 
inductance,  mutual  inductance,  capacitance,  hysteresis  loss,  etc. 
Further  experiments  are  made  in  cable  testing,  magnetic  testing, 
wave  form  determination,  and  the  use  of  special  apparatus. 

Thorough  training  in  the  principles  of  precision  of  measure- 
ments is  also  given,  and  applied  to  each  experiment  performed. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


EL  24    Advanced  Measurements  Laboratory 

This  course  concerns  the  use  of  laboratory  and  secondary  stand- 
ards and  precision  methods  as  applied  to  checking  resistances, 
calibration  of  indicating  and  integrating  instruments  of  various 
types. 

It  involves  the  use  of  the  potentiometer,  Weston  laboratory 
standard  instruments;  precision  model  Kelvin  Low  Resistance  and 
Carey-Foster  Bridges;  Westinghouse  portable  oscillograph,  cathode 
ray  oscillograph;  ordinary,  reflex,  and  logarithmic  vacuum  tube 
voltmeter,  Anderson  Bridge,  Edgerton  Stroboscope;  low,  medium, 
and  high  frequency  oscillator;  vacuum  tube  bridge;  potential 
phase  shifters  and  rotating  standard.  The  work  includes  testing 
for  characteristics  and  investigation  of  the  action  of  multi-elec- 
trode tubes,  thyratron,  tungar  rectifier  and  artificial  telephone 
line. 

Precision  work  is  insisted  on  throughout.  The  student  is  trained 
to  develop  speed  and  quickness  of  manipulation,  but  never  at  the 
expense  of  quality  and  accuracy  of  the  work. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


EL  25  Electrical  Engineering  IV 
In  this  course  a  detailed  study  is  made  of  alternating  current 
synchronous  machines.  In  addition  to  the  study  of  the  synchron- 
ous generator  and  the  synchronous  motor,  considerable  time  is 
spent  in  discussing  the  problems  involved  in  operating  synchron- 
ous generators  in  parallel. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


80  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

EL  26    Electrical  Engineering  IV 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  EL  25.  It  deals  with  other  types 
of  alternating  current  machines.  The  machines  studied  in  detail 
include  the  synchronous  converter,  the  mercury  arc  rectifier, 
single  phase  and  polyphase  induction  motors,  induction  genera- 
tors, series  and  repulsion  motors.  The  method  of  symmetrical 
phase  components  is  used  in  the  study  of  unbalanced  conditions 
in  certain  types  of  motors. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

EL  27    Advanced  Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory 

This  is  a  laboratory  course  to  accompany  EL  25  in  alternating 
current  machinery.  The  work  includes  tests  on  the  heating, 
efficiency,  and  determination  of  the  characteristics  of  various 
types  of  alternating  current  machinery,  such  as  transformers, 
generators,  and  motors.  A  detailed  preliminary  study  is  made 
of  each  assigned  experiment,  involving  the  method  to  be  used  in 
obtaining  the  necessary  data,  and  the  manner  of  obtaining  the 
required  results  from  this  data.  This  is  embodied  in  a  preliminary 
report.  The  student  then  does  the  necessary  laboratory  work  to 
obtain  the  required  data,  and  finally  works  up  the  whole  into  a 
detailed  final  report.  A  minimum  of  assistance  is  given  by  the 
instructor  in  the  actual  laboratory  work,  the  initiative  and  re- 
sourcefulness of  the  student  being  depended  on  to  the  greatest 
extent. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

EL  28    Advanced  Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory 

This  is  a  continuation  of  EL  27  and  accompanies  EL  26.  Pre- 
liminary and  final  reports  similar  to  those  of  EL  27  are  required 
in  this  course  but  the  experiments  deal  more  largely  with  the 
various  types  of  alternating  current  motors.  Provision  is  also 
made,  toward  the  latter  part  of  this  course,  for  some  choice  by 
the  student  as  to  the  type  of  investigation  or  experiment  he  wishes 
to  carry  on. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

EL  29    Electrical  Engineering  V-A 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a  thorough  grounding 
in  the  theory  and  application  of  the  various  types  of  electron 
tubes.  It  is  not  a  course  in  radio  communication  although,  of 
course,  the  tubes  used  for  this  purpose  are  considered.  The 
material  covered  deals  with  fundamental  constants  of  the  vacuum 
tube,  equivalent  and  alternative  plate  and  grid  circuit  theorems, 
paths  of  operation,  maximum,  and  maximum  undistorted  power 
output,  inter-electrode  capacity  and  low  power  amplifiers. 

2Y2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  81 

EL  30    Electrical  Engineering  V-A 

This  course  is  based  on  material  covered  in  EL  29  and  takes  up 
the  discussion  of  the  uses  of  thermionic  tubes  in  measuring  instru- 
ments, oscillographs,  rectifying  and  amplifying  circuits,  oscillators, 
and  modulators,  and  SO  on.  iy2  semester  hour  credits 

EL  31     Electrical  Engineering  V-B 

This  course  given  during  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year 
deals  with  the  fundamentals  of  electrical  transmission  circuits. 
Hyperbolic  functions  and  their  application,  the  general  differential 
equations  of  the  transmission  line,  fundamental  line  constants, 
position  angles,  PI  and  T  structures,  are  developed  for  the  D.C. 

Circuits.  2Yi  semester  hour  credits 

EL  32    Electrical  Engineering  V-B 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  EL  31.  It  begins  with  the  con- 
sideration of  complex  hyperbolic  functions  and  then  deals  with 
the  alternating  current  transmission  circuit,  the  initial  transient 
state,  quarter  and  half  wave  line,  and  the  fundamental  properties 
of  artificial  lines  and  filter  circuits.  2}4  semester  hour  credits 

EL  33  Advanced  Experimental  Investigations 
All  seniors  in  the  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering  are 
required  to  complete  a  thesis  or  an  equivalent  amount  of  advanced 
experimental  work  in  the  laboratories.  Seniors  not  receiving 
departmental  approval  of  a  thesis  subject  will  be  required  to 
complete  satisfactorily  eight  advanced  experimental  investiga- 
tions. Two  required  investigations  each  will  be  given  in  A.  C. 
Machinery,  Electronics,  and  Transmission,  and  every  student  is 
expected  to  select  an  additional  two  in  any  one  of  the  three  fields. 
Typical  of  the  experiments  available  are  the  following:  Motional 
impedance  of  a  telephone  receiver,  D.C.  artificial  transmission 
line,  a  study  of  Blondel's  two  reaction  theory  of  salient  pole  syn- 
chronous machine,  a  study  of  power  angle  characteristics  of  syn- 
chronous machines,  wavemeter  calibration,  and  a  study  of  the 
thyratron  inverter.  2  semester  hour  credits 

EL  34    Advanced  Experimental  Investigations 

A  continuation  of  EL  33  in  which  the  following  experiments  are 
offered:  Magnetic  comparitor  and  Thompson  permeameter,  power 
angle  characteristics  of  a  synchronous  machine,  a  study  of  the 
complete  speed-torque  curve  of  a  squirrel  cage  induction  motor, 
and  measurements  of  R,  L,  and  C  with  a  radio  frequency  bridge. 
Students  who  desire  to  investigate  other  problems  for  which 
equipment  is  available  will  be  permitted  to  do  so  with  the  approval 
of  the  instructor  in  charge.  2  semester  hour  credits 


82 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


iv  Chemical  Engineering 

The  chemical  engineer  has  been  well  denned  as  a  "professional 
man  experienced  in  the  design,  construction,  and  operation  of 
plants  in  which  materials  undergo  chemical  and  physical  change." 
It  is  the  duty  of  the  chemical  engineer  to  cut  the  costs,  increase 
production,  and  improve  the  quality  of  the  products  in  the 
industry. 

The  chemical  engineer  must  possess  a  working  knowledge  of 
the  fundamental  sciences,  he  must  understand  and  know  how  to 
work  with  men,  and  he  must  recognize  in  his  work  the  "correct 
appraisement  of  values  and  costs."  In  addition,  he  must  possess 
the  ability  to  apply  his  knowledge  to  the  development  and  opera- 
tion of  chemical  processes  and  plants. 

The  curriculum  furnishes  instruction  in  the  fundamental 
sciences  of  chemistry,  physics,  and  mathematics;  the  elements  of 
electrical  and  mechanical  engineering;  and  in  the  basic  unit 
chemical  engineering  operations,  such  as  heating,  evaporating, 
filtering,  distilling,  crushing,  extracting,  drying,  and  so  forth. 
Courses  of  a  more  liberal  nature  are  also  available  as  electives  in 
order  that  the  student  may  become  acquainted  with  fields  of 
knowledge  other  than  chemical  engineering  and  thus  broaden  his 
educational  background. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  pre-requisite  courses  of  this 
department,  together  with  the  advanced  courses  for  which  they 
are  pre-requisite.  Pre-requisite  courses  must  be  completed  before 
the  advanced  courses  based  upon  them  may  be  taken.  Advanced 
courses  are  tabulated  at  the  left,  their  pre-requisite  to  the  right. 


Advanced  Courses 

Second  Year 

Pre-requisite  Courses 

M  5       Differential  Calculus 
ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 
Ch  11    Qual.  Anal.  Lab. 
Ch  9     Qualitative  Analysis 
EL  5      Electrical  Machinery 

Ml 

PI 

Ch2 

Ch2 

P2 

Algebra,  M4  Analytic  Geometry 

Physics  I 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Physics  I 

ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 
Ch  15  Quantitative  Analysis 
M  7       Differential  Equations 


ChE    3  Unit  Operations 


ChE    7  Inorganic  Chem.  Tech. 
Ch    37  Org.  Chemistry 
Ch     43  Thermodynamics 


Third  Year 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 
Ch  10   Qualitative  Analysis 
M  6       Integral  Calculus 

Fourth  Year 

ChE  1  Flow  of  Fluids 

Fifth  Year 

Ch     9  Qualitative  Analysis 
Ch  32  Org.  Chemistry 
ME  30  Heat  Engineering 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING 


83 


IV.  Chemical  Engineering 
FIRST  TERM  First  Year  SECOND  TERM 


Course 
No. 


Course 


Semester  Course 
Hours         No. 


Coi. 


Semester 
Hours 


El         English  1 3 

M  1       Algebra 3 

M  3       Trigonometry 2 

D  1        Graphics  1 3 

PI         Physics  1 3 

Ch  1  or  Ch  3  General  Chemistry  4 

PE  3      Physical  Training 0 

Ps  1-A  Orientation 0 


18 


E  2        English  1 3 

M  4  Analytic  Geometry.  ...  5 

PE  2      Hygiene 1 

D  2        Graphics  II 3 

P2         Physics  1 3 

Ch  2  or  Ch  4  Inorganic  Chem.  4 

PE  4       Physical  Training 0 


19 


Second  Year 


M5 

P3 

P5 

Ch9 

Ch  11 

Ch51 


Differential  Calculus ...  3 

Physics  II 2 

Physics  Laboratory 1 

Qualitative  Analysis ...  3 

Qual.  Analysis  Lab.  .  .  .  2Y2 

Sources  of  Information.  1 

ny2 


M  6       Integral  Calculus 3 

P4         Physics  II 2 

P  6         Physics  Laboratory ....  1 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics ....  3 

Ch  14   Quant.  Analysis 2 

Ch  16   Quant.  Analysis  Lab..  .  1} 


ny2 


Third  Year 


ME  21  Applied  Mechanics .  . 
M  7  Differential  Equations 
Ch  17  Quantitative  Analysis 
Ch  19    Quant.  Analysis  Lab. 

Ec  21     Economics 

ChE  1  Flow  of  Fluids 


ny2 


Ch.  44  Physical  Chemistry .  . 
ME  22  Strength  of  Materials. 
ME  30  Heat  Engineering.  .  .  . 

Ec  22     Economics 

ChE  2  Ind.  Stoichiometry.  .  . 


1V2 

3 
3 

2 
2 


12^ 


Fourth  Year 


ChE  3  Unit  Operations 3 

ChE  5  Unit  Operations  Lab. .  .  \y2 

Ch  31    Organic  Chemistry 2 

Ch  33   Organic  Chem.  Lab. ...  1 

S  1         Sociology 2 

Ch  45   Physical  Chemistry ....  3 

12M 


ChE  4  Unit  Operations 3 

ChE  6  Unit  Operations  Lab. .  .  1J^ 

Ch  32   Organic  Chemistry ....  2 

Ch  34   Organic  Chem.  Lab. ...  1 

S  2         Sociology 2 

Ch  46   Physical  Chemistry ....  3 

12^ 


ChE  9  Chemical  Proc.  Lab. .  .  . 

C  7  Engineering  Conference  3 

Ch  37  Org.  Chemistry 2 

Ch  39  Org.  Chem.  Lab 1 

IN  5  Indus.  Management  I  .  .  2 

Ch  61  Thermodynamics 2 

ChE  7  Inorganic  Chem.  Tech. .  2 


Fifth  Year 


ny2 


ChE  10  Chemical  Eng.  Projects  4 
C  8        Engineering  Conference       h 

IN  6      Indus.  Management  II . .  2 

EL  8      Elec.  Machinery 4 

ChE  8  Organic  Chem.  Tech. .  .  2 


12^ 


NOTE:  In  addition  to  the  prescribed  program  shown  above,  each  student 
must  complete  at  least  ten  semester  hours  of  credit  in  electives  of  a  liberal 
character,  making  a  total  of  147  semester  hours  required  for  the  S.B.  degree. 
This  work  may  be  taken  in  an  extra  10-week  period  at  college  during  any  upper 
class  year,  or  in  two  summer  terms. 


84  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

SYNOPSES  OF  COURSES  OFFERED 

BY  THE 

DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors  Baker  and  Morgan;  Mr.  Cody 

Courses   offered  in   the  first   term  bear   odd   numbers;   those 
offered  in  the  second  term  bear  even  numbers. 

ChE  1     Flow  of  Fluids 

A  study  of  methods  of  determining  rates  of  flow  and  power  con- 
sumption of  fluids  flowing  through  pipe  lines.  This  course 
differs  from  the  usual  course  in  hydraulics  chiefly  in  the  amount 
of  emphasis  placed  on  the  flow  of  gases  and  oils. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ChE  2     Industrial  Stoichiometry 
This  is  essentially  a  problem  course  developed  around  the  study 
of  fuels  and  combustion.    Special  attention  is  given  to  principles 
underlying  the  methods  of  calculation  which  are  of  value  to  the 
chemical  engineer. 

1  }/i  semester  hour  credits 

ChE  3     Unit  Operations 

This  course  consists  of  a  study  of  the  mechanical  operations 
peculiar  to  the  chemical  industry.  Such  unit  operations  as  flow 
of  heat,  evaporation,  and  humidity  control  are  considered.  Many 
problems  of  a  practical  nature  are  solved  during  the  course. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

ChE  4    Unit  Operations 

This  is  a  continuation  of  ChE  3.  The  unit  operations  studied 
are  drying,  crushing,  separation,  filtration,  distillation,  and  gas 
absorption. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

ChE  5     Unit  Operations  Laboratory 
This  laboratory  course  is  based  on  the  unit  operations  studied  in 
ChE  3.     The  squad  system  is  used.     Experiments  are  performed 
on  a  small-scale  plant  equipment  that  has  been  specially  designed 
or  selected  for  the  purpose.    Detailed  reports  are  required. 

1  ^2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  85 

ChE  6     Unit  Operations  Laboratory 
This  is  a  continuation  of  ChE  5.    Experiments  are  performed  in 
the  unit  operations  which  are  being  studied  simultaneously  in 
ChE  6. 

1  l/z  semester  hour  credits 

ChE  7  Inorganic  Chemical  Technology 
A  study  of  the  processes  and  manufacturing  methods  used  in  the 
more  important  industries  based  on  inorganic  chemical  tech- 
nology. Existing  material  and  economic  relationships  are  em- 
phasized. Plant  inspection  trips  and  problems  pertaining  to  the 
industries  studied  are  included. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ChE  8    Organic  Chemical  Technology 

The  course  consists  of  a  study  of  industrial  organic  chemical 
processes.  An  attempt  is  made  to  co-ordinate  the  fundamental 
principles  of  organic  synthesis  with  the  requirements  of  industrial 
plants.  Attention  is  given  to  the  special  features  which  must  be 
considered  in  the  design  and  construction  of  equipment  used  for 
the  production  of  industrial  organic  chemicals. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ChE  9     Chemical  Process  Laboratory 

This  course  includes  a  consideration  of  the  various  problems 
which  arise  during  the  evolution  of  a  manufacturing  process.  The 
study  is  begun  with  a  survey  of  the  literature  and  is  continued  in 
the  laboratory.  Procedures  are  varied  systematically  and  the  effect 
on  the  efficiency  of  the  process  noted.  The  principle  of  economic 
balance  is  taken  into  consideration  whenever  possible.  Small- 
scale  industrial  equipment  is  used  to  get  operating  data  necessary 
for  the  selection  or  design  of  large-scale  equipment.  Reports  of 
progress  are  required  during  the  course.  A  report  on  equipment 
and  operating  technique  required  for  large-scale  production 
terminates  the  course. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

ChE  10  Chemical  Engineering  Projects 
Research  problems  in  chemical  engineering  and  applied  chemistry 
are  assigned  to  students  for  solution.  The  course  is  designed  to 
develop  individual  initiative  and  self-reliance.  Students  qualified 
by  industrial  experience  are  assigned  problems  suggested  by  co- 
operating firms  which  are  worked  out  under  the  joint  supervision 
of  plant  engineers  and  members  of  the  staff. 

4  semester  hour  credits 


86 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


v  industrial  Engineering 

Industrial  engineering  is  a  program  of  study  in  which  the  student 
is  given  a  foundation  in  the  elementary  and  tool  subjects  of 
mechanical  engineering  combined  with  an  intensive  program  of 
study  in  business  management  and  selected  engineering  courses 
which  are  specially  designed  for  men  who  seek  positions  in  the 
administration  and  management  of  industrial  enterprises. 

Since  the  fundamental  training  for  a  prospective  mechanical  or 
industrial  engineer  is  essentially  the  same,  the  two  groups  are 
combined  for  instructional  purposes  during  the  freshman,  sopho- 
more, and  middler  years.  The  attention  of  industrial  engineering 
students  is  called  to  the  following  courses  offered  in  these  years 
which  constitute  a  part  of  the  strictly  professional  training  for  be- 
coming an  industrial  engineer: 


IN  3  Production  Processes 
IN  4  Production  Processes 
ME  29  Heat  Engineering 


ME  1  Mechanism 

EL  5    Electrical  Machinery 

D  4      Machine  Drawing 


The  following  table  sets  forth  the  pre-requisite  courses  of  this 
department,  together  with  the  advanced  courses  for  which  they 
are  pre-requisite.  Pre-requisite  courses  must  be  completed  before 
the  advanced  courses  based  upon  them  may  be  taken.  Advanced 
courses  are  tabulated  at  the  left,  their  pre-requisite  to  the  right. 


Advanced  Courses 

M  5       Differential  Calculus 
ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 
EL  5      Electrical  Machinery 


ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 


ME  23  Strength  of  Materials 
IN  24    Statistics 


Pre-requisite  Courses 
Second  Year 

M  1       Algebra,  M4  Analytic  Geometry 
P  1         Physics  I 
P  2         Physics  I 

Third  Year 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics 

Fourth  Year 

ME  22  Strength  of  Materials 
IN  23    Statistics 


IN  9      Cost  Accounting 
IN  25    Industrial  Plants 

IN  26    Industrial  Plants 


Fifth  Year 

IN  8      Industrial  Accounting 
ME  23  Strength  of  Materials 

1IN  3,  4  Production  Processes 
IN  6      Industrial  Management 
ME  29  Heat  Engineering 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING 


87 


V.  Industrial  Engineering 


Course 
No. 


FIRST  TERM 
Course 


Semester     Course 
Hours  No. 


SECOND  TERM 
Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


El        English  1 3 

Ml       Algebra 3 

M  3       Trigonometry 2 

D  1        Graphics  1 3 

PI         Physics  1 3 

Ch  1  or  Ch  3  General  Chemistry  4 

PE  3      Physical  Training 0 

Ps  1-A  Orientation 0 


18 


E  2  English  1 3 

M  4  Analytic  Geometry ....  5 

PE  2  Hygiene 1 

D  2  Graphics  II 3 

P2  Physics  1 3 

Ch  2  or  Ch  4  Inorganic  Chemistry  4 

PE  4  Physical  Training 0 


19 


Second  Year 


M  5  Differential  Calculus ...  3 

P3         Physics  II 2 

P  5         Physics  Laboratory 1 

IN  3  Production  Processes  I  .  2}^ 

EL  5  Electrical  Machinery ...  4 


12^ 


M  6       Integral  Calculus 3 

P  4        Physics  II 2 

P  6         Physics  Laboratory ....  1 

IN  4      Production  Processes  II .  1 J^ 

ME  20  Applied  Mechanics ....  3 

D  4        Machine  Drawing 2 

mi 


Third  Year 


ME  21  Applied  Mechanics ....  3 

ME  1     Mechanism 3 

ME  29  Heat  Engineering 2 

Ec  21     Economics 2 

CI  11     Hydraulics 2V2 

mi 


ME  22  Strength  of  Materials  . .  3 

EL  6      Electrical  Measurements  2J^ 

ME  30  Heat  Engineering 3 

Ec  22     Economics 2 

CI  12    Hydraulics 2 

mi 


Fourth  Year 


ME  23  Strength  of  Materials. . .  2 

IN  5      Industrial  Management  I  2 

IN  7      Industrial  Accounting.  .  2 

IN  23    Statistics 2  J^ 

S  1         Sociology 2 

ME  61  Mechanical  Eng.  Lab. .  .  2 

mi 


ME  42  Heating  and  Air  Cond.  2 

IN  6      Indust.  Management  II.  2 

IN  8      Industrial  Accounting. .  2 

IN  24    Statistics V/i 

S  2        Sociology 2 

ME  62  Mechanical  Eng.  Lab.. .  2 

mi 


C  7  Engineering  Conference 

IN  9  Cost  Accounting "V/2 

IN  15  Sales  Engineering 23^ 

IN  11  Methods  Engineering  .  .  IY2 

IN  21  Contracts 2 

IN  25  Industrial  Plants V/2 

mi 


Fifth  Year 


C8 
IN  10 
IN  16 
IN  14 
IN  18 
IN  26 


Engineering  Conference  J^ 

Cost  Accounting 23^ 

Personnel  Adm 2 

Industrial  Finance 2J^ 

Sales  Eng.  Problems 1x/i 

Industrial  Plants 23^ 

12^ 


NOTE:  In  addition  to  the  prescribed  program  shown  above,  each  student 
must  complete  at  least  ten  semester  hours  of  credit  in  electives  of  a  liberal 
character,  making  a  total  of  147  semester  hours  required  for  the  S.B.  degree. 
This  work  may  be  taken  in  an  extra  10-week  period  at  college  during  any  upper- 
class  year,  or  in  two  summer  terms. 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


SYNOPSES  OF  COURSES  OFFERED 

BY  THE 

DEPARTMENT  OF  INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors  Knowles,  Alexander,  Bruce,  and  Thomson; 
Mr.  Cruickshank 

Courses  offered  in  the  first  term  bear  odd  numbers;  those 
offered  in  the  second  term  bear  even  numbers. 

IN  3     Production  Processes  I 

This  is  a  descriptive  course  in  which  are  studied  the  methods 
employed  in  foundry  work  and  shop  practice,  including  the  wood 
working  and  machine  shop. 

The  work  is  composed  largely  of  demonstrations  by  the  in- 
structor, covering  the  principles  of  molding  for  the  purpose  of 
showing  the  reasons  for  draft  and  the  special  features  of  pattern 
construction.  The  names  and  characteristics  of  materials,  equip- 
ment, and  machines  used  in  the  foundry  are  taken  up  in  detail, 
and  the  methods  of  tempering  sand  and  making  simple  green  sand 
molds  explained. 

The  construction,  operation,  and  uses  of  the  various  machine 
tools,  such  as  the  lathe,  boring  mill,  milling  machine,  drill  press, 
grinder,  planer,  gear  cutter,  and  shaper  are  explained  by  lectures 
and  demonstrations. 

23^  semester  hour  credits 

IN  4    Production  Processes  II 
This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  tool  engineering  as  applied  in  the  modern 
manufacturing  plant. 

The  tools  used  in  production  are  discussed  and  their  care  and 
maintenance  illustrated. 

Considerable  time  is  devoted  to  jig  and  fixture  design.  Calcula- 
tions are  developed  which  may  be  used  to  determine  relative  costs 
and  advantages  in  using  various  types  of  shop  equipment. 

1  \'i  semester  hour  credits 

IN  5     Industrial  Management  I 

The  course  in  Industrial  Management  places  emphasis  on  the 
administrative  phases  of  factory  and  plant  operation.  It  deals  with 
the  location  of  the  plant;  plant  design,  structure,  and  plant  serv- 
ices; plant  layout;  standardization,  simplification,  and  specializa- 
tion; and  the  public  relations  of  industry. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  89 

IN  6     Industrial  Management  11 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Industrial  Management  IN  5.  It 
deals  with  the  control  of  plant  operations.  Each  department  of  a 
modern  industrial  concern  is  considered,  emphasis  being  placed 
on  the  organization  and  management  problems  confronted  and 
how  they  may  be  handled,  with  the  intention  that  the  student 
shall  become  familiar  with  the  activities  and  general  working  of 
each  department  and  the  relationship  which  the  departments  hold 
to  one  another  and  to  the  business  as  a  whole.  In  detail  are  con- 
sidered: budgeting,  standards  of  performance,  wage  systems, 
organization,  routing,  scheduling,  dispatching,  inventory  control, 
quality  control,  and  visual  controls  such  as  the  organization  chart, 
planning  board,  and  departmental  report.  Considerable  atten- 
tion is  given  to  the  distribution  of  overhead  expenses  and  standard 
costs. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

IN  7    Industrial  Accounting 

A  course  designed  for  the  engineer  studying  accounting  for  the 
first  time,  including  the  elements  of  books  of  original  and  final 
entry,  the  construction  and  analysis  of  income  statements,  balance 
sheets,  work  sheets,  and  the  transactions  involving  interest,  dis- 
counts, notes,  and  drafts. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


IN  8    Industrial  Accounting 

A  continuation  of  course  IN  7  presenting  the  accounting  problems 
of  partnerships,  corporations,  manufacturing  businesses,  as  well 
as  miscellaneous  problems  on  accounting. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


IN  9    Cost  Accounting 

A  thorough  study  of  the  principles  of  costing  process,  job  order 
and  special  order  manufacturing,  through  the  presentation  and 
solution  of  actual  cost  problems. 

2}/i  semester  hour  credits 


IN  10     Cost  Accounting 

A  continuation  of  course  IN  9,  presenting  cost  systems,  standard 
costs  and  the  relationships  of  cost,  price,  and  profits. 

23^  semester  hour  credits 


90  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

IN  11     Methods  Engineering 

This  course  comprises  (1)  a  detailed  study  of  time  and  motion 
study  work;  (2)  a  complete  study  and  actual  practice  in  micro- 
motion which  is  the  use  of  motion  pictures  in  the  motion  study 
work;  (3)  a  preparation  of  simo-charts  (the  use  of  colored  charts 
and  symbols  called  Therbligs  which  show  all  the  elements  in  an 
operation  cycle;  (4)  the  making  of  process  charts  which  is  the 
use  of  specifically  designed  symbols,  or  industrial  shorthand,  to 
record  motion  analysis. 

2x/i  semester  hour  credits 

IN  14    Industrial  Finance 

The  course  in  Industrial  Finance  is  divided  into  two  parts;  the 
first  half  of  the  course  presents  the  differences  in  the  organization 
of  partnerships,  corporations,  individual  proprietorships,  joint- 
stock  companies,  and  holding  companies. 

The  second  half  of  the  course  deals  with  problems  of  financial 
analysis.  Industries  are  examined  to  determine  their  financial 
condition;  their  position  in  relation  to  similar  concerns;  the 
proportion  of  their  fixed  and  variable  expenditures;  and  the  effect 
of  price  cutting  and  price  changes  on  their  sales  volume,  costs, 
and  capital  structure.  Care  is  taken  to  give  the  student  a  basis 
for  determining  what  constitutes  sound  financial  policy  for  any 
industrial  enterprise. 

2H  semester  hour  credits 

IN  15  Sales  Engineering 
This  course  in  the  principles  of  marketing  is  designed  to  acquaint 
the  engineering  student  with  the  field  of  distribution.  It  includes  a 
complete  study  of  the  functions  of  marketing,  the  institutions 
and  middle-men  of  the  market,  a  study  of  the  trade  channels  used 
to  market  specific  commodities,  placing  particular  emphasis  on 
industrial  goods. 

23^  semester  hour  credits 

IN  16    Personnel  Administration 

A  consideration  of  what  modern  industry  is  doing  in  making  an 
application  of  science  to  the  obtaining  and  retaining  of  an  effec- 
tive and  co-operative  working  force.  The  student  studies  thor- 
oughly personnel  administration  systems  now  in  use  including  the 
preparation  and  use  of  many  forms  among  which  are  the  occupa- 
tional description,  application,  and  interview  blanks,  promotion 
charts,  wage  scales,  personnel  control  charts,  etc.  In  addition, 
such  subjects  as  wage  payment  plans,  profit  snaring,  the  training 
of  workmen,  workers'  security  plans  and  labor  union,  and  man- 
agement relationships  are  given  attention. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  91 

IN  18    Sales  Engineering  Problems 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  IN  15.  It  presents  problems  and 
case  material  for  use  in  making  application  of  the  principles  of 
marketing  industrial  goods.  Considerable  time  is  devoted  to  the 
study  of  the  regulation  and  control  of  marketing  processes  and 
institutions  by  governmental  agencies  and  legislation. 

2x/i  semester  hour  credits 

IN  21     Contracts 

Preparation  for  a  career  as  an  industrial  engineer  demands  an 
understanding  of  the  fundamental  legal  principles  upon  which 
modern  business  transactions  are  based.  The  course  in  Contracts 
treats  of  the  common  law  rules  which  underlie  all  branches  of 
business  law.  The  study  of  cases  and  decisions  is  supplemented  by 
lectures  and  assigned  readings  in  textbooks  in  order  to  develop  a 
thorough  understanding  of  the  essentials  of  a  valid  contract  such 
as  offer  and  acceptance,  consideration  and  form.  The  interpreta- 
tion, operation  and  discharge  of  contracts  are  also  considered. 
Such  topics  as  agreement,  competent  parties,  reality  of  consent, 
legality  of  object,  sealed  instruments  and  the  Statute  of  Frauds  are 
treated  in  detail.  2  semester  hour  credits 

IN  23  Industrial  Statistics 
The  increasing  use  of  statistics  in  business  and  in  the  field  of  indus- 
trial engineering  makes  essential  an  understanding  of  the  funda- 
mental methods  and  applications  of  statistical  analysis.  In  this 
course  the  important  topics  considered  include  the  following: 
the  collection  of  statistical  data;  the  presentation  of  statistical 
data  in  tabular  and  graphic  forms;  and  the  uses  and  construction 
of  frequency  distributions,  averages,  measures  of  dispersion  and 
skewness,  and  the  normal  curve.  Specific  attention  is  given  to  the 
practical  uses  and  limitations  of  statistics  in  the  work  of  the  indus- 
trial engineer.  iy2  semester  hour  credits 

IN  24    Industrial  Statistics 

Time  series  analysis  receives  major  consideration  in  this  course. 
The  standard  procedures  for  measuring,  separating,  and  eliminat- 
ing trend,  periodic,  seasonal,  cyclical,  and  irregular  movements  of 
time  series  are  carefully  studied.  Each  student  is  required  to 
analyze  a  time  series  related  to  his  co-operative  employment  or  to 
a  field  of  industry  in  which  he  has  especial  interest.  The  contruc- 
tion  of  index  numbers,  the  use  of  currently  published  index  num- 
bers, correlation,  and  business  forecasting  complete  the  course 
content.  Particular  regard  is  paid  to  the  internal  use  of  statistics 
in  industrial  concerns.  2Y2  semester  hour  credits 


92  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

IN  25    Industrial  Plants 

This  course  includes  the  principles  involved  in  the  erection  of  an 
industrial  plant,  and  the  installation  of  its  machines  and  equip- 
ment. Different  types  of  structures  are  discussed  with  respect  to 
details  such  as  foundations,  walls,  columns,  floors,  windows,  and 
so  forth.  Calculations  and  layout  for  a  typical  mill  are  carried 
out.  Another  problem  consists  of  the  calculation  and  layout  of  a 
machine  shop  which  includes  the  power  requirements  and  place- 
ment of  machines,  consideration  being  given  to  the  optimum 
conditions  of  maximum  production  and  the  most  efficient  routing 
of  a  product. 

2Y2  semester  hour  credits 

IN  26  Industrial  Plants 
This  course,  a  continuation  of  IN  25,  includes  a  problem  on  the 
heating  and  air  conditioning  of  an  industrial  plant.  The  heating 
requirements  in  the  winter  and  the  cooling  needs  in  the  summer 
are  calculated  for  a  particular  building.  Another  problem  consists 
of  the  layout  of  a  plant  to  serve  a  certain  industry;  determining 
the  machines  essential  for  the  output  of  a  given  product;  the 
power  requirements  for  the  plant,  and  the  advisability  of  generat- 
ing the  power  within  the  plant  or  purchasing  it  from  outside; 
storage  needs;  arrangement  of  machines  and  material  handling 
equipment;  determination  of  belting  sizes  and  shafting;  and  the 
cost  of  operation  of  the  factory. 

2  J^2  semester  hour  credits 


Chemistry 


Professors   Vernon,    Strahan,    McGuire,    and   Zuffanti;   Dr. 
Luder;  Messrs.  Brown,  McKenzie,  Giella,  Dubois,  Vinal,  and 

Hansen 


Ch  1  General  Chemistry 
A  course  designed  for  those  who  have  had  chemistry  before 
entering  college.  The  fundamental  idea  of  matter  and  energy; 
the  properties  of  gases,  liquids,  and  solids;  molecular  weights; 
equations,  atomic  structure,  classification  of  the  elements;  ionic 
reactions;  and  the  chemistry  of  the  non-metals  are  among  the 
topics  which  are  covered  in  the  course.  Two  lectures,  one  recita- 
tion, and  a  three-hour  laboratory  period  comprise  the  weekly 
schedule  of  instruction. 

4  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  93 

Ch  2  Inorganic  Chemistry 
A  continuation  of  Ch  1  Inorganic  Chemistry.  Modern  ideas 
covering  the  theory  of  solutions  of  electrolytes  are  discussed 
together  with  experimental  facts.  The  chemistry  of  the  metals  is 
covered  thoroughly,  and  time  is  devoted  to  an  introduction  to 
organic  chemistry.  The  latter  part  of  the  course  is  given  to 
qualitative  analysis  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  laboratory 
work.    The  plan  of  instruction  is  identical  with  that  of  Ch  1. 

4  semester  hour  credits 


Ch  3     General  Chemistry 

A  course  intended  for  those  who  have  not  had  chemistry  in  high 
school.  The  content  is  similar  to  that  of  Ch  1,  but  the  treatment 
is  such  that  no  prior  knowledge  of  chemistry  is  necessary.  Two 
lectures,  one  recitation,  and  a  three-hour  laboratory  period  com- 
prise the  weekly  schedule  of  instruction. 

4  semester  hour  credits 


Ch  4     Inorganic  Chemistry 
A  continuation  of  Ch  3  with  a  course  content  and  schedule  of 
instruction  similar  to  Ch  2. 

4  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  9     Qualitative  Analysis 
A  study  of  fundamental  qualitative  laws  and  principles  as  applied 
to  the  separation  of  ions.    Mass  action  law,  ionic  equilibrium,  and 
oxidation-reduction  are  among  the  topics  covered. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  1 1     Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory 

Laboratory  work  on  detection  of  anions  and  cations.  The  ex- 
periments are  designed  to  amplify  the  class  work  and  give  experi- 
ence in  the  analysis  of  unknown  substances. 

2}^  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  14  Quantitative  Analysis 
Each  of  the  major  operations  such  as  weighing,  measurement  of 
volumes,  titration,  filtration,  ignition,  and  combustion,  is  con- 
sidered from  the  standpoint  of  the  theoretical  principles  involved 
and  with  due  consideration  of  the  manipulative  technique  neces- 
sary. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


94  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Ch  16     Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory 
Acidimetry  and  alkalimitry,  oxidation  and  precipitation  methods 
as  used  in  volumetric  work  comprise  the  first  part  of  the  laboratory 
work.    This  is  followed  by  simple  gravimetric  analysis. 

J  }/i  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  17    Quantitative  Analysis 

A  continuation  of  Ch  14.  Advanced  gravimetric  analysis  and 
systematic  mineral  procedures  are  studied  together  with  the 
common  technical  methods. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  29    Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory 

A  continuation  of  Ch  16.  Advanced  gravimetric,  electrolytic, 
combustion  and  optical  methods  are  used.  In  the  latter  half  of 
the  course  actual  industrial  technical  methods  are  used. 

1  semester  hour  credit 

Ch  31     Organic  Chemistry 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  the  aliphatic  organic  com- 
pounds. The  resemblance  of  classes  is  stressed  and  emphasis  is 
placed  on  genetic  charts.  The  industrial  significance  of  the  sub- 
ject is  discussed  to  show  the  practical  nature  of  organic  chemistry. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  32     Organic  Chemistry 
A  continuation  of  Ch  31  dealing  with  the  preparation  and  char- 
acteristic reactions  of  the  aromatic  organic  compounds.    Special 
attention  is  given  to  polymerization,  diazotization,  dyes,  and  the 
use  of  catalyst,  nitration,  and  sulfonation. 

A  few  of  the  more  important  heterocyclic  compounds  are  studied. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  33     Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Preparations  and  reactions  designed  to  teach  the  laboratory 
technique  involved  in  organic  chemistry.  The  method  of  keeping 
notes  in  the  work  performed  and  reactions  involved  is  stressed. 

1  semester  hour  credit 

Ch  34  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 
This  is  a  continuation  of  Ch  33.  The  preparations  in  this  course 
serve  to  acquaint  the  student  with  such  types  of  chemical  reactions 
as  sulfonation,  the  Grignard  reaction,  the  Perkins  reaction, 
Skraup's  synthesis,  the  Friedal-Crafts'  reaction,  and  the  prepara- 
tion of  dyes. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  95 

In  addition  to  the  manipulation  techniques  taught  in  Ch  33,  this 
course  introduces  the  use  of  vacuum  distillations,  fractional  crys- 
tallization, and  separations  by  physical  and  chemical  means. 

J  semester  hour  credit 

Ch  37     Organic  Chemistry 
A  continuation  of  Ch  32  and  includes  a  study  of  the  preparation 
and  reactions  of  heterocyclic  and  alicyclic  compounds. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  39  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 
The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the 
chemical  and  physical  tests  used  in  qualitative  organic  analysis. 
A  series  of  experiments,  based  on  the  classification  of  reactions  of 
organic  compounds,  serves  as  a  basis  for  the  examination  of  simple 
liquid  and  simple  solid  compounds  and  the  preparation  of  suitable 
derivatives  of  them. 

1  semester  hour  credit 

Ch  44    Physical  Chemistry 

This  course  begins  with  a  short  resume  of  the  field  of  physical 
chemistry,  and  its  relationship  to  the  other  courses  in  chemistry 
and  chemical  engineering.  Following  this,  atomic  and  molecular 
weights,  and  the  properties  of  gases,  liquids,  solids,  ionized,  non- 
ionized,  and  colloidal  solutions  are  taken  up. 

2%  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  45     Physical  Chemistry 

A  continuation  of  Ch  44,  and  includes  a  consideration  of  the 
following  topics:  rates  of  reaction,  homogeneous  and  hetero- 
geneous equilibrium,  and  thermochemistry. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  46    Physical  Chemistry 

A  continuation  of  Ch  45  including  electrical  conductance,  elec- 
trolytic equilibrium,  electrolysis,  photochemistry  and  atomic 
structure. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

Ch  51     Sources  of  Information 
This  course  is  intended  to  acquaint  the  chemical  student  with  the 
constantly  increasing  volume  of  scientific  literature  pertaining  to 
the  field  of  chemistry. 


96  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

After  a  brief  outline  of  the  entire  field  of  scientific  literature, 
and  a  description  of  various  methods  of  library  procedure,  the 
various  available  sources  of  scientific  information  are  investigated. 
A  series  of  individual  library  problems,  in  which  the  student  is 
required  to  apply  the  information  obtained  in  the  classroom, 
forms  a  very  important  part  of  the  course. 

1  semester  hour  credit 

Ch  61     Thermodynamics 

The   development   and   application   of  thermodynamics   to   the 
treatment  of  chemical  engineering  problems. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


^Drawing 


Professors  Tozer  and  Meserve;  Messrs.  Cushman,  Cleveland, 
Sanderson,  and  Rook 

D  1     Graphics  I 

This  course  comprises  a  complete  study  of  shape  description  in 
both  orthographic  and  pictorial  form.  It  provides  a  thorough 
foundation  for  the  study  of  working  drawings.  The  work  is  laid 
out  according  to  the  following  divisions:  care  and  use  of  instru- 
ments, lettering,  geometric  constructions  including  the  conic, 
involute  and  cycloidal  curves,  orthographic  projection  including 
multiplanar  and  axonometric  drawing,  oblique  and  perspective 
projection,  technical  freehand  sketching,  development,  screw- 
threads,  sectioning,  dimensioning,  and  tracing. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

D  2  Graphics  11 
This  course  comprises  a  complete  study  of  the  theory  of  projection. 
It  is  designed  to  develop  the  power  to  visualize  and  solve  practical 
problems  in  spacial  relations.  In  addition  to  point,  line,  and 
plane  problems,  the  course  includes  a  study  of  shadows,  solid 
intersections,  developable  and  warped  surfaces. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

D  3     Engineering  Drawing 

A  course  similar  to  D  4  except  that  it  is  designed  to  be  of  particular 
value  to  students  of  electrical  engineering. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  97 

D  4  Machine  Drawing 
Detail  working  drawings  of  machine  parts  and  assembly  drawings 
of  simple  machines  are  made  in  accordance  with  best  commercial 
practice.  Such  simple  phases  of  mechanism  as  are  necessary  to  a 
complete  understanding  of  machine  drawing  are  included  in  the 
course. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Economics 

Professor  Lake 

Ec  21     Economics 

After  an  analysis  of  the  main  characteristics  of  our  modern 
economic  order,  attention  is  turned  to  the  fundamental  economic 
laws  and  principles  governing  the  production  of  economic  goods, 
the  organization  of  business  enterprise,  money,  banking,  the 
business  cycle,  control  of  the  price  level,  and  international  trade. 
Case  material  is  used  freely. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  22  Economics 
A  continuation  of  Ec  21.  The  first  part  of  the  course  deals  with 
the  principles  of  price  determination  under  competitive  and 
monopolistic  conditions,  and  the  principles  underlying  the  dis- 
tribution of  wealth  and  income  into  wages,  interest,  and  profits. 
Consideration  is  then  given  to  the  major  aspects  of  the  economic 
problems  of  agriculture,  public  utility  regulation,  labor,  consump- 
tion, public  finance,  and  economic  reform. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


English 


Dean  Melvin;  Professors  Holmes  and  Marston;  Dr.  Reynolds; 
Messrs.  Capon,  Hunting,  Norvish  and  Hoffmann 

E  1     English  1 

A  course  in  composition  with  especial  emphasis  on  exposition. 
Principles  of  grammar  and  rhetoric  are  reviewed  rapidly  but 
thoroughly.  Contemporary  essays  are  studied  both  for  their 
value  as  models  and  as  enrichment  of  the  student's  background. 
Themes  on  subjects  largely  drawn  from  or  related  to  the  student's 
life  and  study  are  a  weekly  requirement. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


98  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

E  2    English  I 
A  continuation  of  E  1.     Toward  the  end  of  the  term  a  careful 
Study  is  made  of  letter  writing.  3  semester  hour  credits 

Engineering  Conference 

Professors  Nightingale,  Towle,  Everett,  Oberg  and  Morgan 

C  7  Engineering  Conference 
This  course  is  designed  to  bring  about  analytical  thinking  and 
systematic  planning  of  the  "after-graduation-employment"  prob- 
lem. It  is  conducted  as  an  open  discussion  class  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Co-operative  Work.  Each  Co-ordinator  has  in  his  class 
those  students  who  have  been  placed  and  supervised  on  co-op- 
erative work  by  him.  Each  student  analyzes  and  applies  to 
himself  as  the  "product"  the  fundamental  principles  of  mer- 
chandizing. Prominent  men  who  are  leaders  in  the  fields  of 
employment  counselling,  business,  or  engineering  present  the 
employers'  viewpoint.  Thus  the  graduating  seniors  are  brought 
face  to  face  during  the  year  with  one  of  the  most  important  and 
perplexing  problems  of  life,  namely,  how  to  "sell  their  services," 
thereby  aiming  to  bring  a  co-ordinated  training  of  theory  and 
practice  to  a  logical  conclusion.  ]/2  semester  hour  credit 

C  8  Engineering  Conference 
This  course  is  the  sequel  to  C-7  and  consists  of  the  practical 
application  of  the  techniques  of  job-getting  which  have  been 
analyzed  and  discussed  in  that  course.  It  is  conducted  on  a  con- 
ference rather  than  on  a  class  basis,  the  major  portion  of  the  time 
being  devoted  to  the  planning  and  writing  of  letters  to  and  secur- 
ing interviews  with  prospective  employers.  It  is  intended  that  this 
course  will  culminate  in  the  attainment  by  each  student  of  his 
after-graduation  job.  y2  semester  hour  credit 


Qeology 

Professor  Pugsley 

Gy  1  Geology 
A  study  of  earth  movements  and  various  terrestrial  applications 
of  solar  energy.  Lectures  on  fundamental  general  facts  as  to 
origin  and  movements  of  the  earth,  weathering,  work  of  winds, 
underground  and  surface  waters,  glaciers  and  the  glacial  period, 
lakes  and  swamps,  and  vulcanism.  2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  99 

Gy  2     Geology 

Course  Gy  1  is  continued  with  such  topics  as  mountain  formation, 
oceanic  life,  atmosphere,  and  meteorology.  A  considerable 
portion  of  time  is  given  to  the  study  of  igneous,  sedimentary  and 
metamorphic  rocks,  supplemented  by  laboratory  and  field  work. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


(Mathematics 


Professors  Spear  and  Haskins;  Dr.  Lacount;  Dr.  Wallace; 
Messrs.  Sewell,  Dean,  Combellack,  and  Heilprin 

M  1     College  Algebra 

The  study  of  algebra  is  scheduled  to  begin  with  the  solution  of 
the  quadratic  equation,  simultaneous  quadratics,  and  equations 
in  quadratic  form.  However,  a  rapid  although  thorough  review 
of  the  fundamentals  of  algebra  precedes  this.  This  solution  of 
the  quadratic  is  followed  by  a  detailed  study  of  the  theory  of 
exponents.  Then  follow  radicals,  series,  variation,  inequalities, 
and  the  elementary  principles  of  the  theory  of  equations.  Con- 
siderable time  is  given  to  plotting  and  the  use  of  graphs  in  the 
solution  of  equations.  The  elementary  theory  of  complex  numbers 
is  also  covered. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


M  3     Trigonometry 

This  is  a  complete  course  in  trigonometry  and  should  enable  the 
student  to  use  all  branches  of  elementary  trigonometry  both  in 
the  solution  of  triangles  as  well  as  in  the  more  advanced  courses 
where  the  knowledge  of  trigonometry  is  essential.  Some  of  the 
topics  covered  are:  the  trigonometric  ratios;  inverse  functions; 
goniometry;  logarithms;  circular  measure;  laws  of  sines;  cosines, 
tangents,  half-angles;  solution  of  oblique  and  right  triangles; 
transformation  and  solution  of  trigonometric  and  logarithmic 
equations.  Considerable  practice  in  calculation  of  practical 
problems  enables  the  student  to  apply  his  trigonometry  to  prob- 
lems arising  in  engineering  practice  at  an  early  stage.  Additional 
work,  graphical  and  algebraic,  is  done  with  the  complex  number, 
introducing  DeMoivre's  theorem,  and  the  exponential  form  of 
the  complex  number. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


100  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

M  4    Analytic  Geometry  and  Introduction  to  Calculus 

This  being  a  basic  course  in  preparation  for  any  further  study  of 
mathematics,  it  requires  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  funda- 
mentals of  algebra.  The  course  covers  cartesian  and  polar  co- 
ordinates; graphs;  the  equations  of  simpler  curves  derived  from 
their  geometric  properties;  thorough  study  of  straight  lines, 
circles,  and  conic  sections;  intersections  of  curves;  transformation 
of  axes;  plotting  and  solution  of  algebraic  equations  of  higher 
order  and  of  exponential,  trigonometric,  and  logarithmic  equa- 
tions; loci  problems.  The  general  equation  of  the  second  degree 
is  thoroughly  analyzed  in  the  study  of  conic  sections.  Some  time 
is  devoted  to  curve  fitting  from  empirical  data. 

Explicit  and  implicit  functions,  dependent  and  independent 
variables,  some  theory  of  limits,  continuity  and  discontinuity 
are  given  special  attention  both  from  the  algebraic  as  well  as 
geometric  points  of  view.  Some  theorems  on  the  infinitesimal 
are  introduced  and  a  study  is  made  of  infinity  and  zero  as  limits. 
Relative  rates  of  change,  both  average  and  instantaneous,  and 
the  meaning  of  the  slope  of  a  curve  follow.  The  differential  and 
the  derivative  as  applied  to  algebraic  functions  with  the  geometric 
interpretation  is  then  studied.  Simple  applications  with  interesting 
practical  problems  help  to  develop  the  interest  here  and  lay  a 
solid  foundation  for  the  study  of  the  calculus.  The  introduction 
of  the  differential  at  the  same  time  with  the  derivative  helps 
considerably  to  bridge  the  large  gap  which  usually  exists  when  the 
student  passes  from  the  study  of  the  elementary  analytic  geometry 
to  the  infinitesimal  of  calculus. 

5  semester  hour  credits 


M  5     Differential  Calculus 

The  differential  is  introduced  and  defined  at  the  outset  of  the 
course  together  with  the  derivative,  geometric  and  practical  il- 
lustrations are  given  of  both,  and  both  are  carried  along  through- 
out the  course.  The  work  in  the  course  consists  of  differentiation 
of  algebraic,  trigonometric,  exponential,  and  logarithmic  functions, 
both  explicit  and  implicit;  slopes  of  curves,  maxima  and  minima 
with  applied  problem;  partial  differentiation;  derivatives  of  higher 
order;  curvature;  points  of  inflection;  related  rates;  velocities, 
acceleration;  expansion  of  functions;  series.  Although  the  subject 
matter  deals  with  considerable  theory,  constant  sight  is  kept  of 
the  practical  application  of  the  theory.  The  geometric  interpreta- 
tion of  every  new  subject  is  carefully  defined  and  problems  are 
continually  solved  dealing  in  practical  applications  of  the  theory 
in  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  101 

M  6    Integral  Calculus 

This  is  a  continuation  of  Calculus  M  5,  and  deals  with  integration 
as  the  inverse  of  differentiation  as  well  as  the  limit  of  summation. 
The  topics  covered  are  methods  of  integration;  use  of  integral 
tables;  definite  integrals;  double  and  triple  integrals;  areas  in 
rectangular  and  polar  co-ordinates;  center  of  gravity;  moment  of 
inertia;  length  of  curves;  volumes  of  solids;  areas  of  surfaces  of 
revolution;  volumes  by  triple  integration;  practical  problems  in 
work,  pressure,  etc.,  depending  on  the  differential  and  integral 
calculus  for  solution,  solution  of  simpler  differential  equations. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


M  7  Differential  Equations 
The  elementary  theory  of  differential  equations  and  the  solution 
of  certain  ordinary  and  partial  differential  equations  is  offered 
here  as  a  general  course  in  mathematics.  Although  principally  a 
problem  course  in  solving  differential  equations,  properties  of  the 
equations  and  of  their  solutions  are  deduced,  and  applications  to 
the  various  fields  of  engineering,  particularly  electrical  engineering, 
are  analyzed. 

2  Y2  semester  hour  credits 


"Thysics 


Professors   Muckenhoupt,    Coolidge,   Johnson,    and    Welch; 
Messrs.  Belyea,  Hilli  and  Cook 

P  1     Physics  I 

A  course  in  the  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  mechan- 
ics of  physics.  Some  of  the  topics  covered  are  simple  harmonic 
motion,  uniformly  accelerated  motion,  friction,  work,  energy, 
power,  fluid  pressure,  angular  velocity,  centripetal  force,  equi- 
librium under  the  action  of  a  series  of  parallel  forces  and  equi- 
librium under  the  action  of  concurrent  forces. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


P  2     Physics  I 

This  is  a  thorough  course  in  magnetism  and  electricity  covering 
all  the  details  within  the  scope  of  standard  college  texts  on  these 
subjects.  All  lectures  are  illustrated  by  means  of  lantern  slides, 
motion  pictures,  and  special  apparatus. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


102  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

P  3     Physics  11 

A  course  in  the  study  of  wave  motion,  sound,  and  light.  Molec- 
ular mechanics  and  other  fundamental  principles  of  physics  are 
stressed  at  the  beginning. 

All  lectures  in  physics  are  accompanied  by  appropriate  demon- 
strations. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


P  4    Physics  11 

The  topics  studied  are  thermometry,  expansion  of  solids,  liquids, 
and  gases;  calorimetry;  change  of  state  including  latent  heat  of 
fusion  and  vaporization  (sublimation);  triple  point  diagram;  con- 
duction and  radiation;  and  the  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


P  5     Physics  Laboratory 

This  course  consists  of  experiments  in  mechanics,  light,  electricity, 
and  magnetism  performed  by  each  student  supplementing  the 
lecture  and  class  room  work  of  courses  P  1,  P  2,  and  P  3.  The 
experiments  on  mechanics  include:  the  use  of  the  vernier,  microm- 
eters and  spherometer,  the  calculation  of  true  weights,  the 
funicular  polygon,  gyroscopic  motion,  simple  harmonic  motion 
and  the  determination  of  areas  by  means  of  the  planimeter. 
Other  experiments  in  this  course  include  plotting  the  magnetic 
field  about  a  bar  magnet  and  the  determination  of  the  pole 
strength  and  field  strength  of  the  magnet,  the  position  of  images 
in  a  combination  of  lenses  and  one  experiment  on  electrostatics. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


P  6    Physics  Laboratory 

A  continuation  of  the  experiments  started  in  P  5  including  ex- 
periments on  sound  and  heat.  Some  of  the  experiments  of  this 
course  are:  the  modulus  of  elasticity,  the  determination  of  the 
velocity  of  sound,  the  coefficient  of  cubical  expansion  of  mercury, 
the  air  thermometer,  the  determination  of  the  mechanical  equiva- 
lent of  heat,  the  study  of  the  maximum  and  minimum  thermom- 
eters, and  the  use  of  the  spectroscope  in  the  study  of  the  bright 
line  and  solar  spectra.  The  experiments  of  this  course  supplement 
the  class  work  of  courses  P  1,  P  2,  P  3,  and  P  4. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  103 

P  7     Physics  Laboratory 

This  course  is  very  similar  to  P  5  but  broader  in  scope  and  designed 
particularly  for  electrical  engineering  students. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


P  8    Physics  Laboratory 
A  course  similar  in  content  but  broader  in  scope  than  P  6  and 
designed  particularly  for  electrical  engineering  students. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


^Physical  Education 

Professors  Parsons  and  Tatton;  Messrs.  Dunn,  Gallagher, 
Kopp,  Laveaga,  and  Hultgren 

PE  3-4    Physical  Training 

All  first  year  students  are  required  to  take  Physical  Training. 
Health,  strength,  and  vitality  do  not  come  by  chance,  but  by 
constant  attention  to  those  factors  involved  in  their  development. 
It  is  very  essential  for  the  student  to  acquire  good  habits  of  life. 

The  work  in  the  course  includes  a  formal  calisthenic  program, 
special  exercise  classes  for  the  correction  of  postural  defects, 
participation  in  the  regular  athletic  program,  including  baseball, 
basketball,  hockey,  football,  track,  and  many  types  of  informal 
games.  All  members  of  the  class  are  also  required  to  learn  to 
swim. 

Students  wishing  to  be  excused  from  Physical  Training  because 
of  physical  defects  are  required  to  present  a  petition  to  the  faculty 
supported  by  a  physician's  certificate. 


PE  2  Hygiene 
One  class  hour  a  week  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  information 
closely  related  to  the  Physical  Training  work  and  to  personal  and 
mental  hygiene.  For  each  class  lecture,  the  student  is  assigned 
at  least  one  hour  of  outside  study  based  on  the  required  textbook. 
The  course  includes  enough  of  the  fundamentals  of  physiology 
and  anatomy  to  enable  the  student  to  understand  such  parts  of 
the  course  as  require  some  knowledge  of  these  subjects. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


104  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Social  Sciences 

Professors  Estes  and  Ha  vice 

Ps  1'A     Orientation  Problems 

This  course  is  designed  to  make  the  entering  student  explicitly 
aware  of  those  facts,  principles,  and  techniques  which  are  signifi- 
cantly related  to  the  maintenance  of  his  intellectual  efficiency  and 
mental  health  in  the  college  environment.  Lectures,  assigned 
reading,  and  individual  conferences. 


S  1  Introduction  to  Sociology 
In  presenting  a  survey  of  the  origins  and  sources  of  human  society, 
this  study  provides  orientation  for  the  course  in  principles  and 
problems  which  follows.  The  several  theories  of  organic  evolution 
are  discussed.  The  antiquity  of  man  and  basic  anthropological 
data  are  considered.  The  racial  and  ethnic  groupings  of  man  are 
then  studied  in  the  light  of  biological,  geographical,  and  cultural 
factors. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


S  2     Principles  of  Sociology 

Facts  and  principles  basic  to  a  general  knowledge  of  the  field  of 
sociology  are  presented.  The  origins,  forms,  and  forces  of  human 
associations  are  discussed.  Consideration  is  given  the  several 
leading  schools  of  sociological  thought.  The  course  is  designed 
to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student  who  desires  a  survey  of  the  subject. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Elective  Liberal  Courses 

B  50     General  Biology 
This  is  a  comprehensive  course  in  biology  dealing  with  animals 
and  plants  and  their  relation  to  their  environment.    The  funda- 
mental phenomena  of  living  things  are  stressed.     General  bio- 
logical laws  and  theories  are  discussed. 
Laboratory  work  illustrates  the  lectures. 

4  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  105 

E  50    Shakespeare 

An  introductory  college  reading  course  in  Shakespeare  in  which 
the  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  character  study,  development 
of  plot,  and  interpretation. 

Four  plays:  Henry  IV,  Part  1,  Romeo  and  Juliet,  Twelfth  Night, 
and  Othello  will  be  read  in  class;  one  play,  probably  either  Henry  V 
or  the  Tempest,  will  be  assigned  for  outside  reading. 

The  purpose  of  the  course  is  not  only  to  develop  in  the  student 
an  appreciation  of  Shakespeare  but  also  to  train  him  in  sound 
habits  of  reading. 

Dean  Melvin  2  semester  hour  credits 


E  51  The  Short  Story 
This  course  is  intended  to  give  the  student  training  and  practice 
in  the  reading  of  the  short  story.  It  includes  a  brief  account  of 
the  origin  and  development  of  the  short  story  as  a  fictional  form 
and  the  study  of  the  technique  of  character  portrayal,  plot  con- 
struction, setting,  and  theme.  Short  stories  are  assigned  for 
reading  and  analysis. 

Professor  Holmes  2  semester  hour  credits 


GA  51  History  of  Architecture 
This  course  is  designed  to  cultivate  an  understanding  and  apprecia- 
tion of  the  principal  architectural  monuments  from  the  earliest 
times  up  to  the  16th  century  A.D.  This  includes  a  study  of  the 
architecture  of  Egypt  and  Mesopotamia,  Greece  and  Rome,  the 
Medieval  period,  and  the  Italian  Renaissance. 

Lectures  are  illustrated  by  lantern  slides  and  the  work  of  the 
course  includes  textbook  and  collateral  readings,  regular  quizzes 
and  examinations,  and  some  study  at  nearby  museums. 

Professor  Meserve  2  semester  hour  credits 


Gv  51  American  Constitutional  Law 
This  course  contemplates  a  brief  study  of  the  history  of  constitu- 
tional government  from  its  origin  in  the  struggle  in  England  be- 
tween King  and  parliament  over  the  taxing  power;  the  continua- 
tion of  that  struggle  between  the  colonial  assemblies  and  the 
parliament;  the  formation  of  the  confederation  of  the  states;  the 
weaknesses  of  the  confederation  that  rendered  it  inadequate; 
conditions  that  made  it  necessary  to  bring  about  "a  more  perfect 
union";  how  the  national  constitution  was  made  conferring  all 
necessary  powers  upon  the  national  government  and  making  the 
constitution  the  supreme  law  of  the  land. 


106  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

A  brief  study  of  political  and  legal  science  developed  through 
the  critical  consideration  of  cases  "selected  in  part  for  their 
historical  value  but  chiefly  to  provide,  in  the  language  of  the 
Supreme  Court  a  maximum  of  constitutional  principles  in  a 
minimum  of  time."  The  presentation  in  a  condensed  form  of  the 
fundamental  law  of  the  state  and  nation  together  with  the  rules 
and  decisions  which  have  developed  and  accumulated  in  the  con- 
struction and  application  of  constitutional  provisions. 

Professor  Bruce  2  semester  hour  credits 


Gy  50  Geology 
(Not  Open  to  Civil  Engineering  Students) 
This  is  a  study  of  earth  movements  and  the  various  terrestrial 
applications  of  solar  energy.  The  more  important  geological 
processes  —  erosion,  sedimentation,  deformation,  and  eruption  — 
are  taken  up  and  discussed.  The  course  includes  lectures  on  the 
broader  structural  features  of  the  earth's  crust  and  the  application 
of  the  principles  of  structural  geology  to  practical  engineering 
problems. 

Professor  Pugsley  2  semester  hour  credits 


M  50    History  of  Mathematics 

Beginning  with  a  discussion  of  how  primitive  man  may  have 
developed  the  concept  of  number,  the  course  traces  the  develop- 
ment of  the  various  branches  of  mathematics  with  which  a  student 
studying  calculus  is  already  familiar.  Special  attention  is  given 
to  the  social  factors  that  influenced  these  developments  as  well  as 
to  a  study  of  the  personalities,  lives,  and  contributions  of  the 
outstanding  mathematicians  up  to  the  time  of  Gauss. 

Mr.  Sewell  2  semester  hour  credits 


Ph  50  Philosophy 
After  surveying  the  nature,  purpose,  and  value  of  philosophy,  this 
course  considers  such  basic  principles  as  the  following:  concepts 
of  reality;  the  nature  of  space,  time,  and  relativity;  theories  of 
knowledge;  the  nature  of  mind;  and  the  meaning  of  existence. 
The  course  is  designed  to  train  the  student  to  think  philosophi- 
cally, as  well  as  to  acquaint  him  with  data  in  the  field. 

Professor  Havice  2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  107 

Ps  50    Principles  of  Psychology 

An  introductory  survey  of  those  methods  and  findings  in  psy- 
chology which  are  of  practical  importance  in  business  and  in- 
dustry. The  topics  which  will  be  considered  include  individual 
differences,  personality,  motivation,  leadership,  morale,  propa- 
ganda. 

Professor  Estes  2  semester  hour  credits 

Thesis 

Theses  are  not  required  of  candidates  for  the  bachelor's  degree. 
Certain  students,  who  have  demonstrated  marked  ability  in  the 
field  of  research,  may  be  permitted  to  substitute  a  thesis  for  one 
or  more  courses  of  the  senior  year. 

By  "thesis"  is  meant  an  essay  involving  the  statement,  analysis, 
and  solution  of  some  problem  in  pure  or  applied  science.  Its 
purpose  is  to  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  degree  of  initiative  and 
power  of  original  thought  and  work  on  the  part  of  each  candi- 
date for  an  engineering  degree. 

The  subject  of  the  thesis  is  to  be  decided  in  conference  between 
the  candidate  and  that  faculty  member  of  the  professional  depart- 
ment to  whom  he  is  assigned  for  supervision  in  thesis  work;  final 
approval,  however,  resting  with  the  head  of  the  department.  The 
subject  may  be  one  of  structural  design,  research,  testing,  study 
of  a  commercial  process,  etc.,  but  in  no  case  will  a  mere  resume 
of  prior  knowledge  and  /or  discussion  of  the  present  state  of  the 
matter  be  acceptable.  This,  it  is  true  must  normally  be  made,  but 
in  addition  thereto  there  must  be  a  certain  amount  of  work 
planned  and  executed,  aimed  towards  the  extension  of  the  present 
field  of  information  regarding  the  subject  chosen. 

In  many  cases  the  student  presents  an  individual  thesis.  How- 
ever, in  nearly  equal  number,  acceptable  subjects  will  be  found 
necessitating  the  co-operation  of  at  least  two  men,  either  of  the 
same  or  sometimes  of  different  professional  departments.  In  such 
cases,  each  man  is  primarily  responsible  for  a  certain  part  of  the 
work,  while  also  making  himself  wholly  familiar  with  the  entire 
problem;  and  the  completed  thesis  must  show  clear  evidence  of 
the  evenly-balanced  co-operation  and  labor  of  the  men  concerned. 

The  completed  thesis  will  be  examined  for  acceptance  or  re- 
jection from  the  technical  viewpoint  by  the  professional  depart- 
ments interested,  and  then  forwarded  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Day 
Division;  final  approval  of  the  thesis  resting  with  the  Dean. 

Upon  acceptance,  the  thesis  becomes  the  property  of  the  Univer- 
sity, together  with  all  apparatus  and  material  used  in  connection 
therewith,  except  that  hired  or  borrowed,  or  originally  the  personal 
property  of  the  candidate.  It  is  not  to  be  printed,  published,  nor 
in  any  other  way  made  public  except  in  such  manner  as  the 
professional  department  and  the  Dean  shall  jointly  approve. 


108  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Frequently  thesis  subjects  may  be  chosen  on  problems  arising 
in  the  plant  where  the  student  is  employed  at  co-operative  work. 
Employers  are  usually  glad  to  consult  with  the  student  in  the 
selection  of  the  subject  and  the  subsequent  development  of  the 
thesis. 

When  theses  are  conducted  in  this  manner,  it  is  understood 
that  the  employer  is  not  expected  by  the  University  to  assume 
any  expense  of  the  thesis  nor  to  furnish  any  supplies  or  equip- 
ment to  be  used  in  the  development  of  the  thesis  other  than  those 
which  he  may  consider  it  advisable  and  desirable  to  place  at  the 
disposal  of  the  students.  The  regulations  governing  the  use  of 
laboratories  and  buildings  of  the  co-operating  firms  will  vary  in 
practically  all  cases  and  each  student  must  naturally  be  governed 
definitely  by  the  regulations  existing  at  the  plant  where  the  thesis 
is  to  be  conducted. 

It  is  understood  that  the  thesis  work  must  not  in  any  way 
interfere  with  the  regular  required  co-operative  work  and  must 
be  done  during  hours  distinctly  outside  of  regular  co-operative 
work  hours  unless  special  request  is  made  by  the  co-operating 
firm  for  some  other  arrangement. 

Theses  conducted  in  conjunction  with  co-operating  firms  must 
be  submitted  in  duplicate,  one  copy  to  be  presented  by  the  Dean 
to  the  co-operating  employer. 

For  all  further  information,  the  candidate  for  the  degree  is  re- 
ferred to  the  "Directions  for  Theses,"  which  he  may  obtain  from 
his  professional  department  at  the  end  of  his  junior  year. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING 


109 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

College  of  Engineering 

Courses  of  Instruction 

1940-1941 

(The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  any  course  in 
which  there  is  insufficient  enrolment.) 


Course 

Number 

ChE  1 

ChE2 

ChE  3 

ChE  4 

ChE  5 

ChE  6 

ChE  7 

ChE  8 

ChE  9 

ChE  10 

Ch    1 

Ch    2 

Ch    3 

Ch    4 

Ch    9 

Ch  11 

Ch  14 

Ch  17 

Ch  16 

Ch  19 

Ch31 

Ch32 

Ch33 

Ch34 

Ch37 

Ch39 

Ch44 

Ch45 

Ch46 

Ch51 

Ch61 

Course 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Flow  of  Fluids 

Ind.  Stoichiometry 

Unit  Operations 

Unit  Operations 

Unit  Operations  Lab 

Unit  Operations  Lab 

Inorg.  Chem.  Tech 

Org.  Chem.  Tech 

Chemical  Process  Laboratory .... 
Chemical  Engineering  Projects .  .  . 

CHEMISTRY 

General  Chemistry 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

General  Chemistry 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

Qualitative  Analysis 

Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory .  . 

Quantitative  Analysis 

Quantitative  Analysis 

Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory . 
Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory . 

Organic  Chemistry 

Organic  Chemistry 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  . , 
Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II . 

Organic  Chemistry 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Physical  Chemistry 

Physical  Chemistry 

Physical  Chemistry 

Sources  of  Information 

Thermodynamics 


Semester 
Hours 


2 
2 
3 
3 

VA 

2 
2 
3 
4 


4 
4 
4 
4 
3 

2 
2 

VA 

l 

2 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 

VA 

3 

3 

1 

2 


110 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 

Number 

CI    3 

CI    4 

CI   5 

CI   6 

CI    7 

CI    8 

CI    9 

CI10 

CI  11 

CI  12 

CI  15 

CI  16 

CI  20 

CI  21 

CI  22 

CI  23 

CI  24 

CI  25 

CI  26 

CI  27 

CI  28 

CI  29 

CI  30 

CI  31 

CI  32 

C7 

C8 

Ps  1-A 

D  1 

D2 

D3 

D4 

Ec21 

Ec22 

Course 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Surveying  I 

Surveying  II 

Surveying  I,  F.  &.  P 

Surveying  II,  F.  &  P 

Curves  and  Earthwork  I 

Curves  and  Earthwork  II 

Curves  and  Earthwork  I,  F.  <St  P. . 
Curves  and  Earthwork  II,  F.  &  P. 

Hydraulics 

Hydraulics 

Theory  of  Structures 

Theory  of  Structures 

Advanced  Surveying 

Sanitary  Engineering  I 

Sanitary  Engineering  II 

Engineering  Structures 

Engineering  Structures 

Concrete 

Concrete 

Concrete  Design 

Concrete  Design 

Structural  Design 

Structural  Design 

Highway  Engineering 

Highway  Engineering 

CO-ORDINATION 

Engineering  Conference 

Engineering  Conference 

Orientation  Problems 

DRAWING 

Graphics  I 

Graphics  II 

Engineering  Drawing 

Machine  Drawing 

ECONOMICS 

Economics 

Economics 


Semester 
Hours 


i 

i 

2 
2 
1 
1 

VA 

2 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

2 

2 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 


V2 

y2 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING 


111 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Semester 
Course Hours 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Electrical  Engineering  1 1 

Electrical  Engineering  1 1 

Electrical  Machinery 4 

Electrical  Measurements 23^ 

Electrical  Engineering  II V/i 

Electrical  Engineering  II 2 

Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory 1 

Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory 1 

Electrical  Measurements  1 2^ 

Electrical  Measurements  II 2 

Electrical  Engineering  III 2 

Electrical  Engineering  III 2 

Electrical  Testing  Laboratory 2 

Electrical  Testing  Laboratory 2 

Electrophysics 1 

Electrophysics 2 

Electrical  Measurements  Laboratory ...  2 

Advanced  Measurements  Laboratory . .  2 

Electrical  Engineering  IV 3 

Electrical  Engineering  IV 3 

Advanced  Electrical  Engineering  Lab.  .  2 

Advanced  Electrical  Engineering  Lab.  .  2 

Electrical  Engineering  V-A V/2 

Electrical  Engineering  V-A V/2 

Electrical  Engineering  V-B V/2 

Electrical  Engineering  V-B V/2 

Advanced  Experimental  Investigations  2 

Advanced  Experimental  Investigations  2 

ENGLISH 

English  1 3 

English  1 3 

GEOLOGY 

General  Geology 2 

General  Geology 2 

INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING 

Production  Processes  1 V/ 

Production  Processes  II V/2 

Industrial  Management  1 2 

Industrial  Management  II 2 

Industrial  Accounting 2 

Industrial  Accounting 2 


112 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 

Number 


IN   9 

IN  10 
IN  11 
IN  14 
IN  15 
IN  16 
IN  18 
IN  21 
IN  23 
IN  24 
IN  25 
IN  26 

B50 

E50 

E51 

GA51 

Gv51 

Gy50 

M50 

Ph50 

Ps50 

M  1 
M3 
M4 

M5 

M6 
M7 

ME  1 
ME  15 
ME  16 
ME  20 
ME  21 
ME  22 
ME  23 
ME  24 
ME  27 
ME  29 


Course 

INDUSTRIAL  ENGINEERING  (Cont.) 

Cost  Accounting 

Cost  Accounting 

Methods  Engineering 

Industrial  Finance 

Sales  Engineering 

Personnel  Administration 

Sales  Engineering  Problems 

Contracts 

Industrial  Statistics 

Industrial  Statistics 

Industrial  Plants 

Industrial  Plants 

LIBERAL  ELECTIVES 

General  Biology 

Shakespeare 

The  Modern  Novel 

History  of  Architecture 

American  Constitutional  Law 

Geology 

History  of  Mathematics 

Introduction  to  Philosophy 

Principles  of  Psychology 

MATHEMATICS 

College  Algebra 

Trigonometry 

Analytic  Geometry  and  Introduction  to 

Calculus 

Differential  Calculus 

Integral  Calculus 

Differential  Equations 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Mechanism 

Industrial  Plants 

Industrial  Plants 

Applied  Mechanics  (Statics) 

Applied  Mechanics  (Kinetics) 

Strength  of  Materials 

Strength  of  Materials 

Advanced  Mechanics 

Metallography 

Heat  Engineering  (Power  Plant  Equip- 
ment)   


Semester 
Hours 


iy 

iy 
iy 

2 
2 

iy 
iy 
iy 
2y 

4 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

3 
2 

5 
3 
3 

iy 

3 

iy 
iy 

3 
3 
3 
2 
2 
2 


COLLEGE   OF    ENGINEERING 


113 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 

Number 

ME  30 

ME  31 

ME  32 

ME  33 

ME  34 

ME  35 

ME  36 

ME  37 

ME  38 

ME  39 

ME  40 

ME  42 

ME  44 

ME  45 

ME  46 

ME  48 

ME  51 

ME  52 

ME  54 

ME  61 

ME  62 

ME  63 

ME  69 

ME  70 

ME  73 

ME  74 

ME  76 

PE2 

PE3 

PE4 

PI 

P2 

P3 

P4 

P5 

P6 

P7 

P8 

SI 

S2 

Semester 

Course  Hours 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  (Cont.) 

Heat  Engineering  (Thermodynamics) . .  3 

Heat  Engineering 2x/i 

Heat  Engineering 2^ 

Refrigeration 2 

Steam  Turbines 2 

Heat  Engineering 2 

Heat  Engineering 2Yi 

Diesel  Engines 2 

Diesel  Laboratory 2 

Engine  Dynamics ly^ 

Aerodynamics 2 

Heating  and  Air  Conditioning 2 

Power  Plant  Engineering 23^ 

Air  Conditioning  Design  1 2Yi 

Air  Conditioning  Design  II 2^ 

Air  Conditioning  Laboratory 2 

Machine  Design 3 

Machine  Design 3 

Diesel  Engine  Design 23^ 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory ...  2 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory ...  2 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory.    .  2J^ 

Testing  Materials  Laboratory 1^ 

Testing  Materials  Laboratory lj/£ 

Aircraft  Structures 2 

Aeronautical  Laboratory 2 

Aircraft  Engine  Design 23^ 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Hygiene 1 

Physical  Training 0 

Physical  Training 0 

PHYSICS 

Physics  1 3 

Physics  1 3 

Physics  II 2 

Physics  II 2 

Physics  Laboratory 1 

Physics  Laboratory 1 

Physics  Laboratory 2 

Physics  Laboratory 2 

SOCIOLOGY 

Introduction  to  Sociology 2 

Principles  of  Sociology 2 


114  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Laboratory  Equipment 

Field  Instruments  of  Civil  Engineering 

THE  Department  of  Civil  Engineering  is   provided  with   a 
variety  of  excellent  equipment  for  field  work.    The  instru- 
ments have  been  chosen  to  make  possible  the  working  out  of 
advanced  as  well  as  elementary  field  problems,  and  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  principal  makes  and  types  of  instruments  in 
general  use. 

For  compass  work  there  are  seven  compasses  and  an  assortment 
of  steel  and  wood  range  poles.  Probably  no  better  location  could 
be  found  for  demonstrating  to  students  the  phenomenon  of  local 
attraction  than  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  University.  For 
measuring  angles  and  elementary  traverse  work,  the  following 
equipment  is  available: 

2  Keuffel  and  Esser  one  minute  transits 
5  Buff  and  Buff  one  minute  transits 
2  Berger  one  minute  transits 
2  Wissler  one  minute  transits 
1  Gurley  one  minute  transit 
1  Poole  one  minute  transit 

1  Hutchinson  one  minute  transit 

For  elementary  differential  leveling  or  profile  leveling  the 
following  instruments  are  available: 

2  Keuffel  and  Esser  levels 

3  Berger  levels 

3  Buff  and  Buff  levels 

Both  Wye  and  Dumpy  levels  are  included  among  these. 

For  instruction  in  surveying,  the  College  also  possesses  a 
sufficient  number  of  steel  tapes,  metallic  tapes,  range  poles,  and 
Philadelphia  level  rods  to  equip  completely  all  of  the  field  parties 
in  the  various  surveying  courses  at  the  same  time.  Some  of  these 
field  parties  can  be  supplied  with  Lenk  tape  rods  or  with  Boston 
rods. 

Traverses  run  in  the  course  in  Surveying  I  are  required  to  con- 
form with  the  quality  of  workmanship  set  forth  by  the  Massa- 
chusetts Land  Court  "Class  A"  regulations.  The  following  equip- 
ment is  reserved  for  such  work  and  for  thesis  preparation: 

2  Berger  30  second  transits 

2  Buff  and  Buff  30  second  transits 

1  Berger  one  minute  transit 

1  Buff  and  Buff  one  minute  transit 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  115 

All  of  these  transits  are  nearly  the  same,  having  fy/i"  horizontal 
circles  equipped  with  full  vertical  arcs.  For  measuring  horizontal 
distances  the  field  parties  are  fully  equipped  with  Lufkin  (in- 
stantaneous) No.  236D  tapes.  These  tapes  are  compared  and 
carefully  checked  with  the  Invar  tape  before  being  used. 

For  topographical  work  there  are  available  seven  plane  table 
outfits:  2  Buff  and  Buff,  2  Gurley,  2  Keuffel  and  Esser,  and  1 
Berger.  All  of  the  transits  in  the  Civil  Engineering  Department 
are  equipped  with  stadia  hairs.  In  both  the  plane  table  and  stadia 
surveying  the  College  is  equipped  to  send  out  either  stadia  rods  or 
Philadelphia  level  rods. 

For  hydrographic  surveying  there  is  a  Gurley  electric  current 
meter  with  the  necessary  rods  and  recording  apparatus  for  making 
stream  flow  observations.  A  sextant  is  available  for  measuring 
angles  in  connection  with  hydrographic  surveying. 

Triangulation  Station 

The  College  of  Engineering  has  set  on  the  roof  of  the  East 
Building  a  triangulation  station  known  as  "Station  Northeastern," 
which  is  established  as  part  of  the  regular  course  from  Massa- 
chusetts triangulation  Stations  State  House  and  Mt.  Auburn.  The 
latitude  and  longitude  of  this  station  have  been  accurately  checked 
in  a  thesis  run  from  important  triangulation  points  in  eastern 
Massachusetts.  A  tripod  signal  can  be  erected  on  "Station  North- 
eastern." Other  triangulation  stations  located  on  such  hills  as 
Corey  Hill  and  Parker  Hill  are  available  for  use  of  Northeastern 
students.  For  measuring  the  angles  of  a  triangulation  scheme  the 
department  possesses  a  20  second  precise  Buff  and  Buff  triangula- 
tion transit  and  a  Berger  10  second  repeating  theodolite.  An 
Invar  steel  tape  manufactured  by  Societe  Genevoise  d'lnstru- 
ments  de  Physique,  which  has  been  calibrated  and  checked  by  the 
Bureau  of  Standards,  is  used  for  base  line  measurements  and  for 
checking  the  steel  tapes. 

Levels  and  Level  Rods 

For  ordinary  precise  work  such  as  is  done  in  the  average  city  or 
town  for  bench  mark  control,  the  following  equipment  is  available: 
a  Bausch  &.  Lomb  precise  level  and  a  Berger  precise  engineer's  level. 
The  College  is  also  equipped  for  doing  barometric  leveling,  for 
which  it  has  an  aneroid  barometer  manufactured  by  Reynolds  of 
England.  For  accurate  checking  of  these  bench  marks  and  com- 
paring them  with  the  United  States  geodetic  work  and  for  com- 
paring bench  marks  with  those  found  in  various  cities  and  towns 
with  the  Boston  Base  and  the  U.  S.  Geodetic  Base,  there  are  a  Buff 
and  Buff  Coast  and  Geodetic  level  and  a  Gurley  Coast  and  Geo- 
detic level  rod. 


116  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

.  For  solar  observations  a  Berger  1  C  30  second  transit  equipped 
with  prismatic  lens  and  a  Berger  solar  attachment  is  used.  Two  of 
the  30  second  transits  are  equipped  with  45°  mirrors  in  the  sun 
shades  and  full  vertical  arcs  for  making  Polaris  observations. 

Demonstration  Models 

The  Department  of  Civil  Engineering  has  had  constructed  a 
number  of  brass  and  wooden  models  of  typical  engineering  struc- 
tures. The  following  are  kept  conveniently  at  hand  for  classroom 
demonstrations. 

1. 

Floor  Beam  Connection  to  Girder  —  Through  Girder  Railway 
Bridge.  Model  one-third  size.  (Shows  also  typical  knee  brace 
connection  to  floor  beam  and  girder  as  well  as  lateral  bracing  in 
plane  of  bottom  flange.)  Model  is  constructed  of  white  wood  with 
rubber-headed  nails  for  rivets. 

2. 
Bottom  Chord  Joint  Detail  (L2)  of  a  150'  Span  Single  Track 
Through  Steel  Railway  Bridge  of  the  Warren  Type.    Model  is  of 
white  pine  and  one-quarter  size. 

3. 
Top  Chord  Joint  Detail   (U2)  of  a   150'  Span  Single  Track 
Through  Steel  Railway  Bridge  of  the  Warren  Type.    Model  is  of 
white  pine,  one-quarter  size,  and  shows  lateral  and  sway  bracing. 

4. 
Hip  Joint  Detail  (Ui)  of  150'  Span  Single  Track  Through  Steel 
Railway  Bridge  of  the  Warren  Type.    Model  is  one-third  size  and 
white  pine.    It  shows  a  typical  example  of  portal  bracing. 

5. 

Complete  Model  of  80'  Span  Single  Track  Through  Girder 
Bridge.  Model  is  an  exact  reproduction,  one-sixteenth  size, 
using  brass  plates  and  angles  of  uniform  thickness  (0.040")  and 
riveted  together  with  1-16"  diameter  copper  rivets. 

The  bridge  is  reproduced  from  a  complete  design  previously 
made  and  including  web  and  flange  splices. 


Hydraulics  and  Sanitary  Engineering  Laboratory 

Laboratories  of  the  Civil  Engineering  Department  include  much 
demonstration  equipment  for  use  in  connection  with  courses  in 
hydraulics.  A  standard  circular  sharp-edged  orifice  and  a  Venturi 
meter,  each  equipped  with  appropriate  manometers,  permit  the 
study  of  flow  through  pipe  lines.  For  measuring  flow  in  channels 
there  are  two  weirs,  one  a  suppressed  rectangular  weir  with  a 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  117 

fixed  crest  and  the  second  equipped  with  removable  plates  pro- 
viding either  a  V  notch,  a  contracted  rectangular,  or  a  parabolic 
weir. 

A  tank  equipped  with  standard  circular  orifice,  standard  short 
tube,  or  re-entering  tube,  has  been  installed  for  the  purpose  of 
demonstrating  the  measurement  of  flow  discharging  into  the  at- 
mosphere. Water  is  circulated  about  the  laboratory  by  means  of  a 
direct  connected  centrifugal  pump.  Platform  scales  and  a  weigh- 
ing tank  are  available  to  check  the  results  obtained  in  the  demon- 
strations outlined  above. 

The  following  Weather  Bureau  apparatus  has  been  installed  in 
the  laboratory  for  purposes  of  research  in  problems  in  sanitary 
engineering:  standard  thermometer,  maximum-minimum  ther- 
mometer, sling  psychrometer,  standard  snow  and  rain  gage, 
recording  hygrothermograph,  station  barometer,  and  an  electric 
tipping  bucket  rain  gage  recorder. 

The  Sanitary  Research  Laboratory  is  designed  to  be  used  for 
research  by  the  faculty  and  senior  Civil  Engineering  students  in 
connection  with  thesis  problems,  and  for  demonstrations  of 
methods  of  sanitary  analysis  to  students  taking  courses  CI  21  and 
CI  22.  The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  tables,  sink,  glassware, 
chemical  apparatus,  chemicals,  balances,  microscope,  drying 
oven,  water  bath,  muffle  furnace,  373/2°C.  incubator,  gas  analysis 
apparatus,  and  other  necessary  equipment  so  that  a  complete 
analysis  of  either  water  or  sewage  may  be  made  in  accordance  with 
the  procedure  outlined  by  "Standard  Methods  of  Water  Analysis" 
published  by  the  American  Public  Health  Association. 


Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratories 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  Department  has  a  suite  of  well 
equipped  laboratories,  containing  a  large  variety  of  modern 
machines  run  by  steam,  gasoline,  water,  and  electricity,  and 
occupying  over  10,000  square  feet  of  floor  space  in  the  basement 
of  the  West  Building. 

The  laboratory  is  provided  with  a  canal  of  14,000  gallons 
capacity  which  serves  the  various  pumps,  weir  boxes,  and  con- 
densers. Special  areas  have  been  set  aside  and  equipped  for  oil 
testing,  concrete  mixing,  mechanics  research,  and  similar  purposes. 

Steam  Apparatus 

Steam  is  supplied  to  the  laboratory  directly  from  the  steam 
mains  of  the  Boston  Edison  Company,  or  from  the  auxiliary 
power  plant  operated  by  the  University  and  the  Boston  Y.M.C.A. 
A  Uniflow  steam  engine  of  fifty  horsepower  capacity  and  of  the 
latest  design  is  so  equipped  that  a  complete  engine  test  may  be 
run  on  the  machine.     The  auxiliary  apparatus  connected  with 


118  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

the  engine  includes  a  prony  brake  for  measuring  the  output  of 
the  machine  while  a  surface  condenser  is  tied  in  with  the  exhaust 
line  in  order  to  obtain  the  steam  consumption. 

A  Chicago  steam-driven  air  compressor  is  arranged  to  make 
complete  tests  on  both  the  steam  and  air  ends  of  the  machine. 
This  compressor  is  also  connected  to  a  surface  condenser. 

A  Warren  direct-acting  steam  pump  is  connected  up  to  run  a 
standard  pump  test,  the  steam  end  being  tied  in  with  a  surface 
condenser  and  the  water  end  with  a  rectangular  weir  for  measur- 
ing the  quantity  of  water  delivered  by  the  pump. 

A  twelve  horsepower  Curtis  steam  turbine  of  the  impulse 
single-stage  type,  to  which  is  directly  connected  an  absorption 
dynamometer  or  water  brake,  is  available  for  testing.  The  steam 
end  of  this  turbine  is  piped  to  a  Worthington  surface  condenser 
and  also  to  a  Schutt-Koerting  ejector  condenser. 

A  small  Sturtevant  horizontal  steam  engine  is  equipped  for  a 
complete  test  with  a  prony  brake  for  the  measurement  of  power 
output. 

Other  steam-driven  apparatus  includes  a  steam  pulsometer 
pump,  a  steam  injector,  two  small  vertical  steam  engines  for  valve 
setting  experiments,  a  heat  exchanger  for  determining  heat  trans- 
fer between  steam  and  water,  and  a  lee  steam  turbine  of  twelve 
horsepower  rating  driving  a  two-stage  centrifugal  pump. 

Apparatus  is  also  set  up  for  experiments  on  the  flow  of  steam 
through  an  orifice  and  for  the  determination  of  moisture  content 
in  steam  through  the  use  of  throttling  and  separating  steam 
calorimeters. 

Power  Plant 

The  auxiliary  steam  power  plant  is  also  used  for  testing  purposes. 
The  plant  is  equipped  with  the  necessary  tanks  and  scales  for 
weighing  the  feed-water,  steam  pressure  gages,  scales  for  weighing 
coal  and  ashes,  draft  recorders,  Orsat  apparatus,  CO2  recorder, 
electrical  meters,  thermometers,  steam  engine  indicators,  and  other 
equipment  necessary  for  complete  power  plant  tests.  The  plant 
consists  of  four  horizontal  return  tubular  boilers,  each  of  1,711 
square  feet  of  heating  surface.  Two  of  these  boilers  are  equipped 
for  burning  coal  and  two  for  burning  fuel  oil.  There  are  the 
various  auxiliary  appliances,  such  as  feed-water  pumps,  feed-water 
heater,  fuel  oil  pumps  and  heaters,  automatic  damper  regulator, 
and  steam  and  oil  separators.  The  steam  line  of  the  Mechanical 
Laboratory  is  connected  to  a  Foxboro  recording  steam  flow  meter, 
while  in  the  boiler  feed-water  line  is  located  a  water  meter  of  the 
Buffalo  make. 

In  the  Engine  Room  are  located  four  three-wire  direct  current 
generators,  three  of  which  are  driven  by  Ridgeway  reciprocating 
steam  engines  while  the  fourth  generator  is  direct-connected  to  a 
Westinghouse-Parsons  steam  turbine. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  119 

Hydraulic  Equipment 

The  hydraulic  equipment  in  the  laboratory  includes  a  two-stage 
centrifugal  pump  with  a  dual  drive  or  separate  drive  as  may  be 
desired.  The  drive  is  either  direct  from  a  fifteen  horsepower  direct 
current  motor  or  else  direct  from  a  Lee  single-stage  steam  turbine. 

A  six-stage  centrifugal  pump  direct-connected  to  a  forty  horse- 
power direct  current  motor  has  been  installed  for  testing  pur- 
poses. The  motor,  through  a  speed  regulator,  has  a  range  in  speed 
from  900  R.P.M.  to  2200  R.P.M.  The  pump  is  rated  at  180  G.P.M. 
against  a  head  of  450  feet.  The  capacity  of  the  pump  is  measured 
by  a  Venturi  tube  of  the  latest  design.  There  is  also  a  rotary 
pump  driven  direct  by  an  electric  motor. 

Other  machines  for  hydraulic  experiments  are  a  triplex  power 
pump,  driven  by  a  three  horsepower  electric  motor,  a  hydraulic 
turbine  of  the  Pelton  Wheel  type,  a  small  single-stage  centrifugal 
pump  driven  directly  by  a  z/i  horsepower  gasoline  engine,  a 
triangular  and  a  rectangular  weir  for  measuring  quantities  of 
water  discharged  by  the  various  pumps  in  the  laboratory,  besides 
the  necessary  tanks,  platform  scales,  and  hook  gages. 

Internal  Combustion  Engines 

Under  the  internal  combustion  laboratory  equipment  may  be 
listed  a  Fairbanks-Morse  ten  horsepower  gasoline  and  oil  engine, 
so  arranged  that  tests  may  be  run  with  various  kinds  of  fuels,  and 
complete  test  data  obtained;  a  Plymouth  automobile  engine 
arranged  to  run  tests  with  different  fuels  and  carburetors;  and  two 
gasoline  airplane  engines  for  demonstration  purposes. 

Several  Diesel  engines  of  various  types  have  been  installed,  in- 
cluding a  30  H.P.  high  speed  Fairbanks-Morse  machine  of  the 
solid  injection  type  which  drives  a  19  K.W.,  D.C.  Generator,  and 
two  small  engines  for  dismantling  and  demonstration  purposes. 

Refrigeration,  Heating,  and  Air  Conditioning 

The  refrigeration  equipment  includes  a  %  ton  Frick  ammonia 
refrigerating  machine  equipped  with  a  double  pipe  condenser, 
ammonia  weighing  tanks,  and  a  specially  designed  indicator.  A 
Triumph  compressor  is  also  available  for  demonstration  work. 
Apparatus  for  the  determination  of  heat  transference  through 
various  substances  is  available. 

A  constant  temperature  room  is  equipped  with  apparatus  for 
either  heating  or  cooling.  Additional  equipment  consists  of  a 
warm  air  pressure  system  with  Timken  oil  burner  equipment  and 
complete  automatic  controls,  a  Fedders  type  unit  heater,  and  oil 
burning  equipment  and  controls  for  demonstration  purposes. 

For  fan  testing,  a  multi-blade  blower  of  Sturtevant  manufacture 
driven  by  an  electric  motor  is  set  up  for  running  different  tests 
with  varying  capacity. 


120  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

A  Carrier  air  conditioner,  motor  driven  and  equipped  with 
automatic  humidity  control,  is  arranged  for  testing. 

Testing  Materials  and  Heat  Treatment  Equipment 

The  testing  materials  equipment  includes  a  Riehle  300,000  lb. 
capacity  Model  P4  Precision  Hydraulic  Universal  Testing  Machine 
of  the  latest  type  and  equipped  with  all  necessary  accessories,  a 
50,000  pound  Olsen  Universal  Testing  Machine  equipped  for 
tension,  compression,  transverse  bending,  and  shearing  tests;  a 
2,000  pound  automatic  shot  cement  tester  equipped  with  trans- 
verse tools;  a  10,000  inch  pound  Riehle  torsional  testing  machine; 
a  220  foot  pound  Riehle  impact  tester  for  Charpy  Izod  or  tension 
tests;  a  White-Souther  motor  driven  fatigue  tester  holding  two 
specimens  at  one  time;  and  a  Ro-Tap  sieve  shaker  with  time 
switch  and  sieves  for  mechanical  analysis  of  aggregate.  Among 
the  measuring  instruments  are  Brinell  and  Olsen-Firth  hardness 
testers;  extensometers  for  tension,  column,  and  beam  tests;  and 
a  torsion  meter. 

For  heat  treatment,  an  electric  furnace  and  a  Stewart  triple- 
purpose  gas-fired  furnace  are  available  with  pyrometers  for 
temperature  measurements. 

For  studying  the  effects  of  heat  treatment,  a  large  metallographic 
outfit  of  Bausch  &.  Lomb  make  is  used.  This  apparatus  makes 
possible  a  magnification  of  from  125  to  2,600  diameters  for  in- 
spection and  taking  photographs  of  crystalline  structures  of 
metals.  Equipment  is  available  for  polishing  and  etching  speci- 
mens in  preparation  for  examination  of  the  crystalline  structure 
of  the  metal  being  studied. 

Polaroid  equipment  for  photo-elastic  stress  analysis  is  also 
available. 

Miscellaneous  Equipment 

In  addition  to  the  apparatus  mentioned  above,  the  oil  testing 
equipment  includes  a  Saybolt  Universal  viscosimeter  for  viscosity 
determination,  a  Cleveland  open  cup  tester  for  determining  the 
flash  point  and  fire  point  of  different  grades  of  oil,  a  Conradson 
carbon  residue  apparatus,  a  steam  emulsion  apparatus,  a  water 
power  centrifuge,  a  cloud  and  pour  test  apparatus,  a  Union  oil 
colorimeter  for  color  number  determination,  and  a  Thurston 
friction  oil  tester  for  determining  the  durability  and  lubricating 
properties  of  oils. 

An  Emerson  fuel  calorimeter  is  used  for  finding  the  calorific 
content  of  solid  and  liquid  fuels,  and  a  Junkers  gas  calorimeter  is 
available  for  determining  the  heat  content  of  gaseous  fuels.  For 
calibrating  gages,  two  dead  weight  gage  testers  of  200  pounds  and 
500  pounds  capacity  are  used  for  pressure  gages,  while  for  vacuum 
gages  a  water  aspirator  and  a  motor  driven  vacuum  pump  are 
available. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  121 

For  measuring  the  flow  of  water  in  pipe  lines,  a  Pitot  tube, 
orifice,  Venturi  meter,  and  water  meter  are  located  in  a  pipe  line 
for  testing. 

Apparatus  for  measuring  flow  of  air  includes  a  Pitot  tube,  an 
orifice,  and  an  anemometer,  besides  the  necessary  draft  gages. 

Apparatus  for  measuring  flow  of  steam  consists  of  a  calibrated 
orifice  and  a  steam  flow  meter.  A  recording  steam  pressure  gage  is 
also  available. 

An  experiment  on  "Friction  of  Drives"  includes  apparatus  con- 
sisting of  three  pulleys  of  different  materials  with  three  different 
kinds  of  belts,  which  make  possible  nine  tests  with  various 
combinations. 

A  motor-driven  vacuum  pump  with  a  rated  capacity  of  six 
cubic  feet  of  free  air  per  minute  under  293^2  inches  of  mercury 
vacuum  is  available  for  tests. 

Included  among  the  measuring  instruments  are  five  steam 
engine  indicators,  two  internal  combustion  engine  indicators, 
four  hand  tachometers  (centrifugal  type)  with  three  speed  ranges 
from  0  to  4000  R.P.M.,  one  tachograph,  one  tachoscope,  one 
rotoscope  for  speed  and  vibration  determinations,  one  recording 
thermometer,  planimeters,  revolution  counters,  thermometers, 
pressure  gages,  and  a  portable  strobotac. 

Machine  Shop 

Adjoining  the  laboratory  is  a  machine  shop  used  for  main- 
tenance purposes  and  for  thesis  work.  The  machines  available 
are  a  sixteen-inch  motor-driven  South  Bend  engine  lathe,  two  belt- 
driven  engine  lathes,  a  vertical  drill  press,  a  small  vertical  drill,  a 
horizontal  milling  machine,  a  shaper,  a  power  hack  saw,  a  motor 
driven  double  emery  wheel,  an  arbor  press,  two  nine-inch  South 
Bend  Workshop  lathes,  an  Eisler  spot  welding  machine,  a  200 
ampere  Lincoln  arc  welding  outfit,  and  an  Oxweld  acetylene 
welding  outfit.  There  are  also  an  anvil  and  a  small  hand  forge 
for  forging  purposes. 

Electrical  Engineering  Laboratories 

The  basement  of  the  South  Building  is  given  over  to  electrical 
laboratories,  which  are  of  three  types:  the  dynamo  laboratory, 
the  measurements  laboratory,  and  the  high  tension  laboratory. 

Dynamo  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  equipped  with  sixty  generators  and  motors 
of  different  types,  the  size  and  voltage  ratings  being  selected  to 
reduce  as  much  as  possible  the  risk  from  high  voltage  apparatus 
while  making  available  to  the  student  commercial  apparatus 
such  that  the  various  quantities  it  is  desired  to  measure  will  be 
of  reasonable  dimensions. 


122  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Machines  from  five  to  twenty-five  kilowatt  capacity  are  used 
principally  for  this  reason,  but  also  because  the  student  in  his 
engineering  practice  early  comes  in  contact  with  large  and  varied 
machinery  in  power  houses  and  electrical  plants. 

D.  C.  Machinery 

For  D.  C.  work  there  are  two  sets  of  individually  driven  specially 
matched  direct  current  six-kilowatt,  125-volt  compound  generators, 
which  will  work  as  shunt  machines.  A  large  230- volt,  12  H.P., 
200  R.P.M.  Sturtevant  motor  is  used  for  retardation  tests,  and 
an  assortment  of  series,  shunt,  and  compound  motors  each 
fitted  with  brake  pulleys,  are  used  for  routine  motor  testing. 

A.  C.  Machinery 

For  A.  C.  work  there  are  a  fifteen-kilowatt  (unity  p.f.)  three- 
phase,  240-volt  sixty  cycle  alternator  and  a  7.5  kilowatt  G.  E. 
machine  with  special  armature  taps  so  that  it  may  be  used  as  a 
single-phase,  two-phase,  three-phase,  or  six-phase  synchronous 
motor. 

There  are  also  two  12.5  kilowatt  (eighty  per  cent,  p.f.)  G.  E. 
machines  having  each  armature  coil  tapped  out  separately  and 
giving  various  phase  arrangements;  a  five-kilowatt  Holtzer  Cabot 
machine  with  three  rotors,  making  it  available  as  either  a  squirrel 
cage,  wound  rotor,  or  synchronous  machine;  a  G.  E.  single-phase 
clutch  motor;  a  type  R.  I.  induction  motor;  a  Wagner  single-phase 
motor;  two  Wagner  motors  arranged  for  concatenation  control; 
one  five-kilowatt  Holtzer  three-phase  synchronous  converter;  a 
Westinghouse  7.5-kilowatt  two-phase  motor;  a  ten  horsepower 
Fynn-Weichsel  Unity  power  factor  motor;  and  a  Westinghouse 
Synchronous  Converter  (10  kilowatt,  240  D.  C.  volts;  one,  three, 
and  six  phase,  sixty  cycles). 

Recently  installed  in  this  laboratory  is  a  General  Electric 
Electrodynamometer  of  15  horsepower  capacity,  2000  to  4000 
R.P.M.,  direct  connected  on  one  end  to  a  10  horsepower,  3  phase, 
wound  rotor  induction  motor.  By  means  of  external  resistance 
control  this  motor  may  have  its  speed  reduced  to  50%  of  its 
rated  value  and  still  carry  its  rated  torque.  The  shaft  extension 
on  the  other  side  of  the  dynamometer  can  be  used  for  testing 
other  electrical  equipment  of  appropriate  size,  such  as  D.  C.  motors, 
single  phase  machinery,  etc.  A  starting  and  loading  panel,  in- 
cluding latest  types  of  automatic  control  equipment,  has  been 
installed  with  the  electrodynamometer. 

Another  recent  addition  is  a  12.5  K.  W.  Steel  Tank  Mercury 
Arc  Rectifier  arranged  for  double  three-phase  operation.  Starting 
panel,  all  necessary  pumping  equipment,  McLeod  vacuum  gage, 
and  a  special  phase  shifting  device  for  controlling  the  output  are 
included  with  this  unit. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  123 

Auxiliary  Equipment 

For  transformers  there  are  six  single-phase  G.  E.  type  H  units 
wound  for  550  volts  and  220-110  volts;  a  set  of  transformers  with 
Scott  connection  taps;  and  a  Type  R.O.  constant  current  trans- 
former, primary  winding  for  220-190  volts  and  secondary  for  6.6 
amperes,  310  volts  maximum  fitted  with  a  load  of  eighty  candle 
power  6.6-amperes,  sixty-watt  nitrogen  filled  tungsten  lamps;  and 
a  pair  of  550-220  110  volts  G.  E.  three-phase  transformers  of  5- 
kva  capacity.  There  is  also  a  full  equipment  of  necessary  control 
and  regulating  appliances  and  twelve  movable  test  tables  fitted 
with  the  necessary  terminals,  switches,  cricuit  breakers,  etc.,  for 
setting  up  the  various  combinations  required  from  time  to  time. 
Each  student  when  performing  an  experiment  does  the  complete 
wiring,  no  apparatus  in  the  laboratory  being  permanently  wired 
up  except  as  to  its  normal,  self-contained  circuits. 

Power  is  supplied  over  a  special  set  of  feeders  from  the  Boston 
Edison  system.  Two  power  circuits  are  available:  one  of  50  K.W. 
capacity  supplying  60  cycle,  three  phase,  alternating  current  at 
230  volts  and  the  other  providing  115-230  volt  three  wire  direct 
current.  For  lowering  the  voltage  in  transformer  testing  G.  E. 
induction  regulators  are  used. 

There  are  also  speed  governors  and  Tirrel  regulators,  both  A.  C. 
and  D.  C.,  capable  of  being  used  with  any  special  machines  found 
desirable  at  any  particular  time.  An  Edgerton  Stroboscope  and 
a  two  element  G.  E.  Oscillograph  with  camera  attachments  have 
recently  been  added  to  the  laboratory  equipment. 

High  Tension  Laboratory 

For  high  tension  work  there  have  been  installed  a  pair  of 
General  Electric  transformers  of  4  kva  capacity  giving  50  kilo- 
volts.  A  special  room  in  the  laboratory  has  been  equipped  for 
cable  and  insulation  testing.  The  auxiliary  equipment  includes 
the  necessary  sphere  gaps,  induction  regulators,  calibrated  volt- 
meters, etc.,  the  transformers  being  supplied  from  a  special  motor- 
driven  generator.  The  set  has  been  supplied  with  the  necessary 
kenotron  tubes  and  controls  for  the  rectification  of  the  high 
potential  alternating  current  for  direct  current  working. 

Impulse  testing  of  insulation  is  made  possible  by  a  surge  generator 
capable  of  producing  waves  having  crest  values  up  to  100  kilovolts. 
This  apparatus  is  complete  with  all  necessary  equipment,  includ- 
ing a  Plydonograph,  for  the  study  of  Lichtenberg  figures. 

A  4000  ampere,  low  voltage  transformer  with  regulator  for 
current  control  is  available  for  the  study  of  the  effects  of  heavy 
currents  in  conductors,  switches,  and  contacts. 

Electrical  Measurements  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  equipped  with  apparatus  of  two  distinct 
types:  first,  that  planned  fundamentally  for  teaching  the  principles 


124  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

of  measurements  and,  second,  that  which  is  used  in  teaching 
advanced  standardizing  methods  as  well  as  for  keeping  the  instru- 
ments in  daily  use  in  the  other  laboratories  properly  calibrated. 

It  is  supplied  with  a  set  of  small  storage  cells  for  calibration  work 
and  a  set  of  twelve  500-ampere-hour  cells  for  current  work. 

The  apparatus  utilized  in  the  first  type  of  work  includes  the 
customary  devices  used  for  resistance,  potential,  energy,  and 
magnetic  measurements,  such  as  slide  wire  and  Wheatstone  bridges, 
Poggendorf's  E.M.F.  comparison,  D.  C.  watt  hour  meter  calibra- 
tions, magnetic  comparitor,  etc. 

The  second  type  of  work  uses  the  following  Leeds  and  Northrup 
equipment:  Precision  Kelvin  Double,  Carey  Foster,  and  Wheat- 
stone  Bridges;  two  type  K  potentiometers  with  auxiliary  apparatus 
of  volt  boxes,  standard  cells,  standard  shunts  of  10  and  100 
ampere  capacity,  a  set  of  resistance  standards  of  the  N.B.S.  type 
and  another  of  the  Riechsanstalt  patterns,  a  complete  set  of 
Inductance  and  Capacity  Standards.  For  secondary  standards  of 
voltage  and  current  the  laboratory  is  equipped  with  Weston 
Electrical  Instrument  Corporation  instruments  with  the  necessary 
transformers. 

Other  equipment  includes  a  Westinghouse  three-element  oscillo- 
graph with  full  equipment;  a  phase  shifter,  G.  E.  rotating  standard; 
and  numerous  types  of  A.  C.  watt  hour  meters.  In  the  field  of 
electronics  and  communication  the  following  General  Radio 
equipment  is  used:  audio  frequency  meter;  precision  wave  meter; 
low  frequency  oscillator  (25-70,000  cycles);  intermediate  frequency 
oscillator;  capacity,  inductance,  universal,  radio  frequency,  and 
vacuum  tube  bridges;  two  electron  oscillographs  with  Bedell 
sweep  circuits  with  special  auxiliary  equipment;  Edgerton  Strobo- 
scope; and  a  variety  of  wave  filters  of  the  low,  high,  and  band 
pass  types.  The  laboratory  is  equipped  with  a  Leeds  and  North- 
rup Vreeland  oscillator;  a  G.  E.  vacuum  tube  voltmeter;  and  a 
"Comet-Pro"  superheterodyne  receiver  for  radio  frequency  bridge 
balancing. 

Several  recent  additions  are  a  General  Radio  standard  signal 
generator,  type  605  A,  having  carrier  frequency  range  from  9.5 
kilocycles  to  50  megacycles,  with  continuously  adjustable  voltage 
output  from  .5  microvolt  to  .1  volt,  and  capable  of  being  modulated 
by  a  400  cycle  signal  from  0  to  50%;  a  General  Radio  beat  fre- 
quency oscillator,  type  713  A,  variable  to  one  cycle  within  a  range 
of  from  10  to  20,000  cycles;  and  a  class  21  H  Standard  Frequency 
Assembly  for  exact  time  and  frequency  measurements.  A  Western 
Electric  6  A  transmission  measuring  set;  and  two  387  A  micro- 
phones, with  amplifier  and  auxiliary  equipment  for  sound  measure- 
ments; one  13  A  oscillator,  four  44  A-l  repeaters  and  one  11  A 
radio  receiver  are  also  available. 

The  following  equipment  has  been  constructed  by  the  depart- 
ment: an  attenuator;  an  A.  C.  and  D.  C.  artificial  telephone  line;  a 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  125 

beat  frequency  oscillator;  a  multi-element  electrically  driven  con- 
tactor and  electronically  operated  switch  for  use  with  cathode  ray 
oscillograph;  magneto-striction  and  Quartz  crystal  oscillators;  a 
multi-vibrator  and  numerous  amplifiers,  power  packs,  oscillators, 
vacuum  tube  voltmeters,  etc. 

Briefly,  the  laboratory  is  equipped  for  practically  any  work  in 
electrical  measurements  outside  of  the  absolute  determinations 
as  carried  on  in  national  standardizing  laboratories. 

Instrument  Room 

The  Instrument  Room  is  supplied  with  80  high  grade  General 
Electric  Company  and  Weston  Electric  Instrument  Corporation 
alternating  current  voltmeters  and  ammeters,  with  a  number  of 
potential  and  current  transformers,  and  with  three  polyphase  and 
sixteen  single-phase  indicating  wattmeters,  each  of  double  current 
and  double  voltage  ranges. 

For  direct  current  working  there  are  65  voltmeters  (of  triple 
range),  ammeters,  and  millivoltmeters  of  the  above  makes.  There 
are  twenty-five  standard  shunts  of  ranges  from  10  to  100  amperes 
with  uniform  drops  of  fifty  millivolts  to  go  with  the  millivolt- 
meters. 

There  is  also  a  large  and  varied  assortment  of  auxiliary  equip- 
ment such  as  sliding  rheostats  for  circuit  control,  non-inductive 
loading  resistance,  air  core  loading  reactances,  frequency  indica- 
tors, power  factor  indicators,  etc. 

The  department  also  has  a  small  shop  for  maintenance  purposes, 
a  dark  room,  and  several  well  appointed  research  areas  for  the 
use  of  staff  members  and  for  seniors  engaged  in  thesis  work. 


Chemical  Engineering  Laboratories 
The  Chemical  Engineering  Department  has  under  its  super- 
vision the  Chemical  Engineering  Laboratory,  which  is  primarily 
devoted  to  equipment  for  studying  the  various  unit  operations, 
and  the  Industrial  Chemical  Laboratory,  which  houses  equipment 
suitable  for  investigating  manufacturing  processes  and  testing 
industrial  chemical  products. 

Chemical  Engineering  Laboratory 
Flow  of  Fluids. — Extensive  equipment  is  available  for  the  study 
of  characteristics  of  the  flow  of  gases  and  liquids.  The  orifice, 
Venturi  meter,  Pitot  tube,  anenometer,  Thomas  meter,  gas  meter, 
rotameter,  slot  weir,  draft  gage,  and  multiplying  gage  are  typical 
of  the  equipment  used  in  determining  the  rate  of  flow.  Special 
fluid  systems  have  been  designed  and  constructed  for  studying 
the  type  of  flow  and  friction. 


126  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Heat  Transfer. — Condensers,  double  pipe  heat  exchangers, 
steam-jacketed  kettles,  insulation  testing  equipment,  the  gas 
furnace,  and  pyrometers  serve  to  make  clear  the  principles  of 
heat  flow. 

Distillation. — For  the  study  of  batch  and  continuous  distillation 
a  forty-eight  gallon  still  provided  with  a  fifteen-plate  bubbler  cap 
column,  condenser,  and  tanks,  is  available.  This  unit  can  be 
operated  under  partial  vacuum  if  desired.  When  it  is  operated  as  a 
continuous  still,  a  preheater  for  the  feed  is  used.  The  apparatus 
is  designed  so  that  samples  can  easily  be  taken  at  various  points 
in  the  system. 

Evaporation. — Studies  are  made  of  the  effect  of  vacuum  on  the 
boiling  point  of  various  solutions.  A  steam- jacketed  kettle  is 
available  for  determining  the  rate  of  heat  transfer  from  steam  to 
boiling  solutions. 

Absorption. — A  bubble  cap  column  and  small  packed  columns 
make  possible  studies  concerning  the  fundamentals  of  liquid- 
vapor  reactions. 

Drying  and  Air  Conditioning. — A  Carrier  processing  cabinet 
equipped  with  automatic  temperature  and  humidity  control  en- 
ables the  student  to  determine  the  effect  of  temperature  and 
humidity,  and  air  velocity  on  the  rate  of  drying.  The  drying 
characteristics  of  some  substances  are  noted  by  running  tests  on  a 
Stokes  vacuum  shelf  dryer  and  on  steam  heated  drying  rolls.  The 
Carrier  processing  cabinet  is  also  available  for  observing  the  effect 
of  temperature  and  humidity  on  various  industrial  products. 

Filtration. — The  present  equipment  consists  of  a  Shriver 
6-inch  plate  and  frame  press,  a  Sweetland  pressure  filter,  a  rotary 
vacuum  filter,  and  special  high  pressure  oil  filtration  equipment. 

Separation. — Mechanical  separation  is  studied  by  means  of  a 
Rotex  screen,  a  Federal  air  classifier,  a  Fletcher  centrifuge,  and 
specially  constructed  hydraulic  classifying  equipment. 

Crushing  and  Grinding. — A  jaw  crusher,  a  ball  mill,  Sturtevant 
crushing  rolls,  and  a  Rotap  sieve  shaker  complete  the  equipment 
for  the  study  of  crushing  and  grinding. 

General  Equipment. — In  addition  to  special  equipment  noted, 
the  laboratory  is  equipped  with  tanks,  blowers,  steam  traps, 
mixers,  scales,  pumps,  and  other  accessories  necessary  to  supple- 
ment the  above  equipment  and  to  build  special  units. 

Industrial  Chemistry  Laboratory 
This  laboratory  is  used  mostly  for  process  development  and 
research.    It  is  equipped  with  high  pressure  steam,  compressed  air, 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  127 

vacuum,  and  other  facilities  usually  found  in  a  chemical  laboratory. 
Some  of  the  equipment  available  for  use  in  this  laboratory  are  a 
Premier  Colloid  mill,  a  Freas  electric  oven,  a  high  temperature 
gas  oven  operated  by  a  centrifugal  blower,  a  Vorce  chlorine  cell,  a 
Carver  electrically  heated  hydraulic  press,  a  Holtzer-Cabot  10 
volt-200  ampere  motor  generator  unit,  and  a  Hobart  mixer.  A 
variety  of  industrial  chemicals  and  small  apparatus  are  kept  on 
hand  for  use  in  trying  out  old  and  developing  new  industrial 
processes. 

Industrial  Engineering  Equipment  and  Laboratories 

Students  in  the  Department  of  Industrial  Engineering  share  in 
the  use  of  the  Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratories,  and,  in 
addition,  have  available  for  laboratory  work  in  accounting  and 
statistical  methods  all  of  the  commonly  used  office  machines. 
These  are  in  a  special  room  together  with  necessary  library 
services,  including  Moody's  Manuals,  Poor's  Manuals,  and  various 
charts  and  maps. 

The  laboratory  is  in  charge  of  an  assistant  instructor  whose 
work  is  to  maintain  the  equipment  in  excellent  condition  and  to 
give  instruction  in  the  use  of  the  various  office  machines. 

Principal  pieces  of  equipment  in  the  laboratory  include  dupli- 
cators, typewriters,  hand  and  electric  calculators,  and  both  hand 
and  electric  adding  machines. 

For  Methods  Engineering  (motion  and  time  study  work)  the 
Department  has  a  laboratory  devoted  exclusively  to  this  work. 
The  laboratory  is  completely  equipped  with  the  latest  facilities 
and  tools  used  by  methods  engineers. 

The  general  equipment  of  the  laboratory  consists  of  stationary 
work  benches,  equipped  for  building  jigs,  fixtures,  etc.,  including 
a  bench  lathe  and  lathe  tools;  two  special  combination  work  and 
projection  tables;  a  camera  table  with  an  elevator  top;  three  small 
projector  tables;  two  Therblig  drawing  tables;  a  circular  work 
bench  fitted  with  trays,  clock  rack,  interchangeable  work  areas, 
and  a  drop  delivery  chute;  a  special  measuring  table;  three  Sit- 
Rite  chairs;  and  complete  sets  of  economist  assembly  racks  of 
various  sizes. 

For  time  study  work  the  laboratory  has  numerous  time  study 
boards,  decimal  stop  watches,  hour  decimal  watches,  and  split 
second  timers. 

For  micromotion  work  the  laboratory  has  complete  motion 
picture  equipment  including  camera  with  special  lenses,  tripod, 
special  lighting  equipment,  photometer,  splicer,  film  viewer,  etc., 
together  with  projectors,  hooded  screens,  and  a  large  wall  screen. 
These  are  used  in  conjunction  with  a  Telechron  microchronom- 
eter  and  a  special  microchronometer  with  interchangeable  dials. 

To  illustrate  lectures  in  the  laboratory  there  are  numerous 
special  charts,  diagrams,  and  other  instructional  material. 


128  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Chemistry  Laboratories  and  Equipment 

The  Hayden  Memorial  Laboratories 

The  Chemical  Laboratories,  located  on  the  fourth  floor  of  the 
West  Building  and  embodying  the  most  recent  developments  in 
materials  and  design,  were  given  to  the  University  by  the  Charles 
Hayden  Memorial  Fund.  The  laboratories  are  adequately 
equipped  for  undergraduate  instruction  in  the  major  branches  of 
chemistry  and  consist  of  the  following  units:  (1)  General  Chem- 
istry and  Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory,  (2)  Organic  Chemistry 
Laboratory,  (3)  Quantitative  Analysis  and  Physical  Chemistry 
Laboratory,  (4)  Research  Laboratories,  (5)  Dark  Room  for 
Photography,  and  (6)  Service  Rooms. 

General  Chemistry  and  Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory 

This  large  and  well-lighted  laboratory  is  fully  equipped  for 
giving  instruction  in  these  undergraduate  courses.  A  hydrogen 
sulfide  room,  a  well-equipped  balance  room,  a  coat  closet,  and  a 
conference  room  are  a  part  of  this  unit. 

The  laboratory  tables  are  made  of  light  oak  and  have  alberene 
stone  tops.  The  usual  services  including  water,  gas,  A.C.  and 
D.C.  electricity,  and  steam  are  available  to  the  students.  The 
large  and  well-illuminated  fume  hoods  are  of  the  open  front 
construction  type  with  a  special  built-in  drying  cabinet  in  the 
base.  This  cabinet  is  so  constructed  that  a  draft  of  filtered  air  is 
drawn  in  through  screened  holes  at  the  base  and  then  passes  into 
the  fume  exhaust.  The  hoods  are  supplied  with  water,  gas,  steam, 
steam  cones,  110  V.  A.C,  115-230  V.  D.C,  and  also  variable 
D.C.  supplied  by  a  battery  system. 

Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  adequately  equipped  for  undergraduate 
courses  in  preparation  of  organic  compounds  and  qualitative 
organic  analysis.  The  laboratory  furniture  is  made  of  light  oak 
with  alberene  stone  tops  and  so  arranged  that  each  student  has  a 
working  space  of  about  six  feet.  A  sink  and  steam  cone  are 
available  for  each  student  as  well  as  water,  steam,  gas,  and 
electricity. 

Eight  large  fume  hoods,  made  of  Sheldine  stone  with  leadclad 
steel  bases,  enable  the  student  to  work  in  a  clean  atmosphere. 
The  hoods  are  well  illuminated  and  contain  the  same  services  as 
the  assigned  table  units.  The  bases  of  the  hoods  serve  as  drying 
cabinets  and  are  well  insulated  to  make  working  conditions  at  the 
hood  more  comfortable. 

A  large  evaporator  unit  made  of  alberene  stone  with  ceramic 
baths,  stainless  steel  tops,  and  concentric  rings  facilitates  evapora- 
tion operations.    Provision  is  made  for  twenty-seven  simultaneous 


COLLEGE   OF    ENGINEERING  129 

evaporations,  arranged  in  three  tiers  of  nine  units.  The  source 
of  heat  is  steam.  A  special  overhead  glass  plate  provides  for  the 
draining  away  of  overhead  condensate  to  prevent  contamination 
of  the  solutions  being  evaporated. 

A  multiple-unit  organic  combustion  furnace,  an  ice  storage 
chamber,  an  ice-crusher,  cork  presses,  a  Fisher  micro-melting 
point  apparatus,  a  saccharimeter,  and  other  accessories  needed  in 
these  courses  are  available. 


Quantitative  Analysis  and  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

The  laboratory  tables  and  fume  hoods  are  similar  to  those  in 
the  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory.  Abundant  drying  cabinet 
space  is  available  in  the  hood  bases.  A  large  evaporator  unit, 
similar  to  that  in  the  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory,  and  a  sand 
bath  built  into  one  of  the  hoods  provide  ample  space  for  evapora- 
tions. A  large  Freas  drying  oven  is  available  for  the  drying  of 
analytical  samples.  The  balance  room  is  of  modern  design  and 
well  illuminated  by  indirect  lighting. 

A  small  laboratory,  adjacent  to  the  Quantitative  Analysis 
Laboratory,  is  used  for  technical  analyses  such  as  the  determina- 
tions of  coals,  vegetable  oils,  lubricating  oils,  gasolines,  dairy 
products,  textiles,  rubber,  and  other  industrial  materials. 

Some  of  the  equipment  available  for  this  type  of  work  includes 
the  following:  a  standard  A.S.T.M.  gasoline  distillation  apparatus, 
a  closed  cup  and  an  open  cup  flash  and  fire  point  apparatus,  a 
Conradson  carbon  residue  apparatus,  a  muffle  furnace,  an  Abbe 
refractometer,  a  three  objective  B.  &.  L.  microscope  with  an  oil- 
immersion  objective,  a  Kjeldahl  distillation  outfit,  a  combustion 
furnace  for  iron  and  steel  determinations,  rheostats,  voltmeters, 
ammeters,  etc.  This  technical  analysis  laboratory  has  a  fume 
hood  and  several  working  tables  with  all  the  necessary  services 
such  as  water,  gas,  steam,  vacuum,  110  V.  A.C.,  115-230  V.  D.C., 
and  several  variable  D.C.  circuits  supplied  from  a  series  of  batteries 
through  a  distribution  panel. 

A  special  laboratory  is  available  for  electrolytic  work  such  as 
potentio metric  determinations,  electrometric  titrations,  electrolytic 
analyses  of  metals,  etc.  For  this  work  the  equipment  includes 
two  L.  and  N.  student  potentiometers,  a  Wilkens-Anderson 
electrolytic  machine,  and  all  the  accessories  necessary. 

The  electric  current  distribution  panel,  specially  designed  at 
the  University  and  constructed  by  the  Holtzer-Cabot  Company, 
is  located  in  this  electrolytic  laboratory.  The  current  available 
for  distribution  at  this  panel  is  variable  D.C.  (2-32  V.)  and  1 15-230 
V.  D.C.  A  built-in  tungar  charger  enables  the  batteries  to  be 
kept  fully  charged  at  all  times.  The  battery  system  is  located  in  a 
separate  battery  room  adjacent  to  the  electrolytic  laboratory. 


130  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

The  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  contains  working  benches 
equipped  with  water,  gas,  and  electricity.  A  special  table  contain- 
ing a  thermostat  and  having  D.C.  and  A.C.  connections  is  used 
for  experiments  requiring  these  services.  Apparatus  is  available 
for  performing  experiments  on  the  properties  of  gases  and  liquids, 
thermochemical  measurements,  and  conductivity  of  solutions.  A 
supply  of  electrical  instruments  and  special  thermometers  enables 
a  wide  range  of  special  tests  to  be  made  as  directed. 

Research.  Laboratories 

The  Chemistry  Department  has  three  research  laboratories 
equipped  with  A.C.  and  D.C,  water,  gas,  and  steam.  In  one 
laboratory  work  can  be  done  on  the  electrical  properties  of  solu- 
tions, solubility  effect,  and  other  physical  chemistry  phenomena. 
Another  laboratory  is  equipped  for  work  in  organic  chemistry, 
and  the  third  can  be  used  for  research  in  analytical  or  physical 
chemistry.  Electrical  instruments  and  glass  apparatus  of  various 
types  are  available  for  use  in  the  laboratories. 

Dark  Room  Equipment 

The  photographic  dark  room  is  equipped  with  all  the  common 
accessories  necessary  in  photography.  A  copying  camera  is 
available  and  is  especially  useful  in  the  making  of  lantern  slides 
for  instructional  purposes.  An  Ellwood  enlarger  taking  a  negative 
as  large  as  5  x  7  inches,  siphon  print  washers,  and  several  safe 
lights  with  interchangeable  green,  amber,  and  red  filters  are 
available.  The  room  is  equipped  with  gas,  electricity,  water  and 
distilled  water.    A  large  light-proof  fan  gives  adequate  ventilation. 

Service  Rooms 

The  service  rooms  consist  of  the  following  units:  (1)  the  stock 
room  supplying  the  main  laboratories;  (2)  storage  rooms  on  the 
fourth  floor  for  the  operating  supply  of  chemicals  and  apparatus; 
(3)  storage  rooms  in  the  basement  for  the  main  supply  of  chemicals 
and  apparatus;  (4)  solution  room;  and  (5)  preparation  rooms 
adjacent  to  all  main  lecture  rooms. 

The  stock  room  is  centrally  located  to  feed  all  the  main  labora- 
tories. The  wall  tables,  adjacent  to  the  service  windows  leading 
into  each  laboratory,  are  stocked  with  the  materials  necessary  for 
the  servicing  of  those  laboratories.  The  still,  for  the  making  of 
distilled  water,  and  a  large  storage  tank  are  located  in  the  stock 
room.  The  water  is  piped  from  this  tank  into  the  various  labo- 
ratories, solution  room,  and  dark  room.  The  distilled  water 
outlets  are  tin-lined,  self-closing  bibcocks.  Aluminum  piping  is 
used  throughout. 


COLLEGE   OF    ENGINEERING  131 

A  storage  room  for  alcohol  and  inflammable  solvents,  a  storage 
room  for  chemicals,  and  a  storage  room  for  apparatus  maintain 
an  adequate  supply  of  materials  for  this  stock  room.  These 
storage  rooms  are  all  connected  to  the  stock  room. 

The  solution  room  is  fully  equipped  with  a  laboratory  table, 
a  hood,  and  all  the  necessary  services  including  distilled  water. 
There  is  ample  shelf  room  for  maintaining  a  complete  supply  of 
chemicals  necessary  for  the  preparation  of  solutions  needed  in  the 
various  laboratory  courses. 

The  two  large  and  well-ventilated  storage  rooms  in  the  base- 
ment are  used  for  storing  the  main  bulk  of  chemical  and  apparatus 
supplies.  A  freight  elevator  makes  these  rooms  readily  available 
to  the  stock  room  on  the  fourth  floor. 

The  preparation  rooms  adjoining  lecture  halls  are  equipped 
with  working  tables,  hoods,  and  steel  storage  cabinets.  All 
materials  necessary  for  setting  up  of  lecture  demonstrations  are 
stored  in  these  rooms.  Tables  mounted  on  wheels  are  used  for 
carrying  the  set-up  demonstrations  into  the  lecture  room. 


Biological  Laboratory 

The  Biological  Laboratory,  a  large,  well-lighted  room  containing 
six  dissecting  tables,  can  accommodate  thirty-six  students. 

General  equipment  includes  simple  and  compound  micro- 
scopes, binocular  dissecting  microscopes,  microscopical  stains, 
staining  solutions,  physiological  preparations,  reagents,  chemicals, 
and  glassware. 

The  zoological  collection  is  especially  good.  It  includes  a  com- 
plete series  of  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  specimens  for  dissection 
and  also  various  demonstration  specimens.  Among  these  are 
complete  series  of  sponges,  corals,  flat  worms,  round  worms,  echi- 
noderms,  annelids,  mollusks,  arthropods,  insects,  and  chordates; 
a  series  of  heart  models  of  different  types  of  vertebrates  and  human 
hearts;  a  series  of  brain  models  of  the  most  important  vertebrate 
groups;  a  set  of  models  to  demonstrate  the  various  cell  types  from 
human  tissues;  a  set  of  models  to  demonstrate  the  principal  steps 
in  somatic  mitosis;  various  other  invertebrate,  vertebrate,  his- 
tological, and  embryological  models;  zoological  dissections  in 
museum  jars;  skeletal  preparations  of  the  most  important  verte- 
brate groups  including  the  human;  a  refrigerating  unit  and  low 
temperature  incubator;  and  a  complete  series  of  Leuckhart  zoo- 
logical charts. 

The  histological  collection  consists  of  some  2000  microscopical 
slides  illustrating  various  forms  of  invertebrate,  vertebrate, 
human,  and  plant  tissues,  while  the  botanical  collection  includes 
a  complete  series  of  both  preserved  and  mounted  botanical 
specimens. 


132  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

Physics  Laboratories 
General  Laboratory 

The  General  Laboratory  is  fully  equipped  with  large  working 
tables,  each  provided  with  gas,  alternating  current,  and  direct 
current.  Some  also  have  water  supplies  for  such  experiments  as 
require  a  constant  flow.  A  separate  balance  room,  a  spectrom- 
eter room,  a  photographic  room,  and  a  photometer  room  are 
directly  connected  with  this  laboratory.  A  large  amount  of 
apparatus  for  all  of  the  usual  physics  experiments  is  available  so 
that  the  students  may  work  alone,  thus  gaining  confidence  in 
laboratory  technique.  The  students  work  in  groups  only  when 
the  experiment  requires  more  than  one  person  for  its  proper 
operation. 


Advanced  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  designed  with  a  view  to  both  precision  and 
flexibility.  A  special  switchboard  provides  single  phase  and 
polyphase  alternating  current  and  a  variety  of  direct  current 
potentials  to  be  fed  around  to  various  working  points.  Two 
separate  research  rooms  and  a  workshop  with  lathe,  drill  press, 
grinder,  and  a  full  set  of  tools  complement  the  laboratory.  Typical 
of  the  equipment  available  are  a  General  Radio  impedance  bridge, 
high  frequency  bridge,  wave  analyzer,  cathode  ray  oscillograph, 
and  vacuum  tube  voltmeter,  together  with  standards  of  resistance, 
inductance,  and  capacity  manufactured  by  the  same  company. 
A  communications  type  radio  receiver  and  a  large  number  of 
meters,  amplifiers,  discharge  tubes,  and  vacuum  tubes  are  avail- 
able for  electrical  work. 

In  the  field  of  light  there  are  spectrometers,  photometers, 
photocells,  a  Zeiss  ECE330  microscope,  polarizing  equipment, 
projectors,  etc.  A  Central  Scientific  cathetometer  measuring  to 
0.05  mm.  over  a  97  cm.  length  is  used  for  precision  measurement 
of  large  objects.  Vacuum  pumps,  blower,  and  large  amounts  of 
auxiliary  apparatus  give  a  well  rounded  set  of  equipment  for  the 
Advanced  Laboratory  courses  and  for  research. 


Astronomy  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  in  the  penthouse  of  the  West  Building,  close 
to  a  platform  on  the  roof  which  gives  a  very  good  view  free  from 
obstructions.  Equipment  is  available  for  the  grinding  of  mirrors 
and  the  constructing  of  telescopes,  and  students  are  encouraged 
to  build  their  own  instruments.  The  Astronomy  Club  holds 
evening  meetings  in  the  laboratory  regularly  throughout  the 
college  year.  The  Club  has  made  a  good  start  in  building  up  a 
library  in  its  special  field  for  the  use  of  its  membership. 


COLLEGE   OF   ENGINEERING  133 

Radio  Laboratory 

This  is  also  in  the  penthouse  of  the  West  Building  and  is  a 
completely  shielded  room  high  up  from  the  street.  Three  masts 
support  three  horizontal  antennae  and  a  vertical  ultra  high  fre- 
quency doublet.  The  transmitters  operate  on  both  radiotele- 
phone and  radiotelegraph  as  permitted  in  the  amateur  bands  by 
the  Federal  Communications  Commission.  The  maximum  allow- 
able power  is  available  on  all  bands  except  the  ultra  high  fre- 
quency ones.  Full  controls  and  safety  devices  make  the  operation 
simple  and  without  hazard  to  the  operators.  Facilities  are  provided 
for  research.  The  Radio  Club  uses  this  laboratory  and  supplies 
most  of  the  operators. 

Visual  Education  Equipment 

Classroom  instruction  is  frequently  made  more  effective  by  the 
use  of  motion  pictures  and  lantern  slides.  For  this  purpose,  there 
are  available  moving  picture  projectors  for  both  sound  and  silent 
films,  and  several  lantern  slide  projectors,  with  lenses  suitable  for 
use  in  the  various  lecture  halls.  Day-light  screens  eliminate  the 
necessity  of  totally  darkening  the  room,  thereby  enabling  students 
to  take  notes  while  viewing  the  pictures. 


134  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Index 


Absences 30 

Accounting 89 

Accounting  —  Law  Club 42 

Activities 39-48 

Activities  Assembly  Hall 37 

Administration  Building 32 

Administrative  Officers 6 

Administrative  Staff 6-7 

Admission  Requirements 49-53 

Advanced  Standing 51 

Aeronautical  Engineering 63-72 

Affiliated  Engineering  Societies  of  New  England 43 

Air  Conditioning  Option 63-72 

Alcott  Award 46 

Alumni  Association 47-48 

Application  for  Admission 50-51 

Assistant  Professors 8-9 

Associate  Professors 8 

Astronomy  Club 44 

Athletic  Association 39-40 

Attendance 30 

Awards  and  Prizes 46—47 

Banking  Club 42 

Biology 104 

Biological  Laboratory  Equipment 131 

Books  and  Supplies 27-28 

Boston  —  A  Great  Educational  Center 32 

Buildings  and  Facilities 32-38 

Calendar: 

Freshman 4 

Upperclass 5 

Calendar  for  College  Year,  1940-1941 2-3 

Camera  Club 45 

"Cauldron,"  College  Annual 41 

Chapel  Preachers 14 

Chemical  Engineering 82-85 

Chemical  Laboratory  Equipment 125-126 

Chemical  Laboratory  Deposit 25 

Chemistry 92-96 

Chemistry  Laboratories  and  Equipment 128-131 

Civil  Engineering 55-62 

Civil  Engineering  Equipment 114-117 

Class  Organization  and  Activity 45-46 

Committees  of  Faculty 10-11 

Condition  Examinations 28 

Convocation  Lecturers 13 

Co-operative  Plan 19-24 

Correlation  of  Theory  and  Practice 21 

Earnings 22 

Faculty  Co-ordinators 19 

How  It  Works 19 

Location  of  Work 22 

Placement  at  Work 19-20 

Positions  Available 22 

Records  of  Co-operative  Work 21 

Reports 21 

Supervision  and  Guidance 20 


COLLEGE    OF   ENGINEERING  135 


Training  Schedules 23-24 

Types  of  Co-operative  Work 22-23 

Corporation Frontispiece 

Counselors 52 

Courses  of  Instruction 109-113 

Dean's  List 29 

Debating  Society 44 

Degrees 74 

Deposits,  Laboratory 25 

Design  and  Drafting  Rooms 37 

Diesel  Option 63-72 

Discipline 29-30 

Dormitories 31 

Dramatic  Club 44 

Drawing 96-97 

East  Building 36 

Economics 97 

Elective  Liberal  Courses 104-107 

Electrical  Engineering 73-81 

Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory  Equipment 121-125 

Engineering  Conference 98 

Engineering  Equipment 114-133 

Engineering  Societies 43 

English 97-98 

Entrance  Examinations  in  Boston 51 

Entrance  Requirements 49-53 

Equipment,  Laboratory 114-133 

Examinations 28 

Executive  Council 6 

Expenses 27 

Faculty 6-10 

Faculty  Committees 10-1 1 

Fees 25-26 

Fraternities 42 

Freshman  Orientation  Period 52 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 25 

General  Information 25-31 

General  Statement 15-17 

Geology 98-99 

Grades 28-29 

Graduate  Assistants 10 

Graduation  Fee 26 

Graduation  with  Honors 54 

Graduation  Requirements 54 

Gymnasium 36 

Handbook 41 

Honor  Societies 41-42 

Housing  Regulations 31 

Industrial  Chemistry  Laboratory 1 26-1 27 

Industrial  Engineering 86-92 

Industrial  Engineering  Equipment 127 

Instructional  Staff 7-9 

Instructors 9-10 

Inter-Fraternity  Council 42 

International  Relations  Club. 43 

Laboratory  Deposits  and  Fees 25 

Laboratory  Equipment 1 14-133 

Lecture  Assembly  Halls 37 

Libraries 38 

List  of  Courses  Offered 109-113 


136  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Location  of  University 32 

Map  of  Vicinity 34-35 

Marks 28 

Mass  Meeting 40 

Mathematics 99-101 

Mathematics  Society 45 

Mechanical  Engineering 63-72 

Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory  .Equipment 117-121 

Musical  Clubs 45 

Natatorium 36 

National  Engineering  Societies 43 

"Northeastern  News" 40-41 

Northeastern  Student  Union 46 

Northeastern  University  Alumni  Association 47-48 

Orientation  Period,  Freshman 52 

Part  Time  Work 28 

Payments 26 

Personal  Interview 50 

Physical  Education 103 

Physical  Examination 52 

Physical  Training  Equipment 37 

Physics 101-103 

Physics  Laboratories  Equipment 132-133 

Plan  of  Co-operation 19-24 

Professional  Societies  and  Clubs 42-45 

Professors 7-8 

Programs  of  Study 55-113 

Provisional  Acceptance 51 

Public  Speaking  Contest 46 

Radio  Club 44 

Refunds 27 

Registration 51 

Religious  Activities 46 

Report  Cards 29 

Requirements  for  Admission 49-53 

Requirements  for  Graduation 54 

Residence ' 31 

Rifle  Club 44 

Scholarships 53 

Scholastic  Year  for  Seniors 30 

Secretarial  Staff 11-12 

Senate 41 

Sociology 104 

South  Building 33-36 

Statistical  Summary 18 

Student  Activities 39-47 

Student  Activities  Fees 25 

Student  Council 41 

Student  Union 46 

Subjects  for  Entrance 49 

Subjects  of  Instruction 109-1 13 

Supplies 27-28 

Tennis  Club 40 

Thesis 54,  107-108 

Transportation 32 

Tuition 25 

Visual  Education 133 

West  Building 32-33 

Yearbook 41 


OFFICE  HOURS 

DEPARTMENT    OR    ADMISSIONS 

9  a.m.  ro  4  p.m.  daily 
Saturday  12.00  n'n 

Wednesday  Evenings  by 
Appointment 


Northeastern  University 

College  of  Engineering 


Paste  a  Small 
Photo  or 
Snapshot 

in  This  Space 


APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION 

(A  non-returnable  fee  of  five  dollars  must  accompany  this  appli- 
cation.   Make  checks,  money  orders,  or  drafts  payable  to 
Northeastern  University) 

Boston,  Mass J9 

To  Director  of  Admissions: 

I  (Name  in  full) 

hereby  respectfully  apply  for  admission  to  the 

□  Civil  □  Mechanical  □  Electrical 

□  Chemical  □  Industrial 

Engineering  Curriculum  of  the  College  of  Engineering  for  the  school 
period  beginning jq 


NOTE:  The  applicant  should  fill  out  the  following  form  (both  tide.)  with  care. 

^^dence StTm 

Town  or  City 

S^te Tei 

Date  of  Birth Age 

Place  of  Birth 

Race Religion Nationality 

Graduate  of High  School,  Year 

Location  of  High  School 

Name  of  Principal 

Other  high  schools  you  have  attended 

Names  of  Principals 

If  not  a  graduate,  state  the  years  of  attendance  and  why  you  left 


Father's,  Mother's,  or  Guardian's  Name. 


Address 

Father's  work,  business  or  profession 

Names  and  addresses  of  two  other  persons,  to  whom  we  may  direct 
quiries  concerning  you. 


in- 


(over) 


Weight Height. . 

Have  you  any  physical  infirmities?    Explain,  if  any , 


Defects  of  speech 

Defects  of  hearing , 

Defects  of  sight , 

Bodily  infirmities 

Is  your  general  health  good,  fair,  or  poor? , 

Have  you  done  collegiate  work  elsewhere? , 

If  so,  name  and  address  of  college  or  university , 


Name  of  person  who  will  furnish  transcript  of  your  college  record . 


Do  you  expect  advance  credit  for  past  collegiate  work? . 


List  all  athletics  and  other  extra  curricula  high  school  activities  you 
have  engaged  in 


Names  and  addresses  of  all  past  employers  with  brief  description  of 
each  job,  length  of  employment,  and  wages  received: 


Date 

Milton  ].  Schlagenhauf,  Director  of  Admissions 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Mass. 

Dear  Sir: 

Please  send  me  additional  information  on  the  following  points: 


Name 

Street  and  Number. 

Town  or  City 

State 


3 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

Offers  a  broad  program  of  college  subjects  serving  as  a  foundation  for  the 
understanding  of  modern  culture,  social  relations,  and  technical  achievement. 
Varied  opportunities  available  for  vocational  specialization.  Degree:  Bachelor 
of  Science  or  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

College  of  Engineering 

Offers  curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air-Conditioning,  and 
Aeronautical  options),  Electrical,  Chemical,  Industrial  Engineering,  and  Engi- 
neering Administration.  Class  room  study  is  supplemented  by  experiment  and 
research  in  well-equipped  laboratories.  Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the 
professional  field  of  specialization. 

College  of  Business  Administration 

Offers  six  curricula:  Accounting,  Banking  and  Finance,  Marketing  and 
Advertising,  Industrial  Administration,  Journalism,  and  Public  Administration. 
Each  curriculum  represents  in  itself  a  broad  survey  of  business  technique, 
differing  from  the  others  chiefly  in  emphasis.  Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Business  Administration.  

School  of  Law 

Offers  day  and  evening  undergraduate  programs  admitting  those  who  present 
a  minimum  of  two  years  of  college  work,  each  program  leading  to  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Laws.  Also  graduate  program  in  the  evening  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Laws.    Co-educational. 

School  of  Business 

Offers  curricula  through  evening  classes  in  Accounting,  Management  —  with 
Industrial  and  Merchandising  majors,  Law  and  Business  Management,  and 
Engineering  and  Management  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business 
Administration  in  specified  fields  or  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science  in  Law 
and  Business  Management.  Preparation  for  C.P.A.  Examinations.  Shorter 
programs  may  be  arranged.    Co-educational. 

Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts 

Offers  a  three-year  evening  program  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half  of  the 
requirement  for  the  A.  B.  or  B.  S.  degree.  Provides  general  education  and 
preparation  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Law.  Associate  in  Arts  title  con- 
ferred.   Co-educational. 

The  Colleges  of  Liberal  Arts,  Engineering,  and  Business  Administration  offer 
day  programs  for  men  only  and  are  conducted  on  the  co-operative  plan.  After 
the  freshman  year  students  may  alternate  their  periods  of  study  with  periods  of 
work  in  the  employ  of  business  or  industrial  concerns  at  ten-week  intervals. 
Under  this  plan  they  gain  valuable  experience  and  earn  a  large  part  of  their 
college  expenses. 

In  addition  to  the  above  schools  the  University  has  affiliated  with  it  and 
conducts:  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offering,  through  evening  classes, 
courses  of  college  grade  in  various  fields  of  engineering  leading  to  the  title  of 
Associate  in  Engineering;  and  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School,  an  accredited 
evening  school  preparing  for  college  entrance  and  offering  other  standard  high 
school  programs. 

For  further  information  regarding  any  of  the  above  schools,  address 

NORTHEASTERN     UNIVERSITY 

Law  School  Other  Schools 

47  Mt.  Vernon  Street  360  Huntington  Avenue 

Boston,  Massachusetts 

Telephone:  KENmore  5800 


Northeastern  Universu 

Day  Division 


College  oi 
•usiNESS  Administration 

19404941 


BOSTON,  MASSACHUSETTS 

January,  1040 


Northeastern  University 

DAY  DIVISION 

COLLEGE  OF 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Conducted  on  the  Co-operative  Plan 
Catalogue  for  1940-1941 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Pages 

The  Corporation Frontispiece 

Calendar  for  the  College  Year  1940-1941 2-5 

Administrative  and  Instructional  Staff 6-12 

Purpose  of  Northeastern  University 13-16 

Co-operative  Plan  of  Education 17-22 

General  Information 23-29 

Buildings  and  Facilities 30-36 

Student  Activities 37-46 

Aims  and  Methods  of  the  College 47-50 

Admission  Requirements 51-55 

Graduation  Requirements 5.6 

Curricula  and  Courses  of  Instruction .■ 57-94 

Index 95-97 


Freshman  Calendar,  1940-1941 


SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T 

W         T 

F 

s 

1 

2 

3         4        5 

6 

7 

1 

8 

9 

IO   11    12 

13 

14 

2 

3 

4 

5      6 

7 

8 

15 

16 

17   18    19 

20 

21 

9 

39 

11 

12    13 

14 

15 

22 

23 

24  25   26 

27 

28 

16 

17 

18 

19  29 

21 

22 

29 

30 

23 
30 

24 
31 

25 

26  27 

28 

29 

OCTOBER 

APRIL 

s 

M 

T         W           T 

F 

s 

8 

M 

T 

W         T 

F 

8 

12      3 

4 

5 

1 

2      3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8      9   IO 

11 

12 

6 

7 

8 

9    19 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15  16   17 

18 

19 

13 

14 

15 

16    17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

20 

21 

22 

23   24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29  30  31 

NOVEMBER 

27 

28 

29 

39 

MAY 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 
1 

8 

2 

8 

M 

T 

W         T 

1 

F 

2 

8 

3 

3 

4 

5      6      7 

8 

9 

4 

5 

6 

7      8 

9 

19 

10 

11 

12   13   14 

15 

16 

11 

12 

13 

14   15 

16 

17 

17 

18 

19  20  21 

22 

23 

18 

19 

29 

21   22 

23 

24 

24 

25 

26  27     28 

29 

30 

25 

26 

27 

28     29 
JUNE 

30 

31 

DECEMBER 

8 

M 

T 

W          T 

F 

s 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

3 

4       5 

6 

7 

1 

2 

3      4      5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11     12 

13 

14 

8 

9 

IO   11    12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18      19 

20 

21 

15 

16 

17   18   19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25     26 

27 

28 

22 

23 

24     25     26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

29 

30 

31 

JULY 

JANUARY 

8 

M 

T 

W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

s 

1 

2       3 

4 

5 

1       2 

3 

4 

6 

7 

8 

9     10 

11 

12 

5 

6 

7      8      9 

IO 

11 

13 

14 

15 

16     17 

18 

19 

12 

13 

14   15   16 

17 

18 

20 

21 

22 

23     24 

25 

26 

19 

20 

21   22  23 

24 

25 

27 

28 

29 

30     31 

26 

27 

28  29   30 

31 

AUC 

FEBRUARY 

8 

M 

T 

W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

1 

3 

4 

5 

6       7 

8 

9 

2 

3 

4      5      6 

7 

8 

10 

11 

12 

13     14 

15 

16 

9 

IO 

11    12    13 

14 

15 

17 

18 

19 

20     21 

22 

23 

16 

IT 

18   19  20 

21 

22 

24 

25 

26 

27     28 

29 

30 

23 

24 

25  26  27 

28 

31 

Days  on  which  college  exercises  are  held  are  indicated  thus:  JL »  <*»  O. 
Sundays,  holidays,  and  vacations  are  indicated  thus:  li  2>  3- 


Upperclass  Calendar,  1940-1941 


SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

s 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

s 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

® 

© 

©        ®        © 

© 

© 

1 

© 

9 

10     11     12 

13 

14 

© 

3 

4       5       6 

7 

8 

© 

16 

17     18     19 

20 

21 

© 

10 

11     12     13 

14 

15 

© 

23 

24     25     26 

27 

28 

© 

17 

18     19     20 

21 

22 

© 

30 

OCTOBER 

© 
© 

24 
31 

25     26     27 
APRIL 

28 

29 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

12       3 

4 

5 

12       3 

4 

5 

© 

7 

8       9     10 

11 

© 

© 

7 

8      9   IO 

11 

12 

© 

14 

15     16     17 

18 

19 

© 

14 

15   16   17 

18 

19 

@ 

21 

22     23     24 

25 

26 

© 

21 

22  23  24 

25 

26 

© 

28 

29     30     31 

© 

28 

29  30 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

8 

M 

T        W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

© 

5 

6      7      8 

9 

IO 

® 

4 

5       6       7 

8 

9 

© 

12 

13   14   15 

16 

17 

© 

11 

12     13     14 

15 

16 

© 

19 

20  21   22 

23 

24 

© 

18 

19  20  21 

22 

23 

© 

26 

27  28   29 

© 

31 

@ 

25 

26  2T     ©  2 

30 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

S 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

© 

2 

3      4      5 

6 

7 

® 

2 

3      4      5 

6 

7 

© 

9 

IO   11    12 

13 

14 

© 

9 

IO   11    12 

13 

14 

© 

© 

©     ©     © 

© 

© 

© 

16 

17   18    19 

2© 

21 

© 

© 

©     ©     © 

© 

© 

© 

23 

24     ©  20 

27 

28 

© 

© 

© 

30 

31 

JULY 

JANUARY 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

©        ©        © 

© 

© 

®      2 

3 

4 

© 

© 

©        ©       © 

© 

© 

© 

6 

7      8      9 

IO 

11 

© 

© 

©        ©        © 

© 

© 

© 

13 

14   15   16 

17 

18 

© 

© 

©        ©        © 

© 

© 

© 

20 

21   22   23 

24 

25 

© 

© 

@        ©        © 

© 

27 

28     29      30 

31 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

8 

M 

T         W         T 

F 

8 

© 

© 

1 

© 

© 

©        ©        © 

© 

© 

© 

3 

4       5       6 

7 

8 

© 

© 

©        ©       © 

© 

© 

© 

10 

11     12     13 

14 

15 

© 

© 

©        @        ® 

© 

© 

© 

17 

18     19     20 

21 

© 

@ 

© 

@        @       @ 

© 

© 

© 

24 

25     26     27 

28 

© 

Days  on  which  Division  A  students  ate  in  college  are  indicated  thus:  1,  2>  3- 
Days  on  which  Division  B  students  are  in  college  are  indicated  thus:  1>  <*»  «*• 
Sundays,  holidays,  and  summer  periods  are  indicated  thus:  ®,  (2)i  ©• 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Calendar  for  the  College  Year,  1940-1941 

1940 
August       28     Wednesday.    Entrance  condition  examinations. 

September     2     Monday.    Labor  Day.  (College  exercises  omitted.) 

September  5  Thursday.  Registration  and  opening  of  college  for 
freshmen.  Students  failing  to  register  promptly  on 
September  5  will  be  charged  a  late  registration  fee 
of  five  dollars  ($5). 

September  9  Monday.  Opening  of  college  for  Division  A  upper- 
classmen.  Co-operative  work  period  begins  for 
Division  B  upperclassmen. 

i 

October  12  Saturday.  Columbus  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

November  18  Monday.  Opening  of  college  for  Division  B  upper- 
classmen. Co-operative  work  period  begins  for 
Division  A  upperclassmen. 

November  27  Wednesday.  College  exercises  omitted  after  1:00 
p.m. 

November  28  Thursday.  Thanksgiving  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

December    24     Tuesday.    College  exercises  omitted  after  1:00  p.m. 

December  25  Wednesday.  Christmas  Day.  (College  exercises 
omitted.) 


December    23  . 

Tanuary         4  '  Vacation  tor  freshmen. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


1941 
January         1     Wednesday.    New  Year's  Day.     (College  exercises 
omitted.) 

January  27  Monday.  Second  semester  begins  for  freshmen 
and  Division  A  upperclassmen.  Co-operative 
work  period  begins  for  Division  B  upperclassmen. 

February  22  Saturday.  Washington's  Birthday.  (College  exer- 
cises omitted.) 

April  5     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  Division  A  upper- 

classmen. 

April  7     Monday.     Second  semester  begins  for  Division  B 

upperclassmen.    Co-operative  work  period  begins 
for  Division  A  upperclassmen. 

May  24     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  freshmen. 

May  30     Friday.       Memorial     Day.       (College     exercises 

omitted.) 

June  14     Saturday.    College  year  ends  for  Division  B  upper- 

classmen. 

June  15     Sunday.    Baccalaureate  Sermon. 

June  16     Monday.     Commencement. 

June  17     Tuesday.     Bunker  Hill  Day.       (College  exercises 

omitted.) 

July  4     Friday.       Independence     Day.       (College     exer- 

cises omitted.) 

September     1     Monday.   Labor  Day.    (College  exercises  omitted.) 

September  4  Thursday.  Registration  and  opening  of  college  for 
freshmen.  Students  failing  to  register  promptly 
on  September  5  will  be  charged  a  late  registration 
fee  of  five  dollars  ($5). 

September     8     Monday.    Opening  of  college  year  1941-1942. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


faculty 

The  Executive  Council 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D.  President  of  the  University 

Office  186  West  Building  Res.  21  Beaumont  Ave.,  Newtonville 

Frank  Palmer  Speare,  M.H.,  LL.D.  President  Emeritus 

Res.  90  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Boston 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D.  Vice-President  of  the  University 

Office  138  West  Building  Res.  48  Long  Ave.,  Belmont 

Galen  David  Light,  A.B.  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  University 

Office  115  West  Building  Res.  3  Preble  Gardens  Rd.,  Belmont 

Administrative  Officers 

Asa  Smallidge  Knowles,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration 

Office  352  East  Building  Res.  41  Louise  Rd.,  Belmont 

Harold  Wesley  Melvin,  A.B.,  M.A.  Dean  of  Students 

Office  256  West  Building  Res.  44  Houston  Ave.,  Milton 

Winthrop  Eliot  Nightingale,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ed.M.   Director  of  Co-operative  Work 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  136  Dickerman  Rd.,  Newton  Highlands 

Edward  Snow  Parsons,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Director  of  Student  Activities 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  19  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

John  Butler  Pugsley,  A.B.  Registrar 

Office  254  West  Building  Res.  23  Hardy  Ave.,  Watertown 

Milton  John  Schlagenhauf,  A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.  Director  of  Admissions 

Office  150  West  Building  Res.  96  Blakely  Rd.,  Medford 

Telephone:  Mystic  6148-M 
William  Crombie  White,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Executive  Secretary 

Office  153  West  Building  Res.  30  Summit  Rd.,  Wellesley 

Administrative  Staff 

William  Thomas  Cloney,  Jr.,  A.B.  Director  of  the  Publicity  Bureau 

Office  354  West  Building  Res.  30  Lantern  Lane,  Milton 

Albert  Ellsworth  Everett,  S.B.,  M.B.A.       Co-ordinator  of  Co-operative  Work 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  4  Crown  St.,  Auburndale 

George  Raymond  Fennell,  S.B.,  M.B.A.  Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

Offices  150  West  Building  and  Res.  42  Fremont  Ave.,  Everett 

350  East  Building  Telephone:  Everett  1172-W 

Mary  B.  Foor  Manager  of  Bookstore 

Office  41  West  Building  Res.  32  Milton  Rd.,  Brookline 

Charles  William  Ha  vice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Executive  Secretary,  Northeastern  Student  Union 

Office  357  West  Building  Res.  83  Franklin  St.,  South  Braintree 

Henry  Arthur  Kontoff,  M.D.  College  Physician 

Office  479  Beacon  St.,  Boston  Res.  Overlook  Park,  Newton  Centre 

Donald  Hershey  MacKenzie,  S.B.,  Ed.M. 

Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Student  Activities 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  178  Harriet  Ave.,  Quincy 

Rudolf  Oscar  Oberg,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Alumni  Secretary 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  37  Walker  St.,  Atlantic 

John  Kenneth  Stevenson,  B.C.S.  Purchasing  Agent 

Office  117  West  Building  Res.  101  Goden  St.,  Belmont 

Myra  Edna  White  Librarian 

Library,  East  Building  Res.  118  Hemenway  St.,  Boston 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


instructing  Staff 


Professors 

Robert  Bruce,  B.C.S.,  M.C.S.  Professor  of  Accounting 

Office  100  South  Building  Res.  53  Harley  Ave.,  Everett 

Alfred  D'Alessandro,  B.C.S.,  LL.B.,  C.P.A.,  M.B.A.    Professor  of  Accounting 

Office  350  East  Building  Res.  46  Radcliffe  Rd.,  Belmont 

Stanley  Goddard  Estes,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  Professor  of  Psychology 

Office  256  West  Building  Res.  60  Pinckney  St.,  Boston 

Charles  William  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.  Professor  of  Sociology 

Office  357  West  Building  Res.  83  Franklin  St.,  South  Braintree 

Julian  Ernest  Jackson,  A.B.,  LL.B.,  M.B.A. 

Professor  of  Business  Law  and  Management 

Office  350  East  Building  Res.  187  Woodcliff  Rd.,  Newton  Highlands 

Asa  Smallidge  Knowles,  A.B.,  M.A.  Professor  of  Industrial  Administration 

Office  352  East  Building  Res.  41  Louise  Rd.,  Belmont 

Wilfred  Stanley  Lake,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  Professor  of  Economics 

Office  452  East  Building  Res.  69  Columbus  St.,  Newton  Highlands 

Harold  Wesley  Melvin,  A.B.,  M.A.  Professor  of  English 

Office  256  West  Building  Res.  44  Houston  Ave.,  Milton 


Associate  Professors 

Roger  Stanton  Hamilton,  A.B.,  M.A.  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

Office  363  East  Building  Res.  1367  Walnut  St.,  Newton  Highlands 

Frederick  William  Holmes,  A.B.,  M.A.  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Office  453  East  Building  Res.  258  Whiting  Ave.,  East  Dedham 

Norris  Whitfield  Potter,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Government 
Office  363  East  Building  Res.  34  Medfield  St.,  Boston 


Assistant  Professors 

William  Thurlow  Alexander,  S.B.,  M.A. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Office  100  South  Building  Res.  22  West  Highland  Ave.,  Melrose  Hlds. 

Albert  Ellsworth  Everett,  S.B.,  M.B.A.      Assistant  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  4  Crown  St.,  Auburndale 

George  Raymond  Fennell,  S.B.,  M.B.A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

Offices  150  West  Building  and  Res.  42  Fremont  Ave.,  Everett 

350  East  Building 
Everett  Carter  Marston,  A.B.,  M.A.  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

Office  453  East  Building  Res.  40  Hereward  Rd.,  Newton  Centre 

Rudolf  Oscar  Oberg,  S.B.,  Ed.M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Co-ordination 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  37  Walker  St.,  Atlantic 

Gerald  Russell  Tatton,  S.B.,  M.B.A.     Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  61  Almont  St.,  Medford 

Robert  Douglas  Thomson,  S.B.  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Engineering 

Office  352  East  Building  Res.  411  Broadway,  Lynn 

John  Wills  Tuthill,  S.B.,  M.B.A.        Assistant  Professor  of  Banking  and  Finance 

Office  350  East  Building  Res.  1A  Gibson  Terrace,  Cambridge 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Instructors 

Sidney  Ralph  Bloomfield,  S.B.  Instructor  in  Accounting 

Office  350  East  Building  Res.  19  Coral  Ave.,  Winthrop 

Reginald  Lawrence  Capon,  S.B.,  M.A.  Instructor  in  English 

Office  453  East  Building  Res.  58  Channing  Rd.,  Newton  Centre 

William  Thomas  Cloney,  Jr.,  A.B.  Instructor  in  English 

Office  354  West  Building  Res.  30  Lantern  Lane,  Milton 

Henry  Martin  Cruickshank,  S.B.,  M.B.A.      Instructor  in  Industrial  Engineering 

Office  350  East  Building  Res.  338  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Boston 

James  William  Dunn,  A.B. 

Instructor  in  Physical  Education  and  Head  Coach  of  Football  and  Basketball 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  12  Mason  Rd.,  Watertown 

Herbert  Wendell  Gallagher,  S.B.  Head  Coach  of  Hockey  and  Baseball 

Office  355  West  Building  Res.  164  Cabot  St.,  Newton 

William  Hultgren  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

Gymnasium  Office,  East  Building  Res.  80  Woodside  Rd.,  Winchester 

Thomas  Bryan  Larson,  A.B.,  M.A.  Instructor  in  History  and  Government 

Office  363  East  Building  Res.  35  Goodrich  Rd.,  Jamaica  Plain 

Robert  Everett  Laveaga,  B.P.Ed.,  Ed.M.  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

Gymnasium  Office,  East  Building  Res.  91  Cross  St.,  Belmont 

Ellis  Merton  Purinton  Instructor  in  Co-ordination 

Office  253  West  Building  Res.  7  Clark  Ave.,  Beverly 

Paul  Everett  Reynolds,  A.B.,  Ph.D.  Instructor  in  English 

Office  453  East  Building  Res.  15  Linden  St.,  Framingham 


Graduate  Assistants 

Joseph  Golemme,  S.B. 

Graduate  Assistant  in  the  Office  of  the  Dean,  College  of  Business  Administration 

Office  352  East  Building  Res.  22  Whiting  St.,  Hanover 

Lyman  Albert  Keith,  S.B.  Graduate  Assistant  in  Business  Administration 

Office  351  East  Building  Res.  339  Lakeside  Drive,  Bridgewater 

Harold  Thomas  Regan,  S.B.  Graduate  Assistant  in  Economics 

Office  452  East  Building  Res.  84  Pemberton  St.,  Cambridge 

Maxwell  Rosnov  Research  Associate 

Res.  6  Evelyn  St.,  Mattapan 


Faculty  Committees 

1.  General 

Carl  S.  Ell,  Chairman 
Asa  S.  Knowles  Edward  S.  Parsons 

Wilfred  S.  Lake  John  B.  Pugsley 

Harold  W.  Melvin  Milton  J.  Schlagenhauf 

Winthrop  E.  Nightingale  William  C.  White 

2.  Executive 
Harold  W.  Melvin,  Chairman  Edward  S.  Parsons 

Asa  S.  Knowles  Winthrop  E.  Nightingale 

Wilfred  S.  Lake  John  B.  Pugsley 

3.  Student  Activities 

Edward  S.  Parsons,  Chairman  Donald  H.  MacKenzie 

Roger  S.  Hamilton  Joseph  Spear 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


4.  Board  of  Editors  and  Advisory  Committee  of 
the  Bureau  of  Business  Research 

Asa  S.  Knowles,  Director  Roger  S.  Hamilton 

George  R.  Fennell,  Chairman  Julian  E.  Jackson 

Alfred  D'Alessandro  John  W.  Tuthill 


Office  and  Secretarial  Staff 


Florence  Elsie  Avellar  70  Fenway,  Boston 

Secretary  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  University — 1 16W 
Mabel  Ellen  Bean  61  Quint  Ave.,  Allston 

Secretary  to  the  Purchasing  Agent — 1 1 7W 
Marjorie  Elizabeth  Bunker  38  Lakewood  Rd.,  Newton  Hlds. 

Publicity  Office— 352W 
Mary  C.  Combellack  11  Park  Drive,  Boston 

University  Press,  South  Building 
Constance  Adelia  Conant  22  Chatham  Street,  Cambridge 

General  Offices  of  the  University — 115 W 
Helen  Muir  Coolbroth  11  Windsor  Rd.,  West  Somerville 

University  Press,  South  Building 
Virginia  Cushing  Darling  23  Brimmer  St.,  Boston 

General  Offices  of  the  University — 115W 
Myrtle  Corkish  Donohue  24  Peterborough  St.,  Boston 

Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  College  of  Business  Administration — 352E 
Thelma  Gertrude  Dunn  30  Freeman  Place,  Needham 

Bookkeeper,  Treasurer's  Office — 115(A)W 
Daisy  Milne  Everett  1095  Highland  Avenue,  Needham  Heights 

Assistant  Treasurer — 115(A)W 
Ruth  Phillips  Fiott  173  Marianna  St.,  East  Lynn 

Admissions  Office— 15 1W 
Mildred  Curtis  Garfield  2142  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Auburndale 

Secretary  to  the  President — 152W 
Edna  Jane  Garrabrant  8  Maynard  St.,  Arlington 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Co-operative  Work — 253W 
Elsie  Hinckley  Hunt  100  Linden  St.,  Allston 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Admissions — 1 50W 
Helen  Louise  Kolderup  14  Holden  Rd.,  Belmont 

Cashier,  Treasurer's  Office — 115W 
Florence  Maskell  42  Brush  Hill  Rd.,  Milton 

Co-operative  Work  Office— 253W 
Dorothy  Brett  Mason  15  Wenham  St.,  Jamaica  Plain 

Registrar's  Office — 254W 
Dorothy  Milne  Murray  204  Fair  Oak  Park,  Needham 

Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Student  Activities — 355W 
Alyce  Ann  Nichols  507  Chestnut  Street,  Needham 

Bookkeeper,  Treasurer's  Office — 115W 
Myrl  Alberta  Orcutt  99  Hemingway  St.,  Winchester 

Admissions  Office— 15 1W 
Caroline  Frances  Pettingell  1654  Massachusetts  Ave.,  Cambridge 

Bookkeeper,  Registrar's  Office — 254W 
Marjorie  Graffte  Prout  1179  Boylston  St.,  Boston 

Office  of  the  President— 15 2W 
Madelyn  Edythe  Ralph  11  Coolidge  Rd.,  East  Lynn 

Secretary  to  the  Executive  Secretary — 153W 
Gretchen  Douglass  Randall  48  Milk  St.,  Newburyport 

Registrar's  Office— 254W 
Jessie  Paine  Rhodes  2  Perkins  Sq.,  Jamaica  Plain 

Secretary  to  the  Registrar — 254W 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


PRISCwfr^oRtKe  Dean  of  Students-256W 
Ruby  Kathleen  Sweetland 

Student  Activities  Office— 355  W 

Mary  Dixon  Turner 

Student  Union  Office— 357  W 
Grace  Liscom  Watkins  ,. 

Assent  Librarian-Library,  East  Building 
Margaret  Mary  Weir 

Admissions  Office— 1 5 1 W 

C™TZsZTLibrarian-Library,  East  Building 

Louise  Worthen 

Admissions  Office— 150W 


69  Pelham  St.,  Newton  Ctr. 

139  College  Ave.,  Somerville 

4  Hamilton  Rd.,  Waltham 

163  Forest  St.,  Melrose 

76  Glendale  St.,  Dorchester 

41  Stewart  St.,  Quincy 

82  Thorndike  St.,  Brookline 

127  Youle  St.,  Melrose 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  11 


Convocation  Lecturers 

THORNTON  W.  BURGESS 

Author 

"Learning  from  the  Wild" 

J.  ANTON  DE  HAAS 

Professor  of  International  Relationships,  Harvard  University 

"Where  Do  We  Go  From  Here?" 

LLOYD  C.  DOUGLAS 

Author,  Lecturer 
"Experiences  of  an  Author" 

H.  V.  KALTENBORN 

Author,  News  Commentator 

"Kaltenborn  Edits  the  News" 

JAMES  M.  LANDIS 

Dean,  Harvard  University  Law  School 

"The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission" 

HENRY  CABOT  LODGE,  JR. 
United  States  Senator  from  Massachusetts 
"The  National  Outlook" 

HARRY  A.  OVERSTREET 

Head,  Department  of  Philosophy  and  Psychology 

College  of  the  City  of  New  York 

"Ten  Ways  to  Reach  Wrong  Conclusions" 

G.  BROMLEY  OXNAM 

Bishop,  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 

"A  Date  with  the  World" 

J.  EDGAR  PARK 

President,  Wheaton  College 

"The  Secret  of  Success" 

JAMES  H.  POWERS 

Of  the  Boston  Globe  Editorial  Staff 

"The  Engineer  in  the  New  World" 

HARLOW  SHAPLEY 

Astronomer,  Lecturer 

"What  Makes  the  Stars  Shine" 

RALPH  W.  SOCKMAN 

Minister,  Christ  Church,  New  York  City 

"The  New  Patriotism" 

ALLEN  A.  STOCKDALE 

Editor,  Clergyman,  Lecturer 

"The  Future  of  America" 

MAURICE  J.  TOBIN 
Mayor  of  Boston 
"City  Government" 

EDWARD  A.  WEEKS,  JR. 
Editor,  The  Atlantic  Monthly 
"An  Editor  Faces  an  Angry  World" 


12  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Chapel  "Treachers 

DR.  CHARLES  N.  ARBUCKLE 
Minister,  First  Baptist  Church,  Newton 

DR.  RICHARD  H.  BENNETT 
Minister,  Payson  Park  Church,  Belmont 

DR.  EDWIN  PRINCE  BOOTH 
Professor  of  Church  History,  Boston  University  School  of  Theology 

REVEREND  ROBERT  WOOD  COE 
Minister,  Leyden  Congregational  Church,  Brookline 

DR.  FRANK  E.  DUDDY 
Minister,  North  Congregational  Church,  Cambridge 

RABBI  LOUIS  M.  EPSTEIN 
Rabbi,  Temple  Kehillath  Israel 

DR.  NEWTON  C.  FETTER 
Minister  to  Baptist  Students  in  Greater  Boston 

DR.  C.  LESLIE  GLENN 
Minister,  Christ  Church,  Cambridge 

REVEREND  WILLIAM  H.  GYSAN 
Minister  to  Unitarian  Students  in  Greater  Boston 

DR.  CHARLES  W.  HAVICE 
Executive  Secretary,  Northeastern  Student  Union 

DR.  ARTHUR  L.  KINSOLVING 
Minister,  Trinity  Church,  Boston 

REVEREND  CARL  H.  KOPF 
Minister,  Mount  Vernon  Church,  Boston 

DR.  ASHLEY  D.  LEAVITT 
Minister,  Harvard  Congregational  Church,  Brookline 

DR.  ELMER  A.  LESLIE 
Professor  of  Hebrew  and  Old  Testament  Literature,  Boston  University 

DR.  BOYNTON  MERRILL 
Minister,  Second  Church,  Newton 

REVEREND  SAMUEL  H.  MILLER 
Minister,  Old  Cambridge  Baptist  Church,  Cambridge 

DR.  PHILLIPS  E.  OSGOOD 
Minister,  Emmanuel  Church,  Boston 

FATHER  THOMAS  R.  REYNOLDS 
Priest,  St.  Matthew's  Church,  Dorchester 

THE  RT.  REVEREND  HENRY  KNOX  SHERRILL 
Bishop,  Episcopal  Church 

DR.  FRANCIS  L.  STRICKLAND 
Professor  of  the  History  and  Psychology  of  Religion,  Boston  University 

DR.  G.  CAMPBELL  WADSWORTH 
Minister,  Church  of  the  Covenant,  Boston 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  13 

^Southeastern  University 

General  Statement 

NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  is  incorporated  as  a  philan- 
thropic institution  under  the  General  Laws  of  Massachu- 
setts.  The  State  Legislature,  by  special  enactment,  has  given 
the  University  general  degree  granting  powers. 

The  Corporation  of  Northeastern  University  consists  of  men 
who  occupy  responsible  positions  in  business  and  the  professions. 
This  Corporation  elects  from  its  membership  a  Board  of  Trustees 
in  whom  the  control  of  the  institution  is  vested.  The  Board  of 
Trustees  has  four  standing  committees:  (a)  an  Executive  Commit- 
tee which  serves  as  an  Ad  Interim  Committee  between  the  regular 
meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  has  general  supervision  of 
the  financial  and  educational  policies  of  the  University;  (b)  a 
Committee  on  Housing  which  has  general  supervision  over  the 
buildings  and  equipment  of  the  University;  (c)  a  Committee  on 
Funds  and  Investments  which  has  the  responsibility  of  administer- 
ing the  funds  of  the  University;  (d)  a  Development  Committee 
which  is  concerned  with  furthering  the  development  plans  of  the 
University. 

Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University,  from  the  outset,  had 
as  its  dominant  purpose  the  discovery  of  human  and  social  needs 
and  the  meeting  of  these  needs  in  distinctive  and  highly  service- 
able ways.  While  subscribing  to  the  most  progressive  educational 
thought  and  practice,  the  University  has  not  duplicated  the  pro- 
grams of  other  institutions  but  has  sought  "to  bring  education 
more  directly  into  the  service  of  human  needs." 

With  respect  to  program,  Northeastern  has  limited  itself: 

— To  offering,  in  its  several  schools,  basic  curricula  from  which 

non-essentials  have  been  eliminated; 
— To  effective  teaching; 
— To  advising  and  guiding  students; 
— To  giving  students  the  chance  to  build  well-rounded  personalities 

through  a  balanced  program  of  extra-curricular  activities. 

The  Northeastern  Plan  of  Education  is  especially  designed  for 
the  student  who  must  earn  while  he  learns.  In  the  main,  it  con- 
sists of  two  definite  types  of  education. 

— Co-operative  Education  by  Day, 
— Adult  Education  by  Night. 

The  plan  has  been  developed  in  such  a  way  that  experience  in 
jobs  with  pay  is  utilized  to  help  boys  of  limited  financial  resources 
secure  an  education  and  at  the  same  time  gain  the  maximum 
educational  benefit  from  their  practical  experience.    So  far  as  the 


14  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

New  England  States  are  concerned,  Northeastern  University  is 
the  only  institution  whose  day  colleges,  other  than  the  School  of 
Law,  are  conducted  under  the  Co-operative  Plan. 

The  several  schools  and  programs  of  the  University  are  operated 
either  under  the  name  "Northeastern  University"  or  by  its 
affiliated  schools  —  the  Lincoln  Schools  and  The  Huntington 
Day  School  for  Boys.  The  following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the 
principal  types  of  educational  opportunities  offered. 

1.  In  the  field  of  Co-operative  Education  there  are  three  day 

colleges  —  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  the  College  of 
Engineering,  and  the  College  of  Business  Administration. 
All  of  these  colleges  offer  five-year  curricula.  The  College 
of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  usual  fields  of  the  arts 
and  the  sciences  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts 
and  Bachelor  of  Science.  The  College  of  Engineering,  one 
of  the  largest  engineering  colleges  in  the  United  States,  has 
curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air-Condi- 
tioning,  and  Aeronautical  options),  Electrical,  Chemical, 
and  Industrial  Engineering.  The  College  of  Business 
Administration  has  curricula  in  Accounting,  Banking  and 
Finance,  Marketing  and  Advertising,  Journalism,  Public 
Administration,  and  Industrial  Administration.  The 
College  of  Engineering  and  the  College  of  Business  Admin- 
istration confer  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with 
specification  indicating  the  field  of  specialization.  The 
Co-operative  Plan  under  which  all  of  these  day  colleges 
operate  enables  the  student  to  alternate  regular  periods  of 
classroom  instruction  with  supervised  employment  in  an 
industrial  or  commercial  position,  thus  combining  theory 
and  practice  in  an  exceedingly  effective  manner.  Apart 
from  the  educational  advantages  of  the  Co-operative  Plan 
is  the  opportunity  for  self-support  while  the  student  is 
pursuing  his  studies  at  Northeastern  University.  During 
the  co-operative  periods,  students  not  only  gain  experience 
but  are  also  paid  for  their  services.  Approximately  three 
hundred  business  and  industrial  concerns  co-operate  with 
Northeastern  University  in  making  this  program  effective. 

2.  The  School  of  Law  conducts  both  a  day  and  an  evening 

undergraduate  program  which  prepares  for  admission  to 
the  bar  and  for  the  practice  of  the  law  and  leads  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws.  It  also  conducts  a  graduate 
program  in  the  evening  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Laws. 

3.  The  Adult  Education  Program  has  been  developed  in  the 

evening  work  of  the  School  of  Law  as  indicated  above,  in 
the  School  of  Business,  and  in  the  Evening  Division  of  the 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  15 

College  of  Liberal  Arts.  The  School  of  Business  has 
curricula  in  Management  —  with  Industrial  and  Merchan- 
dising majors,  Accounting,  Law  and  Business  Management, 
and  Engineering  and  Management.  The  School  awards 
the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree  with 
specification  and  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science 
degree  in  Law  and  Business  Management.  The  Evening 
Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  an  evening 
program  the  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half  of  the  re- 
quirements for  the  A.B.  or  B.S.  degree,  providing  a  general 
education  and  preparation  for  admission  to  the  School  of 
Law.  The  title  of  Associate  in  Arts  is  conferred  upon 
those  who  complete  this  program. 

In  order  that  larger  groups  of  men  and  women  might  be 
served  through  its  evening  schools,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity operates  divisions  of  the  School  of  Law  and  the  School 
of  Business  in  co-operation  with  the  Young  Men's  Chris- 
tian Association  in  Worcester  and  Springfield  and  of  the 
School  of  Business  in  co-operation  with  the  Providence 
Young  Men's  Christian  Association.  With  the  establish- 
ment of  the  divisions  thorough-going  methods  of  super- 
vision were  instituted  and  have  been  consistently  followed 
and  improved,  with  the  result  that  the  divisional  work  is 
conducted  upon  a  highly  efficient  basis. 

The  Adult  Education  Program  has  also  been  developed 
through  the  Lincoln  Schools,  which  are  affiliated  with  and 
conducted  by  Northeastern  University.  The  classes  in 
these  schools  are  held  at  convenient  evening  hours.  The 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offers  curricula  upon  a  college 
level  in  various  phases  of  engineering  leading  to  the  title 
of  Associate  in  Engineering;  whereas  the  Lincoln  Prepara- 
tory School,  accredited  by  the  New  England  College 
Entrance  Certificate  Board,  prepares  students  for  ad- 
mission to  college  and  offers  other  standard  high  school 
programs. 

The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys,  also  affiliated  with 
and  conducted  by  Northeastern  University,  is  the  out- 
growth of  a  demand  in  the  city  of  Boston  for  an  urban 
preparatory  school  with  high  educational  standards  which 
would  furnish  thorough  preparation  for  admission  to  the 
leading  colleges  and  universities.  While  easily  accessible 
to  the  various  sections  of  Boston  and  to  the  suburbs,  it 
has  the  facilities  of  a  country  day  school  and  offers  a 
country  day  school  program.  This  School  is  one  of  the 
leading  preparatory  schools  of  the  country. 


16  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


II. 


III. 


V^lprtheastern  University  and 
^Affiliated  Schools 

Statistical  Summary 
1938-1939 


Administrative 

Officers  and 

Faculty 

Students 

General  Administration 

8 

Northeastern  University 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

| 

College  of  Engineering 

103 

2112 

College  of  Business  Administration 

School  of  Law 

50* 

1461* 

School  of  Business 

105* 

1550* 

Evening  Division,  College  of 

Liberal  Arts 

A** 

33** 

Schools  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by 

Northeastern  University 

Lincoln  Technical  Institute 

38 

532 

Lincoln  Preparatory  School        t 

19 

437 

Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys 

Regular  Term 

16 

171 

Summer  Term 

10 

146 

Total 

353 

6442 

Less  Duplicates 

42 

403 

311       6039 

"These  figures  include  the  administrative  officers,  faculties,  and  students 
of  the  Divisions  of  the  University  in  Worcester,  Springfield,  and  Provi- 
dence. 

**The  Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  admitted  stu- 
dents for  the  first  time  in  September  1938. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  17 

c&he  Co-operative  (Tlaru 

How  It  Works 

THE  co-operative  plan  works  in  the  following  manner.  Upper- 
classmen  are  divided  into  two  nearly  equal  groups,  one  of 
which  is  called  Division  A  and  the  other  Division  B.  Each 
man  is  assigned  a  job  with  some  business  or  industrial  concern. 
So  far  as  possible  each  man  in  one  Division  is  paired  with  a  man 
in  the  other  Division,  so  that  the  two,  by  taking  turns,  may  occupy 
one  job  throughout  the  entire  year.  In  September  the  Division  A 
student  returns  to  the  University  for  ten  weeks  of  classroom  work. 
At  the  end  of  that  time  he  goes  out  to  work  ten  weeks  with  a  co- 
operating firm.  His  place  at  the  University  is  then  taken  by  his 
alternate,  the  corresponding  Division  B  student.  When  ten  weeks 
more  have  passed,  the  Division  A  man  returns  to  college,  and  the 
Division  B  man  returns  to  the  co-operative  job.  The  alternation 
of  work  and  classroom  study  continues  throughout  the  year  so 
that  an  upperclassman  has  annually  twenty  weeks  at  college, 
twenty-six  weeks  at  co-operative  work,  and  six  weeks  of  vacation. 


Faculty  Co-ordinators 

Students  are  assigned  to  a  co-ordinator,  who  interviews  them 
periodically  during  their  freshman  year  for  the  purpose,  of  de- 
termining their  background,  abilities,  temperaments,  and  apti- 
tudes. During  these  interviews  the  co-ordinator  discusses  various 
fields  of  activity  and  answers  such  questions  as  the  students  may 
have  in  regard  to  the  many  phases  of  business  and  industry. 
Each  student  is  studied  in  the  light  of  his  physical  condition, 
scholastic  ability,  and  other  factors  affecting  his  probable  success 
in  vocational  life.  These  interviews  culminate  in  an  agreement 
between  the  student  and  his  co-ordinator  regarding  the  field  of 
co-operative  work  in  which  the  student  is  to  be  placed.  During 
his  upperclass  years  the  student  continues  to  have  frequent  con- 
ferences with  his  co-ordinator  regarding  vocational  adjustments 
and  personal  problems.  In  this  way  the  progress  of  every  student 
is  observed  and  co-ordinated  with  his  college  work  to  the  end 
that  he  may  obtain  maximum  values  from  his  training  at  North- 
eastern. 

Placement 

The  co-ordinator  visits  co-operative  firms  and  arranges  with 
them  for  the  employment  of  the  students  under  his  charge.  The 
range  of  opportunities  available  to  Northeastern  students  is  wide, 


18  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

including  practically  all  phases  of  industrial  life.  As  a  general 
rule,  sophomores  are  placed  upon  routine  and  laborious  jobs 
through  which  they  may  prove  their  fitness  for  more  responsible 
work.  The  jobs  upon  which  Northeastern  students  are  employed 
are  in  no  sense  protected  opportunities.  They  are  regular  jobs 
under  actual  business  conditions  and  are  held  in  competition  with 
other  sources  of  supply.  The  only  special  privilege  accorded 
Northeastern  students  is  that  of  attending  college  on  the  co- 
operative plan.  The  University  expects  every  student  to  stand 
on  his  own  feet  while  he  is  on  co-operative  work,  and  advance- 
ment to  the  more  responsible  jobs  is  based  entirely  upon  merit. 


Supervision  and  Guidance 

While  the  University  does  not  adopt  a  paternal  attitude  toward 
co-operative  work,  it  nevertheless  assumes  certain  responsibilities 
toward  students  and  co-operating  firms.  Co-ordinators  visit  each 
job  in  order  that  the  employer  may  report  upon  the  student's 
achievement  and  that  necessary  adjustments  may  be  made.  Co- 
ordinators supervise  the  assignment  of  students  to  various  jobs 
and  in  conjunction  with  employers  arrange  for  promotions  and 
training  schedules.  Problems  that  arise  on  co-operative  work  are 
adjusted  by  common  agreement  of  co-ordinator,  student,  and  em- 
ployer. In  the  event  of  special  difficulties  or  dissatisfaction,  the 
case  may  be  adjusted  by  the  Committee  on  Co-operative  work, 
which  comprises  several  members  of  the  faculty. 

Through  a  series  of  co-operative  work  reports  prepared  during 
their  working  periods,  students  are  led  to  analyze  their  jobs  and  to 
develop  a  thoughtful  and  investigative  attitude  toward  their 
working  environment.  A  most  important  phase  of  co-operative 
work  is  the  opportunity  afforded  for  guidance  by  the  frank  dis- 
cussion of  actual  problems  encountered  on  the  job.  The  intimate 
contact  between  co-ordinator  and  student  is  of  great  worth  in 
helping  the  student  to  get  the  most  value  from  each  co-operative 
work  assignment.  While  the  University  endeavors  to  provide 
every  possible  opportunity  for  its  students,  it  expects  them  at  the 
same  time  to  take  the  initiative  and  to  assume  the  responsibility 
involved  in  their  individual  development.  To  every  student  are 
available  the  counsel  and  guidance  of  the  faculty,  and  every 
resource  at  its  disposal.  But  the  faculty  does  not  coerce  students 
who  are  uninterested  or  unwilling  to  think  for  themselves. 

The  co-operative  plan  is  thus  designed  specifically  to  provide 
actual  working  conditions  which  shall  afford  the  student  practical 
experience,  give  meaning  to  his  program  of  study,  and  train  him 
n  reliability,  efficiency,  and  team  work. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  19 

Correlation  of  Theory  and  Practice 

Co-operating  companies  employ  the  students  in  the  various 
departments  of  their  establishments.  The  training  is  thorough. 
To  derive  the  greatest  value  from  his  co-operative  work  the  student 
is  advised  to  continue  in  the  employ  of  his  co-operating  firm  for 
at  least  one  year  after  graduation,  since  certain  types  of  work  which 
would  afford  him  valuable  experience  cannot  be  made  available 
to  him  while  he  is  alternating  between  work  and  study.  Statistics 
compiled  over  a  period  of  many  years  show  that  on  the  average 
about  fifty  per  cent  of  each  graduating  class  do  remain  with  their 
co-operating  employers  after  graduation. 


Co-operative  Work  Reports 

The  values  to  be  derived  from  the  practical  experiences  are 
further  enhanced  by  required  report  writing.  These  co-operative 
work  reports  are  written  during  the  working  periods  by  all  co- 
operative students.  A  complete  job  analysis  is  required  as  the 
first  report  written  on  any  new  co-operative  work  assignment. 
Subjects  of  other  reports  are  selected  by  the  student  after  con- 
ference with  his  Co-ordinator  of  Co-operative  Work,  by  whom 
they  must  be  approved.  The  reports  are  designed  to  encourage 
observation  and  investigation  on  the  part  of  the  students  and  to 
help  them  to  appreciate  more  fully  the  extent  and  value  of  their 
experience.  These  reports  are  carefully  read  by  the  Co-ordinator 
and  are  discussed  with  the  student  during  the  following  college 
period.  Exceptionally  valuable  results  are  obtained  from  these 
reports.  The  value  derived  must  necessarily  be  directly  propor- 
tional to  the  conscientious  and  intelligent  concentration  of  effort 
by  the  student  upon  this  phase  of  the  work. 


Co-operative  Work  Records 

Complete  and  detailed  records  are  kept  of  the  co-operative 
work  of  each  student.  They  are  based  upon  reports  made  by  the 
employer  at  the  end  of  each  working  period;  upon  occasional 
personal  interviews  between  the  employer  and  the  Co-ordinator; 
and  upon  various  evidences  of  the  student's  attitude  toward  all 
the  phases  of  his  co-operative  work.  It  is  not  possible  for  the 
student  to  secure  a  degree  unless  this  part  of  the  curriculum  is 
completed  satisfactorily.  These  records  of  practical  experience 
serve  as  a  valuable  future  reference  for  the  Alumni  Placement 
Division  of  the  Department. 


20  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Positions  Available 

Because  of  uncertainties  of  business  conditions,  as  well  as  other 
reasons  beyond  its  control,  the  University  cannot  and  does  not 
guarantee  to  place  students.  Although  the  University  in  no  way 
discriminates  among  students  of  various  races  and  religions,  con- 
siderable  difficulty  has  been  experienced  in  placing  at  co-operative 
work  the  members  of  certain  racial  groups  and  students  who  are 
physically  handicapped.  However,  past  experience  has  demon- 
strated that  students  who  are  willing  and  capable  of  adapting 
themselves  to  existing  conditions  are  almost  never  without  em- 
ployment except  in  periods  of  severe  industrial  depression. 


Earnings 

The  rates  of  pay  for  students  tend  to  be  low  because  students 
are  given  the  privilege  of  attending  college  on  the  Co-operative 
Plan  and  because  effort  is  made  to  provide  the  student  with  the 
opportunity  of  being  transferred,  at  reasonable  intervals,  from 
one  department  to  another  of  the  co-operating  company.  It 
should  be  understood  that  the  primary  purpose  of  the  Co-opera- 
tive Plan  is  training. 

The  minimum  rates  of  pay  will  be  governed  to  a  very  large 
extent  by  prevailing  wages-and-hours  laws.  To  assist  the  student 
in  budgeting  his  expenses,  however,  the  following  scale  of  wages 
may  be  considered  as  minimum  rates  received  by  students  in  times 
of  normal  business. 

$12  per  week  for  second  year  students 

$14  per  week  for  third  year  students 

$16  per  week  for  fourth  and  fifth  year  students 

Statistical  records  show  that  the  pay  actually  received  by 
students  averages  appreciably  above  these  figures. 


Location  of  Work 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  to  assign  students  to  co-opera- 
tive work  within  commuting  distance  of  their  homes.  This  is  not 
always  possible,  however,  and  at  times  it  may  be  necessary  for 
students  to  live  away  from  home  in  order  to  obtain  satisfactory 
and  desirable  co-operative  work  assignments. 


Types  of  Co-operative  Work 

Insofar  as  possible  students  are  placed  at  co-operative  work 
in  that  general  field  for  which  they  express  preference,  provided 
that  aptitude,  physical  ability,  temperament,  and  other  personal 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  21 

qualities  appear  to  fit  them  for  this  field.  Usually  students  are 
placed  first  in  the  lower  ranks  of  an  organization  where  they  may 
learn  the  fundamental  requirements  of  the  business. 

For  example,  a  student  interested  in  manufacturing  might  be 
started  as  an  operative  on  some  machine  in  the  plant.  As  his 
progress  and  other  conditions  warranted  he  would  be  transferred 
to  other  types  of  work  such  as  shipping,  inspecting,  cost  finding, 
adjusting  complaints,  or  bookkeeping,  and  so  on,  so  that  in  the 
course  of  his  four  years  co-operative  training  he  would  have 
the  opportunity  to  acquire  a  substantial  background  in  at  least 
some  of  the  functions  of  factory  administration.  This  progressive 
type  of  training  is  more  readily  obtained  in  the  employ  of  one 
company.  A  change  of  company  each  year  provides  more  a 
change  of  environment  than  a  progression  of  experiences. 

Engineering  firms,  manufacturing  companies,  public  utilities, 
and  many  other  types  of  enterprises  are  employing  Northeastern 
students.  In  some  cases  definite  training  schedules  have  been 
established  so  as  to  permit  the  student  one  full  year  in  each  of 
several  important  departments. 


Typical  Co-operative  Training  Schedules 

These  schedules  are  arranged  with  the  basic  idea  of  giving  the 
student  a  comprehensive  training  through  the  several  different  de- 
partments, but  must  of  necessity  be  varied  in  accordance  with  the 
needs  of  those  departments. 

BOSTON  &  MAINE  RAILROAD  CO. 
One  Year  —  Erecting  Shop 
One  Year  —  Machine  Shop 

One  Year  —  General  work  in  Machine  Shop  and  Erecting  Shop 
One  Year  —  Mechanical  Engineer's  Dept. 

BOSTON  EDISON  COMPANY 
The  schedule  of  the  Boston  Edison  Company  is  divided  into  the  following 
general  classifications.     Very  few  co-operating  students  obtain  experience  in  all 
branches,  but  students  progress  from  year  to  year  in  the  respective  branches 
as  conditions  require. 

Standardizing 

(a)  Testing  and  standardizing  of  electrical  instruments 

(b)  Miscellaneous  standardization 

(c)  Repairs  on  electrical  instruments 

(d)  Laboratory  high  voltage  tests 

Steam  Practice 

(a)  Turbine,  engine  and  boiler  tests 

(b)  Instrument  tests  and  repairs 

(c)  Miscellaneous  tests 


22  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Electrical  Testing 

(a)  Testing  and  repairing  of  electrical  instruments  in  power  stations  and 

sub-stations 

(b)  Cable  tests 

(c)  High  voltage  tests  on  apparatus  and  in  the  field 

(d)  Checking  up  construction  work 

(e)  Miscellaneous  electrical  tests 

Chemical  Engineering 

(a)  Fuel  analysis 

(b)  Miscellaneous   tests    and    analysis   of  oils,    water   paints,    and   other 

materials 

Photography 
Office  Work 

HUNT-SPILLER  MANUFACTURING  CORPORATION 

One  Year     General  laboratory  and  plant  work,  including  preparation  of 
samples 
Pyrometry 
Use  and  care  of  Metallurgical  apparatus 

One  Year     Complete  analysis  of  coal,  coke,  limestone,  sand,  iron,  soil,  etc. 

One  Year     Keeping  of  general  metallurgical  records,  filing,  and  making  of 
reports 

One  Year     Analysis  for  combined,  graphitic,  and  total  carbon  with  a  com- 
plete knowledge  of  a  carbon  combustion  apparatus 

PEPPERELL  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 
One  Year  Stock  Records 

One  Year  Production  Analysis 

One  Year  Inventory  Control 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  23 

Qeneral  ^jnformatioru 

Tuition 

THE  tuition  for  all  curricula  in  the  Day  Division  is  $250  per 
year,  or  $125  per  term.    Certain  fees  and  deposits  are  also 
required  as  specified  in  the  following  paragraphs.     A  com- 
plete statement  of  tuition  and  fee  payments  is  given  on  page  26. 
Students   who  carry   academic  loads   of  greater  or  less  than 
normal  amount  may  pay  their  tuition  on  a  semester  hour  basis. 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 
All  students  are  charged  a  general  library  and  materials  fee  of 
fourteen  dollars  *($14)  each  year.    This  fee  is  payable  at  the  time 
of  registration  and  is  included  in  the  schedule  of  payments  on 
page  26. 

Student  Activities  Fee 

Each  student  in  the  Day  Division  is  charged  a  student  activities 
fee  of  sixteen  dollars  ($16).  This  fee  is  payable  at  the  time  of 
registration  and  is  included  in  the  schedule  of  payments  on  page 
26.  This  fee  supports  in  part  certain  student  activities,  and  in- 
cludes membership  in  the  Northeastern  University  Athletic  Associa- 
tion, The  Northeastern  Student  Union  and  subscription  to  The 
Northeastern  News,  the  college  paper. 

The  services  of  a  physician  are  also  available  for  all  students 
under  this  fee.  Minor  ailments  are  treated  by  the  college  health 
officers  without  additional  charge.  If  the  student  shows  signs  of 
more  serious  illness,  he  is  immediately  advised  to  consult  a 
specialist  or  return  to  his  home,  where  he  can  get  further  treatment. 

Chemical  Laboratory  Deposit 
(Applies  only  to  students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work) 

All  students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work  are  required  to 
make  a  deposit  from  which  deductions  are  made  for  breakage, 
chemicals,  and  destruction  of  apparatus  in  the  laboratory.  Any 
unused  portion  of  this  deposit  will  be  returned  to  the  student  at 
the  end  of  the  college  year.  If  the  charge  for  such  breakage, 
chemicals,  or  destruction  of  apparatus  is  more  than  the  sum 
deposited,  the  student  will  be  charged  the  additional  amount. 

Freshmen  make  a  chemical  laboratory  deposit  of  ten  dollars 
with  their  first  tuition  payment  at  the  beginning  of  the  year; 
upperclassmen  make  a  chemical  laboratory  deposit  of  ten  dollars 
($10)  at  the  beginning  of  each  term. 

*This  fee  is  twelve  dollars  ($12)  for  students  who  were  enrolled  in  the  Day 
Division  prior  to  January  1,  1940. 


24  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Schedule  of  Payments  for  Freshmen 

Date  Due  Amount 

♦September  5,  1940  Tuition  $125.00 

Fees  30.00 


$155.00 
February  3,  1941  Tuition  $125.00 


Schedule  of  Payments  for  Upperclassmen 


Division  A 

♦September  9,  1940 

Tuition 
Fees 

Tuition 

♦♦$125.00 
28.00 

♦January  27,  1941 

$153.00 
$125.00 

Division  B 

♦November  18,  1940 

Tuition 
Fees 

Tuition 

**$  125.00 
28.00 

♦April  7,  1941 

$153.00 
$125.00 

There  will  be  a  $2.00  deferred  payment  fee  added  to  all  bills 
which  are  not  paid  by  the  Saturday  following  the  date  on  which 
payments  fall  due.  When  further  extensions  of  time  are  given 
on  payments  which  have  been  previously  deferred,  an  additional 
$2.00  fee  will  be  charged  for  each  extension. 

Failure  to  make  the  required  payments  on  time,  or  to  arrange 
for  such  payments,  is  considered  sufficient  cause  to  bar  the  student 
from  classes  or  suspend  him  from  co-operative  work  until  the 
matter  has  been  adjusted  with  the  Director  of  School  Adminis- 
tration. 

Graduation  Fee 

A  fee  often  dollars  ($10)  covering  graduation  is  required  by  the 
University  of  all  candidates  for  a  degree.  This  fee  must  be  paid 
before  the  end  of  the  seventh  week  of  the  second  term  in  the 
senior  year. 

Payments 

All  payments  should  be  made  at  the  treasurer's  office.  Checks 
should  be  made  payable  to  Northeastern  University. 

♦Students  taking  chemical  laboratory  work  pay  a  deposit  of  $10.00  additional. 
♦♦This  tuition  payment  is  $100  instead  of  $125  for  all  upperclassmen  enrolled 
in  the  College  prior  to  September  1,  1938. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  25 

Refunds 

The  University  assumes  the  obligation  of  carrying  the  student 
throughout  the  year.  Instruction  and  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided  on  a  yearly  basis;  therefore,  no  refunds  are  granted  except 
when  students  are  compelled  to  withdraw  on  account  of  personal 
illness. 

Expenses 

The  following  tables,  compiled  from  expense  returns  submitted 
by  the  student  body,  give  an  idea  of  freshman  expenditures  under 
ordinary  conditions. 

Estimated  College  Expenses  for  a  Freshman 

Application  Fee $     5. 

Tuition 250. 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 14. 

Chemical  Laboratory  Deposit 10. 

Student  Activities  Fee 16. 

Books  and  Supplies 35. 


$330. 


(Engineering  students  should  add  approximately  $25  for  drawing 
instruments  and  equipment.) 

Estimated  Living  Expenses  Per  Week  for  a  Freshman 
Residing  Away  from  Home 

Room  Rent $  3.75 

Board 7.00 

Laundry 1.00 

Incidentals 2.00 


$13.75 


The  figures  given  above  are  approximate  and  may  hot  exactly 
apply  to  any  one  student;  however,  they  will  be  found  to  repre- 
sent fairly  well  the  expense  of  a  freshman  who  lives  comfortably 
but  without  extravagance. 

Textbooks  and  Supplies 

The  Northeastern  University  Bookstore,  located  in  the  Base- 
ment of  the  West  Building,  is  a  department  of  the  University  and 
is  operated  for  the  convenience  of  the  student  body.  All  books 
and  supplies  which  are  required  by  the  students  for  their  work 
in  the  University  may  be  purchased  at  the  Bookstore. 


26  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

A  Northeastern  Bookstore  Discount  Card  will  be  issued  to 
every  Day  Division  student  at  the  time  of  registration  and  will 
entitle  him  to  a  ten  per  cent  discount  on  all  Day  Division  text- 
books which  he  purchases  for  his  own  use  while  in  school. 

The  ten  per  cent  discount  will  not  apply  on  equipment,  supplies 
or  novelties.  It  will  be  the  policy  of  the  bookstore,  however,  to 
stock  these  materials  and  to  sell  them  at  the  lowest  possible  prices. 


Part-Time  Work 

Students  who  find  it  necessary  to  accept  part-time  jobs  while 
attending  college  may  obtain  such  work  through  the  Director  of 
Co-operative  Work. 

No  student  is  justified  in  assuming  that  the  University  will  take 
care  of  his  expenses  or  guarantee  to  supply  him  with  work  suffi- 
cient to  meet  all  his  needs. 

A  student  should  have  available  a  reserve  fund  adequate  to 
provide  for  immediate  needs  and  unexpected  contingencies.  This 
should  ordinarily  amount  to  at  least  the  first  year's  tuition  plus 
the  student  activity  and  other  fees,  room  rent,  and  board  for 
several  weeks,  or  a  total  of  about  $500. 


Examinations 

Examinations  covering  the  work  of  the  term  are  usually  held 
at  the  close  of  each  term.  Exceptions  may  be  made  in  certain 
courses  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  instructor,  examinations  are 
not  necessary. 

Condition  examinations  will  be  given  in  all  subjects  during  the 
week  of  July  7,  1941,  for  Division  A  students,  and  the  week  of 
September  1,  1941,  for  Division  B  students.  Condition  examina- 
tions are  not  given  for  laboratory  courses. 

Special  examinations  may  be  arranged  for  only  by  vote  of  the 
Administrative  Committee,  and  for  all  such  examinations  the 
University  requires  the  payment  of  a  special  fee  of  five  dollars 
($5). 

Grades 
A  student's  grade  is  officially  recorded  by  letters,  as  follows: 

A     superior  attainment 

B      above  average  attainment 

C     average  attainment 

D     lowest  passing  grade,  poor  attainment  (the  faculty  will 

accept  only  a  limited  amount  of  grade  D  work  towards 

the  Bachelor's  degree) 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  27 

F      failure,  removable  by  condition  examination 
FF    complete  failure  (course  must  be  repeated  in  class) 
I       incomplete,  used  for  intermediate  grades  only  to  signify 
that  the  student  has  not  had  time  to  make  up  work  lost 
through  excusable  enforced  absence  from  class 
L      used  in  all  cases  of  the  removal  of  a  failure  by  condition 
examination  or  by  attendance  at  summer  term 

A  student  who  does  not  remove  a  condition  before  that  course 
is  again  scheduled,  a  year  later,  must  repeat  the  course.  A  condi- 
tion in  more  than  one  subject  may  involve  the  loss  of  assignment 
to  co-operative  work. 

The  responsibility  for  the  removal  of  a  condition  rests  with  the 
student,  who  is  required  to  ascertain  when  and  how  the  condition 
can  be  removed. 

Dean's  List 

A  Dean's  List,  issued  at  the  end  of  each  term,  contains  the 
names  of  upperclass  students  who  have  an  honor  grade  average 
in  all  subjects  during  the  preceding  period.  Freshman  who 
achieve  high  scholastic  standing  are  included  on  a  Freshman 
Honor  List,  which  is  published  at  the  end  of  each  grading  period. 
No  student  under  disciplinary  restrictions  is  eligible  for  either  of 
the  honor  lists. 

Report  Cards 

Freshman  reports  are  issued  at  the  end  of  each  grading  period; 
upperclass  reports,  at  the  end  of  each  term.  In  addition,  a  special 
report  on  review  subjects  pursued  during  the  summer  term  will  be 
issued  immediately  at  its  close.  Questions  relative  to  grades  are 
to  be  discussed  with  the  student's  faculty  adviser. 

Students  are  constantly  encouraged  to  maintain  an  acceptable 
quality  of  college  work.  Parents  and  students  are  always  wel- 
comed by  the  college  officers  and  faculty  advisers  for  conference 
upon  such  matters. 

Parents  or  guardians  will  be  notified  whenever  students  are 
advised  or  required  to  withdraw  from  the  University. 

Conduct 

It  is  assumed  that  students  come  to  the  University  for  a  serious 
purpose  and  that  they  will  cheerfully  conform  to  such  regulations 
as  may  from  time  to  time  be  made.  In  case  of  injury  to  any  building 
or  to  any  of  the  furniture,  apparatus,  or  other  property  of  the 
University,  the  damage  will  be  charged  to  the  student  or  students 
known  to  be  immediately  concerned;  but  if  the  persons  who 
caused  the  damage  are  unknown,  the  cost  for  repairs  may  be 
assessed  equally  upon  all  the  students  of  the  University. 


28  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Students  are  expected  to  observe  the  accepted  rules  of  decorum, 
to  obey  the  regulations  of  the  University,  and  to  pay  due  respect 
to  its  officers.  Conduct  inconsistent  with  the  general  good  order 
of  the  University  or  persistent  neglect  of  work  may  be  followed 
by  dismissal;  if  the  offense  be  a  less  serious  one,  the  student  may 
be  placed  upon  probation.  The  student  so  placed  upon  pro- 
bation may  be  dismissed  if  guilty  of  any  further  offense. 

It  is  desired  to  administer  the  discipline  of  the  University  so  as 
to  maintain  a  high  standard  of  integrity  and  a  scrupulous  regard 
for  truth.  The  attempt  of  any  student  to  present  as  his  own  any 
work  which  he  has  not  performed,  or  to  pass  any  examination 
by  improper  means,  is  regarded  as  a  most  serious  offense  and 
renders  the  offender  liable  to  immediate  expulsion.  The  aiding 
and  abetting  of  a  student  in  any  dishonesty  is  also  held  to  be  a 
grave  breach  of  discipline. 

Scholastic  Year  for  Seniors 

Seniors  of  either  division  who  are  candidates  for  a  degree  in 
the  current  year  must  have  completed  all  academic  work,  class 
assignments,  theses,  regular  and  special  examinations,  before 
twelve  o'clock  noon  of  the  Saturday  next  following  the  close  of 
recitations  for  seniors. 

Attendance 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  all  exercises  in  the  subjects  they 
are  studying  unless  excused  in  advance.  Exercises  are  held  and 
students  are  expected  to  devote  themselves  to  the  work  of  the 
University  between  9:00  a.m.  and  5:00  p.m.,  except  for  a  lunch 
period,  on  every  week  day  except  Saturday.  Saturday  classes  are 
held  only  between  9:00  a.m.  and  1:00  p.m. 

No  cuts  are  allowed.  A  careful  record  of  each  student's  attend- 
ance upon  class  exercises  is  kept.  Absence  from  regularly  sched- 
uled exercises  in  any  subject  will  seriously  affect  the  standing  of 
the  student.  It  may  cause  the  removal  of  the  subject  or  subjects 
from  his  schedule.  If  he  presents  a  reasonable  excuse  for  the 
absence,  however,  he  may  be  allowed  to  make  up  the  time  lost 
and  be  given  credit  for  the  work;  but  he  must  complete  the  work 
at  such  time  and  in  such  manner  as  his  instructor  in  the  course 
may  designate. 

Laboratory  work  can  be  made  up  only  when  it  is  possible  to 
do  so  during  hours  of  regularly  scheduled  instruction. 

Absences  from  exercises  immediately  preceding  or  following  a 
recess  are  especially  serious  and  entail  severe  penalties. 

Attendance  at  all  mass  meetings  of  the  student  body  is  com- 
pulsory. Exceptions  to  this  rule  are  made  only  when  the  student 
has  received  permission  from  the  Director  of  Student  Activities 
previous  to  the  meeting  from  which  he  desires  to  be  absent. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  29 


Housing  Regulations 

The  University  endeavors  to  exercise  due  consideration  and 
care  for  the  student's  welfare  while  he  is  in  residence.  This 
necessitates  the  adoption  of  the  rules  and  regulations  presented 
herewith. 

1.  Assignments  will  be  made  when  the  student  registers. 

2.  Students  may  inspect  rooms  before  accepting  an  assignment; 
after  reaching  a  decision  students  must  notify  the  office  of  the 
Director  of  School  Administration,  254W. 

3.  Students  who  accept  room  assignments  must  retain  them 
for  the  period  of  their  residence,  unless  given  permission  by  the 
Director  of  School  Administration  to  change. 

4.  Students  are  not  permitted  to  live  in  unsupervised  quarters. 
Under  no  conditions  are  groups  of  students  permitted  to  lease 
apartments. 

5.  Students  are  not  permitted  to  engage  rooms  without  the  prior 
approval  of  the  University.  Those  violating  this  rule  will  be 
required  to  give  up  such  rooms  immediately  and  will  be  assigned 
by  the  University  to  approved  quarters. 

6.  Violation  of  any  of  the  above  rules  is  considered  a  breach 
of  discipline  and  will  be  dealt  with  accordingly. 

Residence 

It  has  been  found  to  be  much  more  satisfactory  for  the  student 
to  live  within  easy  access  of  Boston,  especially  during  periods  in 
college,  than  to  live  out  twenty-five  or  thirty  miles.  The  saving 
of  time  and  effort  more  than  offsets  any  increased  expense. 
Residence  in  Boston  is  advisable,  as  it  gives  the  student  oppor- 
tunity to  use  the  college  facilities  outside  of  class  hours  and  to 
confer  more  easily  with  his  instructors  about  his  college  work. 

Dormitories 

At  present  the  University  does  not  maintain  dormitories.  Pro- 
vision, however,  is  made  for  students  to  secure  rooms  in  the 
vicinity.  Many  freshmen  prefer  to  take  room  and  board  at  the 
fraternity  houses,  which  are  all  supervised  by  the  University 
through  faculty  advisers.  For  information  relative  to  such 
housing  write  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

Rooms  in  the  dormitory  of  the  Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of 
the  Boston  Y.M.C.A.  may  be  secured  only  through  the  Housing 
Department  of  the  Y.M.C.A.  The  applicant  must  present  him- 
self in  person  to  a  representative  of  the  Department  before  assign- 
ment will  be  made. 

Applicants  desiring  to  room  in  the  Association  dormitory  are 
advised  to  write  the  Housing  Department  of  the  Huntington 
Avenue  Branch,  316  Huntington  Avenue.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 


30  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

buildings  and  facilities 

Boston — A  Great  Educational  Center 

THE  fact  that  Northeastern  University  is  in  Boston  broadens 
the  educational  and  cultural  opportunities  of  its  students. 
Few  other  cities  in  the  country  are  so  rich  in  the  finest 
elements  of  American  life.  Many  of  its  historic  buildings,  such 
as  the  Old  State  House,  Faneuil  Hall,  and  the  Old  North  Church, 
have  become  museums  for  the  preservation  of  old  documents, 
paintings,  and  other  collections  representative  of  early  Colonial 
life.  The  Boston  Public  Library  and  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts, 
both  within  a  few  blocks  of  the  University  Buildings,  are  widely 
noted  for  their  treasures  of  literature  and  art.  Even  nearer  to 
the  University  is  Symphony  Hall,  home  of  the  world-famous 
Boston  Symphony  Orchestra.  And  the  many  churches  within 
Greater  Boston  not  only  afford  the  opportunity  of  hearing  dis- 
tinguished preachers  but  through  their  student  clubs  and  young 
people's  societies  make  possible  for  students  a  fine  type  of  social 
and  intellectual  life. 

Location  of  University  Buildings 

The  Day  Division  of  Northeastern  University  is  housed  in 
three  buildings  located  on  Huntington  Avenue,  Boston,  just 
beyond  Massachusetts  Avenue  and  opposite  the  historic  Boston 
Opera  House.  The  main  administrative  offices  of  the  University 
are  located  in  the  West  Building,  a  four-story  brick  structure  added 
to  the  physical  plant  of  Northeastern  in  1938. 

Transportation 

The  chief  railroad  centers  of  Boston  are  the  North  and  South 
Stations.  From  the  North  Station  board  a  car  going  to  Park 
Street,  at  which  junction  transfer  to  any  Huntington  Avenue  car. 
At  South  Station  board  a  Cambridge  subway  train  for  Park  Street 
Under.  There  change  to  a  Huntington  Avenue  car  and  alight 
at  the  West  Building  of  Northeastern  University. 

West  Building 

The  West  Building  contains  over  100,000  square  feet  of  floor 
space  for  administrative  and  instructional  purposes.  In  the  base- 
ment are  the  Mechanical  Engineering  offices,  laboratories,  and 
machine  shops;  the  University  Bookstore;  the  Husky  Hut,  where 
light  refreshments  are  sold;  several  classrooms;  and  a  large  drafting 
room  used  chiefly  by  the  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 
Ample  area  is  also  provided  in  the  basement  for  a  student  check 
room,  lockers,  and  various  storage  rooms  and  vaults. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  31 

On  the  first  floor  are  located  the  President's  office,  the  General 
Offices  of  the  Secretary-Treasurer,  and  the  offices  of  the  Vice- 
President  of  the  University.  A  large  public  reception  room  adjoins 
the  main  lobby,  and  several  small  classrooms  are  located  in  both 
wings  of  the  building.  This  floor  was  given  to  the  University  in 
memory  of  Lieutenant  Stafford  Leighton  Brown  by  his  mother. 

The  Department  of  Physics  has  a  suite  of  offices,  laboratories, 
and  research  areas  in  the  south  wing  of  the  second  floor.  A  large 
lecture  hall  with  raised  seats  accommodating  over  three  hundred 
people  occupies  the  central  area  of  the  second  floor.  This  room 
is  fully  equipped  for  both  lantern  slide  and  motion  picture  pro- 
jection, and  is  provided  with  up-to-date  motor  driven  ventilating 
equipment.  The  room  is  fitted  with  a  lecture  demonstration  desk 
having  all  necessary  accessories  including  gas,  water,  various 
types  of  electricity,  and  hoods  for  the  removal  of  gases.  A  fully 
stocked  preparation  room  adjoins  this  lecture  hall.  The  offices  of 
the  Director  of  School  Administration,  the  Director  of  Co- 
operative Work,  and  the  Dean  of  Students,  a  large  number  of 
small  classrooms,  and  several  conference  rooms  complete  the 
layout  of  the  second  floor. 

Student  lounging  and  recreation  rooms  sponsored  by  the 
Northeastern  Student  Union  occupy  the  Huntington  Avenue  side 
of  the  third  floor,  together  with  the  offices  of  the  Department  of 
Student  Activities.  This  floor  also  contains  a  small  University 
Chapel,  a  lecture  hall  similar  to  that  on  the  second  floor  but 
slightly  smaller,  and  a  number  of  large  classrooms  equipped  with 
special  tables  for  freshman  drawing  classes. 

A  group  of  large,  fully  equipped  laboratories  for  Inorganic 
Chemistry  and  Qualitative  Analysis,  Physical  Chemistry  and 
Quantitative  Analysis,  and  Organic  Chemistry  occupy  the  prin- 
cipal areas  of  the  fourth  floor.  The  Chemistry  Department  has 
its  offices  and  a  large  lecture  hall  equipped  especially  for  courses 
in  chemistry  adjoining  these  laboratories.  A  number  of  research 
areas  for  special  purposes,  a  large  central  stockroom,  a  dark  room, 
and  several  balance  rooms  complete  the  chemistry  suite.  Three 
large  drafting  rooms  having  blackboards  especially  equipped  with 
sliding  T-squares,  an  Art  Room,  and  the  offices  of  the  Drawing 
Department,  are  also  found  on  the  fourth  floor. 

In  the  penthouse  on  the  roof  there  are  a  faculty-alumni  lounge, 
a  radio  laboratory,  and  an  astronomy  laboratory. 

South  Building 

The  South  Building  of  Northeastern  University  comprises  a 
basement  and  two  stories.  The  Department  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering occupies  the  entire  basement  with  its  offices,  Dynamo 
Laboratories,  High  Tension  Laboratory,  Electrical  Measurements 
Laboratory,  Instrument  Room,  and  research  areas. 


32 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


MAP  SHOWING  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  AND  VICINITY 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  33 


Key  to  Map 

Northeastern  University  and  Vicinity 

1. 

East  Building 

2. 

South  Building 

3. 

West  Building 

4. 

Symphony  Hall 

5. 

Horticultural  Hall 

6. 

Christian  Science  Church 

7. 

New  England  Conservatory  of  Music 

8. 

Boston  Opera  House 

9. 

Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts 

10. 

Mechanics  Exhibition  Hall 

11. 

Back  Bay  Station 

12. 

Trinity  Place 

13. 

Boston  Public  Library 

14. 

Trinity  Church 

15. 

Museum  of  Natural  History 

16. 

Boston  Public  Garden 

17. 

Boston  Common 

18. 

South  Station 

19. 

North  Station 

20. 

State  House 

21. 

U.  S.  Customs  House 

22. 

Rowes  Wharf 

34  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

On  the  first  floor  are  located  the  Departments  of  Civil  and  of 
Industrial  Engineering.  A  Hydraulics  and  Sanitary  Engineering 
Laboratory,  a  Methods  Engineering  Laboratory,  a  Civil  Engineer- 
ing drafting  room,  and  several  classrooms  complete  the  layout 
of  this  floor.  A  large  lecture  room,  several  classrooms,  the  Chem- 
ical Engineering  Unit  Operations  Laboratory,  the  Chemical 
Engineering  Department  Offices,  and  the  Biology  Laboratory  are 
located  on  the  second  floor. 


East  Building 

The  East  Building  of  Northeastern  University  is  the  educational 
wing  of  the  Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of  the  Boston  Y.M.C.A. 
On  its  second  floor  are  located  the  library,  a  branch  library  and 
reading  room,  and  several  classrooms.  The  third  floor  contains 
the  office  of  the  Dean  of  Business  Administration,  several  de- 
partmental offices,  a  laboratory  for  statistical  work,  and  additional 
classrooms.  On  the  fourth  floor  are  located  the  office  of  the 
Dean  of  Liberal  Arts,  the  Department  of  English,  the  Department 
of  Modern  Languages,  several  large  lecture  rooms,  and  a  Student 
Union  Reading  Room. 

Jacob  P.  Bates  Hall,  located  in  the  East  Building,  has  a  seating 
capacity  of  400.  The  hall  is  equipped  with  a  motion  picture 
machine  and  has  a  large  stage  suitable  for  entertainments  of 
various  kinds. 

Bates  Hall  is  an  important  center  for  various  student  activities. 
Here  the  band  and  the  orchestra  have  their  rehearsals,  the  glee 
club  gives  its  entertainments,  and  some  of  the  dramatic  work  is 
presented.  Numerous  student  socials  and  small  group  dinners 
frequently  are  held  here. 

Natatorium 

The  swimming  pool,  75  feet  long  by  25  feet  wide,  is  supplied 
with  filtered  water  and  is  heated  to  the  proper  temperature  by  an 
elaborate  system  of  pipes.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  of  its  kind  in 
New  England. 

Gymnasium 

This  structure,  the  funds  for  which  were  provided  by  the 
relatives  of  the  late  Samuel  Johnson,  is  known  as  the  Samuel 
Johnson  Memorial  Gymnasium.  The  gymnasium  provides  the 
following  facilities:  three  gymnasiums,  a  twelve-lap  running  track, 
two  large  exercise  rooms,  boxing  and  wrestling  rooms,  handball 
and  squash  courts,  bowling  alleys,  showers,  steam  baths,  massage 
rooms,  and  electric  cabinet  baths. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  35 

Lecture  Assembly  Halls 

Through  special  arrangement,  Jordan  Hall,  Symphony  Hall, 
and  the  Boston  Opera  House  are  made  available  for  assembly 
purposes.  These  halls  provide  ample  space  for  student  activity 
assemblies  and  for  special  lectures  by  noted  men.  All  the  students 
in  college  at  any  period  assemble  for  one  hour  each  week  through- 
out the  college  year.  More  than  half  of  the  assembly  sessions  are 
devoted  to  interests  and  activities  developed  by  the  students 
themselves.  The  other  assembly  periods  are  devoted  to  special 
lectures,  sometimes  under  the  direction  of  the  student  body  and 
sometimes  under  the  direction  of  the  faculty.  The  special  lectures 
are  devoted  to  those  elements  of  life  which  count  most  in  the 
development  of  a  man's  viewpoint  and  his  character. 


Equipment  for  Physical  Training 

Northeastern  has  exceptional  facilities  for  all-round  physical 
training.  The  gymnasium  is  one  of  the  most  complete  in  New 
England.  Adjoining  the  West  Building  is  a  large  field  equipped  for 
athletics.  Here  are  two  tennis  courts,  an  outdoor  gymnasium,  a 
rifle  range,  a  baseball  cage,  jumping  pits,  and  a  track  with  a  100- 
yard  straightaway. 

Huntington  Field 

Northeastern  University  owns  and  operates  a  large  athletic  field 
a  short  distance  from  the  University.  This  field,  known  as  the 
Huntington  Field,  provides  ample  facilities  for  track,  baseball, 
football,  and  other  outdoor  sports.  A  bus  service  maintained 
between  the  field  and  the  University  makes  it  possible  for  students 
to  get  back  and  forth  with  a  minimum  loss  of  time.  A  new  and 
commodious  field  house  has  recently  been  erected  at  the  field  as 
well  as  ten  sections  of  stadium  seats  capable  of  seating  2,000 
spectators. 

Design  and  Drafting  Rooms 

The  University  possesses  large,  light,  and  well-equipped  drawing 
rooms  for  the  carrying  on  of  the  designing  and  drafting  which 
form  so  important  a  part  of  engineering  work.  These  rooms  are 
supplied  with  lockers  containing  the  drawing  supplies,  files  con- 
taining blue  prints,  and  photographs  of  machines  and  structures 
that  represent  the  best  practice.  Drafting  room  blackboards  are 
equipped  with  traveling  straight  edge  devices  which  facilitate 
speed  and  accuracy  in  blackboard  demonstrations. 


36  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Libraries 

The  library  service  of  Northeastern  University  comprises  the 
following  units: 

1.  The  Main  Library,  located  on  the  second  floor  of  the  East 
Building,  includes  three  reading  rooms  in  which  are  available  all 
of  the  general  reference  books,  many  of  the  professional  and 
scientific  volumes,  and  all  of  the  periodicals  (approximately  100) 
to  which  the  University  subscribes.  This  library  is  under  the 
direction  of  a  librarian  and  two  assistants,  all  of  whom  have  had 
special  training  for  the  work.    Main  library  hours  are  as  follows: 


9:00    A.M. 

to 

10:00  P.M. 

Daily 

2:00    P.M. 

to 

9:00   P.M. 

Sundays 

12:00    M 

to 

9:00  P.M. 

Holidays 

2.  The  Branch  Library,  also  located  on  the  second  floor  of  the 
East  Building,  houses  most  of  the  books  on  engineering  and  man- 
agement with  the  exception  of  those  in  the  field  of  chemical 
engineering,  which,  for  greater  convenience  of  students  in  this 
department,  are  kept  in  the  Main  Library.  The  Branch  Library 
is  in  charge  of  a  corps  of  student  assistants  and  is  open  from 
8:45  a.m.  to  5:15  p.m.  daily  except  Sundays.  Students  have  access 
directly  to  the  shelves  which  contain  books  on  reserve  for  par- 
ticular courses  as  well  as  general  reference  works. 

3.  A  general  reading  room  and  library  is  maintained  by  the 
Northeastern  Student  Union  in  Room  356,  West  Building.  The 
books  located  here  are  chiefly  non-technical  works  dealing  with 
contemporary  affairs,  religious  problems,  international  relations, 
travel,  etc.,  among  which  students  may  browse  during  periods  of 
relaxation.  A  few  of  the  literary  and  religious  periodicals  are  also 
available  in  this  room. 


Boston  Public  Library 

All  members  of  the  University,  whether  resident  or  non- 
resident students,  have  the  privilege  of  taking  books  from  the 
Boston  Public  Library  and  of  using  the  library  for  general  reference 
and  study.  Inasmuch  as  this  is  one  of  the  best  in  the  country, 
it  presents  unusual  opportunities  to  the  students.  Within  a  few 
minutes'  walk  from  the  University,  it  enables  students  to  have 
unlimited  reference  at  any  time  to  books  and  periodicals  bearing 
upon  their  studies. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  37 


Student  ^Activities 


NORTHEASTERN  University  regards  student  activities  as 
an  integral  part  of  its  educational  program.  One  of  the 
main  departments  of  the  University  is  charged  with  the 
responsibility  of  co-ordinating  the  various  types  of  activities  and 
of  administering  the  social,  musical,  literary,  and  athletic  organi- 
zations in  such  a  way  as  to  enable  each  to  contribute  in  a  whole- 
some, worth-while  manner  to  student  life  at  Northeastern.  Every 
student  is  encouraged  to  participate  in  such  activities  as  may 
appeal  to  him,  although  a  standard  of  scholarship  which  is  in- 
compatible with  excessive  devotion  to  such  pursuits  is  required  of 
all  students. 

Members  of  the  faculty  also  are  interested  in  the  informal 
aspects  of  the  college  program.  Teaching  loads  are  kept  suf- 
ficiently low  so  that  the  instructional  staff  may  have  ample 
opportunity  to  mingle  with  students  outside  of  the  classroom  in 
social  activities  and  on  the  athletic  field.  In  fact,  some  member 
of  the  faculty  is  appointed  to  serve  as  adviser  for  each  student 
activity.  His  function  is  not  to  dictate  how  the  organization  shall 
be  run,  but  to  encourage  the  students  in  their  extra-curricula 
endeavors  and  to  give  them  the  benefit  of  his  mature  point  of 
view  in  solving  the  problems  that  inevitably  arise. 

One  of  the  outstanding  contributions  of  the  co-operative  plan 
in  the  field  of  higher  education  has  been  its  capacity  to  develop 
in  students  those  powers  of  social  understanding  that  are  so 
essential  to  success  in  professional  life.  At  Northeastern  the 
program  of  student  activities  is  made  to  contribute  to  this  end 
in  a  very  real  way.  It  is  a  conscious  aim  of  the  student  activities 
advisers  to  develop  among  their  advisees  those  qualities  of  per- 
sonality and  character  which  will  enhance  their  usefulness  as 
future  professional  men  and  citizens.  Students  have  splendid 
opportunities  to  develop  administrative  and  executive  ability  as 
leaders  of  undergraduate  organizations.  No  academic  credit  is 
awarded  for  any  student  activity.  This  has  been  no  deterrent, 
however,  to  student  participation  in  extra-curricula  activities,  for 
a  recent  survey  of  the  undergraduate  body  showed  that  over  90% 
of  the  enrollment  were  engaged  in  one  or  more  forms  of  student 
activity. 

Athletic  Association 

All  students  in  the  Day  Division  are  members  of  the  North- 
eastern University  Athletic  Association.  Policies  of  the  asso- 
ciation are  passed  upon  by  a  Faculty  Committee  on  Student 
Activities  appointed  by  the  vice-president  in  charge  of  the  Day 
Division.     This  committee  decides  what  students  are  eligible  to 


38  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

participate  in  athletics,  what  the  various  sports  schedules  shall 
be,  and  what  students  may  be  excused  from  classes  to  represent 
the  University  on  athletic  trips. 

The  actual  administration  of  the  athletic  program  is  in  the 
hands  of  a  second  committee,  known  as  the  General  Athletic 
Committee,  which  consists  of  the  Director  of  Student  Activities, 
the  captains  and  managers  of  all  varsity  teams,  and  the  coaches 
as  ex  officio  members. 

The  University  maintains  both  varsity  and  freshman  teams  in 
basketball,  baseball,  football,  hockey,  and  track.  Intercollegiate 
games  and  meets  are  arranged  with  the  leading  colleges  in  the 
East.  In  addition  to  intercollegiate  athletics  the  athletic  associa- 
tion conducts  an  intramural  program  in  various  sports. 

Tennis  Club 

The  Northeastern  University  Tennis  Club  is  open  to  all  under- 
graduates. The  Department  of  Student  Activities  appoints  a 
faculty  adviser  who  assists  the  members  in  conducting  an  intra- 
mural tennis  tournament.  Excellent  facilities  for  tennis  are 
afforded  on  the  courts  adjacent  to  the  East  Building  of  the  Uni- 
versity. In  the  early  spring  members  of  the  Tennis  Club  have 
access  to  the  gymnasium  for  indoor  practice. 

Mass  Meeting 

The  hour  from  12:00  to  1:00  on  Wednesdays  throughout  the 
year  is  set  aside  for  mass  meetings.  Attendance  is  compulsory. 
Arrangements  are  made  to  bring  before  the  student  body  some  of 
the  ablest  and  foremost  thinkers  of  the  day.  A  list  of  speakers 
for  the  year  will  be  found  on  page  1 1  of  this  catalogue.  When 
the  mass  meeting  hour  is  not  occupied  by  a  University  lecturer, 
class  meetings,  concerts,  or  athletic  rallies  are  held  instead.  Such 
gatherings  are  under  the  direction  of  the  Department  of  Student 
Activities. 

"The  News" 

A  college  newspaper,  the  Northeastern  News,  is  published  each 
week  throughout  the  college  year  by  a  staff  selected  from  the 
student  body.  The  copy  is  prepared,  edited,  and  published  by  the 
students  themselves  with  the  counsel  of  a  faculty  adviser.  Op- 
portunity is  afforded  for  the  students  to  express  their  opinions 
on  subjects  relating  to  study,  co-operative  work,  social  events,  or 
topics  of  the  day.  Positions  on  the  News  staff  and  promotions 
are  attained  by  competitive  work.  The  paper  is  in  part  supported 
by  advertising,  both  national  and  local,  and  in  part  by  a  portion 
of  the  student  activities  fee.    The  Northeastern  News  is  a  member 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  39 

of  the  Eastern  Intercollegiate  Newspaper  Association,  and  sends 
one  of  its  editors  to  the  annual  convention  of  this  association 
each  year.  Copies  of  the  News  are  mailed  to  upperclassmen  when 
they  are  at  co-operative  work  and  to  freshmen  after  the  close 
of  their  college  year. 

"The  Cauldron1 

The  senior  class  publishes  annually  a  college  year  book,  The 
Cauldron.  It  is  ready  for  distribution  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
second  semester  and  contains  a  complete  review  of  the  college 
year  with  class  histories,  pictures  of  all  seniors,  of  the  faculty, 
and  of  undergraduate  groups,  as  well  as  a  miscellany  of  snapshots 
and  drawings  contributed  by  students. 


The  Handbook 

Each  fall  the  Northeastern  Student  Union  issues  a  conven- 
iently sized  student  Handbook,  which  is  sold  to  students  at  a 
nominal  price.  The  book  contains  information  about  the  various 
college  clubs,  athletic  programs,  fraternities,  rules  governing 
freshmen,  lockers,  publications,  and  so  on.  The  Handbook  also 
includes  a  diary  for  the  college  year  in  which  it  is  issued. 


Student  Council 

Student  government  of  the  Day  Division  at  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity is  vested  in  the  Student  Council,  composed  of  elected  rep- 
resentatives from  the  various  classes.  The  Council  is  the  authority 
on  all  matters  relating  to  student  policies  not  definitely  connected 
with  classroom  procedure.  It  has  jurisdiction,  subject  to  faculty 
approval,  over  all  such  matters  as  customs,  privileges,  campus 
regulations,  etc.  and  meets  regularly  to  consider  and  act  upon 
issues  referred  to  it  for  decision.  The  Dean  of  Students  serves  as 
faculty  adviser  to  the  Student  Council. 

Honor  Societies 

Three  honorary  societies  are  chartered  by  the  University  in  its 
Day  Division: 

The  Senate,  in  the  College  of  Engineering. 

The  Sigma  Society,  in  the  College  of  Business  Administration. 

The  Academy,  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 

Election  to  the  college  honorary  fraternity  is  founded  primarily 
upon  scholarship,  but  before  a  man  is  privileged  to  wear  the 
honorary  society  insignia  he  must  give  evidence  of  an  integrity  of 
character  and  an  interest  in  the  extra-curricula  life  of  the  Uni- 


40  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

versity  as  well  as  an  acceptable  personality.  The  Societies  have 
memberships  consisting  of  the  outstanding  men  in  the  Day  Divi- 
sion. Election  to  the  honorary  society  is  the  highest  honor  that 
can  be  conferred  upon  an  undergraduate. 

Fraternities 

There  are  at  present  ten  local  Greek  letter  fraternities  chartered 
by  Northeastern  University.  Each  fraternity  is  provided  with  a 
faculty  adviser  who  is  responsible  for  the  proper  administration 
of  the  fraternity  house  under  the  rules  and  regulations  established 
by  the  faculty.  The  list  of  fraternities  in  the  order  of  their  estab- 
lishment is  as  follows: 

1.  Alpha  Kappa  Sigma  6.  Phi  Beta  Alpha 

2.  Beta  Gamma  Epsilon  7.  Phi  Gamma  Pi 

3.  Eta  Tau  Nu  8.  Sigma  Phi  Alpha 

4.  Nu  Epsilon  Zeta  9.  Kappa  Zeta  Phi 

5.  Sigma  Kappa  Psi  10.  Gamma  Phi  Kappa 

Elected  representatives  from  each  fraternity  make  up  an  Inter- 
Fraternity  Council,  a  body  which  has  preliminary  jurisdiction  over 
fraternity  regulations.  Its  rulings  are  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Faculty  Committee  on  Student  Activities. 

Professional  Societies  and  Clubs 

To  assist  in  the  promotion  of  social,  cultural,  and  intellectual 
advancement  through  informal  channels,  a  number  of  professional 
societies  and  clubs  are  sponsored. 

Accounting  —  Law  Club 

All  students  interested  in  accounting  and  law  are  invited  to 
join  this  stimulating  club.  Problems  and  cases  involving  the 
interrelations  of  accounting  and  law  are  presented  and  discussed 
at  club  meetings.  Although  upperclassmen  usually  present  prob- 
lems arising  out  of  thesis  or  co-operative  work,  speakers  from  the 
professional  world  come  to  the  meetings  to  present  papers  and 
lead  the  student  discussion. 

Banking  Club 

The  purpose  of  this  organization  is  to  increase  among  its  mem- 
bers the  knowledge  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  banking.  Any 
student  of  Northeastern  University,  while  enrolled  in  any  of  the 
banking  courses  of  the  College  of  Business  Administration,  is 
eligible  to  active  membership  in  this  club.  Meetings  are  held  each 
ten  week  period  at  which  banking  executives  from  Greater  Boston 
are  invited  to  discuss  current  issues  in  the  field  of  banking. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  41 

National  Engineering  Societies 

Students  in  the  several  professional  curricula  of  the  College  of 
Engineering  operate  Northeastern  University  Sections  of  the 
appropriate  national  engineering  societies.  Chief  among  these 
are  the  following: 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 

Boston  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers 

American  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management 

American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers 

Members  of  the  engineering  faculty  who  hold  membership  in 
the  parent  organizations  serve  as  advisers  to  these  student  groups. 
Meetings  are  held  regularly,  usually  at  night  so  that  students  from 
both  Divisions  may  attend,  and  practicing  engineers  are  invited 
to  address  the  Section.  Occasionally  appropriate  motion  pictures 
are  shown,  or  the  group  visits  some  current  engineering  project  in 
the  vicinity  of  Boston.  The  College  of  Engineering  encourages 
these  student  sections  of  the  technical  societies  in  the  belief  that 
they  provide  a  wholesome  medium  for  social  intercourse  as  well 
as  a  worth-while  introduction  to  professional  life. 


Affiliated  Engineering  Societies  of  New  England 

Membership  in  the  student  sections  of  the  Boston  Society  of 
Civil  Engineers,  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers, 
or  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers  also  includes 
membership  and  privileges  of  the  Affiliated  Engineering  Societies 
of  New  England.  This  organization  is  an  affiliation  of  all  the 
major  technical  societies  of  Boston  and  vicinity  and  provides  very 
valuable  lectures,  smokers,  and  informal  meetings  with  the  out- 
standing men  engaged  in  engineering  work  in  Boston  and  vicinity. 


International  Relations  Club 

The  International  Relations  Club  was  founded  in  1932  for  the 
purpose  of  studying  and  discussing  those  current  national  and 
international  events  and  issues  which  vitally  concern  our  American 
life  and  institutions. 

It  is  the  intention  of  the  club  to  deal  with  all  questions  in  an 
impartial  and  broadminded  manner,  and  to  take  an  intelligent 
and  effective  part  in  promoting  international  understanding  and 
harmony.  The  club  maintains  contacts  with  similar  organizations 
in  other  colleges. 

Membership  is  not  open  to  freshmen,  and  only  to  those  upper- 
classmen  who  maintain  good  scholarship. 


42  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Astronomy  Club 

Membership  in  the  Astronomy  Club  is  open  to  all  students  in 
the  College  of  Engineering  who  maintain  satisfactory  scholastic 
standing.  The  club  has  access  to  machine  shops  for  the  con- 
struction of  telescopes  and  other  instruments.  It  also  has  quarters 
in  the  penthouse  on  the  fifth  floor  of  the  West  Building.  Meetings 
are  held  twice  a  month  for  the  purpose  of  making  astronomical 
observations  and  carrying  on  appropriate  discussions. 

Debating  Society 

The  purpose  of  the  Debating  Society,  formed  in  1936,  is  "to 
foster  and  promote  an  interest  and  facility  in  formal  argumenta- 
tion; to  develop  an  impartial,  unbiased,  and  intellectual  considera- 
tion of  questions  and  issues  of  current  interest;  and  to  sponsor 
intercollegiate  relationships  and  competition  in  the  debating  field." 
Membership  is  open  to  all  students  of  the  Day  Division. 

Radio  Club 

One  of  the  most  popular  undergraduate  activities  is  the  North- 
eastern University  Radio  Club.  Members  are  provided  oppor- 
tunity for  code  practice  and  are  encouraged  to  obtain  their 
amateur  licenses.  The  Club  owns  and  operates  station  W1KBN, 
a  short  wave  transmitter,  located  in  the  Radio  Laboratory  in  the 
penthouse  of  the  West  Building.  Meetings  are  held  about  once 
a  month  for  the  discussion  of  technical  matters.  Practicing 
radio  engineers  are  frequently  invited  to  address  the  Club  at 
evening  meetings,  when  students  in  both  divisions  may  attend. 

Dramatic  Club 

Students  interested  in  dramatics  have  an  opportunity  to  culti- 
vate this  art  under  faculty  coaches  who  co-operate  with  the 
Dramatic  Club  in  the  production  of  several  pieces  in  the  course  of 
each  college  year.  Frequently  the  Northeastern  Dramatic  and 
Glee  Clubs  collaborate  with  those  of  Simmons  College  in  light 
operas  such  as  those  of  Gilbert  and  Sullivan. 


Rifle  Club 

Organized  a  number  of  years  ago,  the  Rifle  Club  was  so  success- 
ful that  in  1933  riflery  was  recognized  as  a  minor  sport.  Members 
of  the  club  are  given  instruction  in  the  art  of  rifle  shooting.  Those 
students  who  excel  in  intra-mural  competition  are  selected  for 
the  team  representing  the  University  in  intercollegiate  contests. 
Practice  sessions  are  held  twice  a  week  in  the  University  rifle 
range.    Membership  is  open  to  all  students. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  43 

Musical  Clubs 

The  Department  of  Student  Activities  sponsors  the  following 
musical  clubs:  an  orchestra,  a  band,  a  glee  club,  a  banjo  club,  and 
a  dance  orchestra,  for  which  all  students  with  musical  ability  are 
eligible.  Membership  in  the  various  musical  clubs  is  attained  by 
competitive  effort. 

Each  organization  has  a  faculty  adviser  and  each  elects  a 
representative  to  the  Musical  Clubs  Council.  The  purpose  of 
this  council  is  to  co-ordinate  the  various  musical  activities  of  the 
Day  Division.  At  the  annual  Musical  Clubs  Banquet,  held  early 
in  the  spring,  charms  are  awarded  to  the  leaders  and  managers  of 
the  several  clubs  and  to  members  who  have  played  over  a  period 
of  three  full  years. 

The  various  musical  clubs,  in  conjunction  with  the  Dramatic 
Club,  combine  in  an  annual  mid-winter  entertainment  and  partici- 
pate in  occasional  outside  public  engagements  throughout  the 
college  year. 

Camera  Club 

The  Camera  Club  welcomes  all  men  interested  in  photography. 
Weekly  discussions  and  special  evening  lectures  by  guest  artists 
are  part  of  the  yearly  program.  Field  trips,  monthly  photo  con- 
tests and  a  general  exhibition  add  to  the  interest  and  progressive 
work  of  this  organization. 

Mathematics  Society 

The  Mathematics  Society  encourages  the  study  of  topics  of 
mathematical  interest  which  are  either  outside  or  beyond  the 
scope  of  the  regular  mathematics  courses.  Membership  is  re- 
stricted to  those  men  who  have  completed  one  and  one-half 
years  of  study  in  mathematics  and  have  an  average  grade  of  not 
less  than  "C"  in  mathematics  courses  up  through  differential 
calculus.  The  club  meets  once  every  five  weeks  in  the  evening. 
Although  membership  is  limited  to  upperclassmen,  any  student 
is  always  welcome  to  any  meeting,  and  freshmen  especially  inter- 
ested in  mathematics  are  always  welcome. 

The  final  program  of  the  year  is  devoted  to  a  dinner  meeting 
for  which  some  prominent  outside  speaker  is  procured. 


Class  Organization  and  Activity 

Each  of  the  Classes  in  the  Day  Division  elects  its  officers  and 
carries  on  activities  as  a  class.  Dances  are  sponsored  by  the 
classes  at  regular  periods  throughout  the  year.  One  of  the  high 
lights  of  the  social  program  is  the  Junior  Promenade,  held  each 
spring  at  one  of  the  Boston  hotels. 


44  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Seniors  plan  a  whole  week  of  activities  just  prior  to  Commence- 
ment in  June. 

Freshmen  are  required  to  wear  the  red  and  black  cap  distributed 
through  the  Department  of  Student  Activities  in  order  that  they 
may  be  readily  distinguishable  to  each  other  and  to  upperclass- 
men. 

The  Northeastern  Student  Union 

The  purpose  of  the  Northeastern  Student  Union  is  to  carry 
out  the  work  of  a  Christian  association  within  the  University. 
It  endeavors  to  deepen  the  spiritual  lives  of  Northeastern  men 
through  the  building  of  Christian  character,  to  create  and  pro- 
mote a  strong  and  effective  Northeastern  University  spirit  in  and 
through  a  unified  student  body,  to  promote  sociability,  and  to 
emphasize  certain  ethical,  social,  civic,  intellectual,  economic, 
physical,  vocational,  and  avocational  values. 

All  students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  activities  of 
the  Union,  no  matter  what  their  religious  faith,  as  the  work  of 
the  Union  is  entirely  non-sectarian.  A  good  moral  character  is 
the  only  requirement  for  eligibility  to  membership.  It  is  hoped 
that  as  many  students  as  can  will  participate  in  this  ideal  extra- 
curricula  work. 

The  Union  conducts  a  weekly  Chapel  Service  in  the  little  chapel 
in  the  West  Building,  to  which  all  faculty  members  and  students 
are  invited.  The  service,  which  is  non-sectarian  and  voluntary, 
is  held  on  Thursday  mornings  from  8:40  to  8:55  o'clock.  Many 
eminent  preachers  of  Greater  Boston  are  engaged  to  deliver  brief 
addresses. 

Awards  and  Prizes 
Public  Speaking  Contest 

Each  spring  the  University  conducts  a  Public  Speaking  Contest 
for  which  all  students  in  the  Day  Division  are  eligible.  Prizes  of 
fifty,  twenty-five,  fifteen,  and  ten  dollars  respectively  are  awarded 
to  the  four  ablest  speakers  at  a  general  mass  meeting  of  the  student 
body. 

Speeches  are  original  in  nature  and  about  ten  minutes  in  length. 
The  judges  base  their  decision  on  appropriateness  of  subject, 
content,  and  delivery.  Preliminary  contests  are  held  during  the 
winter  in  each  division. 

Alcott  Award 

In  1934  the  William  Jefferson  Alcott,  Jr.  Memorial  Fund  was 
established  by  the  faculty  and  other  friends  to  perpetuate  the 
memory  of  Professor  Alcott  who  was  a  member  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematics  in  Northeastern  University  from  1924  until 
his  death  in  1933. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  45 

Each  year  the  income  from  this  fund  is  used  for  a  suitable 
award  to  the  Northeastern  University  Day  Division  student  who 
has  made  some  outstanding  academic  achievement  during  the 
preceding  year.  The  recipient  of  the  award  is  chosen  by  a  com- 
mittee elected  by  the  faculty. 

Alumni  Association 

The  alumni  of  the  Day  Division  are  organized  to  promote  the 
welfare  of  Northeastern  University,  to  establish  a  mutually  bene- 
ficial relationship  between  the  University  and  its  alumni,  and  to 
perpetuate  the  spirit  of  fellowship  among  members  of  the  Alumni 
Association. 

Among  the  events  sponsored  by  the  Alumni  Association  are 
the  annual  meeting  and  reunion;  the  annual  alumni-varsity 
basketball  game;  and  class  reunions.  The  Association  also  awards 
a  track  trophy  each  year  and  contributes  to  the  Alumni  Student 
Loan  Fund. 

The  work  of  the  General  Alumni  Association  is  supplemented 
by  the  activities  of  regional  alumni  clubs.  The  local  clubs  meet 
periodically  in  their  respective  centers  to  discuss  matters  pertain- 
ing to  the  University  and  its  alumni.  Meetings  are  also  held  in 
conjunction  with  the  visits  of  Northeastern's  athletic  teams  to 
the  various  club  centers. 


46 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Officers  of  the  cAlumni  cAssociatioru 


President 
Lindsay  Ellms  '23 

Vice  President 
George  A.  Mallion  '20 

Secretary 
Earl  H.  Thomson  '25 

Treasurer 
Willis  P.  Burbank  '31 

Executive  Committee 

Farnham  W.  Smith  '24  Raymon  D.  Tellier  '28 

John  W.  Greenleaf,  Jr.  '30  George  Davenport  '28 

James  W.  Daniels  '25 

Alumni  Executive  Secretary 
Rudolf  O.  Oberg  '26 


Alumni  Council  Representatives 


1913-1920  John  R.  McLeish 
Harry  J.  Freeman 
Perry  F.  Zwisler 
1921 — Roger  E.  Spear 
1922 — Richard  B.  Brown 
1923 — Thomas  A.  Stevens 
1924 — Farnham  W.  Smith 
1925 — Rene  G.  Maurette 
1926 — Earl  L.  Moulton 
1927 — Rudolph  A.  Lofgren 
1928 — William  E.  R.  Sullivan 


1929 — Harold  L.  Burton 
1930— Dexter  W.  Lovell 

Alexander  G.  MacGregor 
1931 — Donald  H.  MacKenzie 
1932 — Sidney  A.  Standing 
1934 — J.  Lloyd  Hayden 
1935 — Hartwell  G.  Howe 
1936 — Frederic  S.  Bacon,  Jr. 
1937 — John  F.  Shea 
1938 — Chesley  F.  Garland 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  47 

THE  COLLEGE  OF 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

<£Aims  and  ^Methods 

FORMERLY  when  a  student  finished  high  school  and  decided 
to  make  his  way  in  the  business  world  he  could  go  about  it  in 
one  of  two  ways:  (1)  Obtain  a  position  in  a  particular  field  of 
commerce  or  industry  and  by  beginning  at  the  bottom  learn  the 
business  from  the  job  of  the  office  boy  to  that  of  the  president, 
or  (2)  enter  a  liberal  arts  college  and  after  four  years  of  general 
study  enter  business  just  as  he  would  have  had  he  not  attended 
college.  It  was  hoped  that  his  broad  college  training  and  col- 
legiate contacts  would  push  him  along  "through  the  ropes" 
faster  than  the  young  man  who  went  straight  into  business  from 
high  school.  In  either  event  this  system  of  apprenticeship  worked 
out  very  well  in  training  a  man  in  business  and  those  who  had 
the  push  and  ability  went  to  the  front.  This  continued  just  so 
long  as  business  organization  was  limited  to  relatively  small  units. 
In  the  small  business  there  was  time  and  opportunity  for  employer 
and  employee  —  boss  and  apprentice  —  relationships.  A  man 
could  learn  much  from  his  superiors,  and  recognition  in  the  way  of 
promotion  in  salary  or  responsibility  rewarded  those  whose 
ability  warranted  it. 

The  Problem  of  Today 
What  of  today?  Can  a  student  go  "through  the  ropes"  and 
progress  today  as  his  father  did  in  his  youth  and  early  manhood? 
The  answer  is:  probably  not.  We  can  see  just  reason  for  the 
negative  answer  when  we  consider  our  present  business  world. 
We  are  surrounded  on  every  hand  by  "big  business"  where  the 
employee  is  lost  in  the  vast  number  of  workers  of  every  large 
organization.  The  old  time  employer  who  trained  his  own  men 
is  passing  out  of  the  business  scene.  This  does  not  mean  that 
there  is  any  less  need  for  training  about  the  conduct  of  business. 
It  does  mean  that  the  training  has  got  to  be  done  by  some  other 
person  or  institution  especially  equipped  to  do  the  job  in  a  most 
thorough  manner.  Actually  the  training  for  business  positions 
of  real  importance  is  more  necessary  today  than  ever  before.  To 
satisfy  this  very  apparent  need  colleges  of  business  administration 
have  appeared  and  grown  in  size  and  importance  within  the  last 
twenty-five  years.  Among  institutions  for  the  training  of  young 
men  who  intend  to  undertake  business  as  a  profession,  Northeast- 
ern University  offers  to  those  properly  qualified  a  college  training 
in  business  administration,  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Business  Administration. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Business  Education  on  the  College  Level 
Although  it  is  true  that  collegiate  training  for  business  is 
relatively  new  in  the  field  of  higher  education,  it  is  also  evident 
that  collegiate  business  schools  are  beyond  the  stage  of  early 
experimentation  and  have  emerged  on  a  level  with  other  college 
courses  recognized  as  higher  education.  There  is  a  certain  advan- 
tage in  newness  in  that  the  mere  youth  of  the  college  keeps  it 
up-to-date  in  its  outlook  and  scope  of  activity.  In  addition  it  is  not 
bound  by  the  traditional  but  obsolete  practices  sometimes  found 
in  older  branches  of  education. 

We  hear  a  good  deal  today  about  the  increasing  need  for 
specialists  in  business.  It  is  asserted  that  modern  business  institu- 
tions have  become  so  large  that  no  one  man  can  administer 
the  many  matters  of  routine  involving  executive  judgment.  The 
need  for  specialists  is  self-evident,  but  the  training  best  suited  for 
preparing  the  individual  to  take  over  specialized  executive  au- 
thority is  not  so  evident.  There  are  many  schools  offering  a 
short  course  of  training  in  preparation  for  these  specialized 
positions.  Such  training  cannot  give  a  man  the  breadth  of  vision 
needed  to  go  beyond  minor  managerial  jobs  demanding  attention 
to  exhausting  details  of  daily  routine. 

To  pass  beyond  this  on  the  way  to  responsibility  of  truly  execu- 
tive nature  a  background  of  general  business  and  related  knowl- 
edge is  essential.  This  background  should  precede  the  specialized 
study  into  a  particular  branch  of  business,  enabling  one  to  see 
the  whole  business  and  industrial  picture  and  not  merely  one 
branch  of  it.  Executive  administration  cannot  be  taught  with  any 
adequacy  by  attacking  one  subject,  no  matter  how  carefully 
planned  the  approach  and  how  thorough  the  course  of  study.  For 
instance,  accounting  is  not  the  only  means  of  arriving  at  a  produc- 
tion budget  based  on  sales  estimates;  it  is  but  one  of  the  tools.  A 
knowledge  of  marketing,  finance,  statistics,  and  management 
technique  are  also  needed.  Vision  and  sound  judgment  can  then 
make  all  of  these  branches  of  information  serve  to  best  advantage. 


Aims  of  the  College 
In  keeping  with  current  trends  in  collegiate  business  education 
the  educational  policy  of  the  College  is  directed  toward  the 
achievement  of  the  following  purposes: 

First:  To  offer  that  type  of  education  for  business  which  will 
enable  students  to  select  most  advisedly  the  field  of  business  best 
suited  to  their  aptitudes.  The  co-operative  plan  is  particularly 
effective  in  this  respect. 

Second:  To  build  for  breadth  of  perspective  in  preference  to 
over-specialization  with  its  narrowing  effects;  therefore,  to  elim- 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  49 

inate  haphazard  selection  of  courses,  through  concentration  upon 
balanced,  carefully  co-ordinated  curriculums,  and  thus  to  provide 
an  adequate  background  for  specialization  as  need  arises. 

Third:  To  provide  a  thorough  knowledge  of  fundamental  eco- 
nomic laws  and  an  understanding  of  their  applications  in  business. 

Fourth:  To  develop  the  habits  of  accurate  thinking  that  are 
essential  to  sound  judgment. 

Fifth:  To  develop  in  all  students  attitudes  and  ideals  that  are 
ethically  sound  and  socially  desirable. 


Methods 

In  order  that  these  aims  may  be  realized  as  fully  as  possible,  the 
College  makes  use  of  the  problem  and  the  case  methods  of  in- 
struction in  addition  to  the  lecture  and  recitation  system.  Mere 
textbook  reading  alone  is  almost  valueless;  students  tend  to  accept 
without  question  what  the  textbook  presents.  Instead,  they 
should  learn  to  analyze  every  proposition,  to  challenge  unsup- 
ported assertions,  to  think  independently,  and  to  support  their 
thinking  with  logic  and  facts. 

Hence,  concrete  problems  and  cases  which  executives  have 
faced  in  accounting,  marketing,  organizing,  and  the  like,  con- 
stitute the  bulk  of  class  work.  Students  analyze  problems,  break 
them  into  their  constituent  parts,  discover  and  list  the  factors  for 
and  against  possible  solutions,  and  work  out  a  logical  conclusion. 
In  class  they  discuss  their  work  with  their  instructors  in  the  light 
of  the  latter's  broader  knowledge. 

Such  a  method  tends  to  develop  an  executive  attitude.  No 
lecture  or  mere  reading  of  textbooks  can  do  so.  Students  gain 
skill  and  facility  in  solving  problems  by  actually  solving  many 
hundreds  of  them,  thereby  accumulating  a  ripe  experience  seldom 
open  to  the  petty  employee  buried  in  routine  and  mechanical 
detail.  What  counts  in  business,  as  elsewhere,  is  not  solely 
whether  one  possesses  much  knowledge,  but  whether  through  his 
knowledge  one  can  logically  and  effectively  solve  the  problems  he 
confronts,  or  possibly  prevent  problems  from  arising.  Experience 
in  solving  typical  problems  provides  a  background  for  anticipat- 
ing and  forestalling  similar  ones  as  well  as  for  solving  others  that 
may  arise. 

Equipment 
Visual  Education  Equipment 

Classroom  instruction  is  made  more  effective  by  the  use  of 
motion  pictures  and  lantern  slides.  For  this  purpose  there  are 
available  projectors  for  16  mm.  and  35  mm.  films.     Complete 


50  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

sound  motion  picture  apparatus  is  also  available.  New  and 
powerful  Delineascopes  project  the  lantern  slides.  Stationary 
as  well  as  portable  day  light  screens  enable  students  to  take  notes 
while  viewing  the  pictures. 

Business  Laboratory 

Students  have  available  for  laboratory  work  in  accounting  and 
statistical  methods  all  of  the  commonly  used  office  machines. 
These  are  available  in  a  special  room  together  with  necessary 
library  services,  including  Moody's  Manuals,  Poor's  Manuals, 
and  various  charts  and  maps. 

The  laboratory  is  in  charge  of  a  graduate  assistant  whose  work 
is  to  maintain  the  equipment  in  excellent  condition  and  to  give 
instruction  in  the  use  of  the  various  office  machines. 

Principal  pieces  of  equipment  in  the  laboratory  include  dupli- 
cators, typewriters,  hand  and  electric  calculators,  and  both  hand 
and  electric  adding  machines. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  51 


^Admission  ^Requirements 

APPLICANTS  for  admission  to  the  freshman  class  without 
restrictions  must  qualify  by  one  of  the  following  methods: 
1.     Graduation  from  an  approved  course  of  study  in  an 
accredited  secondary  school,  including  prescribed  subjects  listed 
below. 

2.  Completion  of  fifteen  acceptable  secondary  school  units 
with  a  degree  of  proficiency  satisfactory  to  the  Department  of 
Admissions. 

3.  Examinations. 

(Certificate  of  entrance  examinations  passed  for  admission 
to  recognized  colleges  and  technical  schools  may  be  accepted.) 


Prescribed  Subjects  for  Admission 

College  of  Business  Administration 

Mathematics  1  unit 

Natural  Science  1  unit 

History,  Social  Studies  and/or  foreign  language  3  units 

English  3  units 

*Electives  7  units 

Total  15  units 

A  unit  is  a  credit  given  to  an  acceptable  secondary  school 
course  which  meets  at  least  four  times  a  week  for  periods  of  not 
less  than  forty  minutes  each  throughout  the  school  year. 

Entrance  examinations  are  not  required  of  students  whose 
transcripts  of  record  are  acceptable,  but  the  Committee  on  Ad- 
mission reserves  the  right  to  require  a  candidate  to  present  him- 
self for  examination  in  any  subjects  that  it  may  deem  necessary 
because  of  some  weakness  in  his  secondary  school  record. 


Other  Requirements 

These  formal  requirements  are  necessary  and  desirable  in  that 
they  tend  to  provide  all  entering  students  with  a  common  ground 
upon  which  the  first  year  of  the  college  curriculum  can  be  based. 
But  academic  credits  alone  are  not  an  adequate  indication  of  a 
student's  ability  to  profit  by  a  college  education.  Consequently 
the  Department  of  Admissions  takes  into  consideration,  along 
with  the  formal  requirements  stated  above,  many  other  factors 
regarding  candidates  for  the  freshman  class.  A  student's  interests 
and  aptitudes  in  so  far  as  they  can  be  determined,  his  capacity  for 

*Not  less  than  four  of  the  "electives"  must  be  in  one  or  more  of  the  following 
academic  branches:  Languages,  Natural  Science,  Mathematics,  Social  Sciences, 
History. 


52  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

hard  work,  his  attitude  toward  his  classmates  and  teachers  in 
high  school,  his  physical  stamina,  and  most  important  of  all  — 
his  character,  all  these  considerations  are  carefully  weighed.  In 
this  way  the  University  seeks  to  select  for  its  student  body  those 
who  not  only  meet  the  academic  admission  requirements  but  who 
also  give  promise  of  acquitting  themselves  creditably  in  the  rigor- 
ous program  of  training  afforded  by  the  co-operative  plan  and  of 
later  becoming  useful  members  of  society. 

Personal  Interview 

Candidates  for  admission  should  communicate  with  the  Director 
of  Admissions,  who  will  advise  them  frankly  on  the  basis  of  past 
experience.  A  personal  interview  is  always  preferred  to  corre- 
spondence, and  parents  are  urged  to  accompany  their  sons  when- 
ever this  is  possible.  Effective  guidance  depends  in  large  measure 
upon  a  complete  knowledge  of  a  candidate's  background  and 
problems.  Parents  invariably  are  able  to  contribute  much  in- 
formation that  aids  the  admissions  officer  in  arriving  at  a  decision. 
In  general,  a  student  is  likely  to  be  more  successful  in  his  college 
work  if  he  does  not  enroll  under  the  age  of  seventeen. 

Application  for  Admission 

Each  applicant  for  admission  is  required  to  fill  out  an  applica- 
tion blank  whereon  he  states  his  previous  education,  as  well  as 
the  names  of  persons  to  whom  reference  may  be  made  in  regard 
to  his  character  and  previous  training. 

An  application  fee  of  five  dollars  ($5)  is  required  when  the 
application  is  filed.    This  fee  is  non-returnable. 

The  last  page  of  this  catalog  is  in  the  form  of  an  application 
blank.  It  should  be  filled  out  in  ink  and  forwarded  with  the 
required  five  dollar  fee  to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  North- 
eastern University,  Boston,  Mass."  Checks  should  be  made  out 
to  Northeastern  University. 

Candidates  are  urged  to  visit  the  Office  of  Admissions  for 
personal  interview  if  it  is  possible  for  them  to  do  so  before  sub- 
mitting their  applications.  Office  hours  of  the  Department  are 
from  9:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m.  daily;  Saturdays  to  12:00  m.  The 
Director  of  Admissions  will  interview  applicants  on  Wednesday 
evenings  but  by  appointment  only. 

Upon  receipt  of  the  application,  properly  filled  out,  the  College 
at  once  looks  up  the  applicant's  references  and  secondary  school 
records.  When  replies  have  been  received  to  the  various  inquiries, 
the  applicant  is  informed  as  to  his  eligibility  for  admission. 

Applications  should  be  filed  not  later  than  May  first,  thus 
allowing  ample  time  for  the  investigation  of  the  applicant's 
secondary  school  records  before  he  enrolls  in  the  College. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  53 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  place  any  entering  student 
upon  a  period  of  trial.  Whether  he  shall  be  removed  from  trial 
at  the  end  of  this  time  or  requested  to  withdraw  will  be  deter- 
mined by  the  character  of  the  work  he  has  accomplished  and  his 
conduct  during  this  trial  period. 


Trustee  Scholarships 

Each  year  Northeastern  University  grants  in  the  College  of 
Business  Administration  a  limited  number  of  full  tuition  scholar- 
ships to  entering  freshmen  who  have  demonstrated,  throughout 
their  preparatory  or  high  school  course,  superior  scholarship. 
For  additional  information  relative  to  these  scholarships,  com- 
municate with  the  Director  of  Admissions. 


Registration 

Eligibility  for  admission  does  not  constitute  registration.  Fresh- 
men register  at  the  University  on  September  5,  1940.  No  student 
is  considered  to  have  met  the  requirements  for  admission  until 
he  has  successfully  passed  the  required  physical  examination. 


Advanced  Standing 

Students  transferring  from  approved  colleges  will  be  admitted 
to  advanced  standing  provided  their  records  warrant  it.  Whenever 
a  student  enters  with  advanced  standing  and  later  proves  to  have 
had  inadequate  preparation  in  any  of  his  prerequisite  subjects, 
the  Faculty  reserves  the  right  to  require  the  student  to  make  up 
such  deficiencies. 

Applicants  seeking  advanced  standing  should  arrange  to  have 
transcripts  of  their  previous  college  records  forwarded  with  their 
initial  inquiry.  Students  admitted  to  advanced  standing  are  not 
eligible  for  placement  for  co-operative  work  until  they  have  com- 
pleted a  full  year  of  academic  work  at  the  University. 


Entrance  Condition  Examinations  in  Boston 

Students  who  are  deficient  in  required  units  for  admission  may 
remove  these  deficiencies  by  examination.  Such  examinations 
are  held  at  the  University  unless  special  arrangements  are  made 
with  the  Department  of  Admissions  to  administer  them  elsewhere. 

Students  are  advised  to  take  such  examinations  on  the  earliest 
possible  date  in  order  that  any  deficiencies  which  they  fail  to 
clear  may  be  made  up  in  time  to  permit  registration  with  the 
desired  class  and  division. 


54  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

The  time  of  examinations  is  as  follows: 

10:00  A.M.  to    12:00  M. 
1:00  p.m.  to     3:00  p.m. 

During  the  current  year  examinations  will  be  given  on  the  fol- 
lowing days:  June  5,  1940,  August  28,  1940.  All  other  examina- 
tions will  be  given  by  special  assignment. 

Freshman  Orientation  Period 

In  order  that  freshmen  may  be  ready  to  pursue  their  academic 
work  with  greater  composure  and  be  somewhat  acclimated 
preceding  the  beginning  of  scholastic  work,  three  or  four  days 
prior  to  the  first  term  are  devoted  to  a  freshman  orientation 
period.  During  this  time  freshmen  are  advised  as  to  choice  of 
program,  and  assisted  in  every  way  possible  in  order  that  they 
may  be  prepared  to  begin  serious  study  and  work  on  the  first  day 
of  the  college  term.  All  freshmen  are  required  to  attend  all  exer- 
cises at  the  University  scheduled  during  the  orientation  period. 

An  optional  feature  of  the  orientation  program  is  the  fresh- 
man camp  conducted  under  the  auspices  of  the  Student  Union. 
The  camp  is  planned  particularly  for  out-of-town  students,  al- 
though commuters  are  welcomed.  It  aims  at  providing  a  stimu- 
lating and  wholesome  environment  under  vacation  conditions  in 
which  the  new  men  may  become  acquainted  with  one  another 
and  with  members  of  the  faculty.  The  camp  site  on  Lake  Massa- 
poag  in  the  northern  part  of  Massachusetts  is  admirably  equipped 
for  this  purpose,  having  ample  facilities  for  baseball,  basketball, 
tennis,  boating,  and  swimming.  The  cost  of  the  two  days  at 
camp  is  nominal  and  most  freshmen  avail  themselves  of  this 
opportunity  for  recreation  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  college 
year. 

Physical  Examination 

All  freshmen  receive  a  thorough  physical  examination  at  the 
University  during  the  orientation  period.  All  students  are 
expected  to  report  promptly  at  the  appointed  time  for  examina- 
tion. Those  who  fail  to  appear  at  the  appointed  time  will  be 
charged  a  special  examination  fee  of  two  dollars  ($2). 

Freshman  Counsellors 

At  the  time  of  his  matriculation  each  freshman  is  assigned  to  a 
personal  counsellor,  a  member  of  the  faculty,  who  serves  as  an 
interested  and  friendly  counsellor  during  the  perplexing  period  of 
transition  from  school  to  college.  A  personal  record  card  is 
prepared  for  each  student,  containing  certain  pertinent  data  from 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  55 

his  preparatory  school  record,  the  report  of  his  physical  examina- 
tion at  Northeastern,  his  scores  on  psychological  tests,  the  results 
of  placement  examinations,  and  any  special  notes  which  may  be 
of  significance  in  counselling  work.  The  aim  of  the  freshman 
counselling  system  is  primarily  to  assist  students  in  making  an 
effective  start  upon  their  programs  and  secondarily  to  acquire 
for  the  later  use  of  guidance  officers  a  fund  of  significant  informa- 
tion relative  to  every  freshman.  Counselling  is  under  the  direction 
of  the  Dean  of  the  College,  assisted  by  a  clinical  psychologist,  who 
handles  the  diagnosis  and  remedial  treatment  of  problem  cases. 


Individual  Attention  to  Freshmen 

Not  only  is  attention  given  to  the  problems  of  the  student  in 
connection  with  his  studies,  but  also  the  service  is  extended  to 
include  help  upon  any  problem  in  which  advice  is  needed  and 
desired,  the  aim  being  to  guide  the  student  to  the  fullest  possible 
personal  development. 

The  college  record  of  each  student  is  carefully  analyzed  in  the 
light  of  what  could  reasonably  be  expected  of  him,  considering 
his  previous  school  record,  his  score  on  the  psychological  test,  and 
the  other  factors  in  his  situation.  If  he  is  not  doing  his  best  work, 
an  investigation  is  made  to  determine  and  eliminate  the  causes.  If 
he  is  doing  as  well  as  could  be  expected  or  better,  he  is  encouraged 
to  continue  to  do  so.  In  other  words,  each  student  is  held  to  the 
most  effective  work  possible,  through  advice,  encouragement,  and 
assistance. 


56  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


^Requirements  for  Qraduation 

Students  may  qualify  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Business  Administration  in  one  of  the  following  options: 

Accounting,  Marketing  and  Advertising,  Public  Administration, 
Banking  and  Finance,  Industrial  Administration,  Journalism. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete 
all  of  the  prescribed  work  of  the  curriculum  in  which  they  seek 
to  qualify  with  a  degree  of  proficiency  acceptable  to  the  faculty. 
Students  who  undertake  co-operative  work  assignments  must  also 
meet  the  requirements  of  the  Department  of  Co-operative  Work 
before  they  become  eligible  for  their  degrees. 

No  student  transferring  from  another  college  or  university  is 
eligible  to  receive  the  B.S.  degree  until  he  has  completed  at  least 
one  academic  year  at  Northeastern  immediately  preceding  his 
graduation. 

Scholarship  Requirements 
Any  student  who  fails  to  show  a  satisfactory  standard  of 
general  efficiency  in  his  professional  field  may  be  required  to 
demonstrate  his  qualifications  for  the  degree  by  taking  such 
additional  work  as  the  faculty  may  prescribe.  If  he  is  clearly 
unable  to  meet  the  accepted  standard  of  attainment,  he  may  be 
required  to  withdraw  from  the  University.  The  degree  conferred 
not  only  represents  the  formal  completion  of  the  subjects  in  the 
selected  course  of  study  but  also  indicates  professional  competence 
in  the  designated  field  of  business  administration. 


Graduation  with  Honor 
Candidates  who  have  achieved  distinctly  superior  attainment 
in  their  academic  work  will  be  graduated  with  honor.  Upon 
special  vote  of  the  faculty  a  limited  number  of  this  group  may  be 
graduated  with  high  honor  or  with  highest  honor.  Students  must 
have  been  in  attendance  at  the  University  at  least  two  years 
before  they  may  become  eligible  for  graduation  with  honor,  with 
high  honor,  or  with  highest  honor. 

Thesis  Option 
Theses  are  not  required  of  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  Business  Administration.  Students  who  show  special 
aptitude  for  thesis  work,  however,  may  be  permitted  to  substitute 
an  appropriate  thesis  for  equivalent  work  in  class.  Such  permis- 
sion must  be  obtained  by  the  candidate  from  the  Dean  of  the 
college. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  57 

^he  Programs  of  Study 

First  Year 

A  FULL  YEAR  of  thirty  five  weeks  is  devoted  to  a  thorough 
understanding  of  the  basic  principles  underlying  the  con- 
duct of  business,  including  the  Legal  Bases  of  Business  — 
how  business  is  organized  and  protected  under  the  law. 

The  student  is  also  acquainted  with  the  existing  business  struc- 
ture and  given  an  appreciation  of  its  conception  and  growth  in 
terms  of  the  distribution  of  industrial  resources,  and  the  historical 
development  of  business  and  industry. 

Other  basic  courses  are  in  keeping  with  the  personal  needs  of 
the  student  and  preparatory  to  the  work  which  follows  in  the 
upper  years  of  his  course.  Throughout  the  year  each  student  has 
the  friendly  counsel  and  guidance  of  a  faculty  adviser  whose  aim 
is  to  help  bridge  the  gap  between  high  school  and  college. 

Second  Year 

Co-operative  training  is  started  in  the  second  year.  Two  ten- 
week  terms  of  college  work  are  required.  Twenty-six  weeks  of 
business  practice  with  co-operating  firms  may  be  included.  The 
academic  training  continues  the  foundation  program  in  economics, 
finance,  marketing  and  accounting.  At  this  point,  also,  special 
attention  is  given  to  the  student's  prospective  needs  during  and 
after  his  college  career  by  way  of  expressing  himself  orally  and  in 
writing,  giving  particular  attention  to  the  development  of  an 
effective  style  for  business  writing  of  every  sort. 

Third  Year 

In  the  third  year,  the  completion  of  the  foundation  program 
gives  way  to  the  beginnings  of  specialized  training.  The  student 
rounds  off  his  work  in  the  third  year  through  the  study  of  eco- 
nomic problems,  corporation  finance,  money  and  banking, 
industrial  management,  and  a  course  in  advanced  accounting. 

At  the  end  of  the  third  year  the  students  elect  the  professional 
curricula  offerings  in  accordance  with  their  major  fields  of  interest 
and  natural  aptitudes. 

The  Professional  Options 

All  students  are  required  to  take  common  courses  in  their 
fourth  and  fifth  year  which  are  deemed  necessary  for  a  well 
rounded  training.  These  are  pursued  jointly  with  the  professional 
work  which  has  been  selected,  with  a  view  to  meeting  the  changing 


58  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

and  expanding  needs  of  present  day  business  conduct,  while  at 
the  same  time  meeting  the  vocational  needs  of  the  students  by 
way  of  earning  a  living.  A  brief  statement  of  the  vocational  op- 
portunities in  the  fields  of  work  represented  by  each  of  the  pro- 
fessional options  follows: 


Accounting 

Many  successful  careers  are  open  to  the  professional  account- 
ant. His  services  are  demanded  by  business,  commerce  and  in- 
dustry. Public  and  private  enterprises  seek  adequately  trained 
men.  Better  known  among  the  wide  variety  of  titles  descriptive 
of  their  work  are:  public  and  private  accountant,  cost  accountant, 
resident  and  traveling  auditor,  credit  manager,  statistician,  in- 
vestigator, adjuster,  and  financial  accountant. 


Marketing  and  Advertising 

Business  and  industry  must  sell  their  services  and  products  to 
each  other  and  to  the  general  public.  Successful  selling  means 
more  than  being  a  salesman.  It  demands  knowledge  of  dis- 
tribution channels,  markets  and  buying  habits,  as  well  as  sales 
resistance.  It  means  also,  knowing  how  to  buy  in  order  to  sell 
and  then  how  to  organize,  promote,  and  carry  out  a  sales  campaign. 

The  following  list  is  representative  of  the  vast  array  of  Market- 
ing and  Advertising  occupations:  sales  manager,  supervisor, 
analyst  and  correspondent,  advertising  manager,  promotion 
manager,  copy  supervisor,  space  buyer,  and  publicity  director; 
market,  product  and  sales  analyst,  industrial  salesman,  sales 
personnel  supervisor,  field  representative,  missionary  salesman, 
and  manufacturer's  agent. 


Public  Administration 

The  tremendous  increase  in  the  number  o{  agencies  regulating 
both  public  and  private  enterprise  has  opened  up  an  increasing 
number  of  desirable  career  posts  in  both  the  state  and  federal 
governments.  These  afford  real  opportunities  for  those  who  have 
training  in  the  fundamentals  of  business,  together  with  special 
training  in  the  problems  of  administration  as  related  to  govern- 
ment work.  The  typical  positions  include:  division  chiefs,  bureau 
heads,  department  heads,  foreign  and  domestic  representatives 
of  the  many  departments,  bureaus  and  agencies  of  our  government. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  59 

Industrial  Administration 

Increasingly  the  manufacturer  is  looking  to  the  business  school 
for  well  trained  men  to  undertake  cost  work,  production  control, 
planning,  methods  analysis,  and  the  solution  of  sales  problems 
peculiar  to  the  manufacturer.  Moreover,  Industrial  Administra- 
tors are  increasingly  turning  attention  to  the  effective  administra- 
tion of  better  employer-employee  relations.  This  points  the  way 
toward  a  growing  need  for  trained  managers  of  personnel  relations. 

The  vocational  opportunities  of  industrial  administration  in- 
clude: personnel  management,  traffic  management,  office  manage- 
ment, industrial  purchasing;  manufacturing,  supervisory  and 
executive  work,  inventory  and  production  control,  production 
planning,  setting  shop  standards,  wage  rate  administration,  and 
supervision  of  shop  personnel. 


Journalism 

No  professional  field  of  work  commands  greater  public  atten- 
tion and  respect  than  Journalism.  The  development,  promotion, 
operation,  and  management  of  the  many  city,  town,  and  country 
newspapers,  multitudinous  magazines,  journals,  house  organs, 
company  newspapers,  etc.,  require  sound  business  training  and 
definite  knowledge  of  the  relationships  of  business  management, 
including  advertising,  sales  promotion  as  well  as  an  ability  to  write. 

The  business  school  graduate  is  at  a  premium,  therefore,  in  the 
field  of  Journalism.  The  publishing  business  is  one  requiring  an 
executive  personnel  that  is  both  broad  and  well  trained.  The 
specialist  in  this  field  handles  circulation  as  well  as  advertising, 
and  distribution  as  well  as  production  of  the  publication  itself. 


Banking  and  Finance 

Financial  institutions  serving  present  day  business  and  industry 
are  its  life  stream.  Any  list  of  these  organizations  which  are 
indispensable  in  the  conduct  of  business  must  include:  banks, 
insurance  companies,  investment  houses,  credit  concerns,  finan- 
cial exchanges,  business  forecasting  organizations,  financial  service 
institutions,  mortgage  companies,  national  and  local  real  estate 
brokerage  firms,  and  appraisers. 

Specific  courses  offered  in  Northeastern  University's  College 
of  Business  Administration  open  the  door  to  a  host  of  careers  in 
these  institutions  as  well  as  the  many  governmental  regulatory 
agencies  controlling  their  operations. 


60  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Pre-legal  Curriculum 

Effective  September  1,  1938,  by  a  ruling  of  the  Supreme  Judicial 
Court  of  Massachusetts,  in  order  to  be  eligible  for  examination 
for  admission  to  the  Bar,  an  applicant  must  have  completed  certain 
general  educational  requirements  before  beginning  his  legal  edu- 
cation. Briefly,  this  general  education  must  comprise  graduation 
from  a  four-year  high  school  and  the  completion  of  not  less  than 
half  of  the  work  accepted  for  the  Bachelor's  degree  in  a  college 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Bar  Examiners. 

Recognizing  that  business  training  furnishes  an  excellent  back- 
ground for  pre-legal  training,  the  College  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration offers  a  pre-legal  curriculum.  This  consists  of  taking  an 
amount  of  work  in  the  College  equivalent  to  that  required  for 
admission  to  specific  law  schools  in  the  Commonwealth,  and 
usually  requires  residence  in  school  during  the  entire  freshman 
year  and  for  30  weeks  during  the  sophomore  year.  The  approx- 
imate cost  for  the  normal  pre-legal  program  is  $600.00.  Students 
should  consult  with  the  Dean  of  the  College  before  electing  a  pre- 
legal  program. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


61 


Option  1  Accounting 


No. 


FIRST  TERM 
Course 


Semester 
Hours       No. 


SECOND  TERM 
Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


E  1-B  English 3 

Gv  1-A  American  Government  3 

P  1-A  Surv.  of  Phys.  Science.  4 

Ec  1  Economic  Geography..  4 

U  1  Legal  Bases  of  Bus 4 

Ps  1-A  Probs.  of  College  Life. .  0 

PE  3  Physical  Training 0 


18 


E  2-B      English 3 

Gv  2-A  American  Government  3 

P  2-A      Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  4 
Ec  2        Comm.  &.  Ind.  Hist,  of 

U.S 4 

Business  Associations. .  3 

Hygiene 


U2 
PE2 
PE4 


Physical  Training 0 

18 


Second  Year 


E  3-B  Report  Writing 2 

Ec  3  Economic  Principles.  .  .  2 

FI  3  Business  Finance 3 

Ps  1-B  Psychology 2 

AC  1  Accounting  1 3 


12 


E4-B 
Ec4 
FI4 
Ps2-B 
AC  2 


Business  Correspondence  2 
Economic  Principles.  .  .      2 

Business  Finance 3 

Psychology 2 

Accounting  1 3 

12 


Third  Year 


Ec  5  Economic  Problems. ...     2 

FI  5  Corporation  Finance.  .      2 

I A  1  Industrial  Management  I  2 

MA  1  Marketing  Principles. . .     3 

AC  3  Accounting  II 3 


12 


Ec6 
FI6 
IA2 

MA  2 
AC  4 


Economic  Problems ...  2 
Banking  and  Business . .  2 
Industrial  Management  II  2 
Marketing  Problems.  .  .  3 
Accounting  II. .......  .     3 

12 


Fourth  Year 


E  13        Effective  Speaking 1 

Ec  9        Statistics  in  Business.  .  .  2 

AC  5      Cost  Accounting 3 

AC  7      Income  Tax  Accounting  3 

Liberal  Course 3 

12 


E  14 
Ec  10 
AC  6 
AC  8 


Effective  Speaking 1 

Statistics  in  Business ...  2 

Cost  Accounting 3 

Public  Accounting.  ...  3 

Liberal  Course 3 

12 


Fifth  Year 


PA  5       Business  and  Gov't. ...  2 

E  5-B      Adv.  Report  Writing. . .  2 

U  5         Legal  Aspects  1 2 

AC  9      C.P.A.  Problems 3 

Liberal  Course 2}/; 

C  1 1        Business  Conference ...        ]/• 


12 


U4 
FI  12 
U6 
AC  10 

C  12 


Business  Policy 2 

Public  Finance 2 

Legal  Aspects  II 2 

C.P.A.  Problems 3 

Liberal  Course 2J^ 

Business  Conference ...        3^ 

12 


62 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


No 


Option  11  Banking  and  Finance 

FIRST  TERM  SECOND  TERM 

Semester 
Course  Hours        No.  Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


E  1-B      English 3 

Gv  1-A  American  Government  3 

P  1-A  Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 

Ec  1  Economic  Geography . .  4 

U  1         Legal  Bases  of  Bus 4 

Ps  1-A  Probs.  of  College  Life. .  0 

PE  3        Physical  Training 0 


18 


E  2-B      English 3 

Gv  2-A  American  Government  3 

P  2-A      Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 
Ec  2        Comm.  &  Ind.  Hist,  of 

U.  S 4 

Business  Associations  .  3 

Hygiene 1 


U  2 

PE2 

PE4 


Physical  Training 0 

18 


Second  Year 


E  3-B  Report  Writing 2 

Ec  3  Economic  Principles.  .  .  2 

FI  3  Business  Finance 3 

Ps  1-B  Psychology 2 

AC  1  Accounting  1 3 


12 


E4-B 
Ec4 
FI4 
Ps2-B 
AC  2 


Business  Correspondence  2 
Economic  Principles ...     2 

Business  Finance 3 

Psychology 2 

Accounting  1 3 

12 


Third  Year 


Ec5 
FI5 
IA  1 
MA  1 
AC  3 


Economic  Problems .  . 
Corporation  Finance . 
Indus.  Management  I. 
Marketing  Principles  . 
Accounting  II 


2 
2 
2 
3 
3 

12 


Ec6 
FI6 
IA2 

MA  2 
AC  4 


Economic  Problems .  . 
Banking  and  Business. 
Indus.  Management  II 
Marketing  Problems. . 
Accounting  II 


2 
2 
2 
3 
3 

12 


Fourth  Year 


E  13        Effective  Speaking 1 

Ec  9        Statistics  in  Business  .  .  2 

AC  7      Income  Tax  Accounting  3 

FI  9        Investments 3 

Liberal  Course 3 


12 


E  14 
Ec  10 
FI8 
FI  10 


Effective  Speaking 1 

Statistics  in  Business  .  .  2 

Adv.  Banking  Probs. .  .  3 

Investments 3 

Liberal  Course 3 

12 


Fifth  Year 


PA  5       Business  and  Gov't. ...      2 
E  5-B      Adv.  Report  Writing .  .      2 

U  5         Legal  Aspects  1 2 

FI  13       R.E.  Prac.  <Sl  Appraising  3 

Liberal  Course 23^ 

C  11        Business  Conference. . .        }A 


12 


U4 
FI  12 
U6 
FI  14 

C  12 


Business  Policy 2 

Public  Finance 2 

Legal  Aspects  II 2 

Ins.  Prins.  &.  Practices.  3 

Liberal  Course 23^ 

Business  Conference ...        J/£ 

12 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


63 


No. 


Option  111  Marketing  and  Advertising 


FIRST  TERM 
Course 


Semester 
Hours       No. 


SECOND  TERM 
Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


E  l-B  English 3 

Gv  1-A  American  Government  3 

P  1-A  Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 

Ec  1  Economic  Geography.  .  4 

U  1  Legal  Bases  of  Bus 4 

Ps  1-A  Probs.  of  College  Life  .  .  0 

PE  3  Physical  Training 0 


18 


E  2-B      English 3 

Gv  2-A  American  Government  3 

P  2-A     Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 
Comm.  &l  Ind.  Hist,  of 

U.  S 4 

Business  Associations  .  3 

Hygiene 1 

Physical  Training 0 


18 


Ec2 

U  2 

PE2 

PE4 


E  3-B  Report  Writing 

Ec  3  Economic  Principles. 

FI  3  Business  Finance.  .  .  . 

Ps  l-B  Psychology 

AC  1  Accounting  I 


Second  Year 

E4-B 

Ec4 
FI4 


2 
2 
3 
2 
3 

12 


Business  Correspondence  2 
Economic  Principles.  .  .     2 

Business  Finance 3 

Ps  2-B     Psychology 2 

AC  2      Accounting  1 3 


12 


Ec5 
FI5 
IA  1 
MA  1 
AC  3 


Economic  Problems . 
Corporation  Finance 
Industrial  Mgt.  I .  .  .  . 
Marketing  Principles 
Accounting  II 


Third  Year 
Ec6 
FI6 
IA2 


12 


MA  2 
AC  4 


Economic  Problems ...  2 

Banking  &.  Business ...  2 

Industrial  Mgt.  II 2 

Marketing  Problems. .  .  3 

Accounting  II 3 

12 


E  13 
Ec9 

MA  3 
MA  5 


Effective  Speaking.  .  .  . 
Statistics  in  Business . . 
Sales  Management .  .  . 
Advertising  Principles 
Liberal  Course 


Fourth  Year 

1  E  14 

2  Ec  10 

3  MA  4 
3  MA  6 
3 

12 


Effective  Speaking 1 

Statistics  in  Business ...  2 

Sales  Management ....  3 

Advertising  Problems. .  3 

Liberal  Course 3 

12 


PA  5       Business  and  Gov't. .  . 
E  5-B      Adv.  Report  Writing  . 

U  5         Legal  Aspects  I 

MA  7     Retail  Merchandising. 

Liberal  Course 

C  11       Business  Conference  . 


Fifth  Year 


2 
2 
2 
3 
2V2 

y2 

12 


U4 
FI  12 
U6 
MA  8 

C  12 


Business  Policy 2 

Public  Finance 2 

Legal  Aspects  II 2 

Retail  Merchandising. .  3 

Liberal  Course 2]/% 

Business  Conference ...       J^ 

12 


64 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


No. 


Option  IV    Industrial  Administration 

FIRST  TERM  SECOND  TERM 

Semester 
Course  Hours       No.  Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


E  l-B      English 3 

Gv  1-A  American  Government  3 

P  1-A  Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 

Ec  1  Economic  Geography. .  4 

U  1         Legal  Bases  of  Bus 4 

Ps  1-A  Probs.  of  College  Life. .  0 

PE  3       Physical  Training 0 


18 


E  2-B      English 3 

Gv  2-A  American  Government  3 

P  2-A      Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 
Comm.  ck  Ind.  Hist,  of 

U.  S 4 

Business  Associations  .  3 

Hygiene 1 

Physical  Training 0 


18 


Ec2 

U2 
PE2 
PE4 


Second  Year 


E  3-B  Report  Writing 2 

Ec  3  Economic  Principles ...  2 

FI  3  Business  Finance 3 

Ps  l-B  Psychology 2 

AC  1  Accounting  1 3 


12 


E4-B 
Ec4 
FI4 
Ps2-B 
AC  2 


Business  Correspondence  2 
Economic  Principles.  .  .      2 

Business  Finance 3 

Psychology 2 

Accounting  1 3 

12 


Ec5 
FI  5 
IA  1 
MA  1 
AC  3 


Economic  Problems .  . 
Corporation  Finance . 
Industrial  Mgt.  I .  .  .  . 
Marketing  Principles 
Accounting  II 


Third  Year 

2 
2 
2 
3 
3 

12 


Ec6 
FI6 
IA2 

MA  2 
AC  4 


Economic  Problems ...  2 

Banking  &.  Business. . .  2 

Industrial  Mgt.  II 2 

Marketing  Problems.  .  .  3 

Accounting  II 3 

12 


Fourth  Year 


E  13        Effective  Speaking 1 

Ec  9        Statistics  in  Business  .  .  2 

IA  3        Personnel  Adminis. ...  3 

AC  5      Cost  Accounting 3 

Liberal  Course 3 


12 


E  14 
Ec  10 
IA4 
AC  6 


Effective  Speaking 1 

Statistics  in  Business ...  2 

Personnel  Problems ...  3 

Cost  Accounting 3 

Liberal  Course 3 

12 


Fifth  Year 


PA  5       Business  and  Gov't. ...  2 

E  5-B      Adv.  Report  Writing .  .  2 

U  5         Legal  Aspects  1 2 

IA  5        Motion  6k  Time  Study  3 

Liberal  Course 1Yi 

C  1 1       Business  Conference ...        3^2 


12 


U4 
FI  12 
U6 
IN  14 

C  12 


Business  Policy 2 

Public  Finance 2 

Legal  Aspects  II 2 

Industrial  Finance 3 

Liberal  Course IY2. 

Business  Conference  .  .        Y2 

12 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


65 


No. 


Option  V    Public  Administration 

FIRST  TERM  SECOND  TERM 

Semester 
Course  Hours       No.  Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


E  l-B  English 3 

Gv  1-A  American  Government  3 

P  1-A  Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 

Eel  Economic  Geography. .  4 

U  1  Legal  Bases  of  Bus 4 

Ps  1-A  Probs.  of  College  Life. .  0 

PE  3  Physical  Training 0 


18 


E  2-B      English 3 

Gv  2-A  American  Government  3 

P  2-A     Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 
Ec  2        Comm.  6k  Ind.  Hist,  of 

U.  S 4 

Business  Associations  .  3 

Hygiene 1 


U  2 
PE2 
PE4 


Physical  Training 0 

18 


Second  Year 

E  3-B      Report  Writing 2  E  4-B 

Ec  3        Economic  Principles ...      2  Ec  4 

FI  3         Business  Finance 3  FI  4 

Ps  l-B    Psychology 2  Ps  2-B 

AC  I      Accounting  1 3  AC  2 

12 


Business  Correspondence  2 
Economic  Principles. .  .     2 

Business  Finance 3 

Psychology 2 

Accounting  1 3 

12 


Ec5 
FI5 
IA  1 
MA  1 
AC  3 


Economic  Problems .  . 
Corporation  Finance . 
Industrial  Mgt.  I.  .  .  . 
Marketing  Principles 
Accounting  II 


Third  Year 

Ec6 
FI6 
IA2 
MA  2 
AC  4 


12 


Economic  Problems ...  2 

Banking  and  Business  .  2 

Industrial  Mgt.  II 2 

Marketing  Problems. .  .  3 

Accounting  II 3 

12 


E  13  Effective  Speaking. . .  . 
Ec  9  Statistics  in  Business. 
IA  3  Personnel  Adminis. .  . 
Gv  5-B  Constitutional  Law. . , 
Liberal  Course 


Fourth  Year 

E  14 
Ec  10 
PA  2 


12 


PA  4 


Effective  Speaking 1 

Statistics  in  Business  . .  2 

Public  Adminis.  1 3 

Political  Concepts 3 

Liberal  Course 3 

12 


PA  5 
E5-B 
U  5 
PA  7 

Cll 


Fifth  Year 

Business  and  Gov't. .. .     2  U4 

Adv.  Report  Writing.  .2  FI  12 

Legal  Aspects  1 2  U  6 

PublicAdminis.il 3  PA  8 

Liberal  Course 2J^ 

Business  Conference. . .        J^  C  12 


12 


Business  Policy 2 

Public  Finance 2 

Legal  Aspects  II 2 

Public  Adminis.  HI. .  .  .  3 

Liberal  Course 2J^ 

Business  Conference  .  .  H 

12 


66 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


No. 


Option  VI    Journalism 

FIRST  TERM  SECOND  TERM 

Semester 
Course  Hours       No.  Course 


Semester 
Hours 


First  Year 


E  1-B      English 3 

Gv  1-A  American  Government  3 

P  1-A  Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 

Ec  1  Economic  Geography . .  4 

U  1         Legal  Bases  of  Bus 4 

Ps  1-A  Probs.  of  College  Life. .  0 

PE  3        Physical  Training 0 


18 


E  2-B      English 3 

Gv  2-A  American  Government  3 

P  2-A     Surv.  of  Phys.  Science  .  4 
Ec  2        Comm.  6k  Ind.  Hist,  of 

U.  S 4 

Business  Associations  .  3 

Hygiene 1 


U2 
PE2 
PE4 


Physical  Training 0 

18 


Second  Year 


E  3-B  Report  Writing 2 

Ec  3  Economic  Principles.  .  .  2 

FI  3  Business  Finance 3 

Ps  1-B  Psychology 2 

AC  1  Accounting  1 3 


12 


E4-B 

Ec4 

FI4 


Business  Correspondence  2 
Economic  Principles. .  .  2 
Business  Finance 3 


Ps  2-B     Psychology 2 

AC  2     Accounting  1 3 


12 


Third  Year 


Ec5 
FI5 
IA  1 
MA  1 
AC  3 


Economic  Problems . 
Corporation  Finance 
Industrial  Mgt.  I .  .  .  . 
Marketing  Principles 
Accounting  II 


2 
2 
2 
3 
3 

12 


Ec6 
FI6 
IA2 
MA  2 
AC  4 


Economic  Problems ...  2 

Banking  and  Business  .  2 

Industrial  Mgt.  II 2 

Marketing  Problems. .  .  3 

Accounting  II 3 

12 


Fourth  Year 


E  13        Effective  Speaking 1 

Ec  9        Statistics  in  Business ...  2 

E  9         Journalism  1 3 

MA  5     Advertising  Principles  .  3 

Liberal  Course 3 

12 


E  14 
Ec  10 
E  10 
MA  6 


Effective  Speaking 1 

Statistics  in  Business  .  .  2 

Journalism  1 3 

Advertising  Problems . .  3 

Liberal  Course 3 

12 


Fifth  Year 


PA  5       Business  and  Gov't. ...  2 

E  5-B      Adv.  Report  Writing .  .  2 

U  5         Legal  Aspects  1 2 

Ell        Journalism  II 3 

Liberal  Course 23^ 

C  11       Business  Conference. . .  H 


12 


U4 
FI  12 
U6 
E  12 

C  12 


Business  Policy 2 

Public  Finance 2 

Legal  Aspects  II 2 

Journalism  II 3 

Liberal  Course 2% 

Business  Conference. . .       ]/% 

12 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  67 


Synopses  of  Courses  Offered 

On  the  pages  which  follow  are  given  the  synopses  of  courses 
offered  in  the  several  curricula  of  the  College.  Courses  offered  in 
the  first  semester  bear  odd  numbers;  those  offered  in  the  second 
semester  bear  even  numbers. 

Freshmen  courses  extend  over  a  full  semester  of  18  weeks. 
Upperclass  courses  are  uniformly  10  weeks  in  length  each  term. 
The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  any  course  in 
which  there  is  insufficient  enrolment. 


^Accounting 


Professors  D'Alessandro  and  Bruce;  Messrs.  Bloomfield  and 

Golemme 

AC  1     Accounting  I 

This  course  presents  the  fundamental  principles  of  accounting 
theory  and  practice  in  a  manner  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
students  who  intend  to  specialize  in  accounting  as  well  as  those 
who  require  a  knowledge  of  accounting  as  a  preparation  for  the 
study  of  banking  and  finance,  production  management,  and 
marketing.  Beginning  with  a  consideration  of  the  need  for  and 
the  purpose  served  by  accounting,  a  study  of  the  balance  sheet 
and  operating  statement  is  presented  so  that  the  ultimate  goal 
and  purpose  of  accounting  is  understood  before  the  mechanical 
methods  of  recording  business  transactions  are  presented.  The 
course  then  takes  up  specific  balance  sheet  accounts;  the  law  of 
debit  and  credit;  the  theory  of  nominal  accounts;  construction 
and  interpretation  of  accounts;  the  recording  process;  the  trial 
balance;  construction  of  financial  statements;  the  need  for  ad- 
justments at  the  end  of  the  period;  depreciation;  deferred  and 
accrued  items.  3  semester  hour  credits 


AC  2     Accounting  I 

This  course  continues  the  work  of  the  first  semester  with  increased 
emphasis  placed  on  accounting  and  interpretation  of  accounts. 
The  main  topics  covered  are  closing  of  books,  starting  the  new 
period,  comparative  statements,  control  accounts,  and  the  opera- 
tion of  petty  cash  systems.  3  semester  hour  credits 


68  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

AC  3  Accounting  II 
This  course  is  a  continuation  of  the  fundamental  principles  of 
accounting.  Greater  emphasis  is  placed,  however,  on  the  account- 
ing aspect  of  management.  Special  books,  departmental  accounts 
and  statements,  and  accounting  for  manufacturing  are  specifically 
introduced.  One  of  the  main  features  of  this  course  is  the  intro- 
duction of  the  analytical  aspect  of  accounting. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

AC  4  Accounting  II 
The  approach  of  AC  3  is  continued  with  greater  stress  on  the 
accounting  rather  than  bookkeeping  aspects.  Continuity  is 
aimed  at  throughout.  Accounting  for  business  organizations 
occupies  the  major  part  of  the  course.  Formation  and  operation 
of  partnerships  and  corporations  are  thoroughly  covered.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  the  valuation  of  partnership  and  corpora- 
tion accounts.  Problems  dealing  with  branch  accounting,  in- 
stallment sales,  and  bonds  will  also  be  studied  in  this  course. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

AC  5  Cost  Accounting 
The  structure  of  factory  costs  from  the  executive's  viewpoint  is 
studied  in  this  course.  The  subject  is  approached  chiefly  from  the 
management  point  of  view.  Problems  are  presented  in  a  sum- 
marized form  in  order  to  stress  the  fundamental  aspects  of  costs. 
Managerial  control  through  the  use  of  accounts  is  emphasized 
at  the  beginning  of  the  course.  Some  of  the  specific  topics  covered 
are  accumulation  and  distribution  of  cost  data,  process  cost,  job 
cost,  historical  cost,  estimated  cost,  standard  cost,  and  spoilage 

COSt.  3  semester  hour  credits 

AC  6  Cost  Accounting 
This  course  is  designed  to  develop  in  the  student  the  managerial 
ability  to  control  production,  operating,  and  distribution  costs 
through  the  use  of  cost  accounting  and  the  budget.  Methods  of 
costing  and  controlling  materials,  labor,  and  expenses  are  con- 
sidered in  detail.  Cost  variations  are  analyzed.  Joint  cost  and 
by-product  COSt  are  introduced.  3  semester  hour  credits 

AC  7  Income  Tax  Accounting 
In  this  course  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  application  of 
Federal  and  State  income  taxation  are  presented  by  the  problem 
method  whereby  the  principles  are  applied  to  a  stated  set  of 
facts.  The  case  problems  will  include  methods  of  accounting 
for  income,  sales  and  exchanges,  installment  sales,  dividends, 
compensation  for  services,  tax-free  securities,  depreciation,  obso- 
lescence, depletion,  bad  debts,  contributions,  and  withholding 
information  at  the  source.  The  social  security  laws  are  introduced. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  69 

AC  8  Public  Accounting 
This  course  contemplates  the  application  of  accounting  knowl- 
edge to  the  analysis  and  interpretation  of  accounting  records. 
Specific  cases  are  used  for  outlining  the  mode  of  procedure  best 
adapted  to  the  intelligent  examination  of  accounting  records  and 
the  compilation  of  reports  on  which  the  management  can  base 
plans  for  future  operations.  Balance  sheet  audits,  detailed  audits 
and  special  investigations  for  credit  and  other  purposes  receive 
due  attention.  The  preparation  and  proper  preservation  of 
working  papers  is  an  essential  feature  of  the  course.  Stress  is 
laid  on  the  matter  of  report  writing  and  the  compilation  of 
statements  and  schedules  that  will  be  intelligible  to  the  business 
man  who  is  not  an  accountant.  3  semester  hour  credits 

AC  9  C.P.A.  Problems 
The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  for  the  application  of  the 
knowledge  of  accounting  principles  and  practice  gained  in  the 
preceding  courses  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of  complex  prob- 
lems involving  a  recognition  of  the  economic,  legal,  and  social 
aspects  of  various  forms  of  business  organization.  The  course 
content  consists  chiefly  of  problems  given  in  C.P.A.  examinations. 
All  phases  of  partnership,  corporation,  bond,  depletion,  and  cost 
accounting  are  critically  covered.  3  semester  hour  credits 

AC  10    C.P.A.  Problems 

This  course  continues  AC  13.  Great  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
preparation  of  working  papers  and  the  taking  of  the  C.P.A. 
examination.  The  topics  covered  in  addition  to  a  general  review 
are  consolidation,  municipal  accounting,  bank  accounting,  broker- 
age accounting,  adjustments  of  complex  statements  and  reports, 
actuarial  problems,  and  institutional  accounting. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


banking  and  finance 

Professors  Tuthill,  Lake,  and  Bruce 

FI  3  Business  Finance 
The  fundamental  principles  of  finance  are  approached  in  this 
course  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  business  man.  A  study  is 
made  of  the  two  basic  ways  of  financing,  namely,  equity  and  bor- 
rowed funds,  and  their  use  in  original  and  expansion  financing. 
In  addition,  consideration  is  given  to  working  capital  requirements 
and  the  distinctions  between  short-term  and  long-term  financing. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


70  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Fl  4  Business  Finance 
A  continuation  of  FI  3  Business  Finance.  This  course  deals  with 
the  application  of  the  principles  of  finance  to  such  problems  as 
surplus,  dividend  and  reserve  policies,  the  relation  of  the  corpora- 
tion to  banks  and  the  investing  public,  and  the  problems  of  both 
trade  and  economic  risk.  The  course  includes  an  analysis  of  such 
combinations  as  trusts,  holding  companies,  consolidations,  and 
pools  from  both  the  public  and  financial  points  of  view.  Analysis 
is  also  made  of  aspects  of  reorganization  problems  in  the  light  of 
present  legislation.  The  course  concludes  with  an  analysis  of 
government  and  state  agencies  now  supplementing  private  sources 
of  business  funds. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


Fl  5    Corporation  Finance 

This  course  builds  on  the  foundation  of  FI  3  and  FI  4.  The  cor- 
poration, rather  than  business  in  general,  is  here  considered.  An 
analysis  is  made  of  the  changing  concepts  in  the  corporation, 
such  as  separation  of  ownership  and  management,  and  the  roles 
played  by  private  initiative  and  private  property.  Through  use 
of  actual  examples,  a  study  is  made  of  financial  policies  affecting 
sales,  prices,  markets,  and  control. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


FI  6    Banking  and  Business 

Because  the  student  taking  this  course  has  already  received 
through  his  study  of  economics  some  instruction  in  the  general 
principles  of  money  and  credit,  particular  attention  is  given  to 
the  bank  in  its  relation  to  the  business  man,  and  the  function  of 
the  Federal  Reserve  System  as  a  central  banking  agency.  An 
analysis  is  made  of  the  more  basic  aspects  of  Federal  Reserve 
policy  as  they  affect  business  and  the  banking  community.  Cur- 
rent problems  are  carefully  considered. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  3  2  semester  hour  credits 


Fl  8  Advanced  Banking  Problems 
In  this  course  students  are  taught  to  look  at  the  problems  con- 
fronting the  banker  from  the  executive's  point  of  view.  Through 
a  series  of  problems,  most  of  which  are  actual  cases,  the  matter 
of  loan  and  investment  policies  will  be  studied  at  length  with 
other  problems  concerning  methods  of  increasing  the  bank's 
efficiency,  volume  of  business,  and  profits  receiving  the  proper 
amount  of  attention. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  71 

FI  9    Investments 

This  course  consists  of  a  review  of  the  principles  of  investment,  a 
study  of  investment  policies,  and  the  mechanics  and  mathematics 
of  investments.  It  includes  a  basic  study  of  the  advantages  and 
disadvantages  of  stocks  and  bonds  as  media  of  investment  from 
a  present  and  historical  basis. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


FI  10  Investments 
A  practical  study  is  made  of  the  various  fields  of  investment  such 
as  industrials,  rails,  banks,  real  estate,  government,  and  foreign 
investments.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  security  analysis  as  it  per- 
tains to  the  individual  issues.  The  course  not  only  concerns 
itself  with  an  intensive  study  of  particular  companies  and  issues, 
but  also  includes  an  analysis  of  the  various  current  methods  of 
market  analysis. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


FI  12    Public  Finance 

One  of  the  biggest  problems  confronting  the  people  of  all  nations 
today  is  the  question  of  taxation.  In  recognition  of  this  fact  and 
of  the  enormous  difficulties  facing  business  organizations  and 
individuals  because  of  the  tax  burden,  the  course  in  Public  Finance 
is  offered.  This  course  teaches  the  kinds  of  taxes  imposed  by 
municipal,  state,  and  federal  governing  bodies.  Attention  is  given 
to  the  "trend"  in  taxation.  Governmental  borrowings  and 
revenues  are  studied  as  to  their  general  effect  on  the  finances  of 
individuals  and  business  concerns.  A  large  part  of  the  time  al- 
lowed for  this  course  is  spent  in  a  study  of  the  sources  of  revenue 
such  as  commodity  taxes,  highway  taxes,  general  property  taxes, 
taxes  on  business,  poll  taxes,  income  taxes,  and  death  taxes. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


FI  13    Real  Estate  Practice  and  Appraising 

Consideration  of  land  as  an  economic  institution,  and  the  im- 
portance of  a  sound  land  policy;  the  real  estate  man  as  a  broker 
in  landed  property,  his  merchandising  operations;  the  problems 
of  owners  and  builders,  the  service  to  be  rendered  the  ordinary 
purchaser;  organization  of  the  real  estate  office,  renting,  leasing, 
and  property  management;  the  importance  of  acquaintance 
with  valuation  principles;  building  operations,  the  financing  of 
transactions,  subdividing  and  planning;  taxation,  legal  con- 
siderations, professional  relationships. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


72  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Fl  14  Insurance  Principles  and  Practices 
The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  provide  a  comprehensive  knowl- 
edge of  insurance  principles  and  coverage  such  as  will  provide 
a  broad  foundation  for  the  student  who  plans  to  enter  the  business 
of  insurance,  or  enable  the  business  man  to  plan  a  satisfactory 
program  for  personal  needs  or  business  responsibilities.  Content: 
The  basic  principles  of  insurance,  solving  the  economic  problem 
of  risk,  types  of  insurance  contracts,  legal  interpretation  of  the 
insurance  contract,  types  of  insurance  companies,  the  needs  of 
the  buyer  of  insurance,  co-operative  organizations  in  the  field 
of  insurance. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


(^Marketing  and  (^Advertising 

Professors  Jackson,  Tatton  and  Fennell 

MA  I  Marketing  Principles 
This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  principles 
underlying  the  distribution  of  merchandise.  Textbook  assign- 
ments and  lectures  introduce  a  knowledge  of  the  place  of  market- 
ing in  our  modern  economic  order;  the  basic  structure  of  markets; 
the  main  functions  of  marketing  such  as  assembling,  grading, 
storing,  buying,  selling  and  financing  of  goods;  and  the  general 
classification  of  commodities  into  major  types  for  the  purpose  of 
analytical  study.  The  course  gives  further  and  more  detailed 
consideration  to  the  activities  of  the  several  types  of  middlemen 
such  as  brokers,  wholesalers,  and  retailers,  and  their  utilization 
as  channels  of  distribution;  the  work  of  the  commodity  exchanges 
and  co-operative  marketing  associations;  and  the  development  of 
chain  stores,  mail  order  houses,  and  department  stores. 

Other  topics  considered  are  market  risk,  pricing,  selling  terms 
and  discounts,  hedging,  advertising,  and  the  legal  aspects  of  price 
maintenance.  Supplementary  lectures  and  illustrative  material 
will  be  given  to  explain  in  some  detail  the  methods  used  in  market- 
ing several  specific  commodities. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

MA  2    Marketing  Problems 

Using  actual  case  material  this  course  analyzes  and  suggests 
solutions  to  a  wide  variety  of  selling  problems  in  typical  industries 
and  trades.  It  is  aimed  throughout  to  develop  the  analytical 
powers  of  the  student  so  that  he  may  decide  a  problem  from  the 
viewpoint  of  a  marketing  executive.  Consideration  is  given  to 
consumers'  buying  habits  and  buying  motives,  to  the  important 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  73 

types  of  retail  and  wholesale  enterprise,  and  to  an  analysis  of  the 
channels  of  distribution  with  the  object  of  formulating  a  basis 
for  selecting  suitable  channels  for  various  products.  The  market- 
ing of  industrial  goods  is  studied  including  certain  special  problems 
such  as  hedging.  Producer's  co-operative  marketing  is  also  given 
attention.  3  semester  hour  credits 

MA  3  Sales  Management 
The  study  of  actual  case  material  forms  the  basis  of  this  course. 
In  each  case  the  facts  are  analyzed  and  a  solution  proposed.  The 
major  problems  of  sales  management  may  be  stated  as  questions: 
What  to  sell?  To  whom  shall  products  be  sold?  At  what  price 
and  terms  shall  products  be  sold?  The  answering  of  these  ques- 
tions involves  a  consideration  of  merchandising  policies  and 
organization,  market  channels,  market  research  and  analysis, 
and  pricing  and  credit  policies.  3  semester  hour  credits 

MA  4    Sales  Management 
Continuing  BU  7  Problems  in  Sales  Management  this  course  deals 
primarily  with  the  following  problems:  sales  methods,  sales  pro- 
motion,  sales  campaigns,   management  of  sales  force,   and  the 
planning  and  control  of  sales  operations. 

In  the  field  of  Sales  Management  the  solution  of  problems  in- 
volves two  types  of  mental  effort.  First,  there  is  the  suggestion 
of  plans  or  alternatives,  a  task  requiring  imagination;  second, 
there  is  the  choice  between  the  alternatives  so  suggested,  a  matter 
of  judgment.  It  is  essential  that  the  student  of  business  manage- 
ment acquire  the  habit  of  weighing  alternatives  before  deciding, 
but  much  more  is  to  be  gained  if  the  student  possesses  and  de- 
velops imagination. 

The  purpose  of  the  courses  in  Sales  Management  is  principally  to 
develop  an  approach  and  technique  for  the  solution  of  problems, 
so  the  student  will  be  able  to  analyze  and  think  through  the  prob- 
lems which  must  be  faced  later  when  he  arrives  at  a  post  of 
responsibility.  3  semester  hour  credits 

MA  5  Advertising  Principles 
The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
fundamental  principles  and  facts  which  the  advertising  man  must 
know  today.  The  economic  background  of  the  subject  and  its 
development  is  presented,  together  with  a  survey  of  the  methods 
for  planning  and  preparing  advertisements  actually  followed  in 
advertising  offices.  Consideration  is  given  to  human  instincts, 
buying  habits,  argumentative  and  suggestive  appeals,  color,  head- 
lines, layout,  illustrations,  and  trademarks. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


74  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

MA  6    Advertising  Problems 

The  analysis  and  solution  of  a  wide  variety  of  advertising  prob- 
lems and  cases  based  upon  the  actual  business  experience  of  a 
large  number  of  firms  constitutes  the  content  of  this  course. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

MA  7  Retail  Merchandising 
The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  study  the  principles  of  successful 
retailing  and  to  solve  actual  problems  involving  these  principles. 
Layout,  location  and  equipment  of  retail  stores  are  first  con- 
sidered. Store  organization,  market  contacts,  buying,  receiving 
and  marking  merchandise,  and  invoice  procedure  are  taken  up 
next.  Mark-up  and  mark-down  are  dealt  with  in  detail  through 
practical  examples  requiring  solution  by  the  students,  as  are 
inventory  and  stock  control  methods.  Merchandise  planning 
is  discussed  and  illustrated. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

MA  8    Retail  Merchandising 

This  course  continues  the  work  of  Retail  Merchandising,  dealing 
with  expense  distribution,  retail  credits  and  collections,  and  with 
special  phases  of  retail  accounting.  Other  topics  considered  are: 
fashion,  salesmanship,  customer  service,  and  the  training  and 
welfare  of  employees.  The  promotion  of  sales  events  and  retail 
advertising  practices  are  analyzed  from  the  viewpoint  of  the 
store  executive. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


Industrial  ^Administration 

Dean  Knowles,  Professors  Alexander  and  Thomson; 
Mr.  Golemme 

IA  1    Industrial  Management  I 
The  course  in  industrial  management  places  emphasis  on  the 
administrative  and  profit  making  phases  of  factory  and  plant 
operation.     A  textbook  is  used  to  present  elementary  principles 
and  problem  material  which  are  supplemented  by  lectures. 

The  first  part  of  the  course  presents  a  brief  historical  background 
of  U.  S.  industry;  this  is  followed  by  a  treatment  of  the  location 
of  the  plant;  plant  services  and  material  handling;  plant  design, 
structure,  and  layout;  standardization,  simplification,  and  special- 
ization. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  75 

IA  2  Industrial  Management  II 
This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Industrial  Management  I A  1.  It 
deals  with  the  control  of  plant  operations.  Each  department  of 
a  modern  industrial  concern  is  considered,  emphasis  being  placed 
on  the  organization  and  management  problems  confronted  and 
how  they  may  be  handled,  with  the  intention  that  the  student 
shall  become  familiar  with  the  activities  and  general  working  of 
each  department  and  the  relationship  which  the  departments 
hold  to  one  another  and  to  the  business  as  a  whole.  In  detail 
are  considered:  budgeting,  standards  of  performance  (time  and 
motion  study,  wage  systems),  organization,  routing,  scheduling, 
dispatching,  inventory  control,  quality  control,  and  visual  con- 
trols such  as  the  organization  chart,  planning  board,  and  de- 
partmental report. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

IA  3    Personnel  Administration 

A  consideration  of  what  modern  industry  is  doing  in  making  an 
application  of  science  to  the  obtaining  and  retaining  of  an  effective 
and  co-operative  working  force.  The  student  studies  thoroughly 
personnel  administration  systems  now  in  use  including  the  prep- 
aration and  use  of  many  forms  among  which  are  the  occupational 
description,  application,  and  interview  blanks,  promotion  charts, 
wage  scale,  personnel  control  charts,  etc.  In  addition,  such  sub- 
jects as  wage  payment  plans,  profit  sharing,  the  training  of  work- 
men, workers'  security  plans,  employee  representation,  collective 
bargaining,  and  management  relationships  are  given  attention. 

Provisions  of  the  National  Labor  Relations  Act  and  the  Wages 
and  Hours  Act  are  discussed. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


IA  4  Personnel  Problems 
This  course  brings  to  the  attention  of  the  student  an  understand- 
ing of  the  related,  yet  varied,  problems  with  which  the  modern 
personnel  department  is  confronted.  These  include  problems  of 
guidance,  placement,  job  evaluation,  adjustment  of  rates,  em- 
ployee rating  systems,  development  of  complete,  yet  simple, 
personnel  records,  etc. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

I A  5    Motion  and  Time  Study 

This  course  comprises  a  detailed  study  of  time  and  motion  study 
work,  a  complete  study  and  actual  practice  in  micromotion  which 
is  the  use  of  motion  pictures  in  the  motion  study  work,  a  prepara- 
tion of  simo-charts  (the  use  of  colored  charts  and  symbols  called 


76  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Therbligs  which  show  all  the  elements  in  an  operation  cycle), 
and  the  making  of  process  charts  which  is  the  use  of  specifically 
designed  symbols,  or  industrial  shorthand,  to  record  motion 
analysis. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

IN  14  Industrial  Finance 
The  early  part  of  this  course  consists  of  a  study  of  internal  manage- 
ment problems  and  methods  of  determining  profit  trends  thru 
use  of  profit  and  capital  graphs.  The  latter  half  of  the  course  is 
given  to  a  brief  survey  of  the  existing  forms  of  finance  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  upon  external  trends  that  affect  seriously  the 
problems  of  corporate  management. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


^Public  ^Administration 

Professors  Potter  and  Hamilton  and  Mr.  Larson 

PA  2  Public  Administration  I 
A  study  of  career  service  of  the  local,  state,  and  national  govern- 
ment; the  administrative  positions  in  career  service;  the  informa- 
tion needed  by  the  government  administrator  in  order  to  function 
effectively;  and  the  means  for  acquiring  public  administration 
knowledge. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

PA  4  Political  Concepts 
A  critical  study  is  made  of  the  major  developments  in  political 
theory  since  Bentham  with  special  reference  to  the  influence  of 
these  developments  upon  American  politics  and  political  insti- 
tutions. Attention  is  paid  to  the  modern  conflict  between  the 
democratic  and  the  totalitarian  conceptions  of  the  state. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

PA  5  Business  and  Government 
The  object  of  this  course  is  to  develop  a  thorough  understanding 
of  the  relationships  between  government  and  business.  The 
attitude  of  our  government  towards  business  since  1885  as  evi- 
denced by  legislative,  judicial,  and  executive  action  will  be  analyzed 
in  detail.  Careful  attention  will  be  given  the  experience  under  the 
NRA  and  the  attempts  on  the  part  of  government  and  business 
to  preserve  the  good  features  of  the  codes.  Special  consideration 
will  be  given  to  the  part  played  by  the  administrative  agency. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  77 

PA  7    Public  Administration  II 
A  study  of  the  subject  matter  and  principles  of  management 
necessary  for  the  efficient  operation  of  the  government. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


PA  8  Public  Administration  111 
This  course  presents  a  study  of  the  public  relations,  fiscal  control, 
and  policy  making  aspects  of  public  administration,  stressing  the 
importance  of  co-operation  among  government  bureaus,  legis- 
lative bodies,  and  the  public;  and  presents  to  the  student  an  ap- 
preciation of  the  importance  of  versatility  of  ability  for  a  successful 
public  career. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


Journalism 

Professors  Melvin,  Marston,  and  Mr.  Cloney 

E  9    Journalism  1 
The  newspaper  technique,  with  practice  in  rewriting;  the  general 
tasks  of  an  "inside"  man  and  the  functions  of  the  editorial 
department. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


E  10    Journalism  1 
The  problems  of  reporting  and  newswriting,  with  written  assign- 
ments in  all  types  of  spot  news  reporting. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


E  11    Journalism  II 
Editing  the  news.    The  writing  of  editorials,  feature  articles,  and 
columns. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


E  12    Journalism  II 
A  general  practice  course  in  newspaper  writing,  the  covering  of 
special  assignments,  and  editorial  problems. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


78  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


English 


Professors  Melvin,  Holmes  and  Marston; 
Messrs.  Norvish,  Capon  and  Cloney 

E  1-B  English 
A  course  in  composition  with  emphasis  on  the  basic  principles  of 
writing.  A  brief,  comprehensive  review  of  grammar  and  rhetoric 
precedes  the  study  of  exposition.  Works  of  contemporary 
essayists  and  biographers  are  used  as  models  for  weekly  themes 
and  studied  as  examples  of  modern  literature. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

E  2-B    English 
A  continuation  of  E  1-B,  with  a  study  of  contemporary  short 
stories,  plays,  and  poems.    Toward  the  end  of  the  term  a  careful 
study  of  letter  writing  is  made. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


E  3-B    Report  Writing 

In  recognition  of  the  importance  to  business  men  of  clear  and 
concise  written  expression  in  daily  business  contacts,  this  course 
places  emphasis  on  up-to-date  business  practices.  Actual  reports 
used  in  industry  are  presented  for  class  study  and  criticism.  The 
report  form,  the  use  of  illustrations,  exhibits,  and  charts,  the 
purposes  and  qualities  of  a  good  report  are  derived  from  an 
examination  of  current  models.  In  addition,  the  course  considers 
such  forms  of  business  writing  as  the  memorandum,  instruction 
data,  the  company  magazine  and  bulletin,  minutes  of  meetings, 
recommendations  and  suggestions,  and  manuals  of  company 
practice  and  procedure. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


E  4-B  Business  Correspondence 
Too  great  an  importance  cannot  be  attached  to  effective  and 
correct  business  letters  as  essential  to  the  successful  conduct 
of  any  business.  This  course  gives  consideration  of  the  basic 
principles  of  business  letter  writing  with  particular  reference  to 
the  form  of  the  letter,  the  letter  writer's  point  of  view,  natural 
language,  dictation.  Routine  business  letters  —  inquiry,  order, 
complaint,  adjustment,  credit,  collection  letters,  and  letters  of 
application  —  will  be  analyzed  and  discussed.  The  problems  of 
selling  by  mail  will  be  briefly  examined. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  79 

E  5-B    Advanced  Report  Writing 
An  advanced  study  of  current  practices  in  industrial  report  writing 
will  be  the  purpose  of  this  course.    The  emphasis  will  be  placed 
equally  upon  matter  and  form  so  that  professional  proficiencies 
may  be  correlated  with  effective  presentation. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  13  Effective  Speaking 
This  course  offers  practical  training  in  the  preparation  and  pres- 
entation of  the  various  types  of  speeches.  The  instruction  is 
planned  to  eliminate  defects  of  voice,  posture,  and  delivery,  and 
to  develop  in  the  student  an  ability  to  speak  easily,  naturally,  and 
forcefully. 

I  semester  hour  credit 

E  14    Effective  Speaking 
Continued  practice  in  impromptu  and  extempore  speaking,  organ- 
ization of  material,  consideration  of  the  audience,  and  vocabulary 
building  form  the  basis  of  the  course. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


Economics 

Professors  Lake  and  Hamilton;  Mr.  Cruickshank 

Ec  1    Economic  Geography 

In  order  to  provide  an  adequate  background  for  the  study  of 
economics  this  first  course  emphasizes  the  economic  resources  of 
our  country  and  the  part  played  by  these  resources  in  the  develop- 
ment of  our  modern  industrial  society.  The  course  is  more  con- 
cerned with  promoting  the  comprehension  of  basic  concepts 
than  with  stressing  encyclopedic  knowledge  of  masses  of  details. 
In  the  latter  part  of  the  semester  frequent  use  is  made  of  motion 
pictures  to  illustrate  the  processes  and  peculiar  economic  charac- 
teristics of  specific  industries. 

4  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  2    Commercial  and  Industrial  History  of  the  U.  S. 

This  course  is  designed  to  complete  the  factual  background  which 
is  needed  for  the  most  successful  study  of  theoretical  economics. 
The  economic  development  of  the  United  States  is  traced  from 
the  colonial  period  to  the  present  with  special  emphasis  upon  the 
period  since  the  Civil  War.  Stress  is  laid  upon  the  importance  of 
economic  factors  and  changes  in  our  history  in  the  description  of 


80  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

the  development  of  manufacturing,  agriculture,  domestic  and 
foreign  commerce,  finance  and  banking,  transportation  and 
labor  organizations.  Consideration  is  given  to  European  develop- 
ments which  have  been  closely  related  to  those  of  the  United 
States. 

4  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  3     Economic  Principles 

A  thorough  grounding  in  the  fundamental  principles  and  laws  of 
economics  is  the  aim  of  this  basic  course.  The  main  topics 
include:  the  nature  and  organization  of  production,  the  nature 
and  importance  of  wants,  the  relation  of  money  and  prices,  the 
process  of  exchange,  and  the  nature  of  international  trade. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  4  Economic  Principles 
A  continuation  of  Ec  3.  A  careful  analysis  is  made  of  the  deter- 
mination of  price  under  conditions  of  competition  and  monopoly, 
and  of  the  distribution  of  wealth  and  income  in  the  form  of  wages, 
economic  rent,  interest,  and  profits.  The  elements  of  insurance 
are  discussed  in  connection  with  profits. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  5     Economic  Problems 

In  this  course  the  application  of  economic  principles  to  some  of  the 
major  economic  problems  of  modern  society  is  emphasized.  The 
problems  studied  include  consumption,  protective  tariffs  and 
subsidies,  labor  problems  such  as  unemployment  and  labor  unions, 
and  the  business  cycle. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  6  Economic  Problems 
A  continuation  of  Ec  5  Economic  Problems.  Among  the  prob- 
lems considered  are  the  following:  price  stabilization,  the  agri- 
cultural problem,  the  relation  of  government  to  business  includ- 
ing the  control  of  monopolies  and  public  utilities,  insurance, 
public  finance,  and  proposals  for  the  remodeling  and  improving  of 
the  economic  system. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  9    Statistics  in  Business 
This  course  is  intended  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of 
statistical  principles  and  methods  and  their  practical  application 
in  the  administration  of  modern  business.     A  study  is  made  of 
the  nature,  sources,  collection  and  organization  of  business  facts; 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  81 

the  presentation  of  such  facts  in  tabular  or  graphic  form,  the 
various  averages,  measures  of  dispersion,  and  the  construction 
and  use  of  index  numbers.  Laboratory  periods  provide  an  oppor- 
tunity for  each  student  to  demonstrate  his  ability  to  apply  the 
principles  studied. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  10    Statistics  in  Business 

The  major  portion  of  this  continuation  of  Ec  9  Statistics  in  Busi- 
ness concerns  the  analysis  of  time  series  and  includes  the  methods 
of  obtaining  trends,  seasonal  indexes,  and  the  measurement  of 
cyclical  variation.  Correlation  of  time  series  is  related  to  the 
problems  of  business  forecasting.  In  the  laboratory  work  each 
student  is  required  to  make  a  complete  analysis  of  an  individual 
time  series,  preferably  associated  with  his  co-operative  work. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


government 

Professor  Potter;  Messrs.  Larson  and  Keith 

Gv  I -A    American  Government 
The  study  of  our  National  Government  with  respect  to  its  organ- 
ization and  function;  its  powers  and  limitations  under  the  Con- 
stitution;  its   legislative,   administrative  and  judicial  machinery 
under  the  party  system  of  government  and  bureaucracy. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

Gv  2- A    American  Government 

A  more  careful  study  of  the  relationships  of  our  federal,  state, 
and  municipal  governments,  including  an  analysis  and  comparison 
of  the  various  state  governments  and  types  of  municipal  govern- 
ment with  respect  to  state  and  local  agencies  for  carrying  out  the 
executive,  legislative  and  judicial  functions  of  government  in  a 
democratic  country. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

Gv  5-B  Constitutional  Law 
A  careful  study  of  the  leading  constitutional  principles  of  the 
American  government  as  developed  through  judicial  interpreta- 
tion. Primary  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  relation  of  constitu- 
tional law  to  present  day  problems  with  particular  reference  to 
such  items  as  "due  process  of  law"  and  "interstate  commerce." 

3  semester  hour  credits 


82  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


^Psychology 

Professor  Estes 

Ps  LA    Problems  of  College  Life 

This  course  is  designed  to  make  the  entering  student  explicitly 
aware  of  those  facts,  principles,  and  techniques  which  are  signifi- 
cantly related  to  the  maintenance  of  his  intellectual  efficiency  and 
mental  health  in  the  college  enrivonment. 

Ps  l'B    Psychology 
An  elementary  survey  of  the  psychology  of  individual  differences 
including  personality  differences,  together  with  a  presentation  of 
some  of  the  practical  applications  of  the  findings  of  differential 
psychology. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ps  2~B    Psychology 

An  introduction  to  general  experimental  psychology.  The  topics 
considered  include  learning,  thought,  memory,  perception,  and 
sensation. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


Other  Inquired  Courses 

PE  2    Hygiene 

One  class  hour  a  week  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  information 
closely  related  to  the  physical  training  work  and  to  personal  and 
mental  hygiene.  For  each  class  lecture  the  student  is  assigned  at 
least  one  hour  of  outside  study  based  on  the  required  textbook. 
The  course  includes  enough  of  the  fundamentals  of  physiology  and 
anatomy  to  enable  the  student  to  understand  such  parts  of  the 
course  as  require  some  knowledge  of  these  subjects. 

1  semester  hour  credit 


PE  3-4    Physical  Training 
All  first-year   students   are  required  to   take  physical  training. 
Health,  strength,  and  vitality  do  not  come  by  chance,  but  by 
constant  attention  to  those  factors  involved  in  their  development. 
It  is  very  essential  for  the  student  to  acquire  good  habits  of  life. 

The  work  in  the  course  includes  a  formal  calisthenic  program, 
special  exercise  classes  for  the  correction  of  postural  defects, 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  83 

participation  in  the  regular  athletic  program,  including  baseball, 
basketball,  hockey,  track,  and  many  types  of  informal  games. 
All  members  of  the  class  are  also  required  to  learn  to  swim. 

Students  wishing  to  be  excused  from  physical  training,  because 
of  physical  defects,  are  required  to  present  a  petition  to  the  faculty 
supported  by  a  physician's  certificate. 

L7  1  Legal  Bases  of  Business 
A  survey  course  presenting  the  fundamental  principles  of  business 
law  and  their  relationships  to  the  operations  of  business  enter- 
prise. Since  practically  every  phase  of  business  activity  from  the 
organization  to  the  dissolution  of  a  concern  rests  on  a  foundation 
of  law,  it  is  essential  that  the  student  of  business  understand  the 
rudimentary  legal  principles  involved.  Major  topics  covered 
include  contracts,  agency,  negotiable  instruments,  sales,  bail- 
ments, carriers,  insurance  law,  suretyship,  and  bankruptcy. 

4  semester  hour  credits 

U  2  Business  Associations 
This  course  deals  with  the  legal,  economic,  and  human  phases  of 
business  organizations.  It  discusses  the  individual  proprietorship, 
partnership,  corporation,  and  business  trust,  showing  how  each 
is  formed,  operated,  and  dissolved.  The  merits,  as  well  as  the 
shortcomings,  of  each  form  are  treated.  Specific  problems  will 
deal  with  the  legal  requirements,  organization  expense,  operating 
problems,  taxes,  and  reports  required  of  each  of  these  types  of 
organizations. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

U  4  Business  Policy 
This  course  is  set  up  as  a  seminar  in  which  the  members  of  the 
class  will  examine  the  problems  that  the  business  man  faces  daily 
in  his  relations  with  government,  labor,  the  market,  and  the 
community.  The  ethical  features  of  business  policy  formation 
will  be  stressed  along  with  the  social  implications.  An  attempt 
will  be  made  to  determine  the  criteria  by  which  fair  business 
practices  can  be  distinguished  from  unfair. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

U  5    Legal  Aspects  1 
This  course  covers  the  law  of  contracts  and  the  law  of  agency  as 
they  effect  the  business  man.    Under  the  law  of  contracts  such 
subjects  are  considered  as  agreements,  competent  parties,  con- 
sideration legality,   assignment,  discharge  of  contracts,  enforce- 


84  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

ment  of  contracts,  and  damages  for  breach.  Under  the  law  of 
agency  there  is  discussion  of  the  formation  of  the  agency  rela- 
tionship, rights,  and  duties  of  the  principal  and  the  agent,  rights 
of  third  parties  and  termination  of  agency. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


U  6    Legal  Aspects  11 

This  course  deals  chiefly  with  the  subject  of  negotiable  instruments. 
The  widespread  use  of  credit  instruments  in  commercial  transac- 
tions demands  a  knowledge  of  the  law  of  bills  and  notes  on  the 
part  of  the  business  man.  The  various  types  of  instruments  are 
first  discussed,  the  requirements  for  negotiability,  the  negotiation 
by  endorsements  of  various  kinds,  the  rights  of  holders  in  due 
course,  the  rights  and  liabilities  of  other  parties,  the  requisites 
for  charging  secondary  parties,  and  methods  of  discharge.  Con- 
sideration is  given  the  law  of  sales,  including  such  topics  as  the 
passing  of  title  to  goods  conditions  and  warranties,  the  Statute 
of  Frauds,  rights  and  remedies  of  buyers  and  sellers. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


P  1'A  Survey  of  Physical  Science 
The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  give  a  definite  conception  of  the 
physical  world  to  those  students  who  ordinarily  would  not  elect 
a  science  course  but  who  need  to  know  something  about  the 
contributions  and  the  place  of  the  physical  sciences  in  contempo- 
rary civilization.  This  course  begins  with  a  study  of  the  universe 
and  solar  system.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  principles  of 
distance,  mass  and  weight,  and  the  simple  dynamics  of  bodies. 
The  earth  is  studied  from  the  viewpoint  of  its  geological,  meteoro- 
logical, and  chemical  aspects,  these  main  fields  introducing  a  non- 
mathematical  discussion  of  magnetism,  heat,  and  electricity. 

4  semester  hour  credits 


P  2-A  Survey  of  Physical  Science 
In  this  course,  which  continues  P  1-A,  the  phenomena  of  light 
are  taken  up.  Following  this,  consideration  is  given  to  spectro- 
scopy and  matter  structure,  the  periodic  table,  acids,  bases,  salts, 
and  organic  compounds.  The  course  concludes  with  a  discussion 
of  certain  aspects  of  physics  which  are  of  practical  importance  in 
the  household,  such  as  heating,  lighting,  refrigeration,  and  electrical 
appliances. 

4  semester  hour  credits 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  85 

C  11  Business  Conference 
This  course  is  designed  to  bring  about  analytical  thinking  and 
systematic  planning  of  the  "after-graduation-employment"  prob- 
lem. It  is  conducted  as  an  open  discussion  class  by  the  Depart- 
men  of  Co-operative  Work.  Each  Co-ordinator  has  in  class 
those  students  who  have  been  placed  and  supervised  on  co-opera- 
tive work  by  him.  Each  student  analyzes  and  applies  to  himself 
as  the  "product"  the  fundamental  principles  of  merchandising. 
Prominent  men  who  are  leaders  in  the  fields  of  employment 
counselling,  business,  or  engineering  present  the  employers'  view- 
point. Thus  the  graduating  seniors  are  brought  face  to  face 
during  the  year  with  one  of  the  most  important  and  perplexing 
problems  of  life,  namely,  how  to  "sell  their  services,"  thereby 
aiming  to  bring  a  co-ordinated  training  of  theory  and  practice  to 
a  logical  conclusion. 

%  semester  hour  credit 

C  12  Business  Conference 
This  course  is  the  sequel  to  C  11  and  consists  of  the  practical 
application  of  the  techniques  of  job-getting  which  have  been 
analyzed  and  discussed  in  that  course.  It  is  conducted  on  a 
conference  rather  than  on  a  class  basis,  the  major  portion  of  the 
time  being  devoted  to  the  planning  and  writing  of  letters  to  and 
securing  interviews  with  prospective  employers.  It  is  intended 
that  this  course  will  culminate  in  the  attainment  by  each  student 
of  his  after-graduation  job. 

3^  semester  hour  credit 

Business  Administration  Theses 

A  thesis  in  the  College  of  Business  Administration  is  considered 
to  be  an  essay  involving  the  statement,  analysis,  and  solution  of 
some  problem  in  a  special  field  of  business  administration.  Its 
purpose  is  to  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  degree  of  initiative  and 
power  of  original  thought  and  work  on  the  part  of  the  candidate. 
A  mere  resume  of  existing  knowledge  in  some  subject  is  not 
acceptable.  This,  it  is  true,  must  usually  be  made,  but  in  addition 
thereto  the  student  must  show  his  ability  to  deal  constructively 
with  the  data  he  has  collected  and  his  power  to  draw  significant 
and  reliable  conclusions  from  his  investigations.  The  completed 
thesis  will  be  examined  for  acceptance  or  rejection  from  the 
technical  viewpoint  by  the  Departments  interested  and  then 
forwarded  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Day  Division.  Final  approval 
of  the  thesis  rests  with  the  Dean.  When  it  is  accepted,  the  thesis 
becomes  the  property  of  the  school  and  it  is  not  to  be  printed, 
published,  nor  in  any  other  way  made  public  except  in  such 
manner  as  the  Department  and  the  Dean  shall  jointly  approve. 


86  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Theses  are  not  required  of  seniors  in  the  College  of  Business 
Administration.  To  certain  students  who  wish  to  do  so,  however, 
the  privilege  of  writing  a  thesis  may  be  granted  by  the  Dean  in 
accordance  with  the  following  regulations: 

1.  To  be  eligible  to  write  a  thesis  a  student  must  have  attained 
a  scholastic  average  of  at  least  2.0  or  better  during  his  middler 
year  and  the  first  half  of  his  junior  year. 

2.  Students  who  have  met  this  minimum  requirement  may 
petition  the  Dean  for  the  privilege  of  substituting  a  thesis  for  any 
one  of  the  required  courses  of  the  fifth  year. 

3.  In  his  petition  the  student  must  state  the  subject  which  he 
proposes  to  investigate  and  give  a  brief  statement  of  the  purpose 
and  scope  of  the  proposed  thesis. 

4.  Petitions  for  the  privilege  of  writing  theses  must  be  sub- 
mitted in  writing  to  the  Dean  not  later  than  the  middle  of  the 
second  college  period  of  the  junior  year. 

Liberal  Electives 

In  addition  to  the  prescribed  courses  in  each  curriculum,  students 
may  elect  one  liberal  arts  course  in  each  of  the  last  two  years. 
These  liberal  electives  may  be  chosen  from  courses  offered  by  the 
College  of  Liberal  Arts  as  listed  hereafter,  provided  they  are 
scheduled  at  a  time  when  the  students  are  free  to  take  them. 

Ec  11    Labor  Problems 

An  intensive  study  of  the  labor  problems  of  modern  industry 
constitutes  the  content  of  this  course.  Unemployment  and  other 
grievances  of  the  worker,  including  industrial  accident  and  disease, 
inadequate  wages,  long  hours,  undesirable  working  conditions, 
child  and  woman  labor,  etc.,  are  carefully  analyzed.  Labor 
unions,  representing  the  workers'  effort  to  solve  the  above  prob- 
lems, receive  extended  attention  with  an  appraisal  of  their  policies 
and  accomplishments.  Employee  representation,  profit-sharing 
plans  and  similar  devices  of  the  employer  to  meet  the  same  prob- 
lems are  also  examined  critically.  The  attitude  of  our  govern- 
ment toward  these  problems  and  its  attempts  to  handle  them  are 
analyzed  carefully.  The  suggestions  of  other  groups  and  agencies 
in  respect  to  these  problems  will  be  treated,  e.g.,  co-operative 
movement,  socialism. 

Ec  12    Economic  Systems 
This  is  an  intensive  analysis  of  alternative  economic  systems. 
Various  criteria  for  evaluating  the  different  systems  are  developed. 
Pre'requisite:  Ec  5,  Ec  6 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  87 

Ec  13  Business  Cycles 
After  a  study  of  the  conditions  which  underlie  cyclical  fluctua- 
tions in  prices,  volume  of  trade,  physical  production,  and  employ- 
ment, a  careful  analysis  is  made  of  the  more  significant  theories 
of  the  business  cycle.  The  possibilities  of  controlling  such  fluctua- 
tions and  of  initiating  recovery  receive  extended  attention. 
Throughout  the  course  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  current  phase 
of  the  business  cycle  and  its  peculiar  problems. 
Pre-requisite:  Ec  5,  Ec  6 

Ec  14  International  Economic  Relations 
A  careful  examination  of  the  important  principles  of  international 
trade  and  finance  precedes  a  critical  survey  of  the  international 
commercial  policies  of  modern  nations,  with  special  reference  to 
the  United  States.  Such  broader  problems  as  the  international 
control  of  raw  materials,  exchange  restrictions,  international 
cartels  and  the  economic  activities  of  the  League  of  Nations  and 
other  international  organizations  are  considered. 
Pre-requisite:  Ec  5,  Ec  6 

Ec  15     History  of  Economic  Thought 

A  critical  review  of  the  origin  and  development  of  economic 
thought  from  the  ancient  world  to  modern  times  is  the  aim  of  this 
course,  since  familiarity  with  the  efforts  of  great  economic  thinkers 
in  the  past  is  essential  for  the  thorough  understanding  of  modern 
economic  theory.  After  briefly  noting  the  contributions  of  Plato 
and  Aristotle,  the  early  Christian  fathers,  and  the  writers  of  the 
Middle  Ages,  each  of  the  main  schools  of  economic  thought  is 
taken  up  in  turn:  the  Mercantilists,  the  Physiocrats,  the  Classical 
School,  the  Socialists,  the  Historical  School,  the  Austrian  School, 
and  Alfred  Marshall. 
Pre-requisite  Ec  5,  Ec  6 

Ec  16    Advanced  Economic  Theory 
The  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  more  complex  aspects 
of  economic  theory.     Particular  consideration  is  given  to  the 
major  modern  theoretical  problems. 
Pre-requisite:  Ec  15 

E  15     Survey  of  English  Literature 

A  survey  of  English  literature  to  1800.  After  a  brief  study  of 
the  social  and  political  background  of  each  literary  period,  the 
writing  of  the  period  is  considered,  and  the  more  important 
writers  are  studied  and  read  in  detail.  The  purpose  of  the  course 
is  to  give  the  student  an  appreciation  of  English  literature  as  a 
whole,  and  an  intimate  knowledge  of  its  major  figures. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


E  16    Survey  of  English  Literature 

A  survey  of  English  literature  from  1800  to  the  present  century. 
The  outstanding  writers  are  read,  studied,  and  related  to  the 
general  background  of  nineteenth-century  England.  The  purpose 
of  the  course  is  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  the 
writers  who  contributed  most  to  the  formation  and  development 
of  modern  literature  in  England. 


E  19    Shakespeare 

An  introduction  to  the  work  of  Shakespeare.  The  Elizabethan 
period,  Shakespeare's  London,  the  Elizabethan  stage  and  audience, 
and  the  plays  of  Shakespeare's  contemporaries  will  be  discussed 
in  lectures.    Five  plays  will  be  studied. 


E  20    Shakespeare 
Lectures  will  be  given  on  Shakespearean  grammar,  the  text  of 
Shakespeare,  editors'  problems,  etc.    Four  plays  will  be  carefully 
analyzed. 


E  25    American  Literature  to  1860 

A  survey  of  American  literature  from  colonial  times  to  the  triumph 
of  the  transcendental  movement  in  New  England.  The  work  of 
Bryant,  Irving,  Cooper,  Poe,  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Lowell,  Holmes, 
Longfellow,  and  Melville  will  be  emphasized. 


E  26    American  Literature  After  1860 
Continuing  E  25,  the  course  will  consider  the  rise  of  realism  after 
the  Civil  War,  the  development  of  American  humor,  the  appear- 
ance of  local  color  writers,  and  modern  trends  since  1900. 


Gv  3  Municipal  Government 
This  course  is  a  study  of  the  machinery  of  city  government  in 
the  United  States,  treating  specifically  the  growth  of  the  American 
city,  the  duties  and  powers  of  the  municipal  corporation,  the 
organs  of  municipal  government  and  their  interrelations,  and  an 
analysis  of  the  frame-work  and  functionalizing  mechanism  of 
municipal  organization. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  89 

Gv  4  Comparative  Government 
A  course  which  presents  the  processes  and  institutions  by  which 
government  is  being  attained  in  the  leading  nations  of  the  world. 
The  course  is  designed  to  give  breadth  of  view  and  develop  a 
sympathetic  appreciation  of  what  people  of  other  races  and 
nationalities  are  doing  to  meet  the  demands  of  modern  society. 

Gv  5    American  Constitutional  Law 

Following  a  careful  study  of  the  influences  affecting  the  framing 
of  the  Constitution,  attention  is  turned  to  the  leading  constitu- 
tional principles  of  the  American  government  as  developed 
through  judicial  interpretation. 

Gv  6    American  Constitutional  Law 

A  continuation  of  Gv  5.  Primary  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
relation  of  constitutional  law  to  present  day  problems  with  partic- 
ular reference  to  such  items  as  "due  process  of  law"  and  "inter- 
state commerce". 

Gv  7    Origins  of  Political  Theory 

A  survey  of  political  philosophy  from  Plato  and  Aristotle  to 
Bentham.  The  nature,  origin,  forms,  and  ends  of  the  state  and 
government  are  covered. 

Gv  8    Modern  Political  Theory 

A  critical  study  is  made  of  the  major  developments  in  political 
theory  since  Bentham  with  special  reference  to  the  influence  of 
these  developments  upon  American  politics  and  political  institu- 
tions. Attention  is  paid  to  the  modern  conflict  between  the 
democratic  and  the  totalitarian  conceptions  of  the  state. 

H  5    Europe,  1789-1870 

This  course  aims  at  describing  and  interpreting  the  development 
of  European  states  from  the  French  Revolution  to  1870.  Major 
topics  include  the  Metternich  system,  the  emergence  of  French 
Republicanism,  and  the  unification  of  Italy  and  Germany.  Non- 
political  factors  receive  much  attention  throughout  the  course. 

H  6  Europe,  1870-1938 
The  international  relationships  which  precipitated  the  tragedy  of 
1914  are  considered.  The  rise  of  militarism  and  nationalism, 
secret  diplomacy,  propaganda  and  the  press,  the  "incidents" 
which  led  to  the  World  War,  the  conduct  of  the  war,  the  peace 
treaties,  and  the  rise  of  socialism  and  fascism  are  discussed  in 
this  course. 


90  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

H  9    The  United  States  to  1865 
This  course  is  an  interpretation  of  the  events  which  shaped  the 
American  nation  to  the  Civil  War.     Social  customs,  economic 
influences,  racial  contributions,   and  humanitarian  movements 
are  not  neglected  even  though  the  political  history  is  stressed. 

H  10    The  United  States  Since  1865 

Major  attention  is  given  to  the  social,  economic,  and  political 
foundations  of  recent  history  in  this  survey  of  the  transition  of 
America  from  an  agricultural  to  an  urban  industrialized  society 
since  the  Civil  War.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  problems 
arising  with  the  emergence  of  America  as  a  world  power. 

Ps  7    Social  Psychology  of  Everyday  Life 
A  course  devoted  to  the  psychological  examination  of  some  of  the 
phenomena  observable  in  everyday  social  life.     These  include 
customs,  crazes,  fashions,  rumor,  propaganda,  crowds,  leadership, 
competition,  and  co-operation. 

Ps  8    Social  Psychology,  Theory,  and  Methods 
A  survey  of  the  field  of  social  psychological  theory  and  an  exam- 
ination of  the  experimental  technique  utilized  in  this  field  of 
psychology.    Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  attitudes  and  their 
measurement. 


S  3  Social  Problems 
Attention  is  given  the  nature,  complex  causation,  and  inter- 
relatedness  of  social  problems  in  general.  Cultural  change  with 
its  attendant  lags,  as  well  as  other  social  forces  and  conflicts,  are 
studied.  While  sociological  theory  is  occasionally  introduced  to 
clarify  the  problem  at  hand,  the  course  is  essentially  practical  in 
character.  Such  problems  as  poverty  and  unemployment,  race 
antagonisms,  population  pressures,  and  the  broken  home  are 
considered.  Optional  field  trips  to  various  institutions  give 
concreteness  to  the  problems  studied. 


S  4    Social  Pathology 
Similar  to  the  course  in  Social  Problems  in  background  and 
approach,  this  study  deals  with  the  maladjustments  and  ills  of 
human  society.    Emphasis  is  given  those  pathological  conditions 
which  exist  in  relations  between  the  individual  and  the  group. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  91 

Typical  subjects  presented  include  mental  defectiveness  and  dis- 
ease, alcoholism  and  drug  addiction,  suicide,  delinquency  and 
crime,  and  pathologies  of  domestic  relations.  The  field  trips 
arranged  for  this  course  add  to  the  practical  knowledge  of  the 
social  ills  which  are  studied. 

S  7  Principles  of  Social  Ethics 
To  understand  more  clearly  the  meaning  of  morality  in  social 
relations  is  the  aim  of  this  study.  Right  and  wrong  conduct  is 
analyzed  in  the  light  of  the  highest  values  for  human  society. 
Moral  laws  are  discussed,  and  the  various  systems  of  ethics  are 
evaluated.  Scientific  attitudes  are  encouraged  in  order  that  one's 
moral  judgments  be  compatible  with  one's  best  reflective  thought. 

S  9     Problems  in  Social  Ethics 
Problems  arising  from  differences  in  moral  standards  found  in 
the  various  social  groups  will  be  examined.     The  question  of 
ethical  relativism  and  determinism  will  be  considered.    A  selected 
number  of  specific  problems  in  social  ethics  will  be  discussed. 

S  10    Social  Progress 

The  historical  development  of  the  theory  of  progress,  contem- 
porary concepts  of  social  progress,  the  agents  of  progress,  and  the 
phenomenon  of  regression  are  several  of  the  subjects  for  study. 
The  course  is  based  on  Hertzler's  Social  Progress,  supplemented 
with  lectures  and  collateral  readings. 

S  11     Social  Control 

The  methods  by  which  social  forces  are  controlled  is  the  funda- 
mental question  with  which  the  course  deals.  External  and 
internal  types  of  control  of  the  social  organism  are  discussed. 
The  use  of  violence,  the  power  of  public  opinion,  and  the  appli- 
cation of  certain  principles  of  social  psychology  are  examined. 

S  16     Urban  Sociology 

Upon  studying  the  complex  human  society  found  in  the  various 
cities  of  the  world,  this  course  then  turns  to  an  analysis  of  the 
modern  American  city.  Its  types,  social  values,  and  pathological 
elements  are  discussed.  Methods  of  city  planning  are  considered. 
The  belief  on  the  part  of  some  sociologists  that  democracy  is 
doomed  by  its  cities  is  examined  in  the  light  of  typical  problems 
of  urban  society. 


92 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

DAY  DIVISION 

Courses  of  Instruction 

19404941 

Course 

Number 

Course 

Semester 
Hours 

AC  1 
AC  2 
AC  3 
AC  4 
AC  5 
AC  6 
AC  7 
AC  8 
AC  9 
AC  10 

ACCOUNTING 

Accounting  I 

Accounting  I 

Accounting  II 

Accounting  II 

Cost  Accounting 

Cost  Accounting 

Income  Tax  Accounting 

Public  Accounting 

C.P.A.  Problems 

C.P.A.  Problems 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

FI  3 

BANKING  AND  FINANCE 

Business  Finance 

3 

FI  4 

Business  Finance 

3 

FI  5 
FI  6 

Corporation  Finance 

Banking  and  Business 

2 
2 

FI  8 
FI  9 
FI  10 
FI  12 

Advanced  Banking  Problems 

Investments 

Investments 

Public  Finance 

3 
3 
3 
2 

FI  13 
FI  14 

Real  Estate  Practice  ck  Appraising .... 
Insurance  Principles  &.  Practices 

3 
3 

MA  1 
MA  2 
MA  3 
MA  4 
MA  5 
MA  6 
MA  7 

MARKETING  AND  ADVERTISING 

Marketing  Principles 

Marketing  Problems 

Sales  Management 

Sales  Management 

Advertising  Principles 

Advertising  Problems 

Retail  Merchandising 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

MA  8 

Retail  Merchandising 

3 

IA  1 
IA  2 
IA  3 
IA  4 

INDUSTRIAL  ADMINISTRATION 

Industrial  Management  I 

Industrial  Management  II 

Personnel  Administration 

Personnel  Problems 

2 
2 
3 
3 

IA  5 

Motion  &  Time  Study 

3 

IN  14 

Industrial  Finance 

3 

COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


93 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 

Number 


PA  2 
PA  4 
PA  5 
PA  7 
PA  8 

E  9 

E  10 

E  11 

E  12 


E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 

Ec 
Ec 

Ec 

Ec 
Ec 
Ec 
Ec 
Ec 


1-B 

2-B 

3-B 

4-B 

5-B 

13 

14 

1 
2 

3 
4 
5 
6 
9 
10 


Gv  1-A 
Gv2-A 
Gv5-B 

Ps  1-A 
Ps  1-B 
Ps  2-B 

PE  2 
PE  3-4 
U  1 
U  2 
U  4 


Course 

PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 

Public  Administration  I 

Political  Concepts 

Business  and  Government 

Public  Administration  II 

Public  Administration  III 

JOURNALISM 

Journalism  I 

Journalism  I 

Journalism  II 

Journalism  II 

ENGLISH 

English 

English 

Report  Writing 

Business  Correspondence 

Advanced  Report  Writing 

Effective  Speaking 

Effective  Speaking 

^  ECONOMICS 

Economic  Geography 

Commercial  and  Industrial  History  of 

the  U.  S 

Economic  Principles 

Economic  Principles 

Economic  Problems 

Economic  Problems 

Statistics  in  Business 

Statistics  in  Business 

GOVERNMENT 

American  Government 

American  Government 

Constitutional  Law 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Problems  of  College  Life 

Psychology 

Psychology 

OTHER  REQUIRED  COURSES 

Hygiene 

Physical  Training 

Legal  Bases  of  Business 

Business  Associations 

Business  Policy 


Semester 
Hours 


94 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Courses  of  Instruction 


Course 

Number 


U  5 
U  6 
P  1-A 
P  2-A 


C  11 
C  12 


Ec  11 
Ec  12 
Ec  13 
Ec  14 
Ec  15 
Ec  16 
E  15 
16 
19 
20 
25 
26 
3 


E 
E 
E 
E 
E 

Gv 
Gv 
Gv 
Gv 
Gv 
Gv  8 
H  5 
H  6 
H  9 
H  10 
Ps  7 
Ps  8 


3 

4 

7 

9 

10 

11 

16 


Course 


OTHER  REQUIRED  COURSES  (Continued) 

Legal  Aspects  I 

Legal  Aspects  II 

Survey  of  Physical  Science 

Survey  of  Physical  Science 

CO-ORDINATION 

Business  Conference 

Business  Conference 


LIBERAL  ELECTIVES* 

Labor  Problems 

Economic  Systems 

Business  Cycles 

International  Economic  Relations . . 

History  of  Economic  Thought 

Advanced  Economic  Theory 

Survey  of  English  Literature 

Survey  of  English  Literature 

Shakespeare 

Shakespeare 

American  Literature  to  1860 

American  Literature  after  1860.  .  .  . 

Municipal  Government 

Comparative  Government 

American  Constitutional  Law 

American  Constitutional  Law 

Origins  of  Political  Theory 

Modern  Political  Theory 

Europe,  1789-1870 

Europe,  1870-1938 

TheU.  S.  to  1865 

The  U.S.  since  1865 

Social  Psychology  of  Everyday  Life . 
Social    Psychology,     Theory     and 

Methods 

Social  Problems 

Social  Pathology 

Principles  of  Social  Ethics 

Problems  in  Social  Ethics 

Social  Progress 

Social  Control 

Urban  Sociology 


Semester 
Hours 


*Semester  hours  assigned  to  the  Liberal  Elective  courses  will  be  determined 
by  the  faculty  at  the  time  the  course  is  offered. 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  95 


(Judex 


Absences 28 

Accounting 58,  61,  67-69 

Accounting — Law  Club 40 

Activities 37-45 

Administrative  Officers 6 

Administrative  Staff 6 

Admission  Requirements 51-55 

Advanced  Standing 53 

Advisers 54,  57 

Alumni  Association 45-46 

Application  for  Admission 52,  53 

Assistant  Professors 7 

Associate  Professors 7 

Astronomy  Club 42 

Athletic  Association 37-38 

Attendance 28 

Awards  and  Prizes 44-45 

Banking  and  Finance 57-59,  62,  69-72 

Banking  Club 40 

Board  of  Editors,  Bureau  of  Business  Research 9 

Books  and  Supplies 25 

Boston  —  A  Great  Educational  Center 30 

Buildings  and  Facilities 30-36 

Bureau  of  Business  Research 9 

Business  Administration,  College  of 47-50 

Business  Laboratory 50 

Calendar: 

Freshman 2 

Upperclass 3 

Calendar  for  College  Year,  1940-1941 4-5 

Camera  Club 43 

"Cauldron,"  College  Annual 39 

Chapel  Preachers 12 

Class  Organization  and  Activity 43-44 

Committees  of  Faculty 8-9 

Condition  Examinations 26 

Convocation  Lecturers 11 

Co-operative  Plan 17-22 

Correlation  of  Theory  and  Practice 19 

Earnings 20 

Faculty  Co-ordinators 17 

How  It  Works 17 

Location  of  Work 20 

Placement  at  Work 17-18 

Positions  Available 20 

Records  of  Co-operative  Work 19 

Reports 19 

Supervision  and  Guidance 18 

Training  Schedules 21-22 

Types  of  Co-operative  Work 20-21 

Corporation Frontispiece 

Counsellors 54,  57 

Courses  of  Instruction 67-86 

Dean's  List 27 

Debating  Society 42 

Degrees 47 


96  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Discipline 27 

Dormitories 29 

Dramatic  Club 42 

East  Building 34 

Economics 79-81,  86-87 

English 57,  78-79,  87-88 

Entrance  Examination  in  Boston 53-54 

Entrance  Requirements 51-55 

Equipment 49-50 

Examinations 26 

Executive  Council,  The 6 

Expenses 25 

Faculty 6-8 

Faculty  Committees 8-9 

Fees 23-24 

First  Year  Program 57 

Fraternities 40 

Freshman  Counsellors 54-55 

Freshman  Orientation  Period 54 

General  Library  and  Materials  Fee 23 

General  Information 23-29 

Government 81,  88-89 

Grades 26-27 

Graduate  Assistants 8 

Graduation  Fee 24 

Graduation  with  Honor 56 

Gymnasium 34 

Handbook 39 

History 89-90 

Honorary  Society 39 

Housing  Regulations 29 

Huntington  Field 35 

Individual  Attention  to  Freshmen 55 

Industrial  Administration 59,  64,  74-76 

Instructional  Staff 7-8 

Instructors 8 

Inter-Fraternity  Council 40 

International  Relations  Club 41 

Journalism 59,  66,  77 

Lecture  Assembly  Halls 35 

Liberal  Electives 86-91 

Libraries 36 

List  of  Courses  Offered 92-94 

Location  of  University 30 

Map  of  Vicinity 32-33 

Marketing  and  Advertising 58,  63,  72-74 

Marks 26-27 

Mass  Meeting 38 

Mathematics  Society 43 

Musical  Clubs 43 

Natatorium 34 

"Northeastern  News" 38-39 

Northeastern  Student  Union 44 

Northeastern  University  Alumni  Association 45-46 

Office  and  Secretarial  Staff 9 

Orientation  Period,  Freshman 54 

Part  Time  Work 26 

Payments 23-25 

Personal  Interview 52 

Physical  Education 82-83 


COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  97 

Physical  Examination 54 

Physical  Training  Equipment 35 

Plan  of  Co-operation 17-22 

Pre-legal  Curriculum 60 

Professional  Options,  The 57-58 

Professional  Societies  and  Clubs 40 

Professors 7 

Programs  of  Study 57-66 

Public  Administration 58,  65,  76-77 

Public  Speaking  Contest 44 

Psychology 82 

Purpose  and  Program 13-15 

Radio  Club 42 

Refunds 25 

Registration 53 

Religious  Activities 44 

Report  Cards 27 

Requirements  for  Admission 51-55 

Requirements  for  Graduation 56 

Residence 56 

Rifle  Club 42 

Scholarship  Requirements 56 

Scholastic  Year  for  Seniors 28 

Second  Year  Program 57 

Secretarial  Staff 9 

Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management 41 

Sigma  Society 39 

Sociology 89-91 

South  Building 31-34 

Statistical  Summary 16 

Student  Activities 37-45 

Student  Activities  Fee 23 

Student  Council 39 

Student  Union 44 

Subjects  for  Admission 51 

Subjects  of  Instruction 92-94 

Supplies 25 

Tennis  Club 38 

Thesis 56,  85-86 

Third  Year  Program 57 

Transportation 30 

Trustee  Scholarships 53 

Tuition 23,  24 

Visual  Education  Equipment 49-50 

West  Building 30-31 

Yearbook 39 


OFFICE  HOURS 

DEPARTMENT    OP   ADMISSIONS 

9  a.m.  to  4  p.m.  daily 
Saturday  12.00  n'n 

Wednesday  Evenings  by 
Appointment 


Northeastern  University 

College  of  Business  Administration 


Paste  a  Small 
Photo  or 
Snapshot 

in  This  Space 


APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION 

(A  non-returnable  fee  of  five  dollars  must  accompany  this  appli- 
cation.   Make  checks,  money  orders,  or  drafts  payable  to 
Northeastern  University) 

Boston,  Mass 19 

To  Director  of  Admissions: 

I  (Name  in  full) 

hereby  respectfully  apply  for  admission  to   the  College  of  Business 

Administration  to  major  in  the  field  checked: 

□  Accounting  □  Industrial  Administration 

□  Banking  and  Finance  □  Public  Administration 

□  Marketing  and  Advertising       □  Journalism 

□  Pre-legal 
for  the  school  period  beginning 19.  .  .  . 


NOTE:  The  applicant  should  fill  out  the  following  form  (both  tides)  with  care. 

Residence Street 

Town  or  City 

State Tel 

Date  of  Birth Age 

Place  of  Birth 

Race Religion Nationality 

Graduate  of High  School,  Year 

Location  of  High  School 

Name  of  Principal 

Other  high  schools  you  have  attended 

Names  of  Principals 

If  not  a  graduate,  state  the  years  of  attendance  and  why  you  left 


Father's,  Mother's,  or  Guardian's  Name , 


Address 

Father's  work,  business  or  profession 

Names  and  addresses  of  two  other  persons,  to  whom  we  may  direct  in> 
quiries  concerning  you. 


(over) 


Weight Height. . 

Have  you  any  physical  infirmities?    Explain,  if  any . 


Defects  of  speech 

Defects  of  hearing 

Defects  of  sight 

Bodily  infirmities 

Is  your  general  health  good,  fair,  or  poor? 

Have  you  done  collegiate  work  elsewhere? 

//  so,  name  and  address  of  college  or  university , 


Name  of  person  who  will  furnish  transcript  of  your  college  record . 


Do  you  expect  advance  credit  for  past  collegiate  work? 


List  all  athletics  and  other  extra  curricula  high  school  activities  you 
have  engaged  in 


Names  and  addresses  of  all  past  employers  with  brief  description  of 
each  job,  length  of  employment,  and  wages  received: 


Date 

Milton  ].  Schlagenhauf,  Director  of  Admissions 
Northeastern  University 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Mass. 

Dear  Sir: 

Please  send  me  additional  information  on  the  following  points: 


Name 

Street  and  Number. 

Town  or  City 

Stare 


3 


Northeastern 
University 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

1940-1941 


Day  and  Evening  Programs 


Admits  Men  and  Women 

FORTY-THIRD  YEAR 


OFFICE  HOURS 

June  20,  1940  —  August  15,  1940 
Daily  (except  Saturdays  and  Sundays)  8:45  a.m.-5:oo  p.m. 
Saturdays,  8:45  a.m.-I2:oo  m. 

August  16,  1940  —  June  19,  1941 
Daily  (except  Saturdays  and  Sundays)  8:45  a.m.-9:go  p.m. 
Saturdays,  8:45  a.m.-i:oo  p.m. 

During  September,  the  Office  is  open  all  day  Saturday. 
The  General  Offices  of  the  University  are  open  from  9:00  a.m.  to  9x0  p.m. 
the  entire  year. 


LIBRARY  HOURS 

July  i  —  September  7,  1940 
Daily  (except  Saturdays  and  Sundays)  8:45  a.m.-5:oo  p.m. 
Saturdays,  8:45  a.m.-i:oo  p.m. 

September  9,  1940  —  July  i,  1941 
Daily  (except  Sundays)  8:45  a.m.-io-.oo  p.m. 
Sundays,  3:00  p.m.-8:oo  p.m. 
Holidays,  12:00  m.-6:oo  p.m. 


Communications  should  be  addressed  to 

NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

47  MT.  VERNON  ST.,  BOSTON,  MASS. 

telephone  kenmore  5800 


NORTHEASTERN   UNIVERSITY 

The  Forty-third  Annual  Catalogue 

of  the 

School  of  Law 


THREE- YEAR  DAY  PROGRAM 

FOUR- YEAR  EVENING  PROGRAM 

EACH  PROGRAM  LEADS  TO  THE  LL.B.  DEGREE 

TWO-YEAR  EVENING  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 
LEADING  TO  THE  LL.M.  DEGREE 


1940-1941 


.  Case  Method  of  Instruction  . 

l>  High   Scholastic   Standards  f 

Sound   Professional  Ideals 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Calendar  3 

Northeastern  University 

The  University  Corporation  4 

General  Statement  5 

Statistical  Summary  8 

School  of  Law 

Administrative  Staff  9 

Faculty  9 

Faculty  Committee  on  Administration  io 

Historical  Statement  1 1 

Location  of  University  Buildings  l  x 

The  Law  Curricula 
Day 
Evening 
Master's  Course 

Method  of  Instruction 

Admission  of  Students 

Requirements  for  Admission 

Candidates  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws 

Advanced  Standing 

Special  Students 

Re-Admission 

Candidates  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Laws 

The  Courses  of  Instruction 
Undergraduate 
Graduate 

Requirements  for  Degrees 

General  Information 
Registration 
Tuition  and  Fees 
Attendance 
Examinations 
Grades 
Promotion 
Discipline 
General 

Scholarships  and  Prizes 

Library 

Colleges  Represented  in  the  Student  Body 

Degrees  Conferred  in  1939 

Students 


CALENDAR 


DAY  CLASSES 


1940 

16  Sept. 
23  Sept. 
18  Nov. 

Monday 
Monday 
Monday 

27  Nov. 

Wednesday 

2  Dec. 
20  Dec. 

Monday 
Friday 

1941 
6  Jan. 

Monday 

24  Jan.  - 

-1  Feb. 

1940-1941 
First  Semester 


Registration  begins. 

Class  lectures  begin. 

Payment  of  second  installment  of  tuition  due. 

1:10  p.m.  Thanksgiving  recess  begins. 

9  a.m.  Classes  resumed. 

1  p.m.  Christmas  recess  begins. 


9  a.m  Classes  resumed. 
First  semester  examinations. 


Second  Semester 
1941 

3  Feb.       Monday  9  a.m.  Class  lectures  begin. 

3  Feb.       Monday  Payment  of  third  installment  of  tuition  due. 
24  March  Monday  Payment  of  final  installment  of  tuition  due. 

4  April      Friday  1:10  p.m.  Spring  vacation  begins. 
1 4  April      Monday  9  a.m.  Classes  resumed. 

26  May  —  7  June  Final  examinations. 


1940 

9  Sept. 

Monday 

23  Sept. 

Monday 

18  Nov. 

Monday 

28  Nov. 

Thursday 

20  Dec. 

Friday 

1941 

6  Jan. 

Monday 

27  Jan. 

Monday 

24  March 

Monday 

30  May 

Friday 

15  June 

Sunday 

16  June 

Monday 

Evening  Classes 
1940-1941 

Senior,  Junior  and  Sophomore  class  lectures  begin. 

Freshman  class  lectures  begin. 

Payment  of  second  installment  of  tuition  due. 

Legal  holiday  (classes  omitted). 

Last  class  lectures  before  the  Christmas  recess. 


First  class  lectures  following  the  Christmas  recess. 
Payment  of  third  installment  of  tuition  due. 
Payment  of  final  installment  of  tuition  due. 
Legal  holiday  (classes  omitted). 
Baccalaureate  Address. 
Commencement. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


THE  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  CORPORATION 


Robert  Gray  Dodge 
Chairman 

Frank  Lincoln  Richardson 
Vice-  Chair  m  a  n 

Carl  Stephens  Ell 
President  of  the  University 

Galen  David  Light 
Secretary  and  Treasurer 


Charles  Francis  Adams 

Wilman  Edward  Adams 

Roger  Amorv 

Earl  D.  Babst 

Robert  Baldwin 

Arthur  Atwood  Ballantine 

George  Louis  Barnes 

Thomas  Prince  Beal 

Farwell  Gregg  Bemis 

Paul  Codman  Cabot 

Winthrop  L.  Carter 

Walter  Channing 

William  Converse  Chick. 

Everett  Avery  Churchill 

Paul  Foster  Clark 

Sears  B.  Condit 

Albert  Morton  Creighton 

Ernest  Blaney  Dane 

William  James  Davidson 

James  Dean 

Henry  Sturgis  Dennison 

Paul  Augustus  Draper 

Charles  Francis  Eaton 

Lindsay  Ellms 

Joseph  Buell  Ely 

Frederic  Harold  Fay 

Allan  Forbes 

Edward  J.  Frost 

Franklin  Wile  Ganse 

George  Peabody  Ga  rdner,  Jr 

Harvey  Dow  Gibson 

Merrill  Griswold 

Henry  Ingraham  Harriman 

Chandler  Hovey 

Howard  Munson  Hubbard 

Maynard  Hutchinson 


Arthur  Stoddard  Johnson 

Halfdan  Lee 

Edward  Abbott  MacMaster 

John  Russell  Macomber 

Joseph  Patrick  Manning 

Harold  Francis  Mason 

James  Franklin  McElwain 

Hugh  Dean  McLellan 

Fred  Lester  Morgan 

Irving  Edwin  Moultrop 

Clarence  Lucian  Newton 

Olaf  Olsen 

Augustin  Hamilton  Parker,  Jr. 

George  Edwin  Pierce 

Roger  Pierce 

Matthew  Porosky 

Frederick  Sanford  Pratt 

Harry  Wendell  Prout 

Sidney  Rabinovitz 

Stuart  Craig  Rand 

James  Lorin  Richards 

Charles  Milton  Rogerson 

Robert  Billings  Rugg 

Leverett  Saltonstall 

Frank  Palmer  Speare 

Russell  Henry  Stafford 

Francis  Robert  Carnegie  Steele 

Charles  Stetson 

Earl  Place  Stevenson 

Robert  Treat  Paine  Storer 

Frank  Horace  Stuart 

Edward  Watson  Supple 

Bayard  Tuckerman,  Jr. 

Eliot  Wadsworth 

Edwin  Sibley  Webster 

Sinclair  Weeks 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

GENERAL  STATEMENT 

"^TORTHEASTERN  University  is  incorporated  as  a  philanthropic 
■*■  ^  institution  under  the  General  Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State 
Legislature,  by  special  enactment,  has  given  the  University  general 
degree  granting  powers. 

The  Corporation  of  Northeastern  University  consists  of  men  who 
occupy  responsible  positions  in  business  and  the  professions.  This 
Corporation  elects  from  its  membership  a  Board  of  Trustees  in  whom  the 
control  of  the  institution  is  vested.  The  Board  of  Trustees  has  four 
standing  committees:  (a)  an  Executive  Committee  which  serves  as  an 
Ad  Interim  committee  between  the  regular  meetings  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  and  has  general  supervision  of  the  financial  and  educational 
policies  of  the  University;  (b)  a  Committee  on  Housing  which  has  general 
supervision  over  the  buildings  and  equipment  of  the  University;  (c)  a 
Committee  on  Funds  and  Investments  which  has  the  responsibility  of 
administering  the  funds  of  the  University;  (d)  a  Development  Committee 
which  is  concerned  with  furthering  the  development  plans  of  the  Uni- 
versity. 

Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University,  from  the  outset,  had  as 
its  dominant  purpose  the  discovery  of  human  and  social  needs  and  the 
meeting  of  these  needs  in  distinctive  and  highly  serviceable  ways.  While 
subscribing  to  the  most  progressive  educational  thought  and  practice, 
the  University  has  not  duplicated  the  programs  of  other  institutions  but 
has  sought  "to  bring  education  more  directly  into  the  service  of  human 
needs." 

With  respect  to  program,  Northeastern  has  limited  itself: 

— To  offering,  in  its  several  schools,  basic  curricula  from  which  non- 
essentials have  been  eliminated; 

— To  effective  teaching; 

— To  advising  and  guiding  students; 

— To  giving  students  the  chance  to  build  well-rounded  personalities 
through  a  balanced  program  of  extra-curricular  activities. 

The  Northeastern  Plan  of  Education  is  especially  designed  for  the 
student  who  must  earn  while  he  learns.  In  the  main,  it  consists  of  two 
definite  types  of  education. 

— Co-operative  Education  by  Day, 
— Adult  Education  by  Night. 

The  plan  has  been  developed  in  such  a  way  that  experience  in  jobs  with 
pay  is  utilized  to  help  boys  of  limited  financial  resources  secure  an  educa- 
tion and  at  the  same  time  gain  the  maximum  educational  benefit  from 
their  practical  experience.  So  far  as  the  New  England  States  are  con- 
cerned, Northeastern  University  is  the  only  institution  whose  day  colleges, 
other  than  the  School  of  Law,  are  conducted  under  the  Co-operative  Plan. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


The  several  schools  and  programs  of  the  University  are  operated  either 
under  the  name  "Northeastern  University"  or  by  its  affiliated  schools — 
The  Lincoln  Schools  and  The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys.  The 
following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  principal  types  of  educational  oppor- 
tunities offered. 

1.  In  the  field  of  Co-operative  Education  there  are  three  day  colleges — 
the  College  of  Liberal.  Arts,  the  College  of  Engineering,  and  the 
College  of  Business  Administration.  All  of  these  colleges  offer 
five-year  curricula.  The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in 
the  usual  fields  of  the  arts  and  the  sciences  leading  to  the  degrees 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science.  The  College  of 
Engineering,  one  of  the  largest  engineering  colleges  in  the  United 
States,  has  curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air-Con- 
ditioning,  and  Aeronautical  options),  Electrical,  Chemical,  and 
Industrial  Engineering.  The  College  of  Business  Administration 
has  curricula  in  Accounting,  Banking  and  Finance,  Marketing  and 
Advertising,  Journalism,  Public  Administration,  and  Industrial 
Administration.  The  College  of  Engineering  and  the  College  of 
Business  Administration  confer  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 
with  specification  indicating  the  field  of  specialization.  The  Co- 
operative Plan  under  which  all  of  these  day  colleges  operate  enables 
the  student  to  alternate  regular  periods  of  classroom  instruction  with 
supervised  employment  in  an  industrial  or  commercial  position, 
thus  combining  theory  and  practice  in  an  exceedingly  effective 
manner.  Apart  from  the  educational  advantages  of  the  Co-opera- 
tive Plan  is  the  opportunity  for  self-support  while  the  student  is 
pursuing  his  studies  at  Northeastern  University.  During  the  co- 
operative periods,  students  not  only  gain  experience  but  are  also 
paid  for  their  services.  Approximately  three  hundred  business  and 
industrial  concerns  co-operate  with  Northeastern  University  in 
making  this  program  effective. 

2.  The  School  of  Law  conducts  both  a  day  and  an  evening  under- 
graduate program  which  prepares  for  admission  to  the  bar  and  for 
the  practice  of  the  law  and  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws. 
It  also  conducts  a  graduate  program  in  the  evening  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Laws. 

3.  The  Adult  Education  Program  has  been  developed  in  the  evening 
work  of  the  School  of  Law  as  indicated  above,  in  the  School  of 
Business,  and  in  the  Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal 
Arts.  The  School  of  Business  has  curricula  in  Management  — 
with  Industrial  and  Merchandising  majors,  Accounting,  Law  and 
Business  Management,  and  Engineering  and  Management.  The 
School  awards  the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree 
with  specification  and  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science  degree 
in  Law  and  Business  Management.  The  College  of  Liberal  Arts 
offers  certain  of  its  courses  during  evening  hours  constituting  a 
program,  three  years  in  length,  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


the  requirements  for  the  x^.B.  or  S.B.  degree  and  providing  a  general 
education  and  preparation  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Law. 
The  title  of  Associate  in  Arts  is  conferred  upon  those  who  com- 
plete this  program. 

In  order  that  larger  groups  of  men  and  women  might  be  served 
through  its  evening  schools,  Northeastern  University  operates 
divisions  of  the  School  of  Law  and  the  School  of  Business  in  co- 
operation with  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  in  Worcester 
and  Springfield  and  of  the  School  of  Business  in  co-operation  with 
the  Providence  Young  Men's  Christian  Association.  With  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  divisions  thorough  going  methods  of  supervision 
were  instituted  and  have  been  consistently  followed  and  improved, 
with  the  result  that  the  divisional  work  is  conducted  upon  a  highly 
efficient  basis. 

The  Adult  Education  Program  has  also  been  developed  through 
the  Lincoln  Schools,  which  are  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by 
Northeastern  University.  The  classes  in  these  schools  are  held  at 
convenient  evening  hours.  The  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offers 
curricula  upon  a  college  level  in  various  phases  of  engineering 
leading  to  the  title  of  Associate  in  Engineering;  whereas  the  Lincoln 
Preparatory  School,  accredited  by  the  New  England  College 
Entrance  Certificate  Board,  prepares  students  for  admission  to 
college  and  offers  other  standard  high  school  programs. 

The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys,  also  affiliated  with  and 
conducted  by  Northeastern  University,  is  the  outgrowth  of  a  de- 
mand in  the  city  of  Boston  for  an  urban  preparatory  school  with 
high  educational  standards  which  would  furnish  thorough  prep- 
aration for  admission  to  the  leading  colleges  and  universities. 
While  easily  accessible  to  the  various  sections  of  Boston  and  to  the 
suburbs,  it  has  the  facilities  of  a  country  day  school  and  offers  a 
country  day  school  program.  This  School  is  one  of  the  leading 
preparatory  schools  of  the  country. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  AND 
AFFILIATED  SCHOOLS 

Statistical  Summary 

1 938-1 939 

Administrative 
Officers  and 

Faculty      Students 
General  Administration  8 


II.  Northeastern  University 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Engineering  I 

College  of  Business  Administration 

School  of  Law 

School  of  Business 

Evening  Courses  of  College  of  Liberal  Arts 

III.  Schools  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by 

Northeastern  University: 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute 
Lincoln  Preparatory  School 
Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys 

Regular  Term 

Summer  Term 

Total 

Less  Duplicates 


103 

5°< 
105" 


1461" 

1550* 
33" 


38 
19 

532 
437 

16 

10 

171 
146 

353 
42 

6442 
403 

311 


6039 


These  figures  include  the  administrative  officers,  faculties,  and  students  of  the  Divisions 
of  the  University  in  Worcester,  Springfield,  and  Providence. 

**The  Evening  Courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  admitted  students  for  the  first 
time  in  September,  1938. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D.,  President  of  the  University 
Frank  Palmer  Speare,  M.H.,  LL.D.,  President  Emeritus 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D.,  Vice  President  of  the  University 

Galen  David  Light,  A.B.,  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  University 

Sydney  Kenneth  Skolfield,  A.B.,  B.R.E.,  LL.M.,  Dean 

Kenneth  Stevenson,  B.C.S.,  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President 


Edna  Ethel  Rawnsley,  Registrar  and  Secretary  to  the  Dean 

Seva  Jeanne  Kozitzky,  M.A.,  B.S.,  Librarian 

Mary  B.  Foor,  Manager  of  the  University  Bookstore 

Daisy  Milne  Everett,  Assistant  Treasurer 

Ellen  Whitehouse  Parkinson,  Bookkeeper 

Isabel  Craig  Ramsay,  Recorder 

Elin  Victoria  Peterson,  Secretary  to  the  Vice  President 

Mabel  Ellen  Bean,  Secretary  to  the  Assistant  to  the  Vice  President 


FACULTY 


Felix  Forte,  A.M.,  LL.M.,  S.J.D. 
Professor  of  Law 

Edwin  Wilson  Hadley,  A.B.,  J.D.,  LL.M. 
Professor  of  Law 

Sydney  Kenneth  Skolfield,  A.B.,  B.R.E.,  L.L.M. 
Dean  and  Professor  of  Law 

Charles  Frederick  Fraser,  A.M.,  LL.M. 
Associate  Professor  of  Law 

Donald  Robert  Simpson,  A.B.,  LL.B. 
Assistant  Professor  of  Law 

Chalmers  Addison  Peairs,  Jr.,  M.A.,  LL.M. 
Instructor  in  Law 


Arthur  Willis  Blackman,  B.A.,  LL.B. 
Lecturer  in  Equity 

Robert  Raymond  Elliott,  B.S.,  LL.B. 
Lecturer  in  Criminal  Law 

Elias  Field,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Lecturer  in  Real  Property 

Dana  Taylor  Gallup,  A.M.,  LL.B. 
Lecturer  in    Taxation 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Harold  Pendexter  Johnson,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Lecturer  in  Mortgages,  and  Future  Interests 

Richard  Henry  Lee,  A.B.,  LL.B. 
Lecturer  in  Sales 

Leon  Bettoney  Newman,  A.B.,  LL.B. 

Lecturer  in  Massachusetts  Practice 

Mayo  Adams  Shattuck,  A.B.,  LL.B. 
Lecturer  in  Trusts 

John  Varnum  Spalding,  A.B.,  LL.B. 
Lecturer  in  Evidence 

Dwight  Merrill  Alden,  A.B.,  LL.B. 
Lecturer  in  Agency 


FACULTY  COMMITTEE  ON  ADMINISTRATION 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  Chairman 
Sydney  Kenneth  Skolfield,  Dean 
Elias  Field  Chalmers  Addison  Peairs,  Jr. 

Charles  Frederick  Fraser  Donald  Robert  Simpson 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


HISTORICAL 

NORTHEASTERN  University  School  of  Law  was  established  in  1898 
•*■  ^  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Honorable  James  R.  Dunbar,  Professor 
James  Barr  Ames,  then  Dean  of  the  Harvard  University  School  of  Law, 
and  Samuel  Bennett,  then  Dean  of  Boston  University  School  of  Law. 
Later  such  men  as  Ezra  Thayer,  Dean  of  Harvard  University  School  of 
Law,  Samuel  Elder,  and  Robert  G.  Dodge  were  active  upon  the  Corpora- 
tion of  the  school  and  were  largely  instrumental  in  shaping  its  policies 
and  its  development.  The  school  has  had  over  the  years  an  unusual 
faculty  of  men  who  have  been  outstanding  leaders  in  the  profession.  It 
has  also  enjoyed  highly  favorable  recognition  and  endorsement  by  the 
bench  and  by  the  bar.  The  growth  and  influence  of  the  school  has  been 
marked.  Its  graduates  who  have  entered  the  practice  of  the  law  are  men 
of  high  professional  attainment.  Many  of  the  alumni  occupy  positions 
of  leadership  as  executives  in  various  fields  of  business. 

With  the  occupancy  of  the  new  Law  School  Building  at  47  Mt.  Vernon 
Street  it  seemed  to  the  Trustees  that  the  time  had  come  to  establish  a 
day  school,  while  at  the  same  time  continuing  its  Evening  Law  School. 
Accordingly,  definite  action  was  taken  whereby  Northeastern  University 
opened  a  Day  Law  School,  entering  its  first  freshman  class  in  September 
1938.  The  Trustees  and  officers  of  administration  have  put  into  effect 
such  educational  policies  as  will  insure  the  Law  School's  maintaining, 
both  in  its  day  and  evening  programs,  those  standards  which  are  in 
accord  with  the  requirements  of  the  standard  accrediting  associations  for 
professional  education  in  the  field  of  the  law.  Through  its  day  and  evening 
undergraduate  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Laws  degree,  and 
through  its  graduate  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Laws  degree,  the 
School  of  Law  extends  its  services  to  a  wide  group  of  students  who  ear- 
nestly desire  an  effective  preparation  for  the  practice  of  the  law,  or  who  feel 
that  a  knowledge  of  the  law  is  an  effective  means  to  successful  executive 
work  in  business. 


LOCATION  OF  UNIVERSITY  BUILDINGS 

Northeastern  University  is  located  in  Boston,  a  city  which  is  rich  in 
education  and  cultural  opportunities.  The  University  center  is  on 
Huntington  Avenue  just  beyond  Massachusetts  Avenue  and  opposite 
the  Boston  Opera  House.  Here  on  an  eight  acre  campus  are  located  the 
educational  buildings  of  the  University  except  that  of  the  School  of  Law. 
The  classes  of  the  School  of  Law  are  all  held  in  the  Law  School  Building 
at  47  Mt.  Vernon  Street. 

WEST  BUILDING 

The  West  Building  at  360  Huntington  Avenue  contains  over  one 
hundred  thousand  square  feet  of  floor  space  devoted  to  administrative 
and  instructional  purposes.  On  the  first  floor  are  the  general  adminis- 
trative offices  of  the  University.  The  University  Bookstore,  the  "Husky 
Hut,  "and  the  student  checkroom  are  located  in  the  basement.    There 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


are  three  large  lecture  halls  and  numerous  classrooms  and  laboratories. 
The  office  of  the  Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  is  located 
on  the  first  floor  of  this  building. 


EAST  BUILDING 

The  East  Building  of  the  University  is  the  educational  wing  of  the 
Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of  the  Boston  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association.  The  general  University  library,  classrooms,  certain  labora- 
tories and  the  gymnasium  are  located  in  this  building. 


SOUTH  BUILDING 

The  South  Building  of  the  University  contains  certain  laboratories,  a 
large  lecture  hall,  and  several  classrooms. 


LAW  SCHOOL  BUILDING 

The  Law  School  Building  is  located  at  47  Mt.  Vernon  Street  within  a 
few  minutes'  walk  from  the  State  House  and  from  the  Court  House, 
where  the  Supreme  Judicial  Court,  the  Superior  Court  for  Suffolk  County, 
the  Land  Court,  the  Probate  Court  for  Suffolk  County,  and  the  Municipal 
Court  for  the  City  of  Boston  are  housed.  The  Building,  occupied  ex- 
clusively by  the  Law  School,  has  excellent  classroom  facilities,  adequate 
library  areas,  and  administrative  and  instructional  offices.  Opportunities 
are  provided  for  study,  effective  use  of  the  library,  and  contacts  with  the 
faculty  outside  the  classroom. 


UNDERGRADUATE  CURRICULA 

The  Law  School  is  divided  into  two  divisions — the  Day  Division  and 
the  Evening  Division.  The  same  curriculum  is  offered  in  each  Division, 
and  the  standards  of  work  and  graduation  requirements  are  the  same. 
A  minimum  of  eighty-two  semester  hours  of  classroom  instruction  is 
required  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws. 

Three- Year  Day  Course.  The  completion  of  the  course  of  study 
leading  to  the  LL.B.  degree  in  the  Day  Division  requires  that  students 
shall  be  in  regular  attendance  for  a  period  of  three  years  of  thirty-two 
weeks  each,  exclusive  of  holidays,  and  shall  devote  substantially  all  of 
their  working  hours  to  their  law  studies. 

Four- Year  Evening  Course.  The  Evening  Division  course  leading  to 
the  LL.B.  degree  covers  a  period  of  four  school  years  of  thirty-six  weeks 
each,  exclusive  of  holidays  and  is  equivalent  in  content  and  the  number  of 
classroom  hours  to  the  day  program.  The  evening  program  is  basically 
for  those  who  are  regularly  employed  during  the  day  and  can  attend  only 
the  evening  sessions  of  the  School. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


•3 


GRADUATE  CURRICULUM 

Two- Year  Master's  Course.  The  program  for  the  LL.M.  degree  is 
two  years  in  length.  The  instruction  is  designed  to  encourage  students 
and  active  practitioners  of  the  law  to  continue  their  law  study  after 
receiving  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws,  so  as  to  equip  themselves  for 
more  effective  professional  work  and  for  greater  contribution  to  the 
administration  of  justice  as  members  of  the  bar,  as  legislators,  or  in  other 
forms  of  public  service  and  to  encourage  investigations  directed  toward  a 
better  understanding  and  improvement  of  the  law,  both  in  its  substance 
and  in  its  application.    The  Master's  Courses  are  all  offered  in  the  evening. 


METHOD  OF  INSTRUCTION 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  School  is  to  prepare  for  the  practice  of  the 
law  wherever  the  English  common  law  system  prevails,  particular  atten- 
tion being  given  to  the  law  of  Massachusetts  and  the  other  New  England 
states.  To  accomplish  this  aim,  the  instruction  is  designed  to  train  the 
students  in  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  common  law  and  to  develop 
their  powers  of  legal  reasoning  and  analysis.  The  instruction  is  based 
on  the  case  method  combining  the  study  of  basic  principles  with  the 
analysis  and  interpretation  of  decided  cases.  Such  analysis  and  dis- 
crimination constitutes  a  large  portion  of  the  work  of  a  lawyer  in  his 
active  practice.  No  knowledge  of  principles  acquired  wholly  apart  from 
the  facts  upon  which  they  arise  can  replace  the  practical  values  which 
come  from  the  actual  dissection  and  analysis  of  cases  by  the  student  in 
his  study  or  with  the  instructors  in  the  classroom.  Furthermore  the 
knowledge  of  the  law  and  the  understanding  of  the  growth  and  develop- 
ment of  the  law,  which  the  student  acquires  through  the  case  system, 
gives  him  a  basis  upon  which  to  build  as  the  law  grows. 

The  case  method  of  instruction  as  used  at  Northeastern,  based  on 
the  preparation  of  assigned  cases  in  advance  of  the  class  period,  develops 
an  interest  and  enthusiasm  for  the  law  which  is  not  found  under  other 
than  the  case  method,  and,  which  is  more  important,  develops  that  sound- 
ness of  legal  reasoning  and  knowledge  of  the  law  so  essential  to  success 
at  the  bar. 


i4  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


ADMISSION  OF  STUDENTS 

General  Regulations.  Catalogs  of  the  School  of  Law,  application 
blanks  for  admission,  and  special  information  concerning  the  School  may 
be  obtained  by  calling  or  writing  the  Registrar  of  the  School  of  Law,  47 
Mt.  Vernon  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

The  School  of  Law  is  open  to  men  and  women.  Applicants  for  the 
degree  must  be  at  least  eighteen  years  of  age  upon  entering  the  first  year 
class,  and  must  be  of  good  moral  character. 

All  applicants  for  admission  must  file  with  the  Registrar  of  the  School 
of  Law: 

1.  An  application  for  admission  to  be  made  in  writing  upon  the  official 
form. 

2.  An  official  transcript  of  college  records. 

3.  Two  letters  of  reference  concerning  character  and  ability. 

These  credentials,  wherever  possible,  should  be  filed  prior  to  the  regis- 
tration period. 

All  requirements  with  respect  to  admission  apply  to  students  entering 
either  for  the  day  or  evening  curriculum  of  the  School  of  Law. 

Admission  to  Candidacy  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws. 

Any  person  may  apply  for  admission  as  a  candidate  for  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Laws: 

1.  Who  is  a  graduate  of  a  college  of  approved  standing  and  has  re- 
ceived his  Bachelor's  degree,  or 

2.  Who  has  satisfactorily  completed  in  a  college  of  approved  standing 
one-half  of  the  work  acceptable  for  the  Bachelor's  degree  granted  on  the 
basis  of  a  four  years'  period  of  study  by  the  principal  colleges  and  uni- 
versities of  Massachusetts.  Such  applicants  shall  present  at  least  sixty 
semester  hours  of  college  credit  —  exclusive  of  credit  earned  in  non- 
theory  courses  in  military  science,  hygiene,  domestic  arts,  physical 
education  or  other  courses  without  substantial  cultural  content. 

Admission  to  Advanced  Standing.  An  applicant  who  has  complied 
with  the  entrance  requirements  for  regular  first-year  law  students  prior 
to  beginning  his  law  study  and  who  has  successfully  completed  one  or 
more  years  of  work  in  a  law  school  of  approved  standing  may,  upon  the 
presentation  of  a  certificate  of  scholarship  and  of  honorable  dismissal 
from  such  school,  be  admitted  to  advanced  standing  to  the  extent  and  on 
such  conditions  as  the  full-time  faculty  may  prescribe.  No  applicant  will 
be  admitted,  either  as  a  candidate  for  advanced  standing  or  for  admission 
to  the  first-year  class,  who  shall  have  previously  attended  another  law 
school  and  who  cannot  return  to  that  school  in  good  standing.  No  credit 
will  be  given  for  work  completed  in  a  law  school  which  is  not  approved 
by  the  American  Bar  Association. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  15 


Special  Students.  A  limited  number  of  applicants,  who  are  at  least 
twenty-three  years  of  age  and  who  can  not  qualify  under  the  foregoing 
requirements  for  admission  as  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Laws,  may,  in  exceptional  cases  and  at  the  discretion  of  the  full  time 
faculty,  be  admitted  as  special  students.  Applicants  for  admission  as 
special  students  must  give  evidence  of  such  general  education  and  ex- 
perience as  will  enable  them  to  carry  on  and  profit  by  the  work  of  the 
school.  Special  students  may  not  be  candidates  for  a  degree  in  the 
School  of  Law. 

Re-Admission.  Former  students  who  have  not  been  registered  in  the 
School  during  the  two  school  years  immediately  preceding  that  in  which 
they  seek  readmission,  will  be  readmitted  only  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Faculty,  and  must,  upon  their  return  to  the  school,  meet  the  entrance  and 
degree  requirements  in  force  at  the  time  of  their  re-entry. 

Admission  to  Candidacy  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Laws.    Any 

person  who  has  satisfactorily  completed  such  pre-legal  work  as  will  entitle 
him  to  admission  to  this  school  as  a  candidate  for  the  LL.B.  degree,  and 
subsequent  to  such  pre-legal  study  has  received  the  degree  of  LL.B.,  or 
an  equivalent  degree,  from  an  approved  school  of  law,  may,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  Dean,  be  admitted  to  the  Master's  course  as  a  candidate 
for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Laws  (LL.M.). 

One  who  meets  the  requirements  for  admission  as  a  candidate  for  the 
LL.M.  degree,  and  who  desires  a  knowledge  of  particular  courses  because 
of  their  relation  to  his  practice  or  other  reasons,  but  not  intending  to 
pursue  the  entire  program,  may  enroll  for  individual  courses. 


1 6  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


THE  COURSES  OF  INSTRUCTION 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw,  modify  or  add  to  the 
courses  offered,  or  to  change  the  order  of  courses  as  may  seem  advisable. 

UNDERGRADUATE  COURSES 

AGENCY.  -  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Agency  defined;  actual  or  ostensible;  agency  distinguished  from  trust,  from  sale,  from 
lease;  creation  of  the  relation;  scope  of  agency;  authority  and  power  of  agent,  manner  of 
execution  of  authority;  effect  of  relations  as  between  principal  and  agent,  between  agent 
and  third  persons,  and  between  principal  and  third  persons;  liability  of  principal  for  acts  of 
agent;  liability  and  rights  by  ratification;  delegation  of  authority;  duties  and  liabilities  of 
the  agent  to  third  persons,  to  principal;  undisclosed  principal;  duration  and  termination  of 
relation. 

BANKRUPTCY.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  course  will  cover  the  history  of  bankruptcy  legislation,  state  and  national;  extent 
and  operation  of  state  insolvency  laws;  who  may  become  a  bankrupt;  who  may  be  petition- 
ing creditors;  acts  of  bankruptcy,  including  fraudulent  conveyances,  preferences  and  assign- 
ments for  the  benefit  of  creditors;  what  property  passes  to  the  trustee;  dissolution  of  liens; 
what  claims  are  provable  against  the  bankrupt's  estate;  duties  and  powers  of  the  trustee; 
duties  of  the  bankrupt;  discharge  from  bankruptcy;  compositions  in  the  bankruptcy  court; 
bankruptcy  procedure. 

BILLS  AND  NOTES.  3  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  provisions  of  the  General  Laws  of  Massachusetts,  Chapter  107  —  Negotiable  Instru- 
ments Law  (in  Massachusetts  only).  Formal  requisites  of  negotiable  and  non-negotiable 
bills  of  exchange,  checks  and  notes;  obligations  and  rights  of  the  various  parties  to  such 
instruments,  makers,  acceptors,  drawers,  drawees,  payees,  indorsers  and  indorsees;  suits 
upon  bills  and  notes;  pleading  and  defenses,  accommodation  paper,  bankers'  and  trade 
acceptances;  letters  of  credit;  guaranty  and  generally  of  the  transfer,  negotiation  and 
extinguishment  of  bills  and  notes. 

BUSINESS  ASSOCIATIONS.  6  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

I,  The  nature  of  a  corporation;  II,  Intra  corporate  problems,  voting  control,  management, 
stockholders'  rights,  control  by  managers,  securities;  III,  Inter  corporate  problems,  powers 
of  corporations,  unauthorized  corporate  action,  ultra  vires,  rights  of  creditors,  reorganization. 

Embracing  the  creation  of  partnership;  rights  and  duties  of  partners  among  themselves; 
power  of  partners  to  bind  firm;  individual  liability  of  partners;  dissolution. 

CONFLICT  OF  LAWS.  4  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

General  background  and  theoretical  bases  of  Conflict  of  Laws  and  rules  for  the  application 
of  Conflict  of  Laws  principles;  general  requirements  of  domicil;  domicil  by  operation  of  law; 
definition  and  character  of  jurisdiction;  jurisdiction  of  courts;  a  consideration  of  various 
problems  of  family  law  with  emphasis  on  marriage,  divorce,  legitimacy  and  adoption; 
property  interests  including  movables  and  immovables;  intangibles  and  matrimonial  property 
interests;  torts;  contracts  and  related  obligations  including  foreign  judgments  and  other 
imposed  duties;  procedural  matters;  and  administration  of  estates,  trusts  and  receiverships. 

CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW.  4  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Written  and  unwritten  constitutions;  history  and  sources  of  written  constitutions  in  the 
United  States,  state  and  national;  establishing  and  amending  constitutions;  distribution  of 
powers  between  the  national  and  state  governments;  distribution  of  powers  among  the  three 
departments;  the  judicial  department;  nature  of  judicial  power;  jurisdiction  of  the  federal 
government,  criminal  and  civil;  express,  implied,  resulting  and  inherent  powers;  functions 
of  administrative  officers;  citizenship;  civil  and  political  rights;  the  police  power;  the  right 
of  eminent  domain;  taxation;  impairment  of  contracts,  ex  post  facto  and  retrospective  legis- 
lation generally,  regulation  of  commerce. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


J7 


CONTRACTS.  6  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Offer  and  acceptance;  consideration;  performance  of,  or  promise  to  perform,  an  existing 
legal  obligation  as  consideration;  moral  obligation  as  consideration;  past  or  executed  con- 
sideration; parties  to  a  contract,  including  aliens,  executors  and  administrators,  guardians, 
infants,  insane  persons,  intoxicated  persons  and  married  women  (omitting  agents,  corpora- 
tions and  partners  as  these  subjects  are  given  in  other  courses);  contracts  under  seal,  in- 
cluding the  form,  requisites  thereof,  delivery  and  the  matter  of  consideration;  rights  of 
beneficiaries  under  a  contract;  rights  of  assignees  of  a  contract;  conditions  in  contracts; 
recission  of  contracts;  damages  for  breach  of  contract;  illegality;  duress;  mistake;  statute 
of  frauds,  quasi-contracts. 

CRIMINAL  LAW.  4  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Sources  of  criminal  law;  the  elements  of  crime;  effect  of  consent,  condonation,  negligence, 
or  other  misconduct  of  person  injured,  coercion  and  necessity;  criminal  intent;  effect  of 
mistake  of  fact,  infancy,  insanity,  and  intoxication;  the  criminal  act;  attempts;  parties  in 
crimes;  assault  and  battery;  mayhem;  false  imprisonment;  abortion;  rape;  murder  and  man- 
slaughter; larceny;  embezzlement;  obtaining  property  by  cheats  and  false  pretenses,  re- 
ceiving stolen  property;  burglary;  arson;  forgery;  libel;  perjury;  conspiracy;  criminal  pro- 
cedure in  Massachusetts. 


DAMAGES.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  theory  and  practice  of  the  measure  of  relief  in  court;  respective  functions  of  court 
and  jury  in  estimating  damages,  exemplary,  liquidated,  nominal,  direct,  and  consequential; 
avoidable  consequences;  certainty,  compensation,  damages  for  non-pecuniary  injuries; 
questions  of  value;  interest;  expenses;  damages  in  the  various  types  of  tort  and  contract 
actions,  and  damages  in  taking  under  the  right  of  eminent  domain. 

DOMESTIC  RELATIONS.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  law  of  husband  and  wife,  the  contract  to  marry;  nature  and  requirements  of  marriage; 
relations  between  husband  and  wife;  parent  and  child;  dissolution  of  marriage  by  annulment, 
divorce  and  judicial  separation. 

EQUITY.  6  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

A  study  of  the  nature  and  history  of  equity  jurisdiction;  the  basis  of  equitable  relief, 
property  rights  distinguished  from  personal  rights  and  the  right  of  privacy;  the  grounds  for 
equitable  relief;  doctrines  of  equity;  and  a  consideration  of  the  procedure  in  the  conduct  of 
a  case  in  the  Equity  Court. 

EVIDENCE.  5  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Rules  of  evidence  in  the  Federal  Courts;  machinery  of  the  trial;  examination  of  witness; 
refreshing  recollection  of  witnesses;  impeachment  and  corroboration  of  witnesses;  admissions 
and  confessions;  character  evidence;  the  opinion  rule  and  the  expert  witness;  the  heresay 
rule;  statutory  exceptions  to  the  hearsay  rule;  common  law  exceptions  to  the  hearsay  rule 
including  dying  declarations,  statements  of  fact  against,  interest,  pedigree,  entries  in  the 
regular  course  of  business,  official  records,  declarations  as  to  physical  and  mental  conditions, 
res  gestae;  real  evidence;  best  evidence  rule;  authentication  of  documents;  handwriting 
evidence;  privilege  against  self-crimination;  privileges  based  on  the  marriage  relationship; 
attorney-client  privilege;  judicial  notice;  the  parol  evidence  rule;  presumptions  and  burden 
of  proof. 

INSURANCE.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  history,  nature  and  development  of  the  general  principles  of  insurance  law  as  applied 
to  the  various  forms  of  insurance  contracts  with  respect  to  insurable  interest,  concealment, 
misrepresentation,  warranties,  and  other  causes  of  invalidity  of  the  contract;  amount  ot 
recovery,  subrogation,  conditions,  waiver,  estoppel,  election  and  powers  of  agents,  assignees 
and  beneficiaries. 


18  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


JUDICIAL  PROCEDURE.  4  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  origin  and  development  of  the  common  law  actions;  the  forms  of  actions,  local  and 
transitory,  real  personal  and  mixed;  original  and  judicial  writs;  pleadings,  their  purpose, 
forms  and  rules  by  which  they  are  governed;  changes  by  statute  in  common  law  forms  of 
pleadings;  effect  of  pleadings  on  the  conduct  of  a  cause. 

A  study  of  the  judicial  system  with  reference  to  its  historical  background  and  growth; 
the  court  and  its  officers;  the  judge;  the  attorney,  and  their  relations  with  each  other  and 
the  public;  a  discussion  of  problems  of  interest  to  the  profession  relating  to  the  status, 
functions,  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  lawyer;  and  the  standards  of  professional  conduct. 

LANDLORD  AND  TENANT.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  nature  of  the  relation;  tenancies  distinguished  from  other  relationships;  express  and 
implied  tenancies;  contracting  parties;  rights  and  liabilities  of  landlord  and  tenant. 

MASSACHUSETTS  PRACTICE  AND  PLEADING  AT  LAW  AND  IN  EQUITY. 

2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Divisions  of  courts  in  Massachusetts  and  jurisdiction  of  each;  venue  of  actions,  writs  and 
service  of  same;  indorser  for  costs;  attachment  of  property  on  mesne  process,  by  trustee 
process,  and  in  equity;  arrest  on  mesne  process;  entry  of  actions;  appearances;  non-suits 
and  defaults;  the  Practice  Act;  the  pleadings  including  declarations,  motions  to  dismiss, 
answers  and  pleas  in  abatement,  demurrers,  and  answers  and  pleas  in  bar;  amendments; 
specifications;  interrogatories;  depositions;  demand  to  admit  facts;  set-off,  recoupment  and 
cross  actions;  marking  cases  for  trial;  advancing  actions  for  speedy  trial;  auditors,  masters 
and  assessors;  tender  and  offer  of  judgment;  motions,  claim  for  jury  trial;  jurors,  summon- 
ing witnesses;  procedure  at  trial;  verdicts;  motions  for  new  trial;  motions  in  arrest  of  judg- 
ment; appeals;  exceptions;  reports;  reservations;  judgments;  executions. 

MORTGAGES.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  characteristic  mortgage  doctrines;  the  long  and  statutory  short  forms;  equitable 
mortgages;  construction  loan  mortgages;  deficiency  judgments;  effect  of  passage  of  time 
on  mortgages;  taxes;  insurance;  assignment  by  mortgagee  and  mortgagor;  merger;  partial 
release  and  discharge;  marshaling;  special  emphasis  on  the  practice  of  foreclosure;  re- 
demption. 

MUNICIPAL  CORPORATIONS.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  nature,  creation,  constitution,  control  alteration,  and  dissolution  of  municipal  cor- 
porations; their  charters,  proceedings,  officers,  and  agents;  powers  and  liabilities,  taxation 
and  indebtedness. 

OFFICE  PRACTICE.  1  SEMESTER  HOUR. 

This  is  a  practical  course  covering  the  fundamental  principles  of  drafting  legal  documents, 
including  contracts,  conditional  sales,  conveyances,  mortgages,  leases,  wills,  trusts,  partner- 
ship agreements,  etc.  It  also  covers  the  problems  of  office  management,  as  to  personnel, 
office  records,  correspondence,  filing  system,  time  recording,  valuation  and  billing,  clients' 
accounts,  and  office  library.  Considerable  time  is  given  to  the  use  of  law  books  and  the 
preparation  of  cases. 

PERSONAL  PROPERTY.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Distinction  between  real  and  personal  property;  possession,  bailment;  finder;  lien;  pledge; 
acquisition  of  ownership  in  chattels,  including  bona  fide  purchase,  adverse  possession, 
accession,  confusion,  judgment,  satisfaction  of  judgment,  and  gift;  fixtures  and  emblements. 

PRACTICE  COURT.  1  SEMESTER  HOUR. 

The  Practice  Court  supplements  the  course  in  Common  Law  Pleading  and  is  under  the 
control  and  direction  of  the  faculty.  The  purpose  of  the  court  is  to  give  the  students  an 
opportunity  to  apply  their  knowledge  of  pleading  and  procedure  and  their  knowledge  of  the 
substantive  law  in  the  conduct  of  an  actually  litigated  controversy.  The  practice,  so  far  as 
is  possible,  follows  that  of  actual  litigation.  The  senior  students  are  divided  into  groups, 
or  firms  of  lawyers,  two  in  each  group  representing  the  plaintiff  and  two  the  defendant. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  i9 


These  firms  institute  their  actions  in  the  various  courts  and  conduct  them  through  their 
various  stages  to  final  judgment  or  decree.  The  work  of  the  Practice  Court  is  required  of  all 
regular  students  and  must  be  performed  satisfactorily  as  a  condition  of  promotion. 

PROPERTY  I.  3  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Possession;  air;  land;  streams;  surface  waters;  underground  waters;  rights  of  reversioners; 
profits;  easements;  licenses;  legal  enforcement  of  covenants  running  with  the  land;  equitable 
enforcement  of  agreements  running  with  the  land;  rents,  waste;  public  rights  in  waters  and 
highways. 

PROPERTY  II.  3  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Feudal  system  of  land  tenure;  estates  in  land,  including  historical  development  of  methods 
of  creating  and  conveying  the  same;  reversions,  remainders  and  other  non-possessory  inter- 
ests in  land;  concurrent  ownership;  disseisin  and  the  remedies  therefor;  uses  and  trusts, 
including  the  statute  of  uses;  accretion,  adverse  possession;  prescription;  voluntary  con- 
veyances; form  of  deeds;  description  of  property  granted;  estates  created;  creation  and  in- 
cidents of  joint  tenancy;  tenancy  in  common  and  tenancy  by  entirety;  creation  of  easements 
and  profits;  covenants  for  title;  execution  of  deeds;  recording;  estoppel  by  deed;  dedication; 
examination  of  titles. 

PROPERTY  III.  3  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Future  and  conditional  interests  in  property. 

Estates  on  condition,  rights  of  entry  for  condition  broken,  license  and  waiver  of  breach, 
possibilities  of  reverter,  reversions,  vested  and  contingent  remainders,  future  uses,  executory 
devises  and  bequests,  failure  of  executory  devises,  construction  of  limitations,  cross-limita- 
tions, vesting  of  legacies,  gifts  on  failure  of  issue,  ascertainment  of  classes,  powers,  rule 
against  perpetuities,  restraints  on  alienation,  illegal  and  impossible  conditions. 

SALES.  3  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Sales  and  mortgages  of  personal  property;  historical  and  philosophical  basis  of  this  branch 
of  law;  subject  matter  of  a  sale;  parties  to  a  sale;  the  effect  of  fraud;  passage  of  title;  risk  of 
loss;  rights  of  the  seller  under  the  contract;  conditional  sales;  documents  of  title;  warranties 
expressed  and  implied;  the  rights  of  the  buyer  under  the  contract,  and  formalities  of  the 
contract. 

SURETYSHIP.  1  SEMESTER  HOUR. 

Rights  of  the  creditor;  rights  of  the  surety  against  the  principal,  including  reimburse- 
ment, subrogation  and  exoneration;  rights  of  a  surety  against  a  cosurety,  including  subro- 
gation and  contribution;  subsuretyship;  creditor's  interest  in  securities  held  by  the  surety; 
problems  arising  out  of  bankruptcy  and  insolvency;  the  statute  of  frauds;  the  surety's 
other  defenses  against  the  creditor. 

TORTS.  6  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Definition  of  tort;  theory  of  liability  in  tort;  distinctions  between  tort  and  breach  of  con- 
tract; defenses  to  torts  or  apparent  torts;  assignability  of  right  of  action  in  tort;  damages; 
discharge  of  torts;  disability,  including  responsibility  of  infants,  married  women,  insane 
persons,  municipal  corporations  and  charities  for  torts;  assault  and  battery;  false  imprison- 
ment; trespass  to  property;  slander  and  libel;  slander  of  title;  enticement  and  seduction; 
loss  of  consortium;  deceit;  infringement  of  trademarks;  malicious  prosecution;  negligence. 

TRUSTS.  4  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Embracing  the  nature  of  a  trust  including  analytical  and  practical  distinctions  between 
trusts  and  bailments,  debts  or  contracts,  conditions,  mortgages  and  other  relationships  with 
emphasis  upon  the  relation  between  banker  and  customer  and  broker  and  customer;  the 
creation  of  a  trust  including  intention,  matters  of  consideration  and  the  statutes  of  frauds 
and  wills;  the  elements  of  a  trust,  its  subject  matter,  the  trustee  and  the  cestui  que  trust; 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


the  charitable  or  public  trust;  resulting  and  constructive  trusts  and  a  consideration  of  typical 
situations  where  trusts  are  imposed  by  law;  the  administration  of  trusts;  the  nature  of  the 
cestui  que  trust's  interest;  powers  and  duties  of  the  trustee,  the  investment  of  trust  funds 
and  the  liabilities  of  the  trustee  to  the  beneficiary;  liabilities  to  third  persons;  the  doctrine 
of  bona  fide  purchase  and  the  consideration  of  what  persons  are  bound  by  a  trust;  the  trans- 
fer of  the  interest  of  the  cestui  que  trust  and  the  termination  of  a  trust. 

WILLS.  3  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Escheat;  descent;  statutory  rules;  wills  —  kinds,  alternatives,  advantages  and  scope  of; 
execution,  sound  mind,  fraud  and  undue  influence;  mistake;  form;  attestation;  incorporation 
by  reference;  revocation  by  change  in  circumstance;  by  subsequent  instrument;  by  physical 
act;  dependent  relative  revocation;  revival;  republication;  lapsed,  void  and  adeemed  gifts; 
conflict  of  laws;  construction,  probate  and  administration;  jurisdiction;  procedure;  powers  of 
representative;  payment  of  debts;  payments  of  legacies  and  distribution;  statutory  rights 
and  allowances;  practice. 


GRADUATE  COURSES 

ADMINISTRATIVE  LAW.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

This  course  deals  with  the  powers  and  duties  of  public  officers  and  of  the  organization 
and  procedure  of  administrative  agencies.  It  includes  a  consideration  of  the  distinction 
between  legislative,  judicial,  and  executive  powers;  the  conclusiveness  of  administrative 
determination;  the  requirement  of  due  process;  and  the  extent  of  judicial  control  over  ad- 
ministrative action.  This  will  include:  The  law  of  public  officers;  dealings  with  governmental 
units  under  which  these  officers  work;  administrative  discretion;  notice  and  hearing  as 
requisites  of  administrative  action;  judicial  interference  with  administration;  finality  of  ad- 
ministrative determination;  municipal  legislation;  powers,  revenue;  property  rights;  in- 
debtedness; and  liability. 

ADMIRALTY.  1  SEMESTER  HOUR. 

This  course  deals  with  jurisdiction,  general  average  and  marine  insurance,  bottomry  and 
respondia,  salvage,  maritime  torts  defined  and  limited;  American  and  English  doctrines  on 
survival  of  actions  for  fatal  injuries,  navigation  rules,  damages  in  collision,  limited  liability 
act,  priorities  of  maritime  and  non-maritime  liens,  pleading  and  practice,  federal  and  state 
statutes  changing  the  common  law. 

APPELLATE  PRACTICE  AND  BRIEFS.  3  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Develops  the  fundamental  principles  underlying  the  procedure  commonly  employed  in 
the  courts  of  Massachusetts  and  in  the  trial  and  review  of  causes,  both  at  law  and  in  equity. 
The  problems  of  appeal  are  based  upon  and  pre-suppose  steps  taken,  and  motions  and 
exceptions  made  before,  during,  and  after  the  trial  or  proceeding  in  the  lowest  court.  There- 
fore, the  course  will  embrace  as  foundations  for  appeal  the  topics  of  venue,  jurisdiction, 
judgments  on  default  and  demurrer,  and  arrest  of  judgment;  continuance,  the  incidents  of  a 
jury  trial,  such  as  the  right  to  a  jury,  its  selection,  opening  statement,  conduct  of  counsel,  dis- 
missal, non-suit  and  directed  verdict,  instructing  the  jury,  and  the  verdict;  trial  by  court 
without  a  jury,  and  the  judgment. 

What  is  reviewable;  methods  of  review;  parties  to  proceedings  for  review;  preparation  of 
briefs  and  handling  of  appeals  in  the  various  appellate  courts. 

CONVEYANCING  SEMINAR.  4  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

This  course  will  demonstrate  the  application  of  theoretical  real  property  law  to  the 
practice  of  conveyancing,  or  passing  upon  real  estate  titles.  Actual  problems  facing  the 
conveyancer  will  be  demonstrated  and  discussed.  The  student  will  be  instructed  in  the 
preparation  and  use  of  the  many  forms  which  the  conveyancer  must  utilize  in  his  daily  tasks. 

Seminar  discussions  will  give  actual  acquaintance  with  selected  famous  titles  upon  which 
much  Metropolitan  realty  depends,  and  with  famous  cases  in  the  Massachusetts  Supreme 
Court  involving  real  estate  problems. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


The  course  will  cover  the  problems  of  the  conveyancer  in  passing  upon  titles  to  real 
property  —  pertinent  legal  principles  as  to  all  of  the  various  rights  and  incumbrances  in- 
cident to  ownership  of  real  property — prescriptive  rights,  easements,  restrictions,  adverse 
possession,  covenants,  transfers  through  death  with  or  without  administration,  mortgages, 
liens,  fraudulent  conveyances,  equitable  servitudes,  etc. — land  registration  procedure,  title 
certificates,  preparation  of  deeds,  mortgages,  contracts  to  buy  and  sell,  releases,  and  other 
papers. 

The  course  will  provide  a  practical  review  of  the  entire  field  of  real  property;  probate 
practice  as  it  pertains  to  real  estate,  and  Land  Court  practice  in  Massachusetts. 

INTERNATIONAL  LAW.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

This  course  deals  with  the  origin,  development,  sources  and  force  of  international  law; 
acquisition  and  recognition  of  international  status;  neutralized  and  protected  states,  recog- 
nition of  belligerency,  international  right  of  existence  and  independence,  intervention, 
property;  jurisdiction  over  lands,  seas,  persons,  nationals  and  aliens;  diplomatic  relations, 
treaties  and  international  agreements,  arbitrations  and  awards,  reprisals,  embargo,  sanctions 
and  blockade;  definition  of  war,  rights  and  obligations  of  belligerents,  non-hostile  relations 
between  belligerents;  capture,  treatment,  exchange  and  release  of  prisoners;  military  occupa- 
tions and  government,  armistices,  methods  of  termination  of  war,  rights  of  neutral  states 
against  search  of  vessels,  seizure  of  contraband  and  blockade;  national  and  international 
prize  courts. 

LABOR  LAW.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

This  course  will  embrace  an  historical  introduction  to  the  labor  laws;  a  study  of  the  per- 
missible ends  towards  which  the  concerted  activities  of  employers  may  be  directed;  the 
legality  of  various  forms  of  concerted  activity,  such  as  strikes,  lockouts,  boycotts,  picketing; 
the  labor  injunction,  including  State  and  Federal  legislation  on  the  subject;  legal  aspects  of 
the  collective  labor  agreement;  labor  combinations  under  the  Sherman  Act;  Federal  and 
State  labor  relations  acts. 

LEGAL  HISTORY  AND  JURISPRUDENCE.  4  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

a.  Legal  History 

The  historical  development  of  the  common  law,  and  of  the  courts  and  institutions  through 
which  it  functions,  will  be  worked  out  in  a  series  of  horizontal  periods.  The  purpose  is 
practical  as  well  as  scholarly;  it  is  to  study  and  evaluate  the  past  so  that  its  materials  may 
be  understood  for  use  in  the  practical  legal  present  and  some  estimate  may  be  made  of  the 
future. 

Some  familiarity  will  be  acquired  with  great  men,  statutes  and  phrases  which  are  still 
referred  to  in  legal  discussions  and  decided  cases. 

For  the  purpose  of  comparisons,  there  will  be  a  brief  outline  of  all  the  world's  legal  sys- 
tems, other  than  the  Anglo-American.  Interesting  similarities  of  juristic  theories  and 
practices  will  be  pointed  out. 

b.  "Jurisprudence 

The  science  of  justice  is  woven  into  the  various  periods  of  legal  history,  because  it  is  deemed 
to  be  an  inescapable  part  thereof.  For  earlier  periods,  the  broad  swings  towards  and  away 
from  stability  and  flexibility  will  be  the  chief  matter  studied.  In  more  recent  times,  an  out- 
line of  the  analytical,  philosophical  and  historical  schools  of  jurisprudence  will  be  evolved, 
with  current  theories  and  tendencies.  American  legal  decisions  will  be  used  to  illustrate 
recent  theories  of  the  science  of  law  wherever  possible. 

LEGAL  RESEARCH  FOR  PRACTITIONERS.  1  SEMESTER  HOUR. 

Materials  of  Research: 

Legislative  enactments:  editions  of  Federal  and  State  Constitutions,  official,  unofficial, 
annotated,  unannotated;  editions  of  Federal  and  State  Statutes,  official,  unofficial,  an- 
notated, unannotated;  treaties;  governmental  orders  and  regulations;  municipal  charters 
and  ordinances;  Rules  of  Court.    Form  of  legislative  acts,  slip  laws,  session  laws. 

Judicial  precedents:  editions  of  Federal  Reports,  Supreme  Court,  lower  Federal  Courts, 
official,  unofficial,  annotated,  unannotated;  State  Reports;  National  Reporter  System; 
annotated  reports;  special  subject  reports;  decisions  of  administrative  bodies. 

Books  of  index:  digests;  textbooks;  restatements;  encyclopedias;  annotations;  citators; 
dictionaries;  legal  periodicals;  appeal  papers. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Methods  of  Research: 

In  Legislative  enactments,  Federal  and  State,  direct  and  indirect  methods;  judicial 
precedents,  Federal  and  State;  the  fact  index  method  of  approach  —  analysis  of  fact  ele- 
ments; topic  method  of  approach;  words  and  phrases  method  of  approach;  use  of  tables. 
Supplementing  and  evaluating  precedents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  Massa- 
chusetts materials  and  methods  of  research  in  statutory  compilations  and  reports  of  judicial 
precedents  from  1628  to  date.  Particular  reference  will  be  given  to  methods  of  ascertaining 
the  legislative  and  judicial  history  of  local  statutes,  whether  amended,  superseded,  repealed, 
etc.,  with  judicial  interpretations  thereof.  Some  attention  will  be  given  to  English  materials 
and  methods  of  research.  The  class  lectures  will  be  supplemented  by  actual  demonstrations 
of  methods  in  the  school  library.  Suggestions  will  be  made  as  to  library  requirements  in  the 
office  of  the  practicing  lawyer. 

LEGAL  SEMINAR.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS  EACH  YEAR. 

This  course  will  continue  throughout  the  entire  two  years.  The  work  will  deal  with 
fundamental  subjects  of  the  law  by  means  of  the  presentation  of  written  papers  on  assigned 
readings  and  research,  followed  by  class  discussion,  formal  argument,  and  the  submission 
of  briefs. 

During  the  first  year  the  following  topics,  among  others,  will  be  considered:  Patents,  copy- 
rights and  trade-marks,  domestic  and  foreign;  naturali2ation,  nationality,  aerial  jurisdiction, 
expatriation,  extradition  and  rendition,  neutralization,  marine  insurance,  inevitable  acci- 
dents, maritime  liens;  other  subjects  in  International,  Admiralty,  and  Constitutional  Law. 

During  the  second  year  topics  dealing  with  unfair  competition,  interference  with  contract, 
taxation  and  other  pertinent  topics  will  be  considered,  and  a  graduate  thesis  on  some  legal 
topic  will  be  prepared  and  submitted  as  one  of  the  requirements  for  the  degree. 

PUBLIC  UTILITIES.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

Development  of  the  public  utility  concept;  entry  into  public  service;  creation  of  the 
relation  of  public  utility  proprietor  and  patron;  basis  and  extent  of  the  public  utilities' 
duties — as  to  service  to  all;  adequate  facilities,  discrimination,  reasonable  rates;  performance 
of  the  service;  termination  of  the  relation;  withdrawal  from  service;  utilities'  right  to  make 
regulations;  regulation  by  public  through  administrative  agencies;  functioning  of  such 
agencies;  judicial  review. 

TAXATION.  2  SEMESTER  HOURS. 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  present  taxation  as  a  specialized  art  or  function  of  the 
lawyer,  rather  than  as  an  aspect  of  constitutional  law,  conflict  of  laws,  accounting,  or 
economics;  to  give  the  student  information  as  to  how  taxes  work  and  why  they  fail.  To 
accomplish  this  aim,  the  course  deals  with  the  legal  basis  and  legitimate  purposes  of  taxa- 
tion; the  so-called  general  property  tax  and  tax  administration,  protests  to  city  assessors, 
and  proceedings  before  the  Massachusetts  Board  of  Tax  Appeals,  estate,  inheritance,  and 
gift  taxes;  the  income  tax,  State  and  Federal,  its  constitutional  limitations,  jurisdiction,  the 
nature  of  taxable  income,  and  the  administration  of  the  tax,  modern  excise  taxes  on  business 
concerns,  State  excise  taxes,  Federal  capital  stock  and  excess  profits  taxes. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  23 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 
DEGREE  OF  BACHELOR  OF  LAWS  (LL.B.) 

To  be  eligible  for  the  LL.B.  degree,  a  student  must  have  met  the  fol- 
lowing requirements: 

Age.  A  student  must  be  twenty-one  years  of  age  at  the  time  of 
receiving  the  degree. 

Period  of  Study.  A  student  must  have  been  in  regular  attendance 
for  a  period  of  three  years  in  the  day  curriculum  or  four  years  in  the 
evening  curriculum.  An  advanced  standing  student  from  an  approved 
Law  School  shall  attend  such  period  as  the  full  time  faculty  may  deter- 
mine, but  in  no  case  shall  an  advanced  standing  student  qualify  for  his 
degree  with  less  than  one  full  year  of  regular  attendance  at  Northeastern 
University  School  of  Law. 

Examinations.  A  student  must  have  passed  satisfactory  examina- 
tions in  at  least  eighty-two  hours  of  required  courses  and  secure  the  re- 
quired general  average.  The  minimum  general  average  for  the  LL.B. 
degree  is  as  follows: 

(a)  With  no  conditions  in  any  law  school  subjects  —  a  weighted 
average  of  sixty-seven  per  cent. 

(b)  With  one  unsatisfactory  grade  in  the  subjects  of  the  last  two 
years  —  a  weighted  average  of  seventy  per  cent. 

Honors.  To  qualify  for  honors  a  student  must  have  met  all  of  the 
above  requirements  and  in  addition  thereto  have  passed  his  examinations 
with  distinction  in  all  of  the  courses  required  for  the  LL.B.  degree.  There 
are  two  classes  of  honors: 

Cum  Laude.  Students  who  have  met  all  of  the  requirements  for 
honors  and  attain  a  weighted  average  grade  of  between  eighty-five  per 
cent  and  ninety-one  per  cent,  both  inclusive,  will  be  recommended  for  the 
degree,  Cum  Laude. 

Magna  Cum  Laude.  Students  who  attain  a  weighted  average  grade 
of  ninety-two  per  cent  or  better  will  be  recommended  for  the  degree, 
Magna  Cum  Laude. 

DEGREE  OF  MASTER  OF  LAWS  (LL.M.) 

To  be  eligible  to  receive  the  degree  of  Master  of  Laws,  a  candidate  must 
have  qualified  for  admission  to  the  Master's  course  in  candidacy  for  the 
Master's  degree,  and  have  passed  satisfactorily  courses  aggregating  at 
least  six  hours  of  class  work  a  week  for  two  school  years.  In  addition, 
the  candidate  for  such  degree  must  engage  in  seminar  and  research  work 
under  the  direction  of  some  member  of  the  faculty  and  complete  and 
submit  a  satisfactory  thesis  on  some  subject  chosen  after  consultation 
with  the  instructor,  under  whose  direction  the  research  is  to  be  done. 


24  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

REGISTRATION 

The  filing  of  an  application  for  admission  to  the  School  does  not  con- 
stitute registration.  All  students,  including  those  entering  the  School 
for  the  first  time,  are  required  to  register  personally  at  the  Law  School 
Office  and  arrange  for  the  payment  of  their  tuition  during  the  registration 
period. 

Students  are  urged  to  register  before  the  opening  date  whenever  it  is 
possible  to  do  so. 

TUITION  AND  FEES 

All  checks  for  tuition  and  fees  should  be  drawn  payable  to  the  order  of 
Northeastern  University. 

Registration  is  not  considered  as  completed,  and  students  are  not 
permitted  to  attend  lectures  until  they  have  registered  and  have  paid  their 
tuition  and  other  fees,  or  have  made  satisfactory  arrangements  with  the 
Dean  of  the  School  of  Law.  Payments  due  the  University  may  be  made 
at  the  School  office,  or  mailed  to  Northeastern  University,  School  of  Law, 
47  Mt.  Vernon  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts.  The  University  reserves 
the  right  to  change  tuition  rates  or  fees  whenever  in  their  discretion  such 
action  is  deemed  advisable. 

Application  Fee.  The  application  fee  of  $5  must  accompany  the 
application  for  admission  and  is  payable  only  once  on  initial  entrance  to 
the  School.    The  fee  is  not  refundable. 

No  application  fee  is  required  of  those  applicants  for  admission  to  the 
graduate  course  who  are  graduates  of  Northeastern  University  School  of 
Law  and  have  previously  paid  an  application  fee  in  the  School  of  Law. 

Tuition. 

Undergraduate  Students. 

Day  Program.  The  annual  fee  for  tuition  is  $200.  payable 
in  four  installments  of  $50  each.  The  first  installment  must  be 
paid  before  attendance  upon  lectures. 

Evening  Program.    The  annual  fee  for  tuition  is  $160.  payable 
in  four  installments  of  #40.  each.     The  first  installment  must  be 
paid  during  the  opening  week  of  school. 
The  tuition  charge  for  either  day   or   evening   students   carrying 

less  than  a  full  program,  and  for  all  courses  in  addition  to  a  full 

program  is  at  the  rate  of  $8.  for  each  semester  hour. 

Incidental  Fee.  An  incidental  fee  is  charged  all  students  each  year 
and  is  payable  at  the  time  of  payment  of  the  first  installment  of  tuition. 
The  Fee  for  students  in  the  Day  Program  is  $7.  and  for  those  registered 
in  the  Evening  Program  is  $5.  For  students  carrying  less  than  a  full 
program,  or  courses  in  addition  to  a  full  program,  an  Incidental  Fee  of 
thirty  cents  ($.30)  for  each  semesterjiour  is  charged. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  25 


Graduate  Students.  The  tuition  fee  is  $125  a  year,  payable  in  four 
quarterly  installments. 

The  tuition  fee  for  individual  courses  is  on  the  basis  of  $10.50  for  each 
semester  hour. 

Examination  Fees.  Students  taking  an  examination  for  the  purpose 
of  removing  a  condition,  or  for  advanced  standing  credit,  are  charged  an 
examination  fee  of  $5  for  each  examination  so  taken. 

Graduation  Fees.  A  graduation  fee  of  $10  is  charged  all  candidates 
for  the  LL.B.  or  LL.M.  degrees,  payable  on  or  before  May  1,  of  the  year 
in  which  they  qualify  for  their  degree. 

Expense  for  Books.  The  average  yearly  expense  for  casebooks,  note- 
books and  other  supplies  is  $30.  In  many  instances  this  expense  may  be 
reduced  by  purchasing  used  casebooks. 

Through  the  efforts  of  the  Class  of  1935,  a  Lending  Library  has  been 
established  to  assist  students  of  limited  means.  Students  may  obtain 
books  from  this  library,  for  use  during  the  school  year,  upon  the  payment 
of  a  nominal  sum. 

In  General.  Students  are  not  permitted  to  attend  lectures  until  they 
have  registered  and  have  paid  their  tuition,  or  have  made  satisfactory 
arrangements  with  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Law. 

No  reduction  in  tuition  or  fees  is  made  on  account  of  late  registration. 

Students  who  cannot  meet  their  tuition  payments  before  the  due  date 
should  arrange  with  the  Dean  for  the  late  payment  of  their  tuition. 

The  University  policy  is  that  each  quarterly  installment  must  be  paid 
in  full  before  the  student  may  continue  his  attendance  upon  a  subsequent 
quarterly  period. 

No  grades  are  issued  until  all  financial  obligations  to  the  University 
are  discharged. 

No  student  will  be  advanced  in  class  standing  or  permitted  to  re-enroll 
in  the  University  until  all  the  bills  of  the  previous  year  have  been  paid, 
and  no  degrees  will  be  conferred  upon  students  who  have  not  paid  all  their 
dues  to  the  University.  No  student  will  be  given  honorable  dismissal 
from  the  School  unless  he  shall  have  paid  all  his  Law  School  bills. 

A  $2  deferred  payment  fee  will  be  added  to  all  bills  which  are  not  paid 
by  the  Saturday  following  the  date  on  which  the  payment  falls  due. 
Failure  to  make  the  required  payments  on  time,  or  to  arrange  for  such 
payments,  is  considered  sufficient  cause  to  bar  the  student  from  classes 
until  the  matter  has  been  adjusted  with  the  Dean. 

Withdrawals  and  Refunds.  If  a  student  withdraws  for  good  cause 
from  a  course  and  is  permitted  subsequently  to  repeat  it,  he  shall  be 
credited  with  the  tuition  paid  by  him.  Such  credit  cannot  be  applied, 
however,  until  the  balance  due  on  the  course  has  been  paid.  This  rule 
does  not  apply  where  refund  has  been  made. 


26  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

In  the  event  a  student  is  obliged  to  withdraw  from  the  School  in  which 
he  is  enrolled  for  causes  deemed  adequate  by  the  Committee  on  With- 
drawals, the  balance  of  the  tuition  paid  will  be  refunded  after  the  follow- 
ing deductions  have  been  made: 

(a)  Four  per  cent  of  the  total  yearly  tuition  charge  shall  be  deducted 
for  each  week  of  attendance  or  fraction  thereof,  in  the  event  of 
enrollment  for  a  full  school  year. 

(b)  In  case  the  applicant  has  enrolled  for  a  semester,  the  deduction 
shall  be  made  on  the  basis  of  ten  per  cent  of  the  total  charge  for 
each  week  of  attendance  or  fraction  thereof. 

Attendance  is  computed  from  the  opening  date  of  the  semester  until 
the  date  of  last  attendance. 

Application,  deferred  agreement  and  other  fees  are  not  refundable. 
Diploma  charges  are  exceptions  and  will  be  refunded  in  the  case  of  non- 
qualification. 

No  refunds  are  granted  unless  the  application  for  withdrawal,  together 
with  the  request  for  refund,  and  supporting  data,  are  filed  within  forty- 
five  days  after  the  student  has  ceased  attendance. 

ATTENDANCE 

Students  are  expected  to  attend  with  regularity  the  sessions  of  all 
courses  in  which  they  are  enrolled.  Students  who  are  irregular  in  class 
attendance  without  justifiable  cause  may  be  dropped  from  the  class  rolls 
or  be  refused  permission  to  take  the  final  examinations  in  the  course. 
No  student  during  his  attendance  at  the  Law  School  may  be  registered  in 
any  other  school  or  college,  whether  of  Northeastern  University  or  of  any 
other  institution,  without  the  consent  of  the  Dean. 

EXAMINATIONS 

Examinations  are  held  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  All  students  are 
expected  to  present  themselves  for  examination  in  all  subjects  in  which 
they  are  registered  at  the  time  the  regular  examinations  are  held  unless 
excused  by  the  Dean.  In  case  a  student  is  excused  from  taking  an  examin- 
ation or  receives  a  conditional  grade,  he  must  take  the  next  examination 
offered  in  such  subject.  If  the  content  of  the  course  is  changed  prior  to 
the  giving  of  the  examination  which  such  student  takes,  the  student  will 
be  required  to  prepare  himself  upon  the  altered  content  of  the  course; 
and  if  the  content  of  the  course  is  redistributed  or  omitted  so  that  no 
examination  is  thereafter  given  which  fairly  covers  the  subject  matter, 
such  student  may  be  required  to  take  an  additional  course  in  lieu  of  the 
course  in  which  the  incomplete  or  condition  was  received. 

No  special  examinations  will  be  given  for  the  removal  of  conditions. 
Conditions  must  be  removed  at  the  next  regular  examination  given  in  the 
course.  Any  student  who  takes  a  re-examination  must  pay  a  fee  of  $5  for 
each  examination  so  taken.  A  student,  who,  because  of  an  unsatisfactory 
grade  in  a  final  examination  in  a  course,  has  been  given  the  privilege  of  a 
re-examination,  will  be  required  to  obtain  a  minimum  passing  grade  of 
sixty-five  per  cent. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  27 


A  student  who  is  required  to  repeat  a  course  must  secure  a  minimum 
grade  of  sixty-five  per  cent  in  the  course  which  he  is  repeating  in  order 
to  pass. 

Periodic  tests  and  hour  examinations  are  given  throughout  the  school 
year  to  enable  both  the  students  and  the  faculty  to  appraise  the  effective- 
ness of  their  work. 

GRADES 

The  work  of  each  student  shall  be  graded  upon  examinations,  according 
to  the  following  scale: 


A 
B 

Superior 
Above  Average 

C 

Average 

D 
E 
F 

Lowest  passing  grade 

Unsatisfactory 

Failure 

Inc. 

Incomplete 

No  examination 

PROMOTION 

Students  are  required  to  pass  satisfactory  examinations  in  all  of  the 
required  courses  of  the  curriculum.  Scholastic  standing  is  determined 
solely  by  the  weighted  average  calculated  upon  the  grades  in  all  courses 
elected  since  entering  the  school. 

1.  Promotion  from  the  First  to  the  Second  Year  Class. 

(a)  To  enter  the  second  year's  class  in  good  standing  a  student  is 
required  to  make  a  weighted  average  of  64%. 

(b)  If  a  student  has  failed  in  one  or  more  courses  of  the  first  year 
and  has  earned  a  weighted  average  of  from  60%  to  63%,  he 
shall  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty,  be  placed  on  probation 
and  required  to  repeat  in  full  or  in  part,  the  entire  year  of  work, 
or  if  he  shall  fail  to  present  evidence  which  would  tend  to  justify 
the  belief  that  he  has  the  ability  to  succeed  in  the  law,  he  shall 
be  asked  to  withdraw. 

(c)  If  a  student  receives  a  weighted  average  of  E  in  the  courses  for 
the  year,  he  shall  be  asked  to  withdraw  from  the  school. 

(d)  The  requirements  outlined  above  shall  also  be  required  in  the 
Evening  Division  for  promotion  from  the  second  to  the  third 
year  class. 

2.  Promotion  from  the  Junior  to  the  Senior  Class. 

(a)  A  student  who  has  earned  a  weighted  average  of  67%  shall  be 
entitled  to  promotion  to  the  Senior  class  in  good  standing. 

(b)  A  student  who  has  earned  a  weighted  average  of  from  64%  to 
67%  shall  be  permitted  to  enter  the  Senior  class  on  probation  to 
carry  such  a  program  of  courses  as  the  faculty  shall  require. 

(c)  A  student  whose  weighted  average  in  all  courses  at  the  end  of 
the  Junior  year  is  only  64%  or  less  and  who  has  failed  in  one 
or  more  full  year  courses  shall  be  asked  to  withdraw  from  the 
school. 


28  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Students  in  the  first  year  are  not  allowed  to  take  more  than  the  required 
courses  for  the  year. 

Students  who  have  earned  a  weighted  average  of  64%  or  below  in  any 
year  may  not  enroll  in  the  Day  Division  for  more  than  14  semester  hours 
each  semester,  nor  in  the  Evening  Division  for  more  than  11  semester 
hours  each  semester. 

Students  who  have  earned  a  weighted  average  of  64%  to  67%  may, 
with  special  permission,  carry  excess  courses,  but  may  not  enroll,  as  to 
the  Day  Division,  for  more  than  16  semester  hours  each  semester,  or,  as 
to  the  Evening  Division  for  more  than  12  semester  hours  each  semester. 

A  student,  whose  weighted  average  at  the  end  of  his  senior  year  does 
not  qualify  him  for  graduation,  shall  be  permitted  to  continue  in  the 
School,  or  to  take  examinations  at  the  regular  examination  periods  with 
a  view  to  raising  his  average  to  the  required  level,  only  by  a  special  vote 
of  the  Faculty  Committee  and  upon  such  conditions  as  shall  be  prescribed 
in  each  instance. 

DISCIPLINE 

Attendance  at  the  University  is  a  privilege  and  not  a  right.  The 
Faculty  Committee  reserves  to  itself  the  right  to  require  the  withdrawal 
of  any  student  at  any  time  whom  it  may  deem  unworthy  either  on  account 
of  his  neglect  of  study,  his  incapacity  for  the  law,  or  for  any  grave  defect 
of  conduct  or  character,  and  no  reason  for  requiring  such  withdrawal 
need  be  given. 

GENERAL  NOTICE 

The  hours  of  instruction,  casebooks  used,  subjects  taught,  degree 
requirements,  and  like  matters  are  subject  to  change  at  the  discretion 
of  the  Dean  and  the  Faculty  Committee  but  there  will  be  no  change  in 
charges  for  tuition,  or  any  other  major  change,  during  the  school  year 
for  which  a  student  has  registered. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW  29 


SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  PRIZES 

UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAM 

Law  School  Honor  Scholarships 

Northeastern  University  has  created  within  the  School  of  Law  the 
following  scholarships: 

1.  A  $50  scholarship  shall  be  awarded  to  the  member  of  each  of  the  first 
and  second  year  classes  in  the  Day  Division,  and  to  each  of  the  first, 
second  and  third  year  classes  in  the  Evening  Division,  who  receives 
the  highest  scholastic  average  for  the  year  provided  he  re-enrolls 
for  the  next  year. 

2.  Two  $25  scholarships  shall  be  awarded  to  the  two  members  in  each 
of  the  first  and  second  year  classes  in  the  Day  Division,  and  to  the 
two  members  of  the  first,  second  and  third  year  classes  in  the  Eve- 
ning Division,  ranking  next  in  honor  to  the  student  receiving  the 
$50  award,  provided  in  each  instance  the  student  re-enrolls  for  the 
next  year. 

In  the  event  that  a  student  qualifying  for  one  of  the  above  scholarship 
awards  does  not  re-enroll,  the  next  highest  ranking  student  in  his  class 
shall  receive  the  award. 

Scholarships  for  College  Graduates 

A  limited  number  of  special  scholarships  have  been  established  for 
college  graduates.  Awards  will  be  made  on  the  recommendation  of  the 
Dean  and  will  be  upon  the  basis  of  the  applicant's  financial  need,  character 
and  scholastic  attainments.  These  scholarships  range  from  $25  to  $35 
per  year. 

Such  scholarships  will  not  be  awarded  to  a  student  who  is  on  probation 
or  has  a  failure  in  any  subject  in  this  school. 

Written  application  for  college  scholarships  must  be  filed  on  or  before 
the  time  of  registration. 

All  applications  must  disclose  in  detail  the  amount  and  source  of  the 
applicant's  income.  These  scholarships  will  be  awarded  for  the  year  in 
September.  One-quarter  of  the  amount  of  the  scholarship  award  is 
deducted  from  the  tuition  of  each  quarterly  payment. 

The  Kappa  Delta  Kappa  Scholarship 

A  scholarship  gift  to  be  awarded  annually  to  the  member  of  the  Sopho- 
more class,  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the  administrative  officers  of  the  School, 
has  through  his  personality,  character,  conduct,  service  and  scholarship 
made  the  greatest  contribution  to  the  School.  This  award  is  to  be  made 
only  in  the  event  the  student  returns  for  his  Junior  year. 

Benjamin  Ginsberg  Memorial  Scholarship 

A  fund  given  by  the  Upsilon  Delta  Sigma  Fraternity  to  establish  a 
scholarship  in  memory  of  Benjamin  Ginsberg  of  the  Class  of  1927.  The 
scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  annually  to  the  highest  ranking  student  of 
the  Sophomore  class. 


30  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

Sigma  Tau  Epsilon  Fund 

A  fund  of  $100,  the  income  to  be  used  to  purchase  a  prize  in  the  form 
of  a  book  to  be  presented  to  the  student  whose  grades  rank  the  highest 
in  the  Freshman  year.  The  student  is  to  be  presented  with  this  prize 
only  in  the  event  he  re-enrolls  for  his  Sophomore  year. 


The  Gamma  Kappa  Nu  Scholarship  Fund 

A  fund  of  $800,  the  income  to  be  used  as  a  scholarship  gift  in  the  form 
of  the  first  installment  of  tuition  in  the  Senior  year. 

This  scholarship  gift  "shall  be  presented  annually  to  that  woman  in 
the  Junior  class  who  has  done  the  most  for  the  School  and  has  also  main- 
tained a  high  scholarship  in  her  studies,  and  provided  that  she  registers 
for  her  Senior  year." 

Phi  Pi  Chi  Scholarship 

A  fund,  the  income  of  which  is  to  be  used  to  purchase  a  prize  in  the 
form  of  a  law  book,  to  be  presented  to  the  student  whose  grades  rank 
among  the  first  ten  on  the  Dean's  list  in  the  Freshman  year. 

The  Executive  Council  of  the  Chapter  in  conjunction  with  the  Faculty 
Adviser  shall  select  the  student.  Presentation  is  to  be  made  only  in  the 
event  that  the  student  enrolls  for  his  Sophomore  year. 


Graduate  Program 

The  University  has  created  a  few  scholarships  of  $25  each  to  be  awarded 
annually  to  students  enrolled  as  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master  of 
Laws. 

First-year  as  well  as  second-year  students  in  the  Master's  Program  are 
eligible  for  these  awards.  These  scholarships  will  be  granted  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  Committee  on  Administration  to  those  students  of  high 
scholastic  attainment  whose  need,  ability,  and  fitness  to  pursue  graduate 
study,  merit  the  award. 

LIBRARY 

The  law  school  library  is  well  lighted  and  furnished  and  easily  accessible. 
It  contains  more  than  12,000  volumes  and  is  steadily  growing.  The 
library  is  so  arranged  as  to  give  the  student  direct  access  to  the  books  in 
the  stacks  as  well  as  in  the  reading  room.  The  library  contains  many  of  the 
State  Reports,  the  complete  National  Reporter  System,  the  Federal  Re- 
ports, and  Reports  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  the  Eng- 
lish Reports,  English  and  American  Digests,  and  an  extensive  collection 
of  encyclopedias,  annotations,  treatises,  legal  periodicals,  approved  text- 
books, and  all  current  casebooks. 

The  library  is  open  weekdays  from  8:45  a.m.  to  10:00  p.m.;  Sundays 
from  3:00  p.m.  to  8:00  p.m.;  and  holidays  from  12:00  m.  to  6:00  p.m. 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


3' 


COLLEGES  REPRESENTED  IN  THE  STUDENT  BODY 


Amherst  College 
Antioch  College 

Armour  Institute  of  Technology 
Assumption  College 
Bates  College 

Boston  College  1 

Boston  Teacher's  College 
Boston  University  5 

Bowdoin  College 
Brooklyn  College 
Brown  University 
Carleton  College 
Catholic  University  of  America 
Clark  University 
College  of  William  and  Mary 
Columbia  University 
Dartmouth  College 
DePauw  University 
Duquesne  University 
Emmanuel  College 
Franklin  and  Marshall  College 
Georgetown  University 
George  Washington  University 
Guilford  College 

Harvard  University  3 

Haverford  College 
Holy  Cross  College 
Lehigh  University 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology 
Massachusetts  State  College 
Massachusetts  College  of  Pharmacy 
Middlebury  College 
New  England  Conservatory  of  Music  1 
New  York  University  4 


3 

Northeastern  University 

3i 

Northwestern  University 

1 

Notre  Dame  College 

1 

Providence  College 

2 

Radcliffe  College 

2 

Ricker  Junior  College 

1 

Royal  Academy  of  Music 

Stockholm,  Sweden 

1 

Salem  Teacher's  College 

1 

St.  Anselm's  College 

1 

3 

St.  Joseph's  College 

St.  Mary's  College 

St.  Petersburg  Junior  College 

Simmons  College 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Smith  College 

1 

Southeastern  University 

1 

3 

Technische  Hochschule 

Darmstadt,  Germany 

1 

Tufts  College 

5 

United  States  Naval  Academy 

2 

University  of  Albama 

1 

2 

University  of  Kentucky 

1 

University  of  Maine 

6 

University  of  New  Hampshire 

1 

7 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

3 

University  of  Pittsburgh 

1 

6 

University  of  Vermont 

1 

University  of  Wisconsin 

1 

Upsala  College 

1 

4 

Wesleyan  University 

3 

4 

Western  Reserve 

1 

2 

Williams  College 

1 

I 

Yale  Universitv 

2 

244 


32 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  IN  1939 

Master  of  Laws 


Vanda  C.  Anselmo 
Frank  Joseph  Cavanagh 
William  Eber  Corkum 


Walter  Leonard  Facey 
Joseph  Henry  Goodness 
Femald  Hutchins 


Thomas  Edward  Linehan 
Charles  Joseph  Perry 
Mary  Patricia  Potterton 


Charles  Frederic  Ahern 
John  Emanuel  Anastasi 
Samuel  Greenleaf  Atkinson 
Diana  Jeannette  Auger 
William  Washington  Baker 
Thomas  John  Bongiorno 
Henry  Ernest  Bourque 
Robert  Whitfield  Bramley 
Arthur  Lawrence  Burns 
Arthur  Joseph  Call,  Jr. 
Paul  Anthony  Carbone 
John  Joseph  Carey 
Harry  Louis  Carlson 
Edward  Payson  Chase 
Edythe  Marion  Clark 
Wendell  Ball  Colson 
Frederick  L.  Corcoran,  Jr. 
Edward  Joseph  Cronin 
Michael  DeStefano 
Jean-Charles  Durette 
Laurie  Arthur  Ebacher 
John  Joseph  Faherty 
Edward  Henry  Farrell 
Charles  William  Farrow 
Eldred  Lincoln  Field 
Joseph  Michael  Fitzgerald 
Paul  Raymond  FitzGerald 
Harold  Footer 
Louis  Fox 
Daniel  Saul  Fram 
Henry  Frankel 
Carrie  Ellen  Gage 
John  Jerome  Galgay 
John  Joseph  Gartland 
Max  Samuel  Ginsberg 


Bachelor  of  Laws 

Oscar  Arnold  Gorin 
Francis  Tufts  Gowen 
George  White  Gregory 
Louis  Guaragna 
Allan  Murray  Hale 
Armas  Karlervo  Hill 
Robert  Hill  Hobbs 
Henry  Hughes 
John  Junior  Jackson 
Jens  Michal  Jacobsen 
Charles  E.  V.  Jensen 
Ernest  Henry  Johnson 
Franklin  Ridgway  Johnson 
Thomas  Frank  Johnson 
Benjamin  Kantrovitz 
Maurice  Elchanan  Kaplan 
Samuel  Edward  Kaufman 
John  Francis  Kilroe 
Arthur  Thomas  King 
John  Joseph  Kirby 
Leo  Kline 
Max  Frank  Kramer 
David  Benjamin  Kravetz 
Alphonso  Liberace 
James  Pearson  Lightbown 
Robert  Victor  Mann 
Albert  Mayer 
Morris  Marcus 
Jeremiah  F.  McCarthy 
Susan  Ellen  McGonigle 
Thomas  Michael  McGovern 
Joseph  Arthur  Messina 
Nathan  Morris 
Edward  Murdock  Munroe 
Edward  Warren  Murphy 


John  Hanley  Murphy 
Francis  Forrest  Neal 
Norman  Ostroff 
Harold  Henry  Pahlas 
Edward  Pallotta 
Salvatore  Joseph  Petrucci 
Mary  Agnes  Price 
Udell  Stranahan  Redmond 
Edythe  Florence  Reeves 
William  Louis  Rose 
Charles  Ernest  Ruby 
George  Shirley  Ryan 
Edward  Joseph  Rynne 
Hymen  Louis  Samson 
Harry  Oscar  Shainker 
Frank  Alexander  Silver 
Louis  Slobodkin 
Rodney  Clifford  Southworth 
Abraham  Spack 
Thomas  William  Stirling 
Eva  Evelyn  Stopsky 
Jacob  Sugerman 
Jeremiah  Joseph  Sullivan 
John  King  Sullivan 
Wilbur  Kemble  Torrey 
George  Richard  Tucker 
William  Vincent  Wallace 
Hyman  Weinstein 
Edward  Lawrence  Weisberg 
Nathan  Max  Yabovitz 
Leon  Ely  Zinkowsky 
Robert  Zwetchkenbaum 
Charles  Martin  Zywaski 


Magna  Cum  Laude 

Conrad  Walter  Oberdorfer 


Frederic  Cohen 
Marie  Louise  Dumas 


Cum  Laude 

Richard  Lalor  Fox 
James  Francis  Gardner 
Adelbert  Joseph  Gascon 


William  Hastings  Kerr 
Mary  Elizabeth  Snow 


DEGREES  AWARDED  OUT  OF  COURSE 


Normand  Amie  Archambault 

Joseph  Bornstein 

John  Alfred  Briggs 

Ronald  Arthur  Broade 

Oscar  Sinclair  Burrows 

Joseph  William  Carpenter 

Roger  John  Connell 

Norwood  Cox 

Alice  Darling 

Lawrence  Divino 

Joseph  Francis  X.  Doherty 


Bachelor  of  Laws 

Alcide  Joseph  Fournier 

William  Patrick  Grant 

Reginald  John  Griffen 

William  Hirsch 

John  Paul  Kalin 

Seymour  Levin 

Arthur  Lawrence  Lyons 

Albert  Mayer 

Albert  William  Melnick 

Burton  Fiederick  Miller 

Herbert  Eldon  Morgan 


Charles  Desloge  O'Malley 
David  Fleming  Powers,  Jr. 
Hugo  Vinicio  Romano 
Lewis  Sternfield  Salins 
Myron  William  Sherman 
Earle  Harvey  Smith 
Vincent  Francis  Stulgis 
John  Martin  Tobin 
Herbert  Edward  Tucker,  Jr. 
Bruce  Edward  Wilkins 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


33 


CANDIDATES  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  MASTER  OF  LAWS 


Abkowitz,  Paul  B. 

Northeastern  University, 
Bayes,  Arthur 

Northeastern  University, 
Dumas,  Marie  L. 

Northeastern  University, 
Ford,  Joseph 

Northeastern  University, 
Gage,  Carrie  E. 

Northeastern  University, 
Gardner,  James  F. 

Northeastern  University, 
Jackson,  Julian  E. 

Northeastern  University, 
Johnson,  Thomas  F. 

Northeastern  University, 
Kalikow,  Joseph 

Northeastern  University, 
Kilburn,  James  P. 

Northeastern  University, 
Kugell,  William  H. 

Northeastern  University, 
McCarty,  William  F. 

Northeastern  University, 
Maher,  Maurice  F. 

Northeastern  University, 
Matson,  Vera 

Northeastern  University, 


Revere 
LL.B. 

Brookline 
LL.B. 

Lisbon  Falls,  Me. 
LL.B. 

Mattapan 
LL.B. 

Boston 
LL.B. 

Boston 
LL.B. 

Newton  Highlands 
LL.B. 

Neponset 
LL.B. 

Lvnn 
LL.B. 

West  Medford 
LL.B. 

Roxbury 
LL.B. 

Chelmsford 
LL.B. 

Norwood 
LL.B. 

Quincy 
LL.B. 


Monaghan,  Joseph  J. 

Northeastern  University, 
Nichols,  Emmett  R. 

Northeastern  University, 
Nigro,  Alfred  V. 

Northeastern  University, 
Pransky,  John  H. 

Northeastern  University, 
Robertson,  Norman  H. 

Northeastern  University, 
Ross,  Frank  J. 

Northeastern  University, 
Rowley,  Worth 

Northeastern  University, 
Santry,  Daniel  S.,  Jr. 

Northeastern  University, 
Snow,  M.  Elizabeth 

Northeastern  University, 
Somers,  Paul 

Northeastern  University, 
Sullivan,  Daniel  J. 

Northeastern  University, 
Wilson,  Mary  F.  J. 

Northeastern  University, 
Young,  Anthony  J. 

Northeastern  University, 


Milton 

Saugus 

Reading 

Winthrop 

Stoneham 

Quincy 

Boston 


LL.B. 
LL.B. 
LL.B. 
LL.B. 
LL.B. 
LL.B. 

LL.B. 

South  Boston 
LL.B. 

Watertown 
LL.B. 

Revere 
LL.B. 

Auburndale 
LL.B. 

Boston 
LL.B. 

Brighton 
LL.B. 


CANDIDATES  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  BACHELOR  OF  LAWS 
DAY  DIVISION 


Class  of  1941 


Coury,  Peter  T. 

Boston 

Crovo,  Elizabeth 

Woburn 

Daniel,  John  V. 

Winthrop 

Downs,  Ina  M. 

Lexington 

Boston  University 

Flower,  Bertram  A. 

Brookline 

Hainer,  Herbert  M.,  Jr. 

Haverhill 

Northeastern  University 

Kelley,  Eugene  P. 

Cambridge 

Krinsky,  Joseph 

Dorchester 

Massachusetts  State  College 

Lackey,  William  S. 

Cambridge 

Bowdoin  College 

University  of  New  Hampshire 

Lamb,  Kenneth  L. 

Maiden 

Lato,  Manuel  S. 

Dorchester 

Lenihan,  William  F. 

Boston 

Lesmerises,  Rene  O.       Manchester,  N.  H. 

St.  Anselm's  College,  A.B. 

Lydon,  James  E. 

Boston  College,  A.B. 
McDermott,  Thomas  L. 

Boston  College,  A.B. 
Macomber,  John  A. 

Guilford  College 

Middlebury  College,  A.B. 
Mollica,  Robert  L. 

Northeastern  University 
Pransky,  Nathan  J. 
Rice,  Agnes  M. 
Salzer,  Erwin 


Jamaica  Plain 

Jamaica  Plain 

Central  Village 


Boston 

Winthrop 
Brockton 
Brookline 


Technische  Hochschule  Darmstadt,  Se.D. 


Sanderson,  Richard  S. 

Boston  College,  A.B. 
Segalini,  Roland 
Stillman,  Harry 

Northeastern  University 
Verstandig,  David  T. 
Weinberger,  Shirlee  E. 


Boston 


Boston 
Salem 


East  Boston 
Dorchester 


Class  of  1942 


Allen,  Robert 

Boston  University 
Atchison,  Roland  B. 

University  of  Maine 

Richer  Junior  College 
Carlo,  Joseph 

Boston  University 
Cline,  Daniel  D. 

Boston  University 
Crowell,  Baron  H.,  Jr. 

Northeastern  University 


Milton 
Houlton,  Maine 


Pittsfield 
Roxbury 


Westboro 


Janian,  Cedric  J. 

Medford 

Harvard  University 

Jordan,  Albert 

Lynn 

Murray,  George  C 

Brighton 

Holy  Cross  College 

Boston  University 

O'Connell,  Albert 

Dorchester 

Shaw,  William  F. 

Providence,  R.  I. 

Amherst  College 

Taylor,  Charles  E. 

Belfast,  Maine 

University  of  Maine 

34 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


EVENING  DIVISION 


Class 

Abrams,  Abraham  Roxbury 

Abramson,  Harold  A.  Mattapan 

Adler,  Aaron  Fall  River 

Andrews,  George  J.  Lynn 

Baker,  James  A.  State  Farm 

Balanda,  Francis  J.  Waban 

Banks,  Vincent  M.  South  Boston 

Harvard  University 

Blacker,  Leo  Dorchester 

Blake,  Dana  P.  Newton 

Northeastern  University,  B.C.S. 

Blumsack,  Harold  Maiden 

Bookstein,  Abraham  Roxbury 

Boyarsky,  Ezra  Springfield 

Boston  University,  B.S. 

Bronstein,  I.  Edward  Roxbury 

Brown,  Arthur  J.  Boston 

Brown,  Dorothy  Bortman  Boston 

Brown,  Emmons  B.  Newtonville 

Dartmouth  College,  A.B. 

Brudnick,  William  C.  Dorchester 

Burton,  Richard  E.  Boston 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 

Caggiano,  Saverio  F.  East  Boston 

Cameron,  Paul  A.  Arlington 

Northeastern  University,  B.S.  in  B.A. 

Canfield,  Helen  R.  Wellesley  Hills 

Smith  College 
Carr,  Walter  E.  Providence,  R.  I. 

Garret,  Charles  T.  Jamaica  Plain 

Caruso,  Anthony  J.  East  Boston 

Caruso,  Philip  P.  Waltham 

Chapman,  Sumner  A.  Plymouth 

Williams  College,  A.B. 

Chartoff,  Jacob  Dorchester 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 

Chicos,  Peter  C.  Watertown 

Ciccio,  Joseph  F.  Roslindale 

Clancy,  Charles  F.  Roslindale 

Clark,  Edward  P.  Arlington 

Clerico,  John  J.  Cambridge 

Cline,  Melvin  L.  Stoughton 

Cohen,  Melvin  Chelsea 

Connelly,  Clement  E.  Salem 

Connelly,  Clinton  A.  Attleboro 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  A.B. 

Convicer,  Israel  Dorchester 
Corey,  Joseph                     South  Weymouth 

Coughlin,  Joseph  P.  Cambridge 

Cranney,  Milton  E.  Peabody 

Curcio,  Vincent  C.  Medford 

Curley,  Charles  E.  Dorchester 

Cusick,  John  J.  Boston 

Darrell,  Clement  E.  Dorchester 

Davis,  George  C.  Dedham 

Davis,  June  W.  Wollaston 

Davis,  Ralph  Mattapan 

DeLuca,  John  Everett 

Dennis,  Orville  F.  Wollaston 

Dever,  Edward  J.  Belmont 

Catholic  University,  A.B. 

DiBenedetto,  George  P.  Brighton 

Donaldson,  Robert  M.  Wellesley 

Donoghue,  Timothy  J.  Roslindale 

Donovan,  Helen  A.  Jamaica  Plain 

Dowd,  Frank  J.,  Jr.  Melrose 

Driscoll,  Francis  X.  Allston 

Driscoll,  John  E.  South  Boston 

Drucker,  Jack  Boston 

Dupre,  Eugene  A.,  Jr.  Brockton 

Boston  University 

Edmonston,  Alexander  S.  Wollaston 

Northeastern  University,  B.B.A. 

Factor  Vivian  Roxbury 

Simmons  College 

Fallon,  Lawrence  J.  Jamaica  Plain 


OF    I94O 

Finnegan,  Frederick  J.  Lowell 

Fishman,  Samuel  L.  Dorchester 

Fitzgerald,  William  J.  South  Boston 

Frentzos,  George  D.  Boston 

Massachusetts  Institute  Technology 

Gaither,  P.  Stokes  Boston 

Yale  University,  Ph.B. 

Gargano,  Guy  Wakefield 

Geller,  Max  S.  Mattapan 

Gilmartin,  Hugh  J.  Walpole 

Goldberg,  Robert  A.  Roxbury 

Goodness,  Benedict  G.  Brookline 

Massachusetts  College  of  Pharmacy,  Ph.G. 

Gopen,  Nathan  L.  Chelsea 

Greene,  James  H.  Medford 

Gribble,  Francis  J.,  Jr.  Westboro 

Handley,  James  L.  Lowell 

Heffernan,  Francis  A.  Salem 

Henry,  Thomas  L.  Marblehead 

Higgins,  Edward  M.  Dorchester 

Hill,  George  H.  Worcester 

Upsala  College,  A.B. 
Holland,  Everett  P.  South  Hamilton 

Boston  University 

Humphries,  Powell  H.  West  Roxbury 

Harvard  University,  S.B.  in  E.E. 

Harvard  University,  S.M.  in  E.E. 
Julian,  Raymond  W.  East  Weymouth 

Boston  University 

Kaplan,  Alvan  H.  Maiden 

Keefe,  John  F.  Dorchester 

Massachusetts  Institute  Technology 

Kelleher,  Gertrude  M.  Salem 

Northeastern  University 

Kelliher,  Walter  J.  Maiden 

Massachusetts  Institute  Technology 

Knowlton,  Elliot  H.  Maiden 

Boston  University 

Kooshner,  Solomon  Dorchester 

Kowal,  Harold  M.  Boston 

Harvard  University 

Krauss,  Morton  J.  Dorchester 

Lake,  Fred  G.  Chelsea 

Law,  George  Arlington 

Lawrence,  Philip  E.  Boston 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 

Learner,  Nathan  Roxbury 

Harvard  University 

Leary,  Edward  J.  Dorchester 

Leary,  James  E.  Watertown 

Lee,  Carter  Quincy 

Lessa,  Michael  C.  East  Boston 

Levesque,  Herbert  Everett 

Levovsky,  Louis  Everett 

Levy,  James  Dorchester 

Loughran,  George  E.  Brighton 

Lynch,  Robert  J.  Waltham 
MacDonald,  Joseph  N.,  Jr.      Auburndale 

MacDonald,  Muriel  C.  Winthrop 

MacLean,  Robley  D.  E.  Wollaston 

Brown  University,  PhB. 

MacLeod,  Malcolm  A.  Roslindale 

Maffie,  Alphonse  A.  East  Boston 

Mahoney,  George  M.  Beverly 

Marsland,  Herbert  E.  Saxonville 

Mazer,  Sydney  Chelsea 

Mazza,  Joseph  J.  Cambridge 

McCarthy,  Joseph  J.  Hyde  Park 

McCormack,  Paul  J.  Newton 

McCormack,  Richard  F,  Belmont 

Boston  University 

McKay,  Franklin  R.  Attleboro 

McLane,  Charles  W.  Jamaica  Plain 

Melillo,  Guy  East  Boston 

Merrigan,  Eleanor  M.  Brighton 

Milano,  James  E.  Melrose 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


35 


Miller,  Louis  J. 

Molla,  Wilbur  P. 

Moreau,  Eugene  J. 
Assumption  College 
Providence  College,  A.B. 
Notre  Dame,  M.A. 

Morris,  Herbert  P. 

Mycock,  Edwin  S. 

Newton,  John  F. 

Norton,  J.  Stanley 

Ober,  Harold 

O'Brien,  Francis  W. 

O'Donnell,  John  J. 

Oliver,  Leon  R. 

O'Malley,  William  P. 

OUELLETTE,    ORIE    D. 

Northeastern  University 
Patteson,  J.  Garrett 

Harvard  University 
Pinciss  Leo 
Pinkham,  Forrest  W. 

Northeastern  University, 
Plunkett,  Patrick  F. 
Pollak,  Gladys  T. 
Post,  Willis  C. 
Rachalski  Philip  M. 
Raher,  Kathryn  G. 
Rispin,  Francis  L. 
Rosse,  Anthony  A. 

Holy  Cross  College,  A.B. 
Rubinoff,  Ralph  J. 

Boston  University 
St.  Clair,  Ashley 
Sanderson,  Herman  H. 
Sarofeen,  George  J. 
Satter,  Theodore 

Boston  University 
Saxe,  Irving  H. 

Tufts  College 
Scholnick,  Sandra  E. 
Seavey,  Marjorie  P. 
Segal,  Nancy  P. 
Seronick,  Irving  H. 
Sheehan,  Thomas  J. 
Shtiller,  Harold 

Boston  University 


Brighton 

Boston 

Pawtucket,  R.  I. 


Wollaston 

Potters  vi  lie 

South  Weymouth 

Brookline 

Mattapan 

Somerville 

Boston 

Atlantic 

Dorchester 

Brockton 

Wellesley  Hills 

Saugus 
Boston 
B.C.S. 

Cambridge 

Mattapan 

Cranston,  R.  I. 

Hyde  Park 

Maiden 

Allston 

Worcester 

Boston 

Needham 
Cambridge 

Brockton 
Dorchester 

Maiden 

Dorchester 
West  Roxbury 

Roxbury 
Dorchester 
Roslindale 

Roxbury 


Siegal,  Arthur 
Siegel,  Irving  M. 
Silverman,  Bernard 
Silverman,  Florence 
Smith,  Harriett  M. 
Staloff,  Lawrence 
Strocchi,  Carlo  F. 
Struzziero,  Ernest  J. 
Swig,  Irving  J. 
Tingus,  Constantine 
Tirrell,  Wilbur  G. 


Massachusetts  State  College,  B.Sc. 


Roxbury 

Mattapan 

Dorchester 

Dorchester 

Revere 

Dorchester 

Plymouth 

East  Boston 

Brookline 

Boston 

South  Weymouth 


Titleman,  Kenneth 
Trayers,  James  J. 
Vanzler,  Nathan 

New  York  University,  B.A. 
Vial,  Norman  G. 
Walker,  George  A. 

Western  Reserve  University 
Ward,  John  W. 
Wax,  Benjamin 
Weinberg,  Frances 
Weiner,  Benjamin  F. 
Weintraub,  Edward  I. 
Werlin,  Sidney  S. 
Werner,  William  F. 

Brooklyn  College 
Whalen,  Walter  M. 

Bates  College 

Boston  University 
White,  Harold  S. 
Whittaker,  Arthur 
Wholley,  Lawrence  J. 

Northeastern  University 
Wilson,  Bruno  W. 
Winchester,  Reginald  L. 
Wintman,  Melvin  R. 

Massachusetts  Stale  College 
Woodmancy,  Amy  B. 
Woodward,  Frederick  H. 

University  of  Vermont 
Young,  Edith  E. 
Zeff,  Julius  B. 

Boston  University 


Roxbury 

Charlestown 

Mattapan 

Dorchester 
Cambridge 

Peabody 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Revere 

Newburyport 

Chelsea 

Providence,  R.  I, 

Boston 


Dorchester 

Medford 

Dorchester 

Peabody 

Newton 
Chelsea 

Boston 
Brookline 

Wollaston 
Chelsea 


Class 

Ackles,  Dorothy  E.  Tewksbury 

Anthony,  George  H.  Saugus 

Appleton,  Edward  F.  Boston 

Archambault,  George  F.  Belmont 

Massachusetts    College    Pharmacy,     Ph.C, 
Ph.C. 

Northeastern  University 

Arnold,  John  L.  Brookline 

Bowdoin  College,  A.B. 

Harvard  University,  M.B.A. 

Arnold,  Philip  A.  Danvers 

Anlioch  College 

Ausiello,  Armand  Revere 

Baldwin,  Walter  W.  Cambridge 

Franklin  Marshall  College 

Barrett,  William  L.  Foxboro 

Barron,  Mary  D.  South  Boston 

Barstow,  Truman  A.  Maiden 

Bennett,  Rodney  A.  Danvers 

Berger,  J.  John  Methuen 

Bernicchi,  Louis  P.  Somerville 

Beucler,  William  C.  Cambridge 

Blake,  Francis  Weston 

Harvard  University,  S.B. 

Harvard  University,  M.B.A. 

Boles,  Arthur  L.  Brookline 
Bonzagni,  Frank  V.  West  Roxbury 
Brennan,  James/A.            North  Cambridge 

Boston  College,  A.B. 

Boston  University,  M.B.A. 

Brine,  Donald  G.  West  Newton 

Brown,  John  L.  Roslindale 


F    I94I 

Bruschette,  Josephine 
Bryce,  Anthony  F. 
Burns,  Walter  L.,  Ill, 
Cacchiotti,  Frank  R. 
Cameron,  Mabel  R. 
Carmell,  Arthur  A. 
Case,  Edward  E. 
Chisholm,  William  P. 
Church,  Leslie 

Boston  University,  B.S.  in  B.A 

Boston  University,  M.B.A. 
Cimini,  Frank  W. 

University  of  Pennsylvania. 
Clark,  Corbin  W. 

Harvard  University 
Cofsky,  Helen  C. 
Cohen,  Martin  W. 
Coleman,  Raymond  A. 

Georgetown  University 
Condos,  Mitchell  G. 
Corcoran,  Eleanor  J. 
Corcoran,  John  M. 
Cornell,  Charles  H. 

Northeastern  University,  B.C.S. 

Northeastern  University,  M.C.S 

Boston  University,  M.B.A. 

CORSCADDEN,    JOHN    E.    R. 

Cronin,  John  J. 
Cronin,  Paul  J. 
Dargin,  John  F.,  Jr. 

Boston  College 
Davis,  Sydney  M. 


East  Boston 

Roxbury 

Lynn 

Everett 

Boston 

Mattapan 

Everett 

Lowell 

Newtonville 


Pittsfield 

Newton 

Norwood 
Roxbury 
Belmont 

Forest  Hills 

Arlington 

East  Braintree 

Needham 


Roslindale 

Chelsea 

Cambridge 

Dorchester 

Mattapan 


3* 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


DeConto.  Silvio  R.  Medford 

Devine,  Marion  L.  Dorchester 

DiBuono,  Anthony  J.  Marlboro 

Dilorenzo,  Lawrence  East  Boston 
DiMarzio,  William             North  Plymouth 

Boston  College,  A.B. 

DiNicola,  Albert  East  Boston 

Donahue,  Mary  C.  Milton 

Donovan,  Raymond  M.  Beverly 

Donovan,  Russell  B.  Medford 

Doyle,  Edward  F.  Medford 

Doyle,  Frederick  L.,  Jr.  Arlington 

Doyle,  John  P.  Cambridge 

Doyle,  Kathleen  A.  Lynn 

Eastmond,  Caswald  J.  Roxbury 

New  York  University 

Erickson,  Winnifred  J.  Quincy 

Fairburn,  Robert  S.  Cambridge 

Northeastern  University 

Farin,  Frank  J.  New  Bedford 

Farris,  Ralph  W.,  Jr.  Wmthrop 

University  of  Maine 

Feldman,  Fannie  Lowell 

Ferren,  Jane  F.  Milton 

Fife,  Robert  T.  Roxbury 

Finn,  John  F.  Boston 

Finnegan.  John  E.  Stoneham 

Fitzgerald,  Clarence  0.  Brockton 

Folger,  Richard  S.  Roslindale 

Massachusetts  State  College,  B.S. 

Harvard  University,  A.M. 

Ford,  Christopher  C.  Cambridge 

Foster,  Eugene  W.  Boston 

Foti,  Samuel  J.  Cambridge 

Fox,  Francis  J.  Dorchester 

Freedman,  Saul  Chelsea 

Gallant.  Francis  J.  Weymouth 

Gammons,  J.  Ellis  Weston 

Gaughen,  Robert  H.  Weymouth 

Gentile,  Marshall  E.  East  Boston 

Geoghegan.  Joseph  M.  Boston 

George,  Robert  A.  Quincy 

Gillis,  Alexander  J.  Roxbury 

Gillman,  Morris  Dorchester 

Harvard  University 

Gissler,  Ernest  L.,  Jr.  Newton  Centre 

Glosband,  Benjamin  A.  Lynn 

Glossa,  William  F.  Watertown 

Golden,  John  F.  Everett 

Golub,  Leo  Lynn 

Gormley,  James  A.  Jamaica  Plain 

Grasewicz.  Chester  J.  Medford 

Grealy,  Michael  J.  Boston 

Greenberg,  Deborah  Dorchester 

Grossman,  Miriam  B.  New  Bedford 

Haddad,  George  Cambridge 

Halabian,  Martin  H.  Chelsea 

Haley,  Edward  E.  Everett 

Hallett,  Roland  F.  Quincy 

Halliday,  Elizabeth  W.  Newton  Centre 

St.  Petersburg  Junior  College 

Hallion,  Howard  F.  Somerville 

Hanna,  William  S.  Boston 

Harmon,  Bernard  Dorchester 

Harrigan,  Earle  F.  Billerica 

Harrington,  William  F.  East  Weymouth 

Harty,  Eleanor  N.  West  Medford 

Boston  University 

Hayes,  John  J.  Boston 

Hesselschwerdt,  John  J.  Jamaica  Plain 

Hilly,  Charles  F.,  Jr.  Roslindale 

Hoar,  George  L.  Roxbury 

Northeastern  University,  B.B.A. 

Hoffstein,  Fred  L.  Quincy 

Hogan,  William  E.  West  Newton 

Hollis,  Nicholas  P.  Lowell 

Horton,  Lloyd  T.  Boston 

Boston  University 

Hoyt,  Ivan  K.  Newton 

Hunter,  Mildred  J.  Boston 

Hunter,  S.  Eliot  Boston 


Hyde,  Joseph  T.  Cambridge 

Boston  University 

Iannelli,  Nicholas  J.  Cambridge 

Jameson,  Clayton  G.  Beverly 

Jencunas,  Frank  J.  Brockton 

Johnson,  John  E.  Quincy 

Johnson,  Robert  R.  Quincy 

Johnson,  Victor  D.  Somerville 

Jones,  Frank  L.,  Jr.  Milton 

Northeastern  University 

Kane,  James  F.  Chelsea 

Karll,  Morris  Chelsea 

Karlsberg,  Theodore  Dorchester 

Keeler,  Frederic  J.  Dorchester 

Kelley,  Eugene  P.  Cambridge 
Kelley,  George  E.                 East  Braintree 

Kessel,  Abraham  Revere 

Northeastern  University 

Kiernan,  Cornelius  F.  Lowell 

Knox,  Edward  A.,  Jr.  Maiden 

Kouloplos,  Arthur  N.  Boston 

Kramer,  Albert  Dorchester 

Boston  University 

Kurkjian,  George  Roxbury 

Kutney,  Theodore  H.  Mattapan 

Lally,  William  F.  Dorchester 

Larkin,  Thomas  F.  Brookline 

La  Rosa,  Salvatore  East  Boston 

Lawson,  Harold  M.  Needham 

Lawton,  Joseph  F.  Dorchester 

Lepore,  Amato  V.  Medford 

Liber,  Hymen  Mattapan 

Ligotti,  Charles  J.  East  Boston 

Lindberg,  H.  Richard  Lynn 

Northeastern  University 

Lindstrom,  Carl  V.  Roslindale 

Lorente,  Mariano  J.  Boston 

Lyons,  Angela  M.  Salem 

Mabon,  Robert  L.  Winchester 

College  of  William  6*  Mary 

George  Washington  University 

Southeastern  University,  B.C.S. 

Harvard  University,  M.B.A. 

MacDonough,  Rita  C.  Dorchester 

MacGregor,  Maclaren  H.  Roslindale 

Madden,  William  P.  Dorchester 

Mahar,  Ralph  C.  Orange 

Tufts  College,  B.S. 

Mahoney,  Alfred  A.  Cambridge 
Mahoney,  Francis  X.  Newton  Upper  Falls 

Boston  College,  A.B. 

Marshall,  Samuel  Roxbury 

Matthews,  Leonard  L.  Dorchester 

Boston  University 

Maynard,  Annette  C.  Winthrop 

McDade,  Grace  D.  Waban 

McFarland,  Fred  D.  Boston 

McInerney,  Joseph  C.  Lowell 

McWaters,  Earl  A.  Boston 
Mee,  William  H.                     Jamaica  Plain 

Mehegan,  Alfred  C.  Dorchester 

Milot,  Edgar  H.  Brockton 

Minasian,  Haig  J.  Lawrence 

Mitchell,  Robert  S.  Dorchester 

Moncur,  James  E.  Boston 

Monsein,  Eva  R.  Dorchester 

Moore,  Robert  L.  Lowell 

Morong,  Doris  Boston 

Morris,  C.  Brooks  Boston 

Alabama  College,  B.A. 

Morrissey,  Bertie  E.  Brookline 

Moses,  Ferris  M.  Wellesley 

Northeastern  University,  B.C.E. 

Moves,  Violet  D.  Wollaston 
Mulholland,  Alexander  B.  C.         Ipswich 

Bowdoin  College,  B.S. 

Murphy,  Peter  J.  Mattapan 

Murphy,  Thomas  B.  Lawrence 
Nelson,  Eric  A.                      West  Roxbury 

Boston  University 
Nelson,  John  A.  West  Roxbury 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


37 


Nicoloro,  James  A.,  Jr. 
Nielsen,  Robert  N. 
Noonan,  Edward  J.,  Jr. 

Boston  College,  A.B. 
Norman,  Ernest  A. 
Norris,  Carl  B. 

Bowdoin  College,  B.A. 
Novick,  Edward  F. 
O'Brien,  Edmund  J. 

Northeastern  University 
O'Brien,  Nicholas  A. 
O'Leary,  Charles  T. 
Oliva,  Victor  E. 

Northeastern  University, 

Boston  College 
Olson,  Marie  E. 
Orcutt,  Charles  B. 
Perez,  Frank 
Pernot,  Alfred 
Powers,  Robert  K. 

Boston  College 
Projansky,  Stanley 
Ramey,  Bernard  F. 

Boston  University 
Reed,  James  M. 
Reynolds,  Thomas  L. 
Rice,  Leon  I. 
Richardson,  George  R. 

Harvard  University 
Rigney,  Charles  E. 
Rogers,  Frederick  W. 
Rosdahl,  Cornelius  R. 
Rosenberg,  Max  J. 
Roth,  Edwin  F. 
Rourke,  Robert  C. 
Rubbins.  Bernard 
Rutstein,  Oscar  E. 
Saad,  Thomas  R. 
Salmon,  John  J. 
Salon,  Shepard  L. 
Sarota,  Irving 
Sawallis,  Robert  F. 

Clark  University 
Shadrawy,  Bernard  F. 
Shadrawy,  John  M. 
Shapiro,  Melvin  I. 
Shaughnessy,  John  J. 
Shaw,  Robert  D. 
Shaw,  Robert  J. 
Sheehan,  Philip  E. 
Sherwin,  Gordon  A. 
Sholin,  Hyman 
Sloan,  Francis  H. 


Arlington 

East  Boston 

Brookline 

Dorchester 
Maiden 

Lowell 
East  Boston 

Needham 
Roxbury 
Brighton 
B.B.A. 

Dorchester 

Arlington 

East  Boston 

Boston 

Brockton 

Revere 
Roslindale 

West  Roxbury 

Lowell 

Dorchestei 

Somerville 

Nashua,  N.  H. 

North  Quincy 

Maiden 

Cambridge 

Squantum 

Lynnfield  Center 

Roxbury 

Dorchester 

Brockton 

Cambridge 

Mattapan 

Lynn 

Boston 

Boston 

Boston 

Allston 

Cambridge 

Somerville 

Revere 

East  Weymouth 

Atlantic 

South  Boston 

Lowell 


Slocombe,  Ralph  E. 

Northeastern  University,  B.B.A 
Smith,  Lester  E. 
Smith,  Warren  E. 
Smith,  William  L.,  Jr. 

Boston  University 
Spear,  Earle  T. 

Northeastern  University 
Spector,  Harold  S. 
Sullivan,  Edward  F. 
Sullivan,  Joseph  D. 
Sullivan,  Philip  J. 
Swartz,  Edward 
Sweedy,  Henry  J. 
Thomas,  Ruth  A. 

Boston  University 
Thompson,  George  H. 
Tighe,  John  G. 

Northeastern  University,  B.C.E. 
Tivnan,  Robert  E. 
Tomasello,  Anthony  S.  J 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 
Tuck,  Frances  L. 
Tuttle,  Richard  A. 
Twohig,  William  D. 
Vasil,  George  S. 
Vozella,  Harry  W. 

Boston  College 
Walker,  George  W. 
Walsh,  E.  Corbett 

Holy  Cross  College,  A.B. 
Walter,  Frederick  H. 
Ward,  George  W. 
Ward,  Joseph  T. 

Boston  College 
Watson,  Warren  A. 
Way,  William  F. 
Weisman,  Saul 
Wekstein,  Abraham 
Welans,  Sidney  G. 

Tufts  College 
Welin,  Frank  B. 
Whitehead,  Charles  W. 
Whitmore,  William  D.,  Ill 

Harvard  University 
Wilkinson,  S.  Frances  Brookline 

Winchester,  Laurence  R.  Allston 

Wolff,  John  R.  Milton 

Wollenhaupt,  John  H.  Revere 

Woolway,  Frank  H.  Newton  Centre 

Northeastern  University 
Young,  Rhoda  E.  Medford 


Arlington 

Boston 

Melrose 
Cambridge 

Brighton 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Revere 

Charlestown 

Worcester 

Arlington 

Boston 


South  Weymouth 
Dorchester 


Salem 
Jamaica  Plain 

Dorchester 

Westford 

South  Boston 

Roslindale 

Franklin 

Newton  Highlands 
Medford 

Watertown 

Beverly 

Watertown 

Lowell 

Brookline 

Boston 

Roxbury 

Boston 

Wakefield 

South  Boston 

Boston 


Annon,  Norbert  C. 
Antoine,  Kenneth  F.,  Jr. 
Apsit,  Elfrida 
Ashman,  John  G. 
Berman,  Harriet  D. 

Boston  University 
Bies,  Stanley  A. 
Carpenter,  Irving  F.,  Jr. 
Chapman,  Richard  P. 

Carlton  College,  A.B. 

Harvard  University,  M.B.A. 
Chiulli,  Mary  A. 
Ciarlone,  Angelo  A. 
Conley,  John 
Connelly,  Agnes  J. 
Corbett,  Edward  G. 

Boston  College 
Craven,  John  J. 

U.  S.  Naval  Academy 

Boston  University 
Crosby,  Thomas  J. 
Davies,  Edward  A. 

New  York  University,  B.C.S. 

Boston  University,  M.B.A. 


Class  of  1942 

Delin,  Milton  E. 
Dilworth,  Edward  L. 
Dirksmeier,  Paul  V. 
Dunphy,  James  M. 
Engels,  Richard  C. 
Ennis,  Jonas 

New  York  University 

Boston  College 
Ewart,  David  C. 

Wesley  an  University,  B.A, 
Foley,  Katherine  A. 
Gage,  Joseph  A. 

Bowdoin  College,  A.B. 
Gaines,  Solomon  L. 
Garro,  Vincent,  Jr. 

Harvard  University 
Getz,  James  W. 
Gill,  Margaret  L. 
Guilfoyle,  Frank  T.,  Jr. 
Hamilton,  Edwin  A.,  Jr. 
Harris,  Harold  L. 

Brown  University,  PhB. 
Hayward,  Douglas 


Mansfield 
Wollaston 
Roslindale 
Somerville 
Dorchester 

Brookline 

West  Newton 

Wellesley  Hills 


Maiden 

Chelsea 

Medford 

West  Newton 

Boston 

Roxbury 


Dorchester 
Needham 


Dorchester 

Cambridge 

Allston 

Dorchester 

Milton 

Roxbury 


Boston 

Arlington 
Melrose 

Roxbury 
Dorchester 

Jamaica  Plain 

Arlington 

Medtord 

Cambridge 

Foxboro 


Brighton 


3« 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 


Higgins,  Lincoln  C. 

Boston  University 
Hingston,  Charles  E. 

Tufts  College,  B.S. 
Holland,  Philip 
Hood,  Gladys  E. 

HOSENFELD,    KARL    F. 

Hughes,  Stephen  L. 
Hillman,  Fred  N. 

Boston  University,  B.S. 
Kaufman,  Irving 
Keller,  Harold  L. 
Kelly,  John  J. 
Kenney,  John  F. 
Kilbride,  Adrian  F. 
Kilroy,  Edward  L. 
Kutteruf,  Robert  H. 


Lexington 

Lynn 

Roslindale 

Newtonville 

Jamaica  Plain 

Hyde  Park 

Boston 

Maiden 

-    Boston 

Somerville 

Boston 

Winthrop 

Dorchester 

Brighton 


Armour  Institute  of  Technology,  B.S. 


Lancian,  Thomas  C 

Holy  Cross  College 
Lauriat,  George  B. 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 
Lavelle,  Charles  A. 

Boston  University,  B.B.A. 
Leontine,  Frank  H. 
Levine,  George  D. 

Boston  University 
Lincoln,  William  A. 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 
MacKinnon,  Edward  F. 
MacMillan,  Dorothea 

Radcliffe  College,  A.B. 
Magazine,  Arnold  L. 

University  of  Maine 
Mahoney,  Edward  F. 
Mayo,  Horace  C. 
McCaffrey,  Margurita 

Radcliffe  College,  A.B. 
McCullough,  William  E. 
McCusker,  Hugh  J. 

St.  Joseph's  College 
McIntosh,  Edward  C. 
Mele,  Ralph  S. 
Miller,  David 

Boston  University,  A.B. 

Teacher's  College,  Ed.M. 
Monroe,  Robert  J. 

Northeastern  University 
Muther,  Lorenz  F.,  Jr. 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 

Boston  University 
Nadolski,  Joseph  B. 

Boston  University,  B.S.  in  B.A 
Nicholls,  Henry  L. 
Nicholson,  William  F. 
Norris,  John  G. 


Everett 

Brookline 

Dorchester 

Dorchester 
Dorchester 

Brookline 

Brookline 
Lynn 

Brookline 

Cambridge 

Lewiston,  Maine 

Cambridge 

Wellesley 
Woburn 

Weymouth 

Watertown 

Mattapan 


Brookline 
Newton  Centre 


Dedham 

Cambridge 

Boston 

Brookline 


O'Connell,  Albert  L.,  Jr. 
O'Connell,  Frederick  P. 

Boston  College,  A.B. 
O'Connor,  Herbert  J. 

Boston  College,  A.B. 

Harvard  University,  M.B.A 
Oser,  Nathaniel  H. 
Patey,  Richard  L. 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  B.S. 
Peoples,  Charles  F.  West  Medford 

Northeastern  University,  B.S.  in  C.E. 
Peters,  Frederick  I.  Arlington 

Platt,  Norman  Jamaica  Plain 


Dorchester 
Brighton 

Brighton 


Brookline 
Newtonville 


M. 


Prager,  Isaac 
Scicchitani,  Catherine  M 
Shapiro,  Hyman  L. 

Boston  University 
Shepard,  Edward  M. 

Amherst  College 
Sherman,  Manuel 
Sherman,  Robert  J. 
Simpson,  Frank 
Snyder,  Norma  E. 

Boston  University 
Steinmetz,  Mildred  F. 

Emmanuel  College 
Stevenson,  Richard  L. 
Thompson,  Carolyn  C. 
Thompson,  Francis  J. 
Thorogood,  Bartlett  K. 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 

Boston  University 
Thurman,  Bruce  B. 

Boston  University,  S.B. 
Tick,  William 

Boston  University 
Tourville,  Henry  McC. 

Dusquesne  University 

University  of  Pittsburg 
True,  Richard  P. 

Dartmouth  College 
Tyler,  Earl  C. 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 

Harvard  University,  A.M. 

Harvard  University,  Ed.M 
Wallbank,  Henry  C 
Webber,  Paul  B. 
Weiner,  Leonard  A. 
Whalon,  William  R. 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 
Williams,  F.  Paul 
Wood,  James  A.  E. 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 
Wypler,  Alfred  R.,  Jr. 

University  of  Wisconsin,  B.S. 
Yoffa,  Yana 


Dorchester 
Revere 
Chelsea 

Somerville 

Dorchester 

Boston 

New  Bedford 

Arlington 

Brookline 

Boston 

Winchester 

Salem 

Waban 


Medford 
Roxbury 
Dedham 


Providence,  R.  I. 
Boston 


West  Roxbury 

Bedford 

Roxbury 

Arlington 

Beverly 
Riverton,  N.  J. 

Boston 

Brookline 


Class 

Alexander,  George  R.  Wollaston 

Arensberg,  Conrad  M.  Belmont 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 

Harvard  University,  Ph.D. 
Belcher,  William  B.  Quincy 

Bostcm  University,  B.S.  in  B.A. 
Brine,  Philip  A.,  Jr.  Somerville 

Providence  College,  Ph.B. 
Burns,  Edward  J.  Maiden 

Georgetown  University 
Bynoe,  Victor  C.  Roxbury 

Northeastern  University,  B.S.  in  C.E. 
Carleton,  Frank  N.  Winchester 

Dartmouth  College,  A.B. 
Carr,  Edmund  A.  Boston 

Haverford  College,  B.S. 

Northwestern  University 
Christie,  John  J.  Quincy 

Boston  University 

University  of  Kentucky,  A.B. 
Davis,  Stuart  K.       Winter  Harbor,  Maine 

Bowdoin  College,  A.B. 


OF    I943 

Driscoll,  George  O. 

Bates  College 
Duggan,  Francis  J. 

Holy  Cross  College,  A.B. 
Elliott,  Andrew  H. 

Northeastern  University,  B 
Flower,  Bardwell  H. 

Wesleyan  University,  A.B. 

Harvard  Medical,  M.D. 
Fogel,  Maurice 

Boston  University,  B.S.  in 
Frazier,  Claude  R. 

Bowdoin  College,  B.S. 
Friedman,  Nicholas 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 
Gaffney,  John  T. 
Gately,  Paul  J. 

U.  S.  Naval  Academy 
Gubellini,  Charles  L. 

Boston  University,  B.S.  in 


.C.E. 


Somerville 

Lowell 

Cambridge 

Auburndale 


B.A 


Lynn 

Quincy 

Newton  Centre 

Roxbury 
Brighton 


Wellesley 


SCHOOL  OF  LAW 


39 


Haddon,  William  Quincy 

Royal  Academy  of  Music,  Stockholm,  Sweden 

New  England  Conservatory,  B.M.  and  M.M. 
Higgins,  Ralph  P.  Old  Town,  Maine 

University  of  Maine,  B.A. 
Howe,  Elliot  E.  Boston 

Keay,  Freeman  A.  Jamaica  Plain 

Wesleyan  University 
Kirshner,  Sidney  L. 

Boston  University,  B.S.  in  B.A. 

Harvard  University,  M.B.A. 
Lynch,  Robert  J. 
Luftman,  Albert  J. 
Maraspin,  Davis  G. 

Lehigh  University,  B.S. 
McBee,  Dalton  H. 

Columbia  University,  A.B. 
McGoodwin,  Robert  R.,  Jr. 

Chestnut  Hill,  Pa. 

Harvard  University,  S.B. 
McGrath,  Roy  J.  Lynn 

Millen,  Harold  D.  Boston 

Boston  University 
Millington,  Willis  Maiden 

University  of  Maine 

Harvard  University 
North,  Burton  C.  Saylesville,  R.  I. 

Northeastern  University,  B.B.A. 


Dorchester 


Waltham 
Mattapan 
Barnstable 

Kent,  Conn. 


Dorchester 
Roxbury 

Brighton 

Saugus 


Boston 


Putnam,  Robert  M.  Brookline 

Yale  University,  Ph.B. 
Roper,  Margaret  J. 
Ruby,  George  S. 

Boston  University 
Ryan,  John  J. 

Holy  Cross  College,  A.B. 
Sawyer,  Alan  F. 

Boston  University 

DePauw  University 
Schlansker,  Howard  I. 

Massachusetts  Institute  Technology,  B.S. 
Smith,  Norman  N.  Cambridge 

Harvard  University 
Stern,  Frederick  P.  West  Medford 

Northeastern  University,  B.C.E. 
Stuka,  Walter  E.  Clinton 

St.  Mary's  College,  A.B. 
Tarbell,  John  W.  Brockton 

Bowdoin  College,  B.S. 
Thoresen,  Philip  B. 

Brown  University,  Sc.B. 
Turner,  Gilbert  W. 

Salem  Teacher's  College 
Welch,  Donald  A.  Melrose 

Bates  College,  A.B. 
Wilson,  Kenneth  O.  Brookline 

Harvard  University,  A.B. 


Providence,  R.  I. 
Salem 


Special  Students 


Blood,  Arthur  Willis  Boston 

Doherty,  John  Zavier  Woburn 

Johnson,  Grace  E.      Montpelier,  Vermont 


Maletz,  Samuel 
Meredith,  Louise  Stewart 


Dorchester 
Wollaston 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

Offers  a  broad  program  of  college  subjects  serving  as  a  foundation  for  the 
understanding  of  modern  culture,  social  relations,  and  technical  achievement. 
Students  may  concentrate  in  any  of  the  following  fields:  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Economics-Sociology,  English  (including  an  option  in  Journalism),  and  Mathe- 
matics-Physics. Varied  opportunities  available  for  vocational  specialization. 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  or  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

College  of  Engineering 

Offers  curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air-Conditioning,  and 
Aeronautical  options),  Electrical,  Chemical,  Industrial  Engineering,  and  En- 
gineering Administration.  Class  room  study  is  supplemented  by  experiment 
and  research  in  well-equipped  laboratories.  Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the 
professional  field  of  specialization. 

College  of  Business  Administration 

Offers  six  curricula:  Accounting,  Banking  and  Finance,  Marketing  and  Ad- 
vertising, Industrial  Administration,  Journalism,  and  Public  Administration. 
Each  curriculum  represents  in  itself  a  broad  survey  of  business  technique,  differ- 
ing from  the  others  chiefly  in  emphasis.  Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business 
Administration.  

School  of  Law 

Offers  day  and  evening  undergraduate  programs  admitting  those  who  present 
a  minimum  of  two  years  of  college  work,  each  program  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Laws.  Also  graduate  program  in  the  evening  leading  to  the  degree 
of  Master  of  Laws.     Co-educational. 

School  of  Business 

Offers  curricula  through  evening  classes  in  Accounting,  Management  —  with 
Industrial  and  Merchandising  majors,  Law  and  Business  Management,  and 
Engineering  and  Business  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration in  specified  fields  or  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science  in  Law  and 
Business  Management.  Preparation  for  C.  P.  A.  Examinations.  Shorter 
programs  may  be  arranged.     Co-educational. 

Evening  Courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts 
Certain  courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  in  the  fields  of  English,  Litera- 
ture and  the  Social  Sciences  are  offered  during  evening  hours.  These  courses 
constitute  a  three-year  program  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half  the  requirement 
for  the  A.B.  or  S.B.  degree  and  provide  general  education  and  preparation  for 
admission  to  the  School  of  Law.  Associate  in  Arts  title  conferred.  Co-edu- 
cational.   

The  Colleges  of  Liberal  Arts,  Engineering,  and  Business  Administration 
offer  day  programs  for  men  only  and  are  conducted  on  the  co-operative  plan. 
After  the  freshman  year  students  may  alternate  their  periods  of  study  with 
periods  of  work  in  the  employ  of  business  or  industrial  concerns  at  ten-week 
intervals.  Under  this  plan  they  gain  valuable  experience  and  earn  a  large  part 
of  their  college  expenses.  

In  addition  to  the  above  schools  the  University  has  affiliated  with  it  and 
conducts:  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offering,  through  evening  classes, 
courses  of  college  grade  in  various  fields  of  engineering  leading  to  the  title  of 
Associate  in  Engineering;  and  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School,  an  accredited 
evening  school  preparing  for  college  entrance  and  offering  other  standard  high 
school  programs.  

For  further  information  regarding  any  of  the  above  schools,  address 
NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

All  schools  except  BOSTON,  MASS.  School  of  Law 

School  of  Law  Telephone  KENmore  5800  47  Mt.  Vernon  Street 

360  Huntington  Ave.  Connecting  all  schools  Near  State  House 


OFFICE   HOURS 

To  June  18,  1940 
Daily  (except  Saturdays  and  Sundays),  8.45  A.M.-9.30  p.m. 
Saturdays,  8.45  a.m.-i.oo  p.m. 

June  19,  1940  —  August  15,  1940 
Daily  (except  Saturdays  and  Sundays),  8.45  A.M.-5.00  p.m. 
Saturdays,  9.00  A.M.-12.00  noon. 

August  16,  1940  —  June  16,  1941 
Daily  (except  Saturdays  and  Sundays),  8.45  A.M.-9.30  p.m. 
Saturdays,  8.45  a.m. — 12.00  noon  through  August  31. 

8.45  a.m. —  4.00  p.m.  September  7,  14,  21,  and  28. 

8.45  a.m. —  1.00  p.m.  October  5 — June  14. 


Address  Communications  to 

NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 
SCHOOL    OF    BUSINESS 

360  HUNTINGTON  AVENUE,  BOSTON,  MASS. 
telephone:  kenmore  5800 


NORTHEASTERN     UNIVERSITY 

EVENING    DIVISION 

SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS 


33rd   Year 
1940-1941 


DISTINCTIVE     SCHOOL     OF     BUSINESS 
Providing  opportunities  for  men  and  women  to  receive  advanced 
training  in  Business  during  convenient  Evening  Hours 


as  is 

Z  x 

S  5 

h 

<  2> 

w  £ 

£  2 

0  " 

2  3 

w 


Table  of  Contents 


Northeastern  University,  General  Statement 
Administrative  Organization 

Statistical  Summary 

Purpose  and  Program 

Location 


School  of  Business 

Calendar  of  Evening  Sessions  .... 
Administrative  Organization  .... 
The  Background  of  an  Institution 

PURPOSE,  POLICY,  METHODS  OF  INSTRUCTION 
VOCATIONAL  GUIDANCE 
SUCCESS    OF    ALUMNI 
PLACEMENT    SERVICE 

Staff  of  Instruction 
Programs  of  Instruction 

ACCOUNTING      . 

MANAGEMENT  . 

LAW    AND    BUSINESS    MANAGEMENT 
ENGINEERING    AND    BUSINESS 
SPECIAL    AND    SINGLE 

Description  of  Courses 

ACCOUNTING 

DISTRIBUTION 

ENGLISH     . 

ECONOMICS 

LAW    . 

MANAGEMENT 

THESIS 

General  Information 

OCCUPATIONAL    EXPERIENCE 
CLASSROOMS,    TEXTBOOKS,    RECREATIO 
STUDENT    COUNCIL 
SCHOLARSHIPS    AND    AWARDS 

Administrative  Policies 

ADMISSION    REQUIREMENTS 
REGISTRATION 
ATTENDANCE      . 
EXAMINATIONS 
MARKS    AND    CREDITS 

Tuition  and  Other  Fees 
Withdrawals  and  Refunds 
Degrees  Conferred  in  1939 
Register  of  Students 


Page 

iv 

2 

4-5 
6 


3 

7 

8-9 

9 
10-11 

12 

13-18 

20-22 
23-25 
25-26 

27 
28 


29-31 
31 
32-33 
33-34 
34-36 
36-38 
38 

38 

39 

39 

40-41 

4^-43 

43 

43 

44 

44-45 

46-47 

47 

48 

49-60 


Northeastern  University 

Administrative   Organization 


THE    NORTHEASTERN     UNIVERSITY     CORPORATIO 

Robert  Gray  Dodge 
Chairman 

Frank.  Lincoln  Richardson 
Vice-Chairman 

Carl  Stephens  Ell 
President  oj  the  University 

Galen  David  Light 
Secretary  and  Treasurer 


" 


Charles  Francis  Adams 

Wilman  Edward  Adams 

Roger  Amory 

Earl  D.  Babst 

Robert  Baldwin 

Arthur  Atwood  Ballantine 

George  Louis  Barnes 

Thomas  Prince  Beal 

Farwell  Gregg  Bemis 

Paul  Codman  Cabot 

Winthrop  L.  Carter 

Walter  Channing 

William  Converse  Chick 

Everett  Avery  Churchill 

Paul  Foster  Clark 

Sears  B.  Condit 

Albert  Morton  Creighton 

Ernest  Blaney  Dane 

William  James  Davidson 

James  Dean 

Henry  Sturgis  Dennison 

Paul  Augustus  Draper 

Charles  Francis  Eaton 

Lindsay  Ellms 

Joseph  Buell  Ely 

Frederic  Harold  Fay 

Allan  Forbes 

Edward  J.  Frost 

Franklin  Wile  Ganse 

George  Peabody  Gardner,  Jr. 

Harvey  Dow  Gibson 

Merrill  Griswold 

Henry  Ingraham  Harriman 

Chandler  Hovey 

Howard  Munson  Hubbard 

Maynard  Hutchinson 


Arthur  Stoddard  Johnson 

Halfdan  Lee 

Edward  Abbott  MacMaster 

John  Russell  Macomber 

Joseph  Patrick  Manning 

Harold  Francis  Mason 

James  Franklin  McElwain 

Hugh  Dean  McLellan 

Fred  Lester  Morgan 

Irving  Edwin  Moultrop 

Clarence  Lucian  Newton 

Olaf  Olsen 

Augustin  Hamilton  Parker,  Jr. 

George  Edwin  Pierce 

Roger  Pierce 

Matthew  Porosky 

Frederick  Sanford  Pratt 

Harry  Wendell  Prout 

Sidney  Rabinovitz 

Stuart  Craig  Rand 

James  Lorin  Richards 

Charles  Milton  Rogerson 

Robert  Billings  Rugg 

Leverett  Saltonstall 

Frank  Palmer  Speare 

Russell  Henry  Stafford 

Francis  Robert  Carnegie  Steele 

Charles  Stetson 

Earl  Place  Stevenson 

Robert  Treat  Paine  Storer 

Frank  Horace  Stuart 

Edward  Watson  Supple 

Bayard  Tuckerman,  Jr. 

Eliot  Wadsworth 

Edwin  Sibley  Webster 

Sinclair  Weeks 


A D M I N I S T R A T I  V E    ORGANIZATION 


DIVISIONAL    COMMITTEES 

WORCESTER    DIVISION 

Governing  Board 
Robert  Waring  Stoddard,  Chairman 
Frederick  Eugene  Barth  Ralph  Frederick  Gow 

Robert  Welles  Booth  Robert  Dudley  Harrington 

Zelotes  Wood  Coombs  Ernest  Leroy  Hunt 

James  Cherry  Fausnaught  Vernon  Augustus  Jones 

Harold  Luther  Fenner  Robert  Lindo  Moore 

Roscoe  Hudson  Goddard  Alfred  Ernest  Rankin 

John  Richardson 

SPRINGFIELD    DIVISION 

Board  of  Governors 
Robert  Richardson  Emerson,  Chairman 
John  Doane  Churchill  Charles  Ernest  Lee 

Roe  Sidney  Clark  Earl  Henry  Paine 

Benjamin  Alvey  Franklin  George  William  Rice,  Jr. 

Harlev  Baker  Goodrich  Horace  Jacobs  Rice 

Blake  Alexander  Hoover  Stanley  Oscar  Smith 

Burr  Frank  Jones  Frederick  Benoni  Sweet 


PROVIDENCE    DIVISION 

Y.  M.  C.  A.  Schools  Committee 
Ernest  Irons   Kilcup,  Chairman 


Richard  Day  Allen 

John  Edward  Candelet 

William  Covell  Ellis 

Luther  Newton  Hayes 

Paul  Revere  Ladd 


Chester  Tottem  Morey 
William  Washburn  Moss 

Gren  Oren  Pierrel 

Clarence  Edgar  Sherman 

Sherman  Lewis  Smith 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 
AND  AFFILIATED  SCHOOLS 

Statistical  Summary —  1938-1939 


Administrative  Officers 

and  Faculties     Students 

I.  General  Administration  8 

II.  Northeastern  University 
College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Engineering  >    103        2,112 

College  of  Business  Administration  J 
School  of  Law 
School  of  Business 
Evening    Division    of    College    of 
Liberal  Arts 

III.  Schools  affiliated  with  and  conducted 
by  Northeastern  University 

Lincoln  Technical  Institute 

Lincoln  Preparatory  School 
Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys 

Regular  Term 

Summer  Term 

Total 

Less  Duplicates 

Net  Total  311        6,039 


*  These  figures  include  the  administrative  officers,  faculties, 
and  students  of  the  Divisions  of  the  University  in  Worcester, 
Springfield,  and  Providence. 

**  The  Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts 
admitted  students  for  the  first  time  in  September  1938. 


50* 

105* 

1,461* 
1,550* 

.  ** 
4 

33** 

38 
19 

S32 

437 

16 
IO 

I71 
146 

353 

42 

6,442 
403 

School  of  Business 


Qalendar  of  Evening  Sessions 


Class  sessions  which  fall  on  holidays  are  made  up  at  the  end  of  the  course  or  as  announced. 


1940 

September    3-10  Examinations  for  Removal  of  Conditions  and  Advanced  Standing  in  Springfield. 

September    9-13  Examinations  for  Removal  of  Conditions  anil  Advanced  Standing  in  Boston, 

Worcester,  and  Providence. 

September    9-13  Upper  classes  begin  in  Springfield. 

September  16-20  Upper  classes  begin  in  Boston,  Worcester,  and  Providence. 

September  23-27  Freshman  classes  begin  in  Boston  and  the  Divisions. 

November   11  Legal  holiday  (no  classes). 

November  Thanksgiving  Day — Legal  holiday  (no  classes). 

December   20  Last  class  session  before  Christmas  recess  in  Boston  and  the  Divisions. 


January 

2 

January 

6 

January 

20-24 

March 

*5 

May 

1 

May 

5-29 

May 

3° 

June 

1 

June 

4 

June 

8 

June 

11 

June 

J5 

June 

16 

June 

20 

1941 

First  class  session  after  Christmas  recess  in  Boston. 

First  class  session  after  Christmas  recess  in  Worcester,  Springfield,  and  Providence. 

Second  semester  classes  begin  in  Boston,  Worcester,  and  Providence. 

Last  date  for  the  submission  of  theses. 

Last  date  for  filing  application  for  Degrees  and  for  the  payment  of  the  graduation 

fee. 
Final  examination  period. 
Legal  holiday  (no  classes). 
Baccalaureate  Services  at  Springfield. 
Commencement  Exercises  at  Springfield. 
Baccalaureate  Services  at  Worcester. 
Commencement  Exercises  at  Worcester. 
Baccalaureate  Services  at  Boston,  and  Providence. 
Commencement  Exercises  at  Boston. 
Commencement  Exercises  at  Providence. 


Northeastern  University 

(general  Statement 


m 


.  ORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 
J  \Jis  incorporated  as  a  philanthropic 
institution  under  the  General  Laws  of 
Massachusetts.  The  State  Legislature,  by 
special  enactment,  has  given  the  University 
general  degree  granting  powers. 

The  Corporation  of  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity consists  of  men  who  occupy  re- 
sponsible positions  in  business  and  the 
professions.  This  Corporation  elects  from 
its  membership  a  Board  of  Trustees  in 
whom  the  control  of  the  institution  is 
vested.  The  Board  of  Trustees  has  four 
standing  committees:  (a)  an  Executive 
Committee  which  serves  as  an  Ad  Interim 
Committee  between  the  regular  meetings 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  has  general 
supervision  of  the  financial  and  educational 
policies  of  the  University;  (b)  a  Committee 
on  Housing  which  has  general  supervision 
over  the  buildings  and  equipment  of  the 
University;  (c)  a  Committee  on  Funds  and 
Investments  which  has  the  responsibility 
of  administering  the  funds  of  the  Univer- 
sity; (d)  a  Development  Committee  which 
is  concerned  with  furthering  the  develop- 
ment plans  of  the  University. 

Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity, from  the  outset,  had  as  its  dominant 
purpose  the  discovery  of  human  and  social 
needs  and  the  meeting  of  these  needs  in 
distinctive  and  highly  serviceable  ways. 
While  subscribing  to  the  most  progressive 
educational  thought  and  practice,  the  Uni- 
versity has  not  duplicated  the  programs 
of  other  institutions  but  has  sought  "to 
bring  education  more  directly  into  the 
service  of  human  needs." 

With  respect  to  program,  Northeastern 
has  limited  itself: 

— To  offering,  in  its  several  schools,  basic 
curricula  from  which  non-essentials 
have  been  eliminated; 

— To  effective  teaching; 

— To  advising  and  guiding  students; 


—To  giving  students  the  chance  to  build 
well-rounded  personalities  through 
a  balanced  program  of  extra-curri- 
cular activities. 

The  Northeastern  Plan  of  Education  is 
especially  designed  for  the  student  who 
must  earn  while  he  learns.  In  the  main,  it 
consists  of  two  definite  types  of  education. 

— Co-operative  Education  by  Day, 

— Adult  Education  by  Night. 

The  plan  has  been  developed  in  such  a 
way  that  experience  in  jobs  with  pay  is 
utilized  to  help  boys  of  limited  financial 
resources  secure  an  education  and  at  the 
same  time  gain  the  maximum  educational 
benefit  from  their  practical  experience. 
So  far  as  the  New  England  States  are  con- 
cerned, Northeastern  University  is  the 
only  institution  whose  day  colleges,  other 
than  the  School  of  Law,  are  conducted 
under  the  Co-operative  Plan. 

The  several  schools  and  programs  of  the 
University  are  operated  either  under  the 
name  "Northeastern  University"  or  by  its 
affiliated  schools,  the  Lincoln  Schools,  and 
The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys.  The 
following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  principal 
types  of  educational  opportunities  offered. 

1  In  the  field  of  Co-operative  Education 
there  are  three  day  colleges  —  the  Col- 
lege of  Liberal  Arts,  the  College  of  En- 
gineering, and  the  College  of  Business 
Administration.  All  of  these  colleges 
offer  five-year  curricula.  The  College 
of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  usual 
fields  of  the  arts  and  the  sciences  leading 
to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and 
Bachelor  of  Science.  The  College  of 
Engineering,  one  of  the  largest  engi- 
neering colleges  in  the  United  States, 
has  curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with 
Diesel,  Air-Conditioning,  and  Aero- 
nautical options),  Electrical,  Chemical, 
and  Industrial  Engineering.     The  Col- 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


lege  of  Business  Administration  has 
curricula  in  Accounting,  Banking  and 
Finance,  Marketing  and  Advertising, 
Journalism,  Public  Administration,  and 
Industrial  Administration.  The  College 
of  Engineering  and  the  College  of 
Business  Administration  confer  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with 
specification  indicating  the  field  of 
specialization.  The  Co-operative  Plan, 
under  which  all  of  these  day  colleges 
operate,  enables  the  student  to  alternate 
regular  periods  of  classroom  instruction 
with  supervised  employment  in  an  in- 
dustrial or  commercial  position,  thus 
combining  theory  and  practice  in  an 
exceedingly  effective  manner.  Apart 
from  the  educational  advantages  of  the 
Co-operative  Plan  is  the  opportunity 
for  self-support  while  the  student  is  pur- 
suing his  studies  at  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity. During  the  co-operative  peri- 
ods, students  not  only  gain  experience 
but  are  also  paid  for  their  services. 
Approximately  three  hundred  business 
and  industrial  concerns  co-operate  with 
Northeastern  University  in  making  this 
program  effective. 

2  The  School  of  Law  conducts  both  a  day 
and  an  evening  undergraduate  program 
which  prepares  for  admission  to  the  bar 
and  for  the  practice  of  the  law  and 
leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws. 
It  also  conducts  a  graduate  program  in 
the  evening  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Laws. 

3  The  Adult  Education  Program  has  been 
developed  in  the  evening  work  of  the 
School  of  Law  as  indicated  above,  in 
the  School  of  Business,  and  in  the 
Evening  Division  of  the  College  of 
Liberal  Arts.  The  School  of  Business 
has  curricula  in  Management  —  with 
Industrial  and  Merchandising  majors, 
Accounting,  Law  and  Business  Manage- 
ment, and  Engineering  and  Business. 
This  School  awards  the  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration  degree  with 
specification  and  the  Bachelor  of  Com- 
mercial Science  degree  in  Law  and 
Business  Management.    The  College  of 


Liberal  Arts  offers  certain  of  its  courses 
during  evening  hours  constituting  a 
program,  three  years  in  length,  equi- 
valent in  hours  to  one-half  the  require- 
ments for  the  A.B.  or  S.B.  degree,  and 
providing  a  general  education  and 
preparation  for  admission  to  the  School 
of  Law.  The  title  of  Associate  in  Arts 
is  conferred  upon  those  who  complete 
this  program. 

4  In  order  that  larger  groups  of  men  and 
women  might  be  served  through  its 
evening  schools,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity operates  divisions  of  the  School  of 
Law  and  the  School  of  Business  in  co- 
operation with  the  Young  Men's  Chris- 
tian Associations  in  Worcester  and 
Springfield  and  of  the  School  of  Busi- 
ness in  co-operation  with  the  Provi- 
dence Young  Men's  Christian  Associa- 
tion. With  the  establishment  of  the 
divisions,  thoroughgoing  methods  of 
supervision  were  instituted  and  have 
been  consistently  followed  and  im- 
proved, with  the  result  that  the  divi- 
sional work  is  conducted  upon  a  highly 
efficient  basis. 

5  The  Adult  Education  Program  has  also 
been  developed  through  the  Lincoln 
Schools,  which  are  affiliated  with  and 
conducted  by  Northeastern  University. 
The  classes  in  these  schools  are  held  at 
convenient  evening  hours.  The  Lincoln 
Technical  Institute  offers  curricula  upon 
a  college  level  in  various  phases  of 
engineering  leading  to  the  title  of 
Associate  in  Engineering;  whereas  the 
Lincoln  Preparatory  School,  accredited 
by  the  New  England  College  Entrance 
Certificate  Board,  prepares  students  for 
admission  to  college  and  offers  other 
standard  high  school  programs. 

6  The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys, 
also  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by 
Northeastern  University,  is  the  out- 
growth of  a  demand  in  the  city  of 
Boston  for  an  urban  preparatory  school 
with  high  educational  standards  which 
would  furnish  thorough  preparation  for 
admission  to  the  leading  colleges  and 
universities.    While  easily  accessible  to 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


the  various  sections  of  Boston  and  to 
the  suburbs,  it  has  the  facilities  of  a 
country  day  school  and  offers  a  country 
day  school  program.  This  School  is  one 
of  the  leading  preparatory  schools  of 
the  country. 


LOCAT ION     OF 
UNIVERSITY     BUILDINGS 

Northeastern  University  is  located  in 
Boston.,  a  city  which  is  rich  in  educational 
and  cultural  opportunities.  The  Univer- 
sity center  is  on  Huntington  Avenue  just 
beyond  Massachusetts  Avenue  and  op- 
posite the  Boston  Opera  House.  Here  on 
an  eight  acre  campus  are  located  the 
educational  buildings  of  the  University 
except  that  of  the  School  of  Law.  The 
classes  of  the  Evening  School  of  Business 
are  all  held  at  the  University  center  on 
Huntington  Avenue. 

WEST    BUILDING 

The  West  Building  at  360  Huntington 
Avenue  contains  over  one  hundred  thou- 
sand square  feet  of  floor  space  devoted  to 
administrative  and  instructional  purposes. 
On  the  first  floor  are  the  general  adminis- 
trative offices  of  the  University.  The 
University  bookstore,  the  "Husky  Hut" 
and  the  student  checkroom  are  located  in 
the  basement.  There  are  three  large 
lecture  halls  and  numerous  classrooms  and 
laboratories.  The  offices  of  the  Evening 
Division  are  located  on  the  first  floor. 


EAST   BUILDING 

The  East  Building  of  the  University  is 
the  educational  wing  of  the  Huntington 
Avenue  Branch  of  the  Boston  Young  Men's 
Christian  Association.  The  library,  class- 
rooms, certain  laboratories,  and  the  gym- 
nasium are  located  in  this  building. 

SOUTH    BUILDING 

The  South  Building  of  the  University 
contains  laboratories,  a  large  lecture  hall, 
and  classrooms. 


LAW    SCHOOL    BUILDING 

The  Law  School  Building,  located  at 
47  Mt.  Vernon  Street,  within  sight  of  the 
State  House,  contains  administrative 
offices,  a  library,  classrooms,  student 
lounges,  and  other  facilities.  This  building 
is  occupied  exclusively  by  the  School  of 
Law. 

TRANSPORTATION 

The  University  center  is  easily  reached 
from  the  various  railroad  stations  and  from 
all  points  on  the  Boston  Elevated  System. 
Ample  parking  space  is  available. 

WORCESTER    DIVISION 

The  Worcester  Division  is  located  in  the 
Worcester  Y.M.C.A.  Building  at  766  Main 
Street,  and  in  the  new  Alden  Building 
facing  on  Murray  Avenue,  a  five-minute 
walk  south  from  the  City  Hall. 

The  School  is  easily  accessible  from  all 
parts  of  the  city  and  is  within  easy  walking 
distance  of  both  the  Union  Station  and  the 
bus  and  interurban  terminals.  Excellent 
bus  service  is  maintained  to  all  suburban 
points.  Student  rates  may  be  obtained  on 
practically  all  of  these  lines. 

SPRINGFIELD      DIVISION 

Northeastern  University,  Springfield 
Division,  is  located  two  streets  east  of  Main 
on  Chestnut,  corner  of  Hillman — a  three- 
minute  walk  from  Main  via  Hillman.  It  is 
reached  from  the  Union  Station  by  a  five- 
minute  walk  south  along  Dwight  to  Hill- 
man to  Chestnut;  and  a  three-minute  walk 
north  along  Chestnut  from  the  Public 
Library  on  State  Street. 

PROVIDENCE    DIVISION 

The  Providence  Division  is  located  in  the 
Y.  M.  C.  A.  Building  at  160  Broad  Street. 
This  location  is  about  an  eight-minute  walk 
from  the  center  of  the  city.  Adequate  park- 
ing facilities  are  available  for  automobiles. 
The  following  car  and  bus  lines  pass  the 
building:  Broad  Street,  Elmwood  Avenue, 
Reservoir  Avenue,  Pontiac  Avenue,  Auburnf 
and  Eden  Park,  and  East  Greenwich. 


School  of  Business 


Administrative  Organization 


GENERAL    OFFICERS    OF    ADMINISTRATION 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D.,  President  of  the  University 
Frank.  Palmer  Speare,  M.H.,  LL.D.,  President  Emeritus  of  the  University 
Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D.,  Vice-President  of  the  University 
Galen  David  Light,  A.B.,  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  University 
Russell  Whitney,  B.S.,  LL.B.,  Dean 


LOCAL    OFFICERS    OF 
BOSTON 

Russell  Whitney,  B.S.,  LL.B.,  Dean 
Kenneth  Stevenson,  B.C.S.,  Assistant  to  the 

Vice-President 
Eben  Oswell  Smith,  B.S.,  Registrar 
Ellis  Merton  Purinton,    B.B.A.,   Director-  of 

Vocational  Guidance  arid  Placement 
Myra  White,  Librarian 
Mary  B.  Foor,  Manager  of  the  Bookstore 


WORCESTER     DIVISION 

William  Albert  Lotz,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Director 
Charles  Edwin  Hutchins,  LL.B.,  Counselor  to 
Students 

SECRETARIAL    AN 
BOSTON 

Doris  Clark  Towne,  Secretary  to  the  Dean 
Helen  Margaret  Stoddard,  Recorder 
Elizabeth  Brechen  Hunt,  Secretary  to  the  Registrar 
Elin    Victoria    Peterson,    Secretary   to   the    Vice- 
President 
Grace  Hewett  Watkins,  B.S.,  Assistant  Librarian 
Cynthia  Elizabeth  Wort,  Assistant  Librarian 
Florence  Elsie  Avellar,  Secretary  to  the  Treasurer 
Mabel  Ellen  Bean,  Secretary  to  the  Assistant  to  the 

Vice-President 
Constance   Adelia  Conant,  General  Offices  of  the 

University 
Virginia  Cushing  Darling,  General  Offices  of  the 

University 
Thelma  Gertrude   Dunn,   Bookkeeper,    Treasurer  s 

Office 
Daisy  Milne  Everett,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Marjorie  Graffte  Prout,  Secretary  to  the  President 
Helen  Louise  Kolderup,  Cashier 


ADMINISTRATION 

PROVIDENCE     DIVISION 

Luther  Newton  Hayes,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Director 

Carl  William  Christiansen,  B.C.S.,  C.P.A., 
Associate  Dean 

John  Edward  Candelet,  B.S.,  A.M.,  M.B.A.-, 
Counselor 

Clarence  Scott  Taylor,  B.S.,  Assistant  Coun- 
selor 

SPRINGFIELD     DIVISION 

John  Doane  Churchill,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Director 
Earle  Henry  Paine,  B.C.S.,  Treasurer 
Ralph  Lorenzo  Bowen,  B.C.S.,  B.S.  in  Ed., 

Ed.M.,  Associate  Director  and  Bursar 
Guy  Dolphus  Miller,  A.B.,  Ed.M.,  C.P.A., 

Associate  Dean 

D    OFFICE    STAFF 

Alyce  Ann  Nichols,  Bookkeeper,  Treasurer  s  Office 
Ellen  Whitehouse  Parkinson,  Bookkeeper,  Evening 
Division 

WORCESTER     DIVISION 

Marion  Wallace  Porter,  A.B.,  Registrar 
Irma  McAllister  Brown,  Secretary  to  the  Director 
Helen  Elissa  Lindstrom,  Bursar 
Dorothy  May  Bridgeman,  Librarian 
Lawrence  James  Goulden,  B.B.A.,  Administrative 
Assistant 

SPRINGFIELD     DIVISION 

Caroline  Edith  Bergmann,  B.C.S.,  Registrar 
Violet   Lillian   Vester,    B.B.A.,   Secretary  to  the 
Director  and  Recorder 

PROVIDENCE     DIVISION 

Avis  Stokes  Macintosh,  Registrar  and  Secretary  to 

the  Director 
Eleanor  Knight  Luther,  A.B.,  Recorder 


Galen  David  Light 
Russell  Whitney 
Tohn  Doane  Churchill 


DIVISIONAL    COMMITTEE 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  Chairman 
Eben  Oswell  Smith,  Secretary  James  Wallace  Lees 

Luther  Newton  Hayes  Sydney  Kenneth  Skolfield 

William  Albert  Lotz 


James  Wallace  Lees 


COLLEGIATE    SCHOOLS    COMMITTEE 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  Chairman, 
Syndey  Kenneth  Skolfield  Eben  Oswell  Smith 

Russell  Whitney 

7 


School  of  Business 


The  background  of  an  Institution 


% 


HIRTY-THREE  YEARS  ago,  in 
U  March  of  1907,  the  first  undergradu- 
ate evening  school  of  business  in  New  Eng- 
land was  organized.  This  was  the  beginning 
of  Northeastern  University  School  of  Busi- 
ness, a  pioneer  endeavor  to  bridge  an  ex- 
isting gap  in  business  and  professional 
education.  Four  years  later,  the  School 
was  authorized  by  the  Massachusetts 
Legislature  to  grant  university  degrees  to 
its  graduates. 

PURPOSE 

Now,  just  as  at  the  start,  the  school  seeks 
first  to  determine  what  business  needs  in  its 
personnel,  and  then  to  supply  properly 
trained  men  and  women  who  can  fulfill 
those  needs. 

The  training  of  a  student  at  Northeastern 
has  always  been  conducted  so  that  a  grad- 
uate receives  not  only  a  B.B.A.  or  a  B.C.S. 
degree,  but  an  immediately  applicable 
vocational  training  equipping  him  to  fill  a 
better  position  in  some  one  business  ac- 
tivity. For  his  future,  he  has  the  advantage 
of  a  thorough  background  of  business 
methods  and  an  appreciation  of  the  prob- 
lems of  management,  which,  if  properly 
used,  may  lead  to  advancement  and  execu- 
tive responsibilities. 

Such  a  well-rounded  preparation  also  en- 
ables a  Northeastern  graduate  to  achieve 
the  higher  social  standing  enjoyed  by  col- 
lege and  university  graduates. 

ADMINISTRATIVE    POLICY 

The  School  of  Business  was  founded  to 
serve  those  who  have  only  evening  hours 
free  for  study — a  special  field,  limited  to  the 
education  of  the  person  who  has  perma- 
nently left  day  school  and  gone  to  work. 
The  Northeastern  University  student  is  an 
adult,  usually  more  mature  than  the  student 
of  a  day  school.  He  is  in  direct  touch  with 
business  and  is  expected  to  take  an  active 
part  in  his  own  supervised  training.    The 


constant  effort  of  the  administrative  and 
teaching  staff  is  toward  more  effective 
means  of  suiting  their  educational  service 
to  the  individual  evening  student. 

A  program  carefully  adapted  to  the  needs 
of  the  student,  and  the  proper  guidance  of 
his  time  and  effort  in  class  group  and  study, 
call  for  high  standards  in  administration. 
The  administrative  officers  of  Northeastern 
University  function  solely  to  help  the  stu- 
dent get  the  most  value  from  his  course  of 
training.  The  Dean  of  the  School,  the  Edu- 
cational Directors  in  the  Divisions  at  Wor- 
cester, Springfield,  and  Providence,  the 
Registrars  and  other  officers  are  available 
at  all  times  to  assist  students.  Those  who 
desire  any  sort  of  advice  or  guidance  in  any 
part  of  their  school  work  will  find  the  officers 
of  the  School  always  ready  to  do  their 
utmost. 

METHODS    OF    INSTRUCTION 

Because  the  evening  student  is  daily  in 
contact  with  business,  his  training  logically 
should  be  in  actual  business  problems.  The 
School's  instruction  in  nearly  all  courses  is 
by  the  problem  method.  In  a  few  introduc- 
tory or  survey  courses  the  lecture  and  text 
book  method  is  used  in  combination  with 
the  problem  method.  Most  of  the  teaching 
staff  are  active  business  men  whose  prac- 
tical experiences  adequately  fit  them  to 
carry  through  this  type  of  instruction. 
Under  such  a  method  there  is  a  more  def- 
inite individual  gain,  for  the  theories  of 
business  are  faced,  so  to  speak,  in  their 
work  clothes,  and  the  student's  vivid 
knowledge  of  economic  principles  is  ac- 
companied by  the  rise  of  a  keener  analytical 
interest  in  his  business  surroundings. 

Business  demands  more  than  knowledge; 
it  demands  quick  applications  of  that 
knowledge.  A  Northeastern  graduate 
learns  to  think  and  act  more  independently 
and  soundly  when  that  demand  is  made  of 
him. 


THE    BACKGROUND    OF   AN   INSTITUTION 


Most  of  the  School  of  Business  classes  meet  in  this  new  University  building- 


Cases  and  tests  are  frequently  supple- 
mented by  stimulating  lectures  and  class 
group  discussions.  Written  reports  and  ex- 
aminations serve  only  that  the  student  may 
measure  his  own  progress  or  as  indications 
to  the  instructor  of  his  success  in  helping 
the  student  to  a  fuller  understanding  of  his 
subject. 


SPECIAL  VOCATIONAL 
GUIDANCE 

Northeastern  University  School  of  Busi- 
ness does  not  end  its  educational  responsi- 
bilities in  merely  providing  courses  of  study. 
Its  individual  students  are  helped  to  deter- 
mine their  own  abilities  and  the  field  of 
work  in  which  those  abilities  will  give  them 
the  greatest  chance  of  advancement.  When 
a  student's  interest  has  been  established, 
the  school  then  assists  the  student  in  fulfill- 
ing the  requirements  for  success  in  his 
chosen  field. 


A  student's  personal  guidance  in  this  re- 
spect is  not  judged  as  completed  in  his  first 
year.  Rather  it  is  a  constant  process  contin- 
ually modified  to  meet  the  changing  con- 
ditions of  business  life  during  his  entire 
term.  The  administration  and  faculty  have 
in  the  last  two  years  worked  out  and  put 
into  effect  new  plans  in  a  broader  effort 
to — 

1  Acquaint  students  with  various  fields  of 
business  activity  so  that  they  may  make 
more  rational  choices  of  a  vocational  field 
in  which  to  specialize. 

2  Aid  students  in  the  choice  of  specific  vo- 
cational objectives  within  their  chosen 
fields. 

3  Provide  facilities  for  study  of  vocational 
and  specific  job  requirements,  as  well  as 
the  opportunities  and  the  steps  necessary 
to  achieve  progress. 

4  Co-ordinate  the  student's  education 
more  closely  to  his  vocational  interests. 


10 


THE    BACKGROUND    OF    AN    INSTITUTION 


STAFF    OF    INSTRUCTION 

The  teaching  staff  of  the  School  in  Boston 
and  the  Divisions  is  recruited  from  business 
and  professional  leaders  of  New  England 
business.  The  instructors  are  college-trained 
men  who  have  proved  their  ability  in  their 
various  fields  of  specialization.  They  are 
selected  on  the  basis  of  their  ability  to  con- 
vey knowledge  to  others  in  an  interesting, 
inspiring,  and  effective  manner.  They  are 
also  chosen  for  the  breadth  of  their  training 
and  experience.  Their  teaching  is  a  work  of 
enthusiasm  freshened  each  evening  by  con- 
tact with  those  who  are  seeking  seriously  for 
knowledge,  skill,  and  attitudes  that  will 
contribute  to  success. 

While  business  essentials  are  stressed, 
cultural  and  ethical  values  are  by  no  means 
neglected.  The  ability  to  think  and  judge 
independently  usually  results  in  cultural 
development.  But  the  school  has  not  been 
content  to  let  the  cultural  side  of  its  educa- 
tional activities  be  merely  a  passive  by- 
product. Instructors  are  men  of  high  ideals 
and  attainments,  who  have  a  genuine 
interest  in  those  finer  attributes  of  character 
and  personality  which  make  for  good  citi- 
zenship and  the  appreciation  of  worthy 
ideals.  A  large  part  of  the  success  of  the 
School  and  of  the  individual  students  may 
be  traced  directly  to  the  contacts  with  in- 
structors of  the  caliber  selected  by  the 
School  of  Business. 


SUCCESS    OF    THE    ALUMNI 

The  best  indication  of  the  cumulative  re- 
wards to  be  won  by  pursuing  a  systematic 
program  of  study  in  spare  evening  hours  is 
to  be  found  in  the  records  of  Northeastern 
School  of  Business  Alumni. 

A  recent  study  covering  all  Boston  grad- 
uates conclusively  shows  that  better  posi- 
tions and  increased  incomes  are  directly 
traceable  to  the  evening  hours  spent  in 
preparation  at  Northeastern. 

A  portion  of  this  study  is  the  comparison 
of  positions  held  by  the  alumni  when  they 
entered  the  School  as  freshmen  with  the 
positions  they  held  at  the  time  of  the  study. 


ALUMNI      POSITIONS 

Upon 
Entrance 
% 
Presidents  and  Other  Corpora- 
tion Officers  o.o 
Owners  of  Business  i.o 
Treasurers  and  Comptrollers  .3 
Accountants  7.0 
Office  Managers  1.6 
Department  Managers  2.9 
Salesmen  3.8 
Educators  8.6 
Government  Employees  2.6 
Bookkeepers  18.8 
Clerks  34.2 
Factory  Workers  5.8 
Unemployed  2.9 
Miscellaneous                         10.5 


Now 
% 

3-8 
13-1 

7-7 
16.9 

7-4 
11.5 

3-8 

7.0 

7-7 
i-3 
6.4 
2.2 
1.9 
9-3 


This  pronounced  trend  to  better  and 
more  responsible  positions  is  further  sub- 
stantiated by  a  study  of  the  income  of  the 
same  alumni  group  over  the  same  period. 

It  was  found  that  the  Alumni  who  had 
been  out  of  the  School  of  Business  not 
more  than  ten  years,  had  increased  their 
income  an  aggregate  of  73.2%.  For  those 
who  graduated  more  than  ten  years  ago, 
this  increase  amounts  to  223.6%.  Another 
study  of  the  income  of  students  still  in 
school  shows  that  the  average  School  of 
Business  student  begins  his  advancement 
in  business  and  in  income  even  while  he  is 
still  at  his  training.  On  the  average,  the 
increase  in  income  during  the  period  of 
attendance  more  than  covers  tuition 
charges. 

The  charts  on  the  next  page  show 
graphically  the  change  from  positions  of 
minor  responsibility  to  those  of  executive 
responsibility  and  indicate  clearly  the  value 
of  adequate  business  training.  Even  in 
depression  periods  Northeastern  alumni, 
because  of  their  training,  have  fared  pro- 
portionately better  than  untrained  men 
and  women  because  it  is  the  practice  of 
employers  to  retain  the  best  of  their 
personnel  when  reductions  become  neces- 
sary. 


THE    BACKGROUND    OF   AN   INSTITUTION  11 

THE    STUDY    OF    POSITIONS    HELD 
BY    ALUMNI 


At  Time  of  Entrance  At  Present 

The  Freshman  Clerk  becomes  the  Alumnus  Executive 
KEY 

EXECUTIVE    RESPONSIBILITY  M 

H  MISCELLANEOUS    POSITIONS  IS 

□  CLERICAL   AND   FACTORY  WORK  □ 


However,  the  success  of  alumni  is  not  to 
be  measured  entirely  by  the  dollar  and  cents 
increase  in  their  incomes.  Northeastern 
University  School  of  Business  Alumni,  as  a 
result  of  their  broad  training,  have  en- 
larged their  whole  horizon  of  life.  They  have 
developed  a  keener  appreciation  of  the 
human  values  which  count  most  in  life. 
They  have  found  valuable  avenues  of 
friendship  and  social  contact.  They  have 
discovered  larger  opportunities  for  partici- 
pation in  social  and  civic  enterprises.  They 
have  become  not  only  better  business  men 
but  better  citizens. 

THE    STUDENT    BODY 

The  character  of  a  student  body  determines 
the  standards  which  a  school  can  maintain. 
Nothing  is  more  essential  to  the  success  of 
an  educational  institution  than  a  careful 
selection  of  incoming  students.  This  prin- 
ciple applies  just  as  readily  to  an  evening 
school  as  to  a  day  school.  Standards  are 
invariably    adjusted    to    the    average    in- 


telligence of  the  students.  For  this  reason, 
Northeastern  University  School  of  Business 
maintains  standards  of  admission  which 
result  in  a  student  body  capable  of  pur- 
suing work  of  standard  college  grade  during 
evening  hours. 

The  student  body  consists  of  1677  men 
and  women  of  widely  varied  ages  and  occu- 
pations. The  youngest  student  is  16  years 
of  age  and  the  oldest  60  years.  The  average 
age  is  24.4  years. 

About  one-sixth  of  the  students  are 
married  men  who  have  realized  that  if  they 
are  to  increase  their  earning  power  they 
must  fit  themselves  for  advancement.  That 
the  training  offered  by  the  School  has  en- 
abled the  students  to  improve  their  earning 
capacities  and  enlarge  their  responsibilities 
is  conclusively  proved  by  a  study  which 
showed  that  students  in  the  School  sub- 
stantially increased  their  incomes  in  the 
six  year  period  between  entering  the  School 
and  graduation. 


12 


THE    BACKGROUND    OF   AN   INSTITUTION 


In  the  student  body  316  high  schools  and 
other  preparatory  schools  are  represented. 
Sixty-three  colleges  and  universities  are  rep- 
resented by  276  students  who  are  either 
graduates  or  have  attended  one  or  more 
years. 

In  Boston,  562  students  come  from  105 
different  cities  and  towns,  commuting  from 
considerable  distances. 

In  the  Worcester  Division,  285  students 
represent  32  separate  communities;  and  in 
Springfield,  38  different  communities,  large- 
ly in  the  Southern  Connecticut  Valley,  con- 
tribute 501  students. 

The  294  students  at  Providence  represent 
47  cities  of  Massachusetts  and  Connecticut 
as  well  as  Rhode  Island. 

PLACEMENT      SERVICE 
FOR    GRADUATES 

While  the  School  cannot  guarantee  posi- 
tions to  its  graduates,  the  number  of  re- 
quests for  men  usually  exceeds  the  number 
available  in  the  graduating  class  of  any 
given  year.  The  policy  of  the  School  is  to 
find  the  best  equipped  and  qualified  men 
among  its  graduates  for  the  positions  which 
the  School  is  called  upon  to  fill. 

The  School  in  recommending  a  graduate 
for  a  position  furnishes  the  prospective 
employer  with  the  facts  as  to  the  graduate's 
ability,  character,  attitudes,  habits,  and 
other  qualifications  for  the  position  as 
revealed  by  the  School  records.  In  the  last 
analysis,  however,  placement  in  a  position 
depends  quite  largely  upon  the  graduate's 
ability  to  sell  his  services  to  the  prospective 


employer.  Most  employers  prefer  to  con- 
sider two  or  more  candidates  for  a  position 
and  generally  request  the  School  to  suggest 
more  than  one  person.  Many  manufactur- 
ing and  commercial  firms  throughout  New 
England  call  upon  this  School  to  assist  them 
in  filling  important  executive  and  mana- 
gerial positions. 

No  charge  is  made  for  placement  service. 

FOR    STUDENTS 

Many  requests  from  employers  are  re- 
ceived by  the  School,  during  normal  times, 
for  young  men  of  potential  ability  to  fill 
important  clerical  and  junior  executive 
positions.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  School  to 
serve  the  students  whenever  possible  by 
placing  them  in  those  positions  which 
promise  attractive  opportunities  for  devel- 
opment and  advancement.  The  School, 
however,  cannot  guarantee  to  place  its 
students,  but  it  does  endeavor  to  keep  in 
close  touch  with  those  who  desire  placement 
service  and  to  assist  them  in  obtaining 
satisfactory  advancements  in  positions  and 
income.  No  charge  is  made  for  placement 
service.  Those  needing  this  assistance 
should  file  an  application  at  the  School 
Office. 

In  recommending  students  for  positions, 
preference  is  given  to  those  who  have  com- 
pleted a  year  or  more  of  study  in  the  School. 
The  School  must  know  something  as  to  the 
abilities,  habits,  character,  and  general 
worth  of  an  individual  as  revealed  by  his 
record  as  a  student  before  it  can  recommend 
him  for  a  position. 


School  of  Business 


Staff  of  Instruction 


BOSTON 


Frederick.  Morse  Bassett, 
B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Constructive  Accounting 
Accountant,  Stewart,  Watts  and  Bollong 

Elliott  Sheffeld  Boardman, 
Bowdoin  College;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Business  Administration  Seminar 

Business  Planning  and  Research 
Manager,  Industrial  Statistics  Division,  Federal 
Reserve  Bank  of  Boston 

Charles  Albert  Cederberg, 
Boston  University 

Introductory      Accounting;      Intermediate 
Accounting 
Instructor  in  Bookkeeping,  Boston  Clerical  School 

Alfred  D'Alessandro, 
B.C.S.,  LL.B.,  Northeastern  University;  M.B.A., 
Boston  University;  Harvard  University;  C.P.A. 

Cost  Accounting;  C.P.A.  Accounting  Review 
Professor  of  Accounting,  Northeastern  University, 
Day  Division 

John  Sydney  Dawson, 
A.B.,  Holy  Cross  College;  M.B.A.,  LL.B.,  Har- 
vard University 

Torts  and  Crimes  in  Business 
Attorney  at  Law,  Hurlburt,  Jones  and  Hall 

John  Enneguess, 
B.C.S.,  B.B.A.,   Northeastern    University;  Har- 
vard University 

Accounting  Problems 

Leo  Thomas  Foster, 
A.B.,  A.M.,  Holy  Cross  College;  Harvard  Uni- 
versity; Boston  University 

Income  Tax  Procedure 
Head  of  Commercial  Department,   Jeremiah 
Burke  High  School 

Charles  MacKay  Ganson, 
B.A.,    Yale    University;    LL.B.,   Harvard    Uni- 
versity 

Risks  of  Business 
Attorney  at  Law,  Taylor,  Ganson  and  Perrin 

Howard  Eaton  Gorton, 
B.S.,  Hobart  College;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Marketing 
Merchandise  Manager,  Dennison  Manufacturing 
Company 


Roger  Stanton  Hamilton, 
A.B.,    University    of   Pittsburgh;    M.A.,    Tufts 
College;  Harvard  University 

Business  Economics 
Associate  Professor  of  Economics,  Northeastern 
University,  Day  Division 

J.  Keene  Horner, 
B.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma;  M.B.A.,  Harvard 
University 

Public  Speaking;  Business  Reports  and 
Conferences;  Counsellor,  Business  Readings  and 
Theses 

Instructor  in  Business  Administration  and  Public 
Speaking,  Babson  Institute 

Roger  Mayhew  Jennings, 
B.B.A.,    Boston    University;    M.B.A.,    Harvard 
University 

Retail  Store  Management;  Department 
Store  Administration 

Roger  Johnson, 
B.S., Bowdoin  College; M.B.A., Harvard  University 

Business  Statistics  and  Forecasting;  Inter- 
national Economic  Relations 
Statistician,  New  England  Council 

Robert  Courtney  Mattox, 
B.A.,  Dartmouth  College 

Business  English;  Advanced  English 
Assistant    Sales    Promotion    Manager,    Liberty 
Mutual  Insurance  Company 

Harold  Adam  Mock, 
B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Auditing;  Advanced  Accounting  Problems 
Partner,  Stewart,  Watts  and  Bollong 

Franklin  Norvish, 
B.S.,  Colby  College;  M.A.,  Yale  University 

Public  Speaking 
Instructor  in  English,  Northeastern    University, 
Day  Division 

Harry  Olins, 
A.B.,  LL.B.,  Harvard  University 

Business  Contracts;  Market  Law 
Attorney  at  Law 

Andrew  Petersen, 
B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Boston  University;  C.P.A. 

Accounting  Aids  to  Management 
Director  of  Accounting  and  Taxation,  Babson  In- 
stitute 


"The  Faculty  for  the  year  1940-41  is  published  during  the  summer. 

13 


14 


STAFF   OF   INSTRUCTION 


Matthew  Porosky, 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Business  and  Industrial  Management;  In- 
dustrial Management  Problems  and  Policies; 
Government  Controls  in  Business 
Vice-President  in  charge  of  Sales,  Eagle  Signal 
Corporation  and  Vice-President  of  the  Holtzer- 
Cabot  Electric  Company 

B.  Floyd  Rinker, 
A.B.,  Dickinson  College;  Harvard  University 

Business  English 
Teacher,  Newton  High  School 

Melville  Forrest  Rogers, 
D.M.D.,    Harvard    University;    LL.B.,    North- 
eastern University;  LL.M.,  Boston  University 

Market  Law 
Attorney  at  Law 

Fillmore  Hargrave  Sanford, 
A.B.,   University  of  Richmond;  M.A.,  Harvard 
University 

Psychology  for  Business  and  Industry 
Assistant  in  Psychology,  Harvard  University 

Joseph  Sawyer, 
A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Purchasing 
Department  Manager,  R.  H.  White  Company 

Robert  William  Sherburne, 
B.B.A.,   Northeastern    University;   Boston    Uni- 
versity 

Assistant   Instructor   in    Introductory  Ac- 
counting, Intermediate  Accounting 
Instructor,  Burdett  College 

Eldon  Campbell  Shoup, 
A.B.,  Washburn  College;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity 

Principles  of  Selling,  Sales  Management 
Market  Research  Manager,  Dennison  Manu- 
facturing Company 

Eben  Oswell  Smith, 
B.S.,  Northeastern  University;  Boston  University 

Economic  Development  of  the  U.  S.;  Money 
and  Banking 

Registrar,  Northeastern  University,  Evening  Divi- 
sion 


Irwin  Spear, 
Ph.B.,  University  of  Vermont 

Principles  of  Advertising;  Retail  Store  Ad- 
vertising 
Advertising  Service 

Harry  Wilbur  Thompson, 
Credits  and  Collections 
Credit  Manager,  General  Sea  Foods  Corporation 

Mark  Wainer, 
LL.B.,  LL.M.,  Boston  University 

Agents   and  Agencies;   Business  Organiza- 
tions 
Attorney  at  Law 

Ralph  Kimball  Whitney, 
A.B.,  Dartmouth  College;  Ed.M.,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity; Boston  University 

Business  English 
Instructor,  School  of  Education,  Boston  University 

Russell  Whitney, 
B.S.,    Dartmouth    College;    LL.B.,    Northeastern 
University 

Legal  Aspects  of  Business 
Dean,  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business 

Archibald  Williams, 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Principles  of  Production;  Scientific  Manage- 
ment 

Assistant  Professor  Production  Management, 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology;  Industrial 
Consultant 

Alfred  Skinner  Woodworth, 
A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Financial  Organization 
Assistant  Vice-President,  Second  National  Bank 
of  Boston 

Kennard  Woodworth, 
A.B.,  Harvard  University 

Investment  Principles  and  Practice 
Statistician,  Boston  Insurance  Company 


WORCESTER    DIVISION 


William  Bishop,  Jr., 
Credits  and  Collections 
Credit  Manager,  Graton  &  Knight  Co. 

John  Earle  Blossom, 
A.B.,  Wesleyan  University;  Ed.M.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity 

Business  English 
Professor  of  English,  Worcester  Academy 


George  A.  Dunning, 

Public  Speaking 
New  England  Manager,  Crowell  Publishing  Com- 
pany 

John  Enneguess, 
B.C.S.,  B.B.A.,  Northeastern  University;  Harvard 
University 

Income  Tax  Procedure;  Accounting  Aids  to 
Management;  Accounting  Problems 


STAFF   OF   INSTRUCTION 


15 


Edward  Averill  Green, 
A.B.,  Yale  University 

Business  Statistics  and  Forecasting 
Actuary,  Associated  with  State  Mutual  Life  Assur- 
ance Company 

J.  Keene  Horner, 
B.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma;  M.B.A.,  Harvard 
University 


William  Barrington  Pollock,  Jr., 
A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Modern  Advertising;  Creative  Advertising 
Production;  Principles  of  Selling;  Sales  Manage- 
ment 
Salesman,  Fellowcrafters,  Boston 

Albert  James  Schwieger, 

Advanced  English;  Business  Administration       B.A.,  Hamline  University;  M.A.,  Clark  Univer- 
Seminar  sity;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

Instructor  in  Business  Administration  and  Public  Economic  Development  of  the  U.  S. 

Speaking,  Babson  Institute  Professor  of  Economics,   Worcester  Polytechnic 

Charles  Edwin  Hutchins,  Institute 

LL.B.,  Lincoln  Jefferson  University 

Counsellor  to  Students;  Introductory   Ac-  Robert  B.  Service,  Jr., 

counting  Cost  Accounting 

Attorney    at   Law;    Instructor,    High    School  of      Head  °J  Audit™g  Department,  Norton  Company 
Commerce 

James  Mortimer  Keniston, 
B.S.,  Bowdoin  College;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity 

Marketing 
Merchandising    Manager,    John    C.    Maclnnes 
Company 

Willard  G.  Leathers, 
A.B.,  Yale  University 

Industrial     Management     Problems     and 
Policies 

Assistant    Merchandising    Manager,    Dennison 
Manufacturing  Company 

Arthur  Fletcher  Lucas, 
A.B.,  Bates  College;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Princeton  Uni- 
versity 

Business  Economics 
Professor,  Clark  University 

Waldo  Wolfrom  Neikirk, 


Sumner  Burnham  Tilton, 
A.B.,  Dartmouth  College;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity 

Legal  Aspects  of  Business 
Attorney  at  Law,  Vaughan,  Esty,  Clark  &  Crotty 

Joseph  Bertram  Wadleigh, 
A.B.,  Bates  College;  A.M.,  Harvard  University 

Psychology  for  Business  and  Industry 
Special  Agent,  Equitable  Life  Assurance  Company 

Harry  Warren  Wallis, 
C.P.A. 

Intermediate   Accounting;    Advanced    Ac- 
counting Problems 
Public  Accountant 

Howard  Coolidge  Weeks, 
B.A.,  Cornell  University 

Government  Controls  in  Business 


BS.,    University  of  Florida;  M.B.A.,  Harvard      Assistant  to  General  Merchandise  Manager  Den- 


University 

Business  Reports  and  Conferences 
Statistician,  First  Boston  Corporation 

Albert  Palmer, 
B.S.,  B.E.,  Harvard  University;  Oxford  University 

Business  and  Industrial  Management 
Research  Assistant  to  General  Manager,  Crompton 
&  Knowles  Loom  Works 


nison  Manufacturing  Company 

Charles  Ernest  Young. 
A.B.,  Bucknell  University;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity 

Investment  Principles  and  Practice;  Finan- 
cial Organization 
Member  of  Firm,  Gregg,  Storer  &  Co.,  Boston 


SPRINGFIELD    DIVISION 


Luther  Anderson, 
A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Business  and  Industrial  Management 
Member  of  Staff,  Kinney  Insurance  Agency 


Ernest  Adolph  Berg, 
B.C.S.,  LL.B.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Advanced  Accounting  Problems 
Partner,  Hitchcock  &  Co.,  Accountants;  Attorney 
at  Law 


16 


STAFF   OF   INSTRUCTION 


Reginald  Nelson  Blomfield, 
A.B.,  Williams  College 

Advanced  Algebra;  Plane  Trigonometry 
Personnel  Department,  Massachusetts  Mutual  Life 
Insurance  Company 

David  Holbrook.  Brown, 
A.B.,  Middlebury  College;  LL.B.,  Boston   Uni- 
versity; A.M.,  Trinity  College 

Business   Economics;   Financial   Organiza- 
tion; Economic  Development  of  the  U.  S. 
Instructor,  Classical  High  School 

Clarence  Irving  Chatto, 
A.B.,  Bates  College;  A.M.,  Harvard  University 

Business  English;  Advanced  English 
Instructor,  High  School  of  Commerce 

Carl  Odlin  Chauncey, 
LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 

Legal  Aspects  of  Business 
Member  of  Legal  Staff,  Farm  Credit  Administra- 
tion of  Springfield;  Attorney  at  Law 

Alexander  Duncan  Davis, 
B.T.E.,  Lowell  Textile  Institute 

Engineering  Drawing 
Instructor,  Technical  High  School 

Nelson  Hayward  Foley, 
Boston  University 

Industrial  Management  Problems  and  Poli- 
cies; Government  Controls  in  Business 
Member  of  Staff,  Scovell,  Wellington  £s?  Co. 

Alden  French, 
A.B.,  Harvard  College;  Harvard  Graduate  School 
of  Business  Administration 

Marketing 
Member  of  Staff,  Scovell,  Wellington  &  Co. 

Edward  Phelps  Grace, 
B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Accounting  Aids  to  Management 
Assistant    General   Manager,    Springfield   Mer- 
chants, Inc. 

Clarence  Mortimer  Hall, 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

Electricity 
Instructor,  Classical  High  School 

Frank.  Yaeger  Hess, 
S.B.,  Harvard  College 

Chemistry 
Instructor,  Classical  High  School 

Walden  Porter  Hobbs, 
Bates  College;  University  of  Toulouse;  C.P.A. 

Accounting  Problems 
Member  of  Staff,  Scovell,  Wellington  &  Co. 

George  Wright  Howe, 
A.B.,  M.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

Business  Administration  Seminar;  Business 
Planning  and  Research 
Staff  Member,  Anderson  &  Sons 


Fred  Wooding  Hutchinson, 
B.S.,  Wesleyan  University;  Boston  University 

Analytic  Geometry;  Calculus;  Counsellor  to 
Engineering  and  Business  Students 
Instructor,  Technical  High  School 

William  Ward  Johnston, 
University  of  Minnesota;  M.C.S.,  Southeastern 
University;  C.P.A. 

Income  Tax  Procedure 
Member  of  Staff,  Scovell,  Wellington  &  Co. 

Cyrus  Walter  Jones, 
S.B.,  Harvard  College 

Business  English 
Instructor,  Technical  High  School 

Harry  Harris  King, 
B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute;  C.P.A. 

Cost  Accounting;  Constructive  Accounting; 
Auditing 
Public  Accountant 

Malcolm  Angus  MacDuffie, 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Strength  of  Materials 
Principal,  MacDuffie  School 

Guy  Dolphus  Miller, 
A.B.,  Ohio  University;  University  of  Wisconsin; 
Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Business  Administra- 
tion; Ed.M.,  Harvard  University;  C.P.A. 

Business  Reports  and  Conferences;  Coun- 
selor to  Students,  including  Theses  and  Business 
Readings 
Instructor,  High  School  of  Commerce 

John  Haynes  Miller, 
A.B.,  Washington  and  Jefferson  College 

Business  Statistics  and  Forecasting 
Vice-President  and  Actuary,  Monarch   Life  In- 
surance Company 

Herbert  Moore, 
A.B.,    University    of    Toronto;    A.M.,    Ph.D., 
Harvard  University 

Psychology  for  Business  and  Industry 
Associate  Professor,  Mount  Holyoke  College 

Carroll  Ward  Robinson, 
A.B.,  Clark  College;  Ed.M.,  Harvard  University 

Public  Speaking 
Principal,  Myrtle  Street  Junior  High  School 

Stanley  Oscar  Smith, 
B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University;  Ed.M.,  Harvard 
University 

Intermediate  Accounting 
Principal,  High  School  of  Commerce 

Jerome  Lyon  Spurr, 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Physics;  Mechanics 
Assistant   Civil  Engineer,   Metropolitan   District 
Water  Supply  Commission 


STAFF   OF   INSTRUCTION 


17 


Elo  Carl  Tanner, 
B.M.E.,  University  of  Minnesota;  University  of 
Pittsburgh 

Advanced  Engineering  Drawing;  Design 
Refrigeration  Development  and  Design  Engineer, 
Westinghou.se  Electric  and  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany 

Gilbert  Creighton  Walker, 
A.B.,  Ed.M.,  Harvard  University;  Northeastern 
University 

Introductory  Accounting 
Instructor,  High  School  of  Commerce 


Eliot  Leland  Wight, 
B.A.,    Yale    College;    University    of    Colorado, 
Graduate  School 

Advertising  Principles;  Advertising  Cam- 
paigns; Principles  of  Selling;  Sales  Management 
Advertising  Manager,  United  States  Envelope 
Company 

Paul  Almy  Wilks, 
A.B.,  Harvard  College 

Business  English 
Chief  Accountant,  Strathmore  Paper  Company 


PROVIDENCE    DIVISION 


Howard  Samuel  Almy, 
B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University 

Credits  and  Collections 
Credit  Manager,  Colly er  Insulated  Wire  Company, 
Inc. 

George  Reginald  Ashbey, 
B.A.,  Brown  University 

Advertising 
Advertising  Manager,  Nicholson  File  Company 

Albert  Herbert  Baer, 
Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Constructive  Accounting;  Auditing 
Partner,  Bugbee-Baer  &  Co. 

Alton  Wilson  Barstow, 
B.S.,  Norwich  University 

Principles  of  Selling;  Sales  Management 
Sales  Manager,  Narragansett  Electric  Company 

John  Edward  Candelet, 
B.S.,  A.M.,  Colby  College;  M.B.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Business  Statistics  and  Forecasting;  Finan- 
cial Organization 

Head  of  Department  of  Economics,  Rhode  Island 
State  College 

James  Harper  Chase, 
A.B.,  M.A.,  Brown  University 

Business  English 
Instructor,    and   Head   of   English    Department, 
Central  High  School 

Carl  William  Christiansen, 
B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Introductory  Accounting 
Partner,  Christiansen-Murphy  &  Co. 

Christopher  DelSesto, 
B.B.A.,  Boston  University;  Northeastern   Univer- 
sity; LL.B.,  Georgetown  University ,  C.P.A. 

Cost  Accounting 
United  States  Securities  Exchange  Commission 


Earle  Francis  Ford, 
B.S.,  Providence  College;  M.B.A.,  Northeastern 
University 

Assistant  Instructor,  Intermediate  Accounting 
Accountant,  Christiansen-Murphy  &  Co. 

Seth  Brayton  Gifford, 
Ph.B.,  Brown  University;  C.P.A. 

C.P.A.  Comprehensive  Review 
Partner,  Harris  and  Gifford 

Albert  Edward  Godfrey, 
B.C.S.,  LL.B.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Legal  Aspects  of  Business 
Treasurer,  Lymansville  Company 

George  Theodore  Helm, 
B.B.A.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Accounting  Aids  to  Management 
Accountant,  Christiansen-Murphy  C5?  Co. 

Harry  Edmund  Howell, 
LL.B.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Income  Tax  Procedure 
Controller,  Grinnell  Company 

Chester  Tottem  Morey, 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Industrial  Management  Problems  and  Poli- 
cies 
Factory  Manager,  Abrasive  Machine  Tool  Co. 

Clifton  Irving  Munroe, 
A.B.,  Brown   University;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity 

Public  Speaking 
Attorney  at  Law,  Voight,  Wright,  Munroe  and 
Clason 

Nicholas  Picchione, 
B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Accounting  Problems 
Accountant 

Robert  Rockafellow, 
B.S.,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Business  Economics 
Assistant  Professor  of  Economics,  Rhode  Island 
State  College 


18 


STAFF    OF    INSTRUCTION 


Leonard  Herbert  Russell, 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Rhode  Island  State  College 

Business     and     Industrial       Management; 
Economic  Development  of  the  U.S. 
Head,  Statistical  Division,  Unemployment  Com- 
pensation Board  of  R.  I. 

Oscar  Truesdell  Sherman, 

Financial  Organization 
Comptroller,  Rhode  Island  Hospital  Trust  Com- 
pany 

Charles  Peck  Sisson, 
A.B.,  Brown   University;  LI.B.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity 

Government  Controls  in  Business 
Attorney  at  Law 

Elmer  Reid  Smith, 
Ph.B.,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Brown  University 

Advanced  English;  Business  Reports  and 
Conferences 

Vice-Principal,  Oliver  Hazard  Peiry  Junior  High 
School 


Sherman  Lewis  Smith, 
A.B.,  Dartmouth  College 

Psychology  for  Business  and  Industry 
Sales  Promotion  Manager,  Bostitch,  Inc. 

Adam  Andrew  Sutcliffe, 
B.S.,  M.C.S.,  Dartmouth  College 

Marketing 
Treasurer  and  Manager,  Adam  Sutcliffe  Company 

Allyn  Kingsley  Suttell, 
Northeastern  University;  C.P.A. 

Intermediate  Accounting 
Partner,  F.  E.  Welch  &  Co. 


Roland  W.  Weikel, 
B.A.,  Yale  University;  Wharton  School  of  Busi- 
ness; C.P.A. 

Advanced  Accounting 
Manager,  Has  kins  £5?  Sells 


School  of  Business 


Programs  of  Instruction 


THE  SCHOOL  provides  the  following 
major    programs    of   instruction    for 
undergraduate  students: 

ACCOUNTING 

i.  A  specialized  four-year  program  lead- 
ing to  the  title  of  Associate  in  Accounting. 

2.  A  six-year  program  leading  to  the  de- 
gree of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administra- 
tion in  Accounting.  (See  page  20.) 

MANAGEMENT 

Four-  and  six-year  programs  with  oppor- 
tunity for  specialization  in  one  of  the  fol- 
lowing fields: 

Distribution 

Industry 
The  four-year  programs  lead  to  the  title  of 
Associate  in  Business  Administration  and 
the  six-year  programs  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in 
Management  (See  page  23.) 

LAW    AND    BUSINESS 
MANAGEMENT 

A  four-year  program  combining  the 
study  of  law  and  business,  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science 


in  Law  and  Business  Management.  This 
course  is  offered  in  Boston  but  not  in  the 
Divisions.  Six-year  degree  programs  in 
Law  and  Business  are  offered  in  Boston, 
Worcester  and  Springfield.  (See  page  25.) 

ENGINEERING    AND    BUSINESS 

A  six-year  program  combining  the  study 
of  engineering  and  business,  leading  to  the. 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administra- 
tion in  Engineering  and  Management.  This 
program  is  offered  in  Boston,  Worcester 
and  Springfield.  (See  page  27.) 

SPECIAL    PROGRAMS 

Where  the  individual  needs  of  a  student 
necessitate,  the  School  will  provide  special 
one-year,  two-year,  or  longer  programs  to 
meet  those  needs.  If,  for  good  reasons,  a 
student  wishes  to  vary  a  regular  program, 
he  may  do  so  upon  securing  approval  from 
the  Dean.  (See  page  28.) 

SINGLE    OR    UNIT    COURSES 

For  those  who  may  wish  to  pursue  one  or 
more  related  or  unrelated  subjects  instead 
of  a  title  or  degree  program,  opportunity  is 
provided  for  enrolling  in  single  or  unit 
subjects.  (See  page  28.) 


19 


20 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


THE    ACCOUNTI 

Students  of  accounting  in  the  School  of 
Business  may  follow  programs  of  training 
in  this  specialized  program  which  prepare 
them  to  take  the  examination  for  Certified 
Public  Accountant  (C.P.A.)  or  to  carry  on 
work  of  major  responsibility  in  commercial 
accounting  with  private  or  public  business 
firms. 

Thoroughness  of  instruction  is  all-impor- 
tant. The  trained  accountant  must  be  able 
to  adapt  himself  quickly  to  the  rapidly 
changing  conditions  of  modern  business.  He 
should  be  ready  to  assume  executive  re- 
sponsibility outside  the  field  of  accounting. 
This  involves,  of  course,  a  background  of 
understanding  of  various  functions  of  busi- 
ness quite  apart  from  the  specialized  ac- 
counting field.  The  shorter  accounting 
program  includes  prescribed  subjects  for 
the  title  of  Associate  in  Accounting  and 
adequate  preparation  for  the  C.P.A.  exam- 
ination. 

Upon  completion  of  the  four  years  of  pre- 
scribed subjects  for  the  title  of  Associate 
in  Accounting,  students  may  take  two  years 
of  additional  study  required  for  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration. 
These  two  additional  years  are  greatly  to 
the  advantage  of  the  student,  since  they 
give  an  opportunity  to  study  managerial 
and  administrative  subjects  which  fit  him 
to  assume  responsibility  outside  of  the 
accounting  field,  and  give  him  the  basic 
understanding  of  business  at  large  which  is 
of  vital  importance  to  accountants  who 
hope  to  make  real  progress. 

OPPORTUNITY    IN    THE 
ACCOUNTING    PROFESSION 

Taxation,  legal  requirements  governing 
qualifications  for  listing  in  the  stock 
market,   corporation   laws   governing   the 


NG    PROGRAMS 

preparation  of  financial  reports,  and  many 
other  developments  in  the  conduct  of  busi- 
ness have  broadened  the  scope  of  account- 
ing to  such  a  degree  that  in  normal  times 
the  supply  of  trained  accountants  is  not 
adequate  to  meet  the  demand.  Moreover, 
a  knowledge  of  accounting  is  universally 
regarded  as  essential  in  all  phases  of  busi- 
ness management.  There  is  a  large  field  of 
public  accounting  which  is  being  developed, 
and  with  the  increased  emphasis  which 
financial  institutions  are  placing  upon  ac- 
counting, the  need  for  college  trained 
Certified  Public  Accountants  is  increasing 
every  year. 

Opportunities  in  the  field  of  accounting 
are  many.  Financial  returns  compare 
favorably  with  those  of  other  professions 
such  as  law,  medicine,  and  engineering. 

The  normal  development  of  an  account- 
ant from  the  time  he  gets  his  degree  is  as 
follows: 

First  —  as  a  junior  assistant,  he  works  on 
routine  accounting  procedure  which  is 
highly  essential  as  a  part  of  his  experience. 
Compensation  usually  ranges  from  $1,000 
to  $1,500.  The  average  man  spends  about 
two  years  in  this  position. 

Second  —  as  a  senior  assistant  accepting 
some  responsibilities,  and  performing  some- 
what of  a  professional  service,  the  average 
man  gets  a  salary  which  ranges  from  $1,400 
to  $2,500  a  year. 

Third  —  he  now  assumes  full  respon- 
sibilities for  important  assignments  and  be- 
comes a  senior  accountant  with  a  salary 
range  from  $2,500  to  $5,000. 

As  a  supervisor  in  charge  of  the  work  of 
other  accountants,  the  salary  range  goes  up 
to  $3,500  to  $10,000. 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


21 


Fourth  —  the  peak  of  success  for  ac- 
countants is  firm  membership.  As  a  firm 
member,  the  accountant  may  not  earn  more 
than  in  the  other  higher  positions,  but  usu- 
ally earnings  range  from  $4,000  to  $25,000 
a  year,  and  frequently  as  high  as  $50,000. 

While  the  remuneration  in  the  field  of 
public  accounting  for  properly  trained  men 
is  attractive,  the  field  of  commercial  and 
private  accounting  offers  even  more  attrac- 
tive inducement.  The  latest  census  figures 
show  that  there  are  191,571  persons  en- 
gaged as  accountants  and  auditors  in  the 
United  States.  From  trained  accountants 
are  selected  many  of  the  executives  outside 
the  accounting  profession,  including  office 
managers,  comptrollers,  treasurers,  and 
other  officers  of  business  concerns.  Salaries 
of  treasurers  and  comptrollers  vary  from 
$4,000  to  $15,000;  office  managers  from 
$3,000  to  $6,000;  chief  accountants  from 
$2,500  to  $5,000.  Many  senior  accountants 
have  advanced  into  responsible  executive 
positions  paying  $10,000  and  more. 


QUALIFICATIONS    FOR 
SUCCESS    IN    ACCOUNTING 

There  is  no  easy  or  royal  road  to  success  in 
accounting.  The  technique  can  be  mastered 
only  through  continuous  application,  com- 
parable to  the  preparatory  work  of  a 
doctor,  lawyer,  or  engineer.  Mathematical 
accuracy  is  extremely  important.  The 
student  must  learn  to  analyze  logically  and 
soundly;  to  visualize  and  present  situations 
as  they  develop.  Each  step,  however  pains- 
taking and  laborious,  must  be  mastered  by 
one  who  hopes  to  succeed  either  as  a  public 
or  private  accountant.  Above  all,  the 
higher  standards  of  honesty  must  be  main- 
tained, and  the  accountant's  personal  and 


ethical  conduct  must  be  above  suspicion. 
The  successful  accountant  is  able  to  make 
a  good  appearance,  to  present  an  agreeable 
personality,  and  to  express  his  ideas  clearly 
in  good  English.  Northeastern  University 
School  of  Business  tries  to  train  its  gradu- 
ates so  that  they  possess  all  these  qualifica- 
tions. The  School  encourages  only  men 
with  the  proper  personal,  mental,  and 
educational  qualifications  to  enter  the 
profession. 


REQUIREMENTS    FOR    TITLE    OF 
ASSOCIATE    IN    ACCOUNTING 

(Four  Years  of  Study  Required) 


Semester 
Subjects  Hours 

Introductory  Accounting  5 
Intermediate  Accounting  5 
Accounting  Problems  5 

Cost  Accounting  5 

Auditing  iH 

Income  Tax  Procedure       5 
Constructive  Accounting    Il4 
Advanced  Accounting 

Problems 
C.P.A.  Accounting 

Review 
Business  English 
Business  Economics 
Financial  Organization 
Legal  Aspects  of  Business 

(C.P.A.  Law)  5 


Course 

Numbers* 

A 

1-2 

A 

3-4 

A 

7-8 

A 

9-10 

A 

1 1 

A 

13-H 

A  15 

A  17-18 

A  1 9-20 

E  1-2 

Ec  1-2 

Ec  3-4 

L  1-2 


Total  Semester  Hours 
Required  for  Title 


60 


*  See  notes  at  bottom  of  page  28. 


22 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  B.B.A. 

DEGREE   IN  ACCOUNTING 

(Six  Years  of  Study  Required) 

Course  Semester 

Numbers*  Subject  Hours 

Introductory  Accounting  5 
Intermediate  Accounting   5 


1-2 

3-4 

7-8 

9-10 

11 

i3-J4 

15 
17-18 


19- 


:o 


1-2 

5 
6 


E    7,8 


Ec 

1- 

-2 

Ec 

3- 

-4 

L 

1- 

-2 

Ec 

7" 

-8 

Accounting  Problems 

Cost  Accounting 

Auditing 

Income  Tax  Procedure 

Constructive  Accounting 

Advanced  Accounting 

Problems 
C.P.A.  Accounting 

Review 
Business  English 
Public  Speaking 
Business  Reports  and 

Conferences  2 

Business  Readings  or 

T  3-4,  Thesis  5 

Business  Economics  5 

Financial  Organization  5 
Legal  Aspects  of  Business  5 
Business  Statistics  and 

Forecasting  5 


5 
5 


Course  Semester 

Numbers*  Subject  Hours 

M    7-8         Credits  and  Collections      5 
M    11-12     Government  Controls  in 

Business  5 

Occupational  Experience  30 
Electives    (To    be    se- 
lected subject  to  ap- 
proval) 10 

Total  Semester  Hours 
Required  for  Degree   125 

The  normal  period  of  attendance  for  the 
Associate  in  Accounting  Program  is  four 
years,  thirty-three  weeks  each  year,  three 
evenings  a  week,  two  hours  each  evening; 
for  the  B.B.A.  Degree  Program,  six  years, 
thirty-three  weeks  each  year,  three  eve- 
nings a  week,  two  hours  each  evening,  ex- 
cept for  those  who  enter  with  advanced 
standing  credit.  Students  who  wish  to 
attend  less  than  three  evenings  a  week  may 
do  so,  extending  the  time  required  to  com- 
plete their  programs. 


See  notes  at  bottom  of  page  28. 


A  background 
of  accounting 
is  essential  in 
a  graduate's 
qualifications 
for  success 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


23 


THE  MANAGEMENT  PROGRAMS 


"The  field  of  business  within  the  last  twenty 
years  has  so  widened  and  become  so  much 
more  complex  that  the  successful  business 
man  finds  no  limit  set  to  his  vision.  As  an 
executive  he  must  possess  the  faculty  of 
interpreting  current  events,  the  ability  of 
analyzing  situations,  and  a  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  the  principles  underlying  all  success- 
ful business  practice."1 

The  complexity  of  modern  business 
makes  it  exceedingly  difficult  for  those  who 
are  dependent  upon  their  own  experience  to 
develop  those  abilities  and  obtain  the 
knowledge  so  necessary  for  the  desired 
advancement  in  business.  A  broad  per- 
spective of  business  organization  and  oper- 
ation develops  viewpoints  and  habits  that 
promote  clear  thinking  and  sound  judg- 
ments in  business  decisions.  This  broad 
perspective  demands  not  mere  facts  but 
also  that  executive  power  which  can  initiate 
plans  and  put  them  into  effective  operation. 
This  power  is  seldom  acquired  from  experi- 
ence in  details  but  comes  from  a  thorough 
knowledge  of  business  principles  and  of  the 
proper  application  of  those  principles  to 
the  solution  of  problems.  Executive  and 
managerial  leadership  demands  that  power; 
the  School  of  Business  through  its  Manage- 
ment Programs  proposes  to  develop  it. 

A  recent  extensive  study2  of  occupa- 
tional opportunities  shows  that  most  col- 
lege men  who  enter  work  in  distribution, 
industry,  transportation,  and  banking  be- 
come involved  sooner  or  later  in  some 
function  of  operating  management  where 
they  become  responsible  for  the  direction 
of  human  effort  within  their  organization 

MERCHANDISING     MANAGEMENT 

A  four-year  program  leading  to  the  title 
of  Associate  in  Business  Administration 
and  a  six-year  program  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administra- 
tion are  offered  to  students  interested  in 
Merchandising  Management.  Included 
are  such  courses  as  marketing,  purchasing, 
retail  store  management,  advertising,  sell- 
ing, credits  and  collections,  department 
store  administration,  and  many  others  so 


essential  to  a  sound  knowledge  of  present 
day  business  problems.  Not  only  are 
these  rather  specialized  fields  covered  ade- 
quately but  a  thorough  training  is  given 
in  the  principles  of  economics  and  the 
application  of  these  principles  to  modern 
business  conditions,  thus  making  it  possible 
for  the  student  to  see  himself  in  relationship 
to  the  executive  and  managerial  responsi- 
bilities he  will  need  later  to  assume. 


REQUIREMENTS     FOR     THE     B.  B.A. 

DEGREE     IN      MANAGEMENT     AND 

THE       TITLE       OF      ASSOCIATE       IN 

BUSINESS       ADMINISTRATION 

(Merchandising  Major) 

The  courses  listed  immediately  below 
meet  in  full  the  requirements  for  the  title 
of  Associate  in  Business  Administration 
and  in  part  the  requirements  for  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration. 


Semester 
Subjects  Hours 

Accounting  Aids  to 

Management**  5 

Marketing  5 

Principles  of  Selling  1  yi 

Sales  Management  2  K 

Principles  of  Advertising  2  V* 
Retail  Store  Advertising  1  Vi 
Business  English  5 

Public  Speaking  1  yi 

Business  Reports  and 

Conferences  2  yi. 

Business  Economics  5 

Financial  Organization  5 
Legal  Aspects  of  Business  5 
Business  and  Industrial 

Management  5 

Psychology  for  Business 

and  Industry  2  yi. 

Purchasing  2  yi 

Retail  Store  Manage- 
ment and  Depart- 
ment Store  Admin- 
istration. 5 

Total  semester  hours         60 


Course 

Numbers* 

A 

5-6 

D 

1-2 

D 

3 

D 

4 

D 

s 

D 

6 

E 

1-2 

E 

5 

E 

6 

Ec 

1-2 

Ec 

3-4 

L 

1-2 

M 

1-2 

M 

M 
M 


5 

6 
13-H 


1  Statement  by  Dr.  Jeremiah  W.  Jenks,  late  President,  Alexander  Hamilton  Institute. 

Dewhurst  and  Bossard,  University  Education  for  Business,  Univ.  of  Pa.  Press. 
*,  **  See  notes  at  bottom  of  page  28. 


24 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


A  class  in  Distribution,  relating  sales  problems  and  methods,  conducts  its  oivn  sales  demonstration 


The  following  requirements  in  addition 
to  those  listed  previously  must  be  met  by 
all  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration. 


Course 
Numbers* 

E7,  8 

Ec7-8 


M 
M 

M 

M 


7-8 

11-12 
I7-I8 
I9-20 


Semester 
Subjects  Hours 

Business    Readings    or 

T  3-4  Thesis  5 

Business  Statistics  and 

Forecasting  5 

Credits  and  Collections    5 
Government    Controls 

in  Business  5 

Business   Planning   and 

Research  5 

Business  Administration 

Seminar  5 

Occupational  Experience  30 
Electives  (To  be  selected 
subject  to  approval)        5 


Total  Semester  Hours 
Required  for  Degree 


125 


INDUSTRIAL      MANAGEMENT 

For  students  interested  in  the  industrial 
side  of  business  management,  a  four-year 


title  and  a  six-year  degree  program  are 
offered.  Not  only  are  the  usual  business 
subjects  included,  but  also  adequate  courses 
in  the  more  technical  fields  of  production 
and  scientific  management.  Careful  study 
is  made  of  the  fundamental  manufacturing 
processes,  factory  organization,  product 
design,  methods  of  production  and  produc- 
tion control,  time  and  motion  study,  and  re- 
lated topics.  This  program  offers  excellent 
training  for  managerial  responsibility  in 
industrial  and  commercial  enterprises 
where  a  technical  knowledge  of  manage- 
ment problems  combined  with  a  business 
background  is  needed. 

REQUIREMENTS     FOR     THE    B.B.A 

DEGREE     IN      MANAGEMENT     AND 

THE      TITLE      OF      ASSOCIATE      IN 

BUSINESS       ADMINISTRATION 

(Industrial  Major) 

The  courses  listed  immediately  below 
meet  in  full  the  requirements  for  the  title 
of  Associate  in  Business  Administration 
and  in  part  the  requirements  for  the  de- 
gree of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administra- 
tion. 


*,  See  notes  at  bottom  of  page  a8. 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


25 


Course 
Numbers* 
A     5-6 

D     1-2 
D    3 


4 
1-2 

5 
6 


Semester 
Subjects  Hours 

Accounting  Aids  to 

Management**  5 

Marketing  5 

Principles  of  Selling  1lA 

Sales  Management  iYA 

Business  English  5 

Public  Speaking  lYi 
Business  Reports  and 

Conferences  lY* 
Business  Economics  5 
Financial  Organization  5 
Legal  Aspects  of  Busi- 
ness 5 
Business  and  Industrial 

Management  5 

Principles  of  Production  1V2 

Scientific  Management  lA 
Psychology  for  Business 

and  Industry  2K 

Purchasing  2K 
Industrial  Management 

Problems  and  Policies  5 

Total  Semester  Hours  60 


The  following  requirements  in  addition 
to  those  listed  previously  must  be  met  by 
all  candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration. 


Ec  1-2 
Ec  3-4 
L  1-2 

M    1-2 


M 

3 

M 

4 

M 

5 

M 

6 

M 

9-10 

M 

M 


Course  Semester 

Numbers*  Subjects  Hours 

E  7,  8  Business  Readings  or 

T  3-4  Thesis  5 

Ec     7-8        Business   Statistics    and 

Forecasting  5 

8       Credits  and  Collections     5 
12     Government  Controls  in 

Business  5 

M    17-18     Business  Planning   and 

Research  5 

M    19-20     Business  Administration 

Seminar  5 

Occupational  Experience  30 
Electives  (To  be  selected 
subject  to  approval)       5 

Total  Semester  Hours 
Required  for  Degree       125 

The  normal  period  of  attendance  for  the 
Associate  in  Business  Administration  pro- 
gram is  four  years,  thirty-three  weeks  each 
year,  three  evenings  a  week,  two  hours  each 
evening  and  for  the  B.B.A.  degree  pro- 
grams, six  years,  thirty-three  weeks  each 
year,  three  evenings  a  week,  two  hours 
each  evening,  except  for  those  who  enter 
with  advanced  standing  credit.  Students 
who  wish  to  attend  less  than  three  evenings 
a  week  may  do  so,  extending  the  time  re- 
quired to  complete  their  programs. 


LAW    AND     BUSINESS     MANAGEMENT 

(This  program  is  offered  in  Boston  only) 


PROGRAM 


The  complexity  of  the  modern  business 
structure  emphasizes  the  increasing  neces- 
sity for  the  business  executive  to  under- 
stand not  only  the  principles  of  his  business 
but  to  possess  a  fundamental  knowledge  of 
the  laws  under  which  his  business  operates. 
In  order  to  meet  this  need  the  School  has 
developed  a  four-year  program  leading  to 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Commercial 
Science  in  Law  and  Business  Management. 

As  all  business  is  organized  and  con- 
ducted on  a  legal  basis,  executive  positions 
in  practically  every  business  demand  at 
least  a  basic  knowledge  of  the  law  on  the 
part  of  those  who   are   to   be  successful. 


Underlying  present  large-scale  marketing 
and  production,  which  characterize  today's 
business,  is  a  net  work  of  law  which  safe- 
guards the  rights  of  business  men  as  they 
deal  with  one  another  and  also  defines  the 
channels  into  which  business  practices  shall 
be  directed  and  through  which  they  shall 
move.  Business  executives  find  a  real  and 
vital  need  for  men  and  women  who  are 
not  only  versed  in  business  but  who  also 
can  offer  a  background  of  training  in  the 
legal  principles  involved  in  business.  The 
student  so  equipped  will  bring  to  his  posi- 
tion an  advantage  which  will  be  of  in- 
estimable value. 


See  notes  at  bottom  of  page  28. 


26 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


This  four-year  degree  program  provides 
a  sound  and  basic  knowledge  of  those  prin- 
ciples of  law  and  of  business  which  are  so 
essential  for  success  in  various  fields  of 
business.  The  program  meets  particularly 
the  needs  of  the  following  groups: 

1  Employees  of  banks  and  trust  com- 

panies; 

2  Insurance    officers     and    claim     ad- 

justers; 

3  Real  estate  operators; 

4  Accountants; 

5  Those  engaged  in  executive  positions 

in  business  and  industrial  organi- 
zations. 

The  program  is  primarily  a  business  pro- 
gram of  study  covering  law  only  as  it 
relates  to  business  procedure  and  opera- 
tion. It  does  not  prepare  the  student  for 
bar  examinations  nor  is  it  planned  to  make 
it  possible  for  the  business  executive  to  dis- 
pense with  the  services  of  attorneys.  It 
makes  it  possible,  however,  for  the  exec- 
utive to  understand  how  the  present 
intricate  net  of  legal  rules  and  regulations 
affects  his  business  undertaking. 

The  cases  selected  for  study  are  chosen 
not  only  for  their  value  in  developing  an 
understanding  of  the  law  involved,  but 
also  for  their  very  practical  application  to 
every-day  business.  They  are  primarily 
business  cases  and  a  knowledge  of  business 
and  its  problems  and  procedures  is  ob- 
tained at  the  same  time  the  student  learns 
about  legal  principles. 

The  law  courses  are  conducted  by 
practicing  attorneys.  In  order  that  stu- 
dents may  gain  an  adequate  knowledge  of 
the  law  and  may  develop  effectively  the 
powers  of  legal  analysis,  the  case  method 
of  instruction  generally  used  in  schools  of 
law  is  employed. 

Students  desiring  to  obtain  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in 
Management  may  do  so  by  completing 
two  additional  years  of  work.  The  actual 
courses  pursued  will  depend  somewhat 
upon  the  objective  of  the  student,  and  have 
been  selected  with  a  view  to  supplementing 
the  work  completed  in  the  Law  and  Busi- 
ness Management  program. 


REQUIREMENTS    FOR    THE 

DEGREE    OF    BACHELOR    OF 

COMMERCIAL    SCIENCE    IN 

LAW    AND    BUSINESS 

MANAGEMENT 

Course  Semester 

Numbers*  Subjects  Hours 

L     4-5         Business  Contracts  5 

L     6  Agents  and  Agencies  lA 

L     7  Insurance  of  Business 

Risks  \A 
L      8             Torts    and     Crimes    in 

Business  1 
L     10-11     Business  Organizations  5 
L     12           Law  of  Sales  lA 
L     13           Trade  Regulation  iA 
L     14-15     Rights  in  Private  Prop- 
erty 5 
L     16           Taxes  and  Taxable  In- 
terests %A 


Labor  Relations 


2^ 


L     18-19     Law  of  Financial  Organ- 
ization 5 

L     20  Rights  of  Debtors  and 

Creditors  lA 

L     21  Government  Regulation 

of  Business  iA 

A     5-6        Accounting  Aids  to 

Management  5 

Ec   1-2         Business  Economics  5 

M    1-2         Business  and  Industrial 

Management  5 

Electives  (to  be  selected 
subject  to  approval)        5 

Total    Semester    Hours 
Required  for  Degree         60 

The  courses  and  hours  listed  are  those 
offered  in  Boston.  For  courses  available  in 
the  Divisions  in  Worcester  and  Springfield, 
consult  the  Divisional  offices  in  those  cities. 

The  normal  period  of  attendance  for  this 
program  is  four  years,  thirty-three  weeks 
each  year,  three  evenings  each  week  and 
two  hours  each  evening,  except  for  those 
who  enter  with  advanced  standing  credit. 
Those  who  wish  to  attend  less  than  three 
evenings  a  week  may  do  so  and  take  a 
longer  period  of  time  to  complete  their 
programs. 


See  notes  at  bottom  of  page  28. 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


27 


ENGINEERING    AND 

The  Engineering  and  Business  curriculum 
offers  basic  training  by  combining  funda- 
mental engineering  and  business  courses  in 
a  six-year  degree  program.  It  provides 
reliable  training  for  those  now  engaged  in 
or  who  plan  to  enter  positions  of  man- 
agerial responsibility  in  industrial  or  com- 
mercial enterprises  where  a  scientific  or 
engineering  background  is  required. 

Many  technically  trained  men  find  it 
impossible  to  assume  greater  managerial 
responsibility  because  they  do  not  have  a 
knowledge  of  fundamental  business  prin- 
ciples so  essential  in  many  of  the  better 
positions  in  industry.  On  the  other  hand, 
many  business  trained  men  are  employed 
in  industrial  plants  where  a  scientific  back- 
ground is  most  desirable  if  not  necessary 
for  advancement.  This  program  has  been 
developed  to  serve  both  groups. 

In  Boston,  the  Engineering  courses  in 
this  program  are  given  under  the  auspices 
of  an  affiliated  school  of  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity, the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute, 
which  offers  several  four-year  curricula  in 
Engineering  leading  to  the  title  of  Asso- 
ciate in  Engineering.  The  business  courses 
are  conducted  by  the  School  of  Business 
which  awards  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration  in  Engineering 
and  Management. 

The  required  business  courses  are  largely 
in  the  field  of  industrial  management  and 
are  designed  to  supplement  the  engineering 
work  of  the  student.  A  careful  study  is 
made  of  the  fundamental  manufacturing 
processes,  factory  organization,  production 
design,  methods  of  production  and  produc- 
tion control,  and  time  and  motion  study. 

Students  pursuing  a  program  of  engi- 
neering and  business  subjects  ordinarily 
complete  the  work  required  for  the  title  of 


BUSINESS    PROGRAM 

Associate  in  Engineering  before  starting 
business  study.  The  following  minimum 
credits  and  courses  are  required  to  meet 
degree  requirements. 


REQUIREMENTS    FOR    THE 

DEGREE     OF     BACHELOR     OF 

BUSINESS    ADMINISTRATION 

IN    ENGINEERING    AND 

MANAGEMENT 


Course 
Numbers* 

A 

5-6 

E 

6 

E 

7,8 

Ec 
Ec 
M 

1-2 

3-4 

1-2 

M 
M 
M 
M 


io 


Subjects 

Lincoln    Technical 
stitute  courses 

Accounting      Aids      to 
Management 

Business  Reports  and 
Conferences 

Business  Readings  or 
T  3-4,  Thesis 

Business  Economics 

Financial  Organization 

Business  and  Industrial 
Management 
(May  be  offered  for 
credit  toward  the  title 
of  Associate  in  Engi- 
neering) 

Principles  of  Production 

Scientific  Management 

Purchasing 

Industrial  Management 
Problems  and  Policies 


Semester 
Hours 
In- 

55  ' 


5 
iy. 

5 
5 

5 


Occupational  Experience    30 

Total    Semester    Hours 
Required  for  Degree   125 

In  the  Worcester  and  Springfield  Divisions, 
more  general  programs  with  a  mechanical 
engineering  major  are  offered.  The  degree 
granted  is  the  Bachelor  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration in  Engineering  and  Business. 
For  more  detailed  information,  consult 
the  special  booklets  issued  by  the  Lincoln 
Technical  Institute  in  Boston  or  by  the 
Divisions  in  Worcester  and  Springfield. 


See  notes  at  bottom  of  page  28. 


28 


PROGRAMS    OF   INSTRUCTION 


SPECIAL    PROGRAMS    AND    SINGLE    COURSES 


Special  one-year,  two-year,  or  longer  pro- 
grams may  be  arranged  to  meet  the  needs 
of  any  student  who  does  not  find  in  the 
regular  programs  offered  by  the  School  the 
type  of  training  desired. 

Such  programs  must  be  approved  by  the 
Dean  and  are  made  up  only  from  courses 
offered  in  the  Evening  Division  of  the  Uni- 
versity. 

Any  course  may  be  taken  singly  or  in 
combination  by  those  who  have  the  neces- 


sary preliminary  training  to  pursue  with 
profit  the  course  or  courses  selected. 

Students  should  consult  the  schedules  of 
courses  offered  in  Boston  and  in  the  Divi- 
sions for  a  list  of  available  courses.  Full 
credit  may  be  allowed  for  any  of  these 
courses,  if  the  student  taking  a  special 
program  desires  to  become  a  candidate  for 
a  degree  or  title,  provided  the  courses  he 
has  pursued  are  a  part  of  the  degree  or 
title  program  chosen. 


A  Conference 
group  discuss- 
es Manage- 
ment Policies, 
following  an 
analysis  by 
the     Instructor 


*A  double  number,  as  M  1-2  or  A  7-8,  indicates  a  full-year  course  covering  both  the  first  and  second  semesters. 
A  single  course  number,  as  A  11,  indicates  a  half-year  course  covering  only  one  semester.  The  letters  indicate 
the  classification  of  the  course  as:  A,  Accounting;  D,  Distribution;  Ec,  Economics;  E,  English;  L,  Law;  M, 
Management. 

**Students  in  the  Management  Programs  desiring  more  accounting  than  the  single  course  of  Accounting 
Aids  to  Management  may  elect  both  Introductory  and  Intermediate  Accounting  in  lieu  of  Accounting  Aids  to 
Management.  If  Accounting  Aids  to  Management  is  taken,  Introductory  and  Intermediate  Accounting  can- 
not also  be  elected  for  credit,  and  vice  versa. 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  PROGRAMS 

AND 

SCHEDULE  OF  CLASSES 


For  the  School  Year 
1940-1941 


Evening  Classes 

for 
Men  and  Women 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 
SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS 

360  Huntington  Avenue,  Boston,  Massachusetts 


ARRANGEMENT  OF  PROGRAMS 

The  programs  on  this  and  the  next  page  are  outlined  in  order  that  the  student  may  see 
the  approximate  order  of  the  various  subjects.  The  School  reserves  the  right  to  change  the 
order  of  courses  when  advisable,  but  in  general  they  will  be  given  in  the  order  designated. 
Courses  marked  with  a  (1)  are  offered  in  the  first  semester  and  those  marked  with  a  (2) 
are  offered  in  the  second  semester.  All  other  courses  run  throughout  the  school  year. 


B.B.A.  Degree  Program  in  Accounting 

Provides  a  thorough  preparation  for  the  C.P.A.  Examination,  general  accounting  work, 
and  for  executive  and  administrative  responsibilities.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business 
Administration  in  Accounting  is  conferred  upon  completion  of  this  program.  Students 
pursuing  this  program  ordinarily  attend  three  evenings  each  week  throughout  the  school 
year. 


First    Year 
Introductory   Accounting    (1) 
Intermediate   Accounting    (2) 
Business    English 

Sxcond    Year 

Accounting    Problems 
Income   Tax    Procedure 
Business    Economics 

Third    Year 

Advanced    Accounting   Problems 
Cost    Accounting 
Financial    Organization* 


Fourth    Year 
Auditing    (1) 

Constructive   Accounting    (2) 
C.P.A.    Accounting    Review 
Legal    Aspects    of    Business 

Fifth    Year 
Credits   and    Collections 
Business   Reports   and   Conferences    (1) 
Public    Speaking    (2) 
Government    Controls    in    Business* 

Sixth    Year 
Business    Statistics    and    Forecasting 
Elective    ( 10  semester  hours.  See  catalog) 


Associate  in  Accounting  Program 

The  first  four  years  of  the  degree  program  described  above  constitute  a  practical  and 
intensive  preparation  for  the  C.P.A.  Examination  and  for  general  accounting  work.  Stu- 
dents completing  this  shorter  program  are  awarded  the  title  of  Associate  in  Accounting. 


B.B.A.  Degree  Programs  in  Management 

The  student  in  these  programs  obtains  an  understanding  of  business  and  industry  so  that 
he  can  adapt  himself  readily  to  new  situations  as  they  arise  and  make  needed  adjustments 
because  of  his  ability  to  think  analytically  and  soundly  through  actual  problems.  These 
programs  definitely  aim  to  develop  executive  abilities.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business 
Administration  in  Management  is  conferred  upon  the  completion  of  these  programs. 

Students  pursuing  these  programs  ordinarily  attend  three  evenings  each  week  throughout 
the  school  year,  and  may  major  in  Merchandising  or  Industrial  Management. 


MERCHANDISING  MAJOR 

First    Year 
Business   and    Industrial    Management 
Marketing 
Business    English 

Second    Year 
Business   Economics 
Accounting    Aids    to    Management 
Principles   of    Advertising    (1) 
Retail  Store  Advertising    (2) 

Third    Year 
Financial    Organization* 
Purchasing    (2) 

Psychology  for  Business  and   Industry    (1) 
Retail     Store     Management     and     Department     Store 
Administration 


INDUSTRIAL  MAJOR 

First    Year 
Business    and    Industrial    Management 
Marketing 
Business    English 

Second    Year 
Business    Economics 
Accounting  Aids    to    Management 
Principles    of    Production    (1) 
Scientific    Management    (2) 

Third    Year 
Financial    Organization* 
Purchasing    (2) 

Psychology   for   Business   and    Industry    (1) 
Industrial   Management  Problems  and   Policies 


Fourth    Year 
Legal    Aspects   of   Business 
Business   Reports   and   Conferences    (1) 
Public    Speaking    (2) 
Principles    of    Selling    (1) 
Sales    Management    (2) 

Fifth    Year 
Government   Controls   in    Business* 
Business    Planning    and    Research 
Credits   and   Collections 

Sixth   Year 
Business    Statistics   and    Forecasting 
Business  Administration   Seminar 
Elective    (S   semester  hours.  See  catalog) 


Fourth    Year 
Legal  Aspects  of  Business 
Business   Reports  and  Conferences    (1) 
Public   Speaking    (2) 
Principles   of   Selling    (1) 
Sales  Management    (2) 

Fifth   Year 
Government    Controls   in    Business* 
Business   Planning   and    Research 
Credits   and   Collections 

Sixth    Year 
Business    Statistics   and    Forecasting 
Business   Administration    Seminar 
Elective   (5  semester  hours.  See  catalog) 


Associate  in  Business  Administration  Programs 

Students  completing  the  courses  listed  for  the  first  four  years  of  either  of  the  degree 
programs  in  Merchandising  Management  or  Industrial  Management  will  have  acquired 
a  substantial  background  for  executive  work.  Students  completing  either  of  these  four-year 
programs  are  awarded  the  title  of  Associate  in  Business  Administration. 


B.C.S.  Degree  Program  in  Law  and  Business  Management 

This  program  provides  a  sound  basic  knowledge  of  those  principles  of  law  and  business 
so  essential  for  executive  success.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science  in  Law 
and  Business  Management  is  conferred  upon  the  completion  of  this  program.  Students 
pursuing  this  program  ordinarily  attend  three  evenings  each  week  throughout  the  school 
year. 


First    Year 

Agents   and    Agencies    (1) 

Business    Contracts 

Business   and   Industrial   Management 

Insurance   of  Business  Risks    (2) 

Torts   and   Crimes   in    Business    (2) 

Second    Year 

Business   Organizations 
Rights    in    Private    Property 
Business   Economics 


Third   Year 
Law    of   Sales*  (1) 
Trade    Regulation  *(  2  ) 
Taxes  and   Taxable   Interests    (2) 
Labor    Relations    (1) 
Accounting   Aids    to    Management 

Fourth   Year 
Law   of   Financial   Organization* 
Government  Regulation  of  Business*  (1) 
Rights  of  Debtors  and  Creditors*  (2) 
Elective    (5   semester  hours.   See   catalog) 


B.B.A.  Degree  Program  in  Engineering  and  Business 

This  program  offers  training  for  managerial  responsibility  in  engineering,  industrial, 
and  commercial  enterprises  where  a  scientific  and  business  background  is  desired.  The 
required  Engineering  courses  are  offered  in  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute,  a  technical 
school  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by  Northeastern  University. 

Students  in  this  program  may  elect  scientific  courses  in  the  following  fields: 


Aeronautical  Engineering 
Architectural  Engineering 
Chemical    Engineering 


Structural    Engineering 


Civil    Engineering 
Electrical    Engineering 
Mechanical    Engineering 


Individual  student  schedules  are  made  in  conference  with  the  Deans  of  the  Schools. 
The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in  Engineering  and  Management  is  con- 
ferred upon  completion  of  this  program. 

(Information  concerning  this  program  will  be  mailed  upon  request.) 


*  Not  offered  in   1940-1941,  but  offered  in  1941-1942.  Where  subjects  are  not  offered  in  a  given  year,  the 
schedules  are  so  arranged  that  students  take  alternate  subjects  without  loss  of  time  or  program  inconveniencs. 


SCHEDULE  OF  CLASSES  IN  BOSTON 


All  classes  meet  from  7  P.M.  to  9:05  p.m.  with  a  five  minute  recess  at  8  o'clock.  Courses 
marked  with  a  (1)  are  offered  during  the  first  semester  and  those  marked  with  a  (2)  are 
offered  in  the  second  semester.  All  other  courses  run  throughout  the  year. 


Evening 


Monday 


Subject 

Accounting  Aids  to  Management 

Agents  and  Agencies  (1) 

Business  Statistics  and  Forecasting 

Income  Tax  Procedure 

Industrial  Management  Problems  and  Policies 

Insurance  of  Business  Risks   (2) 

Introductory  Accounting   ( 1 ) 

Intermediate  Accounting   (2) 

Marketing 

Torts  and  Crimes  in  Business   (2) 


Opening  Date 

September  16 
September  23 
September  16 
September  16 
September  16 
April  14 

September  23 
February  3 
September  23 
February     10 


Tuesday 


Business  Administration  Seminar 
Business  Organizations 
Credits  and  Collections 
Legal  Aspects  of  Business 
Public  Speaking   (2) 


September  17 

September  17 

September  17 

September  17 

January  28 


Business  Economics 
Business  and  Industrial  Management 
C.P.A.  Accounting  Review 
Wednesday  Introductory  Accounting   (1) 

Intermediate  Accounting   (2) 
Labor  Relations   (1) 
Taxes  and  Taxable  Interests   (2) 


September  18 
September  25 
September  18 
See  Monday 
See  Monday 
September  18 
January      28 


Accounting  Problems 
Advanced  Accounting  Problems 
Business  Contracts 
Business  English 
Thursday  Business  Reports  and  Conferences   (1) 

Investment  Principles  and  Practice 
Psychology  for  Business  and  Industry  (1) 
Public  Speaking  (2) 
Purchasing  (2) 


Friday 


September  19 
September  19 
September  26 
September  26 
September  19 
September  19 
September  19 
January  30 
January       30 


Auditing  (1)  September  20 

Business  Planning  and  Research  September  20 

Business  English  September  27 

Constructive  Accounting   (2)  January      24 

Cost  Accounting  September  20 

Economic  Development  of  the  V.  S.   (2)  January      24 

International  Economic  Relations  September  20 

Principles  of  Advertising   (1)  September  20 

Principles  of  Production   (1)  September  20 

Principles  of  Selling   (1)  September  20 

Retail   Store  Advertising   (2)  January       24 
Retail  Store  Management  and  Department  Store 

Administration  September  20 

Rights  in  Private  Property  September  20 

Sales  Management   (2)  January      24 

Scientific  Management  (2)  January      24 


The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  in  any  year  any  course  for  which  less  than  twelve  enroll- 
ments have  been  received. 


School  of  Business 


Description  of  Qourses 


|HE  UNIVERSITY  reserves  the  right 
•J     to  withdraw,  modify,  or  add  to  the 
courses  offered,  or  to  change  the  order  of 
courses  in  curriculums  as  may  seem   ad- 
visable. 

The  University  further  reserves  the  right 
to  withdraw  in  any  year  any  elective  or  spe- 
cial course  for  which  less  than  twelve  en- 
rollments have  been  received.  Regular  stu- 
dents so  affected  by  such  withdrawal  will 
be  permitted  to  choose  some  other  course. 
In  the  case  of  special  students  a  full  refund 
of  all  tuition  and  other  fees  will  be  made. 


Students  in  Boston  and  in  the  Divisions 
in  Worcester,  Springfield,  and  Providence 
should  consult  the  schedule  of  classes  in  the 
respective  city  where  they  are  to  attend  for 
information  as  to  courses  given  during  the 
present  year. 

All  full-year  courses  are  numbered  with  a 
double  consecutive  number  and  all  half- 
year  courses  with  a  single  number.  The 
letter  or  letters  immediately  preceding  the 
numbers  indicate  the  classification  of  the 
course.  The  number  of  class  sessions  in- 
dicated for  each  course  includes  the  final 
examination  session. 


ACCOUNTING    (A) 


Applicants  for  admission  to  the  School  who  have  had  experience  in  accounting  or  bookkeeping 
or  who  have  pursued  systematic  courses  in  institutions  of  less  than  college  grade  may  take  an 
examination  for  placement  purposes  in  Introductory  Accounting.  Those  who  pass  this  ex- 
amination ivill  be  admitted  to  Intermediate  Accounting  and  may  substitute  an  elective  course 
in  lieu  of  Introductory  Accounting.  


INTRODUCTORY    ACCOUNTING 

A  1-2  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit.  No 
previous  knowledge  of  bookkeeping  or  account- 
ing necessary. 

This  course  provides  basic  instruction  for  those 
who  plan  to  specialize  in  accounting  or  for  those 
who  wish  to  enroll  later  for  more  advanced 
courses.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  proprietorship 
accounts,  including  books  of  entry,  statements, 
business  practices,  adjustments,  and  an  intro- 
duction to  partnership  accounts.  Drill  and  prac- 
tice work  are  required  for  proficient  handling  of 
simple  accounting  transactions. 

INTERMEDIATE    ACCOUNTING 

A  3-4  Prerequisite:  A  1-2,  or  the  passing  of  a 
placement  examination.  Thirty-three  sessions; 
5  hours'  credit. 

A  study  of  partnership  accounting,  including 
organization,  dissolution,  and  liquidation  of  the 
partnership,  major  emphasis  being  given  to  the 
corporate  form  of  accounts  with  special  attention 
to  manufacturing  and  trading  activities.  In 
addition  to  the  drill  and  practice  work  on  ac- 
counting technique,  a  mastery  of  basic  principles 
of  general  accounting  is  required. 


ACCOUNTING    AIDS 
TO    MANAGEMENT 

A  5-6  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit.  No 
previous  knowledge  of  bookkeeping  or  account- 
ing necessary. 

A  study  of  the  broad  background  of  account- 
ing and  business  transactions  so  as  to  enable  the 
student  to  analyze  and  interpret  intelligently 
financial  statements  and  other  accounting  re- 
ports. The  course  demonstrates  the  use  of  ac- 
counting in  management  and  financial  control. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of  ac- 
counting fundamentals,  preparation  of  financial 
statements,  corporation  and  manufacturing  ac- 
counts, evaluation  of  balance  sheet  items,  an- 
alysis and  interpretation  of  financial  statements 
and  other  trends,  and  the  use  of  accounting  as 
an  aid  to  management. 

ACCOUNTING    PROBLEMS 

A  7-8  Prerequisite:  A  3-4  Thirty-three  sessions; 
5  hours'  credit. 

Develops  power  of  analysis  in  utilizing  ac- 
counting data.  Problems  are  used  as  the  basis 
for  instruction  and  discussion  to  cover  the  more 
advanced  phases  of  financial  statements  and  ac- 


29 


30 


DESCRIPTION   OF    COURSES 


counts  found  in  the  more  complex  business  or- 
ganizations. 

COST    ACCOUNTING 

A  9-10  Prerequisite:  A  7-8  Thirty-three  sessions; 
5  hours'  credit. 

Acquaints  the  student  with  the  relationship  of 
cost  accounting  to  management  and  administra- 
tion control  and  shows  how  adequate  cost  sys- 
tems may  further  the  intelligent  management  of 
business  enterprises.  Numerous  problems  serve 
as  the  basis  for  a  study  of  the  various  account^ 
records,  systems,  and  methods  commonly  used 
in  modern  cost  accounting. 

AUDITING 

A  11  Prerequisite:      A  7-8  Seventeen  sessions; 
1%  hours'  credit. 

Accounting  facts  and  practices  are  analyzed 
to  determine  whether  or  not  they  conform  to 
professional  practice.  The  work  of  the  auditor  in 
relationship  to  professional  requirements,  the 
mechanics  of  auditing,  and  the  preparation  of 
reports  and  certificates  are  studied. 

INCOME    TAX    PROCEDURE 

A  13-14  Prerequisite:  A  3-4  Thirty-three  ses- 
sions; 5  hours'  credit. 


A  detailed  study  is  made  of  Federal  and  State 
tax  laws,  their  administration  and  application 
to  the  incomes  of  individuals;  partnerships, 
corporations,  and  fiduciaries;  treasury  and  tax 
department  regulations  and  rulings;  and  of  the 
decisions  of  the  Board  of  Tax  Appeals,  and  of 
various  Federal  and  State  courts.  Practice  in 
making  out  reports  and  returns,  and  a  study  of 
the  procedure  of  handling  claims,  form  the  basis 
of  applied  instruction. 


CONSTRUCTIVE    ACCOUNTING 

A  15  Prerequisite:  A  7-8  Seventeen  sessions;  2>£ 
hours'  credit. 

To  acquaint  students  with  the  principles  un- 
derlying the  construction  of  accounting  systems 
and  the  procedure  of  system  installation.  The 
course  is  developed  by  means  of  problem  projects 
beginning  with  an  analysis  of  the  accounting 
needs  of  a  small  business.  By  gradual  steps 
increasingly  larger  businesses  are  studied  and  ac- 
counting systems  developed  to  meet  their  needs. 
Special  attention  is  given  accounting  records  in 
relation  to  the  expansion  of  the  accounting 
system. 


A  simple  ac- 
counting trans- 
action is  the 
groundtvo  rk 
for  proficiency 
asaC.P.  A. 


DESCRIPTION    OF    COURSES 


31 


ADVANCED  ACCOUNTING 
PROBLEMS 

A  17-18  Prerequisite:  A  7-8  Thirty-three  ses- 
sions; 5  hours'  credit. 

This  course  is  designed  primarily  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  those  students  who  intend  to 
enter  the  accounting  profession  or  to  assume  re- 
sponsibilities in  commercial  accounting.  Em- 
phasis in  this  course  is  devoted  to  specialized 
problems  in  connection  with  consolidations, 
mergers,  holding  companies,  and  other  more  ad- 
vanced and  complicated  accounting  situations. 
The  course  thoroughly  prepares  the  student  for 
the  C.P.A.  Accounting  Review  in  final  prep- 
aration for  the  State  C.P.A.  and  American  In- 
stitute examinations. 

DISTRIBU 


C.P.A.     ACCOUNTING 
REVI  EW 

A  19-20  Prerequisites:  A  9-10;  A  II;  A  17-18; 
L  1-2  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

This  course  provides  a  thoroughgoing  and 
complete  review  of  accounting  theory  and  prac- 
tice, and  is  intended  primarily  for  those  who  con- 
template taking  the  C.P.A.  examinations.  Prac- 
tice in  the  classroom  is  provided  under  substan- 
tially the  same  conditions  as  exist  in  the  C.P.A. 
examination  room.  Carefully  selected  problems, 
taken  from  C.P.A.  examinations,  in  Accounting 
Theory  and  Practice  are  worked  out  in  the 
classroom,  and  are  supplemented  by  lectures, 
demonstrations,  and  test  questions. 

TION    CD) 


Marketing  enters  into  and  influences  every  field  of  business  and  includes  not  only  the  direct 
process  of  the  sale  of  goods,  but  the  whole  organization  by  which  goods  find  their  way  from  the 
original  producer  to  the  ultimate  consumer.  The  change  in  the  economic  structure  during  the 
past  ten  years  growing  out  of  higher  standards  of  living,  the  development  of  new  occupational 
interests,  and  the  shift  of  population  to  large  cities,  has  tended  to  increase  the  cost  of  marketing 
of  goods.  Just  as  the  elimination  of  waste  in  production  was  the  keynote  of  business  fifteen  years 
ago,  the  reduction  of  expense  and  the  introduction  of  more  efficient  methods  in  distribution  are 
the  foremost  thought  of  business  leaders  today.  For  this  reason  courses  in  marketing  form  one 
of  the  basic  elements  in  a  business  education. 


MARKETING 

D  1-2  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

An  understanding  of  the  various  methods  in 
common  use  for  selling  goods,  and  of  the  typical 
problems  that  arise  in  the  course  of  distributing 
goods  from  the  manufacturer  through  the 
middlemen  and  dealers  to  the  consumers  is  pro- 
vided. The  selling  problems  of  the  manufac- 
turer, the  wholesaler,  the  retailer,  and  the 
specialty  agent  are  studied  in  relationship  to  the 
various  types  of  industries  and  commodities. 

PRINCIPLES    OF    SELLING 

D  3  Seventeen  sessions;  i]/i.  hours'  credit. 

This  course  deals  with  the  evolution  of  mod- 
ern salesmanship,  its  history,  development  and 
opportunities.  The  psychology  of  selling,  prep- 
aration for  the  interview,  the  proper  approach, 
arousing  the  buying  urge,  the  meeting  of  sales 
resistance,  the  closing  of  the  sale  and  the 
qualities  of  good  salesmen  are  among  the  topics 
discussed. 

SALES    MANAGEMENT 

D  4  Seventeen  sessions;  2^2  hours'  credit. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  the  course  in  the 
Principles  of  Selling.  It  includes  study  of  the 
types  of  sales  organizations,  the  work  of  sales 
executives,  sales  planning  and  policies,  sales 
campaigns,    management    of    the    sales    force, 


financing    of   sales    and    the    control    of   sales 
operations. 
PRINCIPLES    OF    ADVERTISING 

D  5  Seventeen  sessions;  2^  hours'  credit. 

A  comprehensive  course  designed  to  familiar- 
ize the  student  with  the  nature  and  scope  of 
advertising  and  its  place  in  the  commercial  and 
economic  structure.  History,  definition,  and 
functions  of  advertising.  Organization  and  func- 
tions of  advertising  departments  and  advertising 
agencies.  Varieties  of  advertising  and  media. 
Problems,  market  investigation,  planning  cam- 
paigns. Laws,  ethics,  and  regulations.  A  study  of 
the  broader  aspects  of  advertising  with  special 
emphasis  on  current  trends  and  developments. 

RETAIL    STORE    ADVERTISING 
D  7  Seventeen  sessions;  lyi  hours'  credit. 

This  course  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  the 
elements  of  retail  advertising.  The  various 
media  used  by  retailers  are  considered  with  drill 
in  the  preparation  of  copy  therefor.  A  study  is 
made  of  institutional,  straight  merchandise,  and 
sales  copy  as  exemplified  in  current  advertising 
of  important  retail  concerns.  The  principles  of 
layout  receive  attention  as  well  as  the  mechanics 
of  production  including  art  work,  plates,  typog- 
raphy and  printing.  The  aim  is  to  furnish  a 
practical  foundation  fitting  students  for  a  cre- 
ative career  in  retail  advertising. 


32 


DESCRIPTION   OF    COURSES 


The  efficient  direction  of  goods  to  the  consumer  is  the  primary  aim  of  business  today 

ENGLISH    (E) 

The  value  that  comes  from  the  effective  use  of  good  English  in  business  reports  and  communi- 
cations is  being  increasingly  emphasized  by  business  leaders.  All  students  who  are  candidates 
for  the  degree  or  certificate  are  required  to  pursue  systematic  courses  in  English.  Those  having 
outstanding  deficiencies  may  be  required  to  take  additional  courses  in  English. 


BUSI  NESS    ENGLISH 

E  1-2  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

Efficient  training  is  provided  in  the  use  of  cor- 
rect and  forceful  English  for  business  purposes. 
Practice  in  the  construction  of  sales,  collection, 
credit  and  application  letters,  business  articles, 
reports  and  newspaper  stories  provides  oppor- 
tunities for  written  expression  on  business  topics. 
Study  is  devoted  to  the  elements  of  logic  as 
related  to  the  organization  and  expression  of 
thought.  The  course  includes  study  of  the  funda- 
mentals of  sales  promotion  practice  with  special 
emphasis  on  buying  motives.  Oral  work  in  class 
is  intended  to  prepare  students  for  participation 
in  business  conferences  and  public  meetings. 


ADVANCED    ENGLISH 

E  3-4  Prerequisite:  E  1-2  or  equivalent.  Thirty- 
three  sessions;  t;  hours'  credit. 


Literature  of  value  and  interest  to  business 
men  forms  the  basis  of  study  and  practice  in 
writing  so  as  to  develop  an  effective  easy  style 
of  expression.  The  student  acquires  a  cultural 
basis  which  will  serve  not  only  as  a  source  of 
entertainment  in  leisure  hours  but  also  an  aid  for 
business  communications. 

PUBLIC    SPEAKING 

E  5  Seventeen  sessions;  2}4  hours'  credit. 

Those  who  wish  to  speak  convincingly,  to 
overcome  self-consciousness,  and  to  develop  self- 
confidence  will  find  this  course  meeting  their 
needs.  Students  are  trained  in  the  selection  and 
organization  of  speech  materials,  the  delivery  of 
the  speech,  and  in  other  important  essentials  of 
effective  speaking.  The  entire  course  is  practical 
and  not  theoretical.  Work  is  centered  around  the 
interests  and  topics  of  business  men  and  is 
specifically  adapted  to  their  needs. 


DESCRIPTION   OF    COURSES 


33 


BUSINESS    REPORTS    AND 
CONFERENCES 

E  6  Seventeen  sessions;  i}4  hours'  credit. 

This  course  is  devoted  to  the  preparation  and 
presentation  of  business  reports  and  to  the 
techniques  of  planning  for,  participating  in,  and 
conducting  business  conferences.  These  reports 
and  conferences  are  based  upon  business  prob- 
lems and  situations.  The  nature  of  a  thesis,  the 
selection  of  a  subject,  the  preparation  of  an 
outline,  the  collection  and  organization  of  data 
are  considered  in  this  course.  Students  are 
given  the  fullest  possible  opportunity  to  partici- 
pate actively  at  each  session. 

BUSINESS    READINGS 

E  7  and  E  8;  i}4  hours'  credit  for  each  course. 


The  two  courses  in  Business  Readings  are 
designed  to  broaden  the  student's  acquaintance 
with  selected  writings  in  the  field  of  business 
and  to  introduce  him  to  the  real  pleasure  and 
values  that  come  from  such  reading.  There  are 
no  required  lectures  for  these  courses,  each  of 
which  carries  two  and  one-half  semester  hours' 
credit  and  for  which  a  charge  of  ten  dollars  is 
made. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  Upper  Middler  and 
the  Junior  years,  each  degree  candidate  registers 
for  a  Readings  course  and  is  furnished  a  list  of 
titles  from  which  he  makes  selections  for  readings 
in  accordance  with  the  course  requirements. 
Written  reports  are  submitted  on  these  readings, 
and  are  due  on  or  before  registering  for  classes 
the  following  year. 


ECONOMICS   (Ec) 


Economics  is  the  basic  foundation  upon  which  the  general  principles  of  business  as  a  science 
are  founded.  A  mastery  of  the  underlying  economic  laws  enables  the  student  to  see  clearly  the 
forces  which  business  men  must  use  in  arriving  at  solutions  to  their  problems.  An  appreciation 
and  understanding  of  economics  is  a  necessary  factor  in  the  equipment  of  a  progressive  business 
man. 


BUSINESS    ECONOMICS 

Ec  1-2  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

The  characteristics  of  modern  business  and 
industry  are  studied  in  terms  of  their  operations 
and  relationship  to  the  modern  economic  system. 


Economic  laws  and  principles  are  considered  in 
terms  of  business  conditions  peculiar  to  our  own 
time  and  country  and  how  these  laws  govern 
prices,  wages  of  labor,  profits,  credit,  competi- 
tion, work  and  working  conditions,  and  rewards 
for  business  enterprise. 


The  effective- 
ness of  a  writ- 
ten or  spoken 
ivord  is  one 
measure  of  a 
man's  business 
ability 


34 


DESCRIPTION   OF    COURSES 


FINANCIAL    ORGANIZATION 

Ec  3-4  Prerequisite:  Ec  1-2  Thirty-three  ses- 
sions; 5  hours'  credit. 

The  functions  and  services  of  money  and 
credit  as  mediums  of  exchange  are  discussed.  A 
detailed  study  is  made  of  the  organization  and 
functions  of  modern  financial  institutions  such 
as  commercial  banks,  trust  companies,  invest- 
ment security  houses,  savings  institutions,  stock 
exchanges,  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  and 
other  credit  and  financial  institutions. 

INVESTMENT    PRINCIPLES     AND 
PR ACTI CE 

Ec  5-6  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

Consideration  is  given  to  the  determination  of 
investment  policies  and  to  the  analysis  of  various 
kinds  of  securities  such  as  types  of  bonds,  pre- 
ferred and  common  stocks,  and  their  place  and 
use  in  the  investment  field.  Attention  is  also 
given  to  the  economic  factors  and  changes  as 
they  affect  investments. 

BUSINESS    STATISTICS    AND 
FOREC ASTI NG 

Ec  7-8  Prerequisite:  Ec   1-2  Thirty-three  ses- 
sions; 5  hours'  credit. 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  train  the 
student  to  use  statistics  in  making  better  an- 


alyses of  the  business  problems  than  is  possible 
without  statistics.  The  point  of  view  of  the 
business  man  and  not  the  professional  statisti- 
cian is  maintained  throughout  the  study.  In  the 
early  part  of  the  course  the  emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  necessary  technical  methods,  using 
business  problems  as  illustrations;  in  the  second 
part  of  the  course,  the  point  of  view  is  changed 
and  the  emphasis  is  placed  upon  solving  practical 
problems,  using  statistical  methods  as  tools  when 
necessary.  The  practical  application  of  statistics 
to  business  is  directed  toward  business  forecast- 
ing, business  budgeting,  production  and  labor, 
market  analysis,  investment  and  financial  analy- 
ses, and  executive  and  management  statistics. 

ECONOMIC  DEVELOPMENT  OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES 

Ec  9  Seventeen  sessions;  iy£  hours'  credit. 

A  broad  general  survey  is  made  of  the  eco- 
nomic and  industrial  development  of  the  United 
States  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present 
time.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  origin  and 
development  of  American  industries,  changes  in 
industrial  and  commercial  policies,  economic 
forces  at  work  in  business  and  social  institutions, 
and  upon  problems  arising  from  the  growth  and 
development  of  business  and  industry  in  the 
United  States. 


LAW   (L) 


Underlying  the  ever  increasing  complexity  of  modern  business  is  a  growing  body  of  law  which 
defines  and  directs  business  operations.  Except  for  Legal  Aspects  of  Business,  all  law  courses 
employ  the  case  method  of  study  used  in  the  country's  leading  schools  of  law.  The  courses 
listed  below  are  available  in  Boston.  For  courses  in  law  offered  by  the  Divisions,  con- 
sult the  Divisional  Offices. 


LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF  BUSINESS 

L  1-2  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

A  study  of  the  application  of  legal  machinery 
to  the  current  needs  and  demands  of  modern 
business  for  facilitating  organization,  credit, 
finance,  security  or  protection  from  risks, 
marketing,  and  commercial  and  industrial  peace. 
The  course  also  provides  excellent  preparation 
for  the  law  phase  of  the  C.P.A.  Examination. 

BUSINESS    CONTRACTS 

L  4-5  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

Their  importance  to  the  business  man  in  the 
everyday  conduct  of  his  affairs;  why  contracts 
are  necessary,  how  they  are  made  and  enforced; 
the  subject  matter  of  contracts,  the  rights  and 
liabilities  of  the  parties,  the  effect  of  failure  to 
keep  agreements,  the  effect  of  fraud,  duress  and 


mistake;   the   termination   of  the   contract  re- 
lationship. 

AGENTS    AND    AGENCIES 

L  6  Seventeen  sessions;  lyi  hours'  credit. 

The  importance  of  agents  or  business  repre- 
sentatives in  present-day  business;  how  they  are 
appointed;  the  legal  relationships  among  agent, 
employer  and  third  parties;  the  duration  of  the 
agency  and  the  methods  of  terminating  it. 

INSURANCE  OF  BUSINESS  RISKS 

L  7  Eleven  sessions;  \}4  hours'  credit. 

The  kinds  of  risks  business  men  must  assume 
and  how  some  of  these  risks  may  be  shifted  to 
others;  the  formation  and  operation  of  insurance 
contracts  affecting  such  risks  as  fire,  explosion, 
transportation,  theft,  employer  liability  and  in- 
terruption of  business. 


DESCRIPTION   OF    COURSES 


35 


A     section     of 

the    University 

Library 


TORTSAND    CRIMES  IN  BUSINESS 

L  8  Nine  sessions;  i  hour  credit. 

The  responsibility  of  the  business  man  for  such 
common  torts  and  crimes  as  trespass,  libel, 
slander,  deceit,  nuisance  and  assault;  precautions 
that  may  be  taken  to  minimize  claims  against 
businesses  arising  from  acts  of  the  corporation, 
its  officers  or  its  employees. 

BUSINESS    ORGANIZATIONS 

L  io-ii  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

Problems  of  organizing  various  businesses;  the 
forms  of  business  enterprises,  such  as  sole  owner- 
ship, partnership,  and  the,  corporation;  the 
powers  and  liabilities  of  business  organizations 
and  their  officers;  inter-corporate  problems; 
rights  of  creditors  and  stockholders;  problems  of 
reorganization  and  the  termination  of  a  business 
organization's  affairs. 

LAW    OF    SALES 

L  12  Seventeen  sessions;  il/2  hours'  credit. 

Formation  of  contracts  to  sell,  the  transfer  of 
property  rights,  documents  of  title,  risk  of  loss, 
rights  and  duties  of  buyer  and  seller,  and 
remedies  of  the  buyer  and  seller. 

TRADE    REGULATION 

L  13  Seventeen  sessions;  iyi  hours'  credit. 

Fair  competition,  price  regulation,  disparage- 
ment of  competitor's  goods,  trade  boycotts,  trade 
secrets,  trade  marks  and  trade  names,  tying  con- 


tracts, antitrust  laws,  the  Federal  Trade  Com- 
mission and  other  governmental  agencies. 

RIGHTS     IN     PRIVATE     PROPERTY 

L  14-15  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

The  nature  and  extent  of  ownership  in  per- 
sonal property  and  real  estate;  rights  represented 
by  stock,  bonds,  patent  rights  and  copyrights; 
the  acquisition  of  real  estate,  rights  and  liabilities 
of  owners,  business  leases,  the  landlord  and  ten- 
ant relationship,  the  transfer  of  ownership. 

TAXES  AND  TAXABLE    INTERESTS 

L  16  Seventeen  sessions;  1^/2  hours'  credit. 

Legal  aspects  of  taxes  as  they  affect  the  con- 
duct of  business;  kinds  of  taxes,  such  as  property 
taxes,  excise  taxes  and  income  taxes;  appeals  of 
taxpayers;  the  taxation  of  corporations. 

LABOR    RELATIONS 

L  17  Seventeen  sessions;  lyi.  hours'  credit. 

The  legal  relation  of  employer  and  employee; 
the  responsibility  of  employers  for  injuries, 
compensation  legislation;  competitive  labor 
practices;  unions,  strikes,  boycotts,  blacklisting; 
modern  legislation. 

LAW    OF    FINANCIAL 
ORGANIZATION 

L  18-19  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

Legal  devices  for  raising  money  and  extend- 
ing credit,  such  as  promissory  notes,  bills  of 


36 


DESCRIPTION   OF   COURSES 


exchange,  checks,  trade  acceptances,  bills  of 
lading,  warehouse  receipts;  suretyship,  guaranty, 
liens,  conditional  sales  and  mortgages. 

RIGHTS    OF    DEBTORS 
AND    CREDITORS 

L  20  Seventeen  sessions;  iyi  hours'  credit. 

The  property  of  the  debtor  which  may  be  used 
for  payment  of  his  debts;  modes  of  collecting  on 
debtor's  property;  rights  of  creditors  in  bank- 
ruptcy and  other  legal  actions. 


GOVERNMENT    REGULATION 
OF    BUSINESS 

L  21  Seventeen  sessions;  1%  hours'  credit. 

Regulation  of  competition,  problems  of  mon- 
opoly, government  bureaus  and  their  operation, 
trade  practices,  recent  trends  in  state  and 
federal  legislation.  The  powers  and  practices 
of  such  regulative  bodies  as  the  Interstate  Com- 
merce Commission,  the  Federal  Trade  Com- 
mission and  the  National  Labor  Relations  Board 
are  studied  in  detail. 


MANAGEMENT   (  M) 


With  the  complex  and  rapidly  changing  conditions  of  modern  business,  the  functions  of  ad- 
ministration and  management  must  be  clearly  defined  and  maximum  economies  effected.  Through 
the  problem  approach,  these  courses  train  the  student  to  supplant  guesswork  and  trial  and  error 
processes  with  organized  knowledge  and  proven  management  methods.  Courses  designated 
by  the  symbols  M  3,  M  4,  M  6,  and  M  13-14  are  offered  in  Boston  only. 


BUSINESS    AND     INDUSTRIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

M  1-2  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  whole  field  of 
business  and  industrial  administration  with 
special  emphasis  upon  training  the  student  in  the 
analysis  of  business  and  industrial  problems. 
The  functions  of  the  business  and  industrial  ad- 
ministrators are  discussed  with  particular  refer- 
ence to  the  control  policies  and  devices  of  the 
manager.  The  course  presents  the  problems  of 
business  and  industry  as  an  interrelated  whole 
and  helps  the  student  to  see  the  lines  of  study 
which  lead  to  solution  of  those  problems. 

PRINCIPLES    OF    PRODUCTION 

M  3  Prerequisite:  M  1-2  Seventeen  sessions;  l]/i 
hours'  credit. 

A  basic  treatment  of  the  fundamental  manu- 
facturing processes.  Topics  studied  include: 
factory  organization,  manufacturing  and  assem- 
bly sequences,  selection  and  coordination  of 
productive  facilities,  product  design,  inspection 
and  salvage. 

SCIENTIFIC    MANAGEMENT 

M  4  Prerequisite:  M  3  Seventeen  sessions;  2.K 
hours'  credit. 

The  practical  application  of  the  principles  of 
scientific  management  to  production  problems. 
The  course  embraces  study  in  process  research 
including  time  and  motion  study,  standardiza- 
tion of  materials,  analysis  of  operations,  methods 
of  production,  and  production  control  including 
wage  incentive  systems. 


PSYCHOLOGY    FOR    BUSINESS 
AND    INDUSTRY 

M  5  Seventeen  sessions;  il/2  hours'  credit. 

Business  psychology  is  the  study  of  predicting 
and  influencing  human  behavior  in  business.  It 
provides  an  understanding  of  man's  mental  life, 
of  how  the  individual  and  the  group  behave  and 
are  influenced  in  their  behavior,  and  of  how  the 
business  man  may  predict  and  control  his  own 
behavior  and  that  of  those  with  whom  he  works. 
The  study  and  analysis  of  the  student's  own 
personal  problems  and  behavior  constitute  a 
valuable  and  interesting  phase  of  the  course. 

PURCHASING 

M  6  Seventeen  sessions;  lyi  hours'  credit. 

A  practical  study  of  the  functions  and  duties 
of  the  purchasing  agent,  the  organization  and 
administration  of  his  department,  and  his  re- 
lations with  other  departments.  The  following 
are  representative  of  subjects  discussed:  the 
purchasing  function,  qualifications  of  the  pur- 
chasing agent,  selection  of  supply  sources, 
purchasing  policies  and  budgets,  cataloging  in- 
formation, testing  and  inspection  of  purchases, 
and  stores  control. 


CREDITS    AND    COLLECTIONS 

M  7-8  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

This  course  furnishes  instruction  in  the  theory 
of  credit,  the  workings  of  a  Credit  Department, 
whether  in  the  wholesale  or  retail  field,  and  in 
the  analysis  and  use  of  credit  statements  as  aids 
to  efficient  management. 


DESCRIPTION   OF    COURSES 


37 


An  apprecia- 
tion of  the 
problems  of 
Management 
fits  Northeast- 
ern men  for 
quicker  ad- 

vancement 


INDUSTRIAL     MANAGEMENT 
PROBLEMS    AND    POLICIES 

M  9-10  Prerequisite:  M  4  Thirty-three  sessions; 
5  hours'  credit. 

Co-ordination  of  the  functional  relationships 
which  exist  between  the  different  departments  of 
business  with  the  problems  affecting  the  deter- 
mination of  administrative  and  managerial  poli- 
cies is  the  purpose  of  this  study.  Special  attention 
is  given  to  scientific  management  of  industry  and 
business  and  to  the  co-crdination  of  production 
with  purchasing,  sales,  finance,  and  transporta- 
tion. Cases  and  problems  dealing  with  organiza- 
tion and  expansion,  consolidation  and  combina- 
tions, reorganizations,  internal  administration, 
industrial  and  human  relations,  and  govern- 
mental control  form  the  basis  of  discussion  and 
study. 


RETAIL    STORE     MANAGEMENT 

AND    DEPARTMENT    STORE 

ADMINISTRATION 

M  13-14  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

Devoted  to  a  careful  study  and  analysis  of  the 
fundamental  principles  underlying  the  successful 
operation  of  retail  stores.  Among  the  topics 
treated  are  store  location,  types  of  store  organ- 
ization, merchandise  control,  store  systems, 
receiving,  marking,  delivering,  expense  control, 
problems  of  general  policy;  the  administrative 
and  executive  problems  of  the  larger  retail 
merchandising  institutions;  the  organization  and 
operation  of  the  various  departments  of  depart- 
ment stores  including  merchandising,  operating, 
publicity,  customer  service,  internal  service,  and 
personnel. 


GOVERNMENT    CONTROLS    IN 
BUSINESS 

M  1 1-12  Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

A  study  of  the  economic  and  political  rela- 
tionships which  exist  between  business  and 
government  with  particular  emphasis  upon  the 
work  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission 
and  the  Federal  Trade  Commission;  also  other 
government  agencies  including  the  U.  S.  De- 
partments of  Agriculture,  Commerce,  Labor, 
and  particularly  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics. 
Social  as  well  as  economic  aspects  of  govern- 
ment control  will  be  considered. 


BUSINESS  PLANNING  AND 
RESEARCH 

M  17-18  Prerequisite:  Ec  7-8  Thirty-three  ses- 
sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

This  course  is  devoted  primarily  to  a  study  of 
economic  and  business  planning  and  to  the 
technique  of  research  and  study  in  relationship 
to  planning.  The  fundamental  principles  under- 
lying the  solution  of  research  problems  will  be 
analyzed  and  students  will  be  required  to  apply 
those  principles  to  specific  problems  involving 
planning  and  research. 


38 


DESCRIPTION   OF   COURSES 


BUSINESS    ADMINISTRATION 
SEMINAR 

M  19-20  Prerequisites:  A  5-6,  D  1-2,  Ec  3-4, 
Ec  7-8.    Thirty-three  sessions;  5  hours'  credit. 

This  course  provides  the  unique  opportunity 
to  use  the  information  acquired  from  other 
courses  in  an  intelligent  intimate  discussion  of 


live  current  problems  which  arise  daily  in  mar- 
keting, production,  and  finance,  with  notes  as  to 
social  significance.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
translation  of  problems  out  of  the  academic 
book  atmosphere  into  the  personal  terms  in 
which  these  problems  must  be  met  in  business 
life  and  solved.  Work  is  conducted  upon  a 
prepared  individual  conference  basis. 


THESIS    (T) 


BACHELOR'S    DEGREE    THESIS 

T  3-4,  5  hours'  credit. 

Each  candidate  for  the  B.B.A.  degree  may 
submit  a  thesis  or  the  Business  Readings  reports. 
The  conditions  to  be  fulfilled  in  connection  with 
a  thesis  are: 

1.  The  selection  of  the  subject,  preparation  of 
the  outlines,  and  the  collection  of  data  must 
be  worked  out  in  accordance  with  the  require- 
ments of  the  Committee  on  Theses. 

2.  Two  typewritten  copies  of  the  completed 
thesis  must  be  presented  to  the  Dean,  or  the 


Director  in  the  Divisions,  not  later  than 
March  15  of  the  year  in  which  the  candidate 
expects  to  graduate. 

The  thesis  is  expected  to  meet  the  equivalent 
of  the  work  required  in  a  full-year  course.  It 
is  expected  to  give  evidence  that  its  writer 
has  made  a  thorough  study  of  the  subject  or 
problem  selected,  that  he  has  marshaled  the 
data  in  a  businesslike  manner,  and  has  given 
evidence  of  his  ability  to  reach  sound  and 
reasoned  conclusions,  and  to  present  his 
findings  in  clear  and  convincing  terms. 


OCCUPATIONS 


The  School  considers  that  the  knowledges, 
skills,  and  experiences  acquired  in  the  full-time 
employment  of  its  students  are  the  equivalent 
in  many  respects  to  the  work  carried  on  in  a 
laboratory.  For  this  reason  all  members  of  the 
three  upper  classes  who  expect  to  qualify  for 
the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree 
must  meet  the  occupational  experience  require- 
ments listed  below. 

In  order  that  this  occupational  experience 
may  have  the  maximum  educational  value,  the 
School  maintains  a  Department  of  Vocational 
Guidance  and  Placement  under  the  supervision 
of  a  competent  Director.  It  is  the  responsibility 
of  this  Department  to  assist  those  students: 

a.  who  need  advice  and  guidance  about  em- 
ployment in  business. 

1).  who  are  unemployed  and  need  placement 
service,  and 

c.  who  are  already  employed  but  need  to 
change  their  present  employment  connec- 
tions in  order  to  obtain  the  greatest  possible 
benefit  from  their  training  and  experience. 

There  is  no  tuition  charge  for  the  occupational 
courses  listed  below,  even  though  they  are  re- 
quired for  the  degree.  Furthermore,  all  services 
of  the  Department  of  Vocational  Guidance  and 
Placement  are  without  charge  to  the  student. 


ELEMENTARY     OCCUPATIONS 

O  1-2  10  hours'  credit. 

In  this  course  students  are  required  to  meet 
with  the  Director  of  Vocational  Guidance  and 
Placement  in  groups  or  individually  as  he  may 
direct,  and  to  submit  in  the  Upper  Middler  year 
a  complete  and  detailed  record  of  their  em- 
ployment for  the  college  year.  This  report  is  one 
factor  in  evaluating  the  occupational  experience 
credit  of  the  student. 

INTERMEDIATE    OCCUPATIONS 

O  3-4  10  hours'  credit. 

A  continuation  of  O  1-2.  Continuing  guidance 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Director  of  Voca- 
tional Guidance  and  Placement.  Consideration 
of  psychological  and  economic  factors  affecting 
vocations;  vocational  objectives.  A  complete 
report  of  the  employment  of  the  Junior  year  is 
required. 

ADVANCED    OCCUPATIONS 

O  5-6  10  hours'  credit. 

A  critical  consideration  of  the  student's  pres- 
ent employment  in  the  light  of  present-day 
occupational  trends.  Individual  conferences 
with  a  view  to  vocational  adjustments,  if  deemed 
desirable.  A  complete  report  of  the  employment 
of  the  Senior  year  is  required. 


School  of  Business 


General  Information 


CLASSROOMS    AND 
LI  BRARI ES 

The  classrooms  are  furnished  with  modern 
equipment  and  are  thoroughly  adapted  to 
evening  school  work.  Improvements  in 
classroom  facilities  are  constantly  being 
made  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  student 
body. 

In  connection  with  the  General  Library 
of  the  University  in  Boston  a  special  sec- 
tion is  devoted  to  books  on  business  sub- 
jects. In  addition,  the  leading  trade  and 
business  magazines  are  available  for  student 
use.  Additions  are  constantly  being  made 
to  the  business  section  of  the  Library  in 
recognition  of  the  new  demands  for  busi- 
ness education  and  research.  The  reading 
rooms  of  the  Library  are  open  from  8.45 
a.m.  to  10  p.m.  daily,  Sundays  from  1  p.m. 
to  9  p.m.,  holidays  12  m.  to  9  p.m. 

All  members  of  the  School  in  Boston  are 
entitled  to  the  privilege  of  using  the  Boston 
Public  Library  including  the  Business 
Branch  at  20  City  Hall  Avenue.  The  same 
privilege  is  accorded  students  in  the  Divi- 
sions for  the  use  of  the  libraries  in  their 
respective  cities. 

Appreciable  libraries  to  which  additions 
are  constantly  being  made  are  available 
in  the  Divisions  at  Worcester,  Springfield, 
and  Providence. 


TEXTBOOKS    AND    SUPPLIES 

The  Northeastern  University  Bookstore  is 
a  department  of  the  University  and  is  op- 
erated for  the  convenience  of  the  student 
body.  All  books  and  supplies  which  are  re- 
quired by  the  students  for  their  work  in  the 
University  may  be  purchased  at  the  Book- 
store. In  addition,  the  Bookstore  also 
carries  a  large  number  of  general  supplies. 
In  Boston  the  main  store  is  situated  in  the 
basement  of  the  West  Building. 

In  the  Divisions,  stores  are  located  adja- 
cent to  the  School  Offices. 


RECREATION     AND     OTHER 
ACTIVITIES 

Men  who  are  employed  in  offices  or  indoor 
occupations  and  who  are  pursuing  a  strenu- 
ous evening  program  of  study  should  plan 
to  take  some  systematic  form  of  exercise  in 
order  that  they  may  not  impair  their  health 
and  that  they  may  do  the  most  effective 
work. 

Northeastern  University  is  particularly 
fortunate  in  being  able  to  place  at  the  dis- 
posal of  its  students  at  moderate  rates 
unexcelled  recreational  advantages.  The 
Y.M.C.A.  buildings  have  facilities  in  the 
nature  of  gymnasiums,  swimming  pools, 
bowling  alleys,  billiard  rooms,  game  rooms, 
and  social  rooms  where  students  obtain 
recreational  privileges  to  their  liking.  Stu- 
dents may  come  from  their  work  at  the 
close  of  the  day  to  the  university  building 
and  enter  a  gymnasium  class,  take  a  swim, 
use  the  bowling  alleys,  or  engage  in  other 
recreational  pastimes  before  class  time  and 
thus  renew  their  energy  for  the  evening's 
work. 

In  addition,  in  the  program  of  the  various 
Young  Men's  Christian  Associations  will  be 
found  ample  opportunities  for  religious, 
club,  and  other  social  activities. 

Women  students  in  the  Worcester  Divi- 
sion enjoy  corresponding  privileges  at  the 
Y.W.C.A. 

STUDENT    COUNCI L 

The  social  and  extra-curricular  life  of  the 
School  is  in  charge  of  Student  Councils 
consisting  of  representatives  from  each 
class  or  school  group.  In  addition  to 
arranging  for  occasional  social  affairs, 
special  lectures,  and  meetings,  the  council 
represents  the  interests  of  the  student 
body.  The  faculty  and  the  officials  advise 
with  the  council  in  reeard  to  school  Dolicies. 


39 


40 


GENERAL    INFORMATION 


HONOR    FRATERNITY 

Sigma  Epsilon  Rho,  the  honor  fraternity 
in  the  School  of  Business,  has  chapters  in 
Boston  and  Providence.    Its  purposes  are: 

1  To  promote  acquaintance  and  good 
fellowship  among  those  men  who  have 
attained  highest  scholastic  standing  in 
the  School. 

2  To  stimulate  the  student  body  to  higher 
scholastic  accomplishment  through  the 
bearing,  influence,  and  work  of  these 
selected  men. 

3  To  develop  methods  of  mutual  improve- 
ment and  advancement  among  the  mem- 
bers of  this  fraternity. 

4  To  support  high  moral,  professional  and 
scholastic  ideals. 

Only  students  with  honor  standing  are 
admitted  to  the  fraternity.  Admission  is 
by  invitation,  after  nomination  by  the 
School  faculty. 

In  Boston  an  outstanding  business  book 
is  awarded  each  year  by  Sigma  Epsilon 
Rho  Fraternity  to  the  highest  ranking 
student  for  that  year  in  each  of  the  Sopho- 
more, Lower  Middler,  Upper  Middler,  and 
Junior  Classes.  Students  will  receive  the 
award  only  in  the  event  that  they  enroll  for 
the  subsequent  year. 

SCHOLARSHIPS,    AWARDS, 
AND    LOAN    FUNDS 

IN    BOSTON 

The  following  scholarships  and  awards  are 
available  to  students  enrolled  for  a  normal 
schedule  of  fifteen  or  more  semester  hours 
of  class  work  who  are  pursuing  a  degree  or 
certificate  program  in  the  School  of  Busi- 
ness in  Boston.  One-fourth  of  the  scholar- 
ship is  applied  to  the  tuition  of  the  recipient 
at  each  quarterly  payment. 

School  of  Business  Honor  Awards 
A  half  tuition  scholarship  award  is  made 
each  year  to  the  highest  ranking  student  of 
that  year  in  the  Junior,  Upper  Middler, 
Lower  Middler,  Sophomore  and  Freshman 
classes,  who  re-enrolls  the  following  year 
for  a  normal  schedule  of  study. 

A  quarter  tuition  scholarship  award  is 
made  each  year  to  the  second  highest  rank- 
ing student  of  that  year  in   the  Junior, 


Upper  Middler,  Lower  Middler,  Sopho- 
more and  Freshman  classes,  who  re-en- 
rolls the  following  year  for  a  normal 
schedule  of  study. 

To  be  eligible  for  either  a  half  or  a  quarter 
tuition  honor  award,  a  student  entering  the 
School  with  advanced  standing  credit,  ex- 
cept by  examination,  must  have  completed 
at  least  thirty  semester  hours  of  class- 
room work  at  the  time  the  award  is  made. 

The  Clarkson-Alumni  Scholarship 
This  scholarship,  made  available  through 
the  generosity  of  the  Alumni  Association  of 
the  School  of  Business  in  Boston,  is  in 
memory  of  George  S.  Clarkson,  a  member 
of  the  Class  of  1914  and  an  instructor  in 
accounting  for  many  years.  This  scholar- 
ship, which  is  indeterminate  in  amount,  is 
granted  to  the  student  who  obtains  the 
highest  final  grade  in  the  course  in  Auditing 
unless  he  is  eligible  for  an  award  of  greater 
monetary  value  in  which  event  the  Clark- 
son-Alumni award  will  be  made  to  the 
highest  ranking  student  in  Auditing  who  is 
not  eligible  for  such  an  award.  To  be 
eligible  for  this  scholarship  the  student 
must  pursue  a  normal  schedule  the  follow- 
ing year. 

Kappa  Tau  Phi  Scholarship 
This  scholarship  award,  amounting  to 
thirty  dollars,  is  made  available  by  the 
Kappa  Tau  Phi  Sorority.  It  is  granted 
annually  to  the  woman  student  who  ranks 
highest  in  her  class  at  the  end  of  the 
Sophomore  year  unless  she  is  eligible  for 
an  award  of  greater  monetary  value  in 
which  event  the  award  will  be  made  to  the 
highest  ranking  woman  student  who  is  not 
eligible  for  such  an  award.  To  be  eligible 
for  this  scholarship  the  student  must  pur- 
sue a  normal  schedule  the  following  year. 
In  determining  this  award  grades  of  all 
courses  completed  in  the  Freshman  and 
Sophomore  years  shall  be  considered. 
Alumni  Loan  Fund 
The  Alumni  Association  of  the  School  of 
Business  in  Boston  has  provided  a  loan  fund 
which  is  available  to  students  in  the  Senior 
and  Junior  classes  in  Boston  who  are  in  need 
of  financial  assistance  in  order  to  continue 
their  studies.  Applications  for  loans  should 


GENERAL   INFORMATION 


41 


be  addressed  to  the  Dean  of  the  School. 
All  applications  must  be  approved  by  the 
Alumni  Loan  Fund  Committee. 

School  of  Business  Loan  Fund 
By  vote  of  the  Student  Council  a  part 
of  the  Student  Activities  fees  for  i 937-1938 
was  set  aside  to  provide  a  loan  fund  which 
is  available  to  students  temporarily  in 
need  of  small  loans  for  tuition  or  other 
School  charges.  Students  needing  assist- 
ance from  this  fund  should  confer  with  the 
Dean  who  administers  it. 

IN    SPRINGFIELD    DIVISION 

The  following  scholarship  and  loan  funds 
are  available  to  students  applying  for,  or 
admitted  to,  curricula  offered  by  the 
Springfield  Division  of  the  University: 

Junior  Scholarship 

A  scholarship  of  $25  applicable  to  tuition 
of  the  next  year  is  awarded  annually  at 
Commencement  to  that  student  of  the 
Junior  Class  who  has  made  the  highest 
average  grade  in  all  courses  from  his  Fresh- 
man to  Junior  years  inclusive.  The 
scholarship  is  donated  by  Delta  Chapter  of 
the  Pi  Tau  Kappa  Fraternity. 
Middle  Scholarship 

A  scholarship  of  $25  applicable  to  tuition 
of  the  next  year  is  awarded  annually 
at  Commencement  to  that  student  of  the 
Middle  Class,  School  of  Law,  or  to  the 
Lower  Middle  Class,  School  of  Business, 
who  has  made  the  highest  average  grade 
in  all  courses  of  the  first  three  years.  The 
scholarship  is  donated  by  Sigma  Nu 
Upsilon  Sorority. 

Sophomore  Scholarship 

A  scholarship  of  $25  applicable  to  tuition 
of  the  next  year  is  awarded  annually  at 
Commencement  to  that  student  of  the 
Sophomore  class  who  has  made  the  highest 
average  grade  in  all  courses  of  the  first  two 
years.  The  scholarship  is  donated  by 
Alpha  Chapter  of  the  Epsilon  Phi  Sigma 
Fraternity. 

Freshman  Scholarships 

Awards  in  multiples  of  twenty  dollars 
toward  Freshman  tuition  are  available  to 
applicants  for  admission.  They  are  made 
upon  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  for, 


and  at  the  termination  of,  the  required 
previous  academic  training.  One  of  these 
is  granted  to  that  student  who,  of  the  first 
ten  in  average  for  the  school  or  college,  as 
the  admission  requirement  may  necessitate, 
shall  stand  highest  of  the  number  from 
that  institution  who  applied  for  admission 
in  the  subsequent  fall  to  Northeastern 
University,  Springfield  Division. 

Student  Aid  Fund 
A  limited  fund  originated  by  thoughtful 
undergraduates,  augmented  by  certain 
faculty  support,  and  the  balance  in  a  given 
year  from  student  activities  fees,  from 
which  meritorious  students  may  obtain 
loans  from  time  to  time  for  tuition  usage. 
It  is  administered  by  the  Director  of  the 
Division.  Applications  for  aid  should  be 
made  through  the  Bursar. 

IN    WORCESTER    DIVISION 

Freshman  Scholarships 
Awards  of  $50  toward  Freshman  tuition 
are  available  to  graduates  of  several  Wor- 
cester County  high  schools.  They  are  made 
upon  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  for, 
and  at  the  termination  of,  the  full  second- 
ary school  course.  One  of  these  is  granted 
to  that  student  who,  of  the  first  five  in 
average  for  the  school  course,  shall  stand 
highest  of  the  number  from  this  group 
who  anticipate  admission  the  subsequent 
fall  to  Northeastern  University,  Worcester 
Division. 

Sophomore  Scholarship 
A  scholarship  of  $50  is  awarded  at  Com- 
mencement to  that  student  of  the  Sopho- 
more class  who  has  made  the  highest 
average  grade  in  all  courses  of  the  first  two 
years,  and  who  returns  for  the  third  year. 
The  scholarship  is  applied  toward  the  pay- 
ment of  the  tuition  of  that  year. 

Senior  Honor  Award 
An  award  of  $10  is  made  annually  at 
Commencement  to  that  student  of  the 
Senior  class  who  has  made  the  highest 
average  grade  in  all  courses  from  his  Fresh- 
man to  his  Senior  years,  inclusive.  This 
award  is  subject  to  certain  regulations  on 
file  with  the  Governing  Board  of  the 
Division. 


School  of  Business 


Administrative  Policies 


REQUIREMENTS      FOR     ADMISSION 


All  applicants  whose  credentials  are  ap- 
proved by  the  Committee  on  Admissions, 
and  who  are  admitted  for  degree  or  other 
programs  are  classified  as  regular  or  con- 
ditioned students. 

1  Regular  Students** 

Applicants  for  admission  as  regular 
students  must  present  evidence  of  the 
completion  of  an  approved  secondary 
school  course,  or  the  equivalent  15 
units.* 

2  Conditioned  Students** 

Applicants  at  least  21  years  of  age  or 
those  who  will  attain  their  twenty- 
first  birthday  during  the  college  year 
and  who  do  not  meet  the  require- 
ments for  admission  as  regular  stu- 
dents may  be  admitted  as  conditioned 
students  provided  they  present  satis- 
factory evidence  of  ability  to  profit 
by  the  work  of  the  School. 
Conditioned  stud~nts  may  remove 
their  admission  conditions  and  be 
reclassified  as  regular  students  by 
using  a,  b,  c,  or  a  combination  of  a 
and  b.** 

a.  By  applying  courses  which  they 
have  completed  in  the  School  of 
Business  or  in  another  approved 
college  or  university  at  the  rate  of 
one  unit  for  each  two  and  one-half 
semester  hours.  A  course  cannot 
be  credited  both  for  the  removal 
of  admission  conditions  and  for  the 
degree. 

b.  By  applying  units  for  work  com- 
pleted in  an  approved  secondary 


school,  or  for  work  certified  by  an 
accredited  certifying  agency. 

By  action  of  the  Committee  on 
Admissions  based  upon  all  factors 
affecting  the  achievement  and 
ability  of  the  student  in  the  School, 
when  the  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted the  first  thirty  semester 
hours  of  work  in  his  program;  pro- 
vided this  work  shall  have  been 
completed  in  not  less  than  three 
years  of  attendance  and  with  an 
average  grade  of  not  less  than 
70%.  All  conditioned  students 
are  required  to  take  prescribed 
aptitude  tests  during  the  first 
year  of  attendance.  These  tests, 
for  which  no  specific  preparation 
can  be  made,  are  designed  to  test 
intellectua'  capacity  and  general 
fitness  for  college  work  rather  than 
preparation  in  the  specific  sub- 
ject matter  of  a  secondary  school 
program. 


ADVANCED     STANDING 

Advanced  standing  credit  in  the  School 
may  be  obtained  in  one  or  both  of  two  ways, 
as  follows: 

1  By  Transfer  of  Credit.  Subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Administrative  Commit- 
tee, credit  may  be  given  for  work  com- 
pleted in  other  approved  schools,  col- 
leges, and  universities.  Applicants 
desiring  credit  by  transfer  should  indi- 
cate their  desire  at  the  time  the  applica- 
tion for  admission  is  filed.  A  copy  of  the 


*A  unit  represents  a  year's  work  in  any  subject  in  any  approved  secondary  school  constituting  approximately 
a  quarter  of  a  full  year's  work,  or  the  equivalent.  A  four-year  day  high  school  course  is  regarded  as  representing 
at  least  15  units  of  work,  or  3  units  in  junior  high  school  and  12  units  in  a  three-year  senior  high  school. 

**For  additional  requirements  for  the  Engineering  and  Business  curriculum  in  the  Worcester  and  Springfield 
Divisions,  consult  special  bulletins  or  the  Divisional  offices. 


42 


ADMINISTRATIVE    POLICIES 


43 


catalog  of  the  institution  from  which 
the  transfer  is  sought  should  accompany 
the  application  for  admission. 

2  By  Examination.  Applicants  who  desire 
to  secure  Advanced  Standing  Credit  by 
examination  are  required  to  apply  in 
writing  for  examination  in  those  sub- 
jects for  which  credit  is  sought.  Proper 
forms  should  be  obtained  from  the 
School  Office  and  filed  at  the  time  the 
application  for  admission  is  filed.  Appli- 
cations for  examinations  are  approved 
by  the  Committee  on  Administration 
who  will  take  into  account  previous 
training,  business  experience,  and  other 
factors  showing  the  applicants'  special 
preparation  and  ability  in  the  subject 
or  subjects  in  which  credit  is  sought  by 
examination. 

A  grade  of  75%  must  be  obtained  in 
an  examination  in  order  to  secure 
advanced  standing  credit  for  the  subject. 
Upon  successfully  passing  an  examina- 
tion, the  applicant  is  given  full  credit  as 
though  the  subject  had  been  pursued  in 
the  School. 

The  same  subject  cannot  be  offered 
both  for  admission  credit  and  as  a  basis 
for  advanced  standing. 

REGISTRATION 

Before  attending  classes,  students  should 
report  at  the  School  Office  for  registration. 
Students  are  requested  to  assist  in  lessening 
congestion  during  the  opening  week  by 
registering  during  the  two  weeks  previous 
to  the  opening  of  the  School. 

Late  registration  for  those  unable  to 
enter  at  the  opening  of  the  School  year  will 
be  permitted  at  the  discretion  of  the  Dean, 
or  the  Director  in  the  case  of  the  Divisions. 

CLASS    SESSIONS 

In  Boston,  Worcester,  and  Springfield 
classes  are  held  each  evening  of  the  week 
except  Saturday.  In  Providence,  classes 
are  held  on  Monday,  Wednesday,  and 
Friday  evenings.  The  normal  schedule  for 
students  pursuing  a  degree,  title,  or  certificate 
program  is  three  evenings  a  week.     Students 


may  arrange  their  schedules  so  as  to  attend 
classes  one,  two,  three,  or  four  evenings  a  week 
depending  upon  the  number  of  subjects  taken. 
Students  interested  in  the  schedule  of 
classes  of  any  particular  city  should  apply 
to  the  office  of  the  school  in  the  city  in 
which  they  expect  to  attend. 

NOTIFY    THE    OFFICE 
IMMEDIATELY 

Of  change  of  address. 

Of  withdrawal  from  any  course  —  other- 
wise the  fee  for  that  course  will  be  charged. 

Of  withdrawal  from  the  School,  giving 
date  of  the  last  session  attended. 

ATTENDANCE 

The  limited  amount  of  time  devoted  to  each 
subject  and  the  rapid  rate  of  progress  in 
covering  the  essential  content  of  a  course 
make  it  highly  desirable  that  students  be 
present  at  every  session.  Because  of  the 
importance  of  regular  attendance  and  its 
bearing  upon  the  quality  of  scholarship,  the 
policies  governing  attendance  are: 

1  Students  who  attend  75%  or  more  ses- 
sions in  a  course  are  entitled  to  pass  in 
that  course  if  they  attain  a  minimum 
final  grade  of  D. 

2  Students  who  attend  between  50%  and 
74%  of  the  sessions  in  a  course  are  en- 
titled to  pass  in  that  course  if  they  attain 
a  minimum  final  grade  of  C.  Those  who 
do  not  attain  the  minimum  required 
grade  of  C  may  remove  the  condition 
only  by  means  of  a  make-up  examination 
in  which  they  must  receive  a  mark 
sufficient  to  raise  the  course  grade  to  C. 

3  Students  who  attend  less  than  50%  of 
the  sessions  in  a  course  will  be  considered 
ineligible  to  take  the  final  examination 
or  to  receive  any  credit  for  the  course. 

4  Attendance  credit  is  granted  only  when 
the  student  is  in  attendance  at  least 
three-quarters  of  the  class  period.  Three 
separate  absences  of  less  than  30  minutes 
each  constitute  one  complete  absence 
unless  such  partial  absences  are  canceled 
by  satisfactory  excuses. 


44 


ADMINISTRATIVE   POLICIES 


OUTSIDE    PREPARATION 

It  is  expected  that  students  will  devote  on 
the  average  two  hours  to  preparation  for 
each  hour  spent  in  the  classroom.  A  stu- 
dent carrying  a  normal  program  of  three 
evenings  a  week  will,  therefore,  be  expected 
to  devote  to  outside  preparation  an  average 
of  eleven  to  twelve  hours  a  week.  Some 
courses  require  more  time  for  preparation 
than  others. 

REGULAR    EXAMINATIONS 

The  general  policies  governing  regular 
examinations  are: 

1  A  final  examination  will  be  held  at  the 
end  of  each  course  unless  an  announce- 
ment to  the  contrary  is  made. 

2  The  minimum  passing  grade  in  a  regular 
final  examination  is  D. 

3  In  case  a  student  is  excused  from  a  final 
examination  by  the  Administrative 
Committee,  he  may  take  the  next  regu- 
lar or  conditioned  examination  in  the 
subject.  The  student  who  fails  to 
complete  a  course  within  one  year  from 
the  termination  of  that  course  must 
repeat  the  course,  except  that  in  special 
cases  for  justifiable  cause,  the  Adminis- 
trative Committee  may  waive  this  rule. 

4  The  student  who  has  received  a  passing 
mark  in  a  final  examination  and  in  a 
course  may  not  take  another  examina- 
tion for  the  purpose  of  raising  his  grade 
unless  he  repeats  the  course  in  its 
entirety. 

CONDITIONED 
EXAMINATIONS 

The  following  policies  govern  re-examina- 
tions: 

1  Permission  for  taking  a  make-up  exam- 
ination is  dependent  upon  the  quality  of 
the  work  which  the  student  has  done 
throughout  the  course  and  is  a  privilege 
which  the  Administrative  Committee 
may  grant  to  students  who  have  received 
an  E  grade  or  an  incomplete  (Inc.). 


2  The  conditioned  or  make-up  examina- 
tions are  given  in  September.  Students 
should  consult  the  School  Office  for  the 
specific  dates  of  each  examination. 

3  Only  one  make-up  examination  in  any 
given  subject  is  allowed  for  the  purpose 
of  removing  a  conditional  failure. 

4  A  make-up  examination  for  purposes  of 
removing  a  conditioned  or  incomplete 
grade  must  be  taken  within  the  next 
school  year.  In  such  cases  students  may 
take  either  the  examination  at  the  con- 
ditioned examination  period  or  the  final 
examination  when  next  given  if  within  a 
period  of  one  year.  A  fee  of  $2  is 
charged  for  each  School  of  Business 
examination  taken  out  of  course. 

5  A  minimum  grade  of  65%  is  required  on 
each  make-up  examination  unless  a  high- 
er minimum  is  specified  by  the  Adminis- 
trative Committee. 

6  Whatever  grade  the  student  obtains  on 
the  make-up  examination  is  credited  as 
the  final  examination  grade,  but  in  no 
case  can  the  final  grade  in  the  course  be 
more  than  70%  except  in  the  case  of 
students  who  have  been  excused  from 
taking  the  regular  final  examination. 


TESTS 

Four  tests  in  full-year  courses  and  two  tests 
in  half-year  courses  are  regularly  scheduled. 
These  tests  are  regarded  as  a  part  of  the 
term  or  course  work.  Since  no  make-up 
tests  are  given,  students  who  miss  a  test 
should  confer  with  their  instructors  re- 
garding their  status. 


MARKS    AND    CREDITS 

1   The  following  system  of  grading  is  in 
use: 

Superior  Work,  A;  Above  Average 
Work,  B;  Average  Work,  C;  Lowest 
Passing  Grade,  D;  Unsatisfactory  Work, 
E;  Failure,  F;  Incomplete,  Inc. 


ADMINISTRATIVE    POLICIES 


45 


Students  receiving  an  E,  or  unsatisfac- 
tory work  grade,  in  an  examination  or  as  a 
final  grade  in  the  course,  may  remove  the 
unsatisfactory  grade  by  taking  a  make-up 
examination  when  it  is  next  given,  or  at  the 
time  of  the  conditional  examinations  in 
September.  The  minimum  passing  grade 
of  65%  is  required  on  the  make-up  exami- 
nation, unless  a  higher  minimum  is  desig- 
nated. In  no  case  will  a  student  taking  a 
make-up  examination  be  allowed  more  than 
a  C  for  a  final  grade  even  though  a  higher 
grade  may  be  obtained. 

The  policy  is  followed  of  mailing  all  grade 
and  status  reports  to  students  instead  of 
issuing  these  reports  at  the  School  Office  or 
over  the  telephone. 

2  A  passing  grade  in  a  final  examination  as 
well  as  a  passing  final  grade  in  the  course 
is  necessary  in  order  to  receive  credit  in 
the  course. 

3  Credit  for  one-half  of  a  full-year  course 
is  not  generally  given,  and  in  any  event 
only  upon  approval  by  the  Dean  in 
advance  of  beginning  the  course. 

4  In  order  to  qualify  for  a  degree,  title,  or  a 
certificate  the  student  must  maintain  a 
general  average  of  C  for  the  entire  pro- 
gram. This  is  not  interpreted  to  mean 
that  each  course  must  be  passed  with  a 
grade  of  C,  but  that  the  average  of  all 
courses  must  be  at  least  C.  Grades  of 
courses  credited  by  transfer  or  by 
examination  are  not  included  in  com- 
puting averages. 


GRADUATION    WITH    HONORS 

Honors  are  based  upon  the  excellence  of  the 
work  performed  by  the  students  in  the 
School.  Three  honorary  distinctions  are 
conferred  upon  properly  qualified  candi- 
dates for  the  bachelor's  degree  upon  grad- 
uation: 

1  Highest  honors  to  those  who  have  com- 
pleted all  work  with  an  average  of  95% 
with  no  grade  less  than  C. 


2  High  honors  to  those  who  have  com- 
pleted all  work  with  an  average  of  90% 
with  no  grade  less  than  C. 

3  Honors  to  those  who  have  completed  all 
work  with  an  average  of  85%  with  no 
grade  less  than  C. 

These  honors  are  subject  to  further  con- 
ditions as  follows: 

1  To  be  entitled  to  honors  a  student  must 
have  completed  a  minimum  of  two  full 
years  of  study  in  the  School. 

2  Courses  credited  by  advanced  standing 
whether  by  transfer  or  by  examination 
will  be  eliminated  in  determining  honors. 


PROBATION    AND 
DISCIPLINE 

The  Administrative  Committee  in  dealing 
with  students  whose  work  in  the  School 
may  be  unsatisfactory  or  whose  conduct  is 
such  as  to  make  it  inadvisable  for  them  to 
continue  as  members  of  the  student  body, 
considers  each  case  upon  its  individual 
merits.  The  following  general  principles  are 
kept  in  mind  in  handling  such  cases: 

1  Students  whose  scholarship  in  any  given 
year  is  unsatisfactory  may  be  dropped 
from  the  School  or  may  be  placed  on  pro- 
bation with  the  privilege  of  spending  a 
year  in  review. 

2  When  a  student  is  placed  on  probation, 
the  probation  is  formally  imposed  for  a 
definite  time  and  can  only  be  extended 
by  approval  of  the  Administrative  Com- 
mittee. 

3  The  Administrative  Committee  has  the 
authority  to  dismiss  from  the  School  or 
place  on  probation  at  any  time  or  to 
strike  off  from  the  list  of  candidates  for 
the  degree,  any  student  whom  it  may 
deem  unworthy  either  on  account  of  un- 
satisfactory scholarship  or  for  any  great 
defect  of  conduct  or  character.  The 
Committee  may  ask  any  student  to  with- 
draw from  the  School  who  is  obviously 
out  of  sympathy  with  the  aims  and  ideals 
of  the  School. 


School  of  Business 


Tuition  and  Other  J^ees 


MATRICULATION    FEE 

The  University  matriculation  fee  of  $5 
must  accompany  the  initial  application  for 
admission  to  the  University.  This  fee  is 
not  refundable. 


TUITION    FEES 

Tuition  fees  for  courses  in  the  School  of 
Business  are  based  on  a  charge  of  $>8  a 
semester  hour. 

Complete  Programs 

A  student  carrying  a  normal  program  of 
three  full-year  courses  throughout  the 
school  year  will  complete  fifteen  semester 
hours  of  work  for  which  the  charge  is  $120. 
This  charge  is  payable  in  four  payments  of 
$30,  the  first  being  due  during  the  opening 
week  of  school  and  the  other  three  during 
the  weeks  of  November  18,  January  20, 
and  March  10. 

Single  Courses 

The  charge  for  each  half-year  course 
carrying  two  and  one-half  semester  hours' 
credit  is  $20,  payable  in  two  payments  of 
$10,  and  for  each  full-year  course  carrying 
five  semester  hours'  credit,  $40,  payable  in 
four  payments  of  $10,  except  that  payment 
for  any  course  completed  in  one  semester 
must  be  made  during  the  semester  in  which 
the  course  is  completed. 

Deferred  Payment  Privilege 

Students  who  would  be  denied  the  ad- 
vantages of  a  systematic  education  if  re- 
quired to  meet  the  tuition  payments  in 
the  manner  specified  above,  may  make 
other  payment  arrangements  with  the 
Dean,  if  attendance  is  in  Boston,  or  with 
the  proper  Divisional  officer,  if  attendance 
is  in  one  of  the  Divisions.  A  nominal 
charge  is  made  for  this  service. 


Courses  in  Other  Departments  of 
the  University 

School  of  Business  students  assigned  to 
courses  in  other  departments  of  the  Uni- 
versity are  charged  the  tuition  rates  and 
other  fees  effective  in  the  departments  to 
which  they  are  assigned. 

LATE    REGISTRATION 

No  reduction  in  tuition  is  made  for  late 
registration.  A  student  is  neither  entitled  to 
classroom  privileges  nor  considered  as  regis- 
tered and  enrolled  until  tuition  due  has 
been  paid  or  satisfactory  arrangements 
made  in  person  with  the  Dean,  if  attend- 
ance is  in  Boston,  or  with  the  proper 
Divisional  officer,  if  attendance  is  in  one 
of  the  Divisions. 


STUDENT    ACTIVITIES    FEE 

An  activities  fee  is  charged  all  students  on 
the  following  basis: 

$1  for  students  enrolled  for  courses  not 
exceeding  five  semester  hours. 

$2  for  students  enrolled  for  courses  ex- 
ceeding five  semester  hours. 

The  fee  is  payable  during  the  opening 
week  in  September.  Students  registering  in 
the  second  semester  pay  the  fee  at  the  time 
of  registration.  It  is  administered  by  the 
University  authorities  in  the  interest  of  the 
students,  and  is  used  primarily  to  promote 
extra-curricular  activities. 

OTHER    FEES 

A  fee  of  $1  is  charged  for  each  make-up 
examination  or  advanced  standing  exam- 
ination. This  fee  must  be  paid  on  or  before 
the  date  of  the  examination. 

A  fee  of  $10  is  charged  for  each  of  the 
Business  Readings  courses.  One  half  is 
payable  with  the  September  tuition  pay- 


46 


TUITION    AND    OTHER    FEES 


47 


ment  and  one  half  with  the  January  tuition 
payment.  This  fee  applies  only  to  those 
who  elect  to  submit  Business  Readings  in 
lieu  of  a  thesis,  and  is  payable  ordinarily 
during  the  Upper  Middler  and  Junior  years. 

A  thesis  fee  of  $20  is  required  of  all  de- 
gree candidates  who  elect  to  write  theses. 
This  fee  is  payable  upon  presentation  of  the 
thesis  which  is  due  not  later  than  March  15 
of  the  year  in  which  the  student  expects  to 
receive  the  degree. 

The  University  graduation  fee,  charged 
to  those  who  are  candidates  for  a  degree,  is 
$10,  payable  on  or  before  May  1st  of  the 
year  in  which  the  student  expects  to  grad- 
uate. A  fee  of  $5  is  charged  to  all  candi- 
dates for  a  title  or  certificate  and  is  payable 
on  or  before  May  1st  of  the  year  the  pro- 
gram is  to  be  completed. 


EXPENSE  FOR  BOOKS  AND 
MATERIALS 

Students  purchase  their  own  textbooks 
and  working  materials.  The  cost  varies 
according  to  the  subjects  for  which  the  stu- 
dent is  enrolled.  The  average  cost  for  a 
normal  program  of  three  subjects  is  about 
$13,  with  a  maximum  of  approximately  $20. 
The  textbooks  for  single  courses  range 
from  $1.25  to  $5. 


GENERAL    FINANCIAL 
INFORMATION 

Checks  should  be  drawn  payable  to  North- 
eastern University. 

Students  who  have  withdrawn  from  a 
course  for  good  cause  and  who  are  per- 
mitted to  repeat  it  are  credited  with  the 
tuition  previously  paid  on  that  course,  pro- 
vided they  re-enroll  for  the  same  course 
within  the  next  two  college  years.  The 
credit  cannot  be  applied,  however,  until  the 
balance  due  on  the  course  has  been  paid. 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  attend 
class  sessions  or  take  any  examinations  or 


tests  until  they  have  paid  their  tuition  tees 
or  have  made  satisfactory  arrangements 
for  payments. 

Students  will  not  be  advanced  in  class 
standing,  or  permitted  to  re-enroll  in  the 
University,  nor  will  degrees  be  conferred 
until  all  financial  obligations  to  the  Univer- 
sity have  been  met. 

No  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal  will 
be  issued  to  any  student  who  has  not  fully 
met  his  financial  obligations  to  the  Univer- 
sity. 


WITHDRAWALS  AND 
REFUNDS  POLICY 

In  the  event  a  student  is  obliged  to  with- 
draw from  the  School  in  which  he  is  en- 
rolled for  causes  deemed  adequate  by  the 
Committee  on  Withdrawals,  the  balance  of 
the  tuition  paid  after  the  following  deduc- 
tions have  been  made  will  be  refunded: 

a.  Four  per  cent  of  the  total  yearly  tui- 
tion charge  shall  be  deducted  for  each 
week  of  attendance  or  fraction  thereof, 
in  the  event  of  enrollment  for  a  full 
school  year. 

b.  Ten  per  cent  of  the  total  tuition 
charged  shall  be  deducted  for  each 
week  of  attendance  or  fraction  thereof, 
in  the  event  of  enrollment  for  a  semes- 
ter. 

The  amount  of  tuition  to  be  charged  in 
the  case  of  withdrawals  shall  be  computed 
as  indicated  under  a  and  b  above  from  the 
date  of  each  quarterly  payment. 

Matriculation,  examination,  thesis,  and 
other  fees  are  not  refundable  except  that 
graduation  and  certificate  charges  will  be 
refunded  in  case  of  non-qualification. 

No  refunds  are  granted  unless  the  appli- 
cation for  withdrawal  is  filed  within  forty 
five  days  after  the  student  has  ceased  at- 
tendance. 


School  of  Business 


T)egrees  (Conferred  in  1 93  9 


Robert  Frederick.  Anderson- 
Arthur  Olaf  Carlsen 
Everett  Dale  Cookson 
Thomas  Henry  Duffy,  Jr. 
James  Theadore  Dwyer 
Edward  Cuthbert  Emslie 
James  Henry  Hunter 
Mary  Catena  LoVerme 
Otto  Carlson  Mason 
Paul  Joseph    Mason 

Robert  William  Cherry 


BOSTON 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration 

Adam  Alfred  Mednts 
William  Sydney  Michael 
Achilles  Charles  Penna 
William  John  Penna 
Ellis  Merton  Purinton 
Francis  Joseph  Schaefer 
George  Haven  Sharp 
Leverett  Glading  Stanley 
Louis  Weiner 


T  H     HONOR 

Adelbert  Joseph  Gascon 


Robert  Norman  Arick 
Joseph  Feldman 


WORCESTER     DIVISION 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration 

Roger  Andrew  Palmgren 
Harold  Gardner  Russell 


SPRINGFIELD    DIVISION 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration 


Jeanette  Gladys  Berman 
Leon  Drayton  Chapin,  Jr. 
Deane  Stanley  Clark 
Edmund  Francis  Daborowski 
Violet  Lillian  Desilets 
Edward  Raymond  Dupuis 
Russell  Edward  Kraft 
Harold  Arthur  LeDuc 


Robert  Donald  Gourlie 


John  Raymond  Lester 
Mildred  Mae  Lezinski 
Stanley  Clifford  Mathison 
Joseph  Wtilliam  Murphy 
Kenneth  Francis  Nolan 
John  Herbert  Riffelmacher 
Ernest  Carl  Swanson 
Stephen  William  Warwick 

WITH     HONOR 

Philip  Hotchkiss  Porter 


Charles  William  Galiano 
Malcolm  Arthur  Newton 
Elliot  Revkin 
Richard  Melvin  Rogers 


PROVIDENCE    DIVISION 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration 

Arthur  Joseph  Rousseau 
Joseph  Shorr 
Randall  William  Tucker 
Oliver  Septer  Wilbur 


48 


School  of  Business 


Ttegister  of  Students,  ipjp-^O 


Allardice,  George  M. 
Allen,  Russell  C. 
Anderson,  A.  Sherwood 
Anderson,  Ellen  K. 
Anderson,  Frank  T. 
Anderson,  Fred  L. 
Anderson,  James  W. 
Anderson,  Roy  C.  A. 
Andreasian,  Grace  D. 
Andrews,  Leon  E. 
Antonelli,  Joseph  C. 
Antonelli,  Pasquale 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University 
Ash,  Melvin  H. 
Ash,  Virginia  G. 

Babin,  Edward  J. 
Bain,  William  R. 
Baker,  Harry  D. 
Baker,  Muriel 
Balch,  Edward  S. 
Band,  Channon 
Bankoff,  Edward  W. 
Banks,  Harold  V. 
Barbato,  Alphonse  W. 
Barnett,  Louis  H. 
Barrese,  Edwin  G. 
Barrett,  Frank  A.,  Jr. 
Bartholomew,  David  E. 
Barton,  Charles  S. 
Beaton,  Arthur  K. 
Beckett,  Arthur  E. 
Belshunas,  Ann  M. 
Belt,  Marjorie  E. 
Benedict,  William  C,  Jr. 
Berkowitz,  Melvin 
Berlin,  Morry  S. 
Beyer,  Frederick  A.,  Jr. 
Bielawski,  Edmund  J. 
Bimbo,  Sabino  C. 
Blair,  Belmont  A. 
Boetje,  Gerard  H. 
Bolter,  Harry  G. 
Booker,  Forace  L. 
Borison,  Melville 
Bornstein,  Barnet 
Bouck,  Delbert 
Bowers,  Harold  B. 
Bowes,  Frederick  T. 
Bowler,  Arthur  W. 
Bradford,  Ray  E. 
Brennan,  John  J. 

LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 
Breslin,  Francis  J. 
Brick,  Harry  A. 
Bridgham,  Albert  F. 
Brodecki,  Andrew  A. 
Brooke,  David  R. 
Brooks,  Richard  W. 
Brooks,  Thomas  W. 
Brown,  David  N. 
Brown,  Joseph  J. 
Brown,  Milo  F.,  Jr. 
Buck,  John  G. 
Bunten,  Andrew  D. 
Burnett,  Lester  J. 
Burns,  John  E. 
Burrell,  Arthur  E. 
Burton,  Lloyd  P. 
Bush,  Allen  B. 
Buttrick,  William  R. 


BOSTON 

Boston 

Cadigan,  Francis  X. 

Dorchester 

Lexington 

Cadigan,  Joseph  W. 

Boston 

Belmont 

Callahan,  Francis  J. 

Somerville 

Norwood 

Callender,  Robert  S.,  Jr. 

Boston 

Medford 

Carboney,  Lawrence  F. 

Newton  Center 

Beverly 

Carlson,  Ralph  F. 

Watertown 

North  Scituate 

Carroll,  Alfred  S. 

Wellesley  Hills 

Hyde  Park 

Casavant,  Robert  H. 

Beverly 

Lynn 

Casperson,  John  H. 

Readville 

Southboro 

Cavanaugh,  John  W. 

Newtonville 

Newton 

Cave,  Eleanor  S. 

Dedham 

Boston 

Chalfin,  John 

Dorchester 

Chase,  Harry  C. 

North  Quiney 

Woburn 

Chod,  Stanley  J. 

Boston 

Woburn 

Christiansen,  Einar  H. 

Maiden 

Cicchetti,  Arthur  E. 

Beverly 

Dorchester 

Civilinski,  Mary  L. 

Walpole 

Somerville 

Clark,  George  J. 

Lowell 

Natick 

Clark,  William  H. 

Waltham 

Belmont 

Clayton,  George  R. 

Methuen 

Everett 

Cleveland,  Frederick  C. 

Auburndale 

Maiden 

Clulow,  Edward  D. 

Boston 

Chelsea 

Cochrane,  Walter  W. 

Readville 

Belmont 

Cockcroft,  Lillian  M. 

Everett 

Watertown 

Coffey,  John  R. 

Weymouth 

Maiden 

Coffidis,  John  J. 

Brighton 

Somerville 

Colker,  Norman 

Mattapan 

Brighton 

Collins,  Floyd  A. 

Brockton 

Winchester 

Colotti,  Carmine  J. 

East  Boston 

Beverly 

Condon,  Charles  R. 

Cambridge 

Allston 

Cook,  Edward  M. 

Arlington 

Medford 

A.B.,  Harvard  University 

Hudson 

Cook,  Herbert  E. 

Jamaica  Plain 

Wellesley  Hills 

Cooley,  Eleanor  L. 

West  Somerville 

Boston 

Cooper,  Walter  C. 

West  Medford 

Dorchester 

CORAINE,    NATALE 

Swampscott 

Brookline 

Corcoran,  Eleanor  J. 

Arlington 

Hyde  Park 

Corcoran,  J.  Frank 

Somerville 

Dorchester 

Corcoran,  Thomas  E. 

Cambridge 

Somerville 

Corey,  Roger  F. 

Mansfield 

Boston 

B.B.A.,  Northeastern  University 

Dedham 

Corley,  Thomas  F. 

Brookline 

West  Newton 

Coscia,  Eugene  A. 

Revere 

Boston 

Costello,  Thomas  J. 

Arlington 

Dorchester 

Coursey,  C.  Homer 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Cray,  John  J. 

Maiden 

Saugus 

Creighton,  William  J. 

Maiden 

Concord 

Cronin,  Thomas  V. 

South  Boston 

Somerville 

Crosby,  Clarence  M. 

Brookline 

Winchester 

Crosby,  Fred  R. 

Hyde  Park 

North  Abington 

Crossen,  Nicholas  C. 

Roslindale 

Somerville 

Cudhea,  Carl  B. 

Hollis  Depot 

Cullen,  Richard  F. 

Boston 

Allston 

B.  of  E.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 

Institute 

Boston 

Curtin,  Paul  T. 

Lynn 

Braintree 

Cushing,  Arthur  S. 

Norwood 

Medford 

Czyzewski,  Boleslaw  A. 

Chelsea 

Riverside,  R.  I. 

West  Roxbury 

Daggett,  James  N. 

North  Cambridge 

Lynn 

Dahlby,  Mildred  A. 

Quiney 

Lynn 

Dalton,  Francis  P. 

Lynnfield 

Somerville 

Dangio,  Louis 

Waltham 

Brookline 

Danner,  Frederick 

Dedham 

Watertown 

Dantzker,  Philip  F. 

Lynn 

Watertown 

Davala,  George  A. 

Watertown 

Maiden 

Davenport,  Edwin  H. 

Medford 

Charlestown 

Davenport,  Ralph  H. 

Newton  Center 

Boston 

Davis,  Marjorie 

Brockton 

Brookline 

Decatur,  Richard  G. 

Needham 

Brighton 

Decot,  Joffre  A. 

Roslindale 

Cambridge 

DeCourcy,  Donald  J. 

Lynn 

49 


50 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    1  9  3  9  -  40 


Devens.  Charles 

A.B.,  Harvard  College 
Dickinson,  M.  John,  Jr. 
DiFranco,  Fred  A. 
DiNapoli,  Donald  E. 
DiVirgilio,  James  V. 
Dodge,  Robert  W. 
Donahue,  Myrtle  C. 
Donahue,  Walter  J. 
Doorly,  Paul  H. 
Downs,  George  J. 
Doyle,  Frank  J. 
Doyle,  James  J. 
Doyle,  John  P. 
Duffy,  James  A. 
Dunbrack,  J.  Elwood 
Dunlap,  Sedley  F. 
Dyson,  Edward 

Eagerman,  A.  Charles 
Eagerman,  Frank 
Earle,  Gordon  R. 
Edmonston,  Leslie  M. 
Eggers,  Earl  H. 
Eigen,  Barney 
Eisenman,  Gerald 
Eldridge,  Marchant  W. 
Ellis,  Herbert  ('. 
Ellis,  Robert  E. 
Erbe,  Gustaye 
Erickson,  Winnifred  J. 
Errico,  Louis  W. 
Evans,  Edward  W. 
Everson,  Leighton  R. 

Fall,  David  B. 
Farrell,  Frederick  M. 
Favaloro,  Thomas  A. 
Featherston,  Charles  M. 
Ferola,  Francis  A. 
Ferraresi,  Frank  L. 
Field,  Wendell  D. 
Finkel,  Julius 
Flaherty,  Catherine  M. 
Flaherty,  Joseph 
Fletcher,  Eugene  C. 
Fontaine,  Lloyd  W. 
Forsgren,  Ralph  V. 
Forward,  Edwin  M. 
Foster,  Theodore  F. 
Fradkoff,  Herman- 
Frank,  Leo 
Freiwald,  Fritz  R. 
Fritsch,  Louis  H. 


Milton 

Melrose 

South  Boston 

Woburn 

East  Lynn 

Bedford 

Boston 

Medford 

Stoneham 

Dedham 

Boston 

Medford 

( "ambiidge 

Brighton 

Lynn 

Boston 

Milton 

Roxbury 

Roxbury 

Cambridge 

Wollaston 

Framingham 

Roxbury 

Chelsea 

Arlington 

Swampscott 

South  Boston 

Waltham 

Wollaston 

Winchester 

Watertown 

Quincy 

Boston 

Lynn 

Jamaica  Piain 

Newton 

Cambridge 

Somerville 

Lowell 

Roxbury 

Boston 

Woburn 

Swampscott 

Haverhill 

Belmont 

Framingham 

Billerica 

Dorchester 

Boston 

Jamaica  Plain 

Cambridge 


Gabeler,  William  T. 
Gaebler,  Dr.  William  C. 

M.D.,  New  York  Medical  College 
Gamble,  Lawrence  E. 
Gammons,  Albion  F. 
Gannon,  Robert  F. 
Garabedian,  John  S. 
Garr,  Stuart  L. 
Gascon,  Adelbert  J. 

B.B.A.,  LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 
Gately,  Charles  L. 
Gebhard,  Leonard  Jr. 
Gemelli,  Joseph  C. 
Germanic,  Morris 
Gerrish,  Winslow  F. 
Giampapa,  Vincent  J. 
Giffen,  Ronald  H. 
Gilbert,  Allister  C. 
Giles,  Frederick  A..  Jr. 

GlNSBURG,    CARLETON 

Glidden.  Herbert  W. 
Glowacki.  Walter  W. 
Godfrey,  Lauris  S.,  Jr. 
Goldfield,   Maurice  H. 
Goldfine,  Israel 
Golding,  Ralph  Q. 
Goodman,  Philip  H. 
Goodrich,  Earle  A. 
Goodwin,  Paul  E. 
Gordon,  Jacob  M. 
Gore,  Bernard  L. 


Wellesley 
Foxboro 

Beverly 

Methuen 

Brighton 

Holbrook 

Dorchester 

Boston 


Haverhill 

South  Weymouth 

Dorchester 

Boston 

Melrose 

Medford 

Somerville 

Watertown 

Milton 

Brookline 

South  Braintree 

Lawrence 

Jamaica  Plain 

Chelsea 

Maiden 

Mattapan 

Roxbury 

Cambridge 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Everett 


Goss,  Rudolph 
Gottleb,  Morris  J. 
Gough,  Robert  J. 
Green,  Gertrude 
Greene,  George  S. 
Greenleaf,  Esther  F. 
Gregerman,  Edward  B. 
Grossack,  Alexander 
Guay,  Catherine  E. 
Gustafson,  Howard  R. 

Hadley,  Howard  E. 
Hadsell,  Ben  J. 
Haley,  Anna  E. 
Hall,  Lennard  C. 
Hamilton,  James  C,  Jr. 
Hamilton,  Roger  A. 
Hanf,  A.  Walter 
Hanjian,  Nltbar 
Hansen,  Christian  E. 
Harkins,  Katharine  M. 
Harrington,  Joseph  F. 
Harris,  Peter  A. 
Hart,  John  E. 
Harter.  Robert  J. 
Hathaway,  A.  Homer,  Jr. 
Hausman,  George 
Hefron,  Paul  E. 
Henderson,  Theron  S. 
Hendrix,  William  \V. 
Henry,  Robert  P. 
Hoar.  Adon  R. 
Hoefer,  William  I. 
Holden,  Earl  R. 

B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University 
Holmes,  George  W.,  Jr. 
Honohan,  Madeline  A. 
Hopfe,  Justin  G. 
Hopkins,  George  H.,  Jr. 
Hulbert,  L.  Willis 
Hunt,  Clifford  M. 
Hunter,  Herman  C. 
Hunter,  Thomas  D. 
Hurlburt,  Arthur  S. 
Hutchings,  Albert  R. 
Hutchings,  Lawrence  A. 
Hvoslef,  Arthur  M. 
Hyder,  Philip  N. 

Jackson,  George  J. 
Jackson,  Irene  C. 
Jackson,  Robert  W. 
Jenkins,  Walter  W. 
Jezak,  Walter  M. 

JOHNIDES,    CONSTANTINE   J. 

Johnson,  Carl  E. 
Johnson,  Ernest  C. 

LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 
Johnson,  Leonard  V. 
Johnson,  Paul 
Johnston,  Francis 
Jones,  Frank  L.,  Jr. 
Joyce,  Joseph  S. 

Kamberelis,  John 
Karp,  Jacob 
Katz,  Samuel 
Kaulback,  Hazen  M. 
Keach,  Alfred  C. 
Keefe,   David 
Keeler,  Everett  B. 
Kehoe,  Thomas  P. 
Kellegrew,  Raymond  S. 
Kelly,  Joseph  M. 

LL  B.,  Northeastern  University 
Kennedy,  Kathryn  A. 
Kenney,  William  J.,  Jr. 
Ketchum,  Richard  J. 
Keyes,  Margaret  M. 
Kidd,  William 
Kilroy,  Edward  T.  J. 
King,  Richard  M. 
Klose,  Stanley  F. 
Knowles,  Douglas 
Koe,  Arthur  W. 
Konetzky,  E.  Walter 


Norwood 

Dorchester 

Medford 

Newton 

Cambridge 

Salem 

Dorchester 

Mattapan 

East  Boston 

Brockton 

Boston 

Boston 

Salem 

Arlington 

Lexington 

Lynn 

Belmont 

Lynn 

Quincy 

Charlestown 

Lynn 

Watertown 

Bradford 

Boston 

Wollaston 

Newton 

Brighton 

Maiden 

Medford 

Cambridge 

Beverly 

Dedham 

Attleboro 

Wollaston 

Walpole 

Newton 

Cambridge 

Melrose 

E.  Providence,  R.  I. 

Newtonville 

Dorchester 

Medford 

Newton  Highlands 

Watertown 

Hyde  Park 

Boston 

Dorchester 
Boston 
Melrose 
Maiden 
Lowell 
Boston 
Arlington 
Boston 

Swampscott 

East  Milton 

Brighton 

Milton 

Jamaica  Plain 

Haverhill 

Salem 

Brookline 

Maiden 

Somerville 

Lynn 

Brighton 

Dorchester 

Cambridge 

Newton  Center 

Somerville 

Brookline 

Hingham 

West  Medford 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Weymouth 

Lynn 

Lynn 

Dorchester 

Roslindale 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    19  39  -40 


51 


Kopiecki,  Albert  D. 
Kubiak,  George 
Kudzi,  Alexander 
Kuempel,  Peter 
Kullberg,  Winston  A. 
Kundsin,  Theodore  J. 

LaCognata,  Emanuel  J. 
Ladd,  Walter  I. 
Lafreniere,  Joseph  F. 
Lally,  William  E. 
Landry,  George  A. 
Lanes,  Earle  E. 
LaPlante,  Ethel  S. 
Larson,  Lennart  J. 
Lauzon,  Leonard  G. 
Lawrence,  Arnold  W. 
Leadbetter,  Roger  A. 
Lee,  Tao  Ting 

LL.B.,  Sun  yat-sen  University 
Lennon,  James  B. 
Lenox,  Norman 
Lethbridge,  William  J. 
Levin,  Harold 
Levine,  Irving  X. 
Levine,  Paul 
Levison,  Malcolm  B. 
Liebke,  George  D. 
Liebman,  David  I. 
Liehr,  Herman  P. 
Light,  Galen  D.,  Jr. 
Lightbody,  John  R. 
Lind,  Kenneth  J. 
Linnekin,  Philip  E. 
Liverman,  Robert  G. 
Lofgren,  Richard  J. 
Lojko,  Helen  M. 
Lothrop,  James  K.,  Jr. 
Lowe,  John  E. 
Lundquist,  Edward  C. 
Lynch,  William  F. 

MacDonald,  Allen 
MacDonald,  Robert  A. 
MacDonald,  Walter  G. 
MacGregor,  William  D. 
MacKay,  Wilbert  F. 
MacLeod,  M.  Ross 
MacNeill,  Donald  H. 
MacPhee,  Odin  H. 
MacQueen,  Alexander  L. 
MacRae,  Kenneth  A. 
Madden,  James  M. 
Mahler,  Louis  H. 
Mallion,  George  A. 

B.  Ch.E.,  Northeastern  University 
Malone,  Arthur  F. 
Maltby,  Freeman  E. 
Mann,  Howard 
Manning,  John  J. 
Mannis,  Francis  L. 
Manson,  Arthur  E. 
Marcy,  Carl  J. 
Markham,  Martin  J. 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University 
Mason,  Clifford  O.,  Jr. 
Mason,  Mary  N. 
Masucci,  Richard  J. 
Mateik,  Emanuel  W. 
Maus,  William  J. 
Maxfield,  Charles  F. 

B.B.A.,  Northeastern  University 
Mayo,  Horace  C. 
Mazza,  Francis  S. 
Mazzei,  Peter  G. 
McCann,  Mark  J. 
McCarthy,  Jerome  F. 
McCulloch,  John  F. 
McDade,  Henry  J. 
McGough,  John  J. 
McGrath,  John  J. 
McGuiness,  Thomas  P. 
McIntyre,  John  N. 
McLaren,  Gordon  L. 
McLaughlin,  James  R. 
McLeod.  Evelyn  A. 


Lynn 

McNeil,  James  J. 

Auburndale 

Chelsea 

McNeill,  Arthur  E. 

Somerville 

Lynn 

McPherson,  Edward  J. 

Milton 

Boston 

McVinney,  Francis  P. 

Hyde  Park 

Somerville 

Mead,  John  S. 

Milton 

Boston 

Meehan,  James  M. 

Charlestown 

Melanson,  Francis  G. 

Lynn 

Methuen 

Meloy,  William  H. 

Boston 

Weston 

Meyers,  Harry  J. 

East  Dedham 

Boston 

Michaelson,  Eliot  D. 

Dorchester 

Boston 

Mihalopoulos,  Lambros  A. 

Roxbury 

Arlington 

Milgroom,  Theodore 

Brookline 

Lynn 

Minichiello,  Arthur  F. 

East  Boston 

Boston 

Mitchell,  Douglas  F. 

Lynn 

Somerville 

Mitchell,  John  F. 

Marlboro 

Lynn 

Monac,  E.  Joseph 

Dorchester 

Dedham 

Mongeau,  Arthur  R. 

Maiden 

Belmont 

Montgomery,  Murdo 

Boston 

Boston 

Moody,  Richard  P. 

Arlington 

Moore,  Raleigh  J. 

Maiden 

Lincoln 

Moran,  Edward  F. 

Watertown 

Dorchester 

Morano,  Michael 

East  Boston 

West  Roxbury 

Morash,  Walter  H. 

Watertown 

Dorchester 

Morris,  Warren  W. 

Cambridge 

Maiden 

Mosca,  John 

Lawrence 

Roxbury 

Mosgofian,  Simon 

Chelsea 

Brookline 

Mossman,  Donald  G. 

Somerville 

Somerville 

Moulton,  Leroy  N. 

West  Peabody 

South  Sudbury 

Mudge,  Elizabeth  W. 

Belmont 

Arlington 

Muehlberg,  Walter  K. 

Maiden 

Belmont 

B.B.A.,  Northeastern  University 

Framingham 

Mullen,  Charles  J. 

Reading 

Newton  Center 

Murphy,  John  J. 

Jamaica  Plain 

West  Somerville 

Murphy,  Richard  F. 

Jamaica  Plain 

Roxbury 

Murray,  Glen  J. 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Murray,  Joseph  P. 

Wollaston 

Salem 

Murstein,  Leon 

Roxbury 

Needham 

Myette,  Arthur  F. 

Maiden 

Cambridge 

Lynn 

Nadworny.  Steven  C 

Lynn 

Dorchester 

Nagle,  David  P. 

Brighton 

Naglin,  H.  Lawrence 

Dorchester 

Dorchester 

Navoy,  Anthony  F. 

Chelsea 

Somerville 

Newman,   John    Jr. 

Roslindale 

Watertown 

Newpol,  Edward 

Roxbury 

Dorchester 

Nicolosi,  Charles  J. 

Gloucester 

Somerville 

Norton,  William  L. 

Boston 

Reading 

Nyquist,  Elbert  A. 

West  Lynn 

Roxbury 

Lexington 

Oates,  John  P.,  Jr. 

Watertown 

Milton 

O'Berg,  Clayton  W. 

South  Boston 

Somerville 

O'Brien,  Joseph  A. 

Somerville 

Dorchester 

O'CONNELL,    LENAHAN 

Boston 

Brookline 

A.B.,  Boston  College 

Lexington 

LL.B.,  Boston  University 

O'Connell,  William  A. 

Quincy 

Jamaica  Plain 

O'Connor,  Thomas  J. 

Lynn 

Stoughton 

B.S.,  Tufts  College 

Roxbury 

O'Hare,  Thomas  J. 

Dorchester 

Roslindale 

Oliver,  Dorothy  W. 

Kingston 

Brookline 

Olsen,  Oscar  A. 

Beverly 

Dorchester 

Ormsby,  John  W. 

Greenwood 

Medford 

B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University 

Stoneham 

Osinski,  Henry 

Boston 

Owens,  Thomas  J. 

Medford 

Winchester 

Oxenham,  Edward  F. 

Roslindale 

Haverhill 

East  Boston 

Packer,  William  A. 

East  Weymouth 

Beverly 

Paglia,  Bruno  A. 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Papayianes,  John 

Boston 

West  Lynn 

Parker,  Forrest  K. 

Lowell 

Parker,  John  W. 

Boston 

Boston 

Pastore,  Fred  G. 

East  Boston 

Cambridge 

Patteson,  Robert  L. 

Wellesley  Hills 

South  Boston 

Paul,  Gordon  D. 

Melrose 

Brighton 

Paul,  Ralph  M. 

Squantum 

Maiden 

Penna,  William 

Winchester 

North  Weymouth 

B.B.A.,  Northeastern  University 

Waban 

Perry,  Everett  J. 

Stoughton 

Waltham 

Peterson,  Donald  B. 

Peabody 

Woburn 

Peterson,  James  J. 

Revere 

Watertown 

Phillips,  Donald  R. 

Lynn 

Lynn 

Pickett,  George  T. 

Roxbury 

Brookline 

Pope,  George  B'.,  Jr. 

Newton 

Newton  Centre 

Porfert,  Charles  S. 

Dorchester 

Boston 

Potter.  Clyne  H. 

Boston 

52 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    19  39-40 


Potter,  Philip  J. 
Powers,  Richard  C. 
Proctor,  Harold  I. 
Pugsley,  George  T. 

A.B.,  Colby  College 
Pugsley,  John  T. 
Purcell,  William  F. 
Purinton,  Donald  R. 

B.S..  Bales  College 

Ramey,  Bernard  F. 
Randall,  Theodore  R. 
Rando,  Charles  J. 
Rea,  Patrick  C. 
Reed,  Charles  H. 
Regan,  George  J. 
Reilly,  Daniel  J. 
Reilly,  William  F. 
Renney,  Andrew  B. 
Reynolds,  Milton  H. 
Riccio,  William  A. 
Rice,  Esmond  S.,  Jr. 
Richardson,  Clark  A. 
Ring,  Agnes  I. 
Robinson,  Guy  C. 
Robinson,  W.  Calvin 
Rogers,  Harold  M. 
Rosen,  Jordan  A. 
Ross,  Norman  E. 
Rostrum,  Helen  A. 
Rosnov,  Maxwell 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University 
Roumeliotis,  Peter  M. 

B.S.,  Chicago  Technical  College 
Roundburg,  Richard  L. 
Rowe,  Hubert  D. 
Rowlands,  Walter 
Rubin,  Saul 
Ruscetta,  Bernard 
Russell,  Fannie  S. 

A.B.,  Radcliffe  College 
Rutter,  Robert  E. 

Sandwen,  Leroy  H. 
Saunders,  Robert  J. 
Savage,  Kathryn  B. 
Sawyer,  William  R. 
Scali,  Nicholas  V. 
Scantlebury,  Herbert  A. 
Schmidt,  Joseph  H. 
Seagrave,  Frank  H. 
Searle,  William  S. 
Seaver,  Nelson  H.,  Jr. 
Seidman,  Elliot  C. 
Sena,  Gabriel  N. 
Shannon,  Francis  X. 
Shaw,  Frederic  L. 
A.B.,  Tufts  College 
Shaw,  Herbert  A. 
Shea,  Charles  W. 
Sheehan,  William  J. 
Sherman,  Charles  A. 
Shine,  William  R. 
Shrader,  Hazel  M. 
Shuman,  Robert  S. 
Shuster,  Francis  B.,  Jr. 
Silver,  Herbert  M. 
Silverman,  Lester 
Singer,  Max  J. 
Sjoquist,  Walter  L. 
Skeffington,  Donald  R. 
Skoglund,  Oscar  W. 
Slack,  George  C. 
Slade,  Robert  C. 
Sleigh,  James  B. 
Sloan,  George  W. 
Smith,  Harold  G. 
Smith,  Lester  P. 
Smith,  Nelson  P. 
Smith,  Paul  T. 
Smith,  Peter  W. 
Solomon,  Florence  M. 
Solomon,  George  C. 
Sommers,  Harold  F. 
Soney,  Arnold  C. 
Sorenson,  Andrew  P.,  Jr. 
Soule,  Lawrence  P. 


Wakefield 

Boston 

Watertown 

Watertown 

Waltham 

Peabody 

Boston 

Roslindale 
Stoneham 
Lynn 
Boston 
Winchester 
Lynn 
Lawrence 
Belmont- 
Dorchester 
Lynn 
West  Medford 
Waban 
Stoneham 
Melrose 
Medford 
Belmont 
South  Weymouth 
Somerville 
Braintree 
Medford 
Mattapan 

Lynn 

Roxbury 

Boston 

Needham 

Chelsea 

East  Weymouth 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Avon 

Stoneham 

Belmont 

Lawrence 

Watertown 

Winthrop 

Roslindale 

Wellesley 

Methuen 

Braintree 

Dorchester 

Medford 

Dorchester 

Cambridge 

Lynn 

Belmont 

Milton 

Hingham 

Cambridge 

Waban 

Brookline 

West  Newton 

Cambridge 

Mattapan 

Roxbury 

Mattapan 

Salem 

Quincy 

Needham 

Belmont 

Cambridge 

Belmont 

Boston 

Boston 

Boston 

Brockton 

Melrose 

Somerville 

Framingham 

Dorchester 

Melrose 

Melrose 

Arlington 


Spagnuolo,  Quirino  M. 
Spear,  Earle  T. 
Splaine,  Edward  J. 
Staples,  Harriet  E. 
Starbird,  Sumner  G. 
Starr,  Edward  J. 

B.B.A.,  Boston  University 
Starrs,  Charles  J. 
Sullivan,  Francis  A. 
Sullivan,  Leo  A. 
Swan,  Richard  L. 
Swanson,  Richard  T.,  Jr. 
Talcott,  Thomas  W. 
Talmo,  Thomas  C. 
Tapsell,  Charles  F. 
Tate,  Walter  S.  B.. 
Tattersall,  Samuel  G. 
Taylor,  Edwin  H. 
Taylor,  Janet  E. 
Taylor,  Raymond  F. 
Tewksbury,  Hamilton  T. 
Thompson,  Alice  N. 
Titus,  Peter  L. 
Todis,  Rita 
Topham,  Arthur  H. 
Topham,  Robert  C. 
Towne,  Milton  C. 
Tracy,  Chester  E.,  Jr. 
True,  William  G. 
Turkington,  William  E. 
Turner,  Tage  T. 
Tyrrell,  James  J. 
VanBubar,  Dorothy  I. 
Vaughan,  Charles  F. 
Vedder,  Alan  C. 
Venuti,  William  B. 
Vickery,  Ralph  L. 
Volpe,  Joseph  V. 
Vose,  Atherton  C. 

B.A.,  Williams  College 
Vrattos,  Charles  G. 
Walton,  Clarence  W. 
Watson,  Edmund  V. 

B.S.,  Tufts  College 
Weafer,  Robert  J. 
Webb,  Henry  A.  J. 

B.S.,  Northeastern  University 
Weber,  Henry  F. 
Weden,  Paul  G.,  Jr. 
Weekes,  Thomas  T. 
Weinberg,  Jerome 

LL.B.,  Boston  University 
Welsh,  William  F. 
West,  Edward  A. 
West,  William  H. 
Weston,  William 
Westover,  Orville  F. 
Whigham,  Merton  R. 
White,  John  J. 
White,  Murray  L. 
Whiting,  Doris  E. 
Whitworth,  Thomas,  Jr. 
Wiggins,  Paul  H. 
Wilkinson,  S.  Frances 
Willey,  Clive  S. 
Williams,  Fred  C,  Jr. 
Wilson,  Charles  R. 
Wilson,  Joseph  F. 
Wimbauer,  Charles  J. 
Winters,  Paul  R. 
Wisefield,  Robert  A. 
Withington,  C.  Frederick 
Wolcott,  Robert  S. 

A.B.,  Harvard  University 
Wolfendale,  Charles  W. 
Woodberry,  Preston  E. 
Worden,  George  E. 
Wright,  Carl  J. 

Yankowski,  Victor  S. 
Young,  Arthur  C. 
Young,  George  F. 

Zacchini,  Henry  F. 
Zaiger,  Albert 
Zeltzer,  Philip 


East  Boston 

Biighton 

Milton 

Campello 

Watertown 

Roxbury 

Boston 

Wellesley 

Dorchester 

Boston 

Rockport 

Medford 

Somerville 

Brookline 

Harvard 

Quincy 

Lowell 

Somerville 

Methuen 

Hingham 

Wollaston 

Boston 

Roxbury 

Hyde  Park 

Hyde  Park 

Needham 

West  Newton 

Waltham 

Boston 

Mattapan 

Milton 

Boston 

Boston 

Boston 

Somerville 

Brighton 

Boston 

Brookline 

Roslindale 

Dedham 

Milton 

Dorchester 
Beverly 

Newton 

North  Quincy 

Boston 

Brookline 

Brookline 

Boston 

Cambridge 

Roxbury 

Dorchester 

Waltham 

Somerville 

Waltham 

Braintree 

Peabody 

Holbrook 

Brookline 

Boston 

Melrose 

Medford 

Wellesley 

Jamaica  Plain 

Belmont 

Roxbury 

Maiden 

Milton 

Lynn 

Beverly 

Cambridge 

Brookline 

Watertown 

Brookline 

Lynn 

Boston 

Dorchester 

Chelsea 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    19  39  -40 


53 


WORCESTER    DIVISION 


Adams,  Clayton  \V. 
Adams,  John  D. 

A.B.,  Dartmouth  College 
Ahlin,  Wilson  E. 
Anderson,  A.  Gordon 
Anderson,  Arthur  H. 
Anderson,  Bertram 
Anderson,  Evert  M. 
Anderson,  Harold  E. 
Aramony,  Eli  R. 
Arter,  Harry 

Barrows,  Robert  W. 
Bashford,  Lloyd  G. 
Bastek,  Edmond  W. 
Batstone,  Beryl  B. 
Beaton,  Alfred  T. 
Belletete,  Raymond  A, 
Berglund,  Fred  G. 
Bernstein,  Max  L. 
Botuck,  Henry  N. 
Boulais,  J.  Bernard 
Bourdealt,  Richard  A. 
Bowes,  T.  Edwin 
Briggs,  Loring  G. 
Brindley,  J.  Milton 
Brodsky,  Joseph 
Bump,  Forest  H. 
Burack,  Harold 
Burbank,  O.  Frank,  Jr. 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Stale  College 
Burg,  Frederick  J. 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 
Burke,  R.  Leo 
Burnham,  Donald  W. 
Butler,  Miriam  S. 

Callam,  Esther  A. 
Callan,  John  J.,  Jr. 
Carlson,  Harry  M. 
Carlson,  Helmer  E. 
Carlson,  Henry  C.  V. 
Carmody,  Stephen  J. 

B.S.,  Rhode  Island  Slate  College 
Caron,  Albert  J. 
Casavant,  Steven  O. 
Chadwick,  Winslow  J. 
Chaffee,  Kenneth  W. 
Chaffin,  Grant  L. 
Chakour,  Gabriel  M. 
Charewicz,  Francis  J. 
Choquette,  P.  Adrian 

LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 
Christensen,  William  E. 
Clapp,  Wendell  M. 
Clapper,  Leon  F. 
Cocci,  John  A. 
Coe,  Clifford  A. 
Cohen,  Milton 
Cohen,  Samuel  M. 
Collette,  Norma  0. 
Colt,  Edward  C. 
Conway,  George  M. 
Cook,  Frederick  A. 

CORAZZINI,    CAMILLO    J. 

Courtney,  Fred  W. 
Cowee,  Henry  A. 
Currie,  Donald  F. 
Curtis,  Frederick  W. 
Cutting,  Merritt  E. 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

Dabrowski,  Edmond  J. 
Dell,  Alvin  P. 
DeSantis,  Faust  G. 
Desrochers,  Maurice  A. 
Desrochers,  Omer  O. 
Dinneen,  William  P. 
Dodd,  Roy  J. 
Donovan,  James  F. 
Doran,  George  F..  Jr. 
Dorsey,  Jeremiah  E. 
Drinkwine,  Jessie  E. 


Worcester 
Shrewsbury 

Worcester 
Worcester 
Shrewsbury 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Auburn 

Worcester 

Southbridge 

Worcester 

Sutton 

East  Jaffrey,  N.  H. 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Oakdale 

Southbridge 

Worcester 

Worcester 

North  Grosvenordale,  Conn. 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Shrewsbury 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Spencer 

Fisherville 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Leominster 
Southbridge 
Hopedale 
Oxford 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Leominster 

Leominster 

Shrewsbury 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Spencer 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Shrewsbury 

Worcester 

Worcester 

East  Brookfield 

Worcester 

Cherry  Valley 


Gardner 

Gardner 

Worcester 

Leominster 

Leominster 

Worcester 

Southbridge 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 


Drury,  Walter  C,    Ik. 
Dulmaine,  William  G. 

Eaton,  Earle  C. 
Ehrhardt,  Gordon  W. 
Kkberg,  C.  Milton 
Ekholm,  Norman  R. 
Erickson,  Hilding  R. 
Ericson,  Karl  N. 

Fahlbeck,  Robert  L. 
Farmer,  Earl  R. 
Favulli,  Ernest  H. 
Fisher,  William  T. 
Foote,  J.  Russell 
Foote,  Laurence  K.,  Jr 
Francis,  Alden  L. 
Freeman,  Albin  H. 
Frykholm,  Herbert  E. 

Callo,  Albert  P. 
Gannon,  Mildred  E. 
Gardner,  Robertson   J. 
George,  Charles  K. 

GlLBREATH,    VlRGIL    L. 

Gledhill,  Edwin 
Goldstein,  Hyman 
Goldstein,  Louis 
Gootman,  Harry  J. 
Grandell,  Frank  W. 
Gray,  William  K. 
Greengus,  Herman  L. 
Grundstrom,  Herbert  W. 
Gurklis,  Bernard  P. 
Gurwitz,  Harold  W. 

Haddad,  John  J. 
Hall,  Myrtice*  M. 
Hall,  Phillip  T. 
Hall,  Ray*mond  X. 
Hall,  William  B. 
Hallisey',  Raymond  S. 
Hartnett,  John  H. 
Harvey,  Richard  F. 
Haskell,  Roger  W. 
Hatton,  William  H.,  Jr. 
Hedlund,  Arthur  R. 
Hickey',  Norman  M. 
Hill,  Robert  G. 
Hinchliffe,  T.  Earle 
Hinsley,  Robert 
Hirshberg,  Max  H. 
Hodgson,  Donald  I. 
Holden,  Paul  W. 
Hughes,  Walter  C,  Jr. 
Hunt,  Rodney  F. 
Hunter,  Robert  H. 
Hynes,  Thomas 

Irvine,  Norman  W. 

Jackson,  Paul 
Jacobs,  Joseph  B. 
Jacobs,  Maxwell  S. 
Johnson,  Albert  N. 
Johnson,  David  F. 
Johnson,  Malcolm  B. 
Johnson,  Nels  H. 
Johnson,  Roy  E. 
Johnson,  Rudolph  A. 
Jones,  Edward  W. 
Jones,  Elmer  B.,  Jr. 
Jundanian,  Joseph  G. 

LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 

Kaplowitz,  Harry 
Karle,  Donald  C. 
Katz,  Milton  H. 
Kesner,  Mitchell 
King,  Bernard  T. 
Knight,  Ruth  M.' 

A.B.,  Smith  College 
Koobatian,  John 


Worcester 
North  Grafton 

Worcester 
Gardner 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Auburn 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Putnam,  Conn. 

Woodstock,  Conn. 

Woodstock,  Conn. 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 
Clinton 

Gardner 

Gardner 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Gardner 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Gardner 
Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Millbury 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Fitchburg 

Worcester 

Gardner 

Worcester 

Worcester 

North  Grafton 

Fisherville 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Holden 

Worcester 

West  Sterling 

Leominster 

Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Leominster 

Southbridge 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Gardner 

Worcester 

Northbridge 


Worcester 
Southbridge 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Worcester 


54 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    J  9  3  9  -40 


Krafve.  Marion  E. 
Kraly,  Harry 
Kronoff,  C.  Roger 

Lamothe,  Raymond  W. 
Larrivee,  Norman  W. 
Lawrence,  Arthur  P. 
Leach,  Robert  T. 
Leith,  Douglas  L. 
Leslie,  Robert  D.,  Jr. 
Levy,  David 
Lewis,  Howard  F. 
Liberty,  Lawrence  A. 
Lindberg,  Herbert  R. 
Liubauskas,  Francis  A. 
Lockwood,  E.  Philip 
Loth,  Lewis 
Lyon,  Paul  E. 
Lyons,  George  E. 

McColl,  Roderick.  II. 
McGinn,  James  W. 
MacArthur,  John  C. 
Mackenzie,  William  A. 
Madden,  J.  Francis 
Mattson,  Frederick  II. 
Medlinsky.  Sidney 
Michaelides,  Themistoct.es  P. 
Michelson,  Arthur  R. 
Misiewicz,  Chester  J. 
Moore,  Michael  J. 
Moossa,  Arthur  P. 
Morgan,  June  E. 
Morse,  Edward  J. 
Morse,  Richard  P. 
Morton,  Stanley  R. 
B.S.,  Yale  University 
Moseley,   Charles  L. 


Naas,  J. 
Narvisii 
Nelson, 
Newell, 
Newell, 
Newton 
Newton 
Nichols, 

NlZNICK, 

Noren, 


Alvin 

Joseph  W. 
Rodney  E. 

Ralph  C. 

Roger  E. 

John  A. 

William  A. 

Frank  R. 

Michael 
Elmer  E. 


O'Connor,  Timothy  J. 
O'Donnell,  John  J. 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 
Ohan,  Jacob 
Olmstead,  Gene  M. 
Owen,  John  W. 
Ozer,  Haskell 

Packard,  George 
Paletta,  Elvira  D. 
Pareseau,  Paul  H. 
Patrick,  Merle 
Patterson,  William  A. 
Paul,  Agnes  R. 
Pearson,  Wilton  A.  H 
Peloquin,  Gerald  R. 
Person,  Roy  A. 
Peterson,  Robert  C. 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 
Petit,  Laurent  F. 
Pierce,  William  E. 
Piucci,  Vincent  A. 
Powers,  James  V. 
Pratt,  Norman  V. 
Proulx,  Lionel  A. 
Providakes,  Emanuel  G. 
Pugsley,  John  T. 


Worcester 

Southbridge 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Farnumsville 

Leominster 

Shrewsbury 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Millbury 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Leominster 

Worcester 

Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Fitchburg 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Southbridge 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Uxbridge 

Grafton 

Grafton 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 
Shrewsbury 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Millbury 

Worcester 

Worcester 
Millbury 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Southbridge 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Southbridge 

W01  cester 

Southbridge 

Southbridge 

Worcester 

Worcester 


Puida,  Anne  M. 
Putnam,  Edwin  F. 

Read,  Robert  P. 
Reid,  David,  Jr. 
Rekas,  Charles  N. 
Ridley,  Edgar  M.,  Jr. 
Ridley,  Wayne  D. 
Riley,  Kenneth  G. 
Rischitelli,  John  E. 
Ritz,  Henry   M. 
Robinson.  Jacob  Z. 
Robitaille,  Anthony  L. 
Rocktaschel,  Robert  M. 
Rogers,  Albert  T. 
Rowe,  Eleanor  F. 
Rukas,  Frank  W. 
Rule,  Jack 
Ryan,  Harold  V. 
Ryerson,  Carleton  S. 

Sadowski,  Harry  II. 
Sadowski,  James 
St.  Onge,  Lionel  J. 
Sampson,  Edgar  E.,  Jr. 
Samuelsox.  Roland  II. 
Sargent,  John  H. 
Sawicki,  George  A. 
Schmidt,  John  W. 
Schorr,  Bernard  W. 
s.  hiimax,  Herman 
Seadler,    Morey   P. 
Seal,  Lawrence  F. 
Sieurin,  Donald 
Slater,  William  J. 
Smith,   Irving   E. 
Smith,  Leonard 
Snyder,  Daniel 
Southworth,  Francis  C. 
Steere,  Raymond  D. 
Stoli'e,  Carl  O.  W.,  Jr. 
Sullivan,  Frank  \V. 

Thomasian,  Paul  A. 
Thornburg,  Charles  E. 

TlIHONEN,    VEIKKO    YV. 

Torosian,  Leo  D. 
Travi,  Joseph  W. 

TUFENKJIAN,    HAIG    R. 

Turner,  E.  Raymond 

LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 
Twomey,  Matthew  A.,  Jr. 

Underwood,  John  L. 

Vayo,  Charles  L. 
Vibber,  Donald  C. 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

Waldron,  Russell  D. 
Warner,  Wesley  F. 
Warwick,  Gordon  F. 
Waskiewicz,  Vitold  F. 
Watt,  Philip  C. 
Webber,  Albert  H. 
Weinbaum,  Wallace 
Wheeler,  Robert  H. 
White,  John  E. 
White,  Roger  G. 
Wood,  Edwin  J. 
Wood,  Mary  Olive 

Yarock,  Edward 

Zajac,  William  G. 
Zook,  B.  William 
Zukerman,  Lee  B. 
Zukowski,  Walter  H. 


Gardner 
Worcester 

Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcestei 
Southbridge 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Auburn 

Gardner 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Gardner 

Worcester 

Worcester 

North  Grafton 

Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
W01  cester 
Leominster 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Shrewsbury 
Worcester 
Manville,  R.  I. 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Worcester 
Gardner 
Gardner 
Worcester 
Westboro 
Worcester 
Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 

Worcester 
Worcester 


Worcester 

Uxbridge 

Worcester 

Gardner 

Worcester 

Auburn 

Leominster 

Worcester 

Leominster 

Gardner 

Leicester 

Oxford 

Worcester 

Dudley 

Worcester 

Leominster 

Worcester 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    19  39  -40 


55 


SPRINGFIELD    DIVISION 

Graduate  Student 


Garvey,  Thomas  F. 
B.A.,  Niagara  University 


Hartford,  Conn. 


Undergraduate  Students 


Aalto,  Thomas  A. 

Abbe,  Kenneth  P. 

Abihider,  Zabyda 

Aker,  Franklin  L. 

Alberts,  Leonard  I. 
B.A.,  Amherst  College 
LL.B.,  Yale  University 

Allain,  Paul  E. 

Allen,  Douglas  G. 

Anas,  Theodore 

Anderson,  Arvid  W. 

Anderstrom,  Edward  A. 

Arcanti,  Louis  J. 

Arcobello,  Mario  L. 

Armstrong,  Albert  E. 

Astaldi,  Frank  T. 

Astley,  Benjamin  P. 

Aubrey,  Lester  F. 

AUCHTER,    ERVIN    F. 

Avery,  Henry  L.,  Jr. 
B.A.,  Amherst  College 
Axton,  Benjamin  J.,  Jr. 

Baldwin,  Donald  E. 
Bannon,  John  L. 
Bardwell,  Frederick  L. 
Barker,  John  A. 
Bartlett,  William  H. 
Bassett,  Paul  S. 
Becker,  Arnold 
Becker,  Harold  C. 
Belovitz,  Alex 
Benner,  Richard  S. 

B.S.,  Harvard  College 
Benoit,  Charles  E. 
Berger,  Harold  E. 
Bergmann,  Roy  J. 
Bertera,  Hugo  J. 
Better,  Andrew  L. 
Bickley,  Joseph  B. 
Blanchard,  Joseph  S. 
Blatt,  Isadore  E. 
Bleeck,  Ernst  A. 
Bliss,  David  M. 
Blood,  Mary  E. 
Bobbin,  Joseph  G. 
Boduch,  Stanley  J. 
Bolduan,  George  H. 
Bond,  Raymond  I. 
Borawski,  Felix  W. 
Borowik,  Stanley  W. 
Bourque,  Wilfrid  J. 
Boyd,  Karl  W. 
Bradley,  Charles  F. 
Brainard,  Elizabeth  B. 
Brassill,  Thomas  P. 
Bremner,  Thomas  S. 
Bresky,  Jack 
Brissette,  Paul  R. 
Brouillette,  Alfred  J. 
Brown,  Winthrop  C 
Brundrett,  Laurence  F. 
Brzys,  Edward  J. 
Buckley,  John  E. 
Buckley,  William  F. 
Bullman,  Daniel  T. 
Burbank,  Herbert  A. 
Burke,  Julia  M. 
Burnett,  Raymond  T. 
Burns,  Frederick  T. 
Burns,  Robert  H. 
Burns,  Mark  W. 
Burridge,  George  C. 

Cameron,  Jean  M. 
Candido.  Joseph  A. 
Carl,  Alfred  R. 


Springfield 

Longmeadow 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Northampton 


Fairview 

Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Hartford,  Conn. 

Ludlow 

Indian  Orchard 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Chicopee  Falls 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Chicopee  Falls 

Chicopee  Falls 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 
North  Wilbraham 
Springfield 
Holyoke 
Springfield 
Springfield 

Agawam 

Holyoke 

Easthampton 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Florence 

Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Northampton 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Thompsonville,  Conn. 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Dorchester 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Windsor  Locks,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Holyoke 


Carlson,  Ernest  A.  Springfield 

Carlson,  Francis  A.  Springfield 

Carmell,  Edwin  E.  Ludlow 

Carnes,  Preston  I.  Longmeadow 

B.A.,  Yale  College 
Caron,  James  R.  West  Springfield 

Cartmill,  Norman  J.  Chicopee 

Casler,  Dorothea  M.  Florence 

Chamberlain,  George  E.  Springfield 
Chandler,  Gordon  H.                         West  Springfield 

Chechile,  Joseph  A.  Springfield 

Chisholm,  Douglas  T.  Springfield 

Christensen,  Albert  C.  Springfield 

Christensen,  Philip  A.  Springfield 

Christensen,  Warren  C  Springfield 

Circosta,  Frank  A.  Springfield 

Cirillo,  Frank  D.  Springfield 

Cirillo,  John  B.   F.  Springfield 

Cirillo,  Joseph  A.  Springfield 

Clancy,  Thomas  D.  Longmeadow 

Clark,  Hallam  J.  Longmeadow 

B.S.,  Dartmouth  College 

Clayton,  James  H.  Springfield 

Cleveland,  Alice  M.  Holyoke 

Cleveland,  Arthur  B.,  Jr.  Holyoke 
Clowes,  Lawrence  G.     "                      Indian  Orchard 

Colbert,  John  F.  Springfield 

Collins,  Allen  G.  Westfield 

Conant,  Frank  P.  Southampton 

Connor,  Francis  B.  Springfield 

Conti,  Louis  F.  Springfield 

Cook,  Donald  B.  Springfield 

Cook,  Stanley  E.  Springfield 

Corbert,  Paul  R.  Springfield 

Courtney,  Thomas  E.  Chicopee  Falls 

Cox,  Norman  C.  Ludlow 

Crawford,  Joseph  D.  Springfield 

Crimmins,  Stephen  F.  Palmer 
Crombie,  William  G.                               Thompsonville 

Cullen,  Robert  E.  Springfield 

Cunningham,  Richard  J.  Springfield 

Curran,  Joseph  P.  Springfield 

Curto,  Frank  J.  Springfield 

Curtis,  Frank  W.  Springfield 

Day,  Robert  T.  Springfield 

Deane,  Edward  R.  Springfield 

Dell  'Olivo,  Robert  J.  Westfield 

Deschenes,  Clement  A.  Springfield 

Dietz,  Irving  B.  Springfield 

D'Ippolito,  Mario  Springfield 

Dix,  Edward  L.  Springfield 

Domaingue,  Homer  T.  Ludlow 

Donoghue,  M.  Joseph  Springfield 

Donovan,  Eunice  G.  Springfield 

Donovan,  James  J.  Springfield 

Dorval,  Alfred  J.  Springfield 

Dowd,  Leslie  I.  Springfield 

Dowd,   Madei.yn  P.  Springfield 

Drewniak,  Thaddeus  J.  Chicopee 

Driscoll,  Joseph  E.  Holyoke 

Driscoll,  Robert  P.  Springfield 

Dube,  Alphe  R.  Ludlow 

Duclos,  Irvin  G.  Chicopee 

Duncan,  David  A.  Springfield 

Dunn,  Charles  N.,  Jr.  Springfield 

Easson,  Elizabeth  A.  Springfield 

Elger,  M.  Eugene  Willimansett 

Enos,  Edward  E.  Springfield 

Enzor,  C.  Kirk  Springfield 

Erickson,  Carl  E.  Springfield 

Erinakis,  John        .  Springfield 

Evans,  Edward  E.  Springfield 

B.S.,  American  International  College 

Ewig,  Robert  C  Springfield 


56 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    1939-40 


Falt,  Stanton  H. 
Farrell,  Harold  A. 
Faulkner,  Walter  E.,  Jr. 
Ferguson,  Donald  J. 
Ferguson,  Franklyn  L. 
Ferguson,  Norman  H. 
Ferriter,  Robert  P. 
Finn,  Robert  F. 
Finn,  Thomas  F. 
Finnell,  Arthur  J. 
Finnell,  William  J. 
Fisher,  Stanley  K. 
Flint,  Robert  D. 
Ford,  John  J. 
Ford,  William  G. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maine 
Forys,  Bronislaw  F. 
Fox,  George  E. 
Franz,  Alfred  P. 
French,  Earl  B. 
Frennier,  Robert  W. 
Frost,  Charles  E. 
Frost,  Donald  R. 
Frueh,  Charles  H. 

Gaffney,  Philip  D. 
Gage,  John  O. 
Galimberti,  John  P. 
Galland,  Justin 
Gallerani,  Alterio 
Gallivan,  Leo  F. 
Gay,  William  H. 
Gerby,  Eugene  H. 
Gibbons,  Harold  A. 
Gilbert,  Thomas  P.,  Jr. 
Gloth,  Hyman 
Gloth,  Israel 
Gloth,  Nathan  C. 
Gminski,  Arthur  S. 
Goodrich,  Clarence  B. 
Gorman,  Francis  W.  M. 
Gould,  Robert  E. 
Govoni,  Walter  J. 
Graves,  Donald  R. 
Graves,  Gilbert  N. 
Gray,  Herbert  M. 
Greenan,  Ann  R. 
Gunderson,  George  B. 

Hachadorian.  Edward  A. 
Hachadourian,  Robert 
Haggarty,  Rob  Roy 
Hakanson,  Nils  L. 
Hall,  Edward  V. 
Hammerich,  John  M. 
Hammerich,  Richard  C. 
Hanchett.  Theodore  H. 
Hannah,  William  R. 
Hansen,  Ralph  Q. 
Hardina,  William  V. 
Harnisch,  Raymond  A. 
Harrington,  William  F. 
Harris,  Clyde  L. 
Harrison,  Winfield  G. 
Haskell,  Donald  F. 
Haskins.  Benjamin  L. 
Hastings,  John  N. 
Healy,  Henry  M. 
Hegarty,  Frank  E. 
Heitchue,  Regis  D. 
Hellyar,  Edwin  V. 
Henderson,  Ernest  J. 
Henderson,  Walter  L. 

B.A.,  Drury  College 
Hill,  Stuart  F. 
Hjelm,  Kenneth  E. 
Hockenberry,  Gaylord  S. 
Hodgson,  Donald  I. 
Holgate,  James  R. 
Holt,  Richard  W. 
Hopkins,  Frederick  T. 
Hopkins,  Walter 
Hopwood,  Walter  J.,  Jr. 
Hovey,  Paul  H. 
Howard,  James  E. 
Hull,  Robert  T. 


Springfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Westfield 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

South  Hadley  Falls 

Chicopee  Falls 
Woronoco 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Ludlow 
Springfield 
West  Springfield 
Springfield 

Ludlow 

Waterloo,  N.  H. 

Thompsonville,  Conn. 

Westfield 

Longmeadow 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Hartford,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Ashfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Westfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Chicopee  Falls 

Springfield 

Thompsonville,  Conn. 

Chicopee 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Agawam 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Indian  Orchard 

Springfield 

Chicopee  Falls 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Chicopee 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Indian  Orchard 

Springfield 

Springfield 


Huse,  Kenneth  W. 
Hutner,  Lillian 
Hutton,  Robert  W.,  Jr. 

Jaciow,  Michael 
Jahn,  Robert  D. 
James,  William  T. 
Jamro,  Frank  S. 
Janes,  Lee  S. 
Jenness,  Eugene  F. 
Jensen,  Roderick  H. 
Johnson,  Burt  L. 
Johnson,  Richard  E. 
Johnson,  Webster 

Kaiser,  Harold  L. 
Kane,  John  J. 
Kantianis,  Harry  C. 
Kapalka,  Kazimir  F. 
Kautzmann,  Edwin  C,  Jr. 
Kazmierski,  John  S. 
Kelley,  James  B. 
Kibbe,  Russell  E.,  Jr. 
Kiefer,  Kenneth  E. 
King,  Albert  W. 
King,  Frank  A.,  Jr. 
Kitson,  Richard  W. 
Koehler,  Frank  T. 
Korabowski,  Adam 
Kroll,  Walter  J. 
Kuhn,  Alfred  M. 
Kuta,  Stanley  J. 

Lambert,  Robert  A. 
Lamica,  Oral  W. 
Lamont,  William  J. 
Laramee,  Eloi  J. 
LaRiviere,  Alfred  A. 
LaRose,  George  E. 
Larson,  Winston  B. 
Laughlin,  A.  Richard 
Leary,  George  R.,  Jr. 
Leonard,  Ruth  T. 
Letarte,  Clement  R. 
Levine,  Robert  I. 
Levy,  Eliot  I. 
Lewis,  Robert  M. 
Linden,  Carl  Y. 
Linnekin,  Osborne  R. 
Lis,  Stanley  P. 
London,  Milton  R. 
Long,  James  M. 
Loux,  Harold  B. 
Lowry,  Allan  R. 
Lynch,  Edward  A. 
Lyon,  Norman  W.,  Jr. 

MacDonald,  Kenneth  A. 
MacDonald,  Vernon  L. 
MacLennan,  Alfred  N. 
MacPhaul,  Jean  E. 
Madamas,  Charles  P. 
Malerba,  Everett  M. 
Malone,  Thomas  B. 
Manke,  Gustave  L. 
Marsh,  Walter  B.,  Jr. 
Marsh,  William  C. 
Marshall,  Donald  G,  Jr. 
Martin,  Joseph  W. 
Martin,  Leonard  L. 
Mateer,  William  J. 
Matthews,  Robert  L. 
Mayotte,  John     B. 
McCarthy,  David  L. 
McClenaghan,  R.  Stewar  i 
McCormick,  Donald  J. 
McCrohan,  Brandon  T. 
McGilpin,  Russell  W. 
McGovern,  Joseph  F. 
McGrath,  Francis  J. 
McIntyre,  Albert  R. 

B.A.,  Dartmouth  College 
McKay,  John  E.,  Jr. 
McMorrow,  Charles  F. 
McNamara,  Edmond  W. 
Mecum,  Willard  E. 


Middlefictd 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Ludlow 

Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Northampton 
Springfield 
Chicopee 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 

Holyoke 

Holyoke 

Chicopee  Falls 

Westfield 

Holyoke 

Thompsonville,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Greenfield 

Springfield 

South  Hadley  Falls 

West  Springfield 

Indian  Orchard 

Southwick 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Chicopee  Falls 

Enfield,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Indian  Orchard 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Chicopee 

Springfield 

Indian  Orchard 

Indian  Orchard 

Springfield 

Northampton 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Ware 

Westfield 

Hartford,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Palmer 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Ludlow 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Hartford,  Conn. 

Longmeadow 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Ludlow 

Ludlow 

Ludlow 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

East  Longmeadow 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

New  Haven,  Conn. 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    19  39  -40 


57 


Medicke,  Frederick  K. 
Megliola,  Joseph  R. 
Merriam,  Vernon  M. 
Metcalf,  Douglas  T. 
Meyers,  Barnett  M. 
Mitchell,  John  A. 
Monahan,  Patrick  J. 
Mondor,  Howard  S. 
Moore,  Ruth  M. 
Moreno,  Victor  J. 
Morey,  David  F. 
Moriarty,  Francis  J. 
Moron,  Cassimere  J. 
Morrison,  Stafford  C. 
Munroe,  Kirk 
Murphy,  Joseph  W. 
Murphy,  Robert  D. 
Murray,  William  J.,  Jr. 

Newman,  Alice  V. 
Newman,  Leon  J. 
Newman,  Theodore 
Nolan,  James  D.,  Jr. 
Nooney,  Sanford  P.,  Jr. 
Nugent,  Raymond  J. 
Nystrom,  C.  Harry 
Nystrom,  George  V. 

O'Connor,  Edward  J. 
O'Connor,  John  F.,  Jr. 
Oliver,  Leroy  R. 
O'Neil,  Ralph  S. 
Onorato,  Joseph  M.,  Jr. 

Packer,  Raymond 
Palombella,  Tiberio  H. 
Parent,  Claude  R. 
Parent,  Ernest  J. 
Parent,  Roy  E. 
Partridge,  Arthur  M.,  Jr. 
Pasco,  Robert  C. 
Paul,  Robert  W. 
Pawelec,  Stanley  E. 
Pawlowicz,  Henry 
Payne,  John  M. 
Petkus,  Stephen  F. 
Petrolati,  Victor  P. 
Pezzini,  Albert  M. 
Phaneuf,  Raymond  F. 
Phillips,  A.  Scott 
Plumpton,  Charles  E. 
Pond,  Everett  H. 
Pond,  John  A. 
Porter,  Dorothy  M. 
Porter,  Erland  C. 
Potvin,  William  H. 
Powell,  Norman  L. 
Preston,  David,  Jr. 
Price,  Robert  M. 
Pugsley,  Robert  O. 
Pulvirenti,  Vincent  H. 


Quinby,  Charles  E. 
Quigley,  Edward  H. 
Quigley,  John  F. 

Rae,  William  C. 
Rasanen,  Sidney  A. 
Raschi,  William  J. 
Raverta,  Eusebio  L. 
Ray,  Kenneth 
Reed,  Howard  E. 
Regan,  John  J. 
Reilly,  Lawrence  A. 
Reynolds,  Alden  C. 
Reynolds,  James  N.  F.,  Jr. 
Reynolds,  Stuart 
Richards,  Joseph  H. 
Richards,  Paul  M. 
Rister,  John  H. 
Roberts,  Arthur  E.,  Jr. 
Roberts,  John  B. 
Roberts,  William,  Jr. 
Robinson,  Shipherd 

B.A.,  Harvard  College 

M.B.A.,  Harvard  Graduate  School 
Business  A d ministration 


Hoi  yoke 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Northampton 

Springfield 

Chicopee 

Springfield 

.    Longmeadow 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 
East  Longmeadow 
Chicopee  Falls 
Springfield 
Springfield 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Enfield,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

West  Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

North  Wilbraham 

Holyoke 

Thompsonville,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Rumford,  Maine 

Ludlow 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

East  Longmeadow 

Longmeadow 

Agawam 

Longmeadow 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Ludlow 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Ludlow 
Chicopee  Falls 
Chicopee  Falls 


Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Addison,  Conn. 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Indian  Orchard 

Agawam 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 


of 


Robson,  Tom,  Jr. 
Rouvellat,  Justin  A. 
Rowley.  Edith  C. 
Rubin,  Irving  H. 
Rybak,  Matthew  J. 
Rydell,  Arthur  T. 

Sales,  Vincent  A. 
Salls,  Russell  C. 
Salomon,  Alvin  J. 
Sanderson,  Kenneth 
Sandiford,  B.  Radley 
Sandy,  Henry  R.,  Jr. 
Sarnelli,  Arnold  E. 
Scanlon,  John  A. 
Schaffer,  Louis 
Schneeloch,  George  R. 
Schoenfeldt,  Charles  W. 
Schrade,  Frederick  L. 
Schreyer,  Bernard  J. 
Scott,  Hugh  C. 
Scott,  James  C. 
Scott,  Wallace  M. 
Searleman,  Louis 
Seldin,  Oscar 
Selig,  Hazel  A. 
Severance,  Malcolm  D. 
Sharpe,  Robert  E. 
Shea,  James  O. 
Shea,  Mary  P. 
Sheehan,  Thomas  F. 
Short,  Richard  K. 
Sickel,  John  A.,  Jr. 
Sickman,  Edward  H. 
Skerker,  William 
Skiba,  Edward  F. 
Skowyra,  Raymond  L. 
Slater,  Samuel  N. 
Sleboda,  Florence  V. 
Sleith,  William  H. 
Smith,  Luke  J. 
Smith,  Gabriel  S. 

Ph.B.,  Holy  Cross  College 
Sokolosky,  Salome  M. 
Stanley,  Frank  W. 
Stevens,  Arthur  H. 
Stevens,  Carl  M. 
Stevens,  William  J.  L. 
Streeter,  Muriel  J. 
Strehlau,  Robert 
Suhm,  G.  Herbert 
Sullivan,  George  H. 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University 
Sullivan,  James  J. 
Sullivan,  John  F. 
Sullivan,  Robert  F. 
Sullivan,  Roger  J. 
Svitenko,  Samuel  F. 
Swanson,  Harry  S. 
Swiatowski,  Michael  V. 
Sydor,  Alice  M. 
Symancyk,  John  C. 
Szymczyk,  Edmund  A. 
Syner,  Robert  J. 

Taft,  Edward  J. 
Tagliabue,  George  J. 
Tarala,  Edmund  J. 
Taylor,  Leonard  W. 
Taylor,  Richard  J. 
Taylor,  Scott  F. 
Tebaldi,  Henry  J. 
Teece,  John  T.,  Jr. 
Teehan,  Gerald  T. 
Tesoro,  Emanuel 
Tetreault,  Malcolm  E. 
Theilig,  Paul  C. 
Tilden,  David  E. 
Tilley,  John  G. 
Tolchinsky,  Bernard  G. 
Toner,  James  H. 
Toohey,  Raymond  F. 
Tourville,  Lloyd  W. 
Towne,  Bruce  D. 
Turnbull,  David  L. 


Jr. 


Springfield 
Springfield 
East  Longmeadow 
Springfield 
Chicopee  Falls 
Springfield 

Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Palmer 
Westfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 

Chicopee 
Springfield 
Springfield 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Southampton 

Ludlow 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Willimansett 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Feeding  Hills 

Springfield 

Holyoke 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 
Springfield 

Chicopee 
Springfield 

Holyoke 

Chicopee  Falls 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Greenfield 

Indian  Orchard 

Hartford,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Hartford,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Springfield 

East  Longmeadow 

Holyoke 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Chicopee  Falls 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Ludlow 

Stoughton 

Westfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Holyoke 

Holyoke 

Westfield 

Hartford,  Conn. 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Northampton 

Monson 

Chicopee 

Ludlow 

Longmeadow 

Springfield 


58 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,    19  39-40 


Ugolini,  Oi.into  P. 

Valentine,  Robert  P. 
VanWart,  Kenneth  J. 
Vose,  Charles  W. 

Wall,  H.  Malcolm 
Wallace,  William  B.,  Jr. 
Ward,  Charles  F. 
Warneke,  Frederick  L. 
Warner,  Ralph  S. 
Watt,  Alan  M. 
Weiss,  David 
Welch,  Edward  J. 
Welch,  Robert  T. 
Wentworth,  David  K.,  Jk 
Wessman,  Robert  F. 
Wheeler,  Robert  F. 
White,  Edward  C. 
White,  James  P. 


Springfield 

Whitney,  Bertha  L. 

Yantic,  Conn. 

Wilhelm,  Alphonse  H. 

South  Hadley  Falls 

Springfield 

Wilkins,  Ernest  H.,  Jr. 

East  Longmeadow 

Springfield 

Willard,  William  W.,  Jr. 

Springfield 

Chicopee  Falls 

Williams,  Garven  F.,  Jr. 

West  Springfield 

Williams,  .Leslie  F. 

Springfield 

Westfield 

Williams,  Robert  W. 

Springfield 

Springfield 

Williamson,  Edward  P. 

Ludlow 

Indian  Orchard 

Wilson,  William  J. 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Witek,  George 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Wojcik,  Ernest  J. 

Chicopee  Falls 

Chicopee  Falls 

Woods,  Leslie  F. 

West  Springfield 

Springfield 

Woods,  William  A. 

Springfield 

Indian  Orchard 

Springfield 

Yodlowski,  Adolph  J. 

Springfield 

Springfield 
Springfield 

Young,  Frances  L. 

Springfield 

Springfield 

hompsonville,  Conn. 

Zajaczkowski,  Steven 

Ludlow 

Holyoke 

Zwarycz,  Michael 

Ludlow 

PROVIDENCE    DIVISION 


Abrams,  Maurice 

A.B.,  Brown  University 

Adams,  Kenneth  A. 

Albanese,  Luigi 

Almy,  Hope  E. 

A.B.,  Wheaton  College 

Ambrosino,  Salvatore  G. 

Arenburgh,  James  W. 

Ash,  John  F. 

Asmussen,  John  E. 

Asplund,  Norman  S. 

Aubin,  John  J. 

Austin,  Annie  E. 

Barad,  Frank  W. 

LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 
Barker,  Grant 
Barron,  Alexander  M.,  Jr. 
Barrowclough,  Ruth  E. 
Bateman,  Ralph  A. 
Beaton,  Lloyd 
Belanger,  Arthur  N. 
Bennett,  Kenneth 
Berard,  Albert  M. 
Bergstrom,  Barbara   A. 
Bessette,  Leo 
Bibbins,  Wesley  C. 
Black,  James  E. 
Bouchard,  Edward  E. 
Bouchard,  Maurice  R. 
Bourre,  Arthur  E. 
Boutiette,  Eugene  M. 
Bowen,  Ralph  F. 
Bradley,  Norman 
Braids,  H.  Granfield 
Brice,  Lorrin  S. 
Brindamour,  Henri  L. 
Brinkley,  Rawn 

B.S.,  Harvard  University 
Bristow,  Charles  E. 
Brooke,  David  R. 
Brown,  David  S. 
Browning,  John  S.,  Jr. 
Brunt,  Mildred  E. 
Bruscini,  Albert  T. 
Buckley,  Timothy  F.,  Jr. 
Burchiel,  Samuel  W.,  Jr. 
Bush,  Ernest  F. 
Byrne,  James  E. 

Caffrey,  Joseph  F. 
Carlos,  Albert  F. 
Cepiel,  Mathew  W. 
Chaplin,  George  W.,  3RD 
Chaplin,  William  F. 
Charon,  Robert  L. 
Chatalian,  Harry  C. 
Chowaniec,  Alphonse 
Clark,  Raymond  G. 
Cloxton,  Luther  E.,  Jr. 
Coffey,  Francis  J. 
Cohen,  Leonard  P. 


Providence 

Pawtucket 
Providence 
Providence 

Providence 

Pawtucket 
Greenville 
Slatersville 
Cranston 
Pawtucket 
North  Kingstown 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Pawtucket 

Cranston 

Providence 

Warwick 

East  Greenwich 

Woonsocket 

East  Greenwich 

North  Smithfield 

Woonsocket 

Pawtucket 

Slatersville 

Central  Falls 

Woonsocket 

Woonsocket 

Attleboro,  Mass. 

North  Dighton,  Mass. 

Providence 

Providence 

West  Warwick 

Pawtucket 

Attleboro,  Mass. 

Riverside 

Pawtucket 

Rumford 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Pawtucket 

East  Providence 

Warwick 

Pawtucket 

Providence 

Pawtucket 

Rumford 

Rumford 

Manville 

Providence 

Central  Falls 

Saylesville 

Providence 

Edgewood 

Fall  River,  Mass. 


Coleman,  William  B.  Pawtucket 

Collison,  Curtis  L.  Providence 

B.S..  Rhode  Island  Stale  College 

Con  boy',  Dorothy  L.  Providence 

Congdon,  David  P.  Providence 

Congdon,  Roger  P.  Providence 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Cooney,  John  Edward  Saylesville 

Cote,  Omer  E.  Providence 

Cotter,  Joseph  F.,  Jr.  Providence 

Crecelius,  Roy  A.  Providence 

Croce,  William  V.  Providence 

Crouchley,  J.  Dudley,  Jr.  Providence 

B.S.,  Rhode  Island  Stale  College 

Crowther,  Thomas  B.  Smithfield 


Davies,  George  E. 
Degnan,  Joseph  A. 
Delaware,  Rene 
Deneault,  Mahlon  G. 
Dennis,  John  L. 
Depoian,  Arthur 
Dickerson,  James  W. 
Doherty,  Robert  E. 
Dowd,  Joseph  F.,  Jr. 
Doy'le,  John  V. 
DuRocher,  Armand  D. 

Eagleson,  William 
Eaton,  Mary  Bowers 
Eddy,  Elmer  B. 
Egan,  Julia  T. 
Enchelmayer,  Emmons  F. 

Faerber,  Matthew  J. 

B.S.,  Rhode  Island  State  College 
LL.B.,  Georgetown  University 

Fanning,  Evei/yn  F. 

Farrell,  Loretta  E. 

Farrelly,  John 

Faulds,  Andrew,  Jr. 

Federico,  Michael  T. 

Feibelman,  H.  Jack 

Fenton,  Edward  H. 

Ferguson,  Elmer  R. 

Foeller,  Carl  W. 

Fontes,  Vera  A. 

Freden,  Verner  M. 

Frye,  Mary  K. 

Galvin,  Joseph  T. 
Gamage,  Daniel  W. 
Gardiner,  Charles  H. 
George,  Harry 
Girard,  Alice  R. 
Glen,  Alexander  R. 
Goldblatt,  Burton  D. 
Grande,  Albert 
Grassold,  Else  A. 
Gray,  Alexander,  Jr. 
Gray,  Arnold  L. 
Gregory,  Wallace 


Providence 

Providence 

Woonsocket 

Providence 

Seekonk,  Mass. 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Johnston 

Providence 

Woonsocket 

Pawtucket 
Providence 
Providence 
Narragansett 
Providence 

Providence 


Woonsocket 

Providence 

Providence 

West  Warwick 

Cranston 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Edgewood 

East  Providence 

Providence 

Fall  River,  Mass. 

East  Providence 
Riverside 
Warwick 
Providence 
Providence 
Providence 
Providence 
Providence 
Saylesville 
Providence 
Providence 
Providence 


REGISTER    OF    STUDENTS,     19 


39-40 


59 


Grimm,  Walter  H. 
Guilbert,  Paul  E. 

Hall,  Elizabeth  A. 
Halliwell,  Fred 

A.B.,  Brown  University 
Halpin,  Edward  J. 
Hargraves,  Rennie  T. 
Hargreaves,  Alan  B. 
Harrison,  Everett  T. 
Haun,  Edward  M. 
Hawkins,  Wilford 
Hawthorne,  Kenneth  A. 
Hays,  Lafayette  A. 
Hellewell,  Arnold  N. 
Hirst,  Alex  H. 
Hodges,  C.  Prescott 
Hopkins,  Eva  E. 
Horowitz,  Herbert 
Horton,  Richard  C. 
Houle,  Leonard  E. 
Houston,  William  L. 
Howard,  John 

A.B.,  Brown  University 
Hull,  Robert  F. 

B.S.,  Rhode  Island  Stale  College 
Hummel,  James  W. 
Hynes,  Thomas 

Irons,  Irving  W.,  Jr. 

Jager,  Alvin  G. 
Jerauld,  Adrian  E. 
Johnson,  Ake  V. 
Johnson,  Clinton  S. 

B.S.,  Brown  University 
Johnson,  Francis  S. 
Johnson,  Gustave  R. 
Johnson,  Herbert  G. 
Johnson,  Roy  V.  J. 
Johnson,  Willard  G.,  Jr. 
Johnston,  Derwent  R. 
Jones,  Howard  Webster 
Joost,  Frederick  B.,  Jr. 

Keefe,  Clifford  W. 
Kelley,  Bruce  I. 
Kelly,  Robert  R. 
Kent,  Robert  S. 
Kenyon,  Harold  G. 

B.C.S.,  Northeastern  University 
Kessler,  Sanford  B. 
Kilguss,  Paul  F. 
King,  James  M.,  Jr. 
Kinney,  Ellis  F. 
Kochhan,  Joseph  E.,  Jr. 
Kulik,  Frank  J. 
Kullberg,  Richard  H.  M. 
Kusinitz,  Maurice 

A.B.,  Brown  University 


Providence 
Woonsocket 

Auburn 
Pawtucket 

Fall  River,  Mass. 
Providence 
Pawtucket 
Woonsocket 
Providence 
Providence 
Providence 
Cranston 
Centerdale 

North  Providence 
Providence 
Providence 

Fall  River,  Mass. 

Pawtucket 

Woonsocket 

Pawtucket 

Providence 

Edgewood 

Washington 
Providence 

Providence 

Cranston 
Providence 
Providence 
Providence 

North  Providence 

East  Providence 

Cranston 

Cranston 

Bristol 

Attleboro,  Mass. 

Woonsocket 

Providence 

Providence 
Providence 
Providence 
Rumford 
Eden  Park 

Providence 
Providence 
Newport 
Providence 
Providence 
Pawtucket 
Providence 
Fall  River,  Mass. 


Laboissonniere,  Roland  J. 
LaGreca,  Nicholas  J. 
Lancaster,  Herbert 
Lane,  Harold  L. 

Ph.B.,  Brown  University 
Lannigan,  Francis  W. 
Laroche,  Eugene  R. 
Larson,  Axel  G. 
Leeson,  Elizabeth  M. 
Leshner,  Kenneth  C. 
Letourneau,  George  J. 
Lewis,  Dino  J. 

A.B.,  Harvard  University 
Lifrak,  Joseph 

A.B.,  Harvard  University 
Lindquist,  Lambert  W. 
Linton,  Russell  K. 
Logan,  Malcolm  H. 


MacIntyre,  Donald  B. 
Malmberg,  Philip  0. 

B.M.E.,  Northeastern  University 
Manally,  Etta  J. 
Marcroft,  George  E. 
Martins,  John  S. 


North  Providence 

Georgiaville 

South  Attleboro,  Mass. 

Providence 


East  Providence 

West  Warwick 

Providence 

Cranston 

Providence 

Central  Falls 

Newport 

Fall  River,  Mass. 

Providence 

Providence 

East  Providence 

Providence 

Auburn,  Mass. 

Providence 

Providence 

Warren 


Matteson,  Alton  R. 
Maynard,  Robert  W. 
McCoy,  William  J. 
McDonnell,  James  R. 
McElroy,  Robert  W. 
McGuigan,  Harold  C. 
McNally,  Hervey  V. 
McTernan,  William  F.,  Jr. 
McWatters,  Robert  A. 
Merk,  Hugo 
Meyer,  Joel 
Mills,  George  A. 
Mis,  Eddie  F. 
Mona,  Robert  N. 
Montaquila,  Frank  A. 
Moran,  John 
Morris,  Charles  A. 
Morris,  Philip  T. 
Morris,  William  H. 
Mullin,  William 
Mundy,  George  J. 
Murray,  Fred  W. 
Murray,  Harold  C. 

Nelson,  Arthur  W. 
Nelson,  Bertil 
Newton,  Edmund  H. 
Nixon,  Robert  B. 
Noyes,  Robert  L. 

Oakland,  J.  Arthur 
Oakley,  Lloyd  A. 

A.B.,  Brown  University 
O'Hara,  James  Louis 

B.S.,  Rhode  Island  Stale  College 
Ormerod,  Robert  H. 
Otten,  Vernon  C. 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Parent,  A.  Edgar 
Pawlina,  Joseph 
Pearson,  Albert  V. 
Pearson,  N.  Harvey 
Penkala,  Joseph  E. 
Penkala,  Stanley  F. 
Peterson,  Herman  A. 
Petrucci,  Edward 
Pettella.  Donato  E. 
Pettis,  Harry  D. 
Phinney,  Deane  I. 

PlERPOINT,    ALDEN    M. 

Pricolo,  Alfred  R. 
Proulx,  Gerard  C. 

Rahanian,  Carrie  A. 
Ray,  Arnold  S. 
Reigner,  Dorothy  L. 
Renier,  John  U. 

A.B.,  Bowdoin  College 
Rhodes,  John  A. 
Richer,  John  B. 
Richmond,  C.  Preston 
Rieth,  Ralph  F. 
Rinebolt,  Lewis  G. 
Ritchie,  Gene  L. 
Robbins,  Russell  K. 
Robert,  Leo  L.,  Jr. 
Roberts,  Colin  A. 
Rodevitz,  Michael  S. 
Rose,  William  Chester 

St.  Laurent,  Charles  J.,  Jr. 
St.  Louis,  Claire  M. 
Salisbury,  Walter  R. 
Sarrasin,  Joseph  F. 
Schultz,  William  B. 
Scott,  Robert  S. 
Scribner,  Herbert 
Seegal,  Harry 
Senerchia,  Pasco  R. 
Sharpe,  Albert  A. 
Simonini,  Frederick  C. 
Smith,  Irving  E. 
Smith,  Walter  E. 
Soriero,  Albert  A. 

LL.B.,  Northeastern  University 


Providence 

Pawtucket 

Providence 

Cranston 

Pawtucket 

Bristol 

West  Barrington 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Warren 

Pawtucket 

Providence 

West  Warwick 

•  Central  Falls 

Bristol 

Providence 

Central  Falls 

Slatersville 

Cumberland 

Providence 

Providence 
Providence 
Providence 
Pawtucket 
Cranston 

Pawtucket 
Lonsdale 

Providence 


Cranston 
Bristol 


Woonsocket 

Woonsocket 

North  Providence 

Providence 

Warren 

Warren 

Lincoln  Park 

Johnston 

Providence 

Pawtucket 

Providence 

Providence 

Providence 

Central  Falls 

Pawtucket 
Providence 
Providence 
Edgewood 

Cranston 

Pawtucket 

Providence 

Auburn 

Seekonk.  Mass. 

Warren 

Woonsocket 

Providence 

Providence 

Stillwater 

Woonsocket 

Providence 

Pawtucket 

Providence 

Blackstone,  Mass. 

Providence 

Norwood 

Providence 

Pawtucket 

West  Warwick 

Attleboro,  Mass. 

Providence 

Ashton 

Pawtucket 

Providence 


60 


REGISTER     OF     STUDENTS,     1939-1940 


Souter,  Frank  H. 
Sparrow.  Robert  E. 
Speakman,  Donald  C. 
Speel,  John  Kenton 
Stoddard,  Gordon  H. 
Strejcek,  George 
Stuart,  John  M. 
Sullivan,  Edward  E. 
Swanson,  Myron  G. 

Taylor,  James  A. 
Thomason,  Francis  N. 
Thompson,  Edward  F. 
Thompson,  William  J. 

Ph.B.,  Providence  College 
Thomson,  Richard  M. 
Thorp,  William  R. 
Tierney,  Thomas  J. 
Todd,  Edwin  J. 
Tonge,  Thomas  Allan 
Townend,  Ira  B. 
Tulchin,  Abraham 
Turner,  Edward  W. 


Providence 

Providence 

Riverside 

Cranston 

Riverside 

Providence 

Providence 

Pawtucket 

Providence 

Longmeadow 
Pawtucket 
Providence 
Providence 

Pawtucket 

Attleboro  Falls,  Mass. 

Pawtucket 

Central  Falls 

Central  Falls 

Chepachet 

Fall  River,  Mass. 

Providence 


Turner,  William 
Tuttle,  James  Gram 
Tyas,  Henry  W.,  Jr. 

Vigeant,  George  J..  Jr. 
Wallace,  William  K. 
Walsh,  Leo  F. 
Walther,  Grace  B. 
Ward,  Douglas  S. 
Waterman,  Herbert  L.,  Jr. 
Waters,  Lawrence  G. 
Waysack,  Merrel  R. 
Westcott,  Charles  H.,  Jr. 
Westcott,  Henry  W. 

B.S.,  Springfield  College 
White,  John  F. 
Wilmarth,  Louis  R. 
Woods,  Jane 

Yaghjian,  Mary 

Zambrano,  Paul  J. 


East  Providence 

Cranston 

Providence 

Woonsockct 
Providence 
Pawtucket 
Riverside 
Pawtucket 
Providence 
Providence 
Newport 
Edgewood 
Edgewood 

Providence 

Attleboro,  Mass. 

Manville 

Providence 

Providence 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 

Offers  a  broad  program  of  college  subjects  serving  as  a  foundation  for  the  understanding  of  modern 
culture,  social  relations,  and  technical  achievement.  Students  may  concentrate  in  any  of  the  following 
fields:  Biology,  Chemistry,  Economics-Sociology,  English  (including  an  option  in  Journalism),  and 
Mathematics-Physics.  Varied  opportunities  available  for  vocational  specialization.  Degree:  Bachelor 
of  Science  or  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

COLLEGE    OF    ENGINEERING 

Offers  curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air  Conditioning,  and  Aeronautical  options), 
Electrical,  Chemical,  Industrial  Engineering,  and  Engineering  Administration.  Classroom  study  is 
supplemented  by  experiment  and  research  in  well-equipped  laboratories.  Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science 
in  the  professional  field  of  specialization. 

COLLEGE    OF    BUSINESS    ADMINISTRATION 

Offers  six  curricula:  Accounting,  Banking  and  Finance,  Marketing  and  Advertising,  Industrial 
Administration,  Journalism,  and  Public  Administration.  Each  curriculum  represents  in  itself  a  broad 
survey  of  business  technique,  differing  from  the  others  chiefly  in  emphasis.  Degree:  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Business  Administration. 

SCHOOL    OF    LAW 

Offers  day  and  evening  undergraduate  programs  admitting  those  who  present  a  minimum  of  two 
years  of  college  work,  each  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws.  Also  graduate  program 
in  the  evening  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Laws.     Co-educational. 

SCHOOL    OF    BUSINESS 

Offers  curricula  through  evening  classes  in  Accounting,  Management — with  Industrial  and  Merchan- 
dising majors,  Law  and  Business  Management,  and  Engineering  and  Business  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in  specified  fields  or  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science  in  Law 
and  Business  Management.  Preparation  for  C.P.A.  Examinations.  Shorter  programs  arranged.  Co- 
educational. 

EVENING    COURSES    OF    THE    COLLEGE    OF    LIBERAL    ARTS 

Certain  courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  in  the  fields  of  English,  Literature  and  the  Social 
Sciences  are  offered  during  evening  hours. 

These  courses  constitute  a  three-year  program  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half  the  requirement  for 
A.B.  or  S.B.  degree  and  provide  general  education  and  preparation  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Law. 
Associate  in  Arts  title  conferred.     Co-educational. 


The  Colleges  of  Liberal  Arts,  Engineering,  and  Business  Administration  offer  day  programs  for 
men  only  and  are  conducted  on  the  co-operative  plan.  After  the  freshman  year  students  may  alternate 
their  periods  of  study  with  periods  of  work  in  the  employ  of  business  or  industrial  concerns  at  ten-week 
intervals.    Under  this  plan  they  gain  valuable  experience  and  earn  a  large  part  of  their  college  expenses. 


In  addition  to  the  above  schools  the  University  has  affiliated  with  it  and  conducts:  the  Lincoln 
Technical  Institute  offering,  through  evening  classes,  courses  of  college  grade  in  various  fields  of  engi- 
neering leading  to  the  title  of  Associate  in  Engineering;  and  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School,  an  accredited 
evening  school  preparing  for  college  entrance  and  offering  other  standard  high  school  programs. 


For  further  information  regarding  any  of  the  above  schools •,  address 
NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

All  schools  except                                     BOSTON,  MASS.  School  of  Law 

School  of  Law                             Telephone  KENmore  5800  47  Mr.  Vernon  Street 

•560   Huntington   Ave.                             ^             .         ,,      ,      ,  Near  State  House 

Connecting  all  schools 

Worcester,  Mass.                         Springfield,  Mass.  Providence,  R.  I. 

766  Main  St.                                  114  Chestnut  St.  160  Broad  St. 

Tel.:  Wor.  5-6101                               Tel.:  Spr.  6-3681  Tel.:  Gaspee  6357 


Northeastern  University 


COLLEGE  OF 


LIBERAL  ARTS 


BULLETIN  OF  EVENING  COURSES 

ANNOUNCEMENT    FOR    1940-1941 


For  further  information  or  an  interview  address: 

Eben  O.  Smith,  Director  of  Evening  Courses 
Northeastern  University 
College  of  Liberal  Arts 
360  Huntington  Avenue 
Boston,  Massachusetts 


OFFICE  HOURS 

Fall  and  Winter  Schedule 

Aug.  16,  1939  —  June  18,  1940  and 
Aug.  16,  1940  —  June  16,  1941  incl. 
Daily  (except  Saturdays  and  Sundays) 

8:45  A.M.  —9:30  P.M. 
Saturdays,  8:45  A.M.  —  1  :oo  P.M.  (During 

September  the  office  is  open  until  4  P.M.) 

Summer  Schedule 

June  19,  1940  — Aug.  15,  1940 

Daily  (except  Saturdays  and  Sundays) 

8:45  A.M.  —  5:00  P.M. 
Saturdays,  8:45  A.M.  —  12:00  M. 

Tel.:  KENmore  5800 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Bulletin  of  Evening  Courses 

Coeducational 


1940  :  1941 


<-- 


=> 


3 

o  a 


K  .S  a 
w   s  » 

§11 

h        < 


B   2 
O     u 

w 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Calendar  4 

Northeastern  University 

The  Northeastern  University  Corporation  5 

Northeastern  University  Statistical  Summary  6 

General  Statement  7 

Location  10 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 

Evening  Courses 

Officers  of  Administration  1 1 

Chairman  of  Instructional  Departments  11 

Faculty  1 2 

Class  Schedule  for  1 940-1 941  13 

General  Programs  14 

Special  Pre-legal  Program  16 

Statement  of  Purpose  17 

Requirements  for  the  title  of  x^ssociate  in  Arts  18 

Requirements  for  A.B.  or  S.B.  degree  18 

Admission  Requirements  19 

General  Information  19 

Advanced  Standing  19 

Application  for  Admission  19 

Registration  20 

Attendance  and  Examinations  20 

Grades  20 

Honor  List  21 

Tuition  and  Fees  21 

Scholarships  21 

Student  Activities  21 

Description  of  Courses  22 

Student  List  28 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Evening  Courses 


First  Semester 

1940  Sept.  9-13 
Sept.  9-21 

Sept.  16,  Monday 
Sept.  23,  Monday 
Nov.  11,  Monday 
Nov.  28,  Thursday 
Dec.  23,  Monday 

1941  Jan.  2,  Thursday 
Jan.  6-10 

Jan.  13-17 


CALENDAR 


Make-Up  Examinations 

Registration 

Classes  begin  for  Middlers  and  Seniors 

Classes  begin  for  Freshmen 

Armistice  Day  (Classes  suspended) 

Thanksgiving  Day  (Classes  suspended) 

Last  Class  before  Christmas  Recess 

First  Class  after  Christmas  Recess 

First  Semester  Examinations  for  Middlers  and 

Seniors 
First  Semester  Examinations  for  Freshmen 


Second  Semester 

1941  Jan.  13,  Monday 
Jan.  20,  Monday 
Jan.  27,  Monday 
April  28-May  2 

May  5-9 


Classes  resumed  for  Middlers  and  Seniors 

Classes  resumed  for  Freshmen 

Mid-Year  Entering  Class  begins 

Second  Semester  Examinations  for  Middlers 

and  Seniors 
Second  Semester  Examinations  for  Freshmen 


Third  Semester 

1 941     May  5,  Monday 
May  12,  Monday 
May  30,  Friday 
June  16,  Monday 

June  17,  Tuesday 
July  4,  Friday 
July  21-25 
July  26-Sept.  20 


Classes  resumed  for  Middlers  and  Seniors 
Classes  resumed  for  Freshmen 
Memorial  Day  (Classes  suspended) 
University   Commencement   (Classes  sus- 
pended) 
Bunker  Hill  Day  (Classes  suspended) 
Independence  Day  (Classes  suspended) 
Third  Semester  Examinations  for  all  classes 
Summer  Recess 


Northeastern  University 


THE  NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  CORPORATION 


Robert  Gray  Dodge 
Chairman 

Frank  Lincoln  Richardson 
V ice-Chairman 

Carl  Stephens  Ell 
President  of  the  University 

Galen  David  Light 
Secretary  and  Treasurer 


Charles  Francis  Adams 

Wilman  Edward  Adams 

Roger  Amory 

Earl  D.  Babst 

Robert  Baldwin 

Arthur  Atwood  Ballantine 

George  Louis  Barnes 

Thomas  Prince  Beal 

Farwell  Gregg  Bemis 

Paul  Codman  Cabot 

Winthrop  L.  Carter 

Walter  Channing 

William  Converse  Chick 

Everett  Avery  Churchill 

Paul  Foster  Clark 

Sears  B.  Condit 

Albert  Morton  Creighton 

Ernest  Blaney  Dane 

William  James  Davidson 

James  Dean 

Henry  Sturgis  Dennison 

Paul  Augustus  Draper 

Charles  Francis  Eaton 

Lindsay  Ellms 

Joseph  Buell  Ely 

Frederic  Harold  Fay 

Allan  Forbes 

Edward  J.  Frost 

Franklin  Wile  Ganse 

George  Peabody  Gardner,  Jr. 

Harvey  Dow  Gibson 

Merrill  Griswold 

Henry  Ingraham  Harriman 

Chandler  Hovey 
Howard  Mitnson  Hubbard 
Maynard  Hutchinson 


Arthur  Stoddard  Johnson 

Halfdan  Lee 

Edward  Abbott  MacMaster 

John  Russell  Macomber 

Joseph  Patrick  Manning 

Harold  Francis  Mason 

James  Franklin  McElwain 

Hugh  Dean  McLellan 

Fred  Lester  Morgan 

Irving  Edwin  Moultrop 

Clarence  Lucian  Newton 

Olaf  Olsen 

Augustin  Hamilton  Parker,  Jr. 

George  Edwin  Pierce 

Roger  Pierce 
Matthew  Porosky 
Frederick  Sanford  Pratt 
Harry  Wendell  Prout 
Sidney  Rabinovitz 
Stuart  Craig  Rand 
James  Lorin  Richards 
Charles  Milton  Rogerson 
Robert  Billings  Rugg 
Leverett  Saltonstall 
Frank  Palmer  Speare 
Russell  Henry  Stafford 
Francis  Robert  Carnegie  Steele 
Charles  Stetson 
Earl  Place  Stevenson 
Robert  Treat  Paine  Storer 
Frank  Horace  Stuart 
Edward  Watson  Supple 
Bayard, Tuckerman,  Jr. 

Eliot  Wadsworth 

Edwin  Sibley  Webster 

Sinclair  Weeks 


6  NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 

D\(ortheastern   University  and 
Affiliated  Schools 

Statistical  Summary 
1938— 1939 

A  dm  in  istr alive 
Officers  and 
Faculty        Students 
I.     General  Administration  8 

II.     Northeastern  University 
College  of  Liberal  Arts 

College  of  Engineering  j-  103  2112 

College  of  Business  Administration 
School  of  Law 
School  of  Business 
Evening  Division  of  College  of  Liberal  Arts 

III.     Schools  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by 
Northeastern  University: 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute 
Lincoln  Preparatory  School 

Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys 
Regular  Term 
Summer  Term 

Total 

Less  Duplicates 

311  6039 


50* 

[461* 

105* 

1550* 

.** 
4 

33** 

38 
l9 

53^ 
437 

16 
10 

I71 
146 

353 
42 

6442 
403 

*These  figures  include  the  administrative  officers,  faculties,  and  students  of  the  Divisions 
of  the  University  in  Worcester,  Springfield,  and  Providence. 

**The  Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  admitted  students  for  the  first 
time  in  September  1938. 


NORTHEASTERN    UNIVERSITY 


General  Statement 

NORTHEASTERN  University  is  incorporated  as  a  philanthropic 
institution  under  the  General  Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  State 
Legislature,  by  special  enactment,  has  given  the  University  general 
degree  granting  powers. 

The  Corporation  of  Northeastern  University  consists  of  men  who 
occupy  responsible  positions  in  business  and  the  professions.  This 
Corporation  elects  from  its  membership  a  Board  of  Trustees  in  whom 
the  control  of  the  institution  is  vested.  The  Board  of  Trustees  has  four 
standing  committees:  (a)  an  Executive  Committee  which  serves  as  an 
Ad  Interim  committee  between  the  regular  meetings  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  and  has  general  supervision  of  the  financial  and  educational 
policies  of  the  University;  (b)  a  Committee  on  Housing  which  has  general 
supervision  over  the  buildings  and  equipment  of  the  University;  (c)  a 
Committee  on  Funds  and  Investments  which  has  the  responsibility  of 
administering  the  funds  of  the  University;  (d)  a  Development  Committee 
which  is  concerned  with  furthering  the  development  plans  ot  the 
University. 

Founded  in  1898,  Northeastern  University,  from  the  outset,  had  as  its 
dominant  purpose  the  discovery  of  human  and  social  needs  and  the 
meeting  of  these  needs  in  distinctive  and  highly  serviceable  ways.  While 
subscribing  to  the  most  progressive  educational  thought  and  practice, 
the  University  has  not  duplicated  the  programs  of  other  institutions  but 
has  sought  "to  bring  education  more  directly  into  the  service  of  human 
needs." 

With  respect  to  program.  Northeastern  has  limited  itself: 

— To  offering,  in  its  several  schools,  basic  curricula  from  which 
non-essentials  have  been  eliminated; 

— To  effective  teaching; 

— To  advising  and  guiding  students; 

— To  giving  students  the  chance  to  build  well-rounded  person- 
alities through  a  balanced  program  of  extra-curricular 
activities. 

The  Northeastern  Plan  of  Education  is  especially  designed  for  the 
student  who  must  earn  while  he  learns.  In  the  main,  it  consists  of  two 
definite  types  of  education. 

— Co-operative  Educational  by  Day, 

— Adult  Education  by  Night. 

The  plan  has  been  developed  in  such  a  way  that  experience  in  jobs 
with  pay  is  utilized  to  help  boys  of  limited  financial  resources  secure  an 
education  and  at  the  same  time  gain  the  maximum  educational  benefit 
from  their  practical  experience.  So  far  as  the  New  England  States  are 
concerned,  Northeastern  University  is  the  only  institution  whose  day 
colleges,  other  than  the  School  of  Law,  are  conducted  under  the  Co- 
operative Plan. 


8  NORTHEASTERN   UNIVERSITY 

The  several  schools  and  programs  of  the  University  are  operated  either 
under  the  name  "Northeastern  University"  or  by  its  affiliated  schools  — 
the  Lincoln  Schools  and  The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys.  The 
following  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  principal  types  of  educational  oppor- 
tunities offered. 

1.  In  the  field  of  Co-operative  Education  there  are  three  day  colleges 
—  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  the  College  of  Engineering,  and  the 
College  of  Business  Administration.  All  of  these  colleges  offer  five- 
year  curricula.  The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  majors  in  the  usual 
fields  of  the  arts  and  the  sciences  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science.  The  College  of  Engineering,  one 
of  the  largest  engineering  colleges  in  the  United  States,  has  curricula 
in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air-Conditioning,  and  Aero- 
nautical options),  Electrical,  Chemical,  and  Industrial  Engineering. 
The  College  of  Business  Administration  has  curricula  in  Accounting, 
Banking  and  Finance,  Marketing  and  Advertising,  Journalism, 
Public  Administration,  and  Industrial  Administration.  The  College 
of  Engineering  and  the  College  of  Business  Administration  confer 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with  specification  indicating  the 
field  of  specialization.  The  Co-operative  Plan  under  which  all  of 
these  day  colleges  operate  enables  the  student  to  alternate  regular 
periods  of  classroom  instruction  with  supervised  employment  in  an 
industrial  or  commercial  position,  thus  combining  theory  and 
practice  in  an  exceedingly  effective  manner.  Apart  from  the  educa- 
tional advantages  of  the  Co-operative  Plan  is  the  opportunity  for 
self-support  while  the  student  is  pursuing  his  studies  at  Northeastern 
University.  During  the  co-operative  periods,  students  not  only 
gain  experience  but  are  also  paid  for  their  services.  Approximately 
three  hundred  business  and  industrial  concerns  co-operate  with 
Northeastern  University  in  making  this  program  effective. 

2.  The  School  of  Law  conducts  both  a  day  and  an  evening  under- 
graduate program  which  prepares  for  admission  to  the  bar  and  for 
the  practice  of  the  law  and  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws. 
It  also  conducts  a  graduate  program  in  the  evening  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Laws. 

3.  The  Adult  Education  Program  has  been  developed  in  the  evening 
work  of  the  School  of  Law  as  indicated  above,  in  the  School  of 
Business,  and  in  the  Evening  Division  of  the  College  of  Liberal 
Arts.  The  School  of  Business  has  curricula  in  Management  —  with 
Industrial  and  Merchandising  majors,  Accounting,  Law  and  Busi- 
ness Management,  and  Engineering  and  Management.  The  School 
awards  the  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree  with  speci- 
fication and  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science  degree  in  Law  and 
Business  Management.  The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  offers  certain 
of  its  courses  during  evening  hours  constituting  a  program,  three 
years  in  length,  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half  the  requirements  for 
the  A.B.  or  S.B.  degree  and  providing  a  general  education  and  prep- 


NORTHEASTERN   UNIVERSITY 


aration  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Law.  The  title  of  Associate 
in  Arts  is  conferred  upon  those  who  complete  this  program. 

.  In  order  that  larger  groups  of  men  and  women  might  be  served 
through  its  evening  schools,  Northeastern  University  operates 
divisions  of  the  School  of  Law  and  the  School  of  Business  in  co- 
operation with  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  in  Worcester 
and  Springfield  and  of  the  School  of  Business  in  co-operation  with 
the  Providence  Young  Men's  Christian  Association.  With  the 
establishment  of  the  divisions  thoroughgoing  methods  of  super- 
vision were  instituted  and  have  been  consistently  followed  and  im- 
proved, with  the  result  that  the  divisional  work  is  conducted  upon 
a  highly  efficient  basis. 

The  Adult  Education  Program  has  also  been  developed  through  the 
Lincoln  Schools,  which  are  affiliated  with  and  conducted  by  North- 
eastern University.  The  classes  in  these  schools  are  held  at  con- 
venient evening  hours.  The  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offers  cur- 
ricula upon  a  college  level  in  various  phases  of  engineering  leading  to 
the  title  of  Associate  in  Engineering;  whereas  the  Lincoln  Preparatory 
School,  accredited  by  the  New  England  College  Entrance  Certificate 
Board,  prepares  students  for  admission  to  college  and  offers  other 
standard  high  school  programs. 

The  Huntington  Day  School  for  Boys,  also  affiliated  with  and  con- 
ducted by  Northeastern  University,  is  the  outgrowth  of  a  demand 
in  the  city  of  Boston  for  an  urban  preparatory  school  with  high 
educational  standards  which  would  furnish  thorough  preparation 
for  admission  to  the  leading  colleges  and  universities.  While  easily 
accessible  to  the  various  sections  of  Boston  and  to  the  suburbs,  it 
has  the  facilities  of  a  country  day  school  and  offers  a  country  day 
school  program.  This  School  is  one  of  the  leading  preparatory 
schools  of  the  country. 


NORTHEASTERN   UNIVERSITY 


Location  of  University  Buildings 

Northeastern  University  is  located  in  Boston,  a  city  which  is  rich  in 
education  and  cultural  opportunities.  The  University  center  is  on 
Huntington  Avenue  just  beyond  Massachusetts  Avenue  and  opposite  the 
Boston  Opera  House.  Here  on  an  eight  acre  campus  are  located  the 
educational  buildings  of  the  University  except  that  of  the  School  of  Law. 
The  evening  courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  are  all  held  at  the 
University  center  on  Huntington  Avenue. 


West  Building 

The  West  Building  at  360  Huntington  Avenue  contains  over  one  hun- 
dred thousand  square  feet  of  floor  space  devoted  to  administrative  and 
instructional  purposes.  On  the  first  floor  are  the  general  administrative 
offices  of  the  University.  The  University  bookstore,  the  "Husky  Hut" 
and  the  student  checkroom  are  located  in  the  basement.  There  are  three 
large  lecture  halls  and  numerous  classrooms  and  laboratories.  The  office 
of  the  Director  of  the  evening  courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  is 
located  on  the  first  floor  of  this  building. 


East  Building 

The  East  Building  of  the  University  is  the  educational  wing  of  the 
Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of  the  Boston  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association.  The  library,  classrooms,  certain  laboratories,  and  the 
gymnasium  are  located  in  this  building. 

South  Building 

The  South  Building  of  the  University  contains  certain  laboratories,  a 
large  lecture  hall,  and  several  classrooms. 

Law  School  Building 

The  Law  School  Building,  located  at  47  Mt.  Vernon  Street,  within 
sight  of  the  State  House,  contains  administrative  offices,  a  library,  class- 
rooms, student  lounges,  and  other  facilities.  It  is  utilized  exclusively  for 
Law  School  work. 


Transportation 


The  University  center  is  easily  reached  from  the  various  railroad 
stations  and  from  all  points  on  the  Boston  Elevated  System.  Ample 
parking  space  is  available  for  the  use  of  students  coming  by  automobile. 


College  of  Liberal  Arts 

EVENING  COURSES 

OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D. 
President  of  the  University 

Frank  Palmer  Speare,  M.H.,  LL.D. 

President  Emeritus 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D. 
Vice-President  of  the  University 

Galen  David  Light,  A.B. 
Secretary -Treasurer  of the  University 

Wilfred  Stanley  Lake,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Dean 

Eben  Oswell  Smith,  S.B. 
Director  of  the  Evening  Courses 

].   Kenneth  Stevenson,  B.C.S. 
Assistant  to  the  Vice-President 

CHAIRMEN  OF  INSTRUCTIONAL  DEPARTMENTS 

Charles  Frederick  Barnason,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  ot  Modern  Languages 
Res.  122  Downer  Ave.,  Hingham 

Stanley  Goddard  Estes,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Professor  of  Psychology 
Res.  60  Pinckney  St.,  Boston 

Charles  William  Havice,  A.B.,  M.A.,  S.T.B.,  Ph.D. 

Professor  of  Sociology 

Res.  83  Franklin  St.,  South  Braintree 

W7ilfred  Stanley  Lake,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Professor  of  Economics 
Res.  59  Hinckley  Rd.,  Waban 

Harold  Wesley  Melvin,  A.B.,  M.A. 
Professor  of  English 
Res.  44  Houston  Ave.,  Milton 

Stanley  Demetrius  Miroyiannis,  S.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 
Professor  of  Biology 
Res.  8  Cumberland  St.,  Boston 

Carl  Frederick  Muckenhoupt,  A.B.,  S.B.,  Ph.D. 
Professor  of  Physics 
Res.  332  Winchester  St.,  Newton  Highlands 


i2  COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 


Norris  Whitfield  Potter,  Jr.,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Government 
Res.  34  Medfield  St.,  Boston 

Joseph  Spear,  A.B.,  M.A. 

Professor  of  Mathematics 
Res.  31  Matchett  St.,  Brighton 

Arthur  Andrew  Vernon,  S.B.,  M.S'.,  Ph.D. 
Professor  of  Chemistry 
Res.  30  Erie  Ave.,  Newton  Highlands 


INSTRUCTORS 

Harold  J.  Adlington,  A.B.,  A.M. 
English  Composition 

Thomas  Austin   Bridges,  B.S.,  A.M.,  S.T.B. 
Introduction  to  Sociology 
Principles  of  Sociology 

Norman  Greene,  B.Sc.  in  Ed. 
Principles  of  Economics 

J.  Keene  Horner,  B.A.,  M.B.A. 

Effective  Speaking 

Harry  Kemelman,  A.B.,  A.M. 
English  Composition 
Survey  of  English  Literature 

Franklin  Norvish,  S.B.,  M.A. 
Effective  Speaking 

John  G.  Pinkham,  A.B. 
Labor  Problems 

Morrison  Sharp,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 

English  and  Amercian  Constitutional  History 

Richard  Poate  Stebbins,  A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
History  of  Civilization 


Mvra  Edna  White 
Librarian 

Mary  B.  Foor 
Manager  of  the  Bookstore 


Elizabeth  Brechen  Hunt 
Secretary  to  the  Director 


EVENING    COURSES  13 

CLASS  SCHEDULE 

1 940- 1 94 1 

The  school  year  consists  of  two  fifteen  week  semesters  and  a  ten  week 
semester. 

Freshmen  Class 
First  and  Second  Semesters 

Semester 
Hours 
E  1 -A,  2-A  English  I  6 

H  1-2  History  of  Civilization  6 

Gv  1-2  American  Government  and  Politics  4 

16 
Third  Semester 
H-2  History  of  Civilization  2 

E  13— 14         Effective  Speaking  2 


Middler  Class 

First  and  Second  Semesters 

Ec  3-4           Economic  Principles  4 

Ec  5                Economic  Problems  2 

E  15-16         Survey  of  English  Literature  6 

Gv  1-2           American  Government  and  Politics  4 

Ec  20              Public  Finance  2 

18 
Third  Semester 

Ec  6               Economic  Problems  2 

S  3                   Social  Problems  - 


Senior  Class 

First  and  Second  Semesters 

Ps  1                Introduction  to  Differential  Psychology  2 

Ps  2                General  Psychology  2 

Gv  1-2           American  Government  and  Politics  4 

Ps  7                Social  Psychology  of  Every  Day  Life  2 
Ps  8                Social  Psychology  Theory  and  Methods 

Ec  20              Public  Finance  2 

Ec  1 5              History  of  Economic  Thought  2 

16 

Third  Semester 

S  3                   Social  Problems  2 

S  7                  Principles  of  Social  Ethics  2 

E  33                Modern  Literature  1 895-191 5                   •  2 


COLLEGE   OF   LIBERAL  ARTS 


The  General  Education  Programs  are  arranged  so  that  students  may 
concentrate  in  Economics,  English,  History  and  Government,  and  Social 
Science.  All  students  take  the  same  courses  during  their  freshman  year. 
During  their  middler  and  senior  years  they  take  the  courses  required  of 
all  students  and  the  required  courses  in  the  field  ot  concentration  which 
they  have  elected. 


EVENING    COURSES 


The  courses  forming  the  Pre-legal  Program  are  listed  on  the  next  page. 
Figures  preceding  course  name  indicate  course  number. 
Figures  after  course  name  indicate  semester  hours. 


Year 
Sequence 


Total 


Courses  Required 
of  all  Students 


E  1A-2A   English  I 

H  1-2        History  of  Civilization 

Gv  1-2      American  Government  and 

Politics 
E  13-14    Effective  Speaking 


Additional  Required  Courses 

for  Concentration  in 

Economics 


Id  >l 


Ec  3-4  Economic  Principles 
Ec  5-6  Economic  Problems 
E  ic-16    Survey  of  English 


S-i 
S-2 


Literature 
Introduction  to  Sociology 
Principles  of  Sociology 


iional  Required  Course: 
Concentration  in 
English 


E  20  Public  Finance 

Ec  7  Money  and  Banking 

or 
Ecu  Labor  Problems 


Ps  1  Introduction  to  Differential 

Psychology 
Ps  2  General  Psychology 

Ps  7  Social  Psychology  of  Every- 

day Life 
Ps  8  Social  Psychology,  Theory. 

and  Methods 
S  7  Principles  of  Social  Ethics 

S  9  Problems  in  Social  Ethics 


H  13-14    English  and  American  Con- 
stitutional History 

Ec  1 5         History  of  Economic 

Thought 
Ec  7  Money  and  Banking 

or 
Ec  1 1         Labor  Problems 


Advanced 
Composition 


F.  2C-26  American 

Literature 


Additional  Required  Course 

for  Concentration  in 

History-  and  Government 


Additional  Required  Coi  uses 
for  Concentration  in- 
Social  Science 


J.l       Modern  Litera- 
ture 2 

5-1°    American  History  4 

s     Advanced  Com- 
position . 


Gv  3-4    Comparative 
Government 


S3 
S4 


Social  Problems 
Social  Pathology 


1516  A 


"lencan  Litera- 
ture 


H  9-10    American  History  4 

H  13-I4  English  and 
American 
Constitutional 
History  6 


Ec  1 1       Labor  Problems 


S  4  Social  Pathology    2 

or 
Ec  1 1        Labor  Problems     3 
H  9-10    American  History  4 
S  II  Social  Control         2 

S  14  Urban  Sociology    2 


16  COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

SPECIAL  PRE-LEGAL  PROGRAM 

Students  planning  to  enter  the  School  of  Law  are  expected  to  complete 
a  total  of  sixty-four  semester  hours  of  class  work. 

The  schedule  of  courses  making  up  this  program  is  listed  below: 

First  Year 

S.H.  S.H. 

E  i -A,  2-A  English  I  6 

H  1-2  History  of  Civilization  8 

Gv  1-2  American  Government  and  Politics  4 

E  13-14         Effective  Speaking  2  20 


Second  Year 

Ec  3-4  Economic  Principles  4 

Ec  5-6  Economic  Problems  4 

Ec  20  Public  Finance  2 

Ei<;-i6  Survey  of  English  Literature  6 

S  1  Introduction  to  Sociology  2 

S  2  Principles  of  Sociology  2 

Elective  2               22 


Third  Year 

Ec  15  History  of  Economic  Thought  2 

Gv  3-4  Comparative  Government  4 

H  13—14         English  and  American  Constitutional  History  6 

Ps  1  Introduction  to  Differential  Psychology  2 

Ps  2  General  Psychology  2 

S  7  Principles  of  Social  Ethics  2 

S  9  Problems  in  Social  Ethics  2 

Elective  2  22 

Total  64 


EVENING    COURSES  17 

THE  COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 

Evening  Courses 
STATEMENT  OF  PURPOSE 

The  College  of  Liberal  Arts  through  its  evening  courses  offers  several 
programs  in  general  education  and  a  pre-legal  program  preparing  for 
admission  to  Northeastern  University  School  of  Law. 

By  conducting  its  classes  at  convenient  evening  hours,  it  gives  high 
school  graduates  who  are  obliged  to  seek  work  immediately  upon  gradua- 
tion an  opportunity  to  continue  their  education.  In  general  those  who 
seek  admission  to  the  evening  classes  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  are 
divided  into  two  groups. 

The  first  group  is  composed  of  those  who  wish  to  continue  their  educa- 
tion along  cultural  lines.  The  programs  available  afford  to  this  group  a 
general  education,  together  with  specialization  in  one  of  four  fields:  Eco- 
nomics, English,  History  and  Government  and  Social  Science. 

The  second  group  is  composed  of  those  who  wish  to  prepare  for  admis- 
sion to  the  School  of  Law.  Under  the  rules  of  the  Supreme  Judicial  Court 
in  relation  to  the  admission  of  attorneys  in  Massachusetts,  an  applicant 
is  required  to  complete  one-half  of  the  work  acceptable  tor  a  bachelor's 
degree  in  an  approved  college  or  university  before  he  begins  the  study  of 
law.  The  evening  pre-legal  program  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  is 
especially  designed  for  those  who  wish  to  prepare  for  admission  to  either 
the  day  or  evening  division  of  the  Northeastern  University  School  of  Law. 

Increasingly  the  value  of  a  broad  cultural  education  is  being  realized. 
This  is  recognized  in  the  pre-legal  study  required  before  admission  to  law 
school  in  nearly  all  states.  It  is  also  recognized  in  newly  required  courses 
of  a  cultural  nature  for  accounting  and  engineering  training.  This  cultural 
education  is  obtainable  either  before  or  after  the  completion  of  one's 
specific  vocational  training.  Not  only  is  a  cultural  education  valuable 
in  and  of  itself,  but  from  a  strictly  vocational  point  of  view  it  is  highly 
important.  The  evening  courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  are  par- 
ticularly valuable  as  many  of  them  deal  with  basic  principles  which  under- 
lie business  in  general. 

Finally,  the  courses  offered  will  broaden  the  field  of  a  student's  interest. 
Through  this  broadening,  an  appreciation  of  many  fields  of  knowledge 
will  be  obtained  which  will  greatly  enrich  the  student's  personal  living. 


18  COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  TITLE  OF  ASSOCIATE   IN 

ARTS 

Each  evening  course  meets  the  same  academic  standards  and  carries 
the  same  semester  hour  credit  as  the  corresponding  course  in  the  day 
program  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts.  The  courses,  however,  have  been 
carefully  selected  to  meet  the  needs  of  evening  students. 

The  following  requirements  must  be  fulfilled  by  candidates  for  the  title 
of  Associate  in  Arts: 

I.  To  be  eligible  for  the  title  of  Associate  in  Arts,  a  student  must  com- 
plete a  total  of  not  less  than  sixty-four  semester  hours  of  academic 
work  with  a  degree  of  proficiency  acceptable  to  the  faculty. 

1.  Furthermore,  a  candidate  for  the  title  of  Associate  in  Arts  taking 
one  of  the  general  programs  must  meet  the  minimum  field  require- 
ments listed  below: 

Semester  Hours 
Required 
Economics  8 

English  T4 

Government  4 

History  8 

Psychology  8 

Sociology  8 

Electives  14 

Total  64 

3.  A  Candidate  for  the  title  of  Associate  in  Arts  who  is  preparing  for 
admission  to  Northeastern  University  School  of  Law  must  complete 
all  the  required  courses  listed  in  the  pre-legal  program  totaling  sixty 
semester  hours  and  in  addition  four  semester  hours  chosen  from  any 
field. 

The  above  requirements  may  be  met  by  class  attendance  three  nights 
a  week,  forty  weeks  each  year  for  three  years.  This  period  may  be 
extended  over  a  longer  period  of  time. 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  A.B.  OR  S.B.  DEGREE 

Any  man  who  completes  the  requirements  for  the  Associate  in  Arts 
title  may  become  a  candidate  for  a  bachelor's  degree  in  the  College  of 
Liberal  Arts  by  completing  an  additional  sixty-one  semester  hours  of 
work  and  by  meeting  major,  minor  and  language  requirements  in  the 
Day  Division. 

The  Day  Division  is  open  to  men  only. 


EVENING    COURSES  i9 


ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS 

Admission  requirements  are  the  same  for  the  Day  and  Evening  work  in 
the  College  of  Liberal  Arts.  However,  both  men  and  women  are  admitted 
to  the  evening  courses  while  the  Day  College  of  Liberal  Arts  is  restricted 
to  men  only. 

Applicants  for  admission  must  qualify  by  one  of  the  following  methods: 

1.  Graduation  from  an  approved  course  of  study  in  an  accredited 
secondary  school. 

2.  Completion  of  fifteen  secondary  school  units  with  a  degree  of  pro- 
ficiency satisfactory  to  the  Department  of  Admissions. 

3.  Examinations  —  certificate  of  entrance  examinations  passed  for 
admission  to  recognized  colleges  and  technical  schools  may  be 
accepted. 

Regardless  of  the  method  used  applicants  for  admission  must  present 
prescribed  subjects  in  either  Group  A  or  Group  B. 


Group  A 

Group  B 

English 

3 

English 

3 

*Foreign  Language 

3  or  4 

Mathematics 

2  or  3 

(Ancient  or  Modern) 

Natural  Sciences 

1 

Social  Sciences 

2 

**Electives 

8  or  9 

**Electives 

6  or  7 

Total  15  Total  15 

*One  year  of  a  foreign  language  is  not  accepted.  Therefore,  this  re- 
quirement may  consist  either  of  three  years  of  one  language  or  two  years 
of  each  of  two  languages. 

**Not  less  than  four  of  the  "electives"  must  be  in  one  or  more  of  the 
following  academic  branches:  Languages,  Natural  Sciences,  Mathematics, 
Social  Sciences,  History. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Advanced  Standing 

Students  transferring  from  approved  colleges  will  be  admitted  to 
advanced  standing  provided  their  records  warrant  it.  Whenever  a  student 
enters  with  advanced  standing  and  later  proves  to  have  inadequate 
preparation  in  any  of  his  prerequisite  subjects,  the  faculty  reserves  the 
right  to  require  the  student  to  make  up  such  deficiencies. 

Application  for  Admission 

The  college  year  begins  in  September.  Students  are  also  admitted  at 
the  beginning  of  the  second  and  third  semesters  to  courses  for  which  they 
have  the  required  background. 


2o  COLLEGE   OF   LIBERAL   ARTS 

Each  applicant  for  admission  is  required  to  file  an  application  blank 
setting  forth  his  previous  education  and  the  name  of  one  person  to  whom 
reference  may  be  made  concerning  his  character  and  previous  training. 

Inside  the  back  cover  of  this  catalogue  is  an  application  blank.  It 
should  be  filled  out  in  ink  and  forwarded  to  the  Director  of  the  Evening 
Courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  Northeastern  University,  360 
Huntington  Avenue,  Boston,  Massachusetts.  Upon  receipt  of  the  appli- 
cation, the  Director  at  once  obtains  the  previous  school  records,  the 
statement  from  the  reference,  and  after  considering  these,  informs  the 
applicant  as  to  his  eligibility  for  admission. 

Applications  should  be  filed  preferably  before  the  registration  period, 
thus  allowing  time  to  determine  eligibility  for  admission  and  to  adjust 
any  schedule  problems  before  the  opening  night.  Applicants  are  urged 
to  visit  the  school  for  a  personal  interview  if  it  is  possible  for  them  to  do  so. 

Applicants  seeking  advanced  standing  should  arrange  to  have  tran- 
scripts of  their  previous  college  records  forwarded  with  their  application. 

Registration 

The  filing  of  the  application  for  admission  does  not  constitute  registra- 
tion. All  students  are  required  to  register  at  the  college  and  arrange  for 
the  payment  of  their  tuition  during  the  registration  period.  (See  calendar 
p.  4). 

Attendance  and  Examinations 

Attendance  is  required  of  all  students  at  recitations  and  lectures  con- 
tinuously throughout  the  academic  year. 

Regular  final  examinations  are  held  at  the  close  of  each  semester. 

No  student  will  be  permitted  to  take  a  final  examination  in  a  course 
who  has  been  present  at  less  than  seventy  per  cent  of  the  lectures.  To  be 
entitled  to  attendance  credit  a  student  must  be  present  at  least  one  hour 
in  a  one  and  one-half  hour  lecture,  and  at  least  one  and  one-half  hours 
in  a  two  hour  lecture. 

Make-up  examinations  are  held  in  September  of  each  year.  (See 
calendar,  p.  4). 

Grades 

The  work  of  each  student  shall  be  graded  upon  examinations,  according 
to  the  following  scales: 

B  AW°averagc    }  Honor  Grades 

C  Average 

D  Lowest  passing  grade 

E  Unsatisfactory* 

F  Failure** 

Inc.  Incomplete  —  no  examination 

*An  unsatisfactory  grade  may  be  made  up  by  taking  the  make-up 
examination  and  obtaining  a  satisfactory  grade. 

**A  failure  may  be  made  up,  only  by  repeating  the  course  in  its  entirety 
and  obtaining  a  satisfactory  grade. 


EVENING    COURSES  21 

Honor  List 

The  Honor  List,  issued  at  the  end  of  each  semester,  contains  the  names 
of  all  students  taking  a  full  program  who  have  an  honor  grade  average  in 
all  subjects  with  no  grade  below  "C"  in  any  subject. 


Scholarships 

Partial  tuition  scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  the  two  highest 
ranking  students  of  the  freshman  and  middler  classes.  These  awards  are 
made  during  the  summer  and  are  based  on  the  record  made  during  the 
previous  school  year. 

Freshman  Class  —  One  $80.00  scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  highest 
ranking  student. 

One  $40.00  scholarship  is   awarded   to  the  second 
highest  ranking  student. 

Middler  Class    —  Similar  awards  are  made  to  the  two  highest  ranking 
students. 

In  order  to  be  eligible  for  these  awards,  students  must  fulfill  the  follow- 
ing conditions: 

1.  They   must   be   carrying   a   full   program  —  not   less   than   twenty 
semester  hours. 

2.  They  must  register  for  a  full  program   in  the  fall  succeeding  the 
award. 

Student  Activities 

While  the  major  part  of  the  time  of  evening  students  must  of  necessity 
be  taken  up  with  their  studies,  it  is  possible  for  interested  students  to 
engage  in  activities.  The  administrative  officers  of  the  school  believe 
that  the  association  of  students  in  such  activities  is  of  distinct  value. 


TUITION  AND  FEES 

Application  Fee 

An  application  fee  of  $5.00  is  required  when  the  application  for  ad- 
mission is  filed.    This  fee  is  not  refundable. 


Tuition 

Tuition  is  payable  in  advance  in  four  installments  on  the  following 
Mondays:  $40  at  the  opening  of  school  on  September  23,  $40  December  2, 
$40  February  17  and  $40  at  the  beginning  of  the  third  term  on  May  12. 

Students  will  be  permitted  to  pay  their  tuition  installment  any  time 
during  the  week  in  which  it  falls  due  without  being  charged  the  late  fee. 


22  COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 


Students  who  cannot  meet  their  quarterly  tuition  bills  in  full  are  ex- 
pected to  arrange  with  the  Director  for  the  payment  of  their  quarterly 
bills  before  the  date  on  which  they  are  due. 

Students  who  need  to  do  so  may  make  special  arrangements  for  the 
payment  of  their  tuition  monthly  or  weekly  in  a  personal  conference  with 
the  Director.    For  this  service  a  small  charge  is  made. 

Students  enrolled  for  less  than- a  full-year  program  are  charged  on  a 
semester  hour  basis  of  $8.00  per  semester  hour. 

Late  Payment  Fee 

Students  who  do  not  pay  their  quarterly  tuition  bills  during  the  week 
when  they  are  due  must  pay  a  late  payment  fee  of  $1.25.  This  is  a  fixed 
fee  and  does  not  vary  with  the  amount  of  the  tuition  bill. 

Examination  Fees 

A  fee  of  $2.00  is  charged  for  each  make-up  examination  taken  by  a 
student. 

Payments 

Checks  or  money  orders  should  be  drawn  payable  to  Northeastern 
University. 

Withdrawals  and  Refunds 

In  the  event  a  student  is  obliged  to  withdraw  from  the  school  for  causes 
deemed  adequate  by  the  committee  on  Administration,  the  unused  tuition 
will  be  refunded. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

*Starred  courses  in  the  following  list  are  omitfed  in  1940-41,  but  are  to  be  given  in  subse- 
quent years. 

ECONOMICS 
Ec  3     Economic  Principles 

A  thorough  grounding  in  the  fundamental  principles  and  laws  of  economics  is  the  aim  of 
this  basic  course.  The  main  topics  include  the  nature  and  organization  of  production,  the 
nature  and  importance  of  wants,  the  relation  of  money  and  prices,  the  process  of  exchange, 
and  the  nature  of  international  trade. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  4     Economic  Principles 

A  continuation  of  Ec  3.  A  careful  analysis  is  made  of  the  determination  of  price  under 
conditions  of  competition  and  monopoly,  and  of  the  distribution  of  wealth  and  income  in 
the  form  of  wages,  economic  rent,  interest,  and  profits.  The  elements  of  insurance  are  dis- 
cussed in  connection  with  profits. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


EVENINGCOURSES  23 


Ec  5     Economic  Problems 

In  this  course  the  application  of  economic  principles  to  some  of  the  major  economic 
problems  of  modern  society  is  emphasized.  The  problems  studied  include  consumption, 
protective  tariffs  and  subsidies,  labor  problems  such  as  unemployment  and  labor  unions, 
and  the  business  cycle. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  6     Economic  Problems 

A  continuation  of  Ec  5.  Among  the  problems  considered  are  the  following:  price  stabiliza- 
tion, the  agricultural  problem,  the  relation  of  government  to  business  including  control  of 
monopolies  and  public  utilities,  insurance,  public  finance,  and  proposals  for  the  remodeling 
and  improving  of  the  economic  system. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  7     Money  and  Banking* 

This  course,  amplifying  the  more  general  treatment  of  money  and  credit  in  Ec  3  and  Ec  4, 
considers  the  problems  of  monetary  and  banking  control  with  particular  emphasis  upon  the 
policies  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System.    Current  developments  are  carefully  considered. 
Pre-requisite:  Ec  3,  Ec  4  1  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  11     Labor  Problems* 

An  intensive  study  of  the  labor  problems  of  modern  industry  constitutes  the  content  of 
this  course.  Unemployment  and  other  grievances  of  the  worker,  including  industrial  acci- 
dent and  disease,  inadequate  wages,  long  hours,  undesirable  working  conditions,  child  and 
woman  labor,  etc.,  are  carefully  analyzed.  Labor  unions,  representing  the  workers'  effort 
to  solve  the  above  problems,  receive  extended  attention  with  an  appraisal  of  their  policies 
and  accomplishments.  Employee  representation,  profit-sharing  plans  and  similar  devices 
of  the  employer  to  meet  the  same  problems  are  also  examined  critically.  The  attitude  of 
our  government  toward  these  problems  and  its  attempts  to  handle  them  are  analyzed 
carefully.  The  suggestions  of  other  groups  and  agencies  in  respect  to  these  problems  will 
be  treated,  e.g.  co-operative  movement,  socialism. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  3,  Ec  4  3  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  15     History  of  Economic  Thought 

A  critical  review  of  the  origin  and  development  of  economic  thought.  After  a  brief 
account  of  the  contributions  of  Plato  and  Aristotle,  the  early  Christian  fathers,  and  the 
writers  of  the  Middle  Ages,  each  of  the  main  schools  of  economic  thought  is  taken  up  in 
turn:  the  Mercantilists,  the  Physiocrats,  the  Classical  School,  the  Socialists,  the  Historical 
School,  the  Austrian  School,  and  that  of  Alfred  Marshall. 

Pre-requisite:  Ec  5,  Ec  6  1  semester  hour  credits 

Ec  20     Public  Finance 

In  this  course  a  study  is  made  of  the  kinds  of  taxes  imposed  by  municipal,  state,  and 
federal  governing  bodies.  Attention  is  given  to  the  "trend"  in  taxation.  Governmental 
borrowings  and  revenues  are  studied  as  to  their  general  effect  on  the  finances  of  individuals 
and  business  concerns.  A  large  part  of  the  time  allowed  for  this  course  is  spent  in  a  study  of 
the  sources  of  revenue  such  as  commodity  taxes,  highway  taxes,  general  property  taxes, 
taxes  on  business,  poll  taxes,  income  taxes,  and  death  taxes. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

ENGLISH 

E  1-A     English  I 

The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  help  the  student  attain  competence  in  the  understanding  and 
evaluating  of  modern  literature  and  in  written  expression.  It  includes  a  review  of  the 
structural  essentials  of  the  English  language,  various  written  assignments,  and  the  study  of 
essays  and  informational  articles. 

3  semester  hour  credits 


24  COLLEGE   OF   LIBERAL   ARTS 

E  2-A     English  I 

Continuing  the  general  purposes  of  E  i-A,  this  course  proceeds  to  a  study  of  the  special 
problems  of  description  and  narration,  and  to  a  critical  reading  of  poems,  short  stories,  and 
plays. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

E  7    Advanced  Composition* 

For  students  interested  in  imaginative  writing.  Original  papers  by  the  students  will  be 
discussed  in  class  and  in  weekly  conference  with  the  instructor.  The  principles  underlying 
creative  writing  will  be  carefully  studied. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  8     Advanced  Composition* 

Continued  practice  in  creative  writing  supplemented  by  an  analysis  of  the  work  appearing 
in  the  better  magazines.    The  shorter  forms  will  be  emphasized. 

Pre-requisite:  E  7  2  semester  hour  credits 

E  13     Effective  Speaking 

This  course  offers  practical  training  in  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  the  various 
types  of  speeches.  The  instruction  is  planned  to  eliminate  defects  of  voice,  posture,  and 
delivery,  and  to  develop  in  the  student  an  ability  to  speak  easily,  naturally,  and  forcefully. 

1  semester  hour  credit  (2  cl.) 

E  14     Effective  Speaking 

Continued  practice  in  impromptu   and  extempore  speaking,  organization  of  material, 
consideration  of  the  audience,  and  vocabulary  building,  form  the  basis  of  the  course. 
Pre-requisite:  E  13  1  semester  hour  credit 

E  15     Survey  of  English  Literature 

A  survey  of  English  literature  to  1800.  After  a  brief  study  of  the  social  and  political 
background  of  each  literary  period,  the  writing  of  the  period  is  considered,  and  the  more 
important  writers  are  studied  and  read  in  detail.  The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  give  the 
student  an  appreciation  of  English  literature  as  a  whole,  and  an  intimate  knowledge  of  its 
major  figures. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

E  16     Survey  of  English  Literature 

A  survey  of  English  literature  from  1800  to  the  present  century.  The  outstanding  writers 
are  read,  studied,  and  related  to  the  general  background  of  nineteenth-century  England. 
The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  the  writers  who  con- 
tributed most  to  the  formation  and  development  of  modern  literature  in  England. 

3  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

E  25     American  Literature  to  1860* 

A  survey  of  American  literature  from  colonial  times  to  the  triumph  of  the  transcendental 
movement  in  New  England.  The  work  of  Bryant,  Irving,  Cooper,  Poe,  Emerson,  Thoreau, 
Lowell,  Holmes,  Longfellow,  and  Melville  will  be  emphasized. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

E  26    American  Literature  After  1860* 

Continuing  E  25,  the  course  will  consider  the  rise  of  realism  after  the  Civil  War,  the 
development  of  American  humor,  the  appearance  of  local  color  writers,  and  modern  trends 
since  1900. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


EVENING    COURSES  25 

E  33     Modern  Literature  1895-1915 

Beginning  with  a  study  of  late  nineteenth-century  literature  in  England  and  America,  the 
course  considers  the  principal  literary  developments  of  the  period  1895  to  I9I5-  New  forms 
and  methods  in  poetry,  the  novel,  the  short  story,  and  the  play  are  studied,  and  are  illus- 
trated by  the  work  of  literary  groups  and  movements  and  by  such  major  writers  as  Walt 
Whitman  and  Henry  James. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


GOVERNMENT 
Gv  1     American  Government  and  Politics 

The  study  of  our  National  Government  with  respect  to  its  organization  and  function; 
its  powers  and  limitations  under  the  Constitution;  its  legislative,  administrative,  and 
judicial  machinery  under  the  party  system  of  government  and  bureaucracy. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Gv  2     American  Government  and  Politics 

A  more  detailed  study  of  the  relationships  of  our  federal,  state,  and  municipal  govern- 
ments, including  an  analysis  and  comparison  of  the  various  state  governments  and  types 
of  municipal  government  with  respect  to  state  and  local  agencies  for  carrying  out  the  exec- 
utive, legislative,  and  judicial  functions  of  government  in  a  democratic  country. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Gv  3    Comparative  Government* 

The  older  governments  of  Europe,  those,  principally  of  Great  Britain  and  France,  but 
also  to  Switzerland  and  the  Scandinavian  countries,  are  described  and  analyzed  in  this 
course.  Institutions  are  compared  in  these  various  states  with  reference  to  America  and 
the  newer  governments  of  Europe. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Gv  4     Comparative  Government* 

A  study  of  the  newer  governments  of  Europe,  as  found  in  Germany,  Italy,  and  the  Soviet 
Union.  Democracy  and  dictatorship  are  analyzed  as  different  modes  of  life  and  rule. 
These  states  are  compared  to  each  other,  to  the  older  governments  of  Europe,  and  to  the 
United  States. 

2  semester  hour  credits 


HISTORY 
H  1     History  of  Civilization 

This  is  primarily  a  background  course.  Introductory  lectures  deal  with  primitive  society, 
the  development  of  language  and  writing,  and  the  early  contributions  of  Egypt  and  Asia. 
More  detail  is  given  to  the  structure  of  Greek  and  Roman  society,  the  rise  of  the  Christian 
Church,  the  barbarian  invasions  of  the  Empire,  the  growth  of  Islam,  and  the  life  of  the  early 
Middle  Ages. 

4  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 

H  2     History  of  Civilization 

This  course  deals  with  the  growth  of  the  monarchies  in  Europe,  the  medieval  Church,  the 
art  and  literature  of  the  Renaissance  and  Reformation,  the  economic  revolution,  the  Age 
of  Reason  in  France  and  England,  the  Old  Regime  and  the  Revolution  in  France,  and  the 
growth  of  science  and  industrialism. 

As  in  H  1,  the  emphasis  is  upon  the  cultural  rather  than  the  political  history  of  Europe. 

4  semester  hour  credits  (4  cl.) 


26  COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 


H  9     The  United  States  to  1865* 

This  course  is  an  interpretation  of  the  events  which  shaped  the  American  nation  to  the 
Civil  War.  Social  customs,  economic  influences,  racial  contributions,  and  humanitarian 
movements  are  not  neglected,  though  the  political  history  is  stressed. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

H  10     The  United  States  Since  1865* 

Major  attention  is  given  to  the  social,  economic,  and  political  foundations  of  recent  his- 
tory in  this  survey  of  the  transition  of  America  from  an  agricultural  to  an  urban  industrialized 
society  since  the  Civil  War.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  problems  arising  with  the  emer- 
gence of  America  as  a  world  power. 

i  semester  hour  credits 

H  13     English  and  American  Constitutional  History* 

The  first  semester  of  this  course  is  devoted  to  a  consideration  of  the  English  constitution 
and  of  the  common  law;  local  government  vs.  central  government;  the  origin  and  growth  ot 
Parliament;  the  development  of  the  British  cabinet  system;  and  a  comprehensive  study  of 
statutes  and  documents. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

H  14     English  and  American  Constitutional  History* 

In  the  second  term  a  study  is  made  of  the  historical  development  of  the  United  States 
Constitution  with  particular  emphasis  on  its  progressive  adaptation  to  a  changing  social 
and  economic  order. 

3  semester  hour  credits 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Ps  1     Introduction  to  Differential  Psychology 

An  elementary  survey  of  the  psychology  of  individual  differences  including  personality 
differences,  together  with  a  presentation  of  some  of  the  practical  applications  of  the  findings 
of  differential  psychology. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

Ps  2     General  Psychology 

An  introduction  to  general  experimental  psychology.  The  topics  considered  include 
learning,  thought,  memory,  perception,  and  sensation. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

Ps  7     Social  Psychology  of  Everyday  Life 

A  course  devoted  to  the  psychological  examination  of  some  of  the  phenomena  observable 
in  everyday  social  life.  These  include  customs,  crazes,  fashions,  rumor,  propaganda,  crowds, 
leadership,  competition,  and  co-operation. 

Pre-requisite:  Ps  i  and  i  2  semester  hour  credits 

Ps  8     Social  Psychology,  Theory,  and  Methods 

A  survey  of  the  field  of  social  psychological  theory  and  an  examination  of  the  experi- 
mental techniques  utilized  in  this  field  of  psychology.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  atti- 
tudes and  their  measurement. 

i  semester  hour  credits 

SOCIOLOGY 

S  1     Introduction  to  Sociology* 

In  presenting  a  survey  of  the  origins  and  sources  of  human  society,  this  study  provides 
orientation  for  the  courses  in  principles  and  problems  which  follow.  The  several  theories 
of  organic  evolution  are  discussed.  The  antiquity  of  man  and  basic  anthropological  data 
are  considered.  The  racial  and  ethnic  groupings  of  man  are  then  studied  in  the  light  of 
biological,  geographical,  and  cultural  factors. 

1  semester  hour  credits 


EVENING    COURSES  27 

S  2     Principles  of  Sociology* 

Facts  and  principles  basic  to  a  general  knowledge  of  the  field  of  sociology  are  presented. 
The  origins,  forms,  and  forces  of  human  associations  are  discussed.  Consideration  is  given 
the  several  leading  schools  of  sociological  thought.  The  course  is  designed  to  meet  the 
needs  of  the  student  who  desires  only  an  elementary  survey  of  the  subject,  as  well  as  the 
student  who  plans  to  take  advanced  courses  in  social  science. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

S  3     Social  Problems 

Attention  is  given  the  nature,  complex  causation,  and  interrelatedness  of  social  problems 
in  general.  Cultural  change  with  its  attendant  lags,  as  well  as  other  social  forces  and  con- 
flicts, are  studied.  While  sociological  theory  is  occasionally  introduced  to  clarify  the 
problem  at  hand,  the  course  is  essentially  practical  in  character.  Such  problems  as  poverty 
and  unemployment,  race  antagonisms,  population  pressures,  and  the  broken  home  are 
considered.  Optional  field  trips  to  various  institutions  give  concreteness  to  the  problems 
studied. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

S  4     Social  Pathology* 

Similar  to  the  course  in  Social  Problems  in  background  and  approach,  this  study  deals 
with  the  maladjustments  and  ills  of  human  society.  Emphasis  is  given  those  pathological 
conditions  which  exist  in  relations  between  the  individual  and  the  group.  Typical  subjects 
presented  include  mental  defectiveness  and  disease,  alcoholism  and  drug  addiction,  suicide, 
delinquency  and  crime,  and  pathologies  of  domestic  relations.  The  field  trips  arranged  for 
this  course  add  to  the  practical  knowledge  of  the  social  ills  which  are  studied. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

S  7     Principles  of  Social  Ethics 

To  clarify  the  meaning  of  morality  in  social  relations  is  the  aim  of  this  study.  Right  and 
wrong  conduct  is  analyzed  in  the  light  of  the  highest  values  for  human  society.  Moral  laws 
are  discussed,  and  the  various  systems  of  ethics  are  evaluated.  Scientific  attitudes  are  en- 
couraged in  order  that  one's  moral  judgments  may  be  compatible  with  one's  best  reflective 
thought. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

S  9     Problems  in  Social  Ethics* 

Problems  arising  from  differences  in  moral  standards  found  in  the  various  social  groups 
will  be  examined.  The  question  of  ethical  relativism  and  determinism  will  be  considered. 
A  selected  number  of  specific  problems  in  social  ethics  will  be  discussed. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

S  11     Social  Control* 

The  methods  by  which  social  forces  are  controlled  provide  the  fundamental  material  or 
the  course.  External  and  internal  types  of  control  of  the  social  organism  are  discussed. 
The  use  of  violence,  the  power  of  public  opinion,  and  the  application  of  certain  principles 
of  social  psychology  are  examined. 

2  semester  hour  credits 

S  14     Urban  Sociology* 

Upon  studying  the  complex  human  society  found  in  the  various  cities  of  the  world,  this 
course  then  turns  to  an  analysis  of  the  modern  American  city.  Its  types,  social  values,  and 
pathological  elements  are  discussed.  Methods  of  city  planning  are  considered.  The  belief 
on  the  part  of  some  sociologists  that  democracy  is  doomed  by  its  cities  is  examined  in  the 
light  of  typical  problems  of  urban  society. 

1  semester  hour  credits 

*Starred  courses  are  omitted  in  1940-41,  but  are  to  be  given  in  subsequent  years. 


28 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS 


Student  List 


Baldwin,  Charles  W. 
Barksdale,  Philip  B. 
Beatty,  Edward  F. 
Belovitch,  Charles 
Blackman,  Jordan  S. 
Blake,  Samuel 
Blyer,  Benjamin 
Boyd,  Robert  B. 
Broitman,  Albert  S. 
Brown,  Harry 


Hyde  Park 

Winchester 

Mansfield 

Worcester 

Boston 

Roxbury 

Chelsea 

Dorchester 

Dorchester 

East  Boston 


Cargill,  Thomas  E.,  Jr.  Melrose 

Cargill,  William  R.  Melrose 
Ceccarelli,  Renato    Center  Rutland,  Vt. 

Cheyne,  Robert  B.  Wakefield 

Colotti,  Carmine  J.  East  Boston 

Cooperman,  Irving  Everett 

Costello,  John  F.  Chelsea 

Cotti,  Louis  J.  Plymouth 

Croll,  Irving  I.  Chelsea 

Cucinotta,  John  V.  Belmont 

Davis,  Walter  B.  Melrose 

Davison,  Sherman  Arlington 

Day,  Charles  E.  Beverly 

Desmond,  Robert  J.  Boston 

Egan,  Walter  B.  South  Boston 

Ennis,  Charles  S.  West  Roxbury 

Fabiano,  Salvatore  A.  Boston 

Faraci,  Peter  J.  Boston 

Foster,  Marjorie  E.  Boston 
Franklin,  Jesse  W. 

Webster  Springs,  W.  Va. 

Fritz,  Hyman  Roxbury 

Geremonte,  Frank  M.  Stoneham 

Goldman,  Albert  A.  Dorchester 

Gordon,  Samuel  L.  Brighton 

Gray,  Samuel  L.  Roxbury 

Hanson,  Andrew  T.  Watertown 

B.E.E.  Northeastern  University 

Helin,  Rauni  V.  Amesbury 

Hurowitz,  Paul  Lynn 

Ippolito,  Vincent  O.  Medford 

Jakubens,  John  H.  Scituate 

Johnson,  Paul  M.  Gorham,  Me. 

Kaitz,  Pearl  G.  Cheslea 

Kalikow,  Martin  Lynn 

Kehoe,  Philip  J.  Dorchester 

Kelly,  Leo  J.  Roxbury 

Kilroy,  Stephen  P.  Dorchester 

Koffman,  Leonard  S.  Roxbury 

Koocher,  David  Dorchester 

Landry,  Albert  J.  Athol 

Lazazzero,  Arthur  J.  Waltham 

Lee,  Walter  H.  Brookline 

B.C.E.  Northeastern  University 

Lessa,  Charles  R.  East  Boston 

Levitt,  Sigfried  Mattapan 

Macau  lay,  James  E.  Maiden 

B.C.E.  Northeastern  University 


Maher,  Thomas  F.  Waltham 

Margolin,  Joseph  N.  Dorchester 

Masiello,  Michael  Lynn 

Massirman,  Arnold  Chelsea 

Mavros,  Christy  L.  Lynn 

McKenna,  John  J.,  Jr.  Danvers 

Mednicoff,  Melvin  Haverhill 

Melemed,  Irving  L.  Chelsea 

Millen,  Sydney  G.  Boston 

Minsky,  Martin  M.  Winthrop 

Mogue,  Eleanor  F.  Braintree 

Morton,  Henry  I.  Needham 

B.Ch.E.  Northeastern  University 

Mullen,  Paul  R.  Wrentham 

Munson,  Robert  E.,  Jr.  Greenwood 

Murray,  Edward  F.  Maiden 

Niccolls,  Francis  A.,  Jr.  Brookline 

Nyberg,  Sten  G.  Holliston 

Parlow,  Edith  Chelsea 

Paul,  Anthony  A.  Boston 

Pingree,  Charles  V.  Lynn 

Polansky,  Rose  Roxbury 

Rabinovitz,  Fred  Boston 

Richardson,  Dorothy  E.  Dedham 

Ring,  Joseph  T.  Brookline 

Robb,  Romola  Boston 
Robinson,  James  O.        North  Chelmsford 

Rosen,  Herbert  Roxbury 

Ryan,  John  J.,  Jr.  Woburn 

Sawabini,  Charles  E.  Brookline 

Selvitella,  James  R.  Medford 

Serrecchia,  Principe  E.  Roxbury 

Sheingold,  Leonard  S.  Roxbury 
Shuster,  Francis  B.,  Jr.      West  Newton 

Silverman,  Samuel  Brookline 

Sinatra,  Edward  J.  Brighton 

Smith,  Raymond  P.  Sturbridge 

Stone,  Carrie  N.  Roslindale 

Sushman,  David  Boston 

Swartz,  Joseph  Medford 

Sybicki,  Anthony  P.  Chelsea 

Thames,  Lucille  D.  Boston 

Thompson,  Phyllis  E.  Medford 
Throckmorton,  Ralph  E. 

North  Haven,  Conn. 

Tully,  James  J.  Jr.  Chelsea 

Verrill,  Ralph  F.  Concord 

Voke,  Edward  R.  Chelsea 

Waugh,  Thomas  H.  Revere 

Weinberg,  Arthur  Chelsea 

Welsh,  William  T.  Boston 

West,  Paul  J.  Boston 

Williams,  Margaret  M.  Dorchester 

Woodhull,  Dean  H.  Wakefield 

Wyner,  Henry  I.  Brighton 

B.C.E.  Northeastern  University 

Zolla,  Frank  E.  Revere 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

College  of  Liberal  Arts 
Offers  a  broad  program  of  college  subjects  serving  as  a  foundation  for  the  under- 
standing of  modern  culture,  social  relations,  and  technical  achievement.  Students 
may  concentrate  in  any  of  the  following  fields:  Biology,  Chemistry,  Economics- 
Sociology,  English  (including  an  option  in  Journalism),  and  Mathematics-Physics. 
Varied  opportunities  available  for  vocational  specialization.  Degree:  Bachelor  of 
Science  or  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

College  of  Engineering 

Offers  curricula  in  Civil,  Mechanical  (with  Diesel,  Air-Conditioning,  and  Aero- 
nautical options),  Electrical,  Chemical,  Industrial  Engineering,  and  Engineering 
Administration.  Class  room  study  is  supplemented  by  experiment  and  research 
in  well-equipped  laboratories.  Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the  professional 
field  of  specialization. 

College  of  Business  Administration 

Offers  six  curricula:  Accounting,  Banking  and  Finance,  Marketing  and  Adver- 
tising, Industrial  Administration,  Journalism,  and  Public  Administration.  Each 
curriculum  represents  in  itself  a  broad  survey  of  business  technique,  differing  from 
the  others  chiefly  in  emphasis.  Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration. 

School  of  Law 

Offers  day  and  evening  undergraduate  programs  admitting  those  who  present  a 
minimum  of  two  years  of  college  work,  each  program  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Laws.  Also  graduate  program  in  the  evening  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Laws.    Co-educational. 

School  of  Business 

Offers  curricula  through  evening  classes  in  Accounting,  Management  —  with 
Industrial  and  Merchandising  majors,  Law  and  Business  Management,  and  Engi- 
neering and  Business  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in 
specified  fields  or  the  Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science  in  Law  and  Business  Manage- 
ment. Preparation  for  C.P.A.  Examinations.  Shorter  programs  may  be  arranged. 
Co-educational. 

Evening  Courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts 

Certain  courses  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  in  the  field  of  English,  Literature 
and  the  Social  Sciences  are  offered  during  evening  hours.  These  courses  constitute 
a  three-year  program  equivalent  in  hours  to  one-half  the  requirement  for  the  A.B. 
or  S.B.  degree  and  provide  general  education  and  preparation  for  admission  to  the 
School  of  Law.     Associate  in  Arts  title  conferred.    Co-educational. 


The  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  Engineering,  and  Business  Administration  offer 
day  programs  for  men  only  and  are  conducted  on  the  co-operative  plan.  After 
the  freshman  year  students  may  alternate  their  periods  of  study  with  periods  of 
work  in  the  employ  of  business  or  industrial  concerns  at  ten-week  intervals.  Under 
this  plan  they  gain  valuable  experience  and  earn  a  large  part  of  their  college  ex- 
penses.   

In  addition  to  the  above  schools  the  University  has  affiliated  with  it  and  conducts: 
the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offering,  through  evening  classes,  courses  of  college 
grade  in  various  fields  of  engineering  leading  to  the  title  of  Associate  in  Engineering; 
and  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School,  an  accredited  evening  school  preparing  for 
college  entrance  and  offering  other  standard  high  school  programs. 


For  further  information  regarding  any  of  the  above  schools,  address 

NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY 

All  schools  except  BOSTON,  MASS.  School  of  Law 

School  of  Law  Telephone  KENmore  5800        47  Mt.  Vernon  Street 

360  Huntington  Avenue         Connecting  all  schools  Near  State  House 


LKLCOin 

^Jn  At  it  Lite 


^vrnkJi    n.v3?  'Vi'S'.-S   S  ' 


College  Courses  in  Engineering 


EVENING   SESSIONS 


LINCOLN    TECHNICAL 
INSTITUTE 

(Affiliated  with  Northeastern  University) 

Evening  Engineering  Courses 
of  College  Grade 


19404941 


The  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offers  courses  in  Engineering  leading  to  the 
Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering  and  in  conjunction  with  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity School  of  Business,  offers  courses  carrying  credit  toward  the  Degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in  Engineering  and  Management  awarded 
by  Northeastern  University. 


£ 

>. 

o 

w 

o 
o 

53 

"2 

3 

w 

o 

1) 

D 

■•*- 

3 

Z 

w 

Q 
►J 

o 

E 

> 

E 

< 

u 

Z 

< 

bo 

0 

o 

u 

c 

c 

o 

h 

O 

z 

< 

o 

"a 

5 

6 

p 

n 

H 

J= 

*o 

z 

D 

3 

o 

D 

k- 

CO 

X 

CO 

>h" 

_1 

h 

< 
O 

"3 
< 

CO 

a: 

z 

r 

w 

o 

> 

M 

H 

G 

z 

z 

2 

_2 

D 

o 

3 

a. 

Z 

o 

7. 

ca 

> 

PS 

J 

00 

Tr, 

w 

UJ 

u, 

H 

OS 

> 

CO 

BJ 

<s 

D 

< 

r 

E 

in 

H 

Pi 

0 

bo 

z 

c 

Lincoln  technical  institute 


^oard  of  trustees 

Robert  Gray  Dodge 
Chairman 


Frank  Lincoln  Richardson 
Vice-chairman 

Galen  David  Light 
Secretary  and  Treasurer 


Charles  Francis  Adams 
Wilman  Edward  Adams 
Arthur  Atwood  Ballantine 
George  Louis  Barnes 
Farwell  Gregg  Bemis 
Walter  Channing 
William  Converse  Chick 
Paul  Foster  Clark 
William  James  Davidson 
Frederic  Harold  Fay 
Edward  J.  Frost 
Franklin  Wile  Ganse 
Harvey  Dow  Gibson 
Henry  Ingraham  Harriman 
Chandler  Hovey 
Maynard  Hutchinson 


Arthur  Stoddard  Johnson 
John  Russell  Macomber 
Irving  Edwin  Moultrop 
Augustin  Hamilton  Parker,  Jr. 
Frederick  Sanford  Pratt 
Stuart  Craig  Rand 
James  Lorin  Richards 
Charles  Milton  Rogerson 
Leverett  Saltonstall 
Frank  Palmer  Speare 
Francis  Robert  Carnegie  Steele 
Charles  Stetson 
Earl  Place  Stevenson 
Robert  Treat  Paine  Storer 
Frank  Horace  Stuart 
Edward  Watson  Supple 


Officers  of  ^Administration 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D. 
President 

Frank  Palmer  Speare,  M.H.,  LL.D. 
President  Emeritus 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D. 
Vice-President 

Galen  David  Light,  A.B. 
Secretary  and  Treasurer 

James  Wallace  Lees,  A.M. 
Dean 

John  Kenneth  Stevenson,  B.C.S. 
Assistant  to  the  Vice-President 


William  Greene  Wilkinson,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Assistant  to  the  Dean 


LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 


CALENDAR 


Registration  Period 

Advanced  Standing  and  Condition  Examinations 

Classes  Begin 

Legal  Holiday.     No  Classes 

Thanksgiving  Recess.     No  Classes 

Final  Class  Session  before  Christmas  Recess 


First  Class  Session  after  Christmas  Recess 
Division  B  Classes  Begin 
Legal  Holiday.     No  Classes 
Commencement 


1940 

September 

3-14 

September 

6 

September 

16 

November 

11 

November  27-28 

December 

20 

1941 

January 

6 

January 

13 

May 

30 

June 

16 

OFFICE  HOURS 

August  12,  1940  — June  14,  1941 

Week  days,  except  Saturday 9  a.m.  till  9  p.m. 

Saturday 9  a.m.  till  1  p.m. 

June  16,  1941  —  August  16,  1941 

Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Thursday 9  a.m.  till  4  p.m. 

Tuesdav  and  Fridav  /  9  a"m-  d11  4  P,m- 

luesday  and  hriday ^  6  p  m  ^  g  p  m 

Saturday 9  a.m.  till  12  m. 


INTERVIEWS 

Prospective  students,  or  those  desiring  advice  or  guidance  with  regard  to  any 
part  of  the  school  work  or  curricula,  are  offered  personal  interviews  with  the 
Dean  or  his  assistants.  No  enquirer  should  hesitate  to  ask  for  an  appointment 
as,  in  the  long  run,  time  is  saved  during  the  school  year  by  having  the  whole 
educational  problem  discussed  before  the  opening  of  the  school. 


FACULTY 


faculty 

Frederic  S.  Bacon,  Jr.  Appointed  1936 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1936;  Laboratory  Assistant,  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity, 1935-36;  Radio  Tube  Engineer,  Hytron  Corporation,  Salem,  1936-37; 
Graduate  Student  Course  Westinghouse  Electric  and  Manufacturing  Company, 
East  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  1937-38;  Sales  Engineer,  Central  Station  Division,  Westing- 
house  Electric  and  Manufacturing  Company,  Boston,  1938 — . 

Electricity  II,  III 

Wayland  S.  Bailey  Appointed  1939 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1919;  M.S.  Lehigh  University, 
1928;  Member  of  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers;  Assistant  In- 
structor, Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1923-25;  Instructor,  Lehigh 
University,  1925-29;  Assistant  Professor,  University  of  Maryland,  1929-37; 
Assistant  Professor,  University  of  Connecticut,  1937-38;  Assistant  Professor, 
Northeastern  University,  1939 — . 

Applied  Mechanics 

Charles  O.  Baird,  Jr.  Appointed  1936 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1934;  Instructor,  Northeastern  Polytechnic 
School,  1922-31;  Member  of  Boston  Society  of  Civil  Engineers;  Member  of  New 
England  Water  Works  Association;  Member  of  New  England  Sewage  Works 
Association;  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity, 1922—. 

Surveying 

Walter  Alfred  Baldwin  Appointed  1931 

A.B.  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1906;  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Chicago 
and  Harvard  University;  Head,  Department  of  Mathematics,  Chillicothe  High 
School,  Ohio,  1906-8;  Head,  Department  of  Mathematics,  Mansfield  High 
School,  Ohio,  1908-10;  Head,  Science  Department,  Huntington  School  for 
Boys,  Boston,  1912-14;  Instructor  in  Physics  and  Chemistry,  Lincoln  Preparatory 
School,  1910 — .     Investigator  and  Consultant. 

Chemistry 

Henry  Brask  Appointed  1928 

B.C.E.  Northeastern  University,  1923;  Member  of  The  Boston  Society  of  Civil 
Engineers;  Aspinwall  6k  Lincoln,  Civil  Engineers,  1920-1922;  Boston  &_  Albany 
R.R.,  1922-1923;  Engineer,  Burtis  Brown,  Engineers,  1923-1934;  Engineer, 
George  P.  Carver  Engineering  Co.,  1934 — . 

Structural  Drawing  and  Design 

Curtis  C.  Brooks  Appointed  1937 

B.M.E.  Northeastern  University,  1924;  A.M.  Boston  University,  1939; 
Instructor,  Chester  High  School,  Vermont,  1925-26;  Instructor,  Wayland  High 
School,  New  York,  1926-27;  Instructor,  Hanover  High  School,  1927-29;  In- 
structor, Framingham  High  School,  1929 — . 

Engineering  Mathematics 

Richard  U.  Bryant  Appointed  1939 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1936;  Firestone  Tire  and  Rubber 
Company,  1936-38;  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering  Department,  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1938 — . 

Air  Conditioning  Design 


FACULTY 


Laurence  Fuller  Cleveland  Appointed  1931 

B.S.  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,  1929;  M.S.  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1935;  Member  of  the  Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Engineering 
Education;  Member  of  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers;  Member 
of  the  New  England  Society  of  Mechanical  Drawing  Teachers;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University,  1929 — . 

Engineering  Drawing 


Otis  F.  Cushman  Appointed  1937 

B.S.  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1932;  M.S.  University  of  New  Hampshire, 
1934;  Research  Assistant,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1935-36;  Instructor  in 
Drawing,  Northeastern  University,  1936 — . 

Engineering  Drawing 


Alexander  Barrett  Daytz  Appointed  1931 

B.  S.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1928;  Phoenix  Bridge  Co.,  1928— 
1929;  Bridge  Designer,  Boston  and  Maine  Railroad  Company,  1929-30;  Assistant 
Structural  Engineer,  Boston  Transit  Department,  1930-32;  Assistant  at  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1932;  Massachusetts  Metropolitan  District 
Water  Supply  Commission,  1933-35;  Engineer  for  Metropolitan  Sewerage 
Division,  1936;  Practicing  Engineer,  1936 — . 

Structures,  Concrete,  Concrete  Design 


John  James  Devtne  Appointed  1939 

B.  S.  Rhode  Island  State  College,  1927;  Sc.M.  Brown  University,  1936;  Engi- 
neer, New  York  Telephone  Company,  1927-32;  Assistant  Engineering  In- 
structor, Rhode  Island  State  College,  1934—37;  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering, 
Northeastern  University,  1937 — . 

Engineering  Drawing 


Elmer  Haskell  Everett  Appointed  1935 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1934;  Graduate  Study,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1935;  M.  S.  Harvard,  1936;  Refrigeration  Engineer,  Boston  Ice 
Company,  1933-35;  Compressor  Department,  Ingersoll-Rand  Company,  1936; 
Turbine  Department,  General  Electric  Company,  1936;  Assistant  to  Research 
Engineer,  Birdseye  Laboratories,  1937 — . 

Mechanism  —  Machine  Drawing 


Laurence  D.  Frizzell  Appointed  1939 

B.S.  Bowdoin  College,  1925;  A.M.  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D.  Harvard 
University,  1933;  Teacher  of  Mathematics,  Dartmouth  High  School,  South 
Dartmouth,  Massachusetts,  1925-26;  Private  Assistant,  Harvard  University, 
1934-35;  Research  Chemist,  Norton  Company,  1936-37;  Private  Assistant, 
Harvard  University,  1938 — . 

Analytical  Chemistry 


Walter  S.  Frost  Appointed  1937 

B.S.  Tufts  College,  1912;  Ph.D.  Cornell  University,  1923;  Instructor,  Cornell 
University,  1916-1919;  Instructor,  West  Virginia  University,  1920;  Assistant 
Professor,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1920-26;  Chemist,  Burnham  Soluble 
Iodine  Company,  1929 — . 

Industrial  Chemistry         Organic  Chemistry 


FACULTY 


Royal  Merrill  Frye  Appointed  1930 

A.B.  Boston  University,  1911;  A.M.  Boston  University,  1912;  Ph.D.  Boston 
University,  1934;  Instructor  in  Boston  University,  1913-16;  Instructor  in  De- 
partment of  Physics,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1916-31;  Instructor 
in  Physics,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,  1926-27;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Physics,  Boston  University  Graduate  School,  1931 — . 

Practical  Physics,  Advanced  Mathematics 

Mario  Giella  Appointed  1938 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1937;  M.A.  Boston  University,  1939;  Assistant 
in  Chemistry,  Northeastern  University,  1938 — . 

Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory 


Elmer  E.  Haskins  Appointed  1939 

B.M.E.  Northeastern  University,  1925;  M.A.  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1930; 
Ph.D.  Boston  University,  1938;  Instructor,  Monongahela  High  School,  Penn- 
sylvania, 1925-30;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Northeastern  University, 
1930—. 

Engineering  Mathematics 

Robert  Edgar  Hodgdon  Appointed  1927 

B.S.  University  of  New  Hampshire;  M.S.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology; Teacher  in  Mechanical  Arts  Department,  Dover  High  School,  New 
Hampshire,  1919-20;  Teacher  of  Physics  and  Mathematics,  Concord  High 
School,  New  Hampshire,  1920-21;  Training  Assistant  United  States  Veterans 
Bureau,  1921-22;  Instructor  in  Physics  Department  of  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1922-33;  Rindge  Technical  School,  1933—. 

Engineering  Drawing,  Practical  Physics,  Advanced  Mathematics,  Electricity 


C.  David  Johnson  Appointed  1938 

A.B.  Clark  University,  1915;  M.A.  Boston  University,  1935;  Instructor  in 
Physical  Training,  Clark  College,  1912-16;  Instructor  in  Physics,  Clark  Uni- 
versity, 1915-19;  Instructor  in  Physics,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,  1919-20; 
Instructor  in  Physics  and  Acting  Head  of  Department,  Simmons  College, 
1920-21;  Instructor  in  Physics,  Tufts  College,  1922-29;  Assistant  Professor  of 
Physics,  Northeastern  University,  1929 — . 

Physics 

Israel  Katz  Appointed  1939 

Northeastern  University;  J.  W.  Moore  Machinery  Corporation,  1936;  Somer. 
ville  Machine  and  Foundry  Company,  1937;  Sanborn  Company,  1938;   Labora- 
tory Assistant  in  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University,  1938 — . 
Engineering  Laboratory 

Leon  Keach  Appointed  1938 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,   1917;  M.I.T.  Traveling  Fellow 
in  Architecture,  1920-22;  Office  of  Henry  and  Richmond. 
Architectural  Drawing  and  Design 

Herbert  G.  Lang  Appointed  1936 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1934;  Draftsman,  Mas'on-Neilan  Regulator 
Company,  1934 — . 

Engineering  Drawing 


8  FACULTY 

John  Robert  Leighton  Appointed  1915 

B.C.E.  Northeastern  University,  1914;  Instructor,  Northeastern  University, 
1914-17;  Instructor,  Northeastern  Polytechnic  School,  1915-27;  Instructor, 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute,  1927 — • 

Applied  Mechanics,  Strength  of  Materials 


Robert  E.  Madsen  Appointed  1933 

B.M.E.  Northeastern  University,  1931;  B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1933; 
Graduate  Study,  Boston  University;  Member  of  Massachusetts  Schoolmasters 
Club;  Member  of  Association  of  Teachers  of  Mathematics  in  New  England; 
Member  of  Mechanical  Drawing  Association  of  New  England;  Instructor, 
Northeastern  University,  1931-34;  Instructor,  Pond  Street  High  School,  Ayer, 
1934-35;  Maynard  High  School,  1935-36;  Bedford  Junior  High  School,  1936—. 
Engineering  Mathematics         Engineering  Drawing 

Waldemar  Stanwood  McGuire  Appointed  1936 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1928;  M.A.  Boston  University, 
1930;  Instructor  at  Tufts  College,  1920-21;  Instructor  Rhode  Island  State 
College,  1921-24;  Northeastern  University,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  1924 — . 

Analytical  Chemistry 

James  Henry  Nye  Appointed  1939 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1940;  Student  Assistant  in  Electrical  Labora- 
tory, Northeastern  University,  1938 — . 

Electrical  Laboratory 

George  Everett  Pihl  Appointed  1938 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1937;  M.S.  Harvard  Graduate  School  of  En- 
gineering, 1939;  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering,  Northeastern  University, 
1938—. 

Electrical  Laboratory 

Charles  Lambert  Richardson  Appointed  1939 

B.S.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1930;  Goodyear  Zeppelin  Corpo- 
ration, 1930-33;  Wiley  &.  Foss,  1933-35;  Instructor,  Boston  University,  1936; 
Instructor,  New  England  Aircraft  School,  1937 — . 

Airplane  Design 

Albert  E.  Sanderson,  Jr.  Appointed  1936 

B.C.E.  Northeastern  University,  1926;  Bethlehem  Steel  Company,  1927-30; 
Boston  Bridge  Works,  1930-34;  Instructor  in  Drawing,  Northeastern  Univer- 
sity, 1938—. 

Engineering  Drawing        Physics 

John  David  Shore  Appointed  1926 

Lieut.  U.  S.  N.  R.;  S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1912;  Archi- 
tectural Draftsman,  1916-21;  Instructor,  Franklin  Union,  Boston,  1921-24;  Head 
of  Department  of  Mechanical  Drawing,  United  States  Vocational  School, 
Portland,  Maine,  1924-25;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  English  High  School, 
1925 — ;  University  Extension  Work:  Industrial  Mathematics  and  Blue  Print 
Reading,  Navy  Yard,  Boston,  and  Industrial  Mathematics  and  Slide  Rule, 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  Cambridge,  1937-1938. 
Engineering  Mathematics 


FACULTY 


Frederick  Arlington  Stearns  Appointed  1921 

B.S.  1917,  M.S.  1934,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology;  Member  of 
American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers;  Member  of  Society  for  Promotion 
of  Engineering  Education;  United  States  Army,  1917-19;  Instructor,  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1920;  Professor  in  the  Department  of  Me- 
chanical Engineering,  Northeastern  University,  1920 — . 

Heat  Engineering 


Edward  B.  Van  Dusen  Appointed  1940 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1934;  Ed.M.  Boston  University,  1936;  Gradu- 
ate Study,  Boston  University;  Assistant  Instructor  in  Physics,  Northeastern 
University,  1934-36;  Instructor  in  Shop  and  Mechanical  Drawing,  Holliston 
High  School,  1936-37;  Instructor  in  Mathematics  and  Science,  Sudbury  High 
School,  1937-38;  Instructor  in  General  Science,  South  Junior  High  School, 
Quincy,  1938—. 

Engineering  Mathematics 


Albert  E.  Whittaker  Appointed  1936 

B.M.E.  Northeastern  University,  1924;  Ed.M.  Harvard  University,  1932; 
B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1933;  Graduate  Study,  Boston  University, 
1934 — ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering,  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity, 1924 — . 

Engineering  Mathematics 


Chester  Henry  Wolowicz  Appointed  1938 

B.S.  Northeastern  University,  1937;  Western  Electric  Company,  1937-38; 
Jamison  Cold  Storage  Door  Company,  1938;  Instructor,  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing, Northeastern  University,  1938 — . 

Machine  Design        Engineering  Laboratory 


George  B.  Wood,  Jr.  Appointed  1939 

S.B.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1938;  Research  Assistant  in  the 
Automotive  Laboratory  Division  of  Industrial  Cooperation,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1938 — . 

Airplane  Engine  Design 


Saverio  Zuffanti  Appointed  1934 

B.Ch.E.  Northeastern  University,  1930;  M.A.  Boston  University,  1932;  B.S. 
Northeastern  University,  1934;  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Northeastern 
University,  1930 — . 

Analytical  Chemistry 


Edna  M.  Edison,  Secretary 
Helen  E.  Hildreth,  Bookkeeper 
Hawthorne  P.  Summers,  Recorder 


Electrical  Measurements  Laboratory 


Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratoi 


HISTORICAL  BACKGROUND  11 

c&he  Lincoln  Schools 

'"THE  Lincoln  Schools,  conducted  by  and  affiliated  with  North- 
eastern University,  include  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute 
and  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School.  These  schools  offer  the  non- 
degree-granting  work  conducted  by  Northeastern  University.  In 
the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  the  work,  however,  carries  credit 
towards  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering  and  is  acceptable 
also  towards  the  degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Manage- 
ment offered  by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 

All  classes  in  the  Lincoln  Schools  are  held  in  the  evening  and 
are  especially  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  those  who  are  em- 
ployed during  the  day. 

The  first  of  the  Lincoln  Schools  to  be  established  was  the 
Lincoln  Preparatory  School,  known  for  many  years  as  the  North- 
eastern Preparatory  School.  This  school  had  its  real  beginning 
in  1897  in  the  single  courses  offered  in  History,  Science,  and  other 
subjects  of  a  cultural  nature,  and  in  certain  trade  courses  intended 
to  benefit  men  engaged  in  various  occupations. 

Gradually  the  trade  courses  were  discontinued  and  the  remain- 
ing subjects  were  welded  into  a  regular  high  school  program,  upon 
the  completion  of  which  a  standard  high  school  diploma  was 
awarded. 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  school  has  been  effective  prepara- 
tion of  students  for  college  entrance.  For  this  reason  constant 
attention  has  been  paid  through  the  years  to  the  maintenance  and 
improvement  of  standards. 

In  1925  women  were  admitted  to  classes  on  the  same  basis  as 
men.  Since  1924  the  school  has  been  accredited  by  the  New 
England  College  Entrance  Certificate  Board,  a  marked  distinction 
in  the  case  of  an  evening  school,  and  an  expression  of  confidence 
that  day  school  standards  are  maintained.  The  school  today 
offers  curricula  in  the  general,  scientific,  and  classical  fields.  The 
enrollment  has  increased  from  fewer  than  fifty  students  to  almost 
five  hundred,  of  whom  one-fifth  are  women.  The  faculty  has  been 
increased  until  it  now  numbers  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  men  of 
wide  experience  and  training,  drawn  from  the  leading  day  pre- 
paratory and  high  schools  of  Metropolitan  Boston. 

Next  in  point  of  view  of  time  was  the  Lincoln  Technical  Insti- 
tute, which  had  its  origin  in  the  Evening  Polytechnic  School.  The 
latter  received  its  title  in  1901,  when  the  work  of  various  technical 
departments,  such  as  the  Department  of  Steam  Engineering,  the 


12  HISTORICAL  BACKGROUND 

Department  of  Art,  the  Automotive  School  and  the  Department 
of  Naval  Architecture,  were  grouped  together  into  curricula.  By 
1904  we  find  the  school  offering  definite  curricula,  generally  of 
three  years'  duration,  in  Architecture,  Chemistry,  Marine  Engi- 
neering, Structural  Engineering,  Steam  Engineering,  along  with 
courses  in  Art,  Navigation,  Surveying,  Seamanship,  and  other 
related  fields.  In  1925  the  title  Lincoln  Institute  was  given  to  the 
Northeastern  Evening  Polytechnic  School.  At  this  time  the 
Lincoln  Institute  remodelled,  lengthened,  and  consequently  im- 
proved the  former  courses,  offering  four  year  curricula  in  Archi- 
tecture, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineering, 
Mechanical  Engineering  and  Structural  Engineering. 

Since  then,  additional  curricula  have  been  added,  namely, 
Aeronautical  Engineering,  and  Air  Conditioning  Engineering. 

In  addition,  provision  was  made  so  that  students  need  not 
pursue  a  complete  curriculum  but  could  elect  individual  courses 
related  to  their  present  occupations,  the  only  prerequisite  of  entry 
being  ability  to  pursue  the  course  with  profit  to  themselves.  At 
the  present  time  there  are  more  than  five  hundred  students  re- 
ceiving instruction  in  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  in  the 
various  branches  of  engineering. 

Since  1936  the  curricular  courses  of  the  Institute  have  been 
credited  by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business  towards 
the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in  Engineering 
and  Management  offered  by  that  school. 

Effective  1939  the  Executive  Council  of  Northeastern  University 
authorized  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  to  award  the  Title  of 
Associate  in  Engineering  to  those  who  satisfactorily  complete 
any  one  of  the  prescribed  curricula. 

The  Officers  of  Administration  are  constantly  alert  to  changing 
conditions  and  from  time  to  time  will  modify  existing  courses  to 
meet  new  needs  and  develop  new  courses  so  that  real  educational 
opportunities  will  be  available  to  employed  men  and  women  at 
convenient  evening  hours.  In  particular  they  are  sincerely  inter- 
ested in  the  problems  of  each  student  and  are  available  for  voca- 
tional and  educational  guidance.  Through  the  Lincoln  Schools 
many  men  and  women  have  been  able  to  solve  their  problems 
and  to  secure  that  education  which  has  enabled  them  to  succeed 
in  the  work  for  which  they  are  adapted  by  ability  and  interest. 
Without  the  facilities  of  the  Lincoln  Schools  many  of  these 
alumni  would  still  be  occupying  minor  positions  with  little  oppor- 
tunity for  advancement  on  account  of  lack  of  training. 


ENGINEERING  TRAINING  13 

^he  Lincoln  technical  institute 

Engineering  Training  in  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute 

^HE  LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE  is  an  evening 
engineering  school  in  Boston,  offering  to  the  residents  of 
Metropolitan  Boston  the  opportunity  for  evening  engineering 
studies  and  meeting  the  rigid  requirements  expected  of  a  good 
school  of  engineering. 

The  Lincoln  Technical  Institute,  while  not  claiming  to  offer  a 
training  equivalent  to  that  offered  by  a  day  school  of  engineering 
or  professing  to  turn  out  finished  engineers,  nevertheless  offers 
an  engineering  training  which  is  of  marked  value  and  which  has 
the  following  outstanding  features: 

1.  It  aims  to  supply  an  increasing  number  of  men  who  have 
been  thoroughly  trained  in  the  fundamental  theories  of 
mathematics  and  the  physical  sciences,  who  can  apply  their 
knowledge  to  the  independent  solution  of  practical  prob- 
lems and  to  their  everyday  work,  making  intelligent  use  of 
their  textbooks,  manuals,  and  available  literature. 

2.  The  courses  are  conducted  by  experienced  instructors,  all  of 
whom  have  had  practical  contact  with  the  engineering 
profession. 

3.  Considerable  stress  is  laid  on  the  practical  aspects  of  each 
course,  and,  where  possible,  practice  is  combined  with 
theory.  This  procedure  is  simplified  because  of  the  practical 
training  and  experience  of  most  of  our  faculty  members. 

4.  All  courses  meet  at  convenient  evening  hours,  usually  three 
evenings  a  week  for  a  full  program,  so  that  students  may 
pursue  this  training  without  leaving  their  present  occupa- 
tions and  yet  have  adequate  time  for  outside  study. 

5.  The  fees  charged  are  extremely  moderate,  and,  being  pay- 
able in  installments,  are  within  the  reach  of  most  ambitious 
men. 

6.  The  student  body  is  a  well-prepared,  experienced,  and 
mature  group  of  men  of  widely  varying  ages  and  occupations. 

7.  Satisfactory  completion  of  any  of  the  prescribed  programs  leads 
to  the  award  of  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering. 

8.  Degree  credit  is  given  in  the  Northeastern  University  Evening 
School  of  Business  for  work  completed  in  the  Lincoln  Technical 
Institute. 


14  ENGINEERING  TRAINING 

The  recent  depression  has  shown  that  the  greatest  single  need 
that  most  of  us  have  is  security  of  employment.  Without  this 
security,  satisfactory  living  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible.  We  have 
learned,  furthermore,  that  this  security  may  best  be  obtained  by 
providing  ourselves  with  such  adequate  training  that  we  not  only 
continue  to  be  of  service  to  our  employer  but  that  if  possible  we 
continue  to  make  ourselves  of  increasing  value.  It  is  to  be  further 
secured  by  qualifying  for  some  other  occupation  than  the  one  in 
which  we  are  at  present  employed.  Those  who  suffered  most  in 
the  recent  depression  were  those  whose  specialization  was  so 
narrow  that  they  could  not  adapt  themselves  to  other  related 
phases  of  their  occupation,  or  those  whose  education  was  so 
general  that  it  lacked  depth.  A  sound  engineering  course  such  as 
that  offered  by  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  in  the  evening  will 
furnish  a  man  with  an  opportunity,  not  only  to  obtain  the  special- 
ization he  needs,  but  furnishes  him  with  a  general  training  in 
engineering  so  that  in  the  event  of  loss  of  employment  through 
some  economic  catastrophe  he  may  make  a  vocational  readjust- 
ment with  a  minimum  of  lost  motion. 

Opportunities  for  the  Technically-Trained  Man 

Since  Engineering  embraces  almost  the  whole  range  of  human 
activities,  the  ultimate  position  of  the  man  who  trains  himself  to 
enter  the  engineering  field  will  depend  in  large  measures  on  the 
opportunities  in  his  particular  field  of  study  and  on  his  own 
ability  and  training.  However,  the  range  of  work  within  any 
given  engineering  field  is  so  great  that  the  average  student,  apply- 
ing himself  diligently  to  his  chosen  program  of  study,  should  find 
first,  employment;  second,  an  opportunity  to  advance  in  keeping 
with  his  ability  and  training.  Below  are  listed  some  of  the  more 
specific  jobs  in  the  various  fields  of  Engineering.  These  give  the 
various  areas  in  which  a  man  may  work  and  the  promotional 
steps  he  may  take. 

The  Construction  Field:  This  field  embraces  Architecture,  Civil 
Engineering  and  Structural  Engineering.  The  following  are  some  of 
the  positions  in  this  field:  construction  supervisor,  job  superin- 
tendent, draftsman,  estimator,  designer,  surveyor,  general  super- 
intendent, contractor,  field  engineer,  etc. 

The  Electrical  Field:  The  following  are  some  of  the  positions  in 
this  field:  operator,  maintenance  man,  installator  and  service 
man,  tester,  inspector,  draftsman  and  designer,  research  worker, 


ENGINEERING  TRAINING  15 

plant  engineer,    lighting  engineer,    estimator,    production    man. 

The  Chemical  Field:  Listed  below  are  some  of  the  positions  avail- 
able in  the  Chemical  field:  laboratory  assistant,  technician,  assist- 
ant chemist,  chemist,  production  assistant,  department  super- 
visor, laboratory  supervisor,  research  worker. 

The  Mechanical  Field:  This  field  embraces  also  the  areas  of  Air 
Conditioning  Engineering,  Diesel  Engineering  and  Aeronautical  Engi- 
neering. Some  of  the  positions  in  this  field  are:  draftsman,  tool 
designer,  checker,  inspector,  chief  of  maintenance,  production 
engineer,  machine  designer,  power  plant  test  engineer,  supervisor, 
experimental  department  worker. 

The  Field  of  Management:  These  technical  areas  have,  of  course, 
many  related  positions  which  are  necessary  to  permit  the  smooth 
functioning  of  any  business  enterprise,  large  or  small,  and  fre- 
quently many  of  the  higher  salaries  in  the  engineering  field  are 
paid  to  men  who  are  in  what  is  generally  referred  to  as  the  business 
side  of  engineering.  The  following  are  some  of  the  positions 
available  here:  bookkeeper,  office  manager,  accountant,  specifica- 
tions writer,  purchasing  agent,  salesman,  public  relations  agent, 
employment  manager,  plant  manager,  etc. 

Industry  Demands  Trained  Men 

The  remarkable  engineering  developments  of  recent  years,  while 
conferring  many  benefits  on  the  human  race,  have  created  person- 
nel problems  in  industry  that  have  demanded  the  attention  of 
the  best  brains  in  the  country.  The  decline  of  the  apprenticeship 
system  and  the  increased  use  of  machines  for  processes  formerly 
performed  by  hand  have  brought  about  a  system  so  complicated 
that  a  young  man  entering  industry  cannot  hope  to  achieve  success 
without  some  form  of  specialized  training.  Even  the  man  already 
employed  in  industry  in  an  unskilled  or  semi-skilled  capacity  must 
seriously  consider  such  training  if  he  hopes  for  advancement. 

Opportunities  for  the  Engineer  in  Metropolitan  Boston 

The  following  brief  statements  regarding  Metropolitan  Boston 
and  its  industries  and  activities  show  at  a  glance  the  opportunities 
available  to  the  engineer,  and  demonstrate  that  with  the  continued 
growth  of  this  area  in  population,  importance,  and  activity,  a 
large  force  of  men,  well  trained  in  engineering  experience,  are 
needed  for  the  maintenance  and  for  the  development  of  new  and 
greater  projects: 


16  LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 

Boston  is  the  business,  industrial,  and  population  center  of  New 
England;  and  New  England  is  one  of  the  richest  industrial  regions 
in  the  world. 

It  has  an  area  of  457  square  miles,  and  a  population  of  2,000,000, 
increasing  at  the  rate  of  approximately  27,000  a  year. 

The  steam  and  electrical  mileage  of  Metropolitan  Boston  is  greater 
than  that  of  any  similar  area  in  the  Western  hemisphere. 

Boston  has  over  52,000  manufacturing  plants,  with  more  than 
a  billion  dollars  invested  in  these  manufacturing  establishments. 

It  has  more  than  25,000  well-ordered  mercantile  establishments. 

It  is  the  shoe  and  leather  center  of  the  world. 

It  is  the  center  of  the  country's  paper  trade. 

It  is  the  greatest  wool  center  in  the  world. 

It  is  the  most  important  cotton-manufacturing  district  in  the 
Western  hemisphere. 

It  is  one  of  the  three  great  rubber  manufacturing  centers  of  the 
United  States. 

High  quality  electrical  apparatus  is  Boston's  third  greatest  indus- 
trial output. 

It  is  a  great  seaport,  and  has  the  most  advantageously  located 
airport  in  the  United  States. 

It  has  a  central  planning  agency,  the  division  of  Metropolitan 
planning,  which  deals  with  all  highway,  rail,  and  transportation 
problems  for  43  cities  and  towns. 

Faculty 

In  an  evening  school  it  is  particularly  essential  that  none  but 
men  of  wide  experience  and  high  ideals  be  appointed  to  the 
faculty.  Accordingly,  the  faculty  of  the  Lincoln  Technical 
Institute  has  been  very  carefully  chosen,  all  its  members  being 
graduates  of  leading  colleges  and  universities.  They  are  men 
of  culture  and  high  ideals  who  are  in  sympathy  with  evening 
school  students  and  understand  their  aims.  They  have  had 
excellent  training  and  wide  experience  in  the  subjects  which  they 
teach.  Most  of  them  have  served  with  the  institution  for  many 
years,  and  take  a  personal  interest  in  its  aims  and  its  success. 
The  average  length  of  the  service  of  faculty  members  is  more  than 
nine  years.  The  average  length  of  their  teaching  experience  is 
eleven  years.  All  of  them  are  at  present  employed  as  instructors 
in  colleges  and  universities  in  the  vicinity  of  Boston,  or  are  men 
prominent  in  executive  positions  in  the  industrial  and  commercial 
world  or  in  the  professional  practice  of  engineering. 


LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 


17 


Student  Body 

The  students  of  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  are  men  of 
earnest  purpose  and  firm  endeavor  who  bring  to  bear  on  their  work 
a  thoroughness  which  promises  future  success.  Their  ages  last 
year  ranged  from  16  to  48,  indicating  that  at  almost  all  ages 
educational  opportunities  may  be  used  for  material  advantage  and 
to  increase  personal  satisfaction  in  daily  labor.  Almost  all  the 
students  are  engaged  in  work  during  the  day  and  many  different 
occupations  have  their  representatives  in  the  student  body,  a 
fact  which  demonstrates  that  the  school  can  be  of  service  to  men 
in  many  walks  of  life.  A  list  of  the  various  occupations  of  some 
of  the  students  attending  last  year  is  given  below  and  will  prove 
interesting. 


Occupational  Survey 

The  following  are  some  of  the  occupations  represented  in  the  student  body 
during  the  school  year  1939-40: 


Agents 

Air  Conditioners 

Apprentices 

Assemblers 

Assistant  Managers 

Assistant  Teachers 

Bakers 

Blue  Print  Readers 

Budget  Managers 

Butchers 

Cabinet  Makers 

Chauffeurs 

Chemist  Assistants 

Chemists 

Cleaners 

Clerks 

Contractors 

Cooks 

Coopers 

Cost  Estimators 

Countermen 

Credit  Men 

Cutters 

Diemakers 

Domestics 

Draftsmen 

Drivers 

Dyers 

Electricians 

Engineers 

Farmers 

Factory  Workers 

Firemen 

Floorhands 

Florists 

Foremen 


Gardeners 

General  Workers 

Glass  Grinders 

Helpers 

Inspectors 

Insurance  Men 

Ironworkers 

Interior  Decorators 

Investment  Brokers 

Laborers 

Laboratory  Assistants 

Laboratory  Technicians 

Layout  Men 

Leather  Workers 

Linemen 

Managers 

Manufacturers 

Markers 

Mason  helpers 

Machinists 

Mail  Clerks 

Meat  Packers 

Mechanics 

Metal  Workers 

Meteorologists 

Meter  Readers 

Milkmen 

Millhands 

Musicians 

Office  Workers 

Oilers 

Operators 

Orderlies 

Painters 

Plasterers 

Platers 


Playground  Directors 

Plumbers 

Personnel  Managers 

Policemen 

Porters 

Poultrymen 

Printers 

Purchasing  Agents 

Receivers 

Research  Assistants 

Restaurant  Workers 

Salesmen 

Service  Boys 

Shipbuilders 

Shipfitters 

Shippers 

Shoe  Workers 

Shophands 

Students 

Sub-Foremen 

Superintendents 

Surveyors 

Tanners 

Ticket  Takers 

Tile  Setters 

Tool  Designers 

Tree  Surgeons 

Truck  Drivers 

Ushers 

Vulcanizers 

Waiters 

Warehousemen 

Watchmakers 

Weavers 

Welders 


18 


LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 


Geographical  Distribution  of  Students 

During  the  school  year  1939-40  the  following  cities  and  towns  were  represented 
in  the  student  body  of  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute: 


Abington 

Foxboro 

Quincy 

Allston 

Gloucester 

Randolph 

Amesbury 

Greenwood 

Reading 

Andover 

Haverhill 

Revere 

Arlington 

Hingham 

Roslindale 

Ashland 

Hyde  Park 

Roxbury 

Attleboro 

Ipswich 

Salem 

Ayer 

Jamaica  Plain 

Saylesville,  R.  I, 

Bedford 

Lawrence 

Saugus 

Belmont 

Lexington 

Saxonville 

Beverly 

Lynn 

Scituate 

Billerica 

Maiden 

Somerville 

Bondville 

Manchester,  N.  H. 

Stoneham 

Boston 

Mansfield 

Swampscott 

Braintree 

Marblehead 

Taunton 

Brighton 

Marlborough 

Wakefield 

Brockton 

Mattapan 

Waltham 

Brookline 

Maynard 

Walpole 

Cambridge 

Medfield 

Watertown 

Canton 

Medford 

Wellesley 

Charlestown 

Melrose 

Weston 

Chelsea 

Methuen 

Westwood 

Cohasset 

Milton 

Weymouth 

Concord 

Natick 

Whitman 

Cranston,  R.  I. 

Needham 

Wilmington 

Dedham 

Newburyport 

Winchester 

Dorchester 

Newton 

Winthrop 

Egypt 

Norwood 

Wollaston 

Everett 

Pawtucket,  R.  I. 

Woburn 

Framingham 

Peabody 

Franklin 

Providence,  R.  I. 

High  Schools  Represented 

During  the  year  1939-40  the  following  high  schools  were  represented  in  the 
student  body: 


Abington,  Pa.  High  School 
Arlington  High  School 
Athens  High  School 
Attleboro  High  School 
Ayer  High  School 
Belmont  High  School 
Bethel,  Conn.  High  School 
Beverly  High  School 
Beverly  Trade  School 
Blackhead  &.  Broad  Cove  NFLD 
Boston  Public  Latin  School 
Boston  Trade  School 
Bradford  High  School 
Braintree  High  School 
Brockton  High  School 
Brookline  High  School 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  High  School 
Browne  &l  Nichols  School 
Cambridge  High  and  Latin  School 
Cambridge  School,  Kendal  Green 


Cathedral  High  School 
Central  Evening  High  School 
Charlestown  High  School 
Chelmsford  High  School 
Chelsea  High  School 
Chicopee  High  School 
Commerce  (High  School  of) 
Concord  High  School 
Cranston,  R.  I.  High  School 
Dedham  High  School 
Dorchester  High  for  Boys 
East  Boston  High  School 
English  High  School 
Everett  High  School 
Everett  Trade  School 
Foxboro  High  School 
Framingham  High  School 
Gardner  High  School 
Gate  of  Heaven  High  School 
Gloucester  High  School 


LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 


19 


Goddard  Seminary 

Greenfield  High  School 

Hammond,  Wise.  High  School 

Hartford,  Vt.  High  School 

Haverhill  High  School 

Hebron  Academy 

Holyoke  High  School 

Houlton,  Me.  High  School 

Howe  High  School 

Hyde  Park  High  School 

Ipswich  High  School 

Johnson  High  School 

Lawrence  High  School 

Lexington  High  School 

Lincoln  Preparatory  School 

Lynn  Classical  High  School 

Lynn  English  High  School 

Maiden  High  School 

Manhasset  High  School 

Marblehead  High  School 

Marlboro  High  School 

Mechanic  Arts  High  School 

Medfield  High  School 

Medford  High  School 

Melrose  High  School 

Merrimack  High  School 

Milton  High  School 

Mission  Church  High  School 

Morristown  High  School 

Nashua,  N.  H.  High  School 

Natick  High  School 

Needham  High  School 

New  Bedford  High  School 

Newburyport  High  School 

New  Hampton  School  for  Boys,  N.  H. 

Newton  High  School 

North  Quincy  High  School 

Norwood  High  School 

Passaic,  N.  J.  High  School 

Pawtucket,  R.  I.  High  School 

Peabody  High  School 

Provincetown  High  School 

Quincy  High  School 

Reading  High  School 


Revere  High  School 
Rindge  Technical  High  School 
Roslindale  High  School 
Roxbury  Memorial  High  School 
Sacred  Heart  High  School 
Salem  High  School 
Saugus  High  School 
Scituate  High  School 
Somersworth  High  School 
Somerville  High  School 
South  Kingston  High  School 
Stetson  High  School 
St.  Clement  High  School 
St.  James  High  School 
St.  James  Atonement  College 
St.  John's  High  School 
St.  Mary's  High  School 
Stoneham  High  School 
Stonington,  Me.  High  School 
St.  Raphael's  Academy 
Stoughton  High  School 
Swampscott  High  School 
Tabor  Academy 
Taunton  High  School 
Thayer  Academy 
Valatie,  N.  Y.  High  School 
Vineland,  N.  J.  High  School 
Wakefield  High  School 
Walpole  High  School 
Waltham  High  School 
Watertown  High  School 
Wellesley  High  School 
Weston  High  School 
West  Kent  High  School 
Weymouth  High  School 
Whitman  High  School 
Wilmington  High  School 
Winchester  High  School 
Winthrop  High  School 
Woburn  High  School 
Wolcott,  N.  Y.  High  School 
Woodbury  High  School 
Worcester  High  School 


Location  of  School 

The  work  of  the  school  is  conducted  in  three  buildings  of 
Northeastern  University  situated  on  an  eight  acre  campus  on 
Huntington  Avenue  just  beyond  Massachusetts  Avenue  opposite 
the  Boston  Opera  House. 

The  West  Building  at  360  Huntington  Avenue  contains  the 
headquarters  of  the  school.  This  building  has  more  than  one 
hundred  thousand  square  feet  of  space  and  is  adequately  equipped 
with  classroom,  drawing  room,  and  laboratory  facilities.  In  the 
basement  are  the  check-room,  the  Bookstore,  and  the  Husky 
Hut. 

The  East  Building  of  the  University  is  the  educational  wing  of 


20  LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 

the  Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of  the  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association.  It  contains  the  library,  classrooms,  and  the  Chemi- 
cal laboratories. 

The  South  Building  is  situated  in  rear  of  the  East  Building  and 
contains  several  classrooms,  and  the  Electrical  and  Biological 
laboratories. 

Transportation 

The  School  is  easily  reached  from  the  North  and  South  Sta- 
tions, from  the  various  points  of  the  Boston  Elevated  System,  and 
by  automobile. 

The  railroad  systems  entering  Boston  issue  students'  tickets  to 
students  under  twenty-one  years  of  age.  Applications  for  these 
may  be  obtained  at  a  railroad  office  and  presented  at  the  school 
office  for  signature. 

Parking 

Ample  parking  facilities  are  available  in  the  rear  of  the  East 
Building  and  in  the  area  adjacent  to  the  West  Building. 

Library 

A  large  and  well  equipped  library  is  available  for  the  use  of 
students.  The  reading  rooms  are  open  from  9  a.m.  to  10.30  p.m. 
on  week  days,  and  from  9  a.m.  to  10  p.m.  on  Saturdays.  Students 
have  also  the  privilege  of  securing  books  from  the  Boston  Public 
Library  and  its  branches.  To  obtain  this  privilege  application 
should  be  made  to  the  Librarian,  who  will  furnish  the  applicant 
with  the  necessary  blanks. 

Text  Books  and  Supplies 

The  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  enjoys  the  facilities  of  the 
Northeastern  University  Bookstore,  which  is  a  department  of  the 
University  and  is  operated  for  the  convenience  of  the  student 
body.  All  books  and  supplies  which  are  required  by  the  students 
for  their  work  in  the  Institute  may  be  purchased  at  the  Bookstore. 
In  addition,  the  Bookstore  also  carries  a  large  number  of  general 
supplies.  It  should  be  pointed  out  that  students  attending  Fresh- 
man Drawing  should  be  prepared  to  expend  a  sum  of  approxi- 
mately $5.00  for  drawing  supplies,  exclusive  of  the  cost  of  a 
satisfactory  set  of  drawing  instruments. 


LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE  21 

Visitors 

Visitors  are  always  welcome  at  one  class  session  in  any  depart- 
ment. Those  who  wish  to  visit  any  of  the  classes  should  call  at 
the  school  office  and  obtain  a  visitor's  card  signed  by  the  Dean. 

Notify  the  Office  Immediately 

(a)  Of  any  change  of  address; 

(b)  Of  withdrawal  from  any  course  —  otherwise  the  fee  for  that 
course  will  be  charged; 

(c)  Of  withdrawal  from  the  school  —  giving  the  date  of  the  last 
lecture  attended. 

Interviews  and  Educational  Guidance 

Prospective  students  or  those  desiring  advice  or  guidance  with 
regard  to  any  part  of  the  school  work  or  curricula,  or  who  wish 
assistance  in  the  solution  of  their  educational  problems,  should 
note  the  fact  that  interviews  are  available  without  obligation,  and 
that  the  officers  of  the  school  will  do  their  utmost  to  see  that  a 
program  is  designed  which  is  the  most  satisfactory  for  the  individ- 
ual students.  In  certain  cases,  other  institutions  may  be  recom- 
mended which  suit  the  student's  needs  better.  Furthermore  it  is 
important  that  those  with  educational  problems  to  solve  should 
realize  the  necessity  for  care  in  approaching  educational  work  so 
that  the  program  selected  will  be  on  the  best  educational  basis. 

Awards  for  Scholastic  Achievements 

For  the  school  year,  1940-41,  the  Executive  Council  has 
offered  the  following  scholarships.  To  the  highest  ranking  Sub- 
Freshman,  Freshman,  Sophomore  and  Junior  who  returns  for 
the  following  school  year  a  scholarship  of  $60.  To  the  second 
highest  ranking  Sub-Freshman,  Freshman,  Sophomore  and 
Junior  who  returns  for  the  following  school  year  a  scholarship 
of  $30. 

These  scholarships  will  be  awarded  only  to  students  pursuing  a 
full  program. 

The  winners  of  these  scholarships  for  the  past  school  year  were: 

Sub-Freshmen  Sidney  H.  Welsh  Albert  H.  Thibodeau 

Freshmen  Edward  C.  Gaudet  Charles  B.  Robinson 

Sophomores  John  L.  Sienczyk  Wallace  W.  Wilder 

Juniors  Giacomo  J.  Ristagno  Morris  Katzman 

The  awards  were  made  at  the  Annual  Commencement  exercises 

held  in  Bates  Hall  on  June  15,  1939. 


One  of  the  Classrooms 


A  Section  of  the  Chemistry  Laboratory 


ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS  23 


^Requirements  for  ^Admission 

Regular  Students 

Applicants  for  admission  who  present  evidence  of  completion 
of  an  approved  secondary  school  course,  or  the  equivalent  of 
fifteen  units  (including  one  unit  in  Algebra  and  one  in  Plane 
Geometry)  may  be  admitted  as  regular  students,  candidates  for  the 
Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering  and  also  eligible  to  proceed  later, 
if  so  desired,  to  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administra- 
tion in  Engineering  and  Management  offered  by  Northeastern 
University  School  of  Business. 


Conditioned  Students 

Applicants  for  admission  who  do  not  meet  the  full  requirements 
for  admission  as  regular  students  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Committee  on  Admission,  be  admitted  as  conditioned  students 
provided  such  secondary  school  work  as  has  been  completed 
embraces  one  unit  of  Algebra  and  one  unit  of  Plane  Geometry. 
A  conditioned  student  whose  scholarship  is  satisfactory  but  who 
has  not  removed  his  conditions  within  the  time  specified  by  the 
Committee  on  Admission  may  be  permitted  to  continue  with  his 
program  of  studies  but  on  the  completion  of  the  chosen  four  year 
curriculum,  he  will  receive  a  diploma  indicating  the  completion  of 
the  program,  but  not  carrying  the  award  of  the  Title  of  Associate 
in  Engineering.  A  conditioned  student  may  remove  his  condi- 
tions and  be  reclassified  as  a  regular  student  by  one  of  the  following 
methods: 

(a)  By  applying  courses  which  they  have  completed  in  the 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute  at  the  rate  of  one  unit  for  each 
two  and  one-half  semester  hours.  (A  course  cannot  be 
credited  both  towards  the  removal  of  admission  condi- 
tions and  towards  the  Title  or  Degree.) 

(b)  By  applying  units  for  work  completed  in  an  approved 
secondary  school,  such  as  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School, 
whose  courses  are  conducted  at  convenient  evening  hours. 

(c)  By  passing  the  examinations  of  the  College  Entrance  Exam- 
ination Board. 


24  ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS 

Special  Students 

Students  who  wish  to  register  for  a  special  program  or  for  single 
courses  will  be  admitted  as  special  students,  not  candidates  for  the 
diploma  or  Title,  provided  their  previous  education  and  training 
permit  them  to  pursue  the  courses  with  profit. 

Programs  are  planned  to  meet  individual  needs  and  should 
prove  of  benefit  to  those  who  wish  rapid  and  immediate  knowl- 
edge of  certain  fields,  whether  to  supplement  former  training  or 
to  obtain  preparation  which  will  permit  them  to  enter  a  new  line 
of  endeavor. 

Late  Registration 

Students  should  avoid  late  registration.  Those  who  find  it  neces- 
sary to  register  late  may  be  permitted  to  enter  the  school  pro- 
vided that  they  have  not  lost  so  much  work  as  to  render  it  unlikely 
that  they  will  succeed  in  their  courses. 


ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS  25 

Classification  of  Students 

Division  A 

Students  who  enter  school  at  the  beginning  of  the  normal 
school  year  in  September  are  termed  Division  A  students.  Pro- 
grams for  these  students  can  be  arranged  so  that  the  work  of  the 
school  year  is  completed  by  May  or  in  early  June  by  attendance 
three  evenings  a  week.  Students,  however,  may  elect  to  carry  a 
lighter  scholastic  load  than  the  regular  program.  Summer  courses 
are  not  necessary  for  Division  A  students. 

Division  B 

Students  entering  school  in  January  are  termed  Division  B 
students.  These  students  terminate  the  first  part  of  their  studies 
by  the  end  of  May,  attending  three  evenings  a  week.  However,  to 
complete  the  work  of  the  Freshman  year,  it  is  necessary  that  they 
attend  a  summer  course  which  meets  for  two  evenings  a  week. 
Students  pursuing  this  program  may  continue  with  the  Sophomore 
program  in  the  September  of  the  year  in  which  they  enter  school. 

Summer  attendance  is  not  compulsory,  but  in  the  event  that  a 
student  does  not  pursue  a  summer  course,  attendance  is  necessary 
over  a  period  of  five  school  years  to  complete  graduation  require- 
ments. 

Sub-Freshmen 

Students  who  have  not  completed  Algebra  and  Geometry,  or 
those  who  wish  to  review  these  subjects  before  undertaking  the 
work  of  the  Freshman  year  because  of  the  remoteness  of  their 
former  period  of  study  are  termed  Sub-Freshmen.  Their  course 
will  consist  of  Sub-Freshman  Mathematics  which  embraces  com- 
plete courses  in  Algebra  and  Geometry  and  the  Freshman  courses 
in  Engineering  Mathematics  and  Engineering  Drawing.  These 
courses  extend  for  thirty-two  weeks.  During  the  Summer  Term 
the  program  consists  of  the  Freshman  course  in  Physics. 

Students  who  complete  these  courses  will  be  admitted  to  the 
work  of  the  Sophomore  year.  This  program  permits  them  to 
save  a  year  which  would  otherwise  be  lost,  since  it  enables  them 
to  graduate  in  the  customary  period  of  four  years. 

Students  are  admitted  to  this  course  only  after  a  personal  inter- 
view with  the  Dean. 


26  TUITION  FEES 


tuition  and  Other  Charges 

Matriculation  Fee 

A  Matriculation  Fee  of  $5.00  is  payable  by  each  student  on  his 
initial  entrance  to  the  school.  This  fee  is  not  returnable,  except 
where  the  student  is  refused  admission  to  the  school. 


Tuition  Fees 
Division  A 

The  tuition  charges  and  laboratory  fees  may  be  determined  by 
consulting  the  alphabetical  list  of  courses  on  page  57.  These 
charges  are  usually  $120  for  a  full  program  and  may  be  paid  in 
six  equal  installments  as  follows: 

First  payment  On  registration 

Second  payment  Week  of  October  21-26 

Third  payment  Week  of  December  2-7 

Fourth  payment  Week  of  January  20-25 

Fifth  payment  Week  of  March  3-8 

Sixth  payment  Week  of  April  14-18 

Division  B 

Students  entering  Division  B  may  carry  only  two  courses  be- 
tween January  and  June,  the  fees  for  which  are  $80,  payable  in 
four  equal  installments  as  follows: 

First  payment  On  registration 

Second  payment  Week  of  February  24-28 

Third  payment  Week  of  March  24-28 

Fourth  payment  Week  of  April  21-25 

In  addition  there  is  a  summer  course  for  Division  B  students 
the  fees  for  which  are  $40,  payable  in  two  equal  installments  as 
follows: 

First  payment  On  registration 

Second  payment  Week  of  July  21-25 

In  certain  cases  even  the  installment  plan  indicated  above  for  Division 
A  or  Division  B  will  not  meet  the  needs  of  many  deserving  students. 
Such  students  are  requested  to  confer  with  an  officer  of  the  school  regard- 
ing a  satisfactory  plan  for  the  payment  of  fees. 

The  Officers  of  Administration  require  that  students  abide  by 
the  terms  of  their  agreement  and  that  all  students  make  payments 
on  the  dates  specified. 


TUITION  FEES  27 


Scholarships 

The  Executive  Council  has  made  available  a  few  scholarships  to 
assist  needy  students  of  good  mental  capacity  who  because  of 
financial  limitations  might  be  deprived  of  educational  oppor- 
tunities. The  award  when  a  scholarship  is  granted  is  never  in 
excess  of  one-half  of  the  student's  tuition  fees  for  the  year. 


28  TUITION  FEES 


tuition  l^egulations 

Charges  for  Partial  Program 

In  cases  where  students  are  not  carrying  a  full  program  the 
tuition  fees  are  payable  as  follows: 

(a)  If  the  total  charges  are  $80.00  or  more,  fees  may  be  paid  in 
six  installments. 

(b)  If  the  charges  are  $40.00  or  more  but  less  than  $80.00 
fees  are  paid  in  four  equal  installments. 

(c)  If  the  charges  are  less  than  $40.00,  fees  are  payable  in  two 
successive  monthly  installments. 

No  deduction  from  tuition  fees  is  made  because  of  late  enrollment. 


Bills 

The  school  endeavors  to  mail  bills  to  students  ten  days  in 
advance  of  the  payment  date  and  also  issues  announcements  in 
class  to  the  effect  that  a  payment  date  is  falling  due.  In  those 
cases  where  students  have  not  received  bills,  they  should  intimate 
the  fact  to  the  school  office.  Students  are  reminded  that  the  non- 
receipt  of  a  bill  does  not  exempt  them  from  the  responsibility  of 
meeting  their  payments  on  the  dates  assigned  and  that  failure  to 
do  so  will  cause  the  student's  exclusion  from  class  until  he  has 
conferred  with  an  officer  of  the  school. 

In  the  event  that  absence  from  school  is  unavoidable  at  pay- 
ment periods,  students  are  advised  to  mail  check  or  money  order. 

Students  may  obtain  a  statement  of  their  accounts  at  any  time. 


Charges  for  Partial  Attendance 

In  the  event  of  a  student's  withdrawal  from  school,  he  is  charged 
on  a  pro  rata  basis  for  the  weeks  he  has  attended.  These  charges 
are  as  follows: 

34  week  courses  —  4%  of  the  total  charges  for  each  week  of 
attendance. 

20  week  courses  —  6%  of  the  total  charges  for  each  week  of 
attendance. 

17  week  courses  —  8%  of  the  total  charges  for  each  week  of 
attendance. 

The  same  charges  are  applicable  in  the  event  that  a  student 

abandons  a  part  of  his  program.    In  addition  the  full  Laboratory 

Fee  is  charged  in  those  cases  where  a  student  is  pursuing  a  Science. 


TUITION  FEES 


29 


Laboratory  Fees 

All  students  taking  courses  which  require  laboratory  work  are 
charged  laboratory  fees  in  accordance  with  the  following  rates: 
Aeronautical  Laboratory       .  .  .  $5.00 


Air  Conditioning  Laboratory 
Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory 
Electrical  Laboratory  I,  II,  III 
Engineering  Laboratory,  I,  II 
Industrial  Chemistry  Laboratory 
Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 
Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 


5.00 
15.00 
5.00 
5.00 
15.00 
15.00 
15.00 


Laboratory  fees  are  not  returnable. 

For  students  taking  Chemistry  there  is  in  addition  a  Chemistry  labo- 
ratory deposit  of  $5.00,  the  unused  portion  of  which  will  be  refunded 
after  deductions  for  breakages. 

Special  Examination  Fees 

The  fee  for  each  special  examination  for  advanced  standing,  for 
conditioned  students,  or  for  students  who  have  for  justifiable 
cause  omitted  to  take  the  regularly  scheduled  examinations  is  $3. 
In  those  cases  where  students  have  for  justifiable  cause  omitted 
to  take  a  mid-term  or  pre-announced  quiz,  an  examination  fee  of 
$1.50  will  be  charged  for  the  make-up  quiz.  In  each  case  the  fee 
must  be  paid  before  the  examination  is  taken. 

Charges  for  Damages 

Students  who  damage  apparatus  in  the  laboratories  or  who 
willfully  destroy  school  property  will  be  responsible  for  the  re- 
placement of  such  damaged  articles  or  for  the  cost  of  replace- 
ment where  this  is  undertaken  by  the  school. 

Cost  of  Drawing  Materials 

Students  taking  Freshman  Drawing  should  be  prepared  to 
expend  a  sum  of  approximately  $5.00  for  drawing  supplies,  exclusive 
of  cost  of  a  satisfactory  set  of  drawing  instruments. 

Diploma  Fee 

On  completing  the  curricular  requirements  for  the  Title  of 
Associate  in  Engineering  or  for  a  certificate  of  completion  the 
student  will  pay  a  diploma  fee  of  $10.  T.is  fee  must  be  paid 
by  May  15th  in  the  year  of  the  student's  graduation. 


30  TUITION  FEES 


Refund  Policy 

Students  who  are  forced  to  withdraw  from  a  course  or  from  the 
school  are  expected  to  notify  the  school  office  by  completing  the 
withdrawal  blank  which  will  be  furnished. 

Since  the  school  assumes  the  obligation  of  carrying  the  student 
throughout  the  year  for  which  he  registers,  and  since  the  instruc- 
tion and  accommodation  are  provided  on  a  yearly  basis,  the 
Executive  Council  of  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  has  ruled  as 
follows: 

A.  Application  for  refunds  must  be  presented  within  forty-five 
days  after  withdrawal  from  school. 

B.  Refund  in  the  case  of  complete  withdrawal  from  school  will 
be  granted  by  the  Committee  on  Withdrawals  for  reasons 
which  they  deem  adequate.  Among  the  reasons  deemed 
adequate  are  the  following: 

(a)  Personal  illness. 

(b)  Change  of  employment  by  direction  of  employer 
whether  in  the  schedule  of  time  or  in  place  of  employ- 
ment. 

(c)  The  situation  where  the  student  becomes  the  sole  or 
partial  support  of  the  family  so  as  to  make  it  impossible 
for  him  to  continue  his  studies. 

(d)  Loss  of  position. 

(e)  Change  of  residence. 

(f)  A  voluntary  change  of  employment,  the  hours  or  the 
residence  being  such  that  he  is  unable  to  continue 
attendance. 

In  all  the  above  cases  it  is  expected  that  a  medical  certificate, 
letter  from  employer,  or  other  appropriate  substantiating  docu- 
mentary evidence  will  be  produced  by  the  student. 


ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS  31 

^Administrative  (rRggulations 

Applications  for  Admission 

A  PPLICATIONS   for   admission   should   be   filed   as    early  as 
possible  in  order  that  the  necessary  investigations  may  be 
made  and  the  status  of  each  student  definitely  determined  before 
the  opening  day. 

Registration 

Each  student  is  required  to  present  himself  at  the  School  Office, 
and  to  have  his  course  approved  by  the  Dean  to  complete  his 
registration.  A  student  is  expected  to  pay  the  first  tuition  install- 
ment and  other  fees  required  before  beginning  attendance. 

Late  registration  will  be  permitted  only  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Dean. 

The  School  Year 

The  school  year  is  divided  into  two  semesters  of  seventeen 
weeks  each.  The  first  semester  extends  from  September  16  to 
January  24,  and  the  second  semester  from  January  27  to  May  23, 
except  that  make-up  sessions  for  public  holidays  may  extend 
either  term.  Attention  is  drawn  to  the  fact  that  Division  B 
students  begin  their  studies  on  January  13. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Students  may  register  for  single  subjects  or  for  complete  courses, 
provided  such  registration  meets  with  the  approval  of  the  Dean; 
but  to  receive  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering  or  certificate 
of  completion  the  student  must  fulfill  the  following  conditions: 

a.  Regardless  of  the  advanced  standing  credit  he  receives,  he 
must  have  been  in  attendance  for  at  least  a  year  preceding 
the  date  on  which  he  expects  to  graduate;  that  is,  he  must 
complete  at  least  one  full  year's  work  in  the  Lincoln  Tech- 
nical Institute. 

b.  He  must  complete  all  the  courses  of  his  particular  curric- 
ulum, either  by  attendance  at  this  Institute,  or  by  receiving 
advanced  standing  credit  for  those  courses,  or  the  equiva- 
lent of  those  courses,  as  determined  by  the  Dean. 

c.  He  must  pass  such  final  examinations  as  are  required  in  the 
courses  he  has  pursued.  The  various  curricula  have  been 
arranged  so  that  the  courses  can  be  completed  in  four  years. 
However,  an  extension  of  time  will  be  granted  to  those  who 
wish  to  take  longer  to  meet  the  requirements  for  graduation. 


32  ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

Sessions 

Classes  meet  on  week-day  evenings.  There  are  no  classes  on 
Saturdays.  A  full  schedule  will  include  three  evenings  a  week. 
As  a  rule  classes  are  scheduled  from  7  p.m.  till  9  p.m.,  although 
occasionally  classes  continue  until  9.30  p.m.  Laboratory  periods 
in  Chemistry  are  of  four  hours'  duration. 

Attendance  Requirements 

A  careful  record  of  attendance  upon  class  exercises  is  kept  for 
each  student.  Absence  from  regularly  scheduled  classes  on  any 
subject  will  seriously  affect  the  standing  of  the  student.  It  may 
cause  the  removal  of  certain  subjects  from  his  schedule  and  the 
listing  of  these  as  "conditioned  subjects."  However,  if  reasonable 
excuse  for  absence  be  presented,  the  student  may  be  allowed  to 
make  up  the  time  lost,  and  be  given  credit  for  the  work;  but  he 
must  complete  the  work  at  such  time  and  in  such  manner  as  his 
instructor  in  the  course  shall  designate. 

Students  who  are  unavoidably  absent  from  class  may  receive 
the  home  work  assignments  by  telephoning  the  school  office. 

A  minimum  attendance  record  of  70%  must  be  maintained  in 
all  classes  before  a  student  will  be  admitted  to  examination. 

Examinations  and  Quizzes 

Examinations  and  quizzes  are  held  throughout  the  term  at  the 
discretion  of  the  instructors.  Quizzes  are  to  be  made  up  at  the 
discretion  of  the  instructor.  The  fee  for  each  make-up  quiz  is 
$1.50.  Final  examinations  are  required  upon  the  completion  of 
all  courses.    The  following  system  of  grading  is  used: 

A  —  90  to  100  —  Excellent 
B  — 80  "     89  — Good 
C  — 70  "     79  — Fair 
D  —  60  "     69  —  Lowest  Passing  Grade 
F  —  50  "     59  —  Conditioned  Failure 
FF  —  Below  50  —  Complete  Failure 

A  student  marked  "F"  may  receive  one  special  examination. 
If  he  fails  in  that,  he  must  repeat  the  course.  A  student  marked 
"FF"  must  repeat  the  course.  The  fee  for  each  special  examination 
is  $3.  Grades  and  reports  are  mailed  to  the  students  and  will  not 
be  given  out  at  the  School  Office.  Under  no  circumstances  will 
grades  be  given  over  the  telephone. 


ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS  33 

It  is  to  be  noted  that  no  student  will  be  permitted  to  graduate 
who  does  not  maintain  a  "C"  average  and  that  students  who  have 
not  maintained  such  an  average  by  the  end  of  the  Sophomore 
year  will  not  be  permitted  to  continue  in  school. 

Transfers 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  change  from  one  course  to  an' 
other  without  first  consulting  the  Dean  and  receiving  a  Transfer 
Order  signed  by  him. 

Reports  of  Standing 

An  informal  report  of  the  student's  standing  is  issued  at  the 
end  of  the  first  semester;  and  the  formal  report,  covering  the  year's 
record,  is  issued  at  the  close  of  each  year. 

In  the  case  of  students  who  are  under  twenty-one  years  of  age, 
reports  may  be  sent  to  parents  in  the  event  of  unsatisfactory 
work  on  the  part  of  the  student,  non-compliance  with  adminis- 
trative regulations,  continued  absence,  and  withdrawal.  Parents 
of  minors  may  obtain  reports  at  any  time  on  request. 

Students  Admitted  with  Advanced  Standing 

Students  who,  upon  admission,  were  granted  provisional  ad- 
vanced standing  credit,  but  did  not  present  evidence  of  their 
eligibility  to  such  credit,  shall  not  be  granted  the  diploma  of  the 
school,  unless  the  credentials  are  presented  to  the  Dean  before 
the  close  of  the  first  year  of  attendance. 

Methods  of  Instruction 

Instruction  is  given  by  means  of  lectures,  recitations,  laboratory 
work,  and  practical  work  in  the  drawing  rooms.  Great  value  is 
set  upon  the  educational  effect  of  these  exercises,  which  constitute 
the  foundation  of  each  of  the  courses.  Oral  and  written  examina- 
tions are  held  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructors. 

Subjects  of  Instruction 

On  pages  57  to  67  will  be  found  a  detailed  statement  of  the 
scope  of  the  subjects  offered  in  the  various  courses.  The  subjects 
are  numbered  for  convenience  of  reference  in  consulting  the 
various  curriculum  schedules. 

Required  courses,  and  those  prerequisite  thereto,  must  have  been 
successfully  pursued  before  any  advanced  course  may  be  taken. 


34  ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

The  student  must  have  become  proficient  in  all  the  elementary 
subjects  before  undertaking  advanced  work,  except  that  Special 
Students  who  by  virtue  of  experience  can  profit  by  an  advanced 
course  may  be  admitted  to  such  a  course  by  the  Dean. 

By  careful  consideration  of  the  curriculum  schedules,  in  con- 
nection with  the  description  of  subjects,  the  applicant  for  a  special 
course  may  select,  for  the  earlier  part  of  that  course,  such  subjects 
as  will  enable  him  to  pursue  later  those  more  advanced  subjects 
which  he  may  particularly  desire. 

Elective  Subjects 

Students  electing  any  course  not  required  in  their  curriculum 
will  be  required  to  take  all  examinations  in  that  course,  and  to 
attain  a  passing  grade  in  it  before  they  will  be  eligible  for  a  diploma. 

Diplomas 

Upon  the  satisfactory  completion  of  any  of  the  regular  curricula, 
and  the  fulfillment  of  the  conditions  on  page  3 1  the  student  is 
entitled  to  receive  a  diploma.  A  graduation  fee  of  ten  dollars 
is  required  of  all  candidates  for  a  diploma.  This  fee  must  be  paid 
on  or  before  May  15th  in  the  year  in  which  the  student  is  to 
graduate. 

The  diploma  with  honor  will  be  awarded  to  those  students  who 
have  completed  the  curriculum  for  which  they  registered  with  an 
average  of  at  least  85%. 

Diplomas  are  awarded  at  the  annual  commencement  exercises. 
These  are  held  about  the  middle  of  June. 


COURSES  OF  STUDY  35 


information  <rRggarding  Courses 

Curricular  Programs  Leading  to  the  Title  of  Associate 
in  Engineering 

The  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  offers  four-year  courses  in  the 
following  fields: 

Architectural  Engineering 
Chemistry 
Civil  Engineering 
Electrical  Engineering 

Mechanical  Engineering  with  Aeronautical  or  Air  Condi- 
tioning Options 
Structural  Engineering 

On  the  satisfactory  completion  of  a  prescribed  four-year  course 
involving  not  less  than  900  classroom  hours  the  Title  of  Associate 
in  Engineering  is  awarded  to  all  regular  students.  Those  students 
who  entered  with  conditions  and  who  have  not  been  reclassified 
as  regular  students  will  be  awarded  a  diploma  signifying  the  com- 
pletion of  the  courses  but  not  carrying  the  award  of  the  Title  of 
Associate  in  Engineering. 

All  these  courses  are  of  strictly  college  grade.  In  those  cases 
where  students  are  unable,  because  of  circumstances,  to  carry  all 
of  the  work  prescribed  in  any  year,  an  extension  of  time  will  be 
granted  by  the  Dean,  who  will  determine  which  subjects  shall  be 
excluded,  and  also  the  order  in  which  the  omitted  subjects  shall 
later  be  studied. 

Schedules  of  the  various  curricula  are  given  on  the  following 
pages.  The  work  of  the  first  year  is  the  same  for  all  curricula 
except  the  special  course  in  Chemistry  described  on  page  38. 

When  a  student  elects  a  curriculum  he  is  expected  to  complete 
all  the  subjects  in  that  curriculum  in  order  to  receive  the  Title  or 
a  diploma,  unless  he  has  the  permission  of  the  Dean  to  drop  or 
omit  certain  subjects  and  substitute  others  for  those  omitted. 


36  COURSES  OF  STUDY 


cArchitectural  Engineering  Qourse 

heading  to  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

Architectural  Engineering  is  a  profession  which  requires  not 
only  an  intimate  knowledge  of  the  properties  of  steel,  concrete, 
masonry,  timber,  and  all  of  the  other  materials  which  enter  into  the 
structure  of  the  building,  but  an  acquaintance  with  the  various 
styles  of  architecture  as  developed  in  previous  civilizations,  as 
well  as  the  tendencies  of  modern  practice,  in  order  that  these 
materials  may  be  used  and  harmonize  with  the  design  of  the 
building. 

The  course  in  Architectural  Engineering  undertakes  to  furnish 
the  fundamental  training  necessary  to  start  the  student  in  his 
career.  It  prepares  for  the  individual  practice  of  Architecture,  or 
for  the  supervision  of  construction.  This  curriculum  will  be  of 
value  to  those  who  at  present  occupy  minor  positions  in  the 
architectural  profession,  and  it  is  also  possible  for  a  student  who 
plans  to  obtain  employment  in  an  architect's  office  to  receive  in 
his  early  training  sufficient  preparation  for  such  work.  He  may 
then  advance  by  combining  theory  with  practice. 

First  Year  Second  Year 

Engineering  Mathematics  Advanced  Mathematics 

Engineering  Drawing  Architectural  Drawing 

Physics  Applied  Mechanics 

Third  Year  Fourth  Year 

Strength  of  Materials  Engineering  Structures 

Architectural  Design  *Advanced  Architectural  Design 
Materials  of  Construction  Concrete  (1) 

and  Foundations  (1)  Concrete  Design  (2) 

Hydraulics  (2) 

(1)  signifies  First  Semester  Course 

(2)  signifies  Second  Semester  Course 

These  courses  carry  credit  towards  a  six-year  program  leading 
to  the  Degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Management  offered 
by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 

*Students  who  plan  to  pursue  a  Degree  Program  must  substitute  Business  and 
Industrial  Management  for  this  course. 


COURSES  OF  STUDY  37 

Qhemistry  Course 

Leading  to  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

HTHE  Science  of  Chemistry  and  Chemical  Engineering  have 
undergone  a  marked  development  during  the  past  thirty 
years.  One  has  only  to  pause  for  a  moment  and  consider  the 
tremendous  changes  that  have  taken  place  in  our  ordinary  lives 
during  that  period  to  recognize  not  only  the  important  part  that 
has  been  played  by  the  Chemist  and  the  Engineer,  but  also  to 
appreciate  the  important  part  that  they  are  likely  to  play  in  the 
future. 

The  Chemist  is  in  demand  in  every  industry.  His  aid  is  sought 
in  the  operation  of  plants  for  the  production  of  such  products  as 
gas,  coke,  oil,  paint,  fertilizers,  drugs,  etc.  His  help  is  requested  in 
the  development  of  more  economical  processes,  in  the  potential 
use  of  by-products,  and  in  the  actual  discovery  of  new  products 
in  private  laboratories  or  in  the  research  laboratories  of  industry. 
As  a  result  of  the  training  offered  by  this  curriculum  a  student 
has  the  opportunity  of  entering  the  field  of  Chemistry  at  a  point 
appropriate  to  his  period  of  study.  The  training  is  sufficiently 
general  so  that  a  variety  of  industries  is  open  to  him,  yet  deals 
quite  specifically  with  particular  industries  in  which  a  person  may 
be  definitely  interested. 

First  Year 

Engineering  Mathematics 

Physics 

Engineering  Drawing 

Second  Year 
Advanced  Mathematics 
Inorganic  Chemistry  Lectures 
Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Third  Year 
Applied  Mechanics 
Analytical  Chemistry  Lectures 
Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Fourth  Year 
Electricity 

Organic  Chemistry  Lectures 
Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Fifth  Year 
Industrial  Chemistry  Lectures 
Industrial  Chemistry  Laboratory 
Business  and  Industrial  Management 


38  COURSES  OF  STUDY 


Chemistry  Course 

Leading  to  a  Diploma 

First  Year 
Inorganic  Chemistry  Lectures 
Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Second  Year 
Qualitative  Analysis  Lectures  (1) 
Qualitative  Analysis  Laboratory  (1) 
Quantitative  Analysis  Lectures  (2) 
Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory  (2) 

Third  Year 
Organic  Chemistry  Lectures 
Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Fourth  Year 
Industrial  Chemistry  Lectures 
Industrial  Chemistry  Laboratory 

(1)  signifies  First  Semester  Course 

(2)  signifies  Second  Semester  Course 

These  courses  carry  credit  towards  the  Title  of  Associate  in 
Engineering  and  the  Degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Manage- 
ment offered  by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 
Students  wishing  to  pursue  programs  for  the  Title  or  for  the 
Degree  should  consult  the  Dean  regarding  particulars. 


COURSES  OF  STUDY  39 


Civil  Engineering  Course 

heading  to  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  purpose  of  this  curriculum  is  to  give  the  student  an  educa- 
tion in  those  subjects  which  form  the  basis  of  all  branches  of 
technical  education,  and  a  special  training  in  those  subjects  com- 
prised under  the  term  "Civil  Engineering."  It  is  designed  to  give 
the  student  sound  training  in  the  sciences  upon  which  professional 
practice  is  based. 

Civil  Engineering  covers  such  a  broad  field  that  no  one  can 
become  expert  in  its  whole  extent.  It  includes  Topographical 
Engineering,  Municipal  Engineering,  and  Railroad  Engineering. 
It  covers  land  surveying,  and  construction  of  sewers,  water  works, 
roads  and  streets.  All  these  branches  of  Engineering  rest,  how- 
ever, upon  a  relatively  compact  body  of  principles.  The  students 
are  trained  in  these  principles  by  practice  in  the  class-room  and 
drawing-room,  and,  in  addition  are  familiarized  with  the  equip- 
ment used  in  Civil  Engineering. 

The  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  take  up 
the  work  of  assisting  in  the  location  and  construction  of  steam  and 
electric  railways,  sewerage  and  water-supply  systems. 

First  Year  Second  Year 

Engineering  Mathematics  Advanced  Mathematics 

Engineering  Drawing  Surveying 

Physics  Applied  Mechanics 

Third  Year  Fourth  Year 

Strength  of  Materials  Engineering  Structures 

Highway  Engineering  Concrete  (1) 

Materials  of  Construction  Concrete  Design  (2) 

and  Foundations  (1)  *Structural  Drawing 
Hydraulics  (2) 

(1)  signifies  First  Semester  Course 

(2)  signifies  Second  Semester  Course 

These  courses  carry  credit  towards  a  six-year  program  leading 
to  the  Degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Management  offered 
by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 

*Students  who  plan  to  pursue  a  Degree  Program  must  substitute  Business  and 
Industrial  Management  for  this  course. 


40  COURSES  OF  STUDY 


Electrical  Engineering  Qourse 

Leading  to  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  applications  of  Electricity  have  developed  rapidly  in  recent 
years  and  to  attain  proficiency  in  this  field  students  must  have  a 
good  working  knowledge  of  Mathematics  and  Physics.  It  is 
essential  that  students  planning  to  take  this  course  should  realize 
the  fundamental  necessity  of  obtaining  a  solid  foundation  in  these 
subjects. 

The  instruction  has  been  carefully  balanced  between  recitations, 
lectures,  home  work,  reports,  and  laboratory  tests  in  order  to 
develop  in  the  student  the  power  of  perception,  of  rational  think- 
ing and  of  applying  theoretical  principles  to  practical  problems. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  the  curriculum  to  attempt  the  impossible 
—  to  turn  out  fully  trained  engineers  in  any  of  the  various  branches 
of  the  science.  It  is  designed  to  lay  a  thorough  foundation  for 
future  progress  along  the  lines  of  work  which  may  particularly 
appeal  to  the  individual,  and  give  him  an  adequate  working 
acquaintance  with  the  essential  principles  which  underlie  each 
of  the  more  specialized  branches  of  professional  activity.  Parallel 
with  the  theoretical  work  runs  a  carefully  planned  course  of  laboraory 
work  which  is  intended  to  develop  the  student's  powers  of  planning  work 
for  himself. 

First  Year  Second  Year 

Engineering  Mathematics  Advanced  Mathematics 

Engineering  Drawing  Electricity  I 

Physics  Electrical  Laboratory  I 

Third  Year  Fourth  Year 

Applied  Mechanics  *Heat  Engineering  I   (1) 

Electricity  II  *Heat  Engineering  II  (2) 

Electrical  Laboratory  II  Electricity  III 

Electrical  Laboratory  III 

(1)  signifies  First  Semester  Course 

(2)  signifies  Second  Semester  Course 

These  courses  carry  credit  towards  a  six-year  program  leading 
to  the  Degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Management  offered 
by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 

*Students  who  plan  to  pursue  a  Degree  Program  must  substitute  Business  and 
Industrial  Management  for  this  course. 


COURSES  OF  STUDY  41 


<&Kechanical  Engineering  Course 

Leading  to  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  give  a  foundation  in  those  funda- 
mental subjects  which  form  the  basis  for  all  professional  engineer- 
ing practice,  and  especially  to  equip  the  engineer  with  a  knowledge 
of  the  various  phases  of  Mechanical  Engineering.  The  course 
embraces  instruction  by  textbook,  lecture,  drawing-room  and 
laboratory. 

All  the  mathematics  required  in  the  designing  of  machinery  is 
given  during  the  first  two  years  so  as  to  prepare  for  the  designing 
and  engineering  courses  given  during  the  third  and  fourth  years. 
The  sequence  of  subjects  from  those  of  an  elementary  nature  to 
Heat  Engineering,  Machine  Design,  etc.,  is  arranged  so  that  the 
student  may  have  a  complete  understanding  of  the  advanced 
courses. 

Air  conditioning  and  Aeronautical  options  are  available  in 
this  field. 

The  curriculum  gives  the  student  a  good  theoretical  training 
and  in  addition  devotes  sufficient  time  to  practical  applications  of 
theory  so  that  he  obtains  a  training  which  equips  him  for  advance- 
ment in  the  field  of  Mechanical  Engineering. 

First  Year  Second  Year 

Engineering  Mathematics  Advanced  Mathematics 

Engineering  Drawing  Machine  Drawing 

Physics  Applied  Mechanics 

Third  Year  Fourth  Year 

Strength  of  Materials  Machine  Design 

Mechanism  (1)  *Engineering  Laboratory  I 

Hydraulics  (2)  Engineering  Laboratory  II 

Heat  Engineering  1(1) 
Heat  Engineering  II  (2) 

(1)  signifies  First  Semester  Course 

(2)  signifies  Second  Semester  Course 

These  courses  carry  credit  towards  a  six-year  program  leading  to 
the  Degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Management  offered  by 
Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 

*Students  who  plan  to  pursue  a  Degree  Program  must  substitute  Business  and 
Industrial  Management  for  this  course. 


42  COURSES  OF  STUDY 


** Aeronautical  Option 

(The  first  two  years  of  this  program  are  identical  with  those  of 
the  Mechanical  Engineering  program.) 

Third  Year 

Strength  of  Materials 
Heat  Engineering  I  (1) 
Aeronautical  Laboratory  I  (2) 
Mechanism  (1) 
Airplane  Engine  Design  (2) 

Fourth  Year 

Aeronautical  Laboratory 
Airplane  Design 
*Advanced  Airplane  Engine  Design 

**Air  Conditioning  Option 

(The  first  two  years  of  this  program  are  identical  with  those  of 
the  Mechanical  Engineering  program.) 

Third  Year 
Strength  of  Materials 
Heat  Engineering  I  (1) 
Heat  Engineering  II  (2) 
Mechanism  (1) 
Principles  of  Air  Conditioning  (2) 

Fourth  Year 

Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  Design 
Air  Conditioning  Laboratory 
Business  and  Industrial  Management 

(1)  signifies  First  Semester  Course 

(2)  signifies  Second  Semester  Course 

These  courses  carry  credit  towards  a  six-year  program  leading 
to  the  Degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Management  offered 
by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 

*Students  who  plan  to  pursue  a  Degree  Program  must  substitute  Business  and 
Industrial  Management  for  this  course. 

**These  options  will  be  offered  only  if  sufficient  students  enroll. 


COURSES  OF  STUDY  43 


Structural  Engineering  Course 

Leading  to  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering 

The  purpose  of  this  curriculum  is  to  give  the  student  a  special 
training  in  those  subjects  included  in  the  term  "Structural  Engi- 
neering." It  is  designed  to  give  the  student  sound  and  thorough 
training  in  the  science  on  which  professional  practice  is  based. 

Structural  Engineering  covers  such  a  broad  field  that  no  one  can 
become  expert  in  its  whole  extent.  It  includes  the  design  and  con- 
struction of  girders,  columns,  roofs,  trusses,  arches,  bridges, 
buildings,  walks,  dams,  foundations,  and  all  fixed  structures  and 
movable  bridges.  It  includes  a  knowledge  of  the  relative  merits 
of  the  design  and  construction  of  buildings,  bridges  and  structures 
composed  of  different  materials  used  by  the  engineer,  such  as 
concrete,  reinforced  concrete,  timber,  cast  iron,  and  steel. 

The  curriculum  is  so  arranged  as  to  prepare  the  student  to  take 
up  the  work  of  assisting  in  the  design  and  construction  of  struc- 
tures; to  undertake  intelligently  supervision  of  erection  work  in 
the  field  and  general  contracting. 


Courses  of  Instruction 

First  Year  Second  Year 

Engineering  Mathematics  Advanced  Mathematics 

Engineering  Drawing  Structural  Drawing 

Physics  Applied  Mechanics 

Third  Year  Fourth  Year 

Strength  of  Materials  Engineering  Structures 

Structural  Design  *Advanced  Structural  Design 

Materials  of  Construction  Concrete  (1) 

and  Foundations  (1)  Concrete  Design  (2) 
Hydraulics  (2) 

(1)  signifies  First  Semester  Course 

(2)  signifies  Second  Semester  Course 

These  courses  carry  credit  towards  a  six-year  program  leading  to 
the  Degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Management  offered  by 
Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 

*Students  who  plan  to  pursue  a  Degree  Program  must  substitute  Business  and 
Industrial  Management  for  this  course. 


44  DEGREE  PROGRAM 


Curricular  Programs  Leading  to  a  ^Degree 

""THE  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  works  in  conjunction  with 
the  School  of  Business,  Northeastern  University,  in  offering 
a  six-year  program  leading  to  a  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business 
Administration  in  Engineering  and  Management  offered  by  the 
School  of  Business.  This  degree  is  offered  with  the  following 
majors:  Aeronautical,  Air  Conditioning,  Architectural,  Civil, 
Electrical,  Mechanical,  and  Structural.  A  similar  degree  course 
is  available  with  a  Chemistry  major,  particulars  of  which  are 
furnished  on  page  37. 

In  a  recent  study  made  of  engineering  graduates  it  was  quoted 
that  62.1%  entered  industrial,  commercial  and  financial  fields 
where  business  courses,  particularly  in  management  and  finance, 
would  have  substantially  increased  their  value.  Also,  of  the  25% 
entering  professional  practice  or  teaching,  a  large  number  would 
have  benefited  if  they  had  received  beforehand  some  form  of 
business  training. 

The  combination  of  Engineering  and  Business  subjects  is  a 
valuable  one  as  demonstrated  by  surveys  undertaken  by  various 
engineering  societies  and  colleges: 

Fields  of  Work  of  Engineering  Graduates 

Number    Per  Cent 

62.1% 


Industrial 

985 

41.3 ' 

Commercial 

387 

16.3 

Financial 

108 

4.5 

Professional 

595 

25.0 

Governmental  and  Miscellaneous 

306 

12.9 

2,381         100.0 

Students  pursuing  a  program  of  Engineering  and  Management 
subjects  ordinarily  complete  the  work  required  for  the  Title  of 
Associate  in  Engineering  before  starting  business  study.  The 
following  minimum  credits  and  courses  are  required  to  meet  degree 
requirements. 


DEGREE  PROGRAM 


45 


Qeneral  Qourse 

Leading  to  the  B.B.A.  Degree  in  Engineering  and 
Management 

Lincoln  Technical  Institute: 

Eleven  approved  full  courses  in  chosen  engi- 
neering program  or  their  equivalent  (Any  of  the 
curricula  except  Chemistry*  listed  on  page  36 
to  page  43). 


Hours 
Semester 


55 


School  of  Business: 

Accounting  Aids  to  Management 

Business  Reports  and  Conferences 

Business  Economics 

Financial  Organization 

Business  and  Industrial  Management 

Principles  of  Production 

Scientific  Management 

Principles  of  Purchasing 

Industrial  Management  Problems  and  Policies 

**Business  Readings 
Occupational  Experience 

Total  Semester  Hours  Required  for  Degree 


5 

2V2 

5 

5 

5 


35 

5 

30 


125 


*Particulars  of  the  Degree  Course  with  a  Chemistry  Major  are  to  be  found 
on  Page  47. 

**In  addition  each  student  must  register  for  a  Business  Readings  Course  for 
which  there  are  no  lectures.  This  course  is  designed  to  broaden  the  student's 
acquaintance  with  selected  readings  in  the  field  of  business. 


A.  Section  of  the  Electrical  Laboratories 


A  Physics  Demonstration 


i  »i  r|  ■  ■•  I    I        < 


\. 


___ 

tff.U 

m" 

im 

L 

*.«!- 


n 


j. 


DEGREE  PROGRAM  47 


Chemistry  Course 

Leading  to  the  B.B.A.  Degree  in  Engineering  and  Management 
with  a  Chemistry  Major: 

First  Year 

Engineering  Mathematics 

Physics 

Engineering  Drawing 

Second  Year 
Advanced  Mathematics 
Inorganic  Chemistry  Lectures 
Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Third  Year 
Applied  Mechanics 
Analytical  Chemistry  Lectures 
Analytical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Fourth  Year 
Electricity 

Organic  Chemistry  Lectures 
Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Fifth  Year 
Industrial  Chemistry  Lectures 
Industrial  Chemistry  Laboratory 
Business  and  Industrial  Management 

Sixth  Year 
Accounting  Aids  to  Management 
Business  Reports  and  Conferences  (2) 
Principles  of  Purchasing  (2) 
Business  Economics 

Seventh  Year 

Industrial  Management  Problems  and  Policies 
Principles  of  Production  (2) 
Scientific  Management  (2) 
Financial  Organization 
*Business  Readings 

*In  addition  each  student  must  register  for  a  Business  Readings  Course  for 
which  there  are  no  lectures.  This  course  is  designed  to. broaden  the  student's 
acquaintance  with  selected  readings  in  the  field  of  business. 

(2)  Signifies  Second  Semester  Course. 


48  ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT 

Engineering  Equipment 

^Held  instruments  of  Civil  Engineering 

For  work  in  the  field  the  Civil  Engineering  Department  possesses 
various  surveying  instruments  representing  the  principal  makes 
and  types  in  general  use. 

The  equipment  includes  six  surveyors'  compasses,  two  Keuffel 
and  Esser  transits,  five  BufT  and  Buff  transits,  one  Buff  and  Buff 
triangulation  transit,  three  Berger  transits,  one  Hutchinson  transit, 
two  Wissler  transits,  one  Gurley  transit,  one  Poole  transit,  three 
Berger  levels,  two  Keuffel  and  Esser  levels,  two  Buff  and  Buff  levels, 
one  Bausch  and  Lomb  precise  level,  two  Gurley  plane  tables,  two 
Buff  and  Buff  plane  tables,  two  Keuffel  and  Esser  plane  tables, 
and  one  Berger  plane  table. 

There  are  Locke  hand  levels,  lining  rods,  leveling  rods,  stadia 
rods,  tape  rods,  engineers'  and  surveyors'  chains,  steel  and 
metallic  tapes,  one  100-foot  Invar  steel  tape,  and  all  the  miscel- 
laneous equipment  necessary  to  outfit  the  parties  that  the  instru- 
ments will  accommodate.  The  extent  of  the  equipment  and  scope 
of  the  field  work  itself  are  designed  to  train  the  student's  judgment 
as  to  the  relative  merits  of  the  various  types  of  field  instruments. 

For  instruction  in  advanced  surveying  the  equipment  consists 
of  an  Invar  steel  tape  and  base  line  tapes,  with  the  necessary 
spring  balances,  thermometers,  etc.,  for  base  line  work.  Equip- 
ment for  converting  some  of  the  better  transits  into  instruments 
capable  of  stellar  and  solar  observations  is  available,  together  with 
a  Berger  solar  transit.  For  triangulation  a  Berger  10  second  re- 
peating theodolite  and  a  Buff  and  Buff  20  second  repeating  precise 
triangulation  transit  are  used.  A  Buff  and  Buff  Coast  and  Geodetic 
level  and  Coast  and  Geodetic  level  rod  enables  precise  leveling. 
For  barometric  leveling  there  is  an  aneroid  barometer,  and  for 
hydrographic  surveying  a  sextant  and  a  Gurley  electric  current 
meter. 

Electrical  Engineering  Laboratories 
Dynamo  Laboratory 

This  laboratory  is  equipped  with  sixty  generators  and  motors  of 
different  types,  the  size  and  voltage  ratings  being  selected  to  reduce 
as  much  as  possible  the  risk  from  high  voltage  apparatus  while 
making  available  to  the  student  commercial  apparatus  such  that 


ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT  49 

the  various  quantities  it  is  desired  to  measure  will  be  of  reason- 
able dimensions. 

Machines  from  five  to  twenty-five  kilowatt  capacity  are  used 
principally  for  this  reason,  but  also  because  the  student  in  his 
engineering  practice  early  comes  in  contact  with  large  and  varied 
machinery  in  power  houses  and  electrical  plants  generally. 

For  D.  C.  working,  among  others  there  are  two  sets  of  specially 
matched  direct  current  six-kilowatt,  125-volt  compound  generators, 
which  will  work  as  shunt  machines.  Both  pairs  are  driven 
individually  by  15  H.P.,  230- volt  motors  and  used  principally  for 
parallel  operation  and  similar  work.  A  large  230- volt,  12  H.P., 
200  R.P.M.  Sturtevant  motor  is  used  for  retardation  tests,  and  an 
assortment  of  series,  shunt  and  compound  motors  each  fitted 
with  brake  pulleys,  are  used  for  routine  motor  testing. 

A.  C.  Machinery 

For  A.C.  working  there  is  a  fifteen-kilowatt  (unity  p.f.)  three- 
phase,  240-volt  alternator  driven  at  sixty  cycles,  and  a  7.5  kilowatt 
G.  E.  machine  with  special  armature  taps  so  that  it  may  be  used 
as  single-phase,  two-phase,  three-phase,  or  six-phase  synchro- 
nous motor. 

There  are  also  two  12.5  kilowatt  (eighty  per  cent,  p.f.)  G.  E. 
machines  having  each  armature  coil  tapped  out  separately  and 
giving  various  phase  arrangements;  a  five-kilowatt  Holtzer  Cabot 
machine  with  three  rotors,  making  it  available  as  either  a  squirrel 
cage,  wound  rotor,  or  synchronous  machine;  a  G.  E.  single-phase 
clutch  motor,  a  type  R.  I.  induction  motor,  a  Wagner  single-phase 
motor;  two  Wagner  motors  arranged  for  concatenation  control, 
one  five-kilowatt  Holtzer  three-phase  synchronous  converter,  a 
Westinghouse  7.5-kilowatt  two-phase  motor,  a  ten  horsepower 
Fynn-Weichsel  Unity  power  factor  motor,  and  a  Westinghouse 
Synchronous  Converter  (10  kilowatt,  240  D.  C.  volts;  one,  three, 
and  six  phase;  sixty  cycles). 

Recently  installed  in  this  laboratory  is  a  General  Electric 
Electrodynamometer  of  15  horse  power  capacity,  2000  to  4000 
R.P.M.  direct  connected  on  one  end  to  a  10  horse  power,  3  phase 
wound  rotor  induction  motor.  By  means  of  external  resistance 
control,  this  motor  may  have  its  speed  reduced  to  50%  of  its 
rated  value  and  still  carry  its  rated  torque.  The  shaft  extension 
on  the  other  side  of  the  dynamometer  can  be  used  for  testing 
other  electrical  equipment  of  appropriate  size,  such  as  D.  C. 
motors,  single  phase  machinery,  etc.    A  starting  panel,  including 


50  ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT 

latest  types  of  automatic  control  equipment,  has  been  installed 
with  the  electrodynamometer.  There  is  also  available  a  General 
Electric  Metal-Tank  Mercury  Arc  Rectifier  Type  R.H.A.,  12.5 
KW.  6-Phase  250- Volts,  one  of  the  few  units  that  have  been 
installed  in  educational  institutions  in  the  country. 


Auxiliary  Equipment 

For  transformers  there  are  six  single-phase  G.  E.  type  H  units 
wound  for  550  volts  and  220-110  volts;  a  set  of  transformers  with 
Scott  connection  taps,  and  a  Type  R.  O.  constant  current  trans- 
former, primary  winding  for  220-190  volts  and  secondary  for  6.6 
amperes,  310  volts  maximum  fitted  with  a  load  of  eighty  candle 
power  6.6-amperes,  sixty-watt  nitrogen  filled  tungsten  lamps,  and 
a  pair  of  550-220  1 10  volts  G.  E.  three-phase  transformers  of  5-kva 
capacity.  There  is  also  a  full  equipment  of  necessary  control  and 
regulating  appliances  and  twelve  movable  test  tables  fitted  with 
the  necessary  terminals,  switches,  circuit  breakers,  etc.,  for  setting 
up  the  various  combinations  required  from  time  to  time.  Each 
student  when  performing  an  experiment  does  the  complete 
wiring,  no  apparatus  in  the  laboratory  being  permanently  wired 
up  except  as  to  its  normal,  self-contained  circuits. 

Power  is  supplied  over  a  special  set  of  feeders,  from  the  Boston 
Edison  system.  Two  power  circuits  are  available:  one  of  50  K.  W. 
capacity  supplying  60  cycle,  three  phase,  alternating  current  at 
230  volts  and  the  other  providing  115-230  volt  three  wire  direct 
current.  For  lowering  the  voltage  in  transformer  testing  G.  E. 
induction  regulators  are  used. 

There  are  also  speed  governors  and  Tirrel  regulators,  both 
A.  C.  and  D.  C.,  capable  of  being  used  with  any  special  machines 
found  desirable  at  any  particular  time. 

The  Instrument  Room  is  supplied  with  seventy-six  high  grade 
General  Electric  Company  and  Weston  Electric  Instrument 
Corporation  alternating  current  voltmeters  and  ammeters,  with 
a  number  of  potential  and  current  transformers,  and  with  three- 
polyphase  and  sixteen  single-phase  indicating  wattmeters,  each  of 
double  current  and  double  voltage  ranges. 

For  direct  current  working  there  are  sixty-one  voltmeters  (of 
triple  range),  ammeters  and  millivoltmeters  of  the  above  makes. 
There  are  twenty-five  standard  shunts  of  ranges  from  10  to  100 
amperes  with  uniform  drops  of  fifty  millivolts  to  go  with  the 
millivoltmeters. 


ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT  51 

There  is  also  a  large  and  varied  assortment  of  auxiliary  equip- 
ment such  as  sliding  rheostats  for  circuit  control,  non-inductive 
loading  resistance,  air  core  loading  reactances,  frequency  indica- 
tors, power  factor  indicators,  etc. 

Chemical  Laboratory  Equipment 

For  experiments  and  investigations  in  Chemistry  there  are 
available  two  laboratories  with  the  following  equipment: 

Analytical  Chemistry 

The  laboratory  for  analytical  chemistry  is  fully  equipped  for 
giving  instruction  in  the  usual  undergraduate  courses.  Each 
student  is  supplied  with  the  necessary  Pyrex  and  Kimble  laboratory 
glassware,  Sillimanite  and  Coors  porcelain,  and  the  standard 
pieces  of  hardware.  Special  equipment  of  all  needed  types  is 
available. 

An  adjoining  balance  room  is  equipped  with  Becker  and  Voland 
balances  suitable  for  quantitative  analytical  work. 

Industrial  Chemistry 

This  laboratory  is  equipped  with  high  pressure  steam,  vacuum, 
and  the  facilities  usually  found  in  a  chemical  laboratory.  The 
various  instruments  and  other  chemical  equipment  necessary  for 
the  examination,  testing,  and  analysis  of  the  raw  materials,  inter- 
mediate and  final  products  of  the  various  industries  are  at  hand. 

The  electrical  equipment  includes  a  Kimley  electro-analysis 
machine  for  the  determination  of  copper,  lead,  nickel,  and  zinc; 
a  Hevi-duty  electric  furnace  for  use  in  ignition  and  combustion 
work;  and  a  Freas  drying  oven  capable  of  adjustment  for  various 
temperatures.  Power  is  available  in  a  variety  of  D.  C.  and  A.  C. 
voltages. 

Inorganic  Chemistry 

In  the  locker  assigned  to  each  student  for  his  individual  use 
are  the  articles  needed  more  or  less  continually  by  him  as  he  does 
his  experiments  in  the  laboratory  sessions.  He  has  a  liberal  sup- 
ply of  glass,  porcelain,  metal,  and  other  articles.  Additional  pieces 
of  apparatus  are  issued  from  the  stockroom  or  otherwise  made 
available  for  use  in  particular  experiments  where  they  are  needed. 

The  laboratories  are  equipped  with  general  facilities  appro- 
priate to  this  course,  such  as  gas,  electricity,  cold  and  hot  water, 
fume  hoods. 


52  ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT 

Organic  Chemistry 

The  needed  equipment  is  available.  There  are  individual 
lockers  and  apparatus,  fume  hoods  for  general  use,  and  special 
equipment,  as  required. 

Drying  operations  are  carried  out  with  the  aid  o(  a  steam- 
heated  drying  chamber,  and  electrically  heated  drying  oven. 
Steam  lines  on  the  benches  supply  the  steam  for  steam  distilla- 
tions, eliminating  the  necessity  of  individual  steam  generators. 

eOMechanical  Engineering  Laboratories 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  Department  has  well-equipped 
laboratories,  containing  new  and  modern  machines  run  by  steam, 
gasoline,  water,  and  electricity.  A  separate  high-pressure  steam 
line  connected  directly  with  the  boilers  in  the  University's  main 
power  plant  enables  the  steam-driven  apparatus  to  be  run  with 
steam  under  full  boiler  pressure. 

Steam  Apparatus 

The  steam  apparatus  includes  the  following  equipment.  A 
Uniflow  steam  engine  of  fifty  horsepower  capacity  and  of  the 
latest  design,  so  equipped  that  a  complete  engine  test  may  be  run 
on  the  machine.  The  auxiliary  apparatus  connected  with  the 
engine  includes  a  prony  brake  for  measuring  the  output  of  the 
machine  while  a  surface  condenser  is  tied  in  with  the  exhaust 
line  in  order  to  obtain  the  steam  consumption. 

A  Chicago  steam-driven  air  compressor  is  arranged  to  make 
complete  tests  on  both  the  steam  and  air  ends  of  the  machine. 
This  compressor  is  also  connected  to  a  surface  condenser. 

A  Warren  direct-acting  steam  pump  is  connected  up  to  run  a 
standard  pump  test,  the  steam  end  being  tied  in  with  a  surface 
condenser  and  the  water  end  with  a  rectangular  weir  for  measuring 
the  quantity  of  water  delivered  by  the  pump. 

A  twelve  horsepower  Curtis  steam  turbine  of  the  impulse  single- 
stage  type,  to  which  is  directly  connected  an  absorption  dynamom- 
eter or  water  brake,  is  available  for  testing.  The  steam  end  of 
this  turbine  is  piped  to  a  Worthington  surface  condenser  and  also 
to  a  Schutte-Koerting  condenser. 

A  small  Sturtevant  horizontal  steam  engine  is  equipped  for  a 
complete  test  with  a  prony  brake  for  the  measurement  of  power 
output. 


ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT  53 

Other  steam-driven  apparatus  includes  a  steam  pulsometer 
pump,  a  steam  injector,  two  small  vertical  steam  engines  for  valve 
setting  experiments,  a  heat  exchanger  for  determining  heat  trans- 
fer between  steam  and  water  and  a  Lee  steam  turbine  of  twelve 
horsepower  rating  driving  a  two-stage  centrifugal  pump. 

Apparatus  is  also  available  for  experiments  on  the  flow  of 
steam  through  an  orifice  and  for  the  determination  of  moisture 
content  in  steam  through  the  use  of  throttling  and  separating 
steam  calorimeters. 

Hydraulic  Equipment 

The  hydraulic  equipment  in  the  laboratory  includes  a  two- 
stage  centrifugal  pump  with  a  dual  drive  or  separate  drive  as  may 
be  desired.  The  drive  is  either  direct  from  a  fifteen  horsepower 
direct  current  motor  or  else  direct  from  a  Lee  single-stage  steam 
turbine. 

A  six-stage  centrifugal  pump  direct-connected  to  a  forty  horse- 
power direct  current  motor  has  been  installed  for  testing  purposes. 
The  motor,  through  a  speed  regulator,  has  a  range  in  speed  from 
900  R.P.M.  to  2200  R.P.M.  The  pump  is  rated  at  180  G.P.M. 
against  a  head  of  450  feet.  The  capacity  of  the  pump  is  measured 
by  a  Venturi  tube  of  the  latest  design.  There  is  also  a  rotary 
pump  driven  direct  by  an  electric  motor. 

Other  machines  for  hydraulic  experiments  are  a  triplex  power 
pump,  driven  by  a  three  horsepower  electric  motor,  a  hydraulic 
turbine  of  the  Pelton  Wheel  type,  a  small  single-stage  centrifugal 
pump  driven  directly  by  a  ^-horsepower  gasoline  engine,  a  trian- 
gular and  a  rectangular  weir  for  measuring  quantities  of  water  dis- 
charged by  the  various  pumps  in  the  laboratory,  besides  the 
necessary  tanks,  platform  scales,  and  hook  gages. 

Internal  Combustion  Engines 

Under  the  internal  combustion  laboratory  equipment  may  be 
listed  a  Fairbanks-Morse  ten  horsepower  gasoline  and  oil  engine, 
so  arranged  that  tests  may  be  run  with  various  kinds  of  fuels  and 
complete  test  data  obtained;  a  new  Plymouth  automobile  engine 
arranged  to  run  tests  with  different  fuels  and  carburetors;  and  two 
gasoline  airplane  engines  for  demonstration  purposes. 

Several  Diesel  engines  of  various  types  have  been  installed, 
including  a  30  H.P.  high  speed  Fairbanks-Morse  machine  driving 
a  19  K.W.  D.  C.  Generator,  an  auto  truck  Diesel,  and  two  small 
engines  for  dismantling  and  demonstration  purposes. 


54  ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT 

Refrigeration,  Heating,  and  Air  Conditioning 

The  refrigeration  equipment  includes  a  ^-ton  Frick  ammonia 
refrigerating  machine  equipped  with  a  double  pipe  condenser, 
ammonia  weighing  tanks  and  a  specially  designed  indicator,  and 
a  standard  air-cooled  Frigidaire  sulphur  dioxide  machine.  Both 
of  these  machines  are  arranged  for  testing  purposes.  A  Triumph 
compressor  is  also  available  for  demonstration  work.  Apparatus 
for  the  determination  of  heat  transference  through  various  sub- 
stances is  available. 

A  constant  temperature  room  is  equipped  with  apparatus  for 
either  heating  or  cooling.  Additional  equipment  consists  of  a 
warm  air  pressure  system  with  Timken  oil  burner  equipment  and 
complete  automatic  controls,  a  Fedders  type  unit  heater,  and  oil 
burning  equipment  and  controls  for  demonstration  purposes. 

For  fan  testing,  a  multi-blade  blower  of  Sturtevant  manufacture 
driven  by  an  electric  motor  is  set  up  for  running  different  tests 
with  varying  capacity. 

A  Carrier  air  conditioner,  motor  driven,  and  equipped  with 
automatic  humidity  control,  is  arranged  for  testing. 

A  domestic  hot  water  and  steam  boiler  completely  equipped 
with  electrical  controls  is  arranged  for  testing. 

Testing  Material  and  Heat  Treatment  Equipment 

The  testing  materials  equipment  includes  a  50,000  pound  Olsen 
Universal  testing  machine  and  a  300,000  pound  Rhiele  Hy- 
draulic testing  machine  of  the  latest  design  equipped  for  tension, 
compression,  transverse  bending,  and  shearing  tests;  a  2,000  pound 
automatic  shot  cement  tester  equipped  with  transverse  tools;  a 
10,000  inch  pound  Riehle  torsional  testing  machine;  a  220  foot 
pound  Riehle  impact  tester  for  Charpy  Izod  or  tension  tests;  a 
White-Souther  motor  driven  fatigue  tester  holding  two  specimens 
at  one  time;  and  a  Ro-Tap  sieve  shaker  with  time  switch  and 
sieves  for  mechanical  analysis  of  aggregate.  Among  the  meas- 
uring instruments  are  Brinell  and  Olsen-Firth  hardness  testers; 
extensometers  for  tension,  column,  and  beam  tests,  and  a  torsion 
meter. 

For  heat  treatment,  an  electric  furnace  and  a  Stewart  triple- 
purpose  gas-fired  furnace  are  available  with  pyrometers  for 
temperature  measurements. 

For  studying  the  effects  of  heat  treatment,  a  large  metallographic 
outfit  of  Bausch  <St  Lomb  make  is  used.    This  apparatus  makes 


ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT  55 

possible  a  magnification  of  from  125  to  2600  diameters  for  inspec- 
tion and  taking  photographs  of  crystalline  structures  of  metals. 
Equipment  is  available  for  polishing  and  etching  specimens  in 
preparation  for  examination  of  the  crystalline  structure  of  the 
metal  being  studied. 

Polaroid  equipment  for  photo-elastic  stress  analysis  is  also 
available.    A  number  of  microscopes  are  also  available. 

offlCiscellaneous  Equipment 

In  addition  to  the  apparatus  mentioned  above,  the  oil  testing 
equipment  includes  a  Saybolt  Universal  viscosimeter  for  viscosity 
determination,  a  Cleveland  open  cup  tester  for  determining  the 
flash  point  and  fire  point  of  different  grades  of  oil,  a  Conradson 
carbon  residue  apparatus,  a  steam  emulsion  apparatus,  a  water 
power  centrifuge,  a  cloud  and  pour  test  apparatus,  a  Union  oil 
colorimeter  for  color  number  determination,  and  a  Thurston 
friction  oil  tester  for  determining  the  durability  and  lubricating 
prospects  of  oils. 

An  Emerson  fuel  calorimeter  is  used  for  finding  the  calorific 
content  of  solid  and  liquid  fuels,  and  a  Junkers  gas  calorimeter  is 
available  for  determining  the  heat  content  of  gaseous  fuels.  For 
calibrating  gages,  two  dead  weight  gage  testers  of  200  pounds  and 
500  pounds  capacity  are  used  for  pressure  gages,  while  for  vacuum 
gages  a  water  aspirator  and  a  motor  driven  vacuum  pump  are 
available. 

For  measuring  the  flow  of  water  in  pipe  lines,  a  Pitot  tube,  orifice, 
Venturi  meter,  and  water  meter  are  located  in  a  pipe  line  for  testing. 

Apparatus  for  measuring  flow  of  air  includes  a  Pitot  tube,  an 
orifice,  and  an  anemometer,  besides  the  necessary  draft  gages. 

Apparatus  for  measuring  flow  of  steam  consists  of  a  calibrated 
orifice  and  a  steam  flow  meter.  A  recording  steam  pressure  gage 
is  also  available. 

An  experiment  on  "Friction  of  Drives"  includes  apparatus  consist- 
ing of  three  pulleys  of  different  materials  with  three  different  kinds 
of  belts,  which  make  possible  nine  tests  with  various  combinations. 

A  motor-driven  vacuum  pump  with  a  rated  capacity  of  six  cubic 
feet  of  free  air  per  minute  under  293^2  inches  of  mercury  vacuum 
is  available  for  tests. 

Included  among  the  measuring  instruments  are  five  steam  en- 
gine indicators,  two  internal  combustion  engine  indicators,  four 
hand  tachometers  (centrifugal  type)  with  three  speed  ranges  from 


56  ENGINEERING  EQUIPMENT 

0  to  4000  R.P.M.,  one  tachograph,  one  tachoscope,  one  rotoscope 
for  speed  and  vibration  determinations,  one  recording  thermom- 
eter, planimeters,  revolution  counters,  thermometers,  pressure 
gages,  and  a  portable  strobotac. 

A  small  machine  shop  is  used  for  maintenance  work  of  the 
laboratory  and  for  thesis  work.  The  machines  available  are  a 
sixteen-inch  motor-driven  South  Bend  engine  lathe,  two  belt- 
driven  engine  lathes,  a  vertical  drill  press,  a  small  vertical  drill,  a 
horizontal  milling  machine,  a  shaper,  a  power  hack  saw,  a  motor 
driven  double  emery  wheel,  an  arbor  press,  two  nine-inch  South 
Bend  Workshop  lathes,  and  an  Eisler  spot  welding  machine.  There 
are  also  an  anvil  and  a  small  hand  forge  for  forging  purposes. 

Design  and  Drafting  Rooms 

The  School  possesses  large,  light,  and  well-equipped  drawing 
rooms  for  the  carrying  on  of  the  designing  and  drafting  which 
form  so  important  a  part  of  engineering  work.  These  rooms  are 
supplied  with  lockers  containing  the  drawing  supplies,  and  files 
containing  blue  prints,  and  photographs  of  machines  and  struc- 
tures that  represent  the  best  practice.  Drafting  room  blackboards 
are  equipped  with  traveling  straightedge  devices  which  facilitate 
speed  and  accuracy  in  blackboard  demonstrations. 

Physics  Department 

The  Physics  equipment  has  been  carefully  selected  and  is  ample 
for  demonstrating  physical  principles.  The  following  apparatus 
is  available  for  this  purpose: 

Motor  driven  Hyvac  pump;  mechanical  oscillator;  elasticity 
apparatus;  Joly  balance;  barometers;  pulleys;  specific  gravity 
bottles;  torsion  balance;  eight-foot  slide  rule;  wave  apparatus; 
spherometers;  organ  pipes;  tuning  forks;  Hartl  optical  disk;  arc 
illuminator;  projection  lantern;  refraction  apparatus;  metronome; 
lenses;  calorimeters;  hydrometers;  thermometers;  burners;  appara- 
tus for  measuring  latent  heat,  specific  heat,  expansion  and  mechan- 
ical equivalent  of  heat;  optical  bench  and  supplies;  diffraction 
grating;  spectroscopes;  rheostats;  galvanometers;  magnets;  electro- 
static apparatus;  electroscope;  Wimshurst  machine;  induction 
coil;  ammeters;  voltmeters;  resistance  boxes;  condensers;  wheat- 
stone  bridges;  thermocouples;  demonstration  table  equipped  with 
water,  compressed  air,  exhaust  hood,  110  volts  D.C.,  110  volts 
A.C.,  and  220  volts  A.C. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 


57 


List  of  individual  Subjects  in  cAll  Qurricula 


Subject 

1.  Advanced  Mathematics 

2.  Aeronautical  Laboratory  I  (2) 

3.  Aeronautical  Laboratory  II 

4.  Air  Conditioning  Laboratory 

5.  Airplane  Design 

6.  Airplane  Engine  Design  (2) 

7.  Airplane  Engine  Design,  Advanced 

8.  Applied  Mechanics 

9.  Architectural  Design 

10.  Architectural  Design,  Advanced 

11.  Architectural  Drawing 

12.  Business  and  Industrial  Management 

13.  Chemistry,  Analytical  Laboratory 
14-  Chemistry,  Analytical  Lectures 

15.  Chemistry,  Industrial  Laboratory 

16.  Chemistry,  Industrial  Lectures 
17-  Chemistry,  Inorganic  Laboratory 

18.  Chemistry,  Inorganic  Lectures 

19.  Chemistry,  Organic  Laboratory 

20.  Chemistry,  Organic  Lectures 

21.  Concrete  (1) 

22.  Concrete  Design  (2) 

23.  Electricity  I 

24.  Electricity  II 

25.  Electricity  III 

26.  Electrical  Laboratory  I 

27.  Electrical  Laboratory  II 

28.  Electrical  Laboratory  III 

29.  Engineering  Drawing 

30.  Engineering  Laboratory  I 

31.  Engineering  Laboratory  II 

32.  Engineering  Mathematics 

33.  Engineering  Structures 

34.  Heat  Engineering  I  (1) 

35.  Heat  Engineering  II  (2) 

36.  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  Design 

37.  Highway  Engineering 

38.  Hydraulics  (2) 

39.  Machine  Design 

40.  Machine  Drawing 

41.  Materials  of  Construction 

and  Foundations  (1) 

42.  Mechanism  (1) 

43.  Physics 

44.  Principles  of  Air  Conditioning  (2) 

45.  Strength  of  Materials 

46.  Structural  Design 

47.  Structural  Design,  Advanced 

48.  Structural  Drawing 

49.  Sub-Freshman  Mathematics  Monday 

50.  Surveying 

*  Plus  laboratory  fee  (See  page  29). 
t  Not  offered  in  1940-1941. 

(1)  Signifies  First  Semester  Course 

(2)  Signifies  Second  Semester  Course 

All  other  courses  are  two  semesters  in  length. 


Day 

Time 

Fee 

Monday 

7-9 

$40.00 

Wednesday 

7-9 

20.00 

Monday 

7-9 

40.00*  | 

Monday 

7-9 

40.00* 

Thursday 

7-9 

40.00t 

Friday 

7-9 

20.00 

Friday 

7-9 

40.00t 

Thursday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-9:30 

40.00 

Wednesday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-11 

60.00 

Wednesday 

7-9 

40.00* 

Monday 

7-11 

60.00* 

Tuesday 

7-9 

40.00 

Thursday 

7-11 

60.00* 

Tuesday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-11 

60.00* 

Thursday 

7-9 

40.00 

Monday 

7-9 

20.00 

Monday 

7-9 

20.00 

Tuesday 

7-9 

40.00 

Tuesday 

7-9 

40.00 

Monday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-9:30 

40.00* 

Friday 

7-9:30 

40.00*  f 

Friday 

7-9:30 

40.00* 

Wednesday 

7-9:30 

40.00 

Monday 

7-9 

40.00* 

Wednesday 

7-9 

40.00* 

Monday 

7-9:30 

40.00 

Thursday 

7-9 

40.00 

Wednesday 

7-9 

20.00 

Wednesday 

7-9 

20.00 

Thursday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-9 

40.00 

Tuesday 

7-9 

20.00 

Friday 

7-9 

40.00 

Tuesday 

7-9:30 

40.00 

Tuesday 

7-9 

20.00 

Friday 

7-9 

20.00 

Thursday 

7-9:30 

40.00 

Thursday 

7-9 

20.00f 

Monday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-9 

40.00 

Friday 

7-9:30 

40.00 

and  Thursday 

7-10 

80.00 

Friday 

7-9:30 

40.00 

58  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 


'Description  of  Courses 

TTIE  LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE  reserves  the  right 
to  advance  requirements  regarding  admission,  to  change  the 
content  and  the  arrangement  of  courses,  the  requirements  for 
graduation,  tuition  fees,  and  other  regulations  affecting  the  student 
body.    Such  regulations  will  affect  old  and  new  students. 


1.     Advanced  Mathematics.     (Prerequisite,  Engineering  Mathematics) 

In  the  first  part  of  this  course  instruction  is  given  by  lectures  and  recitations  in 
the  following  subjects:  plotting  of  functions,  interpolation,  the  straight  line,  the 
conic  sections,  curves  represented  by  various  equations  of  common  occurrence 
in  engineering,  graphic  solution  of  equations,  determination  of  laws  from  the 
data  of  experiments,  simplification  of  formulas.  The  plotting  and  analysis  of 
charts  in  order  to  determine  empirical  formulas  is  an  important  part  of  the 
course. 

The  latter  part  of  this  course  is  devoted  to  lectures  and  recitations  in  the  fol- 
lowing subjects:  rate  of  change,  differentiation,  maximum  and  minimum, 
integration,  definite  integrals,  with  application  to  the  determination  of  area, 
volume,  center  of  gravity,  and  moment  of  inertia.  Problems  are  assigned  to 
illustrate  the  use  of  all  formulas  studied  in  class. 


2.     Aeronautical  Laboratory  I  (2) 

This  course  consists  of  preliminary  experiments  on  calibration  of  various 
types  of  fluid  flow  instruments,  laboratory  exercises  on  barometric  altimeters, 
rate  of  climb  meters,  recording  thermometers,  and  humidity  instruments. 

A  Pratt  and  Whitney  Wasp  engine  is  dismantled  and  reassembled  in  order  to 
gain  a  knowledge  of  the  construction  and  principles  of  mechanisms  involved 
in  its  operation.    Students  supplement  the  laboratory  work  with  library  research. 

Preliminary  experiments  on  the  wind  tunnel  are  performed. 


3.     Aeronautical  Laboratory  II 

Among  the  topics  covered  in  this  course  are:  the  flow  of  an  ideal  fluid,  de- 
velopment of  the  wing  theory,  properties  of  airfoils,  engine  and  propeller 
characteristics,  performance  calculation,  boundary  layer  and  its  effects  upon  the 
airplane  and  reynolds  number. 

The  classroom  work  is  supplemented  by  laboratory  exercises  in  which  the 
wind  tunnel  and  fluid  flow  analyzer  are  utilized. 


4.     Air  Conditioning  Laboratory. 

This  course  consists  of  a  series  of  tests  on  various  types  of  air  conditioning 
and  heating  apparatus.  Among  the  pieces  of  apparatus  tested  are  the  following: 
air  blower;  unit  heater;  Carrier  air  conditioner,  provided  for  humidification  or 
dehumidification;  hot  air  furnace  equipped  with  oil  burner,  humidifier,  blower, 
and  air  filters;  and  also  automatic  controls  and  a  special  insulated  constant 
temperature  room  for  the  study  of  problems  in  heating  and  air  conditioning. 

Experiments  are  made  on  various  types  of  refrigeration  and  cooling  apparatus. 
The  refrigeration  equipment  consists  of  compression  and  absorption  types  and 
includes  small  commercial  and  domestic  units.  A  constant  temperature  room 
is  used  in  testing  the  units.    Insulation  tests  are  also  included  in  this  course. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  59 


5.  Airplane  Design. 

The  object  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  methods  of  prac- 
tical airplane  design  as  prescribed  by  the  Civil  Aeronautics  Authority.  The 
student  will  begin  with  the  specifications  of  an  airplane  and  complete  the  fol- 
lowing phases  of  the  design:  (1)  balance  diagram,  (2)  weight  estimate  and  bal- 
ance table,  (3)  three  view  drawing,  (4)  estimate  performance,  (5)  calculate 
stability,  (6)  stress  analysis  of  the  structure. 

A  knowledge  of  elementary  aerodynamics  and  elementary  airplane  structures 
are  prerequisites  of  this  course. 

6.  Airplane  Engine  Design  (2). 

This  course  covers  the  basic  operating  characteristics  and  design  of  airplane 
engines.  Attention  is  directed  to  fundamental  calculations  and  principles  of 
similitude.  Each  student  prepares  a  design  of  an  important  part  of  some  par- 
ticular type  of  engine. 

7.  Airplane  Engine  Design,  Advanced. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  Course  6  involving  the  thermodynamic  principles 
of  operating.  Also,  air  capacity,  combustion,  detonation,  mixture  require- 
ments, ignition,  lubrication  and  working  stresses. 

8.  Applied  Mechanics.     (Prerequisite,  Physics) 

A  course  of  lectures  and  recitations  comprising  a  study  of  the  general  methods 
and  application  of  statics  to  structures  in  equilibrium,  including  collinear, 
concurrent,  parallel,  and  nonconcurrent  force  systems  in  a  plane  and  in  space; 
centroids  and  moment  of  inertia.  Considerable  time  is  devoted  to  tension  and 
compression  in  frames,  the  computation  of  the  reactions,  the  method  of  joints, 
and  the  manner  of  distinguishing  members  containing  bending  stresses.  Vector 
diagrams  are  drawn  to  show  the  principles  of  graphical  methods.  Problems  are 
used  and  assigned  continuously  to  illustrate  the  underlying  facts  of  the  subject. 

9.  Architectural  Design.     (Prerequisite,  Architectural  Drawing) 

This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  Orders  of 
Architecture,  that  he  may  learn  their  proportions  and  characteristics.  During 
the  second  semester  the  student  will  move  towards  simple  problems  in  design, 
to  be  drawn  and  rendered  in  wash,  or  he  may  elect  to  study  the  practical  appli- 
cation of  architectural  moldings  and  forms  in  the  scale  and  detail  drawings  of 
a  house.  In  connection  with  this  course  the  instructor  will  outline  a  course  of 
reading  in  Architectural  History  supplemented  with  lectures  on  the  subject. 

10.  Architectural  Design,  Advanced.     (Prerequisite,  Architectural  Design) 

The  design  of  various  architectural  problems  of  a  more  elaborate  and  com- 
plicated nature  than  Architectural  Design.  Plans,  elevations,  and  sections 
may  be  drawn  and  rendered  in  wash.  Students  so  wishing  may  shift  the  em- 
phasis of  their  work  to  a  study  of  advanced  working  drawings,  typical  to  those 
given  to  senior  draftsmen  in  actual  practice.  The  Architectural  History  read- 
ings are  continued  as  in  Architectural  Design. 

11.  Architectural  Drawing.     (Prerequisite,  Engineering  Drawing) 

This  course  deals  with  the  fundamentals  of  masonry  construction.  Plans, 
elevations  and  sections  of  such  as  a  small  school  building  are  drawn  and  traced, 
special  emphasis  being  laid  on  technique,  the  better  to  fit  a  student  for  work  in 
an  Architect's  office.  Building  materials  and  their  uses  are  studied,  as  well  as 
any  architectural  forms  occurring  in  the  problem  under  consideration. 


60  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 


12.     Business  and  Industrial  Management. 

An  introductory  survey  of  the  whole  field  of  business  and  industrial  adminis- 
tration with  special  emphasis  upon  training  the  student  in  the  analysis  of 
business  and  industrial  problems.  The  functions  of  business  and  industrial 
administrators  are  discussed  with  particular  reference  to  the  control  policies 
and  devices  of  the  manager.  The  course  presents  the  problems  of  business  and 
industrial  administration  as  an  interrelated  whole  and  helps  the  student  to  see 
the  lines  of  study  which  lead  to  solution  of  these  problems. 


13-14.     Chemistry,  Analytical.     (Prerequisite,  Inorganic  Chemistry) 

Qualitative  Analysis  —  Lectures  and  Laboratory  —  First  Semester. 

Lectures  and  recitations  are  carefully  co-ordinated  with  laboratory  work.  Not 
only  is  the  detection  of  the  common  cations  and  anions  considered  but  also  the 
theoretical  principles  relating  to  hydrolysis,  solubility  product,  ionic  equilibrium, 
amphoteric  substances,  complex  formations,  oxidation  and  reduction,  correct 
concentrations,  etc.  Sequentially  related  experiments  which  may  be  combined 
into  a  complete  system  of  analysis  are  performed.  From  time  to  time  unknown 
solutions  and  substances  are  given  the  student,  the  analysis  of  which  emphasizes 
the  very  practical  side  of  the  work. 

Quantitative  Analysis  —  Lectures  and  Laboratory  —  Second  Semester. 

The  major  operations  of  quantitative  analysis,  such  as  weighing,  measure- 
ments of  volumes,  titration,  filtration,  ignition,  and  combustion  are  considered 
both  from  the  theoretical  and  the  manipulative  aspects. 

Typical  analyses  and  common  technical  methods  are  discussed  critically,  and 
unknown  solutions  and  substances,  the  analysis  of  which  involves  volumetric 
analysis,  including  acidimetry  and  alkalimetry,  oxidation  and  reduction,  and 
precipitation  methods,  are  performed. 

Each  analysis  requires  correct  calculation  as  well  as  careful  analytical  pro- 
cedure. For  this  reason  quantitative  calculations  are  studied  through  the  medi- 
um of  representative  problems. 


15-16.     Chemistry,    Industrial   Lectures   and   Laboratory.      (Prerequisite,    Inorganic 
Chemistry,  Analytical  Chemistry) 
Lectures. 

The  lecture  work  in  this  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
technology  of  the  chemical  industries.  The  material  is  presented  in  the  light  of 
present-day  understanding  of  unit  operations  and  unit  processes  and  thus  gives 
the  student  an  up-to-date  survey  of  the  field  of  the  industrial  chemist. 

In  addition  to  the  study  of  the  acid  heavy  and  basic  heavy  chemicals  such  as 
salt,  sulfuric  acid,  nitric  acid,  soda  ash,  caustic  soda,  and  chlorine,  the  course 
also  includes  an  introduction  to  the  chemical  technology  of  such  industries  as 
rubber,  paper,  dyes,  explosives,  solvents,  petroleum,  soap,  etc.  The  course 
content  can  be  adjusted  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  students  in  the  class. 


Laboratory. 

The  laboratory  work  supplements  the  lectures  and  acquaints  the  student  with 
the  plant  processes  used  in  the  chemical  industries. 

The  experiments  are  first  carried  out  in  test  tubes  and  then  on  a  much  larger 
scale.  In  carrying  out  these  chemical  processes  in  the  laboratory,  the  student 
controls  the  operation  through  the  analysis  of  the  products  formed  and  thus 
becomes  acquainted  with  the  technical  methods  of  analysis  used  in  control 
laboratories. 

This  method  is  extremely  valuable  to  men  who  are  contemplating  a  career  in 
any  of  the  chemical  industries.  This  is  true  regardless  of  the  nature  of  his  work, 
whether  it  be  laboratory,  plant,  office,  or  sales  work. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  61 


17-18.  Chemistry,  Inorganic,  Lectures  and  Laboratory.  (Prerequisite,  Elementary 
Chemistry,  Engineering  Mathematics)  It  is  also  recommended  that  students  have 
completed  a  course  in  high  school  Physics. 

This  course  builds  on  the  foundation  laid  by  the  student  in  his  previous 
study  of  Elementary  Chemistry  and  allied  subjects.  It  aims  to  develop  in  the 
student  an  understanding  of  numerous  laws,  principles,  facts  of  Chemistry, 
and  to  provide  him  with  the  preparation  necessary  for  successful  pursuit  of 
more  specialized  work  to  which  he  may  be  looking  ahead.  The  course  should 
prove  of  value  to  those  at  present  engaged  in  the  field  of  Chemistry  and  to  those 
who  plan  to  enter  that  field.  The  work  of  the  course  embraces  general  class 
sessions  or  "lectures",  and  separate  laboratory  periods. 

In  the  lectures,  the  instruction  is  accompanied  by  appropriate  demonstration 
experiments;  adequate  time  is  devoted  to  the  solution  of  numerical  problems 
that  illustrate  chemical  principles  and  their  application;  students'  difficulties 
are  discussed;  quizzes  and  longer  tests  are  held  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor. 

During  laboratory  periods,  students  work  out  under  supervision  a  variety  of 
experiments  involving  procedures  both  of  a  qualitative  and  of  a  quantitative 
nature  which  are  planned  to  illustrate  important  principles  or  facts;  desirable 
laboratory  methods  are  emphasized;  principles  and  results  are  discussed.  The 
student  is  required  to  make  approved  records  of  experiments. 

19-20.     Chemistry,    Organic,    Lectures    and    Laboratory.      (Prerequisite,    Inorganic 
Chemistry,  Analytical  Chemistry) 
Lectures. 

In  this  course  the  student  obtains  a  thorough  foundation  in  the  principles  and 
theories  of  organic  chemistry.  These  are  presented  in  a  manner  that  emphasizes 
the  relationships  existing  among  the  various  classes  of  organic  compounds.  The 
practical  nature  of  the  subject  is  stressed  by  familiarizing  the  student  with  the 
industrial  applications  of  these  theories  and  principles  to  such  industries  as: 
petroleum,  rubber,  dyes,  explosives,  drugs,  etc. 

Laboratory. 

The  carefully  selected  preparations  serve  to  give  the  student  concrete  evidence 
of  the  validity  of  the  theories  and  principles  of  organic  chemistry.  They  also 
help  in  developing  the  laboratory  technique  necessary  in  such  manipulations 
as  fractional  distillation,  physical  and  chemical  separations,  extractions,  crystal- 
lizations, steam  distillations,  etc. 

The  fundamental  types  of  chemical  changes  considered  here  are  esterification, 
saponification,  sulfonation,  nitration,  reductions,  diazotizations.  and  condensa- 
tion. 


21.  Concrete.     (Prerequisite,  Applied  Mechanics) 

A  consideration  of  the  theoretical  and  practical  principles  involved  in  the 
design  of  concrete  and  reinforced  concrete  structures.  The  following  subjects 
are  thoroughly  discussed:  the  design  and  capacity  of  existing  single  reinforced 
rectangular  beams,  double  reinforced  rectangular  beams,  and  "T"  beams;  the 
fundamental  principles  underlying  diagonal  tension  and  bond  stress;  column 
design  and  methods  of  determining  stresses  in  existing  columns;  the  origin  of 
curves  and  tables  and  their  uses.  Problems  involving  the  above  types  of  sections, 
first  by  the  transformed  area  method  and  later  by  curves  and  tables,  are  done 
by  the  students. 

22.  Concrete  Design.     (Prerequisite,  Concrete) 

This  course  will  consist  of  the  design  of  a  cantilever  retaining  wall,  retaining 
wall  with  counterfortes,  a  typical  bay  of  a  reinforced  concrete  building,  footing 
design,  and  a  reinforced  concrete  bridge.  The  course  will  also  include  a  detail 
discussion  of  the  Hardy  Cross  method  of  moment  distribution,  column  analogy, 
and  a  comparative  discussion  of  stress  analysis  in  rigid  frames. 


A  Drawing  Room 


Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratoi 


i**%frJt 


l£*3ij: 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  63 


23.  Electricity  I. 

A  course  of  lectures  and  problems  designed  to  give  the  student  the  necessary 
concept  and  understanding  of  the  elements  of  electricity  to  enable  him  to  com- 
prehend the  courses  to  follow  in  direct  and  alternating  current  machinery  and 
circuits. 

In  the  second  semester  lectures  and  problems  covering  the  characteristics, 
losses,  efficiencies,  and  operation  of  direct  current  machinery. 

(This  course  is  coordinated  with  appropriate  laboratory  work.     Course  26.) 

24.  Electricity  II. 

A  course  of  lectures  and  problems  dealing  with  alternating  current  circuits 
both  single  and  polyphase  involving  the  use  of  complex  algebra. 

In  the  second  semester  lectures  and  problems  covering  the  construction, 
theory,  characteristics  and  testing  of  the  various  types  of  alternating  current 
machinery. 

(This  course  is  coordinated  with  appropriate  laboratory  work.     Course  27.) 

25.  Electricity  III. 

A  course  of  lectures  and  problems  dealing  with  the  transmission  and  distribu- 
tion of  electric  power  by  means  of  direct  and  alternating  current.  A  complete 
study  of  the  application  of  the  various  types  of  electrical  machinery  to  industry. 

In  the  second  semester  lectures  and  problems  covering  the  principles,  charac- 
teristics, and  applications  of  electronic  tubes  to  industrial  and  commercial 
processes. 

(This  course  is  coordinated  with  appropriate  laboratory  work.     Course  28.) 

26.  Electrical  Laboratory  I.     (Prerequisite,  Physics) 

During  the  first  semester  this  course  covers  thoroughly  by  experiment  the 
theory  and  operation  of  direct  current  motors.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed 
upon  correct  experimental  technique  and  upon  the  use  and  care  of  indicating 
instruments  such  as  the  direct  current  voltmeter,  ammeter,  and  millivoltmeter 
with  shunts.  Typical  experiments  performed  in  this  half  of  the  course  include 
the  measurement  of  resistance  by  drop-in-potential  method  and  the  load  opera- 
tion curves  of  the  direct  current  shunt,  series,  and  compound  motors. 

During  the  second  semester  the  student  does  experimental  work  on  the  fol- 
lowing: Efficiency  by  Stray  Power  Method,  Operating  Characteristics  of  Shunt 
and  Compound  Generators,  Series  Booster,  and  Heat  Run  on  a  D.C.  Generator. 

27.  Electrical  Laboratory  II.     (Prerequisite,  Electrical  Laboratory  I) 

The  first  semester  of  this  course  is  a  continuation  of  the  study  of  direct  current 
machines.  The  experiments  performed  by  the  student  are  of  an  advanced 
nature  and  include:  Retardation  Method  of  Measuring  Losses,  Parallel  Opera- 
tion of  D.C.  Generators,  Electrical  Supply  of  Losses,  Electrical  Separation  of 
Losses,  and  Direct  Current  Generator  Regulation  from  No-Load  Measurements. 

In  the  second  semester  the  course  includes  the  use  of  alternating  current  in- 
struments such  as  the  voltmeter,  ammeter,  and  wattmeter.  The  experiments 
begin  with  a  study  of  series  and  parallel  circuits  containing  resistance,  induct- 
ance, and  capacitance,  the  circuit  analysis  being  made  by  vector  diagram  and 
complex  calculation.  Other  experiments  include:  Transformer  Efficiency  and 
Regulation,  Transformer  Heat  Run,  Parallel  Operation  of  Single-Phase  Trans- 
formers, Transformer  Efficiency  [by  Opposition  [Method,  and  the  Constant 
Current  Transformer. 

28.  Electrical  Laboratory  III.     (Prerequisite,  Electrical  Laboratory  II) 

The  experiments  in  this  course  are  performed  upon  three-phase  apparatus 
and  include  the  following:  Transformer  Connections  in  Three  Phase  Circuits; 
Regulation  and  Efficiency  of  Alternators  by  Load  Test,  No-Load  Test,  and 
A.I.E.E.  Methods;  V-Curves  and  Efficiency  of  a  Synchronous  Motor;  Load 
Test  on  the  Six-Phase  Synchronous  Converter;  Load  Test  on  Fynn  Weichsel 
Motor,  and  Induction  Motor  Speed-Torque  Curves. 


64  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 


29.     Engineering  Drawing. 

This  course  is  planned  to  meet  the  requirements  of  a  class  composed  of 
students  who  have  had  no  previous  instruction  in  drafting,  and  also  for  those 
who  may  have  had  one  or  two  years'  work  in  preparatory  schools. 

Instruction  is  given  in  the  testing,  use  and  care  of  the  instruments  and  draw- 
ing supplies,  and  about  thirty  drawing  plates  are  made.  The  topics  studied  in 
these  plates  include:  technique  practice,  lettering,  geometric  construction, 
orthographic  projections,  auxiliary  views,  revolution  of  objects,  isometric, 
cavalier,  cabinet  and  perspective  projection,  intersections,  sections,  helix  and 
application,  screw  threads,  dimensioning  and  inking.  A  number  of  practical 
problems,  pertaining  to  the  professional  courses  to  be  taken,  in  which  drawing 
is  the  application,  are  also  given. 

These  give  the  student  a  thorough  training  in  the  fundamental  principles  of 
mechanical  drawing,  so  that  he  may  easily  do  the  drafting  required  in  his  pro- 
fessional course.  A  short  lecture  will  be  given  at  the  opening  of  each  class  based 
on  the  work  at  hand,  and  individual  instruction  is  given  during  the  remainder 
of  the  class  period. 

For  those  who  have  had  some  experience  in  Mechanical  Drawing,  a  special 
course  is  devised  which  will  take  care  of  individual  needs  and  offers  students 
more  advanced  work. 


30.     Engineering  Laboratory  I.     (Prerequisite,  Heat  Engineering  I) 

This  course  includes  a  series  of  experiments  upon  various  kinds  of  equipment 
used  in  modern  power  plants  to  demonstrate  under  actual  conditions  the  prin- 
ciples developed  in  the  Heat  Engineering  course.  In  addition,  the  work  of 
course  35  is  supplemented  by  additional  theory  and  by  experiments  upon  va- 
rious kinds  of  equipment.    A  complete  report  of  each  experiment  is  made. 


31.     Engineering  Laboratory  II 

This  is  a  continuation  of  course  30  and  involves  additional  experiments 
which  include  calibration  of  instruments;  performance  of  hydraulic  equipment, 
steam  equipment  as  used  in  power  plants,  heating  units  for  the  household,  air 
conditioning  apparatus,  and  internal  combustion  engine. 

Advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the  various  equipment  are  studied  and 
different  units  are  compared. 


32.     Engineering  Mathematics.     (Prerequisite.     First  courses  in  Algebra  and  Plane 
Geometry) 

Although  the  primary  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  lay  a  thorough  ground  work 
for  Analytical  Geometry,  Calculus,  and  Applied  Mechanics,  it  should  be  under- 
stood that  the  course  is  a  complete  unit  in  itself,  enabling  the  student  to  handle 
a  considerable  proportion  of  the  practical  problems  arising  in  engineering 
practice. 

For  the  sake  of  a  common  ground  work,  a  rapid  review  of  the  fundamental 
concepts,  processes,  theorems,  and  axioms,  is  given  followed  by  factoring  to 
quadratics,  rectangular  coordinates  and  graphs,  radical  equations,  theory  of 
equations,  the  binomial  theorem  and  logarithms. 

Approximately  one-third  of  the  course  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  Plane 
Trigonometry  and  some  of  its  practical  applications.  This  part  includes  the 
solution  of  right  triangles;  solution  of  oblique  triangles  by  the  law  of  sines, 
cosines,  tangents  and  half  angle  formulas,  radians,  trigonometric  ratios,  iden- 
tities, and  equation. 

Instruction,  including  problems  and  exercises,  is  also  given  in  the  theory  and 
use  of  the  slide  rule. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  65 

33.  Engineering  Structures.     (Prerequisite,  Strength  of  Materials) 

First  term  is  an  introductory  course  covering  outer  forces,  reactions,  moments 
and  shears  for  fixed  and  moving  loads.  The  use  of  influence  lines,  the  stress 
analysis  of  composite  beams,  torsion  in  rivets,  three-moment  equations,  design 
of  a  deck  plate  girder  bridge,  and  through  plate  girder  bridge.  Each  student 
must  design  a  deck  plate  girder  bridge. 

Second  term  deals  with  the  computation  of  stresses  of  various  trusses  by  the 
moving  up  load  method  and  equivalent  uniform  live  load  method.  Stresses  in 
portals;  slope  deflection  method  and  Hardy  Cross  method  stress  distribution  in 
rigid  frames. 

34.  Heat  Engineering  I.     (Prerequisite,  Physics) 

The  fundamentals  of  thermodynamics  are  discussed  in  this  course  and  include 
the  general  theory  of  heat  and  matter;  first  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics; 
equations  of  state;  fundamental  equations  of  thermodynamics;  laws  of  perfect 
gases;  properties  of  vapors  including  use  of  tables  and  charts;  and  the  general 
equations  for  the  flow  of  fluids.  Particular  emphasis  is  given  to  the  properties 
of  steam,  the  use  of  the  steam  tables,  and  the  Mollier  diagram. 

The  course  also  embraces  a  study  of  fuels  and  combustion  of  fuels  as  applied 
to  steam  boilers. 

The  purpose  of  the  course  is  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  theory  of 
heat  as  applied  to  prime  movers. 

35.  Heat  Engineering  II.     (Prerequisite,  Heat  Engineering  I) 

The  applications  of  the  principles  taken  up  in  Heat  Engineering  I  are  included 
in  this  course.  Descriptions  of  many  different  kinds  of  apparatus  used  in  the 
steam  power  plant  such  as  engines,  turbines,  and  auxiliary  equipment,  including 
pumps,  condensers,  heaters,  fans,  etc.,  comprise  the  major  part  of  the  course. 
A  large  number  of  problems  related  to  the  apparatus  discussed  are  solved.  In 
addition  to  the  above,  such  items  as  draft,  chimneys,  coal  and  ash  handling 
equipment,  piping  and  valves,  and  typical  power  plants  are  studied.  In  addi- 
tion, steam  apparatus,  air  compressors,  and  internal  combustion  engines  are 
discussed. 

36.  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning  Design. 

The  study  of  the  principles  and  design  of  heating,  ventilating,  and  air  con- 
ditioning systems.  Class  problems,  complete  from  initial  survey  and  calcu- 
lation of  heating  or  cooling  load  to  final  arrangement  of  piping  and  ducts, 
include:  (1)  winter  heating,  and  humidification  by  steam,  hot  water,  and  warm 
air  systems;  (2)  summer  cooling  and  dehumidification  by  mechanical  refrigera- 
tion, well  water,  and  chemical  drying  agents.  Equipment,  such  as  furnaces, 
burners,  stokers,  fans,  controls,  etc.,  will  be  discussed.  The  fundamentals  of 
refrigeration  will  be  studied  in  connection  with  summer  air  conditioning. 

37.  Highway  Engineering. 

An  outline  of  the  principles  governing  the  finance  of  highway  projects  and 
assessments  of  street  construction.  Thorough  discussion  of  the  survey  for  a 
highway  project.  Lectures  on  the  fundamental  principles  of  highway  design; 
namely,  roadway,  alignment,  safety  devices  and  accessories.  Various  present- 
day  road  surfaces  are  discussed.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  soil 
mechanics  as  it  relates  to  Highway  design. 

38.  Hydraulics.     (Prerequisite,  Applied  Mechanics) 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  principles  of  both  hydrostatics  and  hydro- 
dynamics. The  subjects  considered  are:  the  pressure  on  submerged  areas 
together  with  their  points  of  application;  the  laws  governing  the  flow  of  fluids 
through  orifices,  short  tubes,  nozzles,  wiers,  pipe  lines,  and  open  channels. 


66  DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 


39.     Machine  Design  (Prerequisite,  Mechanism) 

This  course  applies  to  machines  the  principles  of  which  were  presented  in 
Course  42.  Typical  problems  presented  for  design  are  the  triplex  power  pump, 
power  shearing  machine,  and  a  twenty  ton  hydraulic  press. 

Minimum  sizes  of  the  various  parts  are  calculated  and  an  assembly  of  the 
complete  machine  is  drawn  and  traced.  All  calculations  are  carefully  presented 
in  notebook  form. 

Also,  numerous  miscellaneous  small  problems  are  taken  up. 


40.     Machine  Drawing.     (Prerequisite,  Engineering  Drawing) 

This  course  is  taught  on  a  problem  basis  with  the  student  working  out  prob- 
lems under  the  supervision  of  the  instructor.  The  lectures  and  leading  assign- 
ments correlate  with  the  class  problems.  Short  quizzes  are  given  to  cover  the 
reading  assignments.  The  principles  covered  include  preliminary  machine 
sketches,  detailing  from  machines  and  from  assembly  drawings,  dimensioning 
with  reference  to  basic  size  system,  sectioning  and  the  making  of  assembly 
drawings  from  details,  and  also  problems  in  cam  construction. 

The  lectures  and  assigned  readings  take  up  such  topics  as  fastenings,  machine 
elements,  methods  of  manufacture,  jigs  and  fixtures,  methods  of  reproducing 
drawings  and  those  drawing  techniques  that  are  to  be  applied  to  the  particular 
problem  being  done. 


41.     Materials  of  Construction  and  Foundations. 

(a)  Materials  of  Construction.  A  detailed  study  is  made  of  the  methods  of 
manufacturing,  properties,  and  uses  of  materials  used  in  engineering  work, 
such  as  iron,  steel,  lime,  cement,  concrete,  brick,  wood,  and  stone. 

A  study  is  also  made  of  the  methods  of  testing  and  the  strength  of  various 
materials  used  by  the  engineer. 

(b)  Foundations.  This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a  clear,  concise 
survey  of  the  properties  and  characteristics  of  the  common  types  of  foundation 
structures  in  use.  The  subjects  treated  are  timber  and  concrete  piles;  sheet 
piles  of  wood,  steel,  and  concrete;  cofferdams;  caissons  of  the  pneumatic  box 
and  open  types;  open  wells,  bridge  piers  and  abutments. 

Each  student  must  write  a  report  on  simple  cements,  complex  cements,  con- 
crete, steel,  timber,  piles,  cofferdams,  and  caissons. 


42.  Mechanism  (1).     (Prerequisite,  Machine  Drawing) 

The  object  of  the  first  part  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
principles  of  mechanism  which  are  met  in  practice  and  in  machine  design.  The 
topics  considered  are  belting,  pulley,  and  gear  train  calculations,  both  simple 
and  epicyclic,  cam  design  and  theoretical  design  of  gear-tooth  shapes.  The 
instant  center  calculations  and  velocity  diagram  plots  or  common  linkages  are 
studied. 

43.  Physics. 

A  course  covering  the  fundamental  principles  of  mechanics,  heat,  light, 
sound  and  electricity.  The  lectures  are  illustrated  both  by  demonstration  with 
apparatus  and  by  stereopticon.  Each  lecture  period  is  supplemented  with  a 
problem  period  in  which  the  student  learns  the  practical  application  of  the 
laws  of  physics.  Some  of  the  topics  taken  up  in  mechanics  are  equilibrium, 
center  of  gravity,  accelerated  motion,  work,  energy,  machines,  and  fluid  pressure. 
The  part  of  the  course  on  heat  includes:  expansion  of  solids,  liquids,  and  gases, 
calorimetry  and  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat.  The  course  also  covers  the 
fundamental  properties  of  light  and  sound,  and  the  elements  of  electricity. 
Practical  problems  covering  each  phase  of  the  work  are  assigned  to  fix  in  the 
mind  of  the  student  the  principles  taken  up  in  the  lecture  period. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES  67 

44.  Principles  of  Air  Conditioning  (2) 

This  course  covers  the  fundamental  principles  involved  in  heating  and  air 
conditioning.  This  includes  the  study  of  the  properties  of  air,  the  psychrometric 
charts  and  tables,  methods  of  measuring  temperature,  humidity  and  air  ve- 
locities, conductivity  of  various  building  materials,  properties  of  different  types 
of  insulation  and  methods  of  figuring  heat  losses  for  all  types  of  building. 

45.  Strength  of  Materials.     (Prerequisite,  Applied  Mechanics) 

This  course  comprises  the  study  of  the  stresses  and  strains  in  bodies  sub- 
jected to  tension,  compression,  and  shearing;  common  theory  of  beams  with 
thorough  description  of  the  distribution  of  stresses,  shearing  forces,  and  bend- 
ing moments;  and  deflection  of  beams. 

A  study  is  made  of  the  strength  of  shafting  and  springs;  combined  stresses  in 
beams  subjected  to  tension,  compression,  and  bending;  also  strength  of  riveted 
joints,  columns,  and  thin  hollow  cylinders,  and  brief  consideration  of  strains 
and  the  relation  of  the  stresses  on  different  planes  in  a  body. 

46.  Structural  Design.     (Prerequisite,  Structural  Drawing) 

This  course  consists  of  a  study  of  the  design  of  such  structural  units  as  steel 
beams,  girders,  columns,  trusses,  riveted  connections  and  steel  frames  as  a 
whole.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  the  practical  phase  of  construction  and 
their  relation  to  design.  The  design  of  structural  timber  is  also  studied.  In  the 
first  half  of  the  year  the  student  is  given  many  problems  which  he  works  out  at 
home  and  in  class  and  the  last  half  of  the  year  is  usually  devoted  to  the  design 
and  detailing  of  some  larger,  more  complicated  structures  or  portions  of 
structures. 

47.  Structural  Design,  Advanced. 

This  is  a  continuation  of  Course  46  in  Structural  Design  and  consists  largely 
of  class  problems  of  a  more  complicated  nature.  In  recent  years  such  structures 
as  elevated  water  tanks,  mill  building  frames,  portions  of  an  office  building 
frames  and  highway  bridges  have  been  designed  in  class.  Considerable  stress  is 
laid  on  the  practical  phases  of  construction  as  well  as  design  requirements. 

48.  Structural  Drawing.     (Prerequisite,  Engineering  Drawing) 

The  course  in  Structural  Drawing  consists  of  making  shop  drawings  of  the 
various  members  of  modern  steel  frames.  After  making  drawings  of  structural 
sections  and  standard  connections,  the  student  is  given  data  from  which  he 
makes  framing  plans  and  shop  details.  The  problems  usually  covered  are: 
portions  of  a  steel  frame  building,  a  bridge  girder,  and  a  roof  truss. 

49.  Sub-Freshman  Mathematics. 

The  first  part  of  this  course  is  devoted  to  a  thorough  study  of  Algebra  and 
Plane  Geometry.  It  then  proceeds  to  more  advanced  work  embraced  by  the 
course  in  Engineering  Mathematics  as  described  in  Course  32. 

50.  Surveying.     (Prerequisite,  Engineering  Mathematics) 

(a)  A  course  of  lectures,  which  treats  the  basic  principles  such  as:  taping, 
compass,  theory  and  use  of  the  transit  as  applied  to  both  random  and  closed 
traverses,  differential  leveling,  profile  leveling,  and  double  rodded  leveling.  The 
D.M.D.  and  rectangular  coordinate  methods  (of  computing,  plotting  and  run- 
ning traverses)  are  stressed  and  especially  as  they  may  apply  to  such  work,  or 
procedure  as  outlined  by  the  Massachusetts  Land  Court. 

(b)  A  continuation  of  Surveying  (a),  consisting  of  lectures  and  problems  on 
Stadia  surveying,  the  theory  and  use  of  the  plane  table,  plane,  triangulation 
simple  curves  (railroad  curves  and  circular  arcs),  vertical  curves,  compound 
curves,  and  elementary  earthwork  problems. 


THE    LINCOLN    SCHOOLS 

EVENING  SESSIONS 


LINCOLN  TECHNICAL  INSTITUTE 

Associate  in  Engineering  Programs 

Courses  leading  to  the  Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering  arc 
offered  in  the  following  major  fields: 

Aeronautical  Engineering  Civil  Engineering 

Air  Conditioning  Engineering  Electrical  Engineering 

Architectural  Engineering  Mechanical  Engineering 

Chemistry  Structural  Engineering 

Degree  Programs 

A  six-year  program  conducted  in  conjunction  with  North- 
eastern University  School  of  Business  is  available  which  leads  to 
the  degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Management  awarded  by 
Northeastern  University. 

Special  Programs 

For  those  who  do  not  wish  to  take  one  of  the  regular  pro- 
grams, special  programs  consisting  of  one  or  more  courses  can  be 
arranged  to  meet  individual  needs. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

Fully  accredited  by  the  New  England  College  Entrance 
Certificate  Board.  General,  Classical,  and  Technical  high  school 
courses  are  available. 


For  further  information  write,  indicating  the  School  in  which  you 

are  interested 

THE   LINCOLN   SCHOOLS 

360  Huntington  Avenue,  Boston,  Mass. 
Telephone,  Kenmore  3177 


LINCOLN 
PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


Accredited  by  the 
New  England  College  Entrance  Certificate  Board 


EVENING  SESSIONS 
Co-Educational 


Effective  Methods  of  Instruction 
Efficient  Preparation  for  College 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


CALENDAR 

Summer  Term,  June,  19^0-September,  191/.0 

May  20-June  3  Registration  period. 

June  3  Classes  begin. 

July  4  Legal  holiday.     No  classes. 

September    2  Legal  holiday.     No  classes. 

September  9-13  Final  examinations. 

School  Year,  September,  19^0-May,  19^1 
19  kO 
September  9-23     Registration  period. 
September  23         Classes  begin. 
November  11         Legal  holiday.     No  classes. 
November  28         Thanksgiving  Day.     No  classes. 
December  20         Last  session  before  Christmas  recess. 

19U 

January  3  Classes  resume. 

May  12-16  Final  examinations. 

Winter  Term,  January,  191+1-May,  191±1 

January  2-13         Registration  period. 
January  13  Classes  begin. 

May  26-29  Final  examinations. 

OFFICE  HOURS 

August  12,  1940-June  U,  19U 

Week  days,  except  Saturday 9  a.m.  till  9  p.m. 

Saturday 9  a.m.  till  1  p.m. 

June  16,  19U~August  16,  19U 

Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Thursday  9  a.m.  till    4  p.m. 

Tuesday  and  Friday     .    .    .     9  a.m.  till  4  p.m.;  6  p.m.  till  8  p.m. 
Saturday 9  a.m.  till  12  noon 

INTERVIEWS 

Prospective  students,  or  those  desiring  advice  or  guidance  with  regard  to  any 
part  of  the  school  work  or  curricula,  are  offered  without  obligation  personal  inter- 
views with  the  Principal  or  his  assistants.  No  inquirer  should  hesitate  to  ask  for  an 
appointment  as,  in  the  long  run,  time  is  saved  during  the  school  year  by  having  the 
whole  educational  problem  discussed  before  the  opening  of  the  School. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Robekt  Gray  Dodge 
Chairman 

Frank  Lincoln  Richardson 
Vice-Chairman 

Galen  David  Light 
Secretary  and  Treasurer 


Charles  Francis  Adams 
Wilman  Edward  Adams 
Arthur  Atwood  Ballantine 
George  Louis  Barnes 
Farwell  Gregg  Bemis 
Walter  Channing 
William  Converse  Chick 
Paul  Foster  Clark 
William  James  Davidson 
Frederic  Harold  Fay 
Edward  J.  Frost 
Franklin  Wile  Ganse 
Harvey  Dow  Gibson 
Henry  Ingraham  Harriman 
Maynard  Hutchinson 
Chandler  Hovey 


Arthur  Stoddard  Johnson 
John  Russell  Macomber 
Irving  Edwin  Moultrop 
Augustin  Hamilton  Parker,  Jr. 
Frederick  Sanford  Pratt 
Stuart  Craig  Rand 
James  Lorin  Richards 
Charles  Milton  Rogerson 
Leverett  Saltonstall 
Frank  Palmer  Speare 
Francis  Robert  Carnegie  Steele 
Charles  Stetson 
Earl  Place  Stevenson 
Robert  Treat  Paine  Storeb 
Frank  Horace  Stuart 
Edward  Watson  Supple 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D. 

President 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D. 
Vice-President 

Galen  David  Light,  A.B. 
Treasurer 

James  Wallace  Lees,  A.M. 
Headmaster 

John  Kenneth  Stevenson,  B.C.S. 
Assistant  to  the  Vice-President 

William  Greene  Wilkinson,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 
Assistant  Headmaster 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


FACULTY 

Victor  Manuel  Aubert  Appointed  1939 

A.B.  National  College  of  Costa  Rica,  Central  America,  1934;  A.M.  Boston 
College,  1940;  Instructor  in  Spanish,  Boston  College;  Professor  of  Spanish,  Berlitz 
School  of  Languages;  Private  Tutor  in  Romance  Languages. 

Spanish 


Walter  Alfred  Baldwin  Appointed  1910 

A.B.  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1906;  graduate  study  University  of  Chicago 
and  Harvard  University;  Head,  Department  of  Mathematics,  Chillicothe  High 
School,  Ohio,  1906-08;  Head,  Department  of  Mathematics,  Mansfield  High  School, 
Ohio,  1908-10;  Head,  Science  Department,  Huntington  School  for  Boys,  Boston, 
1912-14;  Instructor  in  Physics  and  Chemistry,  Lincoln  Preparatory  School,  1910-. 
Physics  and  Chemistry 


William  Tilden  Bentley  Appointed  1916 

A.B.  Harvard  University,  1907;  Submaster,  Maiden  High  School,  1914-24; 
Belmont  School,  1924-29;  Principal,  Charles  A.  Daniels  School,  1929-. 

English 


Charles  Lee  Cheetham  Appointed  1928 

A.B.  Bates  College,  1911;  A.M.  Columbia  University,  1927;  Instructor  in 
Mathematics,  Portsmouth  High  School,  New  Hampshire,  1912-14;  Submaster, 
Westerly  High  School,  Rhode  Island,  1915-17;  Instructor  in  Mathematics  and 
Science,  Tower  Hill  School,  Wilmington,  Delaware,  1919-23;  Instructor  in  Math- 
ematics and  Physics,  Roger  Ascham  School,  White  Plains,  New  York,  1923-27; 
Instructor  in  Science,  Mathematics  and  Physics,  Public  Latin  School,  Boston, 
1928-. 

Physics 


Preston  Harvey  Appointed  1933 

A.B.  Bowdoin  College,  1928;  Instructor  in  Latin  and  History,  Portland  Country 
Day  School,  1928-31;  Head  of  Latin  Department,  Huntington  School,  1932-. 

Latin  and  History 


Percy  Edward  Jones  Appointed  1923 

Sloyd  Training  School,   1920;  B.S.  Boston  University,   1930;  Instructor  in 
Mathematics  and  Drawing,  Huntington  School  for  Boys,  1919-. 

Mathematics 


Alfred  Blanch ard  Kershaw  Appointed  1928 

A.B.  Amherst,  1904;  A.M.  Amherst,  1907;  Instructor,  The  Allen  School,  West 
Newton.  1908-09;  Instructor  in  English,  Brockton  High  School,  1909-11;  Sub- 
master,  English  High  School,  Boston,  191 1-. 

English 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


Stanley  D.  Miroyiannis  Appointed  1936 

B.S.  Northwest  College,  1927;  A.M.  Massachusetts  State  College,  1928;  Ph.D. 
Boston  University,  1936;  Instructor  in  Biology,  Boston  University,  1933-36;  Head 
of  Department  of  Biology,  Northeastern  University,  1936-. 

Biology 

James  Harris  Morss  Appointed  1927 

A.B.  Boston  University,  1903;  Ed.M.  Harvard  University,  1927;  Instructor  in 
Huntington  School  for  Boys,  Boston,  1915-. 

English 

Theodore  Woods  Noon  Appointed  1922 

A.B.  Yale  College,  1896;  M.A.  Yale  University,  1898;  Exhibitioner,  Emmanuel 
College,  University  of  Cambridge,  England,  1906-07;  Master,  Lawrenceville  School, 
Lawrenceville,  New  Jersey,  1908-18;  B.D.  University  of  Chicago,  1913;  S.T.M. 
Boston  University,  1922;  Ed.M.  Harvard  University,  1924;  Instructor  in  Lincoln 
Preparatory  School  and  Huntington  School  for  Boys,  Boston,  1922-. 
Latin  and  Ancient  History 

Deane  Stanfield  Peacock  Appointed  1931 

A.B.  Bowdoin  College,  1917;  A.M.  Bates  College,  1927;  Ed.M.  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1932;  Principal,  Oakland  High  School,  Maine,  1919-24;  Principal,  Freeport 
High  School,  Maine,  1924-31;  Junior  Master,  English  High  School,  Boston,  1932-. 

English 

Fred  Parker  Hamilton  Pike  Appointed  1921 

A.B.  Colby,  1898;  graduate  study  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1903-05;  Instruc- 
tor in  Modern  Languages  in  private  preparatory  schools,  1899-1908;  Instructor  in 
French,  Public  Latin  School,  Boston,  1909-. 

French  and  German 

Charles  Freeman  Seaverns  Appointed  1914 

Harvard  University,  1915-17;  Instructor  in  Mathematics  and  Drawing, 
Huntington  School  for  Boys,  Boston,  1914-19;  Instructor,  Everett  High  School, 
1925-. 

Mathematics  and  Mechanical  Drawing 

Albert  Shepard  Appointed  1938 

A.B.  Harvard  University,  1913;  A.M.  Harvard  University,  1914;  Ph.D.  Har- 
vard University,  1916;  University  of  Chile,  1916-17;  Akron  University,  1917-18; 
Norwich  University,  1918-20;  Albany  Boys'  Academy,  1920-22;  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1922-26;  Belmont  Hill  School,  1926-35;  Tilton  School,  1936-37; 
Brookline  High  School,  1937-. 

French 

Alfred  Loring  Skinner  Appointed  1927 

A.B.  Harvard  University,  1919;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  North  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  1919-22;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Huntington  School  for  Boys, 
Boston,  1922-. 

Mathematics 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


Harold  F.  Stevens  Appointed  1939 

B.S.  Tufts  College,  1911;  Instructor  in  Mathematics,  Hyde  Park  High  School, 
1911-. 

Mathematics 


Herbert  Lewis  Swan  Appointed  1939 

Ph.B.  Brown  University,  1928;  Graduate  study,  Harvard  Graduate  School  of 
Education;  Head,  English  Department,  Burr  and  Burton  Seminary,  Manchester, 
Vermont,  1931-32;  Head,  English  Department,  Admiral  Billard  Academy,  New 
London,  Connecticut,  1936-38;  Leader  in  Cambridge  and  Boston  Centers  of  Adult 
Education,  1939-40. 

English 


John  Moore  Trout,  Jr.  Appointed  1936 

A.B.  Princeton  University,  1928;  Ed.M.  Harvard  University,  1932;  Instructor 
at  Huntington  School  for  Boys,  1928-. 

English 


Daniel  P.  A.  Willard  Appointed  1925 

B.S.  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1913;  Principal,  Edgartown  High  School, 
Massachusetts,  1913-14;  Submaster,  Braintree  High  School,  Massachusetts, 
1915-16;  Instructor  in  Social  Sciences  Newton  High  School,  Massachusetts,  1916-. 

Social  Sciences 


Edna  M,  Edison,  Secretary 
Helen  E.  Hildreth,  Bookkeeper 
Hawthorne  P.  Summers,  Recorder 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


THE  LINCOLN  SCHOOLS 

The  Lincoln  Schools,  conducted  by  and  affiliated  with  North- 
eastern University,  include  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  and  the 
Lincoln  Preparatory  School.  These  Schools  offer  the  non-degree- 
granting  work  conducted  by  Northeastern  University.  In  the 
Lincoln  Technical  Institute  the  work,  however,  carries  credit 
towards  the  title  of  Associate  in  Engineering  and  is  acceptable 
also  towards  the  degree  of  B.B.A.  in  Engineering  and  Manage- 
ment offered  by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business. 

All  classes  in  the  Lincoln  Schools  are  held  in  the  evening  and 
are  especially  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  those  who  are  employed 
during  the  day. 

The  first  of  the  Lincoln  Schools  to  be  established  was  the 
Lincoln  Preparatory  School,  known  for  many  years  as  the  North- 
eastern Preparatory  School.  This  School  had  its  real  beginning  in 
1897  in  the  single  courses  offered  in  History,  Science,  and  other 
subjects  of  a  cultural  nature,  and  in  certain  trade  courses  intended 
to  benefit  men  engaged  in  various  occupations. 

Gradually  the  trade  courses  were  discontinued  and  the  remain- 
ing subjects  were  welded  into  a  regular  high  school  program,  upon 
the  completion  of  which  a  standard  high  school  diploma  was 
awarded. 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  School  has  been  effective  prepara- 
tion of  students  for  college  entrance.  For  this  reason  constant 
attention  has  been  paid  through  the  years  to  the  maintenance  and 
improvement  of  standards. 

In  1925  women  were  admitted  to  classes  on  the  same  basis  as 
men.  Since  1924  the  School  has  been  accredited  by  the  New  Eng- 
land College  Entrance  Certificate  Board,  a  marked  distinction  in 
the  case  of  an  evening  school,  and  an  expression  of  confidence  that 
day  school  standards  are  maintained.  The  School  today  offers 
curricula  in  the  general,  scientific,  and  classical  fields.  The  enroll- 
ment has  increased  from  fewer  than  fifty  students  to  almost  four 
hundred,  of  whom  one-fifth  are  women.  The  faculty  has  been 
increased  until  it  now  numbers  from  twenty  to  twenty-five  men 
of  wide  experience  and  training,  drawn  from  the  leading  day  pre- 
paratory and  high  schools  of  Metropolitan  Boston. 

Next  in  point  of  view  of  time  was  the  Lincoln  Technical 
Institute,  which  had  its  origin  in  the  Evening  Polytechnic  School. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  9 

The  latter  received  its  title  in  1901,  when  the  work  of  various 
technical  departments,  such  as  the  Department  of  Steam  Engi- 
neering, the  Department  of  Art,  the  Automotive  School  and  the 
Department  of  Naval  Architecture,  were  grouped  together  into 
curricula.  By  1904  we  find  the  School  offering  definite  curricula, 
generally  of  three  years'  duration,  in  Architecture,  Chemistry, 
Marine  Engineering,  Structural  Engineering,  Steam  Engineering, 
along  with  courses  in  Art,  Navigation,  Surveying,  Seamanship, 
and  other  related  fields.  In  1925  the  title  Lincoln  Institute  was 
given  to  the  Northeastern  Evening  Polytechnic  School.  At  this 
time  the  Lincoln  Institute  remodeled,  lengthened,  and  conse- 
quently improved  the  former  courses,  offering  four-year  curricula 
in  Architecture,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engi- 
neering, Mechanical  Engineering  and  Structural  Engineering. 

Since  then,  additional  curricula  have  been  added;  namely, 
Aeronautical  Engineering  and  Air  Conditioning  Engineering  as 
options  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 

In  addition,  provision  was  made  so  that  students  need  not 
pursue  a  complete  curriculum  but  could  elect  individual  courses 
related  to  their  present  occupations,  the  only  prerequisite  of  entry 
being  ability  to  pursue  the  course  with  profit  to  themselves.  At 
the  present  time  there  are  five  hundred  students  receiving  instruc- 
tion in  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  in  the  various  branches  of 
engineering. 

Since  1936  the  curricular  courses  of  the  Institute  have  been 
credited  by  Northeastern  University  School  of  Business  towards 
the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in  Engineering 
and  Management  offered  in  that  school. 

Effective  1939  the  Executive  Council  of  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity authorized  the  Lincoln  Technical  Institute  to  award  the 
Title  of  Associate  in  Engineering  to  those  who  satisfactorily  com- 
plete the  prescribed  curriculum. 

The  Officers  of  Administration  are  constantly  alert  to  chang- 
ing conditions  and  from  time  to  time  will  modify  existing  courses 
to  meet  new  needs  and  develop  new  courses  so  that  real  educational 
opportunities  will  be  available  to  employed  men  and  women  at 
convenient  evening  hours.  In  particular  they  are  sincerely  inter- 
ested in  the  problems  of  each  student  and  are  available  for  voca- 
tional and  educational  guidance. 

Through  the  Lincoln  Schools  many  men  and  women  have 


10  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

been  able  to  solve  their  problems  and  to  secure  that  education 
which  has  enabled  them  to  succeed  in  the  work  for  which  they  are 
adapted  by  ability  and  interest.  Without  the  facilities  of  the 
Lincoln  Schools  many  of  these  alumni  would  still  be  occupying 
minor  positions  with  little  opportunity  for  advancement  on  account 
of  lack  of  training. 

THE  INTEREST  IN  EDUCATION 

The  following  items  show  the  growth  of  our  school  population 
and  the  increasing  interest  in  education  at  all  age  levels.  They 
are  the  most  recent  figures  available  and  are  issued  by  the  Office 
of  Education,  United  States  Department  of  Education. 

Approximately  one-fourth  of  the  total  population  of  the  coun- 
try is  enrolled  in  regular  full-time  day  schools.  In  addition  a  large 
number  are  studying  at  night,  in  the  summer,  by  correspondence, 
or  in  private  trade  or  vocational  schools  not  reporting  to  the 
Office  of  Education.  The  number  reported  for  1935-1936  was 
30,587,477  in  full-time  day  schools.  The  Bureau  of  Census  estimated 
the  total  population  as  128,024,000  persons  on  January  1,  1936. 
The  following  figures  show  the  growth  in  secondary  school 
enrollment : 

1920 2,494,676 

1930 4,799,867 

1932 5,592,872 

1934 6,090,749 

*1936 6,424,968 

*Latest  figures  available 

Below  is  given  a  table  showing  the  numbers  of  high  school  and 

college  graduates.  ^^ 

Year  High  School                College 

1925 596,655      111,161 

1930 655,223      122,484 

1932 833,252     138,063 

1934 914,853      136,156 

*1936 1,015,345      143,125 

*Latest  figures  available 

More  than  one  million  students  are  graduating  from  high 
school  each  year.  In  Massachusetts  29.3  per  cent  of  total  school 
population  is  in  high  school. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  11 

THE  NEED  FOR  EDUCATION 

These  figures  surely  indicate  that  in  the  future,  because  of  the 
high  general  level  of  educational  qualifications,  competition  for 
jobs  will  be  keen.  They  further  indicate  that  there  is  little  real 
hope  for  advancement  for  the  man  who  falls  behind  in  the  race  by 
neglecting  to  secure  adequate  education  and  training.  As  business 
conditions  improve,  there  will  be  increased  opportunities  for 
employment,  but  there  is  the  danger  that  those  who  trust  in  luck 
will  be  misled  by  such  improvement  in  business  and  will  hope  and 
believe  they  will  be  carried  back  to  employment  and  perhaps  pros- 
perity without  any  effort  on  their  part.  Perhaps  they  may, 
although  that  is  unlikely.  If  so,  they  will  be  the  first  to  suffer 
subsequently.  But  there  will  be  thousands  who  will  now  take  the 
opportunity  of  making  sure,  in  so  far  as  is  possible,  that  they  will 
meet  subsequent  changes  in  the  industrial  world  much  better 
prepared  than  they  are  now. 

Industrial  concerns,  more  than  ever  before,  demand  trained 
men  and  women.  Those  who  are  now  employed  know  that  even 
to  hold  their  present  positions  they  must  increase  their  ability  or 
someone  with  greater  ability  will  come  along  and  deprive  them  of 
their  jobs.  How  much  more  necessary  is  it  to  increase  one's  ability 
and  one's  value  to  his  employer  if  he  wishes  to  get  ahead.  Even 
though  additional  training  should  demand  pronounced  sacrifices, 
it  should  nevertheless  be  undertaken.  The  first  opportunities  will 
go  to  those  who  will  be  already  trained  when  business  improves. 

Very  soon  the  competition  of  brains  will  be  keener  than  ever 
before.  It  is  not  only  necessary  that  a  man  provide  himself  with 
such  adequate  training  that  an  employer  will  desire  to  retain  him, 
but  he  should  also,  while  comfortably  employed,  endeavor  to  pre- 
pare himself  for  advancement,  either  with  his  present  employer  in 
a  more  responsible  and  profitable  position  or  with  another  employer 
who  needs  his  services  and  is  prepared  to  pay  for  them.  The 
depression  has  shown  us  that  security  of  employment  is  the  great- 
est single  need  that  each  of  us  has.  Employment  can  be  made 
increasingly  secure  only  by  personal  effort  in  securing  adequate 
training. 


12  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

THE  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 
CHARACTERISTICS  OF  THE  SCHOOL 

Before  a  prospective  student  makes  a  final  decision  regarding 
the  evening  school  he  wishes  to  enter,  he  should  ascertain  some 
of  the  characteristics  of  a  good  preparatory  school.  Following  are 
the  outstanding  characteristics  of  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School : 

1.  It  is  non-proprietary,  and  organized  exclusively  for  service  to 
students,  the  income  being  devoted  to  that  end,  rather  than 
being  organized  for  profit. 

2.  Adequate  fees  are  charged  to  insure  the  employment  of  the 
best  teachers  attainable  and  to  provide  constant  improvement 
in  the  educational  processes. 

3.  Scholarship  funds  are  available  to  assist  deserving  and  needy 
students  who  cannot  meet  the  fees  that  must  be  charged  if 
high  standards  are  to  be  maintained. 

4.  It  has  a  trained  and  experienced  faculty;  that  is,  the  men  who 
form  its  staff  are  teachers  of  experience,  familiar  with  college 
entrance  requirements,  with  long  practice  in  dealing  with  the 
individual  problems  of  students. 

5.  All  work  is  conducted  on  a  regular  classroom  basis  to  meet  the 
approval  of  higher  institutions  and  the  New  England  College 
Entrance  Certificate  Board  requirements. 

6.  The  size  of  the  classes  is  such  as  to  permit  reasonably  individ- 
ualized attention. 

7.  The  courses  are  conducted  so  that  the  content  of  each  course 
is  thoroughly  covered  in  order  that  it  may  be  of  the  maximum 
value  to  the  student,  not  only  in  the  interests  of  his  personal 
growth,  but  as  preparation  for  further  study. 

8.  The  student  body  is  adequately  prepared  for  the  type  of 
instruction  which  is  to  be  imparted  in  the  classroom.  The 
level  of  achievement  is  not  lowered  by  the  admission  of  unfit 
students. 

9.  High  quality  of  performance  is  maintained  in  the  classroom, 
and  students  bring  to  bear  on  their  studies  an  interest  and 
enthusiasm  which  permit  all  work  to  be  conducted  on  a  high, 
qualitative  plane.  Classes  are  not  conducted  to  be  a  vehicle 
by  which  students  may  obtain  credit  by  easy  and  slipshod 
methods.  Credit  is  awarded  only  when  the  quality  of  the  stu- 
dent's work  meets  the  definition  of  Requirements  of  the  College 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  13 

Entrance  Examination  Board  and  the  New  England  College 
Entrance  Certificate  Board. 

10.  Its  graduates  have  proved  successful  in  college,  in  the  profes- 
sions, and  in  business  life. 

11.  There    are    adequate    laboratories,    classrooms,    and    other 
facilities. 

12.  The    administrative    organization    affords    opportunities    for 
skilled  educational  and  vocational  guidance. 

AIMS  OF  THE  SCHOOL 

The  aims  of  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  may  be  classified 
as  follows: 

1.  The  offering  of  educational  opportunities  to  men  and  women 
by  methods  of  instruction  carefully  adapted  to  the  needs  of 
adult  students. 

2.  The  providing  of  this  instruction  at  convenient  evening  hours, 
so  that  the  student  need  not  leave  his  or  her  present  employ- 
ment while  obtaining  an  education. 

3.  The  conducting  of  the  school  work  on  such  a  high  qualitative 
plane  that  those  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  college 
may  be  adequately  prepared  for  entrance  examinations,  or  for 
entrance  on  certificate  if  their  ability  and  performance  warrant. 

4.  The  offering  of  a  general  program  to  those  who  do  not  plan  to 
enter  college,  that  they  may  develop  a  taste  for  the  better 
things  in  life  and  that  they  may  advance  to  a  larger  personal 
growth. 

5.  The  selection  of  the  most  competent  and  experienced  faculty 
available. 

6.  The  maintenance  of  the  excellent  work  which  has  earned  for 
the  School  the  approval  of  the  New  England  College  Entrance 
Certificate  Board. 

7.  The  personal  interest  of  every  school  officer  in  the  individual 
problem  of  the  student. 

LOCATION  OF  THE  SCHOOL 

The  work  of  the  School  is  conducted  in  three  buildings  of 
Northeastern  University  situated  on  an  eight  acre  campus  on 
Huntington  Avenue  just  beyond  Massachusetts  Avenue  opposite 
the  Boston  Opera  House. 

The  West  Building  at  360  Huntington  Avenue  contains  the 
headquarters  of  the  School.  This  building  has  more  than  a  hundred 
thousand  square  feet  of  space  and  is  adequately  equipped  with 


14  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

classroom,  drawing  room,  and  laboratory  facilities.    In  the  base- 
ment are  the  check-room,  the  bookstore,  and  the  Husky  Hut. 

The  East  Building  of  the  University  is  the  educational  wing 
of  the  Huntington  Avenue  Branch  of  the  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association.  It  contains  the  library,  classrooms,  and  the  Chemical 
laboratories. 

The  South  Building  is  situated  in  rear  of  the  East  Building 
and  contains  several  classrooms,  and  the  Electrical  and  Biological 
laboratories. 

ALUMNI 

The  Alumni  of  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  are  excellent 
witnesses  of  the  work  the  School  has  done  and  is  doing.  One  of  our 
greatest  rewards  is  the  satisfaction  of  receiving  from  our  former 
students,  in  the  form  of  letters  and  personal  visits  after  they  have 
left  school,  their  thanks  and  appreciation  for  our  efforts. 

Many  of  our  graduates  are  engaged  in  the  various  professions, 
such  as  Law,  Medicine,  Teaching,  and  Dentistry.  Lastly,  many 
are  engaged  in  successful  business  activities  and  in  public  life. 

Furthermore,  the  School  has  been  of  benefit  to  many  who  did 
not  complete  our  graduation  requirements  but  obtained  here  the 
credits  necessary  for  college  entrance  or  for  some  other  specific  pur- 
pose, having  completed  elsewhere  part  of  their  high  school  training. 

Women  graduates  of  this  School  are  in  the  hospital  training 
schools  of  the  State  or  have  graduated  therefrom.  Some  occupy 
teaching  and  administrative  positions  in  our  hospitals.  Many 
others  have  proceeded  to  colleges  and  professional  schools  to  pre- 
pare for  positions  in  teaching,  library  science,  and  business. 

Many  of  our  students  are  in  colleges  and  professional  schools 
scattered  across  the  country.  The  following  are  some  of  the  colleges 
that  have  been  attended  by  Alumni  of  the  Lincoln  Preparatory 
School : 

Harvard  University  Simmons  College 

Tufts  College  University  of  Maine 

Massachusetts  Institute  Clark  University 

of  Technology  Massachusetts  State  College 

Boston  University  University  of  Chicago 

University  of  Michigan  Syracuse  University 

Jackson  College  Yale  LTniversity 

Purdue  University  Dartmouth  College 

University  of  Alabama  Bowdoin  College 

University  of  Maryland  Bates  College 

Columbia  University  Northeastern  University 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  15 

FACULTY 

In  an  evening  school  it  is  particularly  essential  that  none  but 
men  of  wide  experience  and  high  ideals  be  appointed  to  the  faculty. 
Accordingly  the  faculty  of  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  has  been 
very  carefully  chosen,  all  its  members  having  been  educated  in 
the  leading  colleges  and  universities.  They  are  men  of  culture  and 
high  ideals  who  are  in  sympathy  with  evening  school  students 
and  understand  their  aims.  They  have  had  excellent  training  and 
wide  experience  in  the  subjects  which  they  teach.  Most  of  them 
have  served  with  the  institution  for  many  years,  and  as  a  result 
of  their  personal  devotion  to  the  cause  of  education  and  their 
appreciation  of  the  work  this  School  is  attempting,  are  naturally 
interested  in  its  aims  and  success.  The  average  length  of  the 
teaching  experience  of  faculty  members  is  twenty-three  years. 
The  average  length  of  service  in  the  School  is  fourteen  years.  All 
of  them  are  at  present  employed  during  the  day  in  the  leading  high 
and  preparatory  schools  in  Boston  and  vicinity  or  are  engaged  in 
graduate  study. 

STUDENT  BODY 

The  students  of  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  are  men  and 
women  of  earnest  purpose,  who  have  come  to  recognize  the  value 
of  education  but  who  through  force  of  circumstances  have  been 
unable  to  complete  a  high  school  course.  The  ages  of  the  students 
range  from  sixteen  to  forty -five  with  the  average  age  twenty -four. 
This  fact  proves  conclusively  that  at  all  ages  educational  oppor- 
tunities may  be  used  to  increase  personal  satisfaction  through  the 
development  of  a  taste  for  the  better  things  in  life  or  to  bring 
about  material  advancement  and  increased  financial  rewards. 

Some  students  are  attempting  to  increase  their  vocational 
opportunities;  some  are  completing  a  high  school  education  begun 
elsewhere  but  interrupted;  some  are  beginning  here  their  high 
school  work;  some  are  adding  to  their  training  cultural  or  practical 
subjects  which  were  formerly  omitted  from  their  training.  In  fact, 
the  School  is  ready  to  serve  students  of  all  ages  at  a  point  where 
they  need  real  service. 

The  student  body  represents  also  men  and  women  from  all 
walks  of  life,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  occupational  distribution. 


16 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


Occupational  Survey 

Among  the  occupations  of  the  student  body  for  the  school 
year  1939-1940  the  following  are  representative: 


Accountants 

Auditors 

Bakers 

Boat  Builders 

Bus  Boys 

Caretakers 

Chauffeurs 

Clergymen 

Clerks 

Dental  Technicians 

Domestic  Workers 

Dressmakers 

Drivers 

Electricians 

Elevator  Operators 

Factory  Operators 

Finishers 

Firemen 

Florists 

Gas  Station  Attendants 

Hairdressers 


Helpers 

Hospital  Attendants 

Hospital  Supervisors 

Housewives 

Insurance  Agents 

Laboratory  Assistants 

Laborers 

Machinists 

Meat  Cutters 

Mechanics 

Menders 

Musicians 

Nurses 

Office  Workers 

Oilers 

Optical  Workers 

Painters 

Parcel  Collectors 

Plasterer's  Helpers 

Podiatrists 

Policemen 


Porters 

Printers 

Receptionists 

Salesmen 

Secretaries 

Shade  Makers 

Shippers 

Shoeworkers 

Social  Service  Workers 

Stenographers 

Statisticians 

Stockmen 

Tailors 

Teachers 

Technicians 

Telephone  Operators 

Textile  Workers 

Tree  Surgeons 

Upholsterers 

Waiters 

Weighers 


Geographical  Survey 

The  following  list  indicates  the  areas  from  which  the  students 
of  the  school  year  1939-1940  came: 


Allston 

Arlington 

Auburndale 

Beverly 

Billerica 

Boston 

Brockton 

Brookline 

Cambridge 

Chelsea 

Dorchester 

Duxbury 

East  Boston 

East  Braintree 

East  Weymouth 

Everett 

Fall  River 

Foxboro 


Framingham 

Greenwood 

Hyde  Park 

Islington 

Jamaica  Plain 

Lowell 

Lynn 

Maiden 

Marblehead 

Mattapan 

Medford 

Melrose 

Methuen 

Needham 

New  London,  Conn. 

Newton  Highlands 

Newtonville 

Norwood 


Peabody 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Quincy 

Roxbury 

Scituate 

Sharon 

SomerviUe 

Swanrpscott 

Taunton 

Wakefield 

Waverly 

Waltham 

Wellesley 

West  Acton 

West  Medford 

West  Medway 

Winchester 

Wollaston 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  17 

INFORMATION  REGARDING  ADMISSION 

ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS 

Any  man  or  woman  of  good  moral  character,  regardless  of 
occupation,  race  or  creed,  who  has  completed  at  least  eight  grades 
of  a  grammar  school,  or  the  equivalent,  may  enroll  in  the  School. 
Provided  a  sufficient  number  enroll,  special  courses  will  be  formed 
for  those  who  have  not  completed  the  work  of  the  eighth  grade. 

Courses  adapted  to  the  needs  and  education  of  such  appli- 
cants are  offered  each  term.  It  is  not  advisable,  however,  for  one 
younger  than  sixteen  years  of  age  to  register,  for  the  courses  are 
adapted  to  those  who  are  more  mature  and  are  physically  able  to 
work  during  the  day  and  to  study  at  night. 

Students  who  do  not  intend  to  enter  higher  institutions  of 
learning  may  select  from  the  offering  of  courses  a  special  combina- 
tion of  subjects  which  will  benefit  them  in  the  work  in  which  they 
are  engaged  during  the  day.  Before  enrolling  for  such  subjects, 
students  are  urged  to  see  the  Headmaster,  explaining  the  particular 
nature  of  the  employment  in  which  they  are  engaged,  so  that  he 
can  arrange  the  course  best  suited  for  their  needs.  Special  com- 
binations of  courses  may  be  selected  to  embrace  business,  science, 
or  special  technical  work. 

APPLICATIONS  FOR  ADMISSION 

Applications  for  admission  should  be  filed  as  early  as  possible 
in  order  that  the  necessary  investigations  may  be  made  and  the 
status  of  each  student  definitely  determined  before  the  opening  of 
the  term.  All  applications  must  be  filed  on  the  official  application 
blank  which  must  be  accompanied  by  the  registration  fee  of  five 
dollars. 

CREDIT  FROM  OTHER  SCHOOLS 

Students  who  have  completed  high  school  work  in  other 
approved  institutions  may  obtain  credit  for  that  work  towards  the 
diploma  of  this  School  by  presenting  a  certified  transcript  of 
record  from  the  school  previously  attended. 

The  officers  of  the  School  are  glad  at  all  times  to  obtain  for 
prospective  students  transcripts  of  their  records  of  work  at  other 
schools,  evaluate  such  records  in  terms  of  diploma  credits  and 


18  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

suggest  a  program,  indicating  the  cost  of  the  program  and  the  time 
necessary  to  meet  graduation  requirements.  The  responsibility 
devolves  upon  the  student  for  making  sure  that  his  program  does  not 
contain  a  subject  for  which  prior  credit  has  already  been  awarded  in 
some  other  school.  Such  courses,  however,  may  be  taken  without 
credit  as  review  courses  preparatory  to  later  advanced  work. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  19 


TUITION  AND  OTHER  FEES 

Registration  Fee.  $5  is  payable  by  all  students  on  their  initial 
entrance  to  the  School.  This  fee  is  not  returnable  except  where  a 
student  is  refused  admission. 


REGULAR  TERM 

Full  Courses:  The  Regular  Term  begins  in  September  and 
continues  for  32  weeks.  During  this  term  students  may  carry 
three  courses.  Exceptional  students  or  those  having  ample  time 
for  study  may  be  permitted  to  carry  four  courses. 

The  cost  of  each  course  is  $40.  Fees  are  payable  in  eight  suc- 
cessive monthly  payments  except  for  students  carrying  a  single 
course,  when  payments  are  made  in  four  successive  monthly  install- 
ments. 

Payments  are  due  on  the  third  Tuesday  of  each  month. 

WINTER  TERM 

Full  Courses:  The  Winter  Term  begins  in  January  and  extends 
for  20  weeks.  The  work  is  carried  on  more  intensively  than  in  the 
Regular  Term,  but  the  same  ground  is  covered,  primarily  by 
means  of  a  longer  classroom  period.  During  this  term  students 
are  permitted  to  carry  two  courses. 

The  cost  of  each  course  is  $40.  Fees  are  payable  in  four 
successive  monthly  installments. 

Payments  are  due  on  the  third  Tuesday  of  each  month. 

SUMMER  TERM 

Full  Courses:  The  Term  begins  in  June  and  extends  for  15 
weeks.  A  full  year's  work  is  covered  in  each  course,  but  because 
of  the  intensive  nature  of  the  work,  a  student's  program  must  be 
limited.  Superior  students  may  be  permitted  to  carry  two  courses. 

The  cost  of  each  full-unit  summer  course  is  $30.  Fees  are 
payable  in  three  successive  monthly  installments. 

Payments  are  due  on  the  third  Tuesday  of  each  month. 


20  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

SPECIAL  RATES   FOR  SCIENCES 

Biology 

Tuition  fee $40.00 

Laboratory  fee 10.00 

Physics 

Tuition  fee 40.00 

Laboratory  fee 5.00 

Chemistry 

Tuition  fee 40.00 

Laboratory  fee 5.00 

Laboratory  deposit 5.00 

The  unused  portion  of  the  chemistry  deposit  is  refunded  after 
deduction  for  breakages. 

No  reduction  in  fees  is  made  because  of  late  enrollment. 

In  certain  cases  even  the  installment  plan  of  payment  will  not 
meet  the  needs  of  many  deserving  students.  Such  students  are  requested 
to  confer  with  an  officer  of  the  School  regarding  a  satisfactory  plan 
for  the  payment  of  fees. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

The  Executive  Council  has  made  available  a  few  scholarships 
to  assist  needy  students  of  good  mental  capacity  who,  because  of 
financial  limitations,  might  be  deprived  of  educational  opportu- 
nities. The  award  when  a  scholarship  is  granted  is  never  in  excess 
of  one-half  of  the  student's  tuition  fees  for  the  year. 

TUITION  REGULATIONS 

CHARGES  FOR  PARTIAL  ATTENDANCE 

In  the  event  of  a  student's  withdrawal  from  school,  he  is 
charged  on  a  pro  rata  basis  for  the  weeks  he  has  attended.  These 
charges  are  as  follows: 

32-week  courses  —  4  pet  cent  of  the  total  charges  for  each  week 
of  attendance. 

20- week  courses  —  6  per  cent  of  the  total  charges  for  each  week 
of  attendance. 

16-week  courses  —  8  per  cent  of  the  total  charges  for  each  week 
of  attendance. 

The  same  charges  are  applicable  in  the  event  that  a  student 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  21 

abandons  a  part  of  his  program.  In  addition  the  full  Laboratory 
Fee  is  charged  in  those  cases  where  a  student  is  pursuing  a  lab- 
oratory course. 

MISCELLANEOUS  FEES 

The  fee  for  a  condition  or  make-up  examination  regularly 
scheduled  is  $3. 

The  fee  for  a  make-up  quiz  regularly  scheduled  is  $1.50. 
The  diploma  fee  is  $3. 

CHARGES  FOR  DAMAGES 

Students  who  damage  apparatus  in  the  laboratories  or  who 
willfully  destroy  school  property  will  be  responsible  for  the  replace- 
ment of  such  damaged  articles  or  for  the  cost  of  replacing  where 
this  is  undertaken  by  the  School. 

REFUND  POLICY 

Students  who  are  forced  to  withdraw  from  a  course  or  from 
the  School  are  expected  to  notify  the  school  office  by  completing 
the  withdrawal  blanks  which  will  be  furnished. 

Since  the  School  assumes  the  obligation  of  carrying  the  student 
throughout  the  year  for  which  he  registers,  and  since  the  instruc- 
tion and  accommodations  are  provided  on  a  yearly  basis,  the 
Executive  Council  has  ruled  as  follows: 

A.  Applications  for  refunds  must  be  presented  within  forty-five  days 
after  withdrawal  from  School. 

B.  Refunds  in  the  case  of  complete  withdrawal  from  School  will  be 
granted  by  the  Committee  on  Withdrawals  for  reasons  which 
they  deem  adequate.  Among  the  reasons  deemed  adequate  are 
the  following: 

(a)  Personal  illness. 

(b)  Change  of  employment  by  direction  of  employer,  whether 
in  the  schedule  of  time  or  in  place  of  employment. 

(c)  The  situation  where  the  student  becomes  the  sole  or  partial 
support  of  the  family,  so  as  to  make  it  impossible  for  him 
to  continue  his  studies. 

(d)  Loss  of  position. 

(e)  Change  of  residence. 

(/)  A  voluntary  change  of  employment,  the  hours  or  the  resi- 
dence being  such  that  he  is  unable  to  continue  attendance. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


In  all  the  above  cases  it  is  expected  that  a  medical  certificate, 
letter  from  employer,  or  other  appropriate  substantiating  docu- 
mentary evidence  will  be  produced  by  the  student. 

C.  Refunds  are  computed  from  the  date  of  application  for  refund, 
not  from  the  date  of  last  attendance;  hence  students  who  are 
compelled  to  discontinue  attendance  should  immediately  report 
the  fact  to  the  school  office. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  23 

ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

EXAMINATIONS  AND  QUIZZES 

Examinations  are  held  throughout  the  term  at  the  discretion 
of  the  instructors.  Final  examinations  are  required  upon  the  com- 
pletion of  all  courses.  The  following  system  of  grading  is  used : 

A  —  90  to  100  —  Excellent 

B—  80  to    89  — Good 

C  —  70  to    79  —  Fair 

D — 60  to    69  —  Lowest  Passing  Grade 

E  —  50  to    59  —  Conditioned 

F —  Below  50  —  Failure 

A  student  marked  E  (conditioned)  may  enroll  in  the  advanced 
course  in  the  same  subject  immediately  following,  but  upon  condi- 
tion that  he  remove  his  deficiency  by  special  examination  early  in 
the  next  term.  A  fee  of  $3  is  required  for  each  such  examination 
regularly  scheduled. 

A  student  receiving  the  grade  of  B  is  exempt  from  examination 
when  applying  for  admission  to  the  colleges  composing  the  New 
England  College  Entrance  Certificate  Board.  A  list  of  these  col- 
leges is  given  on  page  27. 

TRANSFERS 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  change  from  one  course  to 
another  without  first  consulting  the  Headmaster  and  receiving  a 
Transfer  Order  signed  by  him. 

REPORTS  OF  STANDING 

An  informal  report  of  the  student's  standing  is  issued  at  the 
end  of  the  first  term;  and  the  formal  report,  covering  the  year's 
record,  is  issued  at  the  close  of  each  year. 

In  the  case  of  students  who  are  under  twenty-one  years  of  age, 
reports  may  be  sent  to  parents  in  the  event  of  unsatisfactory  work 
on  the  part  of  the  student,  non-compliance  with  administrative 
regulations,  continued  absence,  and  withdrawal.  Parents  of  minors 
may  obtain  reports  at  any  time  on  request. 


24  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

ATTENDANCE  REQUIREMENTS 

A  careful  record  of  attendance  upon  class  exercises  is  kept  for 
each  student.  Absence  from  regularly  scheduled  classes  on  any 
subject  will  seriously  affect  the  standing  of  the  student.  It  may 
cause  the  removal  of  certain  subjects  from  his  schedule  and  the 
listing  of  these  as  "conditioned  subjects."  However,  if  reasonable 
excuse  for  absence  be  presented,  the  student  may  be  allowed  to 
make  up  the  time  lost,  and  be  given  credit  for  the  work;  but  he 
must  complete  the  work  at  such  time  and  in  such  manner  as  his 
instructor  in  the  course  shall  designate. 

A  minimum  attendance  record  of  75  per  cent  must  be  maintained 
in  all  classes  before  a  student  will  be  admitted  to  examination. 


LATE  REGISTRATION 

Students  should  avoid  late  registration.  Those  who  find  it 
necessary  to  register  late  may  be  permitted  to  enter  the  School 
provided  they  have  not  lost  so  much  work  as  to  render  it  impos- 
sible for  them  to  proceed  with  the  courses. 


NOTIFY  THE  OFFICE  IMMEDIATELY 

(a)  Of  any  change  of  address; 

(b)  Of  withdrawal  from  any  course  —  otherwise  the  fee  for  that 
course  will  be  charged; 

(c)  Of  withdrawal  from  the  School  —  giving  the  date  of  the  last 
lecture  attended. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  25 

INFORMATION  REGARDING  PROGRAM 

THE  UNIT  SYSTEM  EXPLAINED 

Frequent  reference  is  made  in  this  catalog  to  "units,"  and  that 
there  may  be  no  misunderstanding  in  the  minds  of  students,  this 
explanation  is  offered.  A  unit  of  high  school  credit  is  given  upon 
the  satisfactory  completion  of  the  work  of  one  school  year  in  a 
single  standard  subject,  the  equivalent  of  which  is  covered  by  this 
School  in  thirty-two  weeks  or  in  the  intensive  courses  of  twenty 
and  fifteen  weeks  offered  in  the  winter  and  summer  terms  respec- 
tively. The  following  exception  is  to  be  noted:  Four  full  courses 
in  English  total  three  units  towards  graduation  or  towards  college 
entrance. 

TERMS  AND  HOURS  OF  ATTENDANCE 

When  assigning  a  program  for  a  student  the  school  officers 
usually  assign  work  which  requires  attendance  for  only  two  evenings 
a  week. 

All  classes  are  scheduled  to  meet  between  the  hours  of  7  p.m. 
and  10  p.m. 

Each  term  a  schedule  is  prepared  listing  the  courses  to  be 
offered  and  the  hours  at  which  they  meet.  A  copy  may  be  obtained 
on  request. 

Following  is  the  general  arrangement  for  the  completion  of  a 
course  in  each  term  of  the  school  year. 

Fall  Term  (32  Weeks) 

One  full-unit  course  requires  attendance  for  one  hour  twice  a 
week.  Students  may  carry  one,  two,  or  three  courses  during  this 
term. 

Winter  Term  (20  Weeks) 

One  full-unit  course  requires  attendance  for  one  and  a  half 
hours  twice  a  week.  Students  may  carry  one  or  two  full-unit 
courses  during  this  term. 

Summer  Term  (15  Weeks) 

One  full-unit  course  requires  attendance  for  one  and  a  half 
hours  twice  a  week.  Students  may  carry  one  or  two  full-unit 
courses  during  this  term. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


COURSES  OF  STUDY 


Algebra  1 

Algebra  2 
*Biology 
*Chemistry 

Economics 

English  1 

English  2 

English  3 

English  4 

French  1 

French  2 

French  3 

Geometry  (Plane) 

Geometry  (Solid) 


German  1 

German  2 

Government 

History  (Ancient) 

History  (European) 

History  (English) 

History  (United  States) 

Latin  1 

Latin  2 

Latin  3 

Latin  4 

*Mechanical  Drawing 
*Physics 

Spanish 

Trigonometry 


HOW  TO  PLAN  YOUR  PROGRAM  OF  CLASSES 
In  choosing  subjects  each  term,  students  should  bear  in  mind: 

(a)  The  requirements  for  graduation  from  the  Lincoln  Preparatory 
School.     These  are  given  on  page  28. 

(b)  The  admission  requirements  of  the  higher  institution  they  wish 
to  enter.  Catalogs  of  most  colleges  are  on  file  at  the  school 
office.  In  case  of  doubt,  consult  these  and  talk  with  the 
Headmaster. 

(c)  The  special  requirements  for  various  professions  and  vocations. 

(d)  Their  special  interests,  in  the  event  that  courses  are  chosen 
from  the  cultural  point  of  view. 

It  is  especially  important  to  meet  the  requirements  for  gradu- 
ation so  that  a  diploma  may  be  obtained.  Most  colleges  not  only 
require  fifteen  units  of  high  school  work,  but  also  insist  that  the 
student  be  a  graduate  of  a  recognized  high  school.  Moreover,  in 
business  and  in  everyday  life  it  means  infinitely  more  to  say  one 
is  a  high  school  graduate  than  merely  to  say  one  has  completed 
fifteen  units  of  high  school  work. 

These  courses  meet  only  once  a  week  in  the  fall  term ;  all  other  courses  meet 
twice  a  week,  usually  on  Tuesdays  and  Fridays. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  27 

HOW  LONG  WILL  IT  TAKE 
TO  OBTAIN  A  DIPLOMA? 

The  flexible  schedule  and  the  twelve  months'  operation  of  the 
Lincoln  Preparatory  School  enable  a  student  to  save  considerable 
time.  The  exact  time  that  it  will  take  to  obtain  a  diploma  is 
dependent  upon  credit  from  former  institutions  attended,  hours 
available  for  study,  and  the  number  of  courses  pursued.  A  stu- 
dent who  begins  his  high  school  work  in  the  Lincoln  Preparatory 
School  can  complete  his  course  in  from  three  to  five  years.  How- 
ever, it  is  urged  upon  students  that  a  high  school  education  is  a 
matter  of  accomplishment  and  not  a  matter  of  time,  and  the  School 
insists  on  a  high  standard  of  accomplishment. 

ADMISSION  TO  COLLEGE 

Since  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  offers  regular  college 
preparatory  courses  for  those  who  wish  to  enter  college,  a  student, 
according  to  his  record  and  his  plan  of  procedure,  may  enter 
college  in  one  of  the  following  ways : 

B^  Diploma.  Certain  colleges  will  admit  students  on  the 
diploma  from  this  School.  Among  these  colleges  are  all  those 
that  accept  a  standard  high  school  diploma. 

By  Examination.  A  few  colleges,  notably  Harvard,  Yale, 
and  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  require 
certain  examinations  from  all  candidates.  This  School  pre- 
pares students  for  all  college  entrance  examinations  and  for 
the  examinations  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

By  Certificate.  The  School  is  accredited  by  the  New  Eng- 
land College  Entrance  Certificate  Board.  Some  of  the  colleges 
which  accept  the  certificate  of  this  School  are  Amherst,  Bates, 
Bowdoin,  Colby,  Massachusetts  State  College,  Clark,  Middle- 
bury,  Tufts,  Wesleyan,  and  Williams.  Generally  speaking, 
institutions  that  accept  students  by  the  certificate  method  will 
accept  the  certificate  of  this  School.  The  certificate  grade  is  80 
per  cent. 


28  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  GRADUATION 

The  diploma  of  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  is  granted  on 
the  completion  of  fifteen  units  of  work,  of  which  at  least  four  must 
have  been  earned  in  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School.  In  addition, 
each  student  must  have  completed  in  this  School  or  elsewhere  the 
required  subjects  for  the  diploma  for  which  he  is  a  candidate. 

CURRICULA 

College  Course  Diploma 

A.    For  admission  to  Liberal  Arts  Colleges 

This  course  prepares  for  most  colleges  that  offer  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Required:  Units 

College  Preparatory  English 3 

Algebra 2 

Plane  Geometry 1 

French,  or  German,  or  Spanish 2 

Physics,  or  Chemistry,  or  Biology 1 

United  States  History ] 

Latin,  or  Greek 2 

~12~ 

Elective: 
The  remaining  three  units  may  be  selected  from  the  following: 

Units 

Spanish 2  to  3 

Latin 1  to  2 

French 1  to  2 

European  History 1 

Ancient  History 1 

Solid  Geometry % 

Trigonometry % 

Chemistry,  or  Physics,  or  Biology 1 

One  unit  of  a  foreign  language  is  not  acceptable  for  credit. 

Language  and  Mathematics  requirements  vary  somewhat  for  entrance  to  the 
different  colleges.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  Latin  requirements.  Some  colleges 
require  three  entrance  units  in  either  French  or  German.  It  is  the  student's  respon- 
sibility to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  college  he  elects  to  enter. 

In  addition,  other  electives  may  be  permitted  by  special  consent  provided  they 
are  acceptable  by  the  college  to  which  the  student  seeks  entrance. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  29 


B.      For   admission   to  Engineering   Schools   and  Colleges   of  Liberal 
Arts  offering  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 

Required:  Units 

English 3 

French,  or  German,  or  Spanish 3 

Algebra 2 

Plane  Geometry 1 

Physics,  or  Chemistry 1 

United  States  History 1 

Trigonometry  and  Solid  Geometry 1 

~12 

Language  and  Mathematics  requirements  vary  somewhat  for  entrance  to  the 
different  colleges.  //  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
college  he  elects  to  enter. 

Elective: 

Subjects  may  be  selected  from  either  the  Required  or  Elective  List  of  the 
College  Course  to  make  up  the  necessary  fifteen  units. 

One  unit  of  a  foreign  language  is  not  acceptable  for  credit. 

General  Course  Diploma 

The  General  Course  offers  a  general  education  and  also,  if  the  right  selection  of 
subjects  is  made,  enables  students  to  enter  certain  colleges.  A  wide  selection  of  sub- 
jects is  available  but  choice  of  as  many  college  preparatory  subjects  as  possible 
should  be  made. 

Required:  Five  Units 

Units 

English 3 

United  States  History 1 

Physics,  or  Chemistry,  or  Biology 1 

5 
Limited  Electives:   Three  Units    (choose  one  option) 

Mathematics  Option 

Algebra  1  and  2  and 

Plane  Geometry 3 

Language  Option 

Three  units  of  any  one  of  the  following  or  two  units  of  any  two: 
French,  Latin,  German,  and  Spanish 3  or  4 

Social  Science  Option 

Economics,  Government,  English  History,  Ancient 
History,  European  History,  etc 3 

Free  Electives:  Seven  Units 

Any  standard  high  school  subjects  to  complete  total  of  15  units. 
One  unit  of  a  foreign  language  is  not  acceptable  for  credit. 


30  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

SPECIAL  PROGRAM  FOR  ADMISSION 
TO  TRAINING  SCHOOLS  FOR  NURSES 

The  State  Board  of  Registration  in  Medicine  and  the  Board 
of  Registration  for  Nurses  have  ruled  that  a  high  school  education 
or  its  equivalent  is  a  prerequisite  for  admission  to  hospital  training 
schools. 

The  high  school  certificate  must  show  the  completion  of  fifteen 
units  accepted  by  the  high  school  in  meeting  graduation  require- 
ments.  These  fifteen  units  are  to  be  as  follows: 

Required  (6  units)  Units 

1.  English  (4  years)  3 

2.  United  States  History  1 

3.  Mathematics  or  Science  2 

Limited  Electives  (6  units) 

1.  Foreign  Modern  Language  2  to  4 

2.  Greek  or  Latin  2  to  3 

3.  Mathematics  1  to  4 

4.  Science  1  to  4 

5.  Social  Studies  1 

6.  Commercial  Subjects  1 

7.  Practical  Arts  1 

Free  Electives  {3  units) 

These  three  units  may  consist  of  any  work  which  the  high 
school  accepts  as  meeting  its  graduation  requirements. 

An  officer  of  the  School  will  be  glad  to  arrange  a  program  so 
that  these  electives  will  be  judiciously  chosen,  not  only  to  aid  the 
student  in  the  subsequent  subjects,  but  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  other  States  with  whom  a  reciprocal  arrangement  exists  with 
the  State  of  Massachusetts. 

For  those  already  engaged  in  the  profession  of  nursing,  atten- 
tion is  directed  to  facilities  which  are  available  to  those  who  have 
not  completed  a  high  school  education  in  accordance  with  the 
above  demands.  New  regulations  have  been  formed  regarding 
institutional  promotion  and  regarding  teaching  and  administrative 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  31 

positions  in  hospitals,  and  while  such  legislation  is  not  retroactive, 
it  will  certainly  prove  helpful  to  those  who  already  occupy  such 
positions  to  be  adequately  equipped  for  advancement  and  promo- 
tion in  the  event  of  transfer. 

The  work  conducted  by  the  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  is 
acceptable  to  Massachusetts  hospitals  and  to  the  State  Board  of 
Registration  in  Medicine. 


32  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

LIBRARIES 

The  School  has  excellent  facilities  for  study  in  the  North- 
eastern University  library  and  reading  room,  which  is  equipped 
with  dictionaries,  encyclopedias,  and  special  texts  for  carrying  on 
the  work  of  the  School  effectively. 

Students  also  have  the  privilege  of  taking  books  from  the 
Boston  Public  Library  and  of  using  the  library  for  general  refer- 
ence and  reading. 

TEXTBOOKS  AND  SUPPLIES 

The  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  enjoys  the  facilities  of  the 
Northeastern  University  Bookstore,  which  is  a  department  of  the 
University  and  is  operated  for  the  convenience  of  the  student  body. 
All  books  and  supplies  which  are  required  by  the  students  for  their 
work  in  the  University  may  be  purchased  at  the  Bookstore. 

RAILROAD  TICKETS 

Vouchers  for  half-fare  tickets  on  the  Boston  Elevated  Rail- 
road are  issued  by  the  school  office  on  the  first,  sixth,  and  eleventh 
Fridays  of  each  term.  The  railroad  systems  entering  Boston  issue 
students'  tickets  to  students  under  twenty-one  years  of  age.  Appli- 
cations for  these  may  be  obtained  at  a  railroad  office  and  presented 
at  the  school  office  for  signature. 

VISITORS 

Visitors  are  always  welcome  at  one  class  session  in  any  depart- 
ment. Those  who  wish  to  visit  any  of  the  classes  should  call  at  the 
school  office  and  obtain  a  visitor's  card  signed  by  the  Headmaster. 

INTERVIEWS  AND  EDUCATIONAL  GUIDANCE 

Prospective  students  or  those  desiring  advice  or  guidance 
with  regard  to  any  part  of  the  school  work  or  curricula,  or  who 
wish  assistance  in  the  solution  of  their  educational  problems, 
should  note  the  fact  that  interviews  are  available  without  obliga- 
tion, and  that  the  officers  of  the  School  will  do  their  utmost  to  see 
that  a  program  is  designed  which  is  the  most  satisfactory  for  the 
individual  student.  In  certain  cases,  other  institutions  may  be 
recommended  which  suit  the  student's  needs  better.  Furthermore, 
it  is  important  that  those  with  educational  problems  to  solve  should 
realize  the  necessity  for  care  in  approaching  educational  work  so 
that  the  program  selected  will  be  on  the  best  educational  basis. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  33 


OUTLINES  OF  COURSES 

Note:  The  courses  of  the  School  are  arranged  in  "units." 

A  unit  is  ordinarily  the  amount  of  work  covered  in  a  single  subject  taken  four 
or  five  times  a  week  for  a  year  in  a  standard  day  high  school. 

In  this  School  a  unit  may  be  covered  in  each  subject  in  thirty-two  weeks. 
See  page  25  for  explanation  of  unit  system. 

Students  carry  one,  two  or  sometimes  three  subjects  at  a  time.  Fifteen  units, 
properly  selected  (see  pages  28  and  29),  are  required  for  graduation. 

The  high  school  courses  described  below  are  the  equivalent  of  similar  courses 
offered  in  a  standard  day  high  school. 

The  Lincoln  Preparatory  School  reserves  the  right  to  change  the  arrangement 
of  courses,  the  requirements  for  graduation,  tuition  fees,  and  other  regulations 
affecting  the  students.    Such  regulations  will  affect  both  old  and  new  students. 

ENGLISH 

The  fundamental  purposes  of  the  department  are  to  give  the  student  efficient 
training  in  grammar  in  order  to  afford  a  sound  basis  for  correct  speech  and  writing; 
to  instill  correct  principles  of  constructing  sentences  and  paragraphs;  to  help  him 
enlarge  his  vocabulary  and  to  acquire  an  interest  in  words;  to  train  him  in  the 
elements  of  logic  as  related  to  the  organization  and  expression  of  thought;  to  teach 
him  how  to  study;  to  impart  an  elementary  knowledge  of  the  types  and  the  history 
of  English  literature;  and  to  aid  him  in  forming  a  taste  for  good  literature  and  a 
genuine  appreciation  thereof. 

English  1.  This  course  is  designed  to  bridge  the  gap  between  grade  and 
high  school  English.  Fundamentals  of  English  grammar,  the  correct  sentence,  the 
more  important  rules  of  spelling  and  punctuation,  simple  compositions  —  especially 
the  letter  —  and  an  introduction  to  literary  selections  as  models  for  voluntary 
reading  are  presented. 

English  2.  This  course  marks  the  beginning  of  a  more  intensive  study  of 
English,  both  as  a  tool  and  as  literature.  Functional  grammar,  development  of  the 
paragraph,  careful  planning  of  themes,  and  a  beginning  of  the  critical  study  of 
literary  forms,  both  poetry  and  prose,  form  the  basis  of  the  course. 

English  3.  This  is  an  advanced  course  in  composition  including  precis- 
writing  and  the  structure  of  paragraphs  and  sentences.  There  is  a  rapid  review  of 
grammar  and  punctuation.  The  essay,  the  drama,  the  novel,  and  types  of  poetry 
are  studied. 

English  4.  This  is  a  college-preparatory  course  in  composition  and  litera- 
ture, with  a  thorough  review  of  the  fundamentals.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the 
requirements  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

LATIN 

Exercises  in  translation  at  sight  begin  with  the  first  lessons  in  which  Latin 
sentences  of  any  length  occur,  and  continue  throughout  the  course  to  insure  cor- 
rect methods  of  work  on  the  part  of  the  student.  In  the  translations  of  passages 
from  the  Latin,  the  use  of  clear  and  natural  English  is  insisted  upon.  Reading 
aloud  is  encouraged.  The  work  in  Latin  Composition  aims  to  give  the  student  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  Latin  syntax.  It  has  been 
found  advantageous  to  use  a  double  system  of  notebooks,  calling  for  special  written 


34  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


work  from  the  student.  This  work  deals  with  Latin  forms,  principles  of  Latin 
syntax,  writing  of  English-Latin  sentences,  and  finished  translations  of  selected 
passages  from  the  Latin.  These  courses  in  Latin  fulfill  the  requirements  of  college 
entrance  examinations. 

Latin  1.  Exercises  in  translations,  English-Latin,  Latin-English.  Drill  in 
Latin  forms,  drill  in  Latin  syntax.  The  course  aims  to  give  the  student  a  thorough 
knowledge  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  Latin  syntax. 

Latin  2.  The  Latin  reading  is  not  less  in  amount  than  Csesar,  Gallic  War, 
I-IV.  This  amount  of  reading  is  taken  from  Caesar  (Gallic  War  and  Civil  War), 
Nepos  (Lives),  Aulus  Gellius,  Eutropius,  Phaedrus,  Quintus  Curtius  Rufus,  and 
Valerius  Maximus,  or  books  of  selections  containing  some  of  these  with  other 
authors  of  prose  works.  Special  attention  is  given  to  sight  translation,  to  vocabu- 
lary study,  to  the  Latin  Word  List,  which  contains  those  words  the  student  is 
expected  to  know  at  the  end  of  two  years  of  the  study  of  Latin.  There  is  continued 
drill  in  Latin  syntax  and  in  Latin  forms.  This  course  in  second  year  Latin  aims  to 
meet  the  needs  of  those  students  who  plan  to  enter  colleges  that  require  only  two 
years  of  Latin. 

Latin  3.  The  Latin  reading  is  not  less  in  amount  than  Cicero,  the  oration 
against  Catiline,  for  the  Manilian  Law,  and  for  Archias.  This  amount  of  reading 
is  selected  from  Cicero  (orations,  letters,  and  De  Senectute),  Sallust  (Catiline  and 
Jugurthine  War).  The  reading  for  the  year  includes  selections  from  such  authors 
as  Pliny,  Livy,  or  books  of  selections  containing  these  and  other  authors  of  prose 
works.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  study  of  passages  of  Latin  prose  set  for 
comprehension.  The  course  aims  to  cultivate  in  the  student  the  ability  to  render 
unseen  passages  of  Latin  prose  into  clear  and  natural  English,  as  well  as  the  ability 
to  write  simple  Latin  prose.  Due  attention  is  given,  therefore,  to  vocabulary  study, 
to  the  Latin  Word  List,  which  contains  those  words  the  student  is  expected  to 
know  at  the  end  of  three  years  of  the  study  of  Latin.  The  political  and  social  life 
in  Rome  in  the  time  of  Cicero  is  studied. 

Latin  4.  The  reading  is  not  less  in  amount  than  Virgil,  Aeneid  I-IV.  This 
amount  of  reading  is  taken  from  Virgil  (Bucolics,  Georgics,  Aeneid),  Ovid  (Meta- 
morphoses, Fasti,  and  Tristia),  or  from  books  of  selections  containing  poems  or 
extracts  from  other  poets.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  study  of  passages  of 
Latin  verse  set  for  comprehension.  The  course  aims  to  cultivate  in  the  student 
the  ability  to  render  unseen  passages  of  Latin  verse  into  clear  and  natural  English, 
as  well  as  the  ability  to  write  simple  Latin  prose.  Due  attention  is  given,  there- 
fore, to  Latin  forms,  Latin  syntax,  to  vocabulary  study,  to  the  Latin  Word  List, 
which  contains  those  words  the  student  is  expected  to  know  at  the  end  of  four 
years  of  the  study  of  Latin.  Literary  and  historical  allusions,  prosody,  and  ques- 
tions on  subject  matter  are  studied. 


FRENCH 

The  courses  in  French  are  planned  with  the  purpose  of  giving  the  students  (1) 
an  appreciative  comprehension  of  French,  both  as  literature  and  as  a  spoken 
language;  and  (2)  a  sufficient  knowledge  to  fit  them  for  advanced  work.  The  essen- 
tials of  the  grammar  are  mastered  by  continued  drill  and  constant  application. 
The  attainment  of  good  pronunciation  receives  careful  attention,  and  from  the 
beginning  the  student  is  trained  to  understand  spoken  French. 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  35 


French  1.  This  course  begins  with  instruction  in  pronunciation  and  division 
of  words  into  syllables.  Phonetic  symbols  are  not  used.  The  acquisition  of  a  basic 
vocabulary  is  stressed  and  the  memorizing  of  word  groups  and  short  sentences. 

The  instruction  in  grammar  consists  of  the  elementary  forms  and  uses  of 
articles,  nouns,  adjectives,  pronouns,  adverbs,  regular  verbs,  and  a  few  common 
irregular  verbs.  Much  emphasis  is  placed  upon  written  translation  of  English  into 
French. 

The  reading  text  provides  for  the  translation  of  at  least  seventy-five  pages  of 
simple  French.   This  is  largely  oral  translation. 

The  textbooks  are  Roux'  "Premier  Cours  de  Francais"  and  Roux'  "Elementary 
French  Reader." 

French  2.  This  course  completes  the  elements  of  grammar  and  syntax,  with 
great  emphasis  upon  forms  and  practice  in  their  use  in  written  composition.  Fre- 
quent review  lessons  help  to  make  the  student  familiar  with  the  essentials. 

The  textbooks  are  Olmsted-Sirich's  "Alternate  French  Review  Grammar"  and 
Ford  and  Hicks's  "A  New  French  Reader,"  which  provides  selections  from  the  works 
of  well-known  French  authors  and  gives  a  useful  vocabulary  of  common  words. 

French  3.  Carnahan's  "Alternate  French  Review  Grammar"  is  used  and 
provides  a  general  review  and  further  advance  in  grammar  and  in  written  trans- 
lation or  connected  prose.  All  the  common  irregular  verbs  and  many  idioms  should 
be  learned. 

Buffum's  "French  Short  Stories"  provides  for  the  reading  of  selections  from 
the  works  of  several  modern  prose  authors. 

GERMAN 

At  the  end  of  the  elementary  course  in  German,  the  student  should  be  able  to 
read  at  sight  and  to  translate  a  passage  of  easy  German  prose.  He  should  be  able 
to  put  into  German,  short  English  sentences  taken  from  the  language  of  everyday 
life,  and  to  answer  questions  upon  principles  of  German  grammar.  The  course 
aims  to  meet  the  needs  not  only  of  those  students  who  are  seeking  a  general  knowl- 
edge of  German,  but  also  of  those  students  who  are  planning  to  take  the  college 
entrance  examinations. 

German  1.  Chiles- Wiehr  "First  German  Book"  is  used  as  a  grammar  and 
composition  book.  This  is  supplemented  by  reading  Gueber  Marchen  und  Erzah 
lungen  I,  II,  Immensee  by  Storm.  Drill  in  pronunciation;  practice  in  reading  the 
German  text  aloud;  memorizing  of  simple  verse  and  prose  selections. 

German  2.  "Chiles  German  Composition  and  Conversation"  is  used  as  a 
textbook.  This  is  supplemented  by  reading  "Emil  und  die  Detektive"  by  Kastner, 
followed  by  translating  such  works  as  "Germelshausen"  by  Gerstacker,  "Die 
Braune  Erica,"  by  Jensen.  Exercises  in  comprehension;  memorizing  of  simple 
German  verse  and  prose  selections.  "German  Frequency  Word  Book"  by  Morgan, 
"German  Idiom  Word  List"  by  Hauch  are  used. 


SPANISH 

Spanish  1.  The  work  of  the  first  year  is  so  planned  that  it  serves  as  a  com- 
plete unit  in  fundamentals  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  continue  the  language 
independently  by  travel  or  reading.  Correct  pronunciation,  a  knowledge  of  the 
grammatical  structure  of  the  language,  and  an  ability  to  read  and  write  within  the 


36  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


limits  of  a  practical  vocabulary  are  the  goals  of  the  course.  Standard  elementary 
readers  are  used  in  connection  with  a  grammar  text  such  as  Hills  and  Ford,  "First 
Spanish  Course." 

Spanish  2.  After  a  rapid  review  of  the  work  covered  by  Spanish  1,  the 
second  year  is  devoted  to  the  enlargement  of  vocabulary,  including  common  idioms, 
the  increase  of  skill  and  speed  in  translation  with  special  emphasis  upon  sight 
translation  and  free  composition.  The  course  prepares  for  the  elementary  exami- 
nation in  Spanish  given  by  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The  use  of 
a  standard  composition  book  is  supplemented  by  much  reading  of  current  as  well 
as  classical  Spanish. 

HISTORY,  GOVERNMENT,  ECONOMICS 

The  aim  of  the  department  is  to  give  a  broad  knowledge  of  vital  conditions  in 
the  growth  of  the  leading  countries  of  the  world.  This  includes  the  study,  not  only 
of  important  historical  facts,  but  more  especially  of  the  progress  of  development 
in  government,  society,  business,  religion,  and  education.  The  past  is  studied  that 
the  present  may  be  better  understood. 

History  (English).  This  course  is  a  study  of  English  History  from  the 
time  of  the  Roman  Conquest  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  the  study 
of  the  structure  of  government  and  the  legal  system  because  of  their  bearing  upon 
American  development.  Study  of  English  foreign  policy  is  essential  to  a  better 
understanding  of  international  problems  of  the  present.  Study  of  church  problems, 
the  Industrial  Revolution,  democratic  growth  are  stressed  because  of  present-day 
tolerant  attitude  in  regard  to  religion,  views  as  to  wisdom  of  dictatorial  or  demo- 
cratic government,  and  ever  changing  economic  conditions. 

History  (United  States).  A  careful  and  comprehensive  study  is  made 
of  United  States  History,  including  not  only  the  story  of  earlier  times,  but  also  an 
analysis  of  events  from  the  Civil  War  down  to  and  including  our  own  times.  Special 
reference  is  made  to  the  social  and  industrial  development  of  the  country,  economic 
progress,  sources  and  effects  of  immigration,  and  of  American  government.  The 
course  is  designed  to  cover  the  requirements  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board. 

History  (European).  In  this  course  a  study  is  made  of  the  European 
powers  from  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century  to  the  present.  Autocracy 
rampant  in  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  begins  to  decline  in  the  latter 
eighteenth  century  with  the  French  Revolution.  The  decline  continued  in  the  nine- 
teenth century,  giving  way  to  democracy,  which  reached  its  peak  following  the 
World  War,  only  to  yield  in  many  countries  to  dictatorships  of  the  present  day. 
International  relations  are  traced,  noting  especially  the  influence  of  commerce  and 
the  subsequent  imperial  rivalries  and  wars.  The  Industrial  Revolution,  with  its 
profound  effect  upon  humanity,  forms  another  important  part  of  the  course.  Con- 
siderable stress  is  given  to  great  leaders  of  the  different  European  powers. 

History  (Ancient).  This  course  devotes  one  term  to  the  study  of  the 
Ancient  Orient  and  Greece  as  far  as  the  death  of  Alexander  and  the  break-up  of 
his  empire,  with  the  expansion  of  Greek  culture  in  the  Mediterranean  world.  The 
second  term  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  the  history  of  Rome  to  the  year  476  a.d. 
The  course  emphasizes  the  characteristic  elements  of  these  civilizations.  The  work 
calls  for  the  study  of  an  accurate  historical  textbook,  in  which  not  less  than  five 


LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL  37 


hundred  pages  of  text  are  devoted  to  the  particular  subject.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  map  study.  The  work  is  supplemented  by  a  topical  study  of  outstanding 
phases  of  the  history  of  the  period,  including  growth  of  institutions,  historic  char- 
acters, outstanding  events  and  periods.  The  work  calls  for  consultation  of  standard 
writers  on  Ancient  History,  especially  books  of  Readings  in  Ancient  History.  The 
aim  of  the  course  is  to  meet  the  needs  of  those  students  who  are  seeking  a  general 
knowledge  of  the  subject  as  given  in  a  high  school,  to  prepare  students  for  the 
examinations  that  are  given  by  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  as  defined 
in  the  Definition  of  Requirements,  published  by  the  Board. 

Government.  The  forms  of  our  local  and  state  governments  are  taken  up 
first.  These  are  followed  by  a  careful  analysis  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States,  showing  the  relationship  of  the  executive,  legislative,  and  judicial  branches 
of  our  National  Government. 

During  the  second  semester  a  study  is  made  of  South  America  and  the  principal 
nations  of  Europe,  and  in  addition  the  smaller  nations  where  innovations  may 
make  investigation  of  governmental  methods  worth  while. 

Economics.  The  origin  and  development  of  our  industrial  system,  and  an 
analysis  into  its  component  parts,  together  with  the  economic  phenomena  accom- 
panying them.  It  is  intended  to  make  economics  of  practical  value  in  everyday  life. 

During  the  second  semester  the  course  embraces  the  reform  and  improvement 
of  our  industrial  system;  taxation,  the  tariff,  international  trade,  transportation, 
labor  and  capital,  public  ownership,  wages  and  profits,  and  other  current  economic 
problems  are  treated. 


MATHEMATICS 

The  courses  in  mathematics  are  planned  to  meet  the  needs  of  all  secondary 
students.  They  afford  an  opportunity  for  preparation  in  the  mathematical  processes 
which  are  necessary  for  success  in  industrial,  commercial,  or  professional  careers. 
They  are  intended  (1)  to  acquaint  the  student  with  such  mathematical  processes 
and  methods  as  he  is  most  likely  to  need  in  the  successful  pursuit  of  other  studies 
and  in  the  various  trades  and  occupations;  (2)  to  prepare  the  student  for  the  suc- 
cessful pursuit  of  the  more  advanced  branches  of  mathematics  in  technical  schools 
and  colleges. 

Algebra  1.  This  course  introduces  the  student  to:  (1)  the  positive  and  the 
negative  number;  to  its  application  in  the  four  fundamental  operations  leading  up 
to  the  solving  of  formulas  and  equations,  both  linear  and  fractional  in  one  and  two 
unknowns;  (2)  the  function  of  the  graph  for  both  pictorial  representation  and  the 
solving  of  equations;  (3)  the  literal  number  and  the  study  of  problems. 

Algebra  2.  Review  of  Elementary  Algebra  with  more  difficult  problems. 
Quadratics  and  simultaneous  quadratic  equations,  with  applications,  progressions, 
binomial  theorem,  logarithms,  and  that  part  of  Trigonometry  required  by  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 

Geometry,  Plane.  The  five  books  of  Plane  Geometry  are  studied.  The 
numerous  original  exercises  stimulate  the  power  to  reason  clearly  and  to  derive 
logical  proofs.  Special  attention  is  given  to  those  who  expect  to  take  college 
entrance  examinations.  This  course  meets  College  Entrance  Board  requirements. 


38  LINCOLN  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


Geometry,  Solid.  This  course  comprises  the  standard  theorems  in  Solid 
and  Spherical  Geometry.  Stress  is  laid  upon  numerical  exercises  involving  mensura- 
tion of  solid  figures.  The  work  is  designed  primarily  for  those  who  are  preparing 
for  college.   This  course  meets  College  Entrance  Board  requirements. 

Trigonometry.  This  course  is  intended  for  those  who  wish  to  offer  Trigo- 
nometry for  college  entrance,  or  for  those  who  intend   to  take  up  engineering. 

DRAWING 

Mechanical  Drawing.  The  fundamentals  of  Mechanical  Drawing  are 
stressed  in  this  course.  A  credit  towards  college  entrance  will  be  granted  upon 
the  completion  of  sixty-five  problems  or  the  equivalent.  All  work  is  individual  and 
admits  of  progress  according  to  the  student's  ability. 

Instruction  is  given  in  the  testing,  use  and  care  of  the  instruments  and  draw- 
ing supplies,  and  about  thirty  drawing  plates  are  made.  The  topics  studied  in 
these  plates  include:  technique  practice,  lettering,  geometric  constructions,  ortho- 
graphic projection,  auxiliary  views,  revolution  of  objects,  isometric,  cavalier,  cabinet 
and  perspective  projection,  intersections,  sections,  helix  and  application,  screw 
threads,  dimensioning  and  inking. 

SCIENCE 

Biology.  This  is  a  comprehensive  course  in  Biology  dealing  with  plants  and 
animals;  their  relation  to  their  environment.  The  fundamental  phenomena  of 
living  things  are  stressed.  The  general  biological  laws  and  theories  are  discussed. 
Whenever  possible,  biological  principles  are  illustrated  by  the  laboratory  study  of 
both  plant  and  animal  forms. 

Physics.  This  course  is  intended  for  two  groups  of  students.  First,  it  will 
meet  the  requirements  of  those  expecting  to  enter  a  college  or  technical  school. 
Secondly,  it  is  intended  to  help  those  who  wish  a  general  knowledge  of  the  impor- 
tant laws  and  principles  of  Physics  as  applied  to  modern  everyday  experiences. 
The  applications  of  Physics  in  such  fields  as  household  appliances,  the  weather, 
the  automobile,  the  airplane,  radio,  etc.,  are  particularly  stressed  with  the  idea  of 
giving  a  background  of  culture  and  enjoyment. 

Many  students  interested  in  mechanical  lines  will  find  it  giving  them  a  clearer 
understanding  of  the  operations  of  devices  of  which  they  make  constant  use. 

Laboratory  experiments  and  lecture  table  demonstrations  will  illustrate  the 
subject  matter  studied  in  the  text. 

Although  the  course  is  not  intended  to  be  highly  theoretical,  an  elementary 
knowledge  of  Algebra  and  Geometry  will  be  of  assistance  in  the  solution  of  problems. 

Chemistry.  This  course  has  the  twofold  aim  of  preparing  the  student  in 
Chemistry  for  entrance  to  any  college  or  technical  school  and  providing  a  general 
introduction  to  the  subject  for  other  purposes. 

There  are  class  discussions  of  chemical  principles  and  of  chemical  materials, 
solution  of  numerical  problems,  practice  in  such  exercises  as  writing  of  equations, 
demonstration  experiments  carried  through  by  the  instructor.  The  student  does 
assigned  experiments  in  the  laboratory  and  writes  reports  of  his  work. 

The  more  important  elements,  both  non-metallic  and  metallic,  as  well  as 
numerous  compounds,  are  studied.  Important  laws  and  hypotheses  of  Chemistry 
are  constantly  stressed. 

Unless  there  is  urgent  reason  for  following  a  different  order,  the  student  is 
advised  to  arrange  his  succession  of  courses  in  such  a  way  that  Chemistry  will 
be  preceded  by  a  study  of  Physics. 


THE 

HUNTINGTON 
SCHOOL 
for  BOYS 


cZAn  Urban  Trivate  T)ay  School 

With  the  Advantages  and  Physical  Facilities  of  a 
Country  Day  School 


320  HUNTINGTON  AVENUE 
BOSTON,  MASS. 


FOREWORD 

The  Huntington  School  for  Boys  has  as  its 
primary  purpose  the  adequate  preparation  of 
its  students  not  only  for  entrance  to  but  espe- 
cially for  success  in  the  best  colleges  and  uni- 
versities. In  this  accomplishment  the  School 
has  enjoyed  a  most  creditable  success. 

The  Huntington  School  has  developed  over  a 
long  period  of  years  into  a  well  organized  and 
unified  school,  in  which  the  outstanding  factors 
are  the  excellence  of  the  faculty,  the  results 
accomplished  in  preparing  boys  for  college,  the 
quality  of  the  student  body,  and  the  splendid 
physical  equipment. 

This  catalog  sets  forth  in  some  detail  what 
Huntington  offers  to  boys  of  Greater  Boston  as 
a  result  of  years  of  experience  in  preparing  boys 
for  college. 

Within  its  pages  we  sincerely  hope  that  our 
many  friends,  and  the  new  friends  whom  we 
look  forward  to  meeting  and  serving,  will  find 
such  information  as  will  be  truly  helpful  in  the 
solution  of  the  very  important  problems  which 
must  be  solved  with  boys  who  wish  to  go  to 
college. 


HUNTINGTON  SCHOOL  FOR  BOYS 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Robert  Gray  Dodge,  Chairman 
Frank  Lincoln  Richardson,  Vice-chairman 
Galen  David  Light,  Secretary  and  Treasurer 


Charles  Francis  Adams 

Wilman  Edward  Adams 

Arthur  Atwood  Ballantine 

George  Louis  Barnes 

Farwell  Gregg  Bemis 

Walter  Channing 

William  Converse  Chick 

Paul  Foster  Clark 

William  James  Davidson 

Frederic  Harold  Fay 

Edward  J.  Frost 

Franklin  Wile  Ganse 

Harvey  Dow  Gibson 

Henry  Ingraham  Harriman 

Chandler  Hovey 

Maynard  Hutchinson 


Arthur  Stoddard  Johnson 

John  Russell  Macomber 

Irving  Edwin  Moultrop 

Augustin  Hamilton  Parker,  Jr. 

Frederick  Sanford  Pratt 

Stuart  Craig  Rand 

James  Lorin  Richards 

Charles  Milton  Rogerson 

Leverett  Saltonstall 

Frank  Palmer  Speare 

Francis    Robert   Carnegie    Steele 

Charles  Stetson 

Earl  Place  Stevenson 

Robert  Treat  Paine  Storer 

Frank  Horace  Stuart 

Edward  Watson  Supple 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  SCHOOL 

Carl  Stephens  Ell,  A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.M.,  Sc.D.,  President 

Everett  Avery  Churchill,  A.B.,  Ed.D.,  Vice-President 

Galen  David  Light,  A.B.,  Treasurer 

Charles  Henry  Sampson,  B.S.,  Ed.M.,  Headmaster 


-  5  - 


FACULTY 


Charles  Henry  Sampson,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(University  of  Maine)     (Harvard  University) 

Headmaster 

William  Sawyer  Spencer,  A.M. 

(Harvard  University) 

Head  of  English  Department,  Emeritus 

President,  Huntington  Chapter,  Cum  Laude  Society 

Theodore  Martin  Chase,  B.S.,  Ed.M. 

(Mass.  State  College)     (Harvard  University) 

Mathematics 

Carl  Ferdinand  Christianson,  A.B. 

(Wesleyan  University) 

History 

Norman  Greene,  B.S., 

(Boston  University) 

Business  Subjects 

Preston  Harvey,  A.B. 

(Bowdoin  College) 

Latin 

Frederick  Charles  Hosmer,  A.B. 

(Boston  University)     (Harvard  University) 

Faculty  Adviser  of  The  Huntington  Record 

Percy  Edward  Jones,  B.S. 

(Boston  University)     (Sloyd  Training  School) 

Mathematics,  Mechanical  Drawing 

Roland  Leo  Leach,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

(Tufts  College)     (Harvard  University) 

French  and  German 

Director  of  Dramatic  and  French  Clubs 

James  Harris  Morss,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

(Boston  University)     (Harvard  University) 

English 

Arthur  Eugene  Newcomb,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

(Middlebury  College)     (Boston  University) 

English 

Director  of  Literary  Club 

-  6  - 


FACULTY  (Continued) 


Alfred  Loring  Skinner,  A.B. 

(Harvard  University) 

Mathematics 

John  Moore  Trout,  Jr.,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

(Princeton  University)     (Harvard  University) 

English,  French  and  German 

Director  of  Chess  Club 

Harold  Clayton  Wilcox,  S.B.,  S.M. 

(Rhode  Island  State  College)     (Brown  University) 

Physics  and  Chemistry 

Director  of  Science  Club 

William  Greene  Wilkinson,  A.B.,  Ed.M. 

(Boston  University) 

(University  of  Kentucky)     (McGill  University)     (Ecole  Montcel) 

French  and  Spanish 


COACHING  STAFF 

Director  of  Athletics  William  Greene  Wilkinson 

Track  Theodore  Martin  Chase 

Basketball  Edward  Alexander  Bartlett 

Swimming  Raymond  English  Millard 

p  se,    .,    >  Thomas  Alfred  Blake 

Tennis  John  Moore  Trout,  Jr. 

Intermediate  School  Athletics  Percy  Edward  Jones 


Emily  Ramsay,  Executive  Secretary 

Evelyn  Young,  Secretary  to  the  Headmaster 

Miriam  Blake,  Recorder 

Myra  White,  Librarian 

Johan  Gustave  Larsson,  M.D.,  School  Physician 

-  7  - 


CALENDAR 
19404941 
School  Year  Begins 
Christmas  Vacation  Begins 
Christmas  Vacation  Ends 
First  Semester  Examinations 
Second  Semester  Begins 
Spring  Vacation  Begins 
Spring  Vacation  Ends 
Final  Examinations 
Commencement 

Special  Program  for  College 
Board  Examination  Students 

College  Entrance  Board  Examinations 

Summer  Session  (1940) 

Summer  Session  (1941) 


September  18 
December  20 
January  3 
January  24-31 
February  3 
April  4 
April  11 
May  26-June  3 
June  6 

June  9-13 
June  16-21 
July  8-August  30 
July  7-August  29 


HOLIDAYS 

Columbus  Day,  Armistice  Day,  Thanksgiving  Day,  Wash- 
ington's Birthday,  Patriots'  Day,  Memorial  Day. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 
Introduction 

The  Huntington  School  was  established  in  September, 
1909. 

From  the  outset,  emphasis  has  been  placed  upon  the  de- 
velopment of  those  qualities  and  habits  which  it  is  neces- 
sary for  boys  to  possess  if  they  are  to  succeed  in  meeting 
college  entrance  requirements  and  to  succeed  in  college  after 
gaining  admission. 

The  School  offers  both  a  College  Preparatory  and  General 
Course.  Most  boys  who  graduate  from  the  General  Course 
enter  Colleges  of  Business  Administration. 

With  the  passing  of  the  years  fathers  and  mothers  have 
made  it  very  apparent  that  in  Greater  Boston  there  is  need 
for  a  first-class  private  day  school  such  as  Huntington  which 
presents  a  strong  college  entrance  program,  in  an  environ- 
ment where  character  qualities  are  emphasized,  and  which, 
at  the  same  time,  allows  their  boys  to  remain  under  the 
direct  influence  of  the  home. 

Huntington  boys  come  from  all  points  in  Boston  and  the 
surrounding  cities  and  towns,  and  at  times  we  have  students 
who  commute  from  as  far  as  Worcester,  Providence  and  New 
Hampshire  towns  and  cities. 

Huntington  is  today  the  only  urban  private  day  school  in 
Boston  which  presents  a  complete  development  program  or 
has  the  facilities  for  doing  so. 

Huntington  students  have  every  opportunity  to  attain  a 
sound  and  well-developed  body,  strong  character,  and  in- 
dependence of  thought,  through  daily  association  with  well- 
rounded  Christian  men,  in  their  studies,  sports  and  general 
school  life. 

Graduates  of  Huntington  are  found  in  practically  all  of 
the  New  England  colleges  and  in  many  colleges  and  uni- 
versities located  outside  of  this  area. 

The  School  limits  its  enrollment  to  a  maximum  of  two 
hundred  boys  each  year.  There  is  no  desire  to  increase  this 
number.  It  is  sufficiently  large  for  the  promotion  of  school 
activities  which  are  of  interest  and  value  to  growing  boys. 
The  School  is  not  so  large  as  to  make  it  difficult  for  the 

-  9  - 


Headmaster  and  his  associates  to  keep  in  touch  with  each 
individual. 

The  School  enrolls  boys  in  the  forms  corresponding  to  the 
ninth  grade  through  the  twelfth  grade.  The  student  body 
is,  therefore,  divided  into  four  forms.  It  is  our  belief  that 
the  best  time  for  a  boy  to  start  his  preparatory  work  for 
college  is  not  later  than  beginning  with  the  ninth  grade. 
The  School  enrolls  boys,  however,  in  any  form  for  which 
they  are  adequately  prepared. 

Although  Huntington  is  a  Day  School,  a  few  boarding 
students  are  accepted.  The  School  accepts  no  responsibility 
for  such  students  in  respect  to  activities  outside  of  school 
hours.  The  School  will  co-operate  to  the  fullest  extent, 
however,  in  arranging  for  satisfactory  living  quarters  for 
those  who  come  from  a  distance. 

The  Complete  Development  Program  at  Huntington 

The  School  believes  in  the  complete  development  of  the 
individual  and  many  opportunities  are  given  a  boy  to  dis- 
cover and  develop  latent  qualities. 

For  this  reason,  in  addition  to  the  regular  program  of 
studies  there  has  been  developed  an  extra-curricular  pro- 
gram offering  opportunities  for  supervised  play,  musical  and 
other  club  activities.  Competent  leadership  and  excellent 
facilities  are  available  for  both  the  educational  and  extra- 
curricular programs. 

Scholarship  must,  in  a  college  preparatory  school  such  as 
Huntington,  occupy  first  place  in  its  productive  efforts  but 
we  believe  that  the  boy  who  goes  on  to  college  with  an 
appreciation  of  values  as  they  should  exist  in  a  normal, 
active  and  happy  life,  is  in  a  better  position  to  succeed  than 
one  who  does  not  have  this  appreciation. 

Location 

The  School  is  located  in  the  Boston  Y.  M.  C.  A.  building 
at  320  Huntington  Avenue  (nearly  opposite  the  Boston 
Opera  House)  in  the  educational  and  cultural  center  of 
Boston.  It  is  within  easy  reach  of  all  points  in  Greater 
Boston.    The  running  time  by  surface  cars  from  Back  Bay 

-  10  - 


Station  is  five  minutes,  and  the  cars  from  both  the  North 
and  South  Stations  (by  way  of  Park  Street)  reach  the  School 
in  twenty-five  minutes.  The  School  is  within  easy  walking 
distance  of  the  Huntington  Avenue,  Trinity  Place  and  Back 
Bay  railroad  stations.  For  those  who  use  surface  cars  only, 
the  School  is  fifteen  minutes  from  Park  Street  in  the  Subway 
and  a  few  minutes  from  Massachusetts  Station  in  the  Boyl- 
ston  Street  Tunnel.  The  School  is  accessible  by  trolley  and 
automobile  from  all  suburban  sections*  There  are  parking 
facilities. 


Buildings 

The  School  is  housed  in  a  building  especially  equipped  for 
educational  work  and  for  successfully  carrying  on  the  com- 
plete program  which  it  sponsors. 

Recitation         The  recitation  rooms,  the  physics  and  chem- 

Building  istry  laboratories,  and  the  drawing  rooms 

are  on  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  floors. 

Natatorium  The  swimming  pool,  seventy-five  feet  long 
by  twenty-five  feet  wide,  is  supplied  with 
filtered  water  heated  to  a  proper  temperature  by  an  elabo- 
rate system  of  pipes.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  in  New  England. 
The  School  has  special  hours  reserved  in  the  pool  for  its 
general  swimming  work. 

Gymnasium  In  the  rear  of  the  main  building,  and  closely 
connected  with  it,  is  the  Samuel  Johnson 
Memorial  Gymnasium,  the  largest  indoor  gymnasium  in 
Boston.  On  the  main  floor  is  the  gymnasium  proper, 
equipped  with  the  best  of  apparatus.  The  running  track 
which  encircles  it  fifteen  feet  above  the  floor  level  is  twelve 
laps  to  the  mile.  A  visitors'  gallery  on  the  same  level  seats 
500.  A  special  locker  room,  shower  baths  and  special  exer- 
cising rooms  are  on  the  floor  beneath  the  gymnasium  proper. 
The  Huntington  School  has  the  use  of  the  entire  gym- 
nasium area  and  equipment  at  definite  scheduled  periods. 

-  11  - 


Equipment 

Classrooms  The  classrooms  are  of  standard  size  and  are 
completely  equipped  with  modern  school 
furniture. 

Laboratories  The  School  has  well  equipped  laboratories 
for  physics  and  chemistry  for  conducting 
its  science  courses. 

Library  The  School  has  excellent  library  facilities. 

Drawing  There    is    a    well    lighted    and    properly 

Room  equipped  mechanical  drawing  room. 


Playgrounds 

The  Huntington  School  has  an  athletic  field  of  approxi- 
mately five  acres  in  the  Longwood  section  of  Brookline,  on 
Kent  Street,  one  and  one-half  miles  from  the  school  building. 
Transportation  is  furnished  free  of  charge  to  and  from  the 
field.  Here  are  ample  and  excellent  facilities  for  all  out-of- 
door  sports.  A  completely  equipped  field  house  furnishes 
adequate  facilities  for  both  home  and  visiting  teams.  Al- 
together the  School  has  one  of  the  best  athletic  fields  in 
Greater  Boston.  In  addition  to  these  grounds  there  are 
available  at  the  school  building  tennis  courts,  jumping  pits, 
and  other  facilities  for  games  and  sports. 


Morning  Assembly 

Three  times  each  week  all  students  assemble  in  Bates  Hall 
for  the  purpose  of  taking  part  in  a  brief  devotional  program. 
At  this  time  matters  of  general  interest  in  the  school  life  are 
presented  to  the  students. 

The  School  is  non-sectarian  but  thoroughly  Christian  in 
the  conduct  of  all  its  religious  activities.  Occasionally  at  this 

-  12  - 


time  educational  talks  of  value  are  presented,  and  special 
programs  are  given  by  the  boys,  such  as  rallies,  concerts, 
short  plays,  and  speaking  programs  in  observance  of  the 
holidays. 

Lunch  Room 

A  large  lunch  room  is  provided  in  the  building.  A  satis- 
factory lunch  may  be  had  at  a  moderate  cost. 


Intermediate  and  Senior  Groups 

The  Huntington  School's  student  body  is  divided  into  two 
principal  groups  indicated  as  Intermediate  and  Senior. 
Boys  in  the  intermediate  group  are  those  taking  subjects 
customarily  offered  in  the  ninth  and  tenth  grades.  The 
senior  group  is  composed  of  boys  who  have  one  or  two 
years  of  work  to  complete  before  entering  college. 


Special  Students 

Huntington  accepts  each  year  a  limited  number  of  special 
students.  Those  taking  one,  two,  or  three  subjects  are  so 
classified.  Special  students  work  for  credit  but  not  for  the 
school  diploma. 

Decision  on  Type  of  College  Course  Important 

Parents  and  students  should  understand  that  admission 
to  an  A.B.  degree  course  in  college  generally  requires  that 
the  student  shall  have  demonstrated  an  ability  to  succeed 
well  in  the  field  of  languages,  either  Ancient  or  Modern,  and 
in  social  subjects  such  as  History.  Generally  speaking, 
boys  who  enter  college  for  the  purpose  of  earning  a  B.S. 
degree  should  have  shown  ability  somewhat  above  the 
average  in  the  field  of  Mathematics  and  Science.  It  is 
highly  important  that  boys  who  enter  college  for  the  pur- 
pose of  earning  any  degree  should  be  good  English  students. 
We  believe  that  one  of  the  most  important  things  we  ac- 
complish in  the  Huntington  School  is  to  discover  the  best 
type  of  college  in  which  a  boy  is  most  likely  to  succeed. 

-  13  - 


ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS 

Parents  or  guardians  who  wish  to  enter  their  boys  in  the 
School  should  fill  in  the  Application  Blank,  which  may  be 
found  at  the  back  of  the  catalog,  and  return  it  to  the  Head- 
master. 

The  School  requires  testimonials  of  good  moral  character 
of  all  students. 

It  is  expected  that  no  boy  will  apply  for  admission  whose 
conduct  in  other  schools  has  brought  him  discredit. 

Early  registration  results  in  advantage  to  the  student  as 
special  attention  to  his  particular  needs  is  made  possible. 
A  personal  interview  with  the  Headmaster  of  the  School  is 
required. 

A  registration  fee  of  five  dollars  must  accompany  the  ap- 
plication. This  fee  is  in  addition  to  the  regular  tuition 
charge  and  when  once  paid  it  will  not  be  refunded. 

Boys  are  accepted  for  admission  to  all  grades  from  the 
ninth  through  the  twelfth. 


Entrance  Examinations 

The  School  reserves  the  right  to  give  entrance  examinations 
if  such  a  procedure  seems  advisable.  These  examinations 
may  be  oral  or  written;  they  may  be  in  the  form  of  psycho- 
logical examinations  or  aptitude  tests. 

The  policy  of  the  School  is  a  liberal  one  as  far  as  entrance 
requirements  are  concerned.  Most  Huntington  students  are 
admitted  because  of  satisfactory  previous  records,  without 
examination. 


Classification 

In  the  upper  Forms  a  boy  is  classified  according  to  the  units 
he  has  earned  for  college  entrance. 

Boys  are  accepted  for  the  First  Form  (ninth  grade)  on  the 
basis  of  previous  records,  scholastic  and  otherwise,  and,  if 
necessary,  of  entrance  examination  results. 

-  14  - 


GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS  AND 
CURRICULA 

Students  in  the  Huntington  School  are  obliged  to  meet 
certain  requirements  in  regard  to  length  of  time  in  attend- 
ance, scholastic  standing,  and  course  of  study,  before  a 
diploma  can  be  awarded. 

Diplomas  are  granted  from  two  courses;  namely,  College 
Preparatory  and  General: 


College  Preparatory  Diploma 

Fifteen  Units  acceptable  for  college  entrance  are  required 
for  graduation.  No  student  will  be  graduated  with  the  Col- 
lege Preparatory  diploma  unless  he  can  produce  evidence  of 
having  received  either  in  the  Huntington  School,  or  some 
other  accredited  school,  B  grades  or  better  in  at  least  eight 
units  of  work,  or  of  having  passed  eight  units  of  work  in 
approved  college  entrance  examinations.  At  least  eight 
units  of  required  work  must  be  completed  at  Huntington, 
four  of  which  must  be  of  B  grade  or  better.  This  applies  to 
all  students  regardless  of  the  number  of  years  in  attendance. 
In  the  remaining  seven  of  the  fifteen  units  required  for 
graduation  no  grades  less  than  C  are  acceptable.  A  unit 
is  given  for  each  subject  taken  five  periods  a  week  through- 
out the  school  year  or  the  equivalent  thereof,  except  that 
four  years  of  English  are  counted  as  three  units.  A  student 
must  be  in  attendance  for  at  least  one  year  to  receive  the 
College  Preparatory  diploma. 


Explanatory  Note 

Parents  and  boys  should  know  how  it  is  possible  to  earn  a  Huntington  School  diploma 
in  one  year  and  the  position  in  which  a  boy  must  be  at  the  beginning  of  the  year  in  order 
to  accomplish  this. 

It  is  obvious  that  at  least  four  years  of  work  in  one  or  more  high  or  preparatory  schools 
are  necessary  for  securing  an  accredited  diploma.  Many  boys  who  earn  such  in  the 
Huntington  School  are  already  high  school  graduates.  Eight  units  of  work  can  be  com- 
pleted in  a  regular  schedule  in  one  year.  Such  a  schedule  might  well  be:  English  IV  (3 
units);  Modern  Language  (2  units);  Algebra  II  (2  units);  and  American  History  (1  unit). 

A  boy  should  know  that  while  completion  of  such  a  subject  as  French  III  with  a  B 
grade  entitles  him  to  three  (3)  units  towards  graduation  from  the  Huntington  School, 
it  by  no  means  insures  certification  to  college  in  three  (3)  units.  This  is  a  matter  which 
must  be  decided  by  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  college.  If  there  is  doubt,  the 
College  Entrance  Board  examinations  should  be  taken. 

-  15  - 


General  Course  Diploma 

Fifteen  Units  are  required  for  graduation  in  the  General 
Course.  At  least  eight  of  these  required  units  must  be  com- 
pleted at  Huntington.  A  unit  is  given  for  each  subject  taken 
five  periods  a  week  throughout  the  school  year  or  the  equiva- 
lent thereof,  except  that  four  years  of  English  are  counted  as 
three  units. 

All  subjects  must  be  passed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 

Graduates  from  our  General  Course  most  frequently  enter 
Business  Administration  colleges  and  arrange  their  schedules 
on  that  basis. 


College  Entrance  Units 

Fifteen  Units  are  required  by  most  colleges  for  entrance. 
Each  year  the  Huntington  School  sends  to  college  several 
students  who  do  not  graduate  but  who  come  to  us  for  the 
purpose  of  earning  sufficient  units,  in  addition  to  those 
previously  earned  elsewhere,  so  that  they  can  be  accepted  by 
the  college  of  their  choice. 

Since  promotion  at  Huntington  is  entirely  by  subjects,  the 
School  is  in  an  excellent  position  to  serve  those  who  do  not 
need  a  full  program  of  study  or  who  do  not  necessarily  need 
to  meet  our  graduation  requirements  in  order  to  enter  col- 
lege. 


COLLEGE  PREPARATORY  COURSE 

Required:  Units 

College  Preparatory  English  (4  years) ....  3 

Algebra 2 

Plane  Geometry 1 

French,  German,  or  Spanish 2 

Physics  or  Chemistry 1 

American,  Ancient,  or  European  History  1 

10 
-  16  - 


Electives:  Units 

Latin 2,  3  or  4 

French,  German,  or  Spanish 2  or  3 

Physics  or  Chemistry 1 

American,  Ancient,  or  European  History       1 

Solid  Geometry 3^2 

Trigonometry 3^ 

Mechanical  Drawing 1  or  Yi 

In  addition,  other  electives  may  be  permitted  by  special 
consent  provided  they  are  accepted  by  the  college  to  which 
the  student  seeks  entrance. 

Language  and  Mathematics  requirements  vary  somewhat 
for  entrance  to  the  different  colleges.  This  is  especially  true 
of  the  Latin  and  Modern  Language  requirements.  Some 
colleges  require  three  entrance  units  in  either  French  or 
German.  Some  technical  colleges  require  Solid  Geometry 
or  Trigonometry  or  both  for  entrance.  It  is  the  student's 
responsibility  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  college  he 
elects  to  enter. 

Some  colleges  accept  a  limited  number  of  credits  in  Busi- 
ness Subjects. 


GENERAL  COURSE 

The  General  Course  prepares  one  to  occupy  a  position  in 
business  life  and  also,  if  the  right  selection  of  subjects  is 
made,  to  enter  Colleges  of  Business  Administration  such  as 
those  of  Boston  University,  Syracuse  University,  and  North- 
eastern University. 

A  wide  selection  of  subjects  is  possible,  but  choice  of  many 
college  preparatory  subjects  should  be  made. 

Required:  Units 
College  Preparatory  English  (4  years) ....       3 
American,  Ancient,  or  European  History       1 

Physics,  Chemistry,  or  Biology 1 

Algebra  1 1 


17 


Electives: 

The  remaining  9  units  may  be  selected  from  the  following: 

Units 

American,  Ancient,  or  European  History  1 

French,  German,  or  Spanish 2 

Physics  or  Chemistry 1 

Plane  Geometry 1 

Bookkeeping 1  or  2 

Mechanical  Drawing }/}Ot\ 

General  Science /^  or  1 

Business  Arithmetic y% 

Business  Law */£ 

Economics % 

Commerce  and  Industry ^ 

Civics Y^  or  1 

or   from   any  college   preparatory   subjects   offered  by  the 
School. 


Special  One- Year  Course  For  High  School  Graduates 

Many  boys  need  an  additional  year  of  preparation  before 
going  to  college;  some  need  to  strengthen  their  foundation 
before  attempting  college  work;  some  need  additional  units 
of  certificate  grade;  and  some  need  intensive  preparation  for 
the  College  Entrance  Board  examinations  (either  Plan  A  or 
Plan  B).  This  course  has  been  a  very  popular  one  at  Hunt- 
ington and  much  has  been  done  for  boys  enrolled  in  it. 


Preparation  For  College 

In  the  Huntington  School  a  boy  can  be  prepared  for 
entrance  to  any  college.  The  teaching  staff  is  experienced 
in  this  field  and  all  courses  are  arranged  with  college  en- 
trance always  in  view. 

There  are  three  principal  methods  by  which  a  boy  may 
meet  the  college  entrance  requirements.  These  are:  (1)  By 
certificate;  (2)  By  examination;  and  (3)  By  a  combination  of 
certificate  and  examination. 

-  18  - 


Such  colleges  as  Harvard,  Yale,  Princeton,  and  the  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology  as  a  rule  require  that  either 
the  student  pass  the  College  Entrance  Board  examinations 
or  the  examinations  set  by  the  colleges  themselves.  In  the 
case  of  Harvard,  the  College  Board  examinations  must  be 
passed. 

Any  boy  interested  in  entering  any  one  of  the  above  col- 
leges should  consult  the  various  college  catalogs  for  detailed 
information  or  consult  the  Headmaster. 

Certification  for  entrance  to  colleges  belonging  to  the  New 
England  College  Certificate  Board  requires  that  B  grades 
shall  be  earned.  Huntington  has  special  certification  ar- 
rangements with  many  colleges  that  do  not  belong  to  the 
Board. 


Special  Courses 

In  Huntington  there  are  especially  arranged  courses  for 
preparing  boys  for  entrance  to  certain  colleges. 

For  example,  there  is  a  two-year  course  in  which  a  boy 
may  be  prepared  to  meet  the  requirements  for  entrance  to 
the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  provided  certain 
previous  requirements  have  been  met.  There  is  a  special 
folder  descriptive  of  this  course  which  will  be  sent  upon 
request. 

In  Huntington  a  boy  will  find  especially  arranged  courses 
for  entrance  to  the  Boston  University  College  of  Business 
Administration,  the  University  of  Maine,  Northeastern  Uni- 
versity, Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute  and  many  other 
colleges. 

An  educational  offering  at  Huntington  that  has  helped 
many  to  earn  needed  credits  is  the  Summer  School.  Here, 
full  units  may  be  secured  for  work  done.  This  session  is  co- 
educational. Much  time  has  been  saved  by  a  program  in- 
cluding one  or  more  regular  school  years  and  summer  ses- 
sions. The  Headmaster  will  gladly  discuss  such  a  program 
with  those  who  have  an  interest  in  it. 

-  19  - 


Teacher  Qualifications 

Preparation  for  College  requires  teachers  who  are  not 
only  especially  trained  but  especially  adapted  for  such  work. 
In  Huntington  no  teachers  are  engaged  with  less  than  five 
years  of  experience  in  the  college  preparatory  field  and 
certainly  none  on  the  staff  are  without  understanding  of  the 
problems  that  most  boys  must  face  and  solve  if  the  college 
entrance  situation  is  to  be  satisfactorily  met.  All  teachers 
in  Huntington  are  men  who  have  been  selected  because  of 
a  demonstrated  ability  to  work  with  boys. 


Parent-Teacher  Co-operation 

Preparation  for  College  when  best  accomplished  requires 
co-operation  from  all  persons  involved;  namely,  the  boy, 
his  parents,  his  teachers,  and  the  college  Directors  of  Ad- 
mission. At  various  periods  throughout  the  year,  Parent- 
Teachers  Meetings  are  held.  These  meetings  afford  oppor- 
tunity for  the  discussion  of  mutual  problems.  The  Head- 
master is  always  available  for  interviews  with  parents. 


Huntington  a  Recognized  School 

The  School  is  recognized  by  the  leading  colleges.  The 
School  is  a  member  of  the  New  England  Association  of 
College  and  Secondary  Schools  and  the  Private  School 
Association. 

The  School  has  full  certification  privileges  as  granted  by 
the  New  England  College  Entrance  Certificate  Board.  The 
School  has  a  Cum  Laude  Charter. 


-  20  - 


SCHOOL  POLICIES 

Hours  of  Attendance 

The  School  is  in  session  five  days  each  week.  Attendance 
on  Saturday  mornings  may  be  required  of  students  who  need 
supplementary  instruction,  who  are  behind  in  their  work,  or 
who  are  called  back  for  disciplinary  reasons. 

The  daily  hours  of  attendance  for  boys  in  the  Senior 
School  are  from  9.00  A.M.  until  2.15  P.M.  Recreational  and 
extra-curricular  activities  are  held  after  2.15.  Boys  in  the 
Intermediate  School  remain  until  3.45  except  on  Fridays, 
when  they  are  dismissed  at  2.15. 

The  Intermediate  School  Schedule  is  as  follows: 


9.00—   9.15 

9.15  —  12.15 

12.15—12.45 

12.45—    1.30 


1.30—    3.00 


3.00—   3.45 


Assembly 
Recitations 
Lunch 
Recitation 

Physical  Training,  Games,  etc.,  at 
Huntington  Field  every  day  except 
Friday  during  the  fall  and  spring. 
During  the  winter  this  period  is  used 
for  Play  Activities  in  the  Johnson 
Memorial  Gymnasium  and  the  Swim- 
ming Pool,  and  for  Club  Activities, 
etc. 
Study  Period 


Examinations 

Examinations  are  held  at  the  close  of  each  semester.  Boys 
who  fail  in  examinations  must  make  up  the  deficiency  within 
a  reasonable  time  or  enter  a  lower  Form  in  the  subjects  in 
which  they  have  failed.  Unexcused  absence  from  an  ex- 
amination means  failure  in  the  course. 


-  21  - 


Marking  System 

The 

following  is  the 

marking 

system  used  by  the  School: 

A 

90%  to 

100% 

B 

80%  to 

90% 

C 

70%  to 

80% 

D 

60%  to 

70%  (unsatisfactory) 

F 

Failure 

Inc. 

Incompl 

ete 

A  is  a  mark  of  high  distinction  and  is  given  to  a  student 
whose  work  approaches  perfection,  or  it  may  be  considered 
as  a  grade  representing  approximately  the  best  that  may  be 
expected  of  a  student. 

B  is  given  for  work  plainly  above  the  average.  Students 
who  are  to  succeed  in  the  best  colleges  should  be  able  to  at- 
tain this  grade  consistently. 

C  is  given  for  average  work.  The  standards  of  the  School 
are  such  that  students  obtaining  some  C  grades  with  a  ma- 
jority of  B  grades  or  better  may  expect  to  succeed  in  many 
colleges  and  will  be  recommended  for  entrance  to  many 
institutions  not  requiring  B  grades  for  certification. 

D  is  given  for  work  that  lies  between  passing  and  absolute 
failure.  It  is  often  given  to  inform  the  student  that  by 
increased  effort,  he  may  place  himself  in  the  C  group  and 
then  be  in  a  position  for  even  greater  rewards.  D  does  not 
count  for  diploma  credit. 

F  indicates  failure  and  requires  repeating  the  subject. 

Inc.,  meaning  Incomplete,  is  given  for  work  which  may  be 
ranked  later  as  a  result  of  make-up  work  or  examinations. 

Tests 
The  School  recognizes  the  need  of  having  its  students  be- 
come accustomed  to  frequent  testing.  Entrance  to  college 
often  requires  ability  to  pass  difficult  examinations  and  suc- 
cessful progress  in  college  is  quite  likely  to  depend  upon 
one's  ability  to  meet  test  situations  satisfactorily.  The 
School  believes  that  a  student  can  overcome  the  fear  and 
nervousness  incidental  to  taking  examinations  by  being  fre- 
quently tested.  Short  examinations  are  given  often  in  all 
classes. 

-  22  - 


Reports 

Reports  of  the  boys'  work  are  sent  home  frequently.  Work 
missed  for  any  logical  reason  is  marked  "incomplete"  until 
made  up,  when  the  grade  obtained  in  making  up  the  work  is 
substituted.  Absence  from  an  examination  without  a 
satisfactory  excuse  means  a  failing  grade  (F)  in  the  course. 

Promotion  By  Subjects 

Promotion  by  subjects  rather  than  by  classes  is  the  ideal 
way  to  build  up  a  good  foundation  for  success  in  college. 
Why,  for  example,  should  a  boy  proceed  with  French  II 
until  he  has  mastered  to  a  reasonably  successful  degree, 
French  I? 

Promotion  by  subjects  requires  a  flexible  schedule  and  a 
larger  teaching  staff  than  would  be  necessary  in  the  usual 
situation.  The  Huntington  School,  realizing  its  responsi- 
bilities as  they  concern  the  preparation  of  boys  for  entrance 
to  and  especially  for  success  in  college,  offers  a  schedule 
which  can  generally  meet  any  need  of  those  desiring  college 
entrance  units. 

Graduation  from  the  Huntington  School  and  entrance  to 
the  great  majority  of  the  colleges  requires  evidence  that 
fifteen  units  have  been  satisfactorily  completed.  This  is  a 
reasonable  requirement.  No  student  could  expect  to  suc- 
ceed in  college  unless  he  is  capable  of  meeting  it. 

Regulations 

The  co-operation  of  all  parents  in  the  enforcement  of  regu- 
lations is  requested.  Each  boy  is  expected  to  be  punctual  in 
his  attendance  at  every  school  exercise.  Dismissing  a  stu- 
dent before  the  close  of  the  school  day  interferes  seriously 
with  the  school  routine  and  with  the  student's  advancement. 
Only  in  case  of  unusual  urgency  should  such  requests  be 
made.  Outside  appointments  should  be  made  at  a  time 
when  they  do  not  interfere  with  the  school  work. 

When  a  boy  is  entered  in  the  School  it  is  understood  that 
his  attendance  is  controlled  by  the  School.  Absence  from 
school  except  for  sickness  will  result  in  inconvenience  to  the 
student. 

-  23  - 


The  School  does  not  seek  to  enroll  students  who  require 
severe  restrictions.  The  right  is  reserved  by  the  School  to 
dismiss  any  boy  whose  conduct,  influence,  industry,  or  prog- 
ress is  unsatisfactory  in  the  judgment  of  the  Headmaster. 


Detention 

The  School  reserves  the  right  to  detain  students  after  the 
regular  hours,  or  on  Saturday,  to  make  up  back  work,  or  for 
disciplinary  reasons. 


HONORS  AND  AWARDS 

Scholarship  Honors 

Three  grades  of  honors  for  scholarship  are  conferred  at 
the  end  of  each  grading  period:  "Highest  Honors"  upon  all 
boys  who  have  maintained  a  rank  of  A  in  all  courses; 
"Honors"  upon  all  boys  who  have  not  received  a  rank 
lower  than  B  in  all  courses;  "Honorable  Mention"  upon 
all  boys  who  have  received  an  average  of  B  in  all  courses. 


Scholarship  Awards 

Scholarship  medals  are  awarded  at  Commencement  to  the 
student  in  each  Form  in  the  School  who  maintains  the 
highest  rank  during  the  year. 


The  Albert  Walter  Swenson  Memorial  Medal 

Established  in  1929  by  Mrs.  Swenson  in  memory  of  her 
husband.  Mr.  Swenson  for  nine  years  served  the  School 
faithfully  as  Head  of  the  Modern  Language  Department  and 
for  two  and  a  half  years  as  Associate  Headmaster.  Awarded 
foT  excellence  in  French  III  to  that  student  who  has  at- 
tended the  School  for  at  least  one  year. 

-  24  - 


The  Class  of  1928  Medal 

Established  in  1928  by  the  graduating  class  of  that  year. 
Awarded  at  Commencement  to  the  member  of  the  Senior 
Class  who  excels  in  English. 


The  Richard  John  Carroll  Memorial  Medal 

Established  in  1928  by  the  parents  of  Richard  John  Carroll, 
a  graduate  of  the  School  in  1927  and  president  of  his  class. 
Awarded  at  Commencement  to  the  student  in  the  Junior 
Class  who  excels  in  English  Composition. 


The  Arthur  Stanton  Carleton  Memorial  Medal 

Established  by  the  parents  of  Arthur  Stanton  Carleton  in 
1930,  the  year  in  which  Arthur  would  have  graduated  from 
the  Huntington  School  had  he  lived.  Awarded  each  year 
to  the  member  of  the  Junior  School  whose  play,  spirit,  and 
character  have  best  maintained  the  traditions  of  the  School. 


The  Albert  Walter  Swenson  Public  Speaking  Medal 

Established  in  1929  by  friends  of  Mr.  Swenson  from  the 
student  body  and  alumni  of  the  School.  Awarded  to  the 
winner  of  the  Public  Speaking  Contest. 


Cum  Laude  Society 

The  Huntington  Chapter  of  the  Cum  Laude  Society  was 
established  in  1928.  This  is  a  national  honorary  society 
which  in  preparatory  schools  corresponds  to  the  Phi  Beta 
Kappa  Society  in  colleges.  It  is  a  distinct  honor  to  be  elected 
to  membership  in  the  Society.  Each  chapter  has  the  privi- 
lege of  electing  to  honorary  membership  full-time  members 
of  the  instructing  staff. 

Each  chapter  may  elect  as  members  those  students  of  the 
highest  class  in  any  academic  course  who  have  had  an  honor 
record  up  to  the  time  of  election  and  stand  in  the  first  fifth 

-  25  - 


of  the  class,  choosing  the  whole  number  at  the  end  of  the 
school  year,  or  not  more  than  a  tenth  of  the  class  at  any 
time  during  the  year  and  the  remainder  at  the  end. 


EXTRA-CURRICULAR  ACTIVITIES 

The  School  sponsors  several  extra-curricular  activities. 
These  vary  somewhat  from  year  to  year,  depending  upon 
the  desires  of  the  student  body.  Generally,  we  have  a  Pub- 
lic Speaking  Group,  a  Literary  Club,  a  Chess  Club,  a  Cur- 
rent Events  Club,  a  French  Club,  and  a  Science  Club.  One 
of  the  principal  social  events  of  the  year  is  the  Father  and 
Son  Banquet,  at  which  certain  groups  of  students  provide 
the  entertainment.  In  anticipation  of  this  event,  a  Glee 
Club  and  Orchestra  are  organized.  The  School  publishes 
a  paper  called  The  Huntington  Record,  and  a  number  of  boys 
are  on  the  staff  of  this  publication. 


Physical  Education 

Physical  education  may  be  denned  as  the  process  of  devel- 
oping the  body  in  the  right  way.  The  policy  of  physical 
training  in  the  Huntington  School  is  a  broad  one.  We  are 
not  concerned  exclusively  with  bodily  development  but 
rather  with  general  development.  Accordingly  we  believe 
that  the  by-products  of  games  and  sports  are  of  great  impor- 
tance. To  secure  the  greatest  benefits  from  a  program  of 
physical  training  the  various  squads  must  be  under  the  di- 
rection of  men  who  because  of  what  they  are  and  because  of 
their  leadership  provide  valuable  character  training. 

All  students,  unless  excused  as  a  result  of  a  certificate  from 
the  family  physician,  are  urged  to  participate  in  some  form 
of  physical  activity  during  the  winter  months.  A  gymna- 
sium class  meeting  regularly  each  week  is  available  for  those 
not  wishing  to  enter  a  definite  sport. 

-  26  - 


A  study  which  we  have  made  seems  to  indicate  that  boys 
who  refuse  to  become  interested  in  any  form  of  physical 
exercise  seldom  become  successful  students. 

Play  is  just  as  much  an  essential  part  of  any  school  pro- 
gram as  study  provided  it  is  properly  supervised.  A  well- 
balanced  program  of  physical  education  invariably  does 
much  to  increase  efficiency  in  the  classroom. 


Sports 

Many  different  sports  are  offered  each  season;  such  as, 
during  the  fall,  football,  track  and  tennis;  during  the  winter, 
track,  basketball,  skiing  and  swimming;  and  during  the 
spring,  baseball,  track  and  tennis.  Each  sport  is  directed 
by  a  coach  who  is  experienced  in  directing  athletics. 


Social  Events 

The  School  sponsors  and  supervises  a  well  defined  program 
of  social  events,  namely,  the  Huntington  School  Promenade, 
the  Father  and  Son  Banquet,  and  the  Commencement 
Dance. 


-  27  - 


OUTLINE  OF  COURSES 
Textbooks  and  Course  Content 

All  textbooks  are  carefully  selected;  they  are  standard  and 
meet  the  college  entrance  requirements.  The  various  course 
contents  meet  in  full  the  requirements  as  set  by  the  leading 
colleges  and  universities  and  as  outlined  by  the  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board. 

The  School  has  a  system  of  review  previous  to  the  College 
Board  examinations  which  has  proved  most  effective  in  pre- 
paring boys  for  these  important  tests. 


INTERMEDIATE  SCHOOL 

Students  will  select,  each  year,  with  the  advice  of  the  Head- 
master, twenty  hours  of  work.  Only  the  student  of  excep- 
tional ability  will  be  permitted  to  take  more  than  a  normal 
schedule  of  hours. 


FORM  I  (Fourth  Year  from  College) 

English  Drill  in  grammar,  punctuation,  and  spell- 

ing. Study  of  the  sentence.  Study  of  ele- 
mentary composition.  Special  attention  to 
the  development  of  good  taste  in  reading. 
Class  study  of  Ivanhoe,  selected  lyric  poems 
and  short  stories.  Individual  reading  of  at 
least  four  books  selected  from  the  College 
Board  List. 

Mathematics  The  fundamental  operations  are  thor- 
oughly covered  and  in  addition,  stress  is 
laid  on  a  sound  preparation  for  the  college 
preparatory  courses  in  Algebra. 

-  28  - 


Latin 


In  the  Latin  I  course  an  effort  is  made  to 
master  such  vocabulary,  inflections  and 
syntax  as  seems  necessary  as  a  foundation 
for  college  preparatory  work  in  the  subject. 
Much  time  is  devoted  to  reading  and  writ- 
ing simple  prose  and  in  establishing  the 
proper  relation  between  Latin  and  English 
words.  Boys  who  have  a  competent  knowl- 
edge of  English  grammar  attain  the  best 
success  in  this  Latin  course. 


Spanish  A  beginner's  course  which,   although  de- 

signed primarily  for  the  student  who  will 
continue  through  a  second  year,  will  give  a 
practical  foundation  of  grammar  enabling 
one  to  continue  the  language  for  his  own 
pleasure.  Pronunciation,  dictation,  read- 
ing of  simple  prose,  oral  practice. 


Ancient  Brief  view    of  the   near   Eastern    nations, 

History  stressing  their  contributions  to  civilization. 

Intensive  study  of  Greece,  Alexander's 
Empire,  and  Hellenistic  period  with  special 
attention  to  political,  intellectual  and  artis- 
tic development.  Intensive  study  of  Rome 
emphasizing  political  growth,  development 
of  legal  system,  economic  problems,  and 
cultural  contributions.  Study  of  the  growth 
of  the  Christian  Church,  German  con- 
quests to  the  death  of  Charlemagne,  and 
Mohammedanism.  Map  study.  This  course 
carries  college  entrance  credit. 


Mechanical        Covers:  use  of  instruments,  geometric  con- 
Drawing  structions,  orthographic  projection,  isomet- 

ric projection,  working  drawings  of  simple 
objects,  developments  and  intersections. 


-  29 


FORM  II  (Third  Year  from  College) 

English  Continuation  of  the   work  of  Form   I  in 

grammar,  punctuation,  and  spelling.  Study 
of  the  paragraph.  Composition  and  mem- 
ory work.  Class  study  of  Silas  Marner, 
Idylls  of  the  King,  Sohrab  and  Rustum, 
Prisoner  of  Chillon.  An  introductory  study 
of  the  essay.  Individual  reading  of  at  least 
four  books  from  the  College  Board  List. 

Mathematics  The  five  books  of  Plane  Geometry  accord- 
ing to  accepted  standards.  Emphasis  on 
original  proofs  and  practical  applications. 
The  course  covers  the  College  Board  re- 
quirements. 


Latin 


Rapid  translation  of  four  books  of  Caesar's 
Gallic  War  or  an  equal  amount  from  ap- 
proved authors,  sight  reading  from  Caesar, 
Nepos,  Tacitus,  or  Pliny.  Systematic  study 
of  grammar  and  Latin  composition.  Pre- 
pares for  Latin  2  College  Board  Examina- 
tion. 


French  Study  of  the  elementary  principles  of  gram- 

Practice  in  pronunciation  and  in  easy 


mar. 


conversation.  Short  written  themes  and 
reading  of  French  stories  ranging  from  the 
simple  to  those  of  moderate  difficulty.  In- 
troduction to  the  study  of  irregular  verbs 
and  common  idioms. 


Spanish  A  thorough  review  of  first  year  Spanish  with 

more  advanced  work  in  grammar  and  com- 
position. Much  and  varied  reading  places 
emphasis  on  comprehension.  This  course 
prepares  for  the  Elementary  Spanish  exami- 
nation of  the  College  Board. 

-  30  - 


Ancient  Brief  view   of  the   near   Eastern   nations, 

History  stressing  their  contributions  to  civilization. 

Intensive  study  of  Greece,  Alexander's 
Empire,  and  Hellenistic  period  with  special 
attention  to  political,  intellectual  and  artis- 
tic development.  Intensive  study  of  Rome 
emphasizing  political  growth,  development 
of  legal  system,  economic  problems,  and 
cultural  contributions.  Study  of  the  growth 
of  the  Christian  Church,  German  con- 
quests to  the  death  of  Charlemagne,  and 
Mohammedanism.  Map  study.  This  course 
carries  college  entrance  credit. 

SENIOR  SCHOOL 

FORM  III  (Second  Year  from  College) 

English  Continued  study  of  rhetoric  and  composi- 

tion. Precis  Writing.  Individual  reading 
of  at  least  six  books  from  the  College 
Board  List.  Introductory  study  of  style  and 
literary  types.  Class  study  of  Modern 
Essays,  Selected  Poems,  and  House  of  Seven 
Gables.  Thorough  review  of  English  gram- 
mar. 

Review  of  Elementary  Algebra  with  more 
difficult  problems.  Simultaneous  quadratic 
equations  with  applications,  graphical  solu- 
tions, variables,  progressions,  the  binomial 
theorem,  logarithms  and  the  Trigonometry 
requirements  of  the  College  Entrance  Exam- 
ination Board. 

Study  of  Cicero's  Citizenship  of  Archias, 
Manilian  Law,  and  the  four  orations  against 
Catiline.  Sight  reading  of  selections  from 
other  works  of  Cicero.  Study  in  compre- 
hension of  passages  selected  from  other 
authors.  Continued  study  of  composition 
and  grammar.  Prepares  for  Latin  3A 
College  Board  examination. 

-  31  - 


Mathematics 


Latin 


French  Continuation  of  the  formal  study  of  gram- 

mar and  irregular  verbs.  Drill  on  vocabu- 
lary and  the  most  frequently  used  idioms. 
Composition  and  translation  of  increasing 
difficulty.  Conversational  French.  Prepa- 
ration for  Elementary  French  examination 
of  the  College  Board. 

German  A  beginner's  course.     Drill  in  pronuncia- 

tion and  the  rudiments  of  grammar.  Exer- 
cises to  fix  in  mind  the  forms  and  to  culti- 
vate readiness  in  translation.  Reading  of 
easy  German. 

Spanish  Spanish  courses  offered  in  Form  I  and  in 

Form  II  are  open  to  students  of  this  Form. 

European  College   preparatory   course   from   the   be- 

History  ginning  of  the  17th  century  to  the  present 

time.  Intensive  study  of  the  decline  of 
absolutism  and  the  development  of  de- 
mocracy, particularly  in  England  and  France 
from  the  17th  to  the  20th  century.  The 
rise  of  Russia  and  Prussia,  the  partition  of 
Poland,  the  decline  of  Turkey,  the  emer- 
gence of  Germany  and  Italy  as  national 
states  is  carefully  studied.  Great  stress  is 
laid  upon  international  rivalries.  Survey 
of  social,  scientific,  and  intellectual  achieve- 
ments. Special  study  of  personalities.  Map 
work. 


Chemistry  A  standard  college  preparatory  course  in 

Chemistry.  Lectures,  recitations,  labora- 
tory experiments  and  problems  with  refer- 
ence to  practical  applications  of  Chemistry 
in  everyday  science  and  industry.  An 
appreciation  of  the  science  method  is 
developed  which  helps  the  boy  in  later 
scientific  studies. 

-  32  - 


FORM  IV  (Senior  Class) 

English  Weekly  written  compositions.    A  detailed 

study  of  the  main  branches  of  literature. 
Practice  in  critical  reading  of  specimens  of 
modern  literature  and  of  classics  acceptable 
for  college  preparation.  An  attempt  is 
made  toward  an  appreciation  of  excellence 
in  literature,  and  in  composition  toward 
attaining  some  of  the  fundamental  qualities 
of  good  style.     Vocabulary  building. 

Mathematics  Solid  Geometry.  The  standard  content  of 
the  four  books  of  Solid  Geometry. 
Plane  Trigonometry.  The  college  entrance 
requirements  in  the  subject  are  covered. 
Advanced  Algebra.  Requirements  for  the 
Gamma  College  Board  examination  are 
covered. 

Review  Mathematics.  This  is  a  review 
course  in  Algebra  and  Plane  Geometry  for 
those  contemplating  taking  the  College 
Board  examinations  or  for  those  seeking 
certification  in  these  subjects. 
Rapid  reading  of  the  required  amount  from 
the  works  of  Virgil  and  Ovid.  Critical 
study  of  the  prescribed  reading.  Sight 
reading  with  careful  study  of  style.  Study 
in  comprehension  of  passages  selected  from 
other  authors.  Prepares  for  Latin  4A  or 
Latin  4B  College  Board  examination. 

French  Continued  study  of  grammar  and  composi- 

tion. Review  of  irregular  verbs  and  com- 
mon idioms.  Development  of  an  adequate 
vocabulary  based  on  word  frequency.  Drill 
to  attain  facility  in  oral  comprehension  and 
expression.  Readings  from  French  classics 
and  modern  works  of  moderate  difficulty. 
Comprehension  exercises  on  selections  of 
greater  difficulty.  Dictation  and  the  writing 
of  original  abstracts  and  themes.  Special 
work  for  College  Board  examinations. 

-  33  - 


Latin 


Spanish  Spanish  courses  offered  in  Forms  I  and  II 

are  open  to  students  in  this  Form. 

German  Continued  drill  in  grammar  and  syntax. 

Exercises  in  writing  German  from  texts  and 
dictation.  Reading  of  Modern  German 
prose.  Preparation  for  the  Elementary 
German  examination  of  the  College  Board. 
Composition  work. 

American  College  preparatory  course.    Study  of  back- 

History  ground.     Special  reference  to  development 

of  independence  and  a  strong  national  gov- 
ernment. Intensive  study  of  sectionalism 
culminating  in  Civil  War,  currency,  tariff, 
banking,  industrial  growth  particularly 
following  the  Civil  War,  democratic  reform, 
foreign  relations.  Biographical  study.  Map 
work. 

Physics  The  standard  college  preparatory  course  in 

Physics,  dealing  with  the  phenomena  of 
mechanics,  heat,  electricity,  sound,  and 
light.  Lectures,  recitations  and  sufficient 
laboratory  experiments  to  meet  the  college 
entrance  requirements.  Mathematical  prob- 
lems and  discussion  of  practical  applica- 
tions. Special  emphasis  upon  logical  scien- 
tific thinking  to  form  correct  habits  for 
college  and  later  life. 

BUSINESS  SUBJECTS 

These  Courses  provide  excellent  preparation  for  colleges 
of  Business  Administration  and  valuable  practical  training. 

Economics  A  study  of  the  principles  underlying  our 
economic  order,  and  an  attempt  to  recognize 
and  evaluate  the  economic  implications  of 
the  pressing  political  and  social  problems 
of  today;  such  as,  banking,  credit,  distribu- 
tion of  wealth,  domestic  and  foreign  trade, 
labor  problems,  etc. 

-  34  - 


Business  The  principles  of  business  law,  including 

Law  contracts,     sales,     negotiable     instruments, 

agency,  partnerships  and  corporations.  A 
good  introduction  to  the  study  of  law. 

Bookkeeping  This  course  covers  the  bookkeeping  cycle 
with  emphasis  on  the  theory  of  adjustments 
at  the  close  of  the  fiscal  period.  An  at- 
tempt is  made  to  equip  the  student  with  a 
solid  basis  for  the  study  of  college  accounting. 

Business  An  intensive  review  of  the  fundamentals 

Arithmetic  of  basic  arithmetic:  addition,  subtraction, 
multiplication  and  division;  and  especial 
attention  given  to  percentage  and  discount. 
An  attempt  is  made  to  develop  arithmetic 
reasoning  in  the  solving  of  problems. 

Commerce  A  study   of  the   natural  resources   of  the 

and  World    and    of   their    importance    to    the 

Industry  development    of   commerce    and    industry. 

Particular  attention  is  given  to  the  economic 
growth  of  countries,  and  to  the  inter- 
dependence of  nations.  A  second  semester 
report  is  required  in  which  the  student  is 
to  apply  the  content  of  the  course  to  a 
practical  situation. 


-  35  - 


FINANCIAL 

The  Tuition  Rate  for  all  students  enrolled  in  a  regular 
schedule  (four  or  more  subjects)  is  $450  payable  as  follows: 

On  or  before  the  opening  day  of  School.  .  .  $150. 

November  1 $150. 

February  1 $100. 

April  1 $  50. 

Total $450. 

Fees  A  registration  fee  of  $5  is  due  from  all  new 

students  when  a  place  is  reserved.  When 
once  paid,  it  will  not  be  refunded. 

When  an  applicant  enrolls  in  the  School,  it 
is  understood,  unless  otherwise  specified, 
that  he  enrolls  for  the  entire  year. 

The  only  other  fee  is  that  required  of 
graduates;  namely,  ten  dollars,  to  cover  a 
portion  of  the  graduation  expenses.  This 
includes  the  cost  of  the  diploma.  There  are 
no  other  fees  such  as  laboratory  fees, 
athletic  fees,  mechanical  drawing  fees,  etc. 

In  other  words,  the  tuition  charge  for  all 
regular  students  covers  all  school  expenses 
except  books  and  supplies. 

Special  Because    of   the    flexible    schedule    in    the 

Students  Huntington  School  those  who  so  desire  may 

generally  enroll  in  separate  subjects.  Stu- 
dents so  enrolled,  provided  not  more  than 
three  subjects  are  pursued,  are  classified  as 
special  students.  Rates  charged  are  on  the 
basis  of  the  schedule  taken. 

Charges  for      The  School  will  not  assume  responsibility  for 

Medical  injuries  received  or  for  expense  incurred  because 

Attention         of    necessary   medical  attention   in   connection 

with  participation  in  athletics. 

-  36  - 


All  financial  obligations  to  the  School  must  be  met  when 
due.  A  diploma  cannot  be  awarded  or  credit  given  for 
work  done  in  the  School  in  any  case  where  there  is  money 
due  for  tuition  or  supplies. 

Scholarships 

The  Trustees  of  the  School  believe  that  a  frank  statement 
should  be  made  in  regard  to  scholarships. 

At  the  Huntington  School  the  class  groups  are  small,  the 
teachers  are  experienced  and  especially  trained  for  work  in 
the  college  preparatory  field,  and  the  program  is  unusually 
comprehensive.  The  School  has  one  of  the  largest  and  best 
equipped  plants  of  any  private  day  school  in  Greater  Boston. 

Because  of  these  facts,  it  is  expected  that  all  who  are  able  to 
pay  the  full  tuition  shall  do  so. 

The  Trustees  of  the  School  are  aware,  however,  that 
certain  boys  of  good  character,  who  have  the  qualities  that 
the  colleges  expect  to  find  in  those  whom  they  accept,  need 
some  financial  assistance  in  order  that  they  may  further 
prepare  themselves  for  entrance  to  some  higher  institution 
of  learning.  Because  of  this,  a  sum  of  money  has  been  set 
aside  for  the  purpose  of  making  available  to  such  boys 
Trustee  Scholarships  amounting  to  not  more  than  $150 
each.  These  scholarships  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of 
character,  previous  school  record,  real  financial  need,  and 
the  probability  of  success  in  college.  In  view  of  the  fact 
that  the  number  of  such  scholarships  is  limited,  applications 
for  them  are  considered  in  the  order  received.  A  personal 
interview  with  the  Headmaster  of  the  School  is  required  by 
each  applicant  who  is  in  need  of  financial  assistance.  De- 
tailed information  in  regard  to  one's  financial  situation  may 
be  asked  for. 

The  Huntington  School  is  glad  to  extend  to  the  sons  of 
clergymen,  teachers  and  social  workers  the  privilege  of 
accepting  a  special  tuition  rate.  Obviously,  boys  so  classified 
must  also  meet  the  usual  scholastic  and  character  qualifica- 
tions. 

-  37  - 


The  School  reserves  the  right  to  discontinue  financial  aid 
to  any  boy  whose  record  is  in  any  respect  unsatisfactory. 

Refunds 

The  School  assumes  the  obligation  of  carrying  the  student 
throughout  the  year.  Instruction  and  accommodations  are 
provided  on  a  yearly  basis;  therefore  no  refunds  are  granted 
except  in  cases  where  students  are  compelled  to  withdraw 
on  account  of  personal  illness. 

References 

Applicants  for  admission  to  the  Huntington  School  must 
furnish  the  names  of  two  persons,  not  relatives,  who  are  able 
to  vouch  for  the  character  and  ability  of  the  student  and  the 
financial  responsibility  of  the  parent. 

The  School  is  always  pleased  to  refer  those  who  inquire 
to  parents,  alumni,  or  educators,  who  are  thoroughly  fa- 
miliar with  the  work  of  the  School.  Names  and  addresses 
will  be  furnished  upon  request. 

Most  of  our  students  come  to  us  through  the  recommenda- 
tion of  former  students  and  their  parents  and  of  college 
deans. 


38  - 


HUNTINGTON  SUMMER  SCHOOL 

Each  year,  the  School  conducts  a  Summer  Session  beginning 
about  the  first  of  July  and  ending  about  the  first  of  Sep- 
tember. 

The  Huntington  Summer  School  was  established  in  1912 
and  since  that  time  has  prepared  a  large  number  of  students 
for  entrance  to  the  New  England  colleges  and  others  outside 
this  area. 

The  aim  of  the  School  is  to  provide  tutoring  and  class 
instruction  for  those  who  are  conditioned  in  grammar 
school,  high  school  or  college  entrance  subjects;  for  those 
who  wish  to  complete  a  four-year  high  school  course  in  three 
years;  and  for  those  who  wish  to  make  special  preparation 
for  entrance  examinations  to  New  England  colleges. 

The  program  of  work  includes  all  the  courses  accepted  for 
admission  by  colleges,  together  with  work  usually  given  in 
the  eighth  grade. 

The  teaching  force  is  made  up  of  the  men  of  the  regular 
school  faculty. 

The  Summer  Session  is  co-educational. 

The  classes  are  small.  The  program  of  work  is  so  ar- 
ranged that  a  year's  work  in  any  course,  as  ordinarily 
counted  by  high  schools,  is  completed  during  the  Summer 
Session.  Students  who  elect  work  which  they  have  not  be- 
fore attempted  usually  pursue  only  one  or  two  courses. 
Those  who  are  reviewing  are  limited  only  to  the  amount  of 
work  that  they  can  do  well. 


Charces 

The  rate  of  tuition  in  the  Summer  School  is  as  follows: 

One  subject $  50. 

Two  subjects $  90. 

Three  subjects $120. 

Tuition  is  not  refunded  because  of  withdrawal  or  change  of 
schedule.  A  laboratory  fee  of  $10  is  charged  all  students 
taking  either  Chemistry  or  Physics. 

-  39  - 


Each  student  pays  a  registration  fee  of  $5  in  addition  to 
the  tuition  rate.  Fees  are  not  refunded  in  case  of  with- 
drawal. All  fees  are  in  addition  to  the  regular  tuition 
charge. 

The  charge  for  individual  tutoring  is  $2.50  an  hour. 

Three-fifths  of  the  tuition  is  due  upon  entrance,  plus  the 
registration  fee.  The  balance,  including  laboratory  fees,  is 
due  on  August  first. 

A  special  circular  of  this  School  will  be  forwarded  upon 
request. 


40- 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  STUDENTS 

During  the  Year  1939-40,  students  were  enrolled  in  the 
Huntington  School  from  the  towns  and  cities  listed  below: 


Abington 

Greenfield 

Newton 

Allston 

Hanover 

Norwood 

Arlington 

Hyde  Park 

Peabody 

Belmont 

Jamaica  Plain 

Revere 

Beverly 

Lawrence 

Roslindale 

Boston 

Lexington 

Roxbury 

Brighton 

Lowell 

Somerville 

Brockton 

Lynn 

Stoughton 

Brookline 

Lynnfield 

Wakefield 

Cambridge 

Maiden 

Watettown 

Camden,  Maine 

Marlboro 

Webster 

Canton 

Mattapan 

Wellesley 

Chelsea 

Medford 

West  Roxbury 

Chestnut  Hill 

Melrose 

Weston 

Dedham 

Middleboro 

Westwood 

Dorchester 

Milton 

Wh.  Riv.  Jet.,  Vt, 

Everett 

Needham 

Woburn 

Gloucester 

Wollaston 

-  41  - 


COLLEGES  WHICH  HUNTINGTON 
GRADUATES  HAVE  ENTERED 

Huntington  sends  approximately  sixty  boys  to  college  each 
year.  During  recent  years,  graduates  of  the  School  have 
entered  the  following  institutions  of  higher  education: 


Acadia  University 

Amherst  College 

Babson  Institute 

Bates  College 

Boston  College 

Boston  University 

Bowdoin  College 

Brown  University 

Cambridge  University  (England) 

Clark  University 

Colby  College 

Colgate  University 

College  of  William  and  Mary 

Columbia  University 

Cornell  University 

Dartmouth  College 

Duke  University 

Fordham  University 

Franklin  and  Marshall  College 

Georgia  School  of  Technology 

Gettysburg  College 

Harvard  University 

Holy  Cross  College 

Lehigh  University 

Lowell  Textile  Institute 

Mass.  College  of  Pharmacy 

Mass.  Institute  of  Technology 

Mass.  School  of  Optometry 

Mass.  State  College 

Miami  University 

Michigan  State  College 

Middlebury  College 

N.  E.  Conservatory  of  Music 

Nichols  Junior  College 


North  Carolina  State  College 
Northeastern  University 
Norwich  University 
Oberlin  College 
Ohio  State  University 
Penn.  Military  College 
Penn.  State  College 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute 
Pvhode  Island  State  College 
Springfield  College 
Syracuse  University 
Temple  University 
Tufts  College 

U.  S.  Coast  Guard  Academy 
U.  S.  Military  Academy 
U.  S.  Naval  Academy 
Union  College 
University  of  Alabama 
University  of  Colorado 
University  of  Illinois 
University  of  Iowa 
University  of  Kansas 
University  of  Maine 
University  of  Michigan 
University  of  New  Hampshire 
University  of  Notre  Dame 
University  of  Pennsylvania 
University  of  Vermont 
Virginia  Military  Institute 
Washington  and  Lee  University 
Wesleyan  University 
Western  Maryland  College 
Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 
Yale  University 


-  42  - 


General  Scholarship  Fund 

We  feel  that  it  is  the  duty  of  every  college  preparatory 
school  to  make  some  contribution  towards  the  education  of 
worthy  boys  who  have  the  ability  to  go  to  college  and  who 
should,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  have  a  college  training.  We 
feel  that  there  are  many  among  the  alumni  and  friends  of 
the  School  who  are  glad  to  help  such  boys  by  making  con- 
tributions to  a  general  scholarship  fund.  Such  contribu- 
tions should  be  sent  to  the  school  office  and  checks  should  be 
made  payable  to  the  Huntington  School. 


Form  of  Bequest 

While  it  is  not  necessary,  it  would  be  appreciated  if  those 
contemplating  gifts  or  bequests  would  confer  with  the 
Headmaster  of  the  School  regarding  the  needs  of  the  School 
before  legal  papers  are  drawn. 

Funds  given  to  the  School  should  be  left  in  the  following 
manner: 

"I  give  and  bequeath  to  the  Huntington  School  for  Boys 
the  sum  of dollars." 


-  43  - 


HUNTINGTON  SCHOOL  FOR  BOYS 


APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION 
Applicant's  full  name 


(First  Name) 
Home  address 


(Middle  Name) 


(Last  Name) 


Date  of  birth 


Place  of  birth 


Father's  name 


Father's  occupation 


Business  address 


Home  telephone 


Business  tel. 


Religious  preference 


Condition  of  health 


College  you  wish  to  enter 


When? 


Schools  attended 


Name  and  address  of  two  persons  not  connected  with  youT 
family,  to  whom  we  can  refer. 


Name 


Address 


Name 


Address 


Date 


Signed 


Parent  or  Guardian 
NOTE:  A  registration  fee  of  $5.00  must  accompany  this  application. 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES    DUPL 


3  9358  01114039  6 


NORTHEASTERN  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES 


3  9358  01114039  6